Change to FDL 1.3.
[bpt/emacs.git] / doc / misc / calc.texi
CommitLineData
4009494e
GM
1\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2@comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
3@c smallbook
db78a8cb 4@setfilename ../../info/calc
4009494e 5@c [title]
5a83c46e 6@settitle GNU Emacs Calc Manual
4009494e
GM
7@setchapternewpage odd
8@comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
9
10@c The following macros are used for conditional output for single lines.
11@c @texline foo
12@c `foo' will appear only in TeX output
13@c @infoline foo
14@c `foo' will appear only in non-TeX output
15
16@c @expr{expr} will typeset an expression;
17@c $x$ in TeX, @samp{x} otherwise.
18
19@iftex
20@macro texline
21@end macro
22@alias infoline=comment
23@alias expr=math
24@alias tfn=code
25@alias mathit=expr
8dc6104d 26@alias summarykey=key
4009494e
GM
27@macro cpi{}
28@math{@pi{}}
29@end macro
30@macro cpiover{den}
31@math{@pi/\den\}
32@end macro
33@end iftex
34
35@ifnottex
36@alias texline=comment
37@macro infoline{stuff}
38\stuff\
39@end macro
40@alias expr=samp
41@alias tfn=t
42@alias mathit=i
8dc6104d
JB
43@macro summarykey{ky}
44\ky\
45@end macro
4009494e
GM
46@macro cpi{}
47@expr{pi}
48@end macro
49@macro cpiover{den}
50@expr{pi/\den\}
51@end macro
52@end ifnottex
53
54
55@tex
56% Suggested by Karl Berry <karl@@freefriends.org>
57\gdef\!{\mskip-\thinmuskip}
58@end tex
59
60@c Fix some other things specifically for this manual.
61@iftex
62@finalout
63@mathcode`@:=`@: @c Make Calc fractions come out right in math mode
64@tex
65\gdef\coloneq{\mathrel{\mathord:\mathord=}}
66
67\gdef\beforedisplay{\vskip-10pt}
68\gdef\afterdisplay{\vskip-5pt}
69\gdef\beforedisplayh{\vskip-25pt}
70\gdef\afterdisplayh{\vskip-10pt}
71@end tex
72@newdimen@kyvpos @kyvpos=0pt
73@newdimen@kyhpos @kyhpos=0pt
74@newcount@calcclubpenalty @calcclubpenalty=1000
75@ignore
76@newcount@calcpageno
77@newtoks@calcoldeverypar @calcoldeverypar=@everypar
78@everypar={@calceverypar@the@calcoldeverypar}
79@ifx@turnoffactive@undefinedzzz@def@turnoffactive{}@fi
80@ifx@ninett@undefinedzzz@font@ninett=cmtt9@fi
81@catcode`@\=0 \catcode`\@=11
82\r@ggedbottomtrue
83\catcode`\@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
84@end ignore
85@end iftex
86
87@copying
5a83c46e 88@ifinfo
4009494e 89This file documents Calc, the GNU Emacs calculator.
5a83c46e
JB
90@end ifinfo
91@ifnotinfo
92This file documents Calc, the GNU Emacs calculator, included with GNU Emacs 23.1.
93@end ifnotinfo
4009494e
GM
94
95Copyright @copyright{} 1990, 1991, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
3f548a7c 962005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4009494e
GM
97
98@quotation
99Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
100under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
101any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
102Invariant Sections being just ``GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE'', with the
103Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover
104Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
105entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License.''
106
6f093307
GM
107(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to copy and
108modify this GNU manual. Buying copies from the FSF supports it in
109developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
4009494e
GM
110@end quotation
111@end copying
112
113@dircategory Emacs
114@direntry
115* Calc: (calc). Advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool.
116@end direntry
117
118@titlepage
119@sp 6
120@center @titlefont{Calc Manual}
121@sp 4
5a83c46e 122@center GNU Emacs Calc
4009494e
GM
123@c [volume]
124@sp 5
125@center Dave Gillespie
126@center daveg@@synaptics.com
127@page
128
129@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
130Copyright @copyright{} 1990, 1991, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
3f548a7c 131 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4009494e
GM
132@insertcopying
133@end titlepage
134
135
136@summarycontents
137
138@c [end]
139
140@contents
141
142@c [begin]
143@ifnottex
144@node Top, Getting Started, (dir), (dir)
145@chapter The GNU Emacs Calculator
146
147@noindent
148@dfn{Calc} is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool
149written by Dave Gillespie that runs as part of the GNU Emacs environment.
150
151This manual, also written (mostly) by Dave Gillespie, is divided into
152three major parts: ``Getting Started,'' the ``Calc Tutorial,'' and the
153``Calc Reference.'' The Tutorial introduces all the major aspects of
154Calculator use in an easy, hands-on way. The remainder of the manual is
155a complete reference to the features of the Calculator.
156@end ifnottex
157
158@ifinfo
159For help in the Emacs Info system (which you are using to read this
160file), type @kbd{?}. (You can also type @kbd{h} to run through a
161longer Info tutorial.)
162@end ifinfo
163
164@menu
165* Getting Started:: General description and overview.
166@ifinfo
167* Interactive Tutorial::
168@end ifinfo
169* Tutorial:: A step-by-step introduction for beginners.
170
171* Introduction:: Introduction to the Calc reference manual.
172* Data Types:: Types of objects manipulated by Calc.
173* Stack and Trail:: Manipulating the stack and trail buffers.
174* Mode Settings:: Adjusting display format and other modes.
175* Arithmetic:: Basic arithmetic functions.
176* Scientific Functions:: Transcendentals and other scientific functions.
177* Matrix Functions:: Operations on vectors and matrices.
178* Algebra:: Manipulating expressions algebraically.
179* Units:: Operations on numbers with units.
180* Store and Recall:: Storing and recalling variables.
181* Graphics:: Commands for making graphs of data.
182* Kill and Yank:: Moving data into and out of Calc.
183* Keypad Mode:: Operating Calc from a keypad.
184* Embedded Mode:: Working with formulas embedded in a file.
185* Programming:: Calc as a programmable calculator.
186
187* Copying:: How you can copy and share Calc.
188* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation.
189* Customizing Calc:: Customizing Calc.
190* Reporting Bugs:: How to report bugs and make suggestions.
191
192* Summary:: Summary of Calc commands and functions.
193
194* Key Index:: The standard Calc key sequences.
195* Command Index:: The interactive Calc commands.
196* Function Index:: Functions (in algebraic formulas).
197* Concept Index:: General concepts.
198* Variable Index:: Variables used by Calc (both user and internal).
199* Lisp Function Index:: Internal Lisp math functions.
200@end menu
201
202@ifinfo
203@node Getting Started, Interactive Tutorial, Top, Top
204@end ifinfo
205@ifnotinfo
206@node Getting Started, Tutorial, Top, Top
207@end ifnotinfo
208@chapter Getting Started
209@noindent
210This chapter provides a general overview of Calc, the GNU Emacs
211Calculator: What it is, how to start it and how to exit from it,
212and what are the various ways that it can be used.
213
214@menu
215* What is Calc::
216* About This Manual::
217* Notations Used in This Manual::
218* Demonstration of Calc::
219* Using Calc::
220* History and Acknowledgements::
221@end menu
222
223@node What is Calc, About This Manual, Getting Started, Getting Started
224@section What is Calc?
225
226@noindent
227@dfn{Calc} is an advanced calculator and mathematical tool that runs as
228part of the GNU Emacs environment. Very roughly based on the HP-28/48
229series of calculators, its many features include:
230
231@itemize @bullet
232@item
233Choice of algebraic or RPN (stack-based) entry of calculations.
234
235@item
236Arbitrary precision integers and floating-point numbers.
237
238@item
239Arithmetic on rational numbers, complex numbers (rectangular and polar),
240error forms with standard deviations, open and closed intervals, vectors
241and matrices, dates and times, infinities, sets, quantities with units,
242and algebraic formulas.
243
244@item
245Mathematical operations such as logarithms and trigonometric functions.
246
247@item
248Programmer's features (bitwise operations, non-decimal numbers).
249
250@item
251Financial functions such as future value and internal rate of return.
252
253@item
254Number theoretical features such as prime factorization and arithmetic
255modulo @var{m} for any @var{m}.
256
257@item
258Algebraic manipulation features, including symbolic calculus.
259
260@item
261Moving data to and from regular editing buffers.
262
263@item
264Embedded mode for manipulating Calc formulas and data directly
265inside any editing buffer.
266
267@item
268Graphics using GNUPLOT, a versatile (and free) plotting program.
269
270@item
271Easy programming using keyboard macros, algebraic formulas,
272algebraic rewrite rules, or extended Emacs Lisp.
273@end itemize
274
275Calc tries to include a little something for everyone; as a result it is
276large and might be intimidating to the first-time user. If you plan to
277use Calc only as a traditional desk calculator, all you really need to
278read is the ``Getting Started'' chapter of this manual and possibly the
279first few sections of the tutorial. As you become more comfortable with
280the program you can learn its additional features. Calc does not
281have the scope and depth of a fully-functional symbolic math package,
282but Calc has the advantages of convenience, portability, and freedom.
283
284@node About This Manual, Notations Used in This Manual, What is Calc, Getting Started
285@section About This Manual
286
287@noindent
288This document serves as a complete description of the GNU Emacs
289Calculator. It works both as an introduction for novices, and as
290a reference for experienced users. While it helps to have some
291experience with GNU Emacs in order to get the most out of Calc,
292this manual ought to be readable even if you don't know or use Emacs
293regularly.
294
295The manual is divided into three major parts:@: the ``Getting
296Started'' chapter you are reading now, the Calc tutorial (chapter 2),
297and the Calc reference manual (the remaining chapters and appendices).
298@c [when-split]
299@c This manual has been printed in two volumes, the @dfn{Tutorial} and the
300@c @dfn{Reference}. Both volumes include a copy of the ``Getting Started''
301@c chapter.
302
303If you are in a hurry to use Calc, there is a brief ``demonstration''
304below which illustrates the major features of Calc in just a couple of
305pages. If you don't have time to go through the full tutorial, this
306will show you everything you need to know to begin.
307@xref{Demonstration of Calc}.
308
309The tutorial chapter walks you through the various parts of Calc
310with lots of hands-on examples and explanations. If you are new
311to Calc and you have some time, try going through at least the
312beginning of the tutorial. The tutorial includes about 70 exercises
313with answers. These exercises give you some guided practice with
314Calc, as well as pointing out some interesting and unusual ways
315to use its features.
316
317The reference section discusses Calc in complete depth. You can read
318the reference from start to finish if you want to learn every aspect
319of Calc. Or, you can look in the table of contents or the Concept
320Index to find the parts of the manual that discuss the things you
321need to know.
322
17587b1b 323@c @cindex Marginal notes
4009494e
GM
324Every Calc keyboard command is listed in the Calc Summary, and also
325in the Key Index. Algebraic functions, @kbd{M-x} commands, and
326variables also have their own indices.
17587b1b
JB
327@c @texline Each
328@c @infoline In the printed manual, each
329@c paragraph that is referenced in the Key or Function Index is marked
330@c in the margin with its index entry.
4009494e
GM
331
332@c [fix-ref Help Commands]
333You can access this manual on-line at any time within Calc by
334pressing the @kbd{h i} key sequence. Outside of the Calc window,
335you can press @kbd{C-x * i} to read the manual on-line. Also, you
336can jump directly to the Tutorial by pressing @kbd{h t} or @kbd{C-x * t},
337or to the Summary by pressing @kbd{h s} or @kbd{C-x * s}. Within Calc,
338you can also go to the part of the manual describing any Calc key,
339function, or variable using @w{@kbd{h k}}, @kbd{h f}, or @kbd{h v},
340respectively. @xref{Help Commands}.
341
342@ifnottex
343The Calc manual can be printed, but because the manual is so large, you
344should only make a printed copy if you really need it. To print the
345manual, you will need the @TeX{} typesetting program (this is a free
346program by Donald Knuth at Stanford University) as well as the
347@file{texindex} program and @file{texinfo.tex} file, both of which can
348be obtained from the FSF as part of the @code{texinfo} package.
349To print the Calc manual in one huge tome, you will need the
350source code to this manual, @file{calc.texi}, available as part of the
351Emacs source. Once you have this file, type @kbd{texi2dvi calc.texi}.
352Alternatively, change to the @file{man} subdirectory of the Emacs
353source distribution, and type @kbd{make calc.dvi}. (Don't worry if you
354get some ``overfull box'' warnings while @TeX{} runs.)
355The result will be a device-independent output file called
356@file{calc.dvi}, which you must print in whatever way is right
357for your system. On many systems, the command is
358
359@example
360lpr -d calc.dvi
361@end example
362
363@noindent
364or
365
366@example
367dvips calc.dvi
368@end example
369@end ifnottex
370@c Printed copies of this manual are also available from the Free Software
371@c Foundation.
372
373@node Notations Used in This Manual, Demonstration of Calc, About This Manual, Getting Started
374@section Notations Used in This Manual
375
376@noindent
377This section describes the various notations that are used
378throughout the Calc manual.
379
380In keystroke sequences, uppercase letters mean you must hold down
381the shift key while typing the letter. Keys pressed with Control
382held down are shown as @kbd{C-x}. Keys pressed with Meta held down
383are shown as @kbd{M-x}. Other notations are @key{RET} for the
384Return key, @key{SPC} for the space bar, @key{TAB} for the Tab key,
385@key{DEL} for the Delete key, and @key{LFD} for the Line-Feed key.
386The @key{DEL} key is called Backspace on some keyboards, it is
387whatever key you would use to correct a simple typing error when
388regularly using Emacs.
389
390(If you don't have the @key{LFD} or @key{TAB} keys on your keyboard,
391the @kbd{C-j} and @kbd{C-i} keys are equivalent to them, respectively.
392If you don't have a Meta key, look for Alt or Extend Char. You can
393also press @key{ESC} or @kbd{C-[} first to get the same effect, so
394that @kbd{M-x}, @kbd{@key{ESC} x}, and @kbd{C-[ x} are all equivalent.)
395
396Sometimes the @key{RET} key is not shown when it is ``obvious''
397that you must press @key{RET} to proceed. For example, the @key{RET}
398is usually omitted in key sequences like @kbd{M-x calc-keypad @key{RET}}.
399
400Commands are generally shown like this: @kbd{p} (@code{calc-precision})
401or @kbd{C-x * k} (@code{calc-keypad}). This means that the command is
402normally used by pressing the @kbd{p} key or @kbd{C-x * k} key sequence,
403but it also has the full-name equivalent shown, e.g., @kbd{M-x calc-precision}.
404
405Commands that correspond to functions in algebraic notation
406are written: @kbd{C} (@code{calc-cos}) [@code{cos}]. This means
407the @kbd{C} key is equivalent to @kbd{M-x calc-cos}, and that
408the corresponding function in an algebraic-style formula would
409be @samp{cos(@var{x})}.
410
411A few commands don't have key equivalents: @code{calc-sincos}
412[@code{sincos}].
413
414@node Demonstration of Calc, Using Calc, Notations Used in This Manual, Getting Started
415@section A Demonstration of Calc
416
417@noindent
418@cindex Demonstration of Calc
419This section will show some typical small problems being solved with
420Calc. The focus is more on demonstration than explanation, but
421everything you see here will be covered more thoroughly in the
422Tutorial.
423
424To begin, start Emacs if necessary (usually the command @code{emacs}
425does this), and type @kbd{C-x * c} to start the
426Calculator. (You can also use @kbd{M-x calc} if this doesn't work.
427@xref{Starting Calc}, for various ways of starting the Calculator.)
428
429Be sure to type all the sample input exactly, especially noting the
430difference between lower-case and upper-case letters. Remember,
431@key{RET}, @key{TAB}, @key{DEL}, and @key{SPC} are the Return, Tab,
432Delete, and Space keys.
433
434@strong{RPN calculation.} In RPN, you type the input number(s) first,
435then the command to operate on the numbers.
436
437@noindent
438Type @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 + Q} to compute
439@texline @math{\sqrt{2+3} = 2.2360679775}.
440@infoline the square root of 2+3, which is 2.2360679775.
441
442@noindent
443Type @kbd{P 2 ^} to compute
444@texline @math{\pi^2 = 9.86960440109}.
445@infoline the value of `pi' squared, 9.86960440109.
446
447@noindent
448Type @key{TAB} to exchange the order of these two results.
449
450@noindent
451Type @kbd{- I H S} to subtract these results and compute the Inverse
452Hyperbolic sine of the difference, 2.72996136574.
453
454@noindent
455Type @key{DEL} to erase this result.
456
457@strong{Algebraic calculation.} You can also enter calculations using
458conventional ``algebraic'' notation. To enter an algebraic formula,
459use the apostrophe key.
460
461@noindent
462Type @kbd{' sqrt(2+3) @key{RET}} to compute
463@texline @math{\sqrt{2+3}}.
464@infoline the square root of 2+3.
465
466@noindent
467Type @kbd{' pi^2 @key{RET}} to enter
468@texline @math{\pi^2}.
469@infoline `pi' squared.
470To evaluate this symbolic formula as a number, type @kbd{=}.
471
472@noindent
473Type @kbd{' arcsinh($ - $$) @key{RET}} to subtract the second-most-recent
474result from the most-recent and compute the Inverse Hyperbolic sine.
475
476@strong{Keypad mode.} If you are using the X window system, press
477@w{@kbd{C-x * k}} to get Keypad mode. (If you don't use X, skip to
478the next section.)
479
480@noindent
481Click on the @key{2}, @key{ENTER}, @key{3}, @key{+}, and @key{SQRT}
482``buttons'' using your left mouse button.
483
484@noindent
485Click on @key{PI}, @key{2}, and @tfn{y^x}.
486
487@noindent
488Click on @key{INV}, then @key{ENTER} to swap the two results.
489
490@noindent
491Click on @key{-}, @key{INV}, @key{HYP}, and @key{SIN}.
492
493@noindent
494Click on @key{<-} to erase the result, then click @key{OFF} to turn
495the Keypad Calculator off.
496
497@strong{Grabbing data.} Type @kbd{C-x * x} if necessary to exit Calc.
498Now select the following numbers as an Emacs region: ``Mark'' the
499front of the list by typing @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} or @kbd{C-@@} there,
500then move to the other end of the list. (Either get this list from
501the on-line copy of this manual, accessed by @w{@kbd{C-x * i}}, or just
502type these numbers into a scratch file.) Now type @kbd{C-x * g} to
503``grab'' these numbers into Calc.
504
505@example
506@group
5071.23 1.97
5081.6 2
5091.19 1.08
510@end group
511@end example
512
513@noindent
514The result @samp{[1.23, 1.97, 1.6, 2, 1.19, 1.08]} is a Calc ``vector.''
515Type @w{@kbd{V R +}} to compute the sum of these numbers.
516
517@noindent
518Type @kbd{U} to Undo this command, then type @kbd{V R *} to compute
519the product of the numbers.
520
521@noindent
522You can also grab data as a rectangular matrix. Place the cursor on
523the upper-leftmost @samp{1} and set the mark, then move to just after
524the lower-right @samp{8} and press @kbd{C-x * r}.
525
526@noindent
527Type @kbd{v t} to transpose this
528@texline @math{3\times2}
529@infoline 3x2
530matrix into a
531@texline @math{2\times3}
532@infoline 2x3
533matrix. Type @w{@kbd{v u}} to unpack the rows into two separate
534vectors. Now type @w{@kbd{V R + @key{TAB} V R +}} to compute the sums
535of the two original columns. (There is also a special
536grab-and-sum-columns command, @kbd{C-x * :}.)
537
538@strong{Units conversion.} Units are entered algebraically.
539Type @w{@kbd{' 43 mi/hr @key{RET}}} to enter the quantity 43 miles-per-hour.
540Type @w{@kbd{u c km/hr @key{RET}}}. Type @w{@kbd{u c m/s @key{RET}}}.
541
542@strong{Date arithmetic.} Type @kbd{t N} to get the current date and
543time. Type @kbd{90 +} to find the date 90 days from now. Type
544@kbd{' <25 dec 87> @key{RET}} to enter a date, then @kbd{- 7 /} to see how
545many weeks have passed since then.
546
547@strong{Algebra.} Algebraic entries can also include formulas
548or equations involving variables. Type @kbd{@w{' [x + y} = a, x y = 1] @key{RET}}
549to enter a pair of equations involving three variables.
550(Note the leading apostrophe in this example; also, note that the space
551between @samp{x y} is required.) Type @w{@kbd{a S x,y @key{RET}}} to solve
552these equations for the variables @expr{x} and @expr{y}.
553
554@noindent
555Type @kbd{d B} to view the solutions in more readable notation.
556Type @w{@kbd{d C}} to view them in C language notation, @kbd{d T}
557to view them in the notation for the @TeX{} typesetting system,
558and @kbd{d L} to view them in the notation for the La@TeX{} typesetting
559system. Type @kbd{d N} to return to normal notation.
560
561@noindent
562Type @kbd{7.5}, then @kbd{s l a @key{RET}} to let @expr{a = 7.5} in these formulas.
563(That's a letter @kbd{l}, not a numeral @kbd{1}.)
564
565@ifnotinfo
566@strong{Help functions.} You can read about any command in the on-line
567manual. Type @kbd{C-x * c} to return to Calc after each of these
568commands: @kbd{h k t N} to read about the @kbd{t N} command,
569@kbd{h f sqrt @key{RET}} to read about the @code{sqrt} function, and
570@kbd{h s} to read the Calc summary.
571@end ifnotinfo
572@ifinfo
573@strong{Help functions.} You can read about any command in the on-line
574manual. Remember to type the letter @kbd{l}, then @kbd{C-x * c}, to
575return here after each of these commands: @w{@kbd{h k t N}} to read
576about the @w{@kbd{t N}} command, @kbd{h f sqrt @key{RET}} to read about the
577@code{sqrt} function, and @kbd{h s} to read the Calc summary.
578@end ifinfo
579
580Press @key{DEL} repeatedly to remove any leftover results from the stack.
581To exit from Calc, press @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-x * c} again.
582
583@node Using Calc, History and Acknowledgements, Demonstration of Calc, Getting Started
584@section Using Calc
585
586@noindent
587Calc has several user interfaces that are specialized for
588different kinds of tasks. As well as Calc's standard interface,
589there are Quick mode, Keypad mode, and Embedded mode.
590
591@menu
592* Starting Calc::
593* The Standard Interface::
594* Quick Mode Overview::
595* Keypad Mode Overview::
596* Standalone Operation::
597* Embedded Mode Overview::
598* Other C-x * Commands::
599@end menu
600
601@node Starting Calc, The Standard Interface, Using Calc, Using Calc
602@subsection Starting Calc
603
604@noindent
605On most systems, you can type @kbd{C-x *} to start the Calculator.
606The key sequence @kbd{C-x *} is bound to the command @code{calc-dispatch},
607which can be rebound if convenient (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
608
609When you press @kbd{C-x *}, Emacs waits for you to press a second key to
610complete the command. In this case, you will follow @kbd{C-x *} with a
611letter (upper- or lower-case, it doesn't matter for @kbd{C-x *}) that says
612which Calc interface you want to use.
613
614To get Calc's standard interface, type @kbd{C-x * c}. To get
615Keypad mode, type @kbd{C-x * k}. Type @kbd{C-x * ?} to get a brief
616list of the available options, and type a second @kbd{?} to get
617a complete list.
618
619To ease typing, @kbd{C-x * *} also works to start Calc. It starts the
620same interface (either @kbd{C-x * c} or @w{@kbd{C-x * k}}) that you last
621used, selecting the @kbd{C-x * c} interface by default.
622
623If @kbd{C-x *} doesn't work for you, you can always type explicit
624commands like @kbd{M-x calc} (for the standard user interface) or
625@w{@kbd{M-x calc-keypad}} (for Keypad mode). First type @kbd{M-x}
626(that's Meta with the letter @kbd{x}), then, at the prompt,
627type the full command (like @kbd{calc-keypad}) and press Return.
628
629The same commands (like @kbd{C-x * c} or @kbd{C-x * *}) that start
630the Calculator also turn it off if it is already on.
631
632@node The Standard Interface, Quick Mode Overview, Starting Calc, Using Calc
633@subsection The Standard Calc Interface
634
635@noindent
636@cindex Standard user interface
637Calc's standard interface acts like a traditional RPN calculator,
638operated by the normal Emacs keyboard. When you type @kbd{C-x * c}
639to start the Calculator, the Emacs screen splits into two windows
640with the file you were editing on top and Calc on the bottom.
641
642@smallexample
643@group
644
645...
646--**-Emacs: myfile (Fundamental)----All----------------------
647--- Emacs Calculator Mode --- |Emacs Calculator Trail
6482: 17.3 | 17.3
6491: -5 | 3
650 . | 2
651 | 4
652 | * 8
653 | ->-5
654 |
92e15881 655--%*-Calc: 12 Deg (Calculator)----All----- --%*- *Calc Trail*
4009494e
GM
656@end group
657@end smallexample
658
659In this figure, the mode-line for @file{myfile} has moved up and the
660``Calculator'' window has appeared below it. As you can see, Calc
661actually makes two windows side-by-side. The lefthand one is
662called the @dfn{stack window} and the righthand one is called the
663@dfn{trail window.} The stack holds the numbers involved in the
664calculation you are currently performing. The trail holds a complete
665record of all calculations you have done. In a desk calculator with
666a printer, the trail corresponds to the paper tape that records what
667you do.
668
669In this case, the trail shows that four numbers (17.3, 3, 2, and 4)
670were first entered into the Calculator, then the 2 and 4 were
671multiplied to get 8, then the 3 and 8 were subtracted to get @mathit{-5}.
672(The @samp{>} symbol shows that this was the most recent calculation.)
673The net result is the two numbers 17.3 and @mathit{-5} sitting on the stack.
674
675Most Calculator commands deal explicitly with the stack only, but
676there is a set of commands that allow you to search back through
677the trail and retrieve any previous result.
678
679Calc commands use the digits, letters, and punctuation keys.
680Shifted (i.e., upper-case) letters are different from lowercase
681letters. Some letters are @dfn{prefix} keys that begin two-letter
682commands. For example, @kbd{e} means ``enter exponent'' and shifted
683@kbd{E} means @expr{e^x}. With the @kbd{d} (``display modes'') prefix
684the letter ``e'' takes on very different meanings: @kbd{d e} means
685``engineering notation'' and @kbd{d E} means ``@dfn{eqn} language mode.''
686
687There is nothing stopping you from switching out of the Calc
688window and back into your editing window, say by using the Emacs
689@w{@kbd{C-x o}} (@code{other-window}) command. When the cursor is
690inside a regular window, Emacs acts just like normal. When the
691cursor is in the Calc stack or trail windows, keys are interpreted
692as Calc commands.
693
694When you quit by pressing @kbd{C-x * c} a second time, the Calculator
695windows go away but the actual Stack and Trail are not gone, just
696hidden. When you press @kbd{C-x * c} once again you will get the
697same stack and trail contents you had when you last used the
698Calculator.
699
700The Calculator does not remember its state between Emacs sessions.
701Thus if you quit Emacs and start it again, @kbd{C-x * c} will give you
702a fresh stack and trail. There is a command (@kbd{m m}) that lets
703you save your favorite mode settings between sessions, though.
704One of the things it saves is which user interface (standard or
705Keypad) you last used; otherwise, a freshly started Emacs will
706always treat @kbd{C-x * *} the same as @kbd{C-x * c}.
707
708The @kbd{q} key is another equivalent way to turn the Calculator off.
709
710If you type @kbd{C-x * b} first and then @kbd{C-x * c}, you get a
711full-screen version of Calc (@code{full-calc}) in which the stack and
712trail windows are still side-by-side but are now as tall as the whole
713Emacs screen. When you press @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-x * c} again to quit,
714the file you were editing before reappears. The @kbd{C-x * b} key
715switches back and forth between ``big'' full-screen mode and the
716normal partial-screen mode.
717
718Finally, @kbd{C-x * o} (@code{calc-other-window}) is like @kbd{C-x * c}
719except that the Calc window is not selected. The buffer you were
720editing before remains selected instead. @kbd{C-x * o} is a handy
721way to switch out of Calc momentarily to edit your file; type
722@kbd{C-x * c} to switch back into Calc when you are done.
723
724@node Quick Mode Overview, Keypad Mode Overview, The Standard Interface, Using Calc
725@subsection Quick Mode (Overview)
726
727@noindent
728@dfn{Quick mode} is a quick way to use Calc when you don't need the
729full complexity of the stack and trail. To use it, type @kbd{C-x * q}
730(@code{quick-calc}) in any regular editing buffer.
731
732Quick mode is very simple: It prompts you to type any formula in
733standard algebraic notation (like @samp{4 - 2/3}) and then displays
734the result at the bottom of the Emacs screen (@mathit{3.33333333333}
735in this case). You are then back in the same editing buffer you
736were in before, ready to continue editing or to type @kbd{C-x * q}
737again to do another quick calculation. The result of the calculation
738will also be in the Emacs ``kill ring'' so that a @kbd{C-y} command
739at this point will yank the result into your editing buffer.
740
741Calc mode settings affect Quick mode, too, though you will have to
742go into regular Calc (with @kbd{C-x * c}) to change the mode settings.
743
744@c [fix-ref Quick Calculator mode]
745@xref{Quick Calculator}, for further information.
746
747@node Keypad Mode Overview, Standalone Operation, Quick Mode Overview, Using Calc
748@subsection Keypad Mode (Overview)
749
750@noindent
751@dfn{Keypad mode} is a mouse-based interface to the Calculator.
752It is designed for use with terminals that support a mouse. If you
753don't have a mouse, you will have to operate Keypad mode with your
754arrow keys (which is probably more trouble than it's worth).
755
756Type @kbd{C-x * k} to turn Keypad mode on or off. Once again you
757get two new windows, this time on the righthand side of the screen
758instead of at the bottom. The upper window is the familiar Calc
759Stack; the lower window is a picture of a typical calculator keypad.
760
761@tex
762\dimen0=\pagetotal%
763\advance \dimen0 by 24\baselineskip%
764\ifdim \dimen0>\pagegoal \vfill\eject \fi%
765\medskip
766@end tex
767@smallexample
768@group
769|--- Emacs Calculator Mode ---
770|2: 17.3
771|1: -5
772| .
92e15881 773|--%*-Calc: 12 Deg (Calcul
5a83c46e 774|----+----+--Calc---+----+----1
4009494e
GM
775|FLR |CEIL|RND |TRNC|CLN2|FLT |
776|----+----+----+----+----+----|
777| LN |EXP | |ABS |IDIV|MOD |
778|----+----+----+----+----+----|
779|SIN |COS |TAN |SQRT|y^x |1/x |
780|----+----+----+----+----+----|
781| ENTER |+/- |EEX |UNDO| <- |
782|-----+---+-+--+--+-+---++----|
783| INV | 7 | 8 | 9 | / |
784|-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
785| HYP | 4 | 5 | 6 | * |
786|-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
787|EXEC | 1 | 2 | 3 | - |
788|-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
789| OFF | 0 | . | PI | + |
790|-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
791@end group
792@end smallexample
793
794Keypad mode is much easier for beginners to learn, because there
795is no need to memorize lots of obscure key sequences. But not all
796commands in regular Calc are available on the Keypad. You can
797always switch the cursor into the Calc stack window to use
798standard Calc commands if you need. Serious Calc users, though,
799often find they prefer the standard interface over Keypad mode.
800
801To operate the Calculator, just click on the ``buttons'' of the
802keypad using your left mouse button. To enter the two numbers
803shown here you would click @w{@kbd{1 7 .@: 3 ENTER 5 +/- ENTER}}; to
804add them together you would then click @kbd{+} (to get 12.3 on
805the stack).
806
807If you click the right mouse button, the top three rows of the
808keypad change to show other sets of commands, such as advanced
809math functions, vector operations, and operations on binary
810numbers.
811
812Because Keypad mode doesn't use the regular keyboard, Calc leaves
813the cursor in your original editing buffer. You can type in
814this buffer in the usual way while also clicking on the Calculator
815keypad. One advantage of Keypad mode is that you don't need an
816explicit command to switch between editing and calculating.
817
818If you press @kbd{C-x * b} first, you get a full-screen Keypad mode
819(@code{full-calc-keypad}) with three windows: The keypad in the lower
820left, the stack in the lower right, and the trail on top.
821
822@c [fix-ref Keypad Mode]
823@xref{Keypad Mode}, for further information.
824
825@node Standalone Operation, Embedded Mode Overview, Keypad Mode Overview, Using Calc
826@subsection Standalone Operation
827
828@noindent
829@cindex Standalone Operation
830If you are not in Emacs at the moment but you wish to use Calc,
831you must start Emacs first. If all you want is to run Calc, you
832can give the commands:
833
834@example
835emacs -f full-calc
836@end example
837
838@noindent
839or
840
841@example
842emacs -f full-calc-keypad
843@end example
844
845@noindent
846which run a full-screen Calculator (as if by @kbd{C-x * b C-x * c}) or
847a full-screen X-based Calculator (as if by @kbd{C-x * b C-x * k}).
848In standalone operation, quitting the Calculator (by pressing
849@kbd{q} or clicking on the keypad @key{EXIT} button) quits Emacs
850itself.
851
852@node Embedded Mode Overview, Other C-x * Commands, Standalone Operation, Using Calc
853@subsection Embedded Mode (Overview)
854
855@noindent
856@dfn{Embedded mode} is a way to use Calc directly from inside an
857editing buffer. Suppose you have a formula written as part of a
858document like this:
859
860@smallexample
861@group
862The derivative of
863
864 ln(ln(x))
865
866is
867@end group
868@end smallexample
869
870@noindent
871and you wish to have Calc compute and format the derivative for
872you and store this derivative in the buffer automatically. To
873do this with Embedded mode, first copy the formula down to where
874you want the result to be:
875
876@smallexample
877@group
878The derivative of
879
880 ln(ln(x))
881
882is
883
884 ln(ln(x))
885@end group
886@end smallexample
887
888Now, move the cursor onto this new formula and press @kbd{C-x * e}.
889Calc will read the formula (using the surrounding blank lines to
890tell how much text to read), then push this formula (invisibly)
891onto the Calc stack. The cursor will stay on the formula in the
892editing buffer, but the buffer's mode line will change to look
893like the Calc mode line (with mode indicators like @samp{12 Deg}
894and so on). Even though you are still in your editing buffer,
895the keyboard now acts like the Calc keyboard, and any new result
896you get is copied from the stack back into the buffer. To take
897the derivative, you would type @kbd{a d x @key{RET}}.
898
899@smallexample
900@group
901The derivative of
902
903 ln(ln(x))
904
905is
906
9071 / ln(x) x
908@end group
909@end smallexample
910
911To make this look nicer, you might want to press @kbd{d =} to center
912the formula, and even @kbd{d B} to use Big display mode.
913
914@smallexample
915@group
916The derivative of
917
918 ln(ln(x))
919
920is
921% [calc-mode: justify: center]
922% [calc-mode: language: big]
923
924 1
925 -------
926 ln(x) x
927@end group
928@end smallexample
929
930Calc has added annotations to the file to help it remember the modes
931that were used for this formula. They are formatted like comments
932in the @TeX{} typesetting language, just in case you are using @TeX{} or
933La@TeX{}. (In this example @TeX{} is not being used, so you might want
934to move these comments up to the top of the file or otherwise put them
935out of the way.)
936
937As an extra flourish, we can add an equation number using a
938righthand label: Type @kbd{d @} (1) @key{RET}}.
939
940@smallexample
941@group
942% [calc-mode: justify: center]
943% [calc-mode: language: big]
944% [calc-mode: right-label: " (1)"]
945
946 1
947 ------- (1)
948 ln(x) x
949@end group
950@end smallexample
951
952To leave Embedded mode, type @kbd{C-x * e} again. The mode line
953and keyboard will revert to the way they were before.
954
955The related command @kbd{C-x * w} operates on a single word, which
4a65fb7a
JB
956generally means a single number, inside text. It searches for an
957expression which ``looks'' like a number containing the point.
958Here's an example of its use:
4009494e
GM
959
960@smallexample
961A slope of one-third corresponds to an angle of 1 degrees.
962@end smallexample
963
964Place the cursor on the @samp{1}, then type @kbd{C-x * w} to enable
965Embedded mode on that number. Now type @kbd{3 /} (to get one-third),
966and @kbd{I T} (the Inverse Tangent converts a slope into an angle),
967then @w{@kbd{C-x * w}} again to exit Embedded mode.
968
969@smallexample
970A slope of one-third corresponds to an angle of 18.4349488229 degrees.
971@end smallexample
972
973@c [fix-ref Embedded Mode]
974@xref{Embedded Mode}, for full details.
975
976@node Other C-x * Commands, , Embedded Mode Overview, Using Calc
977@subsection Other @kbd{C-x *} Commands
978
979@noindent
980Two more Calc-related commands are @kbd{C-x * g} and @kbd{C-x * r},
981which ``grab'' data from a selected region of a buffer into the
982Calculator. The region is defined in the usual Emacs way, by
983a ``mark'' placed at one end of the region, and the Emacs
984cursor or ``point'' placed at the other.
985
986The @kbd{C-x * g} command reads the region in the usual left-to-right,
987top-to-bottom order. The result is packaged into a Calc vector
988of numbers and placed on the stack. Calc (in its standard
989user interface) is then started. Type @kbd{v u} if you want
990to unpack this vector into separate numbers on the stack. Also,
991@kbd{C-u C-x * g} interprets the region as a single number or
992formula.
993
994The @kbd{C-x * r} command reads a rectangle, with the point and
995mark defining opposite corners of the rectangle. The result
996is a matrix of numbers on the Calculator stack.
997
998Complementary to these is @kbd{C-x * y}, which ``yanks'' the
999value at the top of the Calc stack back into an editing buffer.
1000If you type @w{@kbd{C-x * y}} while in such a buffer, the value is
1001yanked at the current position. If you type @kbd{C-x * y} while
1002in the Calc buffer, Calc makes an educated guess as to which
1003editing buffer you want to use. The Calc window does not have
1004to be visible in order to use this command, as long as there
1005is something on the Calc stack.
1006
1007Here, for reference, is the complete list of @kbd{C-x *} commands.
1008The shift, control, and meta keys are ignored for the keystroke
1009following @kbd{C-x *}.
1010
1011@noindent
1012Commands for turning Calc on and off:
1013
1014@table @kbd
1015@item *
1016Turn Calc on or off, employing the same user interface as last time.
1017
1018@item =, +, -, /, \, &, #
1019Alternatives for @kbd{*}.
1020
1021@item C
1022Turn Calc on or off using its standard bottom-of-the-screen
1023interface. If Calc is already turned on but the cursor is not
1024in the Calc window, move the cursor into the window.
1025
1026@item O
1027Same as @kbd{C}, but don't select the new Calc window. If
1028Calc is already turned on and the cursor is in the Calc window,
1029move it out of that window.
1030
1031@item B
1032Control whether @kbd{C-x * c} and @kbd{C-x * k} use the full screen.
1033
1034@item Q
1035Use Quick mode for a single short calculation.
1036
1037@item K
1038Turn Calc Keypad mode on or off.
1039
1040@item E
1041Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off at the current formula.
1042
1043@item J
1044Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off, select the interesting part.
1045
1046@item W
1047Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off at the current word (number).
1048
1049@item Z
1050Turn Calc on in a user-defined way, as defined by a @kbd{Z I} command.
1051
1052@item X
1053Quit Calc; turn off standard, Keypad, or Embedded mode if on.
1054(This is like @kbd{q} or @key{OFF} inside of Calc.)
1055@end table
1056@iftex
1057@sp 2
1058@end iftex
1059
1060@noindent
1061Commands for moving data into and out of the Calculator:
1062
1063@table @kbd
1064@item G
1065Grab the region into the Calculator as a vector.
1066
1067@item R
1068Grab the rectangular region into the Calculator as a matrix.
1069
1070@item :
1071Grab the rectangular region and compute the sums of its columns.
1072
1073@item _
1074Grab the rectangular region and compute the sums of its rows.
1075
1076@item Y
1077Yank a value from the Calculator into the current editing buffer.
1078@end table
1079@iftex
1080@sp 2
1081@end iftex
1082
1083@noindent
1084Commands for use with Embedded mode:
1085
1086@table @kbd
1087@item A
1088``Activate'' the current buffer. Locate all formulas that
1089contain @samp{:=} or @samp{=>} symbols and record their locations
1090so that they can be updated automatically as variables are changed.
1091
1092@item D
1093Duplicate the current formula immediately below and select
1094the duplicate.
1095
1096@item F
1097Insert a new formula at the current point.
1098
1099@item N
1100Move the cursor to the next active formula in the buffer.
1101
1102@item P
1103Move the cursor to the previous active formula in the buffer.
1104
1105@item U
1106Update (i.e., as if by the @kbd{=} key) the formula at the current point.
1107
1108@item `
1109Edit (as if by @code{calc-edit}) the formula at the current point.
1110@end table
1111@iftex
1112@sp 2
1113@end iftex
1114
1115@noindent
1116Miscellaneous commands:
1117
1118@table @kbd
1119@item I
1120Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc manual.
1121(This is the same as @kbd{h i} inside of Calc.)
1122
1123@item T
1124Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc Tutorial.
1125
1126@item S
1127Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc Summary.
1128
1129@item L
1130Load Calc entirely into memory. (Normally the various parts
1131are loaded only as they are needed.)
1132
1133@item M
1134Read a region of written keystroke names (like @kbd{C-n a b c @key{RET}})
1135and record them as the current keyboard macro.
1136
1137@item 0
1138(This is the ``zero'' digit key.) Reset the Calculator to
1139its initial state: Empty stack, and initial mode settings.
1140@end table
1141
1142@node History and Acknowledgements, , Using Calc, Getting Started
1143@section History and Acknowledgements
1144
1145@noindent
1146Calc was originally started as a two-week project to occupy a lull
1147in the author's schedule. Basically, a friend asked if I remembered
1148the value of
1149@texline @math{2^{32}}.
1150@infoline @expr{2^32}.
1151I didn't offhand, but I said, ``that's easy, just call up an
1152@code{xcalc}.'' @code{Xcalc} duly reported that the answer to our
1153question was @samp{4.294967e+09}---with no way to see the full ten
1154digits even though we knew they were there in the program's memory! I
1155was so annoyed, I vowed to write a calculator of my own, once and for
1156all.
1157
1158I chose Emacs Lisp, a) because I had always been curious about it
1159and b) because, being only a text editor extension language after
1160all, Emacs Lisp would surely reach its limits long before the project
1161got too far out of hand.
1162
1163To make a long story short, Emacs Lisp turned out to be a distressingly
1164solid implementation of Lisp, and the humble task of calculating
1165turned out to be more open-ended than one might have expected.
1166
1167Emacs Lisp didn't have built-in floating point math (now it does), so
4bb49b43
JB
1168this had to be simulated in software. In fact, Emacs integers would
1169only comfortably fit six decimal digits or so---not enough for a decent
1170calculator. So I had to write my own high-precision integer code as
1171well, and once I had this I figured that arbitrary-size integers were
1172just as easy as large integers. Arbitrary floating-point precision was
1173the logical next step. Also, since the large integer arithmetic was
1174there anyway it seemed only fair to give the user direct access to it,
1175which in turn made it practical to support fractions as well as floats.
1176All these features inspired me to look around for other data types that
1177might be worth having.
4009494e
GM
1178
1179Around this time, my friend Rick Koshi showed me his nifty new HP-28
1180calculator. It allowed the user to manipulate formulas as well as
1181numerical quantities, and it could also operate on matrices. I
1182decided that these would be good for Calc to have, too. And once
1183things had gone this far, I figured I might as well take a look at
1184serious algebra systems for further ideas. Since these systems did
1185far more than I could ever hope to implement, I decided to focus on
1186rewrite rules and other programming features so that users could
1187implement what they needed for themselves.
1188
1189Rick complained that matrices were hard to read, so I put in code to
1190format them in a 2D style. Once these routines were in place, Big mode
1191was obligatory. Gee, what other language modes would be useful?
1192
1193Scott Hemphill and Allen Knutson, two friends with a strong mathematical
1194bent, contributed ideas and algorithms for a number of Calc features
1195including modulo forms, primality testing, and float-to-fraction conversion.
1196
1197Units were added at the eager insistence of Mass Sivilotti. Later,
1198Ulrich Mueller at CERN and Przemek Klosowski at NIST provided invaluable
1199expert assistance with the units table. As far as I can remember, the
1200idea of using algebraic formulas and variables to represent units dates
1201back to an ancient article in Byte magazine about muMath, an early
1202algebra system for microcomputers.
1203
1204Many people have contributed to Calc by reporting bugs and suggesting
1205features, large and small. A few deserve special mention: Tim Peters,
1206who helped develop the ideas that led to the selection commands, rewrite
1207rules, and many other algebra features;
1208@texline Fran\c{c}ois
1209@infoline Francois
1210Pinard, who contributed an early prototype of the Calc Summary appendix
1211as well as providing valuable suggestions in many other areas of Calc;
1212Carl Witty, whose eagle eyes discovered many typographical and factual
1213errors in the Calc manual; Tim Kay, who drove the development of
1214Embedded mode; Ove Ewerlid, who made many suggestions relating to the
1215algebra commands and contributed some code for polynomial operations;
f10d0e80 1216Randal Schwartz, who suggested the @code{calc-eval} function; Juha
4009494e 1217Sarlin, who first worked out how to split Calc into quickly-loading
f10d0e80
JB
1218parts; Bob Weiner, who helped immensely with the Lucid Emacs port; and
1219Robert J. Chassell, who suggested the Calc Tutorial and exercises as
1220well as many other things.
4009494e
GM
1221
1222@cindex Bibliography
1223@cindex Knuth, Art of Computer Programming
1224@cindex Numerical Recipes
1225@c Should these be expanded into more complete references?
1226Among the books used in the development of Calc were Knuth's @emph{Art
1227of Computer Programming} (especially volume II, @emph{Seminumerical
1228Algorithms}); @emph{Numerical Recipes} by Press, Flannery, Teukolsky,
1229and Vetterling; Bevington's @emph{Data Reduction and Error Analysis
1230for the Physical Sciences}; @emph{Concrete Mathematics} by Graham,
1231Knuth, and Patashnik; Steele's @emph{Common Lisp, the Language}; the
1232@emph{CRC Standard Math Tables} (William H. Beyer, ed.); and
1233Abramowitz and Stegun's venerable @emph{Handbook of Mathematical
1234Functions}. Also, of course, Calc could not have been written without
1235the excellent @emph{GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, by Bil Lewis and
1236Dan LaLiberte.
1237
1238Final thanks go to Richard Stallman, without whose fine implementations
1239of the Emacs editor, language, and environment, Calc would have been
1240finished in two weeks.
1241
1242@c [tutorial]
1243
1244@ifinfo
1245@c This node is accessed by the `C-x * t' command.
1246@node Interactive Tutorial, Tutorial, Getting Started, Top
1247@chapter Tutorial
1248
1249@noindent
1250Some brief instructions on using the Emacs Info system for this tutorial:
1251
1252Press the space bar and Delete keys to go forward and backward in a
1253section by screenfuls (or use the regular Emacs scrolling commands
1254for this).
1255
1256Press @kbd{n} or @kbd{p} to go to the Next or Previous section.
1257If the section has a @dfn{menu}, press a digit key like @kbd{1}
1258or @kbd{2} to go to a sub-section from the menu. Press @kbd{u} to
1259go back up from a sub-section to the menu it is part of.
1260
1261Exercises in the tutorial all have cross-references to the
1262appropriate page of the ``answers'' section. Press @kbd{f}, then
1263the exercise number, to see the answer to an exercise. After
1264you have followed a cross-reference, you can press the letter
1265@kbd{l} to return to where you were before.
1266
1267You can press @kbd{?} at any time for a brief summary of Info commands.
1268
59ee4113 1269Press the number @kbd{1} now to enter the first section of the Tutorial.
4009494e
GM
1270
1271@menu
1272* Tutorial::
1273@end menu
1274
1275@node Tutorial, Introduction, Interactive Tutorial, Top
1276@end ifinfo
1277@ifnotinfo
1278@node Tutorial, Introduction, Getting Started, Top
1279@end ifnotinfo
1280@chapter Tutorial
1281
1282@noindent
1283This chapter explains how to use Calc and its many features, in
1284a step-by-step, tutorial way. You are encouraged to run Calc and
1285work along with the examples as you read (@pxref{Starting Calc}).
1286If you are already familiar with advanced calculators, you may wish
1287@c [not-split]
1288to skip on to the rest of this manual.
1289@c [when-split]
1290@c to skip on to volume II of this manual, the @dfn{Calc Reference}.
1291
1292@c [fix-ref Embedded Mode]
1293This tutorial describes the standard user interface of Calc only.
1294The Quick mode and Keypad mode interfaces are fairly
1295self-explanatory. @xref{Embedded Mode}, for a description of
1296the Embedded mode interface.
1297
1298The easiest way to read this tutorial on-line is to have two windows on
59ee4113
JB
1299your Emacs screen, one with Calc and one with the Info system. Press
1300@kbd{C-x * t} to set this up; the on-line tutorial will be opened in the
1301current window and Calc will be started in another window. From the
1302Info window, the command @kbd{C-x * c} can be used to switch to the Calc
1303window and @kbd{C-x * o} can be used to switch back to the Info window.
1304(If you have a printed copy of the manual you can use that instead; in
1305that case you only need to press @kbd{C-x * c} to start Calc.)
4009494e
GM
1306
1307This tutorial is designed to be done in sequence. But the rest of this
1308manual does not assume you have gone through the tutorial. The tutorial
1309does not cover everything in the Calculator, but it touches on most
1310general areas.
1311
1312@ifnottex
1313You may wish to print out a copy of the Calc Summary and keep notes on
1314it as you learn Calc. @xref{About This Manual}, to see how to make a
1315printed summary. @xref{Summary}.
1316@end ifnottex
1317@iftex
1318The Calc Summary at the end of the reference manual includes some blank
1319space for your own use. You may wish to keep notes there as you learn
1320Calc.
1321@end iftex
1322
1323@menu
1324* Basic Tutorial::
1325* Arithmetic Tutorial::
1326* Vector/Matrix Tutorial::
1327* Types Tutorial::
1328* Algebra Tutorial::
1329* Programming Tutorial::
1330
1331* Answers to Exercises::
1332@end menu
1333
1334@node Basic Tutorial, Arithmetic Tutorial, Tutorial, Tutorial
1335@section Basic Tutorial
1336
1337@noindent
1338In this section, we learn how RPN and algebraic-style calculations
1339work, how to undo and redo an operation done by mistake, and how
1340to control various modes of the Calculator.
1341
1342@menu
1343* RPN Tutorial:: Basic operations with the stack.
1344* Algebraic Tutorial:: Algebraic entry; variables.
1345* Undo Tutorial:: If you make a mistake: Undo and the trail.
1346* Modes Tutorial:: Common mode-setting commands.
1347@end menu
1348
1349@node RPN Tutorial, Algebraic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
1350@subsection RPN Calculations and the Stack
1351
1352@cindex RPN notation
1353@ifnottex
1354@noindent
1355Calc normally uses RPN notation. You may be familiar with the RPN
1356system from Hewlett-Packard calculators, FORTH, or PostScript.
1357(Reverse Polish Notation, RPN, is named after the Polish mathematician
1358Jan Lukasiewicz.)
1359@end ifnottex
1360@tex
1361\noindent
1362Calc normally uses RPN notation. You may be familiar with the RPN
1363system from Hewlett-Packard calculators, FORTH, or PostScript.
1364(Reverse Polish Notation, RPN, is named after the Polish mathematician
1365Jan \L ukasiewicz.)
1366@end tex
1367
1368The central component of an RPN calculator is the @dfn{stack}. A
1369calculator stack is like a stack of dishes. New dishes (numbers) are
1370added at the top of the stack, and numbers are normally only removed
1371from the top of the stack.
1372
1373@cindex Operators
1374@cindex Operands
1375In an operation like @expr{2+3}, the 2 and 3 are called the @dfn{operands}
1376and the @expr{+} is the @dfn{operator}. In an RPN calculator you always
1377enter the operands first, then the operator. Each time you type a
1378number, Calc adds or @dfn{pushes} it onto the top of the Stack.
1379When you press an operator key like @kbd{+}, Calc @dfn{pops} the appropriate
1380number of operands from the stack and pushes back the result.
1381
1382Thus we could add the numbers 2 and 3 in an RPN calculator by typing:
1383@kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} +}. (The @key{RET} key, Return, corresponds to
1384the @key{ENTER} key on traditional RPN calculators.) Try this now if
1385you wish; type @kbd{C-x * c} to switch into the Calc window (you can type
1386@kbd{C-x * c} again or @kbd{C-x * o} to switch back to the Tutorial window).
1387The first four keystrokes ``push'' the numbers 2 and 3 onto the stack.
1388The @kbd{+} key ``pops'' the top two numbers from the stack, adds them,
1389and pushes the result (5) back onto the stack. Here's how the stack
1390will look at various points throughout the calculation:
1391
1392@smallexample
1393@group
1394 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5 .
1395 . 1: 3 .
1396 .
1397
1398 C-x * c 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} + @key{DEL}
1399@end group
1400@end smallexample
1401
1402The @samp{.} symbol is a marker that represents the top of the stack.
1403Note that the ``top'' of the stack is really shown at the bottom of
1404the Stack window. This may seem backwards, but it turns out to be
1405less distracting in regular use.
1406
1407@cindex Stack levels
1408@cindex Levels of stack
1409The numbers @samp{1:} and @samp{2:} on the left are @dfn{stack level
1410numbers}. Old RPN calculators always had four stack levels called
1411@expr{x}, @expr{y}, @expr{z}, and @expr{t}. Calc's stack can grow
1412as large as you like, so it uses numbers instead of letters. Some
1413stack-manipulation commands accept a numeric argument that says
1414which stack level to work on. Normal commands like @kbd{+} always
1415work on the top few levels of the stack.
1416
1417@c [fix-ref Truncating the Stack]
1418The Stack buffer is just an Emacs buffer, and you can move around in
1419it using the regular Emacs motion commands. But no matter where the
1420cursor is, even if you have scrolled the @samp{.} marker out of
1421view, most Calc commands always move the cursor back down to level 1
1422before doing anything. It is possible to move the @samp{.} marker
1423upwards through the stack, temporarily ``hiding'' some numbers from
1424commands like @kbd{+}. This is called @dfn{stack truncation} and
1425we will not cover it in this tutorial; @pxref{Truncating the Stack},
1426if you are interested.
1427
1428You don't really need the second @key{RET} in @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3
1429@key{RET} +}. That's because if you type any operator name or
1430other non-numeric key when you are entering a number, the Calculator
1431automatically enters that number and then does the requested command.
1432Thus @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +} will work just as well.
1433
1434Examples in this tutorial will often omit @key{RET} even when the
1435stack displays shown would only happen if you did press @key{RET}:
1436
1437@smallexample
1438@group
14391: 2 2: 2 1: 5
1440 . 1: 3 .
1441 .
1442
1443 2 @key{RET} 3 +
1444@end group
1445@end smallexample
1446
1447@noindent
1448Here, after pressing @kbd{3} the stack would really show @samp{1: 2}
1449with @samp{Calc:@: 3} in the minibuffer. In these situations, you can
1450press the optional @key{RET} to see the stack as the figure shows.
1451
1452(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} (This tutorial will include exercises
1453at various points. Try them if you wish. Answers to all the exercises
1454are located at the end of the Tutorial chapter. Each exercise will
1455include a cross-reference to its particular answer. If you are
1456reading with the Emacs Info system, press @kbd{f} and the
1457exercise number to go to the answer, then the letter @kbd{l} to
1458return to where you were.)
1459
1460@noindent
1461Here's the first exercise: What will the keystrokes @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2
1462@key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -} compute? (@samp{*} is the symbol for
1463multiplication.) Figure it out by hand, then try it with Calc to see
1464if you're right. @xref{RPN Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
1465
1466(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Compute
1467@texline @math{(2\times4) + (7\times9.4) + {5\over4}}
1468@infoline @expr{2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4}
1469using the stack. @xref{RPN Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
1470
1471The @key{DEL} key is called Backspace on some keyboards. It is
1472whatever key you would use to correct a simple typing error when
1473regularly using Emacs. The @key{DEL} key pops and throws away the
1474top value on the stack. (You can still get that value back from
1475the Trail if you should need it later on.) There are many places
1476in this tutorial where we assume you have used @key{DEL} to erase the
1477results of the previous example at the beginning of a new example.
1478In the few places where it is really important to use @key{DEL} to
1479clear away old results, the text will remind you to do so.
1480
1481(It won't hurt to let things accumulate on the stack, except that
1482whenever you give a display-mode-changing command Calc will have to
1483spend a long time reformatting such a large stack.)
1484
1485Since the @kbd{-} key is also an operator (it subtracts the top two
1486stack elements), how does one enter a negative number? Calc uses
1487the @kbd{_} (underscore) key to act like the minus sign in a number.
1488So, typing @kbd{-5 @key{RET}} won't work because the @kbd{-} key
1489will try to do a subtraction, but @kbd{_5 @key{RET}} works just fine.
1490
1491You can also press @kbd{n}, which means ``change sign.'' It changes
1492the number at the top of the stack (or the number being entered)
1493from positive to negative or vice-versa: @kbd{5 n @key{RET}}.
1494
1495@cindex Duplicating a stack entry
1496If you press @key{RET} when you're not entering a number, the effect
1497is to duplicate the top number on the stack. Consider this calculation:
1498
1499@smallexample
1500@group
15011: 3 2: 3 1: 9 2: 9 1: 81
1502 . 1: 3 . 1: 9 .
1503 . .
1504
1505 3 @key{RET} @key{RET} * @key{RET} *
1506@end group
1507@end smallexample
1508
1509@noindent
1510(Of course, an easier way to do this would be @kbd{3 @key{RET} 4 ^},
1511to raise 3 to the fourth power.)
1512
1513The space-bar key (denoted @key{SPC} here) performs the same function
1514as @key{RET}; you could replace all three occurrences of @key{RET} in
1515the above example with @key{SPC} and the effect would be the same.
1516
1517@cindex Exchanging stack entries
1518Another stack manipulation key is @key{TAB}. This exchanges the top
1519two stack entries. Suppose you have computed @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +}
1520to get 5, and then you realize what you really wanted to compute
1521was @expr{20 / (2+3)}.
1522
1523@smallexample
1524@group
15251: 5 2: 5 2: 20 1: 4
1526 . 1: 20 1: 5 .
1527 . .
1528
1529 2 @key{RET} 3 + 20 @key{TAB} /
1530@end group
1531@end smallexample
1532
1533@noindent
1534Planning ahead, the calculation would have gone like this:
1535
1536@smallexample
1537@group
15381: 20 2: 20 3: 20 2: 20 1: 4
1539 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5 .
1540 . 1: 3 .
1541 .
1542
1543 20 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 + /
1544@end group
1545@end smallexample
1546
1547A related stack command is @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (hold @key{META} and type
1548@key{TAB}). It rotates the top three elements of the stack upward,
1549bringing the object in level 3 to the top.
1550
1551@smallexample
1552@group
15531: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 20 3: 30
1554 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 30 2: 10
1555 . 1: 30 1: 10 1: 20
1556 . . .
1557
1558 10 @key{RET} 20 @key{RET} 30 @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB}
1559@end group
1560@end smallexample
1561
1562(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Suppose the numbers 10, 20, and 30 are
1563on the stack. Figure out how to add one to the number in level 2
1564without affecting the rest of the stack. Also figure out how to add
1565one to the number in level 3. @xref{RPN Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
1566
1567Operations like @kbd{+}, @kbd{-}, @kbd{*}, @kbd{/}, and @kbd{^} pop two
1568arguments from the stack and push a result. Operations like @kbd{n} and
1569@kbd{Q} (square root) pop a single number and push the result. You can
1570think of them as simply operating on the top element of the stack.
1571
1572@smallexample
1573@group
15741: 3 1: 9 2: 9 1: 25 1: 5
1575 . . 1: 16 . .
1576 .
1577
1578 3 @key{RET} @key{RET} * 4 @key{RET} @key{RET} * + Q
1579@end group
1580@end smallexample
1581
1582@noindent
1583(Note that capital @kbd{Q} means to hold down the Shift key while
1584typing @kbd{q}. Remember, plain unshifted @kbd{q} is the Quit command.)
1585
1586@cindex Pythagorean Theorem
1587Here we've used the Pythagorean Theorem to determine the hypotenuse of a
1588right triangle. Calc actually has a built-in command for that called
1589@kbd{f h}, but let's suppose we can't remember the necessary keystrokes.
1590We can still enter it by its full name using @kbd{M-x} notation:
1591
1592@smallexample
1593@group
15941: 3 2: 3 1: 5
1595 . 1: 4 .
1596 .
1597
1598 3 @key{RET} 4 @key{RET} M-x calc-hypot
1599@end group
1600@end smallexample
1601
1602All Calculator commands begin with the word @samp{calc-}. Since it
1603gets tiring to type this, Calc provides an @kbd{x} key which is just
1604like the regular Emacs @kbd{M-x} key except that it types the @samp{calc-}
1605prefix for you:
1606
1607@smallexample
1608@group
16091: 3 2: 3 1: 5
1610 . 1: 4 .
1611 .
1612
1613 3 @key{RET} 4 @key{RET} x hypot
1614@end group
1615@end smallexample
1616
1617What happens if you take the square root of a negative number?
1618
1619@smallexample
1620@group
16211: 4 1: -4 1: (0, 2)
1622 . . .
1623
1624 4 @key{RET} n Q
1625@end group
1626@end smallexample
1627
1628@noindent
1629The notation @expr{(a, b)} represents a complex number.
1630Complex numbers are more traditionally written @expr{a + b i};
1631Calc can display in this format, too, but for now we'll stick to the
1632@expr{(a, b)} notation.
1633
1634If you don't know how complex numbers work, you can safely ignore this
1635feature. Complex numbers only arise from operations that would be
1636errors in a calculator that didn't have complex numbers. (For example,
1637taking the square root or logarithm of a negative number produces a
1638complex result.)
1639
1640Complex numbers are entered in the notation shown. The @kbd{(} and
1641@kbd{,} and @kbd{)} keys manipulate ``incomplete complex numbers.''
1642
1643@smallexample
1644@group
16451: ( ... 2: ( ... 1: (2, ... 1: (2, ... 1: (2, 3)
1646 . 1: 2 . 3 .
1647 . .
1648
1649 ( 2 , 3 )
1650@end group
1651@end smallexample
1652
1653You can perform calculations while entering parts of incomplete objects.
1654However, an incomplete object cannot actually participate in a calculation:
1655
1656@smallexample
1657@group
16581: ( ... 2: ( ... 3: ( ... 1: ( ... 1: ( ...
1659 . 1: 2 2: 2 5 5
1660 . 1: 3 . .
1661 .
1662 (error)
1663 ( 2 @key{RET} 3 + +
1664@end group
1665@end smallexample
1666
1667@noindent
1668Adding 5 to an incomplete object makes no sense, so the last command
1669produces an error message and leaves the stack the same.
1670
1671Incomplete objects can't participate in arithmetic, but they can be
1672moved around by the regular stack commands.
1673
1674@smallexample
1675@group
16762: 2 3: 2 3: 3 1: ( ... 1: (2, 3)
16771: 3 2: 3 2: ( ... 2 .
1678 . 1: ( ... 1: 2 3
1679 . . .
1680
16812 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} ( M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} )
1682@end group
1683@end smallexample
1684
1685@noindent
1686Note that the @kbd{,} (comma) key did not have to be used here.
1687When you press @kbd{)} all the stack entries between the incomplete
1688entry and the top are collected, so there's never really a reason
1689to use the comma. It's up to you.
1690
1691(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} To enter the complex number @expr{(2, 3)},
1692your friend Joe typed @kbd{( 2 , @key{SPC} 3 )}. What happened?
1693(Joe thought of a clever way to correct his mistake in only two
1694keystrokes, but it didn't quite work. Try it to find out why.)
1695@xref{RPN Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
1696
1697Vectors are entered the same way as complex numbers, but with square
1698brackets in place of parentheses. We'll meet vectors again later in
1699the tutorial.
1700
1701Any Emacs command can be given a @dfn{numeric prefix argument} by
1702typing a series of @key{META}-digits beforehand. If @key{META} is
1703awkward for you, you can instead type @kbd{C-u} followed by the
1704necessary digits. Numeric prefix arguments can be negative, as in
1705@kbd{M-- M-3 M-5} or @w{@kbd{C-u - 3 5}}. Calc commands use numeric
1706prefix arguments in a variety of ways. For example, a numeric prefix
1707on the @kbd{+} operator adds any number of stack entries at once:
1708
1709@smallexample
1710@group
17111: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 10 1: 60
1712 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 20 .
1713 . 1: 30 1: 30
1714 . .
1715
1716 10 @key{RET} 20 @key{RET} 30 @key{RET} C-u 3 +
1717@end group
1718@end smallexample
1719
1720For stack manipulation commands like @key{RET}, a positive numeric
1721prefix argument operates on the top @var{n} stack entries at once. A
1722negative argument operates on the entry in level @var{n} only. An
1723argument of zero operates on the entire stack. In this example, we copy
1724the second-to-top element of the stack:
1725
1726@smallexample
1727@group
17281: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 10 4: 10
1729 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 20 3: 20
1730 . 1: 30 1: 30 2: 30
1731 . . 1: 20
1732 .
1733
1734 10 @key{RET} 20 @key{RET} 30 @key{RET} C-u -2 @key{RET}
1735@end group
1736@end smallexample
1737
1738@cindex Clearing the stack
1739@cindex Emptying the stack
1740Another common idiom is @kbd{M-0 @key{DEL}}, which clears the stack.
1741(The @kbd{M-0} numeric prefix tells @key{DEL} to operate on the
1742entire stack.)
1743
1744@node Algebraic Tutorial, Undo Tutorial, RPN Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
1745@subsection Algebraic-Style Calculations
1746
1747@noindent
1748If you are not used to RPN notation, you may prefer to operate the
1749Calculator in Algebraic mode, which is closer to the way
1750non-RPN calculators work. In Algebraic mode, you enter formulas
1751in traditional @expr{2+3} notation.
1752
1753@strong{Warning:} Note that @samp{/} has lower precedence than
1754@samp{*}, so that @samp{a/b*c} is interpreted as @samp{a/(b*c)}. See
1755below for details.
1756
1757You don't really need any special ``mode'' to enter algebraic formulas.
1758You can enter a formula at any time by pressing the apostrophe (@kbd{'})
1759key. Answer the prompt with the desired formula, then press @key{RET}.
1760The formula is evaluated and the result is pushed onto the RPN stack.
1761If you don't want to think in RPN at all, you can enter your whole
1762computation as a formula, read the result from the stack, then press
1763@key{DEL} to delete it from the stack.
1764
1765Try pressing the apostrophe key, then @kbd{2+3+4}, then @key{RET}.
1766The result should be the number 9.
1767
1768Algebraic formulas use the operators @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*},
1769@samp{/}, and @samp{^}. You can use parentheses to make the order
1770of evaluation clear. In the absence of parentheses, @samp{^} is
1771evaluated first, then @samp{*}, then @samp{/}, then finally
1772@samp{+} and @samp{-}. For example, the expression
1773
1774@example
17752 + 3*4*5 / 6*7^8 - 9
1776@end example
1777
1778@noindent
1779is equivalent to
1780
1781@example
17822 + ((3*4*5) / (6*(7^8)) - 9
1783@end example
1784
1785@noindent
1786or, in large mathematical notation,
1787
1788@ifnottex
1789@example
1790@group
1791 3 * 4 * 5
17922 + --------- - 9
1793 8
1794 6 * 7
1795@end group
1796@end example
1797@end ifnottex
1798@tex
1799\turnoffactive
1800\beforedisplay
1801$$ 2 + { 3 \times 4 \times 5 \over 6 \times 7^8 } - 9 $$
1802\afterdisplay
1803@end tex
1804
1805@noindent
1806The result of this expression will be the number @mathit{-6.99999826533}.
1807
1808Calc's order of evaluation is the same as for most computer languages,
1809except that @samp{*} binds more strongly than @samp{/}, as the above
1810example shows. As in normal mathematical notation, the @samp{*} symbol
1811can often be omitted: @samp{2 a} is the same as @samp{2*a}.
1812
1813Operators at the same level are evaluated from left to right, except
1814that @samp{^} is evaluated from right to left. Thus, @samp{2-3-4} is
1815equivalent to @samp{(2-3)-4} or @mathit{-5}, whereas @samp{2^3^4} is equivalent
1816to @samp{2^(3^4)} (a very large integer; try it!).
1817
1818If you tire of typing the apostrophe all the time, there is
1819Algebraic mode, where Calc automatically senses
1820when you are about to type an algebraic expression. To enter this
1821mode, press the two letters @w{@kbd{m a}}. (An @samp{Alg} indicator
1822should appear in the Calc window's mode line.)
1823
1824Press @kbd{m a}, then @kbd{2+3+4} with no apostrophe, then @key{RET}.
1825
1826In Algebraic mode, when you press any key that would normally begin
1827entering a number (such as a digit, a decimal point, or the @kbd{_}
1828key), or if you press @kbd{(} or @kbd{[}, Calc automatically begins
1829an algebraic entry.
1830
1831Functions which do not have operator symbols like @samp{+} and @samp{*}
1832must be entered in formulas using function-call notation. For example,
1833the function name corresponding to the square-root key @kbd{Q} is
1834@code{sqrt}. To compute a square root in a formula, you would use
1835the notation @samp{sqrt(@var{x})}.
1836
1837Press the apostrophe, then type @kbd{sqrt(5*2) - 3}. The result should
1838be @expr{0.16227766017}.
1839
1840Note that if the formula begins with a function name, you need to use
1841the apostrophe even if you are in Algebraic mode. If you type @kbd{arcsin}
1842out of the blue, the @kbd{a r} will be taken as an Algebraic Rewrite
1843command, and the @kbd{csin} will be taken as the name of the rewrite
1844rule to use!
1845
1846Some people prefer to enter complex numbers and vectors in algebraic
1847form because they find RPN entry with incomplete objects to be too
1848distracting, even though they otherwise use Calc as an RPN calculator.
1849
1850Still in Algebraic mode, type:
1851
1852@smallexample
1853@group
18541: (2, 3) 2: (2, 3) 1: (8, -1) 2: (8, -1) 1: (9, -1)
1855 . 1: (1, -2) . 1: 1 .
1856 . .
1857
1858 (2,3) @key{RET} (1,-2) @key{RET} * 1 @key{RET} +
1859@end group
1860@end smallexample
1861
1862Algebraic mode allows us to enter complex numbers without pressing
1863an apostrophe first, but it also means we need to press @key{RET}
1864after every entry, even for a simple number like @expr{1}.
1865
1866(You can type @kbd{C-u m a} to enable a special Incomplete Algebraic
1867mode in which the @kbd{(} and @kbd{[} keys use algebraic entry even
1868though regular numeric keys still use RPN numeric entry. There is also
1869Total Algebraic mode, started by typing @kbd{m t}, in which all
1870normal keys begin algebraic entry. You must then use the @key{META} key
1871to type Calc commands: @kbd{M-m t} to get back out of Total Algebraic
1872mode, @kbd{M-q} to quit, etc.)
1873
1874If you're still in Algebraic mode, press @kbd{m a} again to turn it off.
1875
1876Actual non-RPN calculators use a mixture of algebraic and RPN styles.
1877In general, operators of two numbers (like @kbd{+} and @kbd{*})
1878use algebraic form, but operators of one number (like @kbd{n} and @kbd{Q})
1879use RPN form. Also, a non-RPN calculator allows you to see the
1880intermediate results of a calculation as you go along. You can
1881accomplish this in Calc by performing your calculation as a series
1882of algebraic entries, using the @kbd{$} sign to tie them together.
1883In an algebraic formula, @kbd{$} represents the number on the top
1884of the stack. Here, we perform the calculation
1885@texline @math{\sqrt{2\times4+1}},
1886@infoline @expr{sqrt(2*4+1)},
1887which on a traditional calculator would be done by pressing
1888@kbd{2 * 4 + 1 =} and then the square-root key.
1889
1890@smallexample
1891@group
18921: 8 1: 9 1: 3
1893 . . .
1894
1895 ' 2*4 @key{RET} $+1 @key{RET} Q
1896@end group
1897@end smallexample
1898
1899@noindent
1900Notice that we didn't need to press an apostrophe for the @kbd{$+1},
1901because the dollar sign always begins an algebraic entry.
1902
1903(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} How could you get the same effect as
1904pressing @kbd{Q} but using an algebraic entry instead? How about
1905if the @kbd{Q} key on your keyboard were broken?
1906@xref{Algebraic Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
1907
1908The notations @kbd{$$}, @kbd{$$$}, and so on stand for higher stack
1909entries. For example, @kbd{' $$+$ @key{RET}} is just like typing @kbd{+}.
1910
1911Algebraic formulas can include @dfn{variables}. To store in a
1912variable, press @kbd{s s}, then type the variable name, then press
1913@key{RET}. (There are actually two flavors of store command:
1914@kbd{s s} stores a number in a variable but also leaves the number
1915on the stack, while @w{@kbd{s t}} removes a number from the stack and
1916stores it in the variable.) A variable name should consist of one
1917or more letters or digits, beginning with a letter.
1918
1919@smallexample
1920@group
19211: 17 . 1: a + a^2 1: 306
1922 . . .
1923
1924 17 s t a @key{RET} ' a+a^2 @key{RET} =
1925@end group
1926@end smallexample
1927
1928@noindent
1929The @kbd{=} key @dfn{evaluates} a formula by replacing all its
1930variables by the values that were stored in them.
1931
1932For RPN calculations, you can recall a variable's value on the
1933stack either by entering its name as a formula and pressing @kbd{=},
1934or by using the @kbd{s r} command.
1935
1936@smallexample
1937@group
19381: 17 2: 17 3: 17 2: 17 1: 306
1939 . 1: 17 2: 17 1: 289 .
1940 . 1: 2 .
1941 .
1942
1943 s r a @key{RET} ' a @key{RET} = 2 ^ +
1944@end group
1945@end smallexample
1946
1947If you press a single digit for a variable name (as in @kbd{s t 3}, you
1948get one of ten @dfn{quick variables} @code{q0} through @code{q9}.
1949They are ``quick'' simply because you don't have to type the letter
1950@code{q} or the @key{RET} after their names. In fact, you can type
1951simply @kbd{s 3} as a shorthand for @kbd{s s 3}, and likewise for
1952@kbd{t 3} and @w{@kbd{r 3}}.
1953
1954Any variables in an algebraic formula for which you have not stored
1955values are left alone, even when you evaluate the formula.
1956
1957@smallexample
1958@group
19591: 2 a + 2 b 1: 34 + 2 b
1960 . .
1961
1962 ' 2a+2b @key{RET} =
1963@end group
1964@end smallexample
1965
1966Calls to function names which are undefined in Calc are also left
1967alone, as are calls for which the value is undefined.
1968
1969@smallexample
1970@group
19711: 2 + log10(0) + log10(x) + log10(5, 6) + foo(3)
1972 .
1973
1974 ' log10(100) + log10(0) + log10(x) + log10(5,6) + foo(3) @key{RET}
1975@end group
1976@end smallexample
1977
1978@noindent
1979In this example, the first call to @code{log10} works, but the other
1980calls are not evaluated. In the second call, the logarithm is
1981undefined for that value of the argument; in the third, the argument
1982is symbolic, and in the fourth, there are too many arguments. In the
1983fifth case, there is no function called @code{foo}. You will see a
1984``Wrong number of arguments'' message referring to @samp{log10(5,6)}.
1985Press the @kbd{w} (``why'') key to see any other messages that may
1986have arisen from the last calculation. In this case you will get
1987``logarithm of zero,'' then ``number expected: @code{x}''. Calc
1988automatically displays the first message only if the message is
1989sufficiently important; for example, Calc considers ``wrong number
1990of arguments'' and ``logarithm of zero'' to be important enough to
1991report automatically, while a message like ``number expected: @code{x}''
1992will only show up if you explicitly press the @kbd{w} key.
1993
1994(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Joe entered the formula @samp{2 x y},
1995stored 5 in @code{x}, pressed @kbd{=}, and got the expected result,
1996@samp{10 y}. He then tried the same for the formula @samp{2 x (1+y)},
1997expecting @samp{10 (1+y)}, but it didn't work. Why not?
1998@xref{Algebraic Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
1999
2000(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} What result would you expect
2001@kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} to give? What if you then type @kbd{0 *}?
2002@xref{Algebraic Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
2003
2004One interesting way to work with variables is to use the
2005@dfn{evaluates-to} (@samp{=>}) operator. It works like this:
2006Enter a formula algebraically in the usual way, but follow
2007the formula with an @samp{=>} symbol. (There is also an @kbd{s =}
2008command which builds an @samp{=>} formula using the stack.) On
2009the stack, you will see two copies of the formula with an @samp{=>}
2010between them. The lefthand formula is exactly like you typed it;
2011the righthand formula has been evaluated as if by typing @kbd{=}.
2012
2013@smallexample
2014@group
20152: 2 + 3 => 5 2: 2 + 3 => 5
20161: 2 a + 2 b => 34 + 2 b 1: 2 a + 2 b => 20 + 2 b
2017 . .
2018
2019' 2+3 => @key{RET} ' 2a+2b @key{RET} s = 10 s t a @key{RET}
2020@end group
2021@end smallexample
2022
2023@noindent
2024Notice that the instant we stored a new value in @code{a}, all
2025@samp{=>} operators already on the stack that referred to @expr{a}
2026were updated to use the new value. With @samp{=>}, you can push a
2027set of formulas on the stack, then change the variables experimentally
2028to see the effects on the formulas' values.
2029
2030You can also ``unstore'' a variable when you are through with it:
2031
2032@smallexample
2033@group
20342: 2 + 5 => 5
20351: 2 a + 2 b => 2 a + 2 b
2036 .
2037
2038 s u a @key{RET}
2039@end group
2040@end smallexample
2041
2042We will encounter formulas involving variables and functions again
2043when we discuss the algebra and calculus features of the Calculator.
2044
2045@node Undo Tutorial, Modes Tutorial, Algebraic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
2046@subsection Undo and Redo
2047
2048@noindent
2049If you make a mistake, you can usually correct it by pressing shift-@kbd{U},
2050the ``undo'' command. First, clear the stack (@kbd{M-0 @key{DEL}}) and exit
2051and restart Calc (@kbd{C-x * * C-x * *}) to make sure things start off
2052with a clean slate. Now:
2053
2054@smallexample
2055@group
20561: 2 2: 2 1: 8 2: 2 1: 6
2057 . 1: 3 . 1: 3 .
2058 . .
2059
2060 2 @key{RET} 3 ^ U *
2061@end group
2062@end smallexample
2063
2064You can undo any number of times. Calc keeps a complete record of
2065all you have done since you last opened the Calc window. After the
2066above example, you could type:
2067
2068@smallexample
2069@group
20701: 6 2: 2 1: 2 . .
2071 . 1: 3 .
2072 .
2073 (error)
2074 U U U U
2075@end group
2076@end smallexample
2077
2078You can also type @kbd{D} to ``redo'' a command that you have undone
2079mistakenly.
2080
2081@smallexample
2082@group
2083 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 6 1: 6
2084 . 1: 3 . .
2085 .
2086 (error)
2087 D D D D
2088@end group
2089@end smallexample
2090
2091@noindent
2092It was not possible to redo past the @expr{6}, since that was placed there
2093by something other than an undo command.
2094
2095@cindex Time travel
2096You can think of undo and redo as a sort of ``time machine.'' Press
2097@kbd{U} to go backward in time, @kbd{D} to go forward. If you go
2098backward and do something (like @kbd{*}) then, as any science fiction
2099reader knows, you have changed your future and you cannot go forward
2100again. Thus, the inability to redo past the @expr{6} even though there
2101was an earlier undo command.
2102
2103You can always recall an earlier result using the Trail. We've ignored
2104the trail so far, but it has been faithfully recording everything we
2105did since we loaded the Calculator. If the Trail is not displayed,
2106press @kbd{t d} now to turn it on.
2107
2108Let's try grabbing an earlier result. The @expr{8} we computed was
2109undone by a @kbd{U} command, and was lost even to Redo when we pressed
2110@kbd{*}, but it's still there in the trail. There should be a little
2111@samp{>} arrow (the @dfn{trail pointer}) resting on the last trail
2112entry. If there isn't, press @kbd{t ]} to reset the trail pointer.
2113Now, press @w{@kbd{t p}} to move the arrow onto the line containing
2114@expr{8}, and press @w{@kbd{t y}} to ``yank'' that number back onto the
2115stack.
2116
2117If you press @kbd{t ]} again, you will see that even our Yank command
2118went into the trail.
2119
2120Let's go further back in time. Earlier in the tutorial we computed
2121a huge integer using the formula @samp{2^3^4}. We don't remember
2122what it was, but the first digits were ``241''. Press @kbd{t r}
2123(which stands for trail-search-reverse), then type @kbd{241}.
2124The trail cursor will jump back to the next previous occurrence of
2125the string ``241'' in the trail. This is just a regular Emacs
2126incremental search; you can now press @kbd{C-s} or @kbd{C-r} to
2127continue the search forwards or backwards as you like.
2128
2129To finish the search, press @key{RET}. This halts the incremental
2130search and leaves the trail pointer at the thing we found. Now we
2131can type @kbd{t y} to yank that number onto the stack. If we hadn't
2132remembered the ``241'', we could simply have searched for @kbd{2^3^4},
2133then pressed @kbd{@key{RET} t n} to halt and then move to the next item.
2134
2135You may have noticed that all the trail-related commands begin with
2136the letter @kbd{t}. (The store-and-recall commands, on the other hand,
2137all began with @kbd{s}.) Calc has so many commands that there aren't
2138enough keys for all of them, so various commands are grouped into
2139two-letter sequences where the first letter is called the @dfn{prefix}
2140key. If you type a prefix key by accident, you can press @kbd{C-g}
2141to cancel it. (In fact, you can press @kbd{C-g} to cancel almost
2142anything in Emacs.) To get help on a prefix key, press that key
2143followed by @kbd{?}. Some prefixes have several lines of help,
2144so you need to press @kbd{?} repeatedly to see them all.
2145You can also type @kbd{h h} to see all the help at once.
2146
2147Try pressing @kbd{t ?} now. You will see a line of the form,
2148
2149@smallexample
2150trail/time: Display; Fwd, Back; Next, Prev, Here, [, ]; Yank: [MORE] t-
2151@end smallexample
2152
2153@noindent
2154The word ``trail'' indicates that the @kbd{t} prefix key contains
2155trail-related commands. Each entry on the line shows one command,
2156with a single capital letter showing which letter you press to get
2157that command. We have used @kbd{t n}, @kbd{t p}, @kbd{t ]}, and
2158@kbd{t y} so far. The @samp{[MORE]} means you can press @kbd{?}
2159again to see more @kbd{t}-prefix commands. Notice that the commands
2160are roughly divided (by semicolons) into related groups.
2161
2162When you are in the help display for a prefix key, the prefix is
2163still active. If you press another key, like @kbd{y} for example,
2164it will be interpreted as a @kbd{t y} command. If all you wanted
2165was to look at the help messages, press @kbd{C-g} afterwards to cancel
2166the prefix.
2167
2168One more way to correct an error is by editing the stack entries.
2169The actual Stack buffer is marked read-only and must not be edited
2170directly, but you can press @kbd{`} (the backquote or accent grave)
2171to edit a stack entry.
2172
2173Try entering @samp{3.141439} now. If this is supposed to represent
2174@cpi{}, it's got several errors. Press @kbd{`} to edit this number.
2175Now use the normal Emacs cursor motion and editing keys to change
2176the second 4 to a 5, and to transpose the 3 and the 9. When you
2177press @key{RET}, the number on the stack will be replaced by your
2178new number. This works for formulas, vectors, and all other types
2179of values you can put on the stack. The @kbd{`} key also works
2180during entry of a number or algebraic formula.
2181
2182@node Modes Tutorial, , Undo Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
2183@subsection Mode-Setting Commands
2184
2185@noindent
2186Calc has many types of @dfn{modes} that affect the way it interprets
2187your commands or the way it displays data. We have already seen one
2188mode, namely Algebraic mode. There are many others, too; we'll
2189try some of the most common ones here.
2190
2191Perhaps the most fundamental mode in Calc is the current @dfn{precision}.
2192Notice the @samp{12} on the Calc window's mode line:
2193
2194@smallexample
92e15881 2195--%*-Calc: 12 Deg (Calculator)----All------
4009494e
GM
2196@end smallexample
2197
2198@noindent
2199Most of the symbols there are Emacs things you don't need to worry
2200about, but the @samp{12} and the @samp{Deg} are mode indicators.
2201The @samp{12} means that calculations should always be carried to
220212 significant figures. That is why, when we type @kbd{1 @key{RET} 7 /},
2203we get @expr{0.142857142857} with exactly 12 digits, not counting
2204leading and trailing zeros.
2205
2206You can set the precision to anything you like by pressing @kbd{p},
2207then entering a suitable number. Try pressing @kbd{p 30 @key{RET}},
2208then doing @kbd{1 @key{RET} 7 /} again:
2209
2210@smallexample
2211@group
22121: 0.142857142857
22132: 0.142857142857142857142857142857
2214 .
2215@end group
2216@end smallexample
2217
2218Although the precision can be set arbitrarily high, Calc always
2219has to have @emph{some} value for the current precision. After
2220all, the true value @expr{1/7} is an infinitely repeating decimal;
2221Calc has to stop somewhere.
2222
2223Of course, calculations are slower the more digits you request.
2224Press @w{@kbd{p 12}} now to set the precision back down to the default.
2225
2226Calculations always use the current precision. For example, even
2227though we have a 30-digit value for @expr{1/7} on the stack, if
2228we use it in a calculation in 12-digit mode it will be rounded
2229down to 12 digits before it is used. Try it; press @key{RET} to
2230duplicate the number, then @w{@kbd{1 +}}. Notice that the @key{RET}
2231key didn't round the number, because it doesn't do any calculation.
2232But the instant we pressed @kbd{+}, the number was rounded down.
2233
2234@smallexample
2235@group
22361: 0.142857142857
22372: 0.142857142857142857142857142857
22383: 1.14285714286
2239 .
2240@end group
2241@end smallexample
2242
2243@noindent
2244In fact, since we added a digit on the left, we had to lose one
2245digit on the right from even the 12-digit value of @expr{1/7}.
2246
2247How did we get more than 12 digits when we computed @samp{2^3^4}? The
2248answer is that Calc makes a distinction between @dfn{integers} and
2249@dfn{floating-point} numbers, or @dfn{floats}. An integer is a number
2250that does not contain a decimal point. There is no such thing as an
2251``infinitely repeating fraction integer,'' so Calc doesn't have to limit
2252itself. If you asked for @samp{2^10000} (don't try this!), you would
2253have to wait a long time but you would eventually get an exact answer.
2254If you ask for @samp{2.^10000}, you will quickly get an answer which is
2255correct only to 12 places. The decimal point tells Calc that it should
2256use floating-point arithmetic to get the answer, not exact integer
2257arithmetic.
2258
2259You can use the @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}) command to convert a
2260floating-point value to an integer, and @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float})
2261to convert an integer to floating-point form.
2262
2263Let's try entering that last calculation:
2264
2265@smallexample
2266@group
22671: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.99506311689e3010
2268 . 1: 10000 .
2269 .
2270
2271 2.0 @key{RET} 10000 @key{RET} ^
2272@end group
2273@end smallexample
2274
2275@noindent
2276@cindex Scientific notation, entry of
2277Notice the letter @samp{e} in there. It represents ``times ten to the
2278power of,'' and is used by Calc automatically whenever writing the
2279number out fully would introduce more extra zeros than you probably
2280want to see. You can enter numbers in this notation, too.
2281
2282@smallexample
2283@group
22841: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.99506311678e3010
2285 . 1: 10000. .
2286 .
2287
2288 2.0 @key{RET} 1e4 @key{RET} ^
2289@end group
2290@end smallexample
2291
2292@cindex Round-off errors
2293@noindent
2294Hey, the answer is different! Look closely at the middle columns
2295of the two examples. In the first, the stack contained the
2296exact integer @expr{10000}, but in the second it contained
2297a floating-point value with a decimal point. When you raise a
2298number to an integer power, Calc uses repeated squaring and
2299multiplication to get the answer. When you use a floating-point
2300power, Calc uses logarithms and exponentials. As you can see,
2301a slight error crept in during one of these methods. Which
2302one should we trust? Let's raise the precision a bit and find
2303out:
2304
2305@smallexample
2306@group
2307 . 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.995063116880828e3010
2308 . 1: 10000. .
2309 .
2310
2311 p 16 @key{RET} 2. @key{RET} 1e4 ^ p 12 @key{RET}
2312@end group
2313@end smallexample
2314
2315@noindent
2316@cindex Guard digits
2317Presumably, it doesn't matter whether we do this higher-precision
2318calculation using an integer or floating-point power, since we
2319have added enough ``guard digits'' to trust the first 12 digits
2320no matter what. And the verdict is@dots{} Integer powers were more
2321accurate; in fact, the result was only off by one unit in the
2322last place.
2323
2324@cindex Guard digits
2325Calc does many of its internal calculations to a slightly higher
2326precision, but it doesn't always bump the precision up enough.
2327In each case, Calc added about two digits of precision during
2328its calculation and then rounded back down to 12 digits
2329afterward. In one case, it was enough; in the other, it
2330wasn't. If you really need @var{x} digits of precision, it
2331never hurts to do the calculation with a few extra guard digits.
2332
2333What if we want guard digits but don't want to look at them?
2334We can set the @dfn{float format}. Calc supports four major
2335formats for floating-point numbers, called @dfn{normal},
2336@dfn{fixed-point}, @dfn{scientific notation}, and @dfn{engineering
2337notation}. You get them by pressing @w{@kbd{d n}}, @kbd{d f},
2338@kbd{d s}, and @kbd{d e}, respectively. In each case, you can
2339supply a numeric prefix argument which says how many digits
2340should be displayed. As an example, let's put a few numbers
2341onto the stack and try some different display modes. First,
2342use @kbd{M-0 @key{DEL}} to clear the stack, then enter the four
2343numbers shown here:
2344
2345@smallexample
2346@group
23474: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345
23483: 12345. 3: 12300. 3: 1.2345e4 3: 1.23e4 3: 12345.000
23492: 123.45 2: 123. 2: 1.2345e2 2: 1.23e2 2: 123.450
23501: 12.345 1: 12.3 1: 1.2345e1 1: 1.23e1 1: 12.345
2351 . . . . .
2352
2353 d n M-3 d n d s M-3 d s M-3 d f
2354@end group
2355@end smallexample
2356
2357@noindent
2358Notice that when we typed @kbd{M-3 d n}, the numbers were rounded down
2359to three significant digits, but then when we typed @kbd{d s} all
2360five significant figures reappeared. The float format does not
2361affect how numbers are stored, it only affects how they are
2362displayed. Only the current precision governs the actual rounding
2363of numbers in the Calculator's memory.
2364
2365Engineering notation, not shown here, is like scientific notation
2366except the exponent (the power-of-ten part) is always adjusted to be
2367a multiple of three (as in ``kilo,'' ``micro,'' etc.). As a result
2368there will be one, two, or three digits before the decimal point.
2369
2370Whenever you change a display-related mode, Calc redraws everything
2371in the stack. This may be slow if there are many things on the stack,
2372so Calc allows you to type shift-@kbd{H} before any mode command to
2373prevent it from updating the stack. Anything Calc displays after the
2374mode-changing command will appear in the new format.
2375
2376@smallexample
2377@group
23784: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345
23793: 12345.000 3: 12345.000 3: 12345.000 3: 1.2345e4 3: 12345.
23802: 123.450 2: 123.450 2: 1.2345e1 2: 1.2345e1 2: 123.45
23811: 12.345 1: 1.2345e1 1: 1.2345e2 1: 1.2345e2 1: 12.345
2382 . . . . .
2383
2384 H d s @key{DEL} U @key{TAB} d @key{SPC} d n
2385@end group
2386@end smallexample
2387
2388@noindent
2389Here the @kbd{H d s} command changes to scientific notation but without
2390updating the screen. Deleting the top stack entry and undoing it back
2391causes it to show up in the new format; swapping the top two stack
2392entries reformats both entries. The @kbd{d @key{SPC}} command refreshes the
2393whole stack. The @kbd{d n} command changes back to the normal float
2394format; since it doesn't have an @kbd{H} prefix, it also updates all
2395the stack entries to be in @kbd{d n} format.
2396
2397Notice that the integer @expr{12345} was not affected by any
2398of the float formats. Integers are integers, and are always
2399displayed exactly.
2400
2401@cindex Large numbers, readability
2402Large integers have their own problems. Let's look back at
2403the result of @kbd{2^3^4}.
2404
2405@example
24062417851639229258349412352
2407@end example
2408
2409@noindent
2410Quick---how many digits does this have? Try typing @kbd{d g}:
2411
2412@example
24132,417,851,639,229,258,349,412,352
2414@end example
2415
2416@noindent
2417Now how many digits does this have? It's much easier to tell!
2418We can actually group digits into clumps of any size. Some
2419people prefer @kbd{M-5 d g}:
2420
2421@example
242224178,51639,22925,83494,12352
2423@end example
2424
2425Let's see what happens to floating-point numbers when they are grouped.
2426First, type @kbd{p 25 @key{RET}} to make sure we have enough precision
2427to get ourselves into trouble. Now, type @kbd{1e13 /}:
2428
2429@example
243024,17851,63922.9258349412352
2431@end example
2432
2433@noindent
2434The integer part is grouped but the fractional part isn't. Now try
2435@kbd{M-- M-5 d g} (that's meta-minus-sign, meta-five):
2436
2437@example
243824,17851,63922.92583,49412,352
2439@end example
2440
2441If you find it hard to tell the decimal point from the commas, try
2442changing the grouping character to a space with @kbd{d , @key{SPC}}:
2443
2444@example
244524 17851 63922.92583 49412 352
2446@end example
2447
2448Type @kbd{d , ,} to restore the normal grouping character, then
2449@kbd{d g} again to turn grouping off. Also, press @kbd{p 12} to
2450restore the default precision.
2451
2452Press @kbd{U} enough times to get the original big integer back.
2453(Notice that @kbd{U} does not undo each mode-setting command; if
2454you want to undo a mode-setting command, you have to do it yourself.)
2455Now, type @kbd{d r 16 @key{RET}}:
2456
2457@example
245816#200000000000000000000
2459@end example
2460
2461@noindent
2462The number is now displayed in @dfn{hexadecimal}, or ``base-16'' form.
2463Suddenly it looks pretty simple; this should be no surprise, since we
2464got this number by computing a power of two, and 16 is a power of 2.
2465In fact, we can use @w{@kbd{d r 2 @key{RET}}} to see it in actual binary
2466form:
2467
2468@example
24692#1000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 @dots{}
2470@end example
2471
2472@noindent
2473We don't have enough space here to show all the zeros! They won't
2474fit on a typical screen, either, so you will have to use horizontal
2475scrolling to see them all. Press @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} to scroll the
2476stack window left and right by half its width. Another way to view
2477something large is to press @kbd{`} (back-quote) to edit the top of
2478stack in a separate window. (Press @kbd{C-c C-c} when you are done.)
2479
2480You can enter non-decimal numbers using the @kbd{#} symbol, too.
2481Let's see what the hexadecimal number @samp{5FE} looks like in
2482binary. Type @kbd{16#5FE} (the letters can be typed in upper or
2483lower case; they will always appear in upper case). It will also
2484help to turn grouping on with @kbd{d g}:
2485
2486@example
24872#101,1111,1110
2488@end example
2489
2490Notice that @kbd{d g} groups by fours by default if the display radix
2491is binary or hexadecimal, but by threes if it is decimal, octal, or any
2492other radix.
2493
2494Now let's see that number in decimal; type @kbd{d r 10}:
2495
2496@example
24971,534
2498@end example
2499
2500Numbers are not @emph{stored} with any particular radix attached. They're
2501just numbers; they can be entered in any radix, and are always displayed
2502in whatever radix you've chosen with @kbd{d r}. The current radix applies
2503to integers, fractions, and floats.
2504
2505@cindex Roundoff errors, in non-decimal numbers
2506(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Your friend Joe tried to enter one-third
2507as @samp{3#0.1} in @kbd{d r 3} mode with a precision of 12. He got
2508@samp{3#0.0222222...} (with 25 2's) in the display. When he multiplied
2509that by three, he got @samp{3#0.222222...} instead of the expected
2510@samp{3#1}. Next, Joe entered @samp{3#0.2} and, to his great relief,
2511saw @samp{3#0.2} on the screen. But when he typed @kbd{2 /}, he got
2512@samp{3#0.10000001} (some zeros omitted). What's going on here?
2513@xref{Modes Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
2514
2515@cindex Scientific notation, in non-decimal numbers
2516(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Scientific notation works in non-decimal
2517modes in the natural way (the exponent is a power of the radix instead of
2518a power of ten, although the exponent itself is always written in decimal).
2519Thus @samp{8#1.23e3 = 8#1230.0}. Suppose we have the hexadecimal number
2520@samp{f.e8f} times 16 to the 15th power: We write @samp{16#f.e8fe15}.
2521What is wrong with this picture? What could we write instead that would
2522work better? @xref{Modes Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
2523
2524The @kbd{m} prefix key has another set of modes, relating to the way
2525Calc interprets your inputs and does computations. Whereas @kbd{d}-prefix
2526modes generally affect the way things look, @kbd{m}-prefix modes affect
2527the way they are actually computed.
2528
2529The most popular @kbd{m}-prefix mode is the @dfn{angular mode}. Notice
2530the @samp{Deg} indicator in the mode line. This means that if you use
2531a command that interprets a number as an angle, it will assume the
2532angle is measured in degrees. For example,
2533
2534@smallexample
2535@group
25361: 45 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.500000000001 1: 0.5
2537 . . . .
2538
2539 45 S 2 ^ c 1
2540@end group
2541@end smallexample
2542
2543@noindent
2544The shift-@kbd{S} command computes the sine of an angle. The sine
2545of 45 degrees is
2546@texline @math{\sqrt{2}/2};
2547@infoline @expr{sqrt(2)/2};
2548squaring this yields @expr{2/4 = 0.5}. However, there has been a slight
2549roundoff error because the representation of
2550@texline @math{\sqrt{2}/2}
2551@infoline @expr{sqrt(2)/2}
2552wasn't exact. The @kbd{c 1} command is a handy way to clean up numbers
2553in this case; it temporarily reduces the precision by one digit while it
2554re-rounds the number on the top of the stack.
2555
2556@cindex Roundoff errors, examples
2557(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Your friend Joe computed the sine
2558of 45 degrees as shown above, then, hoping to avoid an inexact
2559result, he increased the precision to 16 digits before squaring.
2560What happened? @xref{Modes Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
2561
2562To do this calculation in radians, we would type @kbd{m r} first.
2563(The indicator changes to @samp{Rad}.) 45 degrees corresponds to
2564@cpiover{4} radians. To get @cpi{}, press the @kbd{P} key. (Once
2565again, this is a shifted capital @kbd{P}. Remember, unshifted
2566@kbd{p} sets the precision.)
2567
2568@smallexample
2569@group
25701: 3.14159265359 1: 0.785398163398 1: 0.707106781187
2571 . . .
2572
2573 P 4 / m r S
2574@end group
2575@end smallexample
2576
2577Likewise, inverse trigonometric functions generate results in
2578either radians or degrees, depending on the current angular mode.
2579
2580@smallexample
2581@group
25821: 0.707106781187 1: 0.785398163398 1: 45.
2583 . . .
2584
2585 .5 Q m r I S m d U I S
2586@end group
2587@end smallexample
2588
2589@noindent
2590Here we compute the Inverse Sine of
2591@texline @math{\sqrt{0.5}},
2592@infoline @expr{sqrt(0.5)},
2593first in radians, then in degrees.
2594
2595Use @kbd{c d} and @kbd{c r} to convert a number from radians to degrees
2596and vice-versa.
2597
2598@smallexample
2599@group
26001: 45 1: 0.785398163397 1: 45.
2601 . . .
2602
2603 45 c r c d
2604@end group
2605@end smallexample
2606
2607Another interesting mode is @dfn{Fraction mode}. Normally,
2608dividing two integers produces a floating-point result if the
2609quotient can't be expressed as an exact integer. Fraction mode
2610causes integer division to produce a fraction, i.e., a rational
2611number, instead.
2612
2613@smallexample
2614@group
26152: 12 1: 1.33333333333 1: 4:3
26161: 9 . .
2617 .
2618
2619 12 @key{RET} 9 / m f U / m f
2620@end group
2621@end smallexample
2622
2623@noindent
2624In the first case, we get an approximate floating-point result.
2625In the second case, we get an exact fractional result (four-thirds).
2626
2627You can enter a fraction at any time using @kbd{:} notation.
2628(Calc uses @kbd{:} instead of @kbd{/} as the fraction separator
2629because @kbd{/} is already used to divide the top two stack
2630elements.) Calculations involving fractions will always
2631produce exact fractional results; Fraction mode only says
2632what to do when dividing two integers.
2633
2634@cindex Fractions vs. floats
2635@cindex Floats vs. fractions
2636(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} If fractional arithmetic is exact,
2637why would you ever use floating-point numbers instead?
2638@xref{Modes Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
2639
2640Typing @kbd{m f} doesn't change any existing values in the stack.
2641In the above example, we had to Undo the division and do it over
2642again when we changed to Fraction mode. But if you use the
2643evaluates-to operator you can get commands like @kbd{m f} to
2644recompute for you.
2645
2646@smallexample
2647@group
26481: 12 / 9 => 1.33333333333 1: 12 / 9 => 1.333 1: 12 / 9 => 4:3
2649 . . .
2650
2651 ' 12/9 => @key{RET} p 4 @key{RET} m f
2652@end group
2653@end smallexample
2654
2655@noindent
2656In this example, the righthand side of the @samp{=>} operator
2657on the stack is recomputed when we change the precision, then
2658again when we change to Fraction mode. All @samp{=>} expressions
2659on the stack are recomputed every time you change any mode that
2660might affect their values.
2661
2662@node Arithmetic Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Basic Tutorial, Tutorial
2663@section Arithmetic Tutorial
2664
2665@noindent
2666In this section, we explore the arithmetic and scientific functions
2667available in the Calculator.
2668
2669The standard arithmetic commands are @kbd{+}, @kbd{-}, @kbd{*}, @kbd{/},
2670and @kbd{^}. Each normally takes two numbers from the top of the stack
2671and pushes back a result. The @kbd{n} and @kbd{&} keys perform
2672change-sign and reciprocal operations, respectively.
2673
2674@smallexample
2675@group
26761: 5 1: 0.2 1: 5. 1: -5. 1: 5.
2677 . . . . .
2678
2679 5 & & n n
2680@end group
2681@end smallexample
2682
2683@cindex Binary operators
2684You can apply a ``binary operator'' like @kbd{+} across any number of
2685stack entries by giving it a numeric prefix. You can also apply it
2686pairwise to several stack elements along with the top one if you use
2687a negative prefix.
2688
2689@smallexample
2690@group
26913: 2 1: 9 3: 2 4: 2 3: 12
26922: 3 . 2: 3 3: 3 2: 13
26931: 4 1: 4 2: 4 1: 14
2694 . . 1: 10 .
2695 .
2696
26972 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 M-3 + U 10 M-- M-3 +
2698@end group
2699@end smallexample
2700
2701@cindex Unary operators
2702You can apply a ``unary operator'' like @kbd{&} to the top @var{n}
2703stack entries with a numeric prefix, too.
2704
2705@smallexample
2706@group
27073: 2 3: 0.5 3: 0.5
27082: 3 2: 0.333333333333 2: 3.
27091: 4 1: 0.25 1: 4.
2710 . . .
2711
27122 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 M-3 & M-2 &
2713@end group
2714@end smallexample
2715
2716Notice that the results here are left in floating-point form.
2717We can convert them back to integers by pressing @kbd{F}, the
2718``floor'' function. This function rounds down to the next lower
2719integer. There is also @kbd{R}, which rounds to the nearest
2720integer.
2721
2722@smallexample
2723@group
27247: 2. 7: 2 7: 2
27256: 2.4 6: 2 6: 2
27265: 2.5 5: 2 5: 3
27274: 2.6 4: 2 4: 3
27283: -2. 3: -2 3: -2
27292: -2.4 2: -3 2: -2
27301: -2.6 1: -3 1: -3
2731 . . .
2732
2733 M-7 F U M-7 R
2734@end group
2735@end smallexample
2736
2737Since dividing-and-flooring (i.e., ``integer quotient'') is such a
2738common operation, Calc provides a special command for that purpose, the
2739backslash @kbd{\}. Another common arithmetic operator is @kbd{%}, which
2740computes the remainder that would arise from a @kbd{\} operation, i.e.,
2741the ``modulo'' of two numbers. For example,
2742
2743@smallexample
2744@group
27452: 1234 1: 12 2: 1234 1: 34
27461: 100 . 1: 100 .
2747 . .
2748
27491234 @key{RET} 100 \ U %
2750@end group
2751@end smallexample
2752
2753These commands actually work for any real numbers, not just integers.
2754
2755@smallexample
2756@group
27572: 3.1415 1: 3 2: 3.1415 1: 0.1415
27581: 1 . 1: 1 .
2759 . .
2760
27613.1415 @key{RET} 1 \ U %
2762@end group
2763@end smallexample
2764
2765(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} The @kbd{\} command would appear to be a
2766frill, since you could always do the same thing with @kbd{/ F}. Think
2767of a situation where this is not true---@kbd{/ F} would be inadequate.
2768Now think of a way you could get around the problem if Calc didn't
2769provide a @kbd{\} command. @xref{Arithmetic Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
2770
2771We've already seen the @kbd{Q} (square root) and @kbd{S} (sine)
2772commands. Other commands along those lines are @kbd{C} (cosine),
2773@kbd{T} (tangent), @kbd{E} (@expr{e^x}) and @kbd{L} (natural
2774logarithm). These can be modified by the @kbd{I} (inverse) and
2775@kbd{H} (hyperbolic) prefix keys.
2776
2777Let's compute the sine and cosine of an angle, and verify the
2778identity
2779@texline @math{\sin^2x + \cos^2x = 1}.
2780@infoline @expr{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 = 1}.
2781We'll arbitrarily pick @mathit{-64} degrees as a good value for @expr{x}.
2782With the angular mode set to degrees (type @w{@kbd{m d}}), do:
2783
2784@smallexample
2785@group
27862: -64 2: -64 2: -0.89879 2: -0.89879 1: 1.
27871: -64 1: -0.89879 1: -64 1: 0.43837 .
2788 . . . .
2789
2790 64 n @key{RET} @key{RET} S @key{TAB} C f h
2791@end group
2792@end smallexample
2793
2794@noindent
2795(For brevity, we're showing only five digits of the results here.
2796You can of course do these calculations to any precision you like.)
2797
2798Remember, @kbd{f h} is the @code{calc-hypot}, or square-root of sum
2799of squares, command.
2800
2801Another identity is
2802@texline @math{\displaystyle\tan x = {\sin x \over \cos x}}.
2803@infoline @expr{tan(x) = sin(x) / cos(x)}.
2804@smallexample
2805@group
2806
28072: -0.89879 1: -2.0503 1: -64.
28081: 0.43837 . .
2809 .
2810
2811 U / I T
2812@end group
2813@end smallexample
2814
2815A physical interpretation of this calculation is that if you move
2816@expr{0.89879} units downward and @expr{0.43837} units to the right,
2817your direction of motion is @mathit{-64} degrees from horizontal. Suppose
2818we move in the opposite direction, up and to the left:
2819
2820@smallexample
2821@group
28222: -0.89879 2: 0.89879 1: -2.0503 1: -64.
28231: 0.43837 1: -0.43837 . .
2824 . .
2825
2826 U U M-2 n / I T
2827@end group
2828@end smallexample
2829
2830@noindent
2831How can the angle be the same? The answer is that the @kbd{/} operation
2832loses information about the signs of its inputs. Because the quotient
2833is negative, we know exactly one of the inputs was negative, but we
2834can't tell which one. There is an @kbd{f T} [@code{arctan2}] function which
2835computes the inverse tangent of the quotient of a pair of numbers.
2836Since you feed it the two original numbers, it has enough information
2837to give you a full 360-degree answer.
2838
2839@smallexample
2840@group
28412: 0.89879 1: 116. 3: 116. 2: 116. 1: 180.
28421: -0.43837 . 2: -0.89879 1: -64. .
2843 . 1: 0.43837 .
2844 .
2845
2846 U U f T M-@key{RET} M-2 n f T -
2847@end group
2848@end smallexample
2849
2850@noindent
2851The resulting angles differ by 180 degrees; in other words, they
2852point in opposite directions, just as we would expect.
2853
2854The @key{META}-@key{RET} we used in the third step is the
2855``last-arguments'' command. It is sort of like Undo, except that it
2856restores the arguments of the last command to the stack without removing
2857the command's result. It is useful in situations like this one,
2858where we need to do several operations on the same inputs. We could
2859have accomplished the same thing by using @kbd{M-2 @key{RET}} to duplicate
2860the top two stack elements right after the @kbd{U U}, then a pair of
2861@kbd{M-@key{TAB}} commands to cycle the 116 up around the duplicates.
2862
2863A similar identity is supposed to hold for hyperbolic sines and cosines,
2864except that it is the @emph{difference}
2865@texline @math{\cosh^2x - \sinh^2x}
2866@infoline @expr{cosh(x)^2 - sinh(x)^2}
2867that always equals one. Let's try to verify this identity.
2868
2869@smallexample
2870@group
28712: -64 2: -64 2: -64 2: 9.7192e54 2: 9.7192e54
28721: -64 1: -3.1175e27 1: 9.7192e54 1: -64 1: 9.7192e54
2873 . . . . .
2874
2875 64 n @key{RET} @key{RET} H C 2 ^ @key{TAB} H S 2 ^
2876@end group
2877@end smallexample
2878
2879@noindent
2880@cindex Roundoff errors, examples
2881Something's obviously wrong, because when we subtract these numbers
2882the answer will clearly be zero! But if you think about it, if these
2883numbers @emph{did} differ by one, it would be in the 55th decimal
2884place. The difference we seek has been lost entirely to roundoff
2885error.
2886
2887We could verify this hypothesis by doing the actual calculation with,
2888say, 60 decimal places of precision. This will be slow, but not
2889enormously so. Try it if you wish; sure enough, the answer is
28900.99999, reasonably close to 1.
2891
2892Of course, a more reasonable way to verify the identity is to use
2893a more reasonable value for @expr{x}!
2894
2895@cindex Common logarithm
2896Some Calculator commands use the Hyperbolic prefix for other purposes.
2897The logarithm and exponential functions, for example, work to the base
2898@expr{e} normally but use base-10 instead if you use the Hyperbolic
2899prefix.
2900
2901@smallexample
2902@group
29031: 1000 1: 6.9077 1: 1000 1: 3
2904 . . . .
2905
2906 1000 L U H L
2907@end group
2908@end smallexample
2909
2910@noindent
2911First, we mistakenly compute a natural logarithm. Then we undo
2912and compute a common logarithm instead.
2913
2914The @kbd{B} key computes a general base-@var{b} logarithm for any
2915value of @var{b}.
2916
2917@smallexample
2918@group
29192: 1000 1: 3 1: 1000. 2: 1000. 1: 6.9077
29201: 10 . . 1: 2.71828 .
2921 . .
2922
2923 1000 @key{RET} 10 B H E H P B
2924@end group
2925@end smallexample
2926
2927@noindent
2928Here we first use @kbd{B} to compute the base-10 logarithm, then use
2929the ``hyperbolic'' exponential as a cheap hack to recover the number
29301000, then use @kbd{B} again to compute the natural logarithm. Note
2931that @kbd{P} with the hyperbolic prefix pushes the constant @expr{e}
2932onto the stack.
2933
2934You may have noticed that both times we took the base-10 logarithm
2935of 1000, we got an exact integer result. Calc always tries to give
2936an exact rational result for calculations involving rational numbers
2937where possible. But when we used @kbd{H E}, the result was a
2938floating-point number for no apparent reason. In fact, if we had
2939computed @kbd{10 @key{RET} 3 ^} we @emph{would} have gotten an
2940exact integer 1000. But the @kbd{H E} command is rigged to generate
2941a floating-point result all of the time so that @kbd{1000 H E} will
2942not waste time computing a thousand-digit integer when all you
2943probably wanted was @samp{1e1000}.
2944
2945(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Find a pair of integer inputs to
2946the @kbd{B} command for which Calc could find an exact rational
2947result but doesn't. @xref{Arithmetic Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
2948
2949The Calculator also has a set of functions relating to combinatorics
2950and statistics. You may be familiar with the @dfn{factorial} function,
2951which computes the product of all the integers up to a given number.
2952
2953@smallexample
2954@group
29551: 100 1: 93326215443... 1: 100. 1: 9.3326e157
2956 . . . .
2957
2958 100 ! U c f !
2959@end group
2960@end smallexample
2961
2962@noindent
2963Recall, the @kbd{c f} command converts the integer or fraction at the
2964top of the stack to floating-point format. If you take the factorial
2965of a floating-point number, you get a floating-point result
2966accurate to the current precision. But if you give @kbd{!} an
2967exact integer, you get an exact integer result (158 digits long
2968in this case).
2969
2970If you take the factorial of a non-integer, Calc uses a generalized
2971factorial function defined in terms of Euler's Gamma function
2972@texline @math{\Gamma(n)}
2973@infoline @expr{gamma(n)}
2974(which is itself available as the @kbd{f g} command).
2975
2976@smallexample
2977@group
29783: 4. 3: 24. 1: 5.5 1: 52.342777847
29792: 4.5 2: 52.3427777847 . .
29801: 5. 1: 120.
2981 . .
2982
2983 M-3 ! M-0 @key{DEL} 5.5 f g
2984@end group
2985@end smallexample
2986
2987@noindent
2988Here we verify the identity
2989@texline @math{n! = \Gamma(n+1)}.
2990@infoline @expr{@var{n}!@: = gamma(@var{n}+1)}.
2991
2992The binomial coefficient @var{n}-choose-@var{m}
2993@texline or @math{\displaystyle {n \choose m}}
2994is defined by
2995@texline @math{\displaystyle {n! \over m! \, (n-m)!}}
2996@infoline @expr{n!@: / m!@: (n-m)!}
2997for all reals @expr{n} and @expr{m}. The intermediate results in this
2998formula can become quite large even if the final result is small; the
2999@kbd{k c} command computes a binomial coefficient in a way that avoids
3000large intermediate values.
3001
3002The @kbd{k} prefix key defines several common functions out of
3003combinatorics and number theory. Here we compute the binomial
3004coefficient 30-choose-20, then determine its prime factorization.
3005
3006@smallexample
3007@group
30082: 30 1: 30045015 1: [3, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 23, 29]
30091: 20 . .
3010 .
3011
3012 30 @key{RET} 20 k c k f
3013@end group
3014@end smallexample
3015
3016@noindent
a8b14149
JB
3017You can verify these prime factors by using @kbd{V R *} to multiply
3018together the elements of this vector. The result is the original
3019number, 30045015.
4009494e
GM
3020
3021@cindex Hash tables
3022Suppose a program you are writing needs a hash table with at least
302310000 entries. It's best to use a prime number as the actual size
3024of a hash table. Calc can compute the next prime number after 10000:
3025
3026@smallexample
3027@group
30281: 10000 1: 10007 1: 9973
3029 . . .
3030
3031 10000 k n I k n
3032@end group
3033@end smallexample
3034
3035@noindent
3036Just for kicks we've also computed the next prime @emph{less} than
303710000.
3038
3039@c [fix-ref Financial Functions]
3040@xref{Financial Functions}, for a description of the Calculator
3041commands that deal with business and financial calculations (functions
3042like @code{pv}, @code{rate}, and @code{sln}).
3043
3044@c [fix-ref Binary Number Functions]
3045@xref{Binary Functions}, to read about the commands for operating
3046on binary numbers (like @code{and}, @code{xor}, and @code{lsh}).
3047
3048@node Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Types Tutorial, Arithmetic Tutorial, Tutorial
3049@section Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3050
3051@noindent
3052A @dfn{vector} is a list of numbers or other Calc data objects.
3053Calc provides a large set of commands that operate on vectors. Some
3054are familiar operations from vector analysis. Others simply treat
3055a vector as a list of objects.
3056
3057@menu
3058* Vector Analysis Tutorial::
3059* Matrix Tutorial::
3060* List Tutorial::
3061@end menu
3062
3063@node Vector Analysis Tutorial, Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3064@subsection Vector Analysis
3065
3066@noindent
3067If you add two vectors, the result is a vector of the sums of the
3068elements, taken pairwise.
3069
3070@smallexample
3071@group
30721: [1, 2, 3] 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [8, 8, 3]
3073 . 1: [7, 6, 0] .
3074 .
3075
3076 [1,2,3] s 1 [7 6 0] s 2 +
3077@end group
3078@end smallexample
3079
3080@noindent
3081Note that we can separate the vector elements with either commas or
3082spaces. This is true whether we are using incomplete vectors or
3083algebraic entry. The @kbd{s 1} and @kbd{s 2} commands save these
3084vectors so we can easily reuse them later.
3085
3086If you multiply two vectors, the result is the sum of the products
3087of the elements taken pairwise. This is called the @dfn{dot product}
3088of the vectors.
3089
3090@smallexample
3091@group
30922: [1, 2, 3] 1: 19
30931: [7, 6, 0] .
3094 .
3095
3096 r 1 r 2 *
3097@end group
3098@end smallexample
3099
3100@cindex Dot product
3101The dot product of two vectors is equal to the product of their
3102lengths times the cosine of the angle between them. (Here the vector
3103is interpreted as a line from the origin @expr{(0,0,0)} to the
3104specified point in three-dimensional space.) The @kbd{A}
3105(absolute value) command can be used to compute the length of a
3106vector.
3107
3108@smallexample
3109@group
31103: 19 3: 19 1: 0.550782 1: 56.579
31112: [1, 2, 3] 2: 3.741657 . .
31121: [7, 6, 0] 1: 9.219544
3113 . .
3114
3115 M-@key{RET} M-2 A * / I C
3116@end group
3117@end smallexample
3118
3119@noindent
3120First we recall the arguments to the dot product command, then
3121we compute the absolute values of the top two stack entries to
3122obtain the lengths of the vectors, then we divide the dot product
3123by the product of the lengths to get the cosine of the angle.
3124The inverse cosine finds that the angle between the vectors
3125is about 56 degrees.
3126
3127@cindex Cross product
3128@cindex Perpendicular vectors
3129The @dfn{cross product} of two vectors is a vector whose length
3130is the product of the lengths of the inputs times the sine of the
3131angle between them, and whose direction is perpendicular to both
3132input vectors. Unlike the dot product, the cross product is
3133defined only for three-dimensional vectors. Let's double-check
3134our computation of the angle using the cross product.
3135
3136@smallexample
3137@group
31382: [1, 2, 3] 3: [-18, 21, -8] 1: [-0.52, 0.61, -0.23] 1: 56.579
31391: [7, 6, 0] 2: [1, 2, 3] . .
3140 . 1: [7, 6, 0]
3141 .
3142
3143 r 1 r 2 V C s 3 M-@key{RET} M-2 A * / A I S
3144@end group
3145@end smallexample
3146
3147@noindent
3148First we recall the original vectors and compute their cross product,
3149which we also store for later reference. Now we divide the vector
3150by the product of the lengths of the original vectors. The length of
3151this vector should be the sine of the angle; sure enough, it is!
3152
3153@c [fix-ref General Mode Commands]
3154Vector-related commands generally begin with the @kbd{v} prefix key.
3155Some are uppercase letters and some are lowercase. To make it easier
3156to type these commands, the shift-@kbd{V} prefix key acts the same as
3157the @kbd{v} key. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to make all
3158prefix keys have this property.)
3159
3160If we take the dot product of two perpendicular vectors we expect
3161to get zero, since the cosine of 90 degrees is zero. Let's check
3162that the cross product is indeed perpendicular to both inputs:
3163
3164@smallexample
3165@group
31662: [1, 2, 3] 1: 0 2: [7, 6, 0] 1: 0
31671: [-18, 21, -8] . 1: [-18, 21, -8] .
3168 . .
3169
3170 r 1 r 3 * @key{DEL} r 2 r 3 *
3171@end group
3172@end smallexample
3173
3174@cindex Normalizing a vector
3175@cindex Unit vectors
3176(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Given a vector on the top of the
3177stack, what keystrokes would you use to @dfn{normalize} the
3178vector, i.e., to reduce its length to one without changing its
3179direction? @xref{Vector Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3180
3181(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Suppose a certain particle can be
3182at any of several positions along a ruler. You have a list of
3183those positions in the form of a vector, and another list of the
3184probabilities for the particle to be at the corresponding positions.
3185Find the average position of the particle.
3186@xref{Vector Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3187
3188@node Matrix Tutorial, List Tutorial, Vector Analysis Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3189@subsection Matrices
3190
3191@noindent
3192A @dfn{matrix} is just a vector of vectors, all the same length.
3193This means you can enter a matrix using nested brackets. You can
3194also use the semicolon character to enter a matrix. We'll show
3195both methods here:
3196
3197@smallexample
3198@group
31991: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3200 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3201 . .
3202
3203 [[1 2 3] [4 5 6]] ' [1 2 3; 4 5 6] @key{RET}
3204@end group
3205@end smallexample
3206
3207@noindent
3208We'll be using this matrix again, so type @kbd{s 4} to save it now.
3209
3210Note that semicolons work with incomplete vectors, but they work
3211better in algebraic entry. That's why we use the apostrophe in
3212the second example.
3213
3214When two matrices are multiplied, the lefthand matrix must have
3215the same number of columns as the righthand matrix has rows.
3216Row @expr{i}, column @expr{j} of the result is effectively the
3217dot product of row @expr{i} of the left matrix by column @expr{j}
3218of the right matrix.
3219
3220If we try to duplicate this matrix and multiply it by itself,
3221the dimensions are wrong and the multiplication cannot take place:
3222
3223@smallexample
3224@group
32251: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] * [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3226 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3227 .
3228
3229 @key{RET} *
3230@end group
3231@end smallexample
3232
3233@noindent
3234Though rather hard to read, this is a formula which shows the product
3235of two matrices. The @samp{*} function, having invalid arguments, has
3236been left in symbolic form.
3237
3238We can multiply the matrices if we @dfn{transpose} one of them first.
3239
3240@smallexample
3241@group
32422: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 14, 32 ] 1: [ [ 17, 22, 27 ]
3243 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 32, 77 ] ] [ 22, 29, 36 ]
32441: [ [ 1, 4 ] . [ 27, 36, 45 ] ]
3245 [ 2, 5 ] .
3246 [ 3, 6 ] ]
3247 .
3248
3249 U v t * U @key{TAB} *
3250@end group
3251@end smallexample
3252
3253Matrix multiplication is not commutative; indeed, switching the
3254order of the operands can even change the dimensions of the result
3255matrix, as happened here!
3256
3257If you multiply a plain vector by a matrix, it is treated as a
3258single row or column depending on which side of the matrix it is
3259on. The result is a plain vector which should also be interpreted
3260as a row or column as appropriate.
3261
3262@smallexample
3263@group
32642: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [14, 32]
3265 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] .
32661: [1, 2, 3]
3267 .
3268
3269 r 4 r 1 *
3270@end group
3271@end smallexample
3272
3273Multiplying in the other order wouldn't work because the number of
3274rows in the matrix is different from the number of elements in the
3275vector.
3276
3277(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Use @samp{*} to sum along the rows
3278of the above
3279@texline @math{2\times3}
3280@infoline 2x3
3281matrix to get @expr{[6, 15]}. Now use @samp{*} to sum along the columns
3282to get @expr{[5, 7, 9]}.
3283@xref{Matrix Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3284
3285@cindex Identity matrix
3286An @dfn{identity matrix} is a square matrix with ones along the
3287diagonal and zeros elsewhere. It has the property that multiplication
3288by an identity matrix, on the left or on the right, always produces
3289the original matrix.
3290
3291@smallexample
3292@group
32931: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3294 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3295 . 1: [ [ 1, 0, 0 ] .
3296 [ 0, 1, 0 ]
3297 [ 0, 0, 1 ] ]
3298 .
3299
3300 r 4 v i 3 @key{RET} *
3301@end group
3302@end smallexample
3303
3304If a matrix is square, it is often possible to find its @dfn{inverse},
3305that is, a matrix which, when multiplied by the original matrix, yields
3306an identity matrix. The @kbd{&} (reciprocal) key also computes the
3307inverse of a matrix.
3308
3309@smallexample
3310@group
33111: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ -2.4, 1.2, -0.2 ]
3312 [ 4, 5, 6 ] [ 2.8, -1.4, 0.4 ]
3313 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ] [ -0.73333, 0.53333, -0.2 ] ]
3314 . .
3315
3316 r 4 r 2 | s 5 &
3317@end group
3318@end smallexample
3319
3320@noindent
3321The vertical bar @kbd{|} @dfn{concatenates} numbers, vectors, and
3322matrices together. Here we have used it to add a new row onto
3323our matrix to make it square.
3324
3325We can multiply these two matrices in either order to get an identity.
3326
3327@smallexample
3328@group
33291: [ [ 1., 0., 0. ] 1: [ [ 1., 0., 0. ]
3330 [ 0., 1., 0. ] [ 0., 1., 0. ]
3331 [ 0., 0., 1. ] ] [ 0., 0., 1. ] ]
3332 . .
3333
3334 M-@key{RET} * U @key{TAB} *
3335@end group
3336@end smallexample
3337
3338@cindex Systems of linear equations
3339@cindex Linear equations, systems of
3340Matrix inverses are related to systems of linear equations in algebra.
3341Suppose we had the following set of equations:
3342
3343@ifnottex
3344@group
3345@example
3346 a + 2b + 3c = 6
3347 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
3348 7a + 6b = 3
3349@end example
3350@end group
3351@end ifnottex
3352@tex
3353\turnoffactive
3354\beforedisplayh
3355$$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
3356\halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
3357 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3358 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3359 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
3360 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
3361 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
3362 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr}
3363$$
3364\afterdisplayh
3365@end tex
3366
3367@noindent
3368This can be cast into the matrix equation,
3369
3370@ifnottex
3371@group
3372@example
3373 [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] [ [ a ] [ [ 6 ]
3374 [ 4, 5, 6 ] * [ b ] = [ 2 ]
3375 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ] [ c ] ] [ 3 ] ]
3376@end example
3377@end group
3378@end ifnottex
3379@tex
3380\turnoffactive
3381\beforedisplay
3382$$ \pmatrix{ 1 & 2 & 3 \cr 4 & 5 & 6 \cr 7 & 6 & 0 }
3383 \times
3384 \pmatrix{ a \cr b \cr c } = \pmatrix{ 6 \cr 2 \cr 3 }
3385$$
3386\afterdisplay
3387@end tex
3388
3389We can solve this system of equations by multiplying both sides by the
3390inverse of the matrix. Calc can do this all in one step:
3391
3392@smallexample
3393@group
33942: [6, 2, 3] 1: [-12.6, 15.2, -3.93333]
33951: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] .
3396 [ 4, 5, 6 ]
3397 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ]
3398 .
3399
3400 [6,2,3] r 5 /
3401@end group
3402@end smallexample
3403
3404@noindent
3405The result is the @expr{[a, b, c]} vector that solves the equations.
3406(Dividing by a square matrix is equivalent to multiplying by its
3407inverse.)
3408
3409Let's verify this solution:
3410
3411@smallexample
3412@group
34132: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [6., 2., 3.]
3414 [ 4, 5, 6 ] .
3415 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ]
34161: [-12.6, 15.2, -3.93333]
3417 .
3418
3419 r 5 @key{TAB} *
3420@end group
3421@end smallexample
3422
3423@noindent
3424Note that we had to be careful about the order in which we multiplied
3425the matrix and vector. If we multiplied in the other order, Calc would
3426assume the vector was a row vector in order to make the dimensions
3427come out right, and the answer would be incorrect. If you
3428don't feel safe letting Calc take either interpretation of your
3429vectors, use explicit
3430@texline @math{N\times1}
3431@infoline Nx1
3432or
3433@texline @math{1\times N}
3434@infoline 1xN
3435matrices instead. In this case, you would enter the original column
3436vector as @samp{[[6], [2], [3]]} or @samp{[6; 2; 3]}.
3437
3438(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Algebraic entry allows you to make
3439vectors and matrices that include variables. Solve the following
3440system of equations to get expressions for @expr{x} and @expr{y}
3441in terms of @expr{a} and @expr{b}.
3442
3443@ifnottex
3444@group
3445@example
3446 x + a y = 6
3447 x + b y = 10
3448@end example
3449@end group
3450@end ifnottex
3451@tex
3452\turnoffactive
3453\beforedisplay
3454$$ \eqalign{ x &+ a y = 6 \cr
3455 x &+ b y = 10}
3456$$
3457\afterdisplay
3458@end tex
3459
3460@noindent
3461@xref{Matrix Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3462
3463@cindex Least-squares for over-determined systems
3464@cindex Over-determined systems of equations
3465(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} A system of equations is ``over-determined''
3466if it has more equations than variables. It is often the case that
3467there are no values for the variables that will satisfy all the
3468equations at once, but it is still useful to find a set of values
3469which ``nearly'' satisfy all the equations. In terms of matrix equations,
3470you can't solve @expr{A X = B} directly because the matrix @expr{A}
3471is not square for an over-determined system. Matrix inversion works
3472only for square matrices. One common trick is to multiply both sides
3473on the left by the transpose of @expr{A}:
3474@ifnottex
3475@samp{trn(A)*A*X = trn(A)*B}.
3476@end ifnottex
3477@tex
3478\turnoffactive
3479$A^T A \, X = A^T B$, where $A^T$ is the transpose \samp{trn(A)}.
3480@end tex
3481Now
3482@texline @math{A^T A}
3483@infoline @expr{trn(A)*A}
3484is a square matrix so a solution is possible. It turns out that the
3485@expr{X} vector you compute in this way will be a ``least-squares''
3486solution, which can be regarded as the ``closest'' solution to the set
3487of equations. Use Calc to solve the following over-determined
3488system:
3489
3490@ifnottex
3491@group
3492@example
3493 a + 2b + 3c = 6
3494 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
3495 7a + 6b = 3
3496 2a + 4b + 6c = 11
3497@end example
3498@end group
3499@end ifnottex
3500@tex
3501\turnoffactive
3502\beforedisplayh
3503$$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
3504\halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
3505 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3506 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3507 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
3508 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
3509 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
3510 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr
3511 2a&+&4b&+&6c&=11 \cr}
3512$$
3513\afterdisplayh
3514@end tex
3515
3516@noindent
3517@xref{Matrix Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
3518
3519@node List Tutorial, , Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3520@subsection Vectors as Lists
3521
3522@noindent
3523@cindex Lists
3524Although Calc has a number of features for manipulating vectors and
3525matrices as mathematical objects, you can also treat vectors as
3526simple lists of values. For example, we saw that the @kbd{k f}
3527command returns a vector which is a list of the prime factors of a
3528number.
3529
3530You can pack and unpack stack entries into vectors:
3531
3532@smallexample
3533@group
35343: 10 1: [10, 20, 30] 3: 10
35352: 20 . 2: 20
35361: 30 1: 30
3537 . .
3538
3539 M-3 v p v u
3540@end group
3541@end smallexample
3542
3543You can also build vectors out of consecutive integers, or out
3544of many copies of a given value:
3545
3546@smallexample
3547@group
35481: [1, 2, 3, 4] 2: [1, 2, 3, 4] 2: [1, 2, 3, 4]
3549 . 1: 17 1: [17, 17, 17, 17]
3550 . .
3551
3552 v x 4 @key{RET} 17 v b 4 @key{RET}
3553@end group
3554@end smallexample
3555
3556You can apply an operator to every element of a vector using the
3557@dfn{map} command.
3558
3559@smallexample
3560@group
35611: [17, 34, 51, 68] 1: [289, 1156, 2601, 4624] 1: [17, 34, 51, 68]
3562 . . .
3563
3564 V M * 2 V M ^ V M Q
3565@end group
3566@end smallexample
3567
3568@noindent
3569In the first step, we multiply the vector of integers by the vector
3570of 17's elementwise. In the second step, we raise each element to
3571the power two. (The general rule is that both operands must be
3572vectors of the same length, or else one must be a vector and the
3573other a plain number.) In the final step, we take the square root
3574of each element.
3575
3576(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Compute a vector of powers of two
3577from
3578@texline @math{2^{-4}}
3579@infoline @expr{2^-4}
3580to @expr{2^4}. @xref{List Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3581
3582You can also @dfn{reduce} a binary operator across a vector.
3583For example, reducing @samp{*} computes the product of all the
3584elements in the vector:
3585
3586@smallexample
3587@group
35881: 123123 1: [3, 7, 11, 13, 41] 1: 123123
3589 . . .
3590
3591 123123 k f V R *
3592@end group
3593@end smallexample
3594
3595@noindent
3596In this example, we decompose 123123 into its prime factors, then
3597multiply those factors together again to yield the original number.
3598
3599We could compute a dot product ``by hand'' using mapping and
3600reduction:
3601
3602@smallexample
3603@group
36042: [1, 2, 3] 1: [7, 12, 0] 1: 19
36051: [7, 6, 0] . .
3606 .
3607
3608 r 1 r 2 V M * V R +
3609@end group
3610@end smallexample
3611
3612@noindent
3613Recalling two vectors from the previous section, we compute the
3614sum of pairwise products of the elements to get the same answer
3615for the dot product as before.
3616
3617A slight variant of vector reduction is the @dfn{accumulate} operation,
3618@kbd{V U}. This produces a vector of the intermediate results from
3619a corresponding reduction. Here we compute a table of factorials:
3620
3621@smallexample
3622@group
36231: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] 1: [1, 2, 6, 24, 120, 720]
3624 . .
3625
3626 v x 6 @key{RET} V U *
3627@end group
3628@end smallexample
3629
3630Calc allows vectors to grow as large as you like, although it gets
3631rather slow if vectors have more than about a hundred elements.
3632Actually, most of the time is spent formatting these large vectors
3633for display, not calculating on them. Try the following experiment
3634(if your computer is very fast you may need to substitute a larger
3635vector size).
3636
3637@smallexample
3638@group
36391: [1, 2, 3, 4, ... 1: [2, 3, 4, 5, ...
3640 . .
3641
3642 v x 500 @key{RET} 1 V M +
3643@end group
3644@end smallexample
3645
3646Now press @kbd{v .} (the letter @kbd{v}, then a period) and try the
3647experiment again. In @kbd{v .} mode, long vectors are displayed
3648``abbreviated'' like this:
3649
3650@smallexample
3651@group
36521: [1, 2, 3, ..., 500] 1: [2, 3, 4, ..., 501]
3653 . .
3654
3655 v x 500 @key{RET} 1 V M +
3656@end group
3657@end smallexample
3658
3659@noindent
3660(where now the @samp{...} is actually part of the Calc display).
3661You will find both operations are now much faster. But notice that
3662even in @w{@kbd{v .}} mode, the full vectors are still shown in the Trail.
3663Type @w{@kbd{t .}} to cause the trail to abbreviate as well, and try the
3664experiment one more time. Operations on long vectors are now quite
3665fast! (But of course if you use @kbd{t .} you will lose the ability
3666to get old vectors back using the @kbd{t y} command.)
3667
3668An easy way to view a full vector when @kbd{v .} mode is active is
3669to press @kbd{`} (back-quote) to edit the vector; editing always works
3670with the full, unabbreviated value.
3671
3672@cindex Least-squares for fitting a straight line
3673@cindex Fitting data to a line
3674@cindex Line, fitting data to
3675@cindex Data, extracting from buffers
3676@cindex Columns of data, extracting
3677As a larger example, let's try to fit a straight line to some data,
3678using the method of least squares. (Calc has a built-in command for
3679least-squares curve fitting, but we'll do it by hand here just to
3680practice working with vectors.) Suppose we have the following list
3681of values in a file we have loaded into Emacs:
3682
3683@smallexample
3684 x y
3685 --- ---
3686 1.34 0.234
3687 1.41 0.298
3688 1.49 0.402
3689 1.56 0.412
3690 1.64 0.466
3691 1.73 0.473
3692 1.82 0.601
3693 1.91 0.519
3694 2.01 0.603
3695 2.11 0.637
3696 2.22 0.645
3697 2.33 0.705
3698 2.45 0.917
3699 2.58 1.009
3700 2.71 0.971
3701 2.85 1.062
3702 3.00 1.148
3703 3.15 1.157
3704 3.32 1.354
3705@end smallexample
3706
3707@noindent
3708If you are reading this tutorial in printed form, you will find it
3709easiest to press @kbd{C-x * i} to enter the on-line Info version of
3710the manual and find this table there. (Press @kbd{g}, then type
3711@kbd{List Tutorial}, to jump straight to this section.)
3712
3713Position the cursor at the upper-left corner of this table, just
3714to the left of the @expr{1.34}. Press @kbd{C-@@} to set the mark.
3715(On your system this may be @kbd{C-2}, @kbd{C-@key{SPC}}, or @kbd{NUL}.)
3716Now position the cursor to the lower-right, just after the @expr{1.354}.
3717You have now defined this region as an Emacs ``rectangle.'' Still
3718in the Info buffer, type @kbd{C-x * r}. This command
3719(@code{calc-grab-rectangle}) will pop you back into the Calculator, with
3720the contents of the rectangle you specified in the form of a matrix.
3721
3722@smallexample
3723@group
37241: [ [ 1.34, 0.234 ]
3725 [ 1.41, 0.298 ]
3726 @dots{}
3727@end group
3728@end smallexample
3729
3730@noindent
3731(You may wish to use @kbd{v .} mode to abbreviate the display of this
3732large matrix.)
3733
3734We want to treat this as a pair of lists. The first step is to
3735transpose this matrix into a pair of rows. Remember, a matrix is
3736just a vector of vectors. So we can unpack the matrix into a pair
3737of row vectors on the stack.
3738
3739@smallexample
3740@group
37411: [ [ 1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
3742 [ 0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ] ] 1: [0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ]
3743 . .
3744
3745 v t v u
3746@end group
3747@end smallexample
3748
3749@noindent
3750Let's store these in quick variables 1 and 2, respectively.
3751
3752@smallexample
3753@group
37541: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] .
3755 .
3756
3757 t 2 t 1
3758@end group
3759@end smallexample
3760
3761@noindent
3762(Recall that @kbd{t 2} is a variant of @kbd{s 2} that removes the
3763stored value from the stack.)
3764
3765In a least squares fit, the slope @expr{m} is given by the formula
3766
3767@ifnottex
3768@example
3769m = (N sum(x y) - sum(x) sum(y)) / (N sum(x^2) - sum(x)^2)
3770@end example
3771@end ifnottex
3772@tex
3773\turnoffactive
3774\beforedisplay
3775$$ m = {N \sum x y - \sum x \sum y \over
3776 N \sum x^2 - \left( \sum x \right)^2} $$
3777\afterdisplay
3778@end tex
3779
3780@noindent
3781where
3782@texline @math{\sum x}
3783@infoline @expr{sum(x)}
3784represents the sum of all the values of @expr{x}. While there is an
3785actual @code{sum} function in Calc, it's easier to sum a vector using a
3786simple reduction. First, let's compute the four different sums that
3787this formula uses.
3788
3789@smallexample
3790@group
37911: 41.63 1: 98.0003
3792 . .
3793
3794 r 1 V R + t 3 r 1 2 V M ^ V R + t 4
3795
3796@end group
3797@end smallexample
3798@noindent
3799@smallexample
3800@group
38011: 13.613 1: 33.36554
3802 . .
3803
3804 r 2 V R + t 5 r 1 r 2 V M * V R + t 6
3805@end group
3806@end smallexample
3807
3808@ifnottex
3809@noindent
3810These are @samp{sum(x)}, @samp{sum(x^2)}, @samp{sum(y)}, and @samp{sum(x y)},
3811respectively. (We could have used @kbd{*} to compute @samp{sum(x^2)} and
3812@samp{sum(x y)}.)
3813@end ifnottex
3814@tex
3815\turnoffactive
3816These are $\sum x$, $\sum x^2$, $\sum y$, and $\sum x y$,
3817respectively. (We could have used \kbd{*} to compute $\sum x^2$ and
3818$\sum x y$.)
3819@end tex
3820
3821Finally, we also need @expr{N}, the number of data points. This is just
3822the length of either of our lists.
3823
3824@smallexample
3825@group
38261: 19
3827 .
3828
3829 r 1 v l t 7
3830@end group
3831@end smallexample
3832
3833@noindent
3834(That's @kbd{v} followed by a lower-case @kbd{l}.)
3835
3836Now we grind through the formula:
3837
3838@smallexample
3839@group
38401: 633.94526 2: 633.94526 1: 67.23607
3841 . 1: 566.70919 .
3842 .
3843
3844 r 7 r 6 * r 3 r 5 * -
3845
3846@end group
3847@end smallexample
3848@noindent
3849@smallexample
3850@group
38512: 67.23607 3: 67.23607 2: 67.23607 1: 0.52141679
38521: 1862.0057 2: 1862.0057 1: 128.9488 .
3853 . 1: 1733.0569 .
3854 .
3855
3856 r 7 r 4 * r 3 2 ^ - / t 8
3857@end group
3858@end smallexample
3859
3860That gives us the slope @expr{m}. The y-intercept @expr{b} can now
3861be found with the simple formula,
3862
3863@ifnottex
3864@example
3865b = (sum(y) - m sum(x)) / N
3866@end example
3867@end ifnottex
3868@tex
3869\turnoffactive
3870\beforedisplay
3871$$ b = {\sum y - m \sum x \over N} $$
3872\afterdisplay
3873\vskip10pt
3874@end tex
3875
3876@smallexample
3877@group
38781: 13.613 2: 13.613 1: -8.09358 1: -0.425978
3879 . 1: 21.70658 . .
3880 .
3881
3882 r 5 r 8 r 3 * - r 7 / t 9
3883@end group
3884@end smallexample
3885
3886Let's ``plot'' this straight line approximation,
3887@texline @math{y \approx m x + b},
3888@infoline @expr{m x + b},
3889and compare it with the original data.
3890
3891@smallexample
3892@group
38931: [0.699, 0.735, ... ] 1: [0.273, 0.309, ... ]
3894 . .
3895
3896 r 1 r 8 * r 9 + s 0
3897@end group
3898@end smallexample
3899
3900@noindent
3901Notice that multiplying a vector by a constant, and adding a constant
3902to a vector, can be done without mapping commands since these are
3903common operations from vector algebra. As far as Calc is concerned,
3904we've just been doing geometry in 19-dimensional space!
3905
3906We can subtract this vector from our original @expr{y} vector to get
3907a feel for the error of our fit. Let's find the maximum error:
3908
3909@smallexample
3910@group
39111: [0.0387, 0.0112, ... ] 1: [0.0387, 0.0112, ... ] 1: 0.0897
3912 . . .
3913
3914 r 2 - V M A V R X
3915@end group
3916@end smallexample
3917
3918@noindent
3919First we compute a vector of differences, then we take the absolute
3920values of these differences, then we reduce the @code{max} function
3921across the vector. (The @code{max} function is on the two-key sequence
3922@kbd{f x}; because it is so common to use @code{max} in a vector
3923operation, the letters @kbd{X} and @kbd{N} are also accepted for
3924@code{max} and @code{min} in this context. In general, you answer
3925the @kbd{V M} or @kbd{V R} prompt with the actual key sequence that
3926invokes the function you want. You could have typed @kbd{V R f x} or
3927even @kbd{V R x max @key{RET}} if you had preferred.)
3928
3929If your system has the GNUPLOT program, you can see graphs of your
3930data and your straight line to see how well they match. (If you have
3931GNUPLOT 3.0 or higher, the following instructions will work regardless
3932of the kind of display you have. Some GNUPLOT 2.0, non-X-windows systems
3933may require additional steps to view the graphs.)
3934
3935Let's start by plotting the original data. Recall the ``@var{x}'' and ``@var{y}''
3936vectors onto the stack and press @kbd{g f}. This ``fast'' graphing
3937command does everything you need to do for simple, straightforward
3938plotting of data.
3939
3940@smallexample
3941@group
39422: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
39431: [0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ]
3944 .
3945
3946 r 1 r 2 g f
3947@end group
3948@end smallexample
3949
3950If all goes well, you will shortly get a new window containing a graph
3951of the data. (If not, contact your GNUPLOT or Calc installer to find
3952out what went wrong.) In the X window system, this will be a separate
3953graphics window. For other kinds of displays, the default is to
3954display the graph in Emacs itself using rough character graphics.
3955Press @kbd{q} when you are done viewing the character graphics.
3956
3957Next, let's add the line we got from our least-squares fit.
3958@ifinfo
3959(If you are reading this tutorial on-line while running Calc, typing
3960@kbd{g a} may cause the tutorial to disappear from its window and be
3961replaced by a buffer named @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}. The tutorial
3962will reappear when you terminate GNUPLOT by typing @kbd{g q}.)
3963@end ifinfo
3964
3965@smallexample
3966@group
39672: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
39681: [0.273, 0.309, 0.351, ... ]
3969 .
3970
3971 @key{DEL} r 0 g a g p
3972@end group
3973@end smallexample
3974
3975It's not very useful to get symbols to mark the data points on this
3976second curve; you can type @kbd{g S g p} to remove them. Type @kbd{g q}
3977when you are done to remove the X graphics window and terminate GNUPLOT.
3978
3979(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} An earlier exercise showed how to do
3980least squares fitting to a general system of equations. Our 19 data
3981points are really 19 equations of the form @expr{y_i = m x_i + b} for
3982different pairs of @expr{(x_i,y_i)}. Use the matrix-transpose method
3983to solve for @expr{m} and @expr{b}, duplicating the above result.
3984@xref{List Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3985
3986@cindex Geometric mean
3987(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} If the input data do not form a
3988rectangle, you can use @w{@kbd{C-x * g}} (@code{calc-grab-region})
3989to grab the data the way Emacs normally works with regions---it reads
3990left-to-right, top-to-bottom, treating line breaks the same as spaces.
3991Use this command to find the geometric mean of the following numbers.
3992(The geometric mean is the @var{n}th root of the product of @var{n} numbers.)
3993
3994@example
39952.3 6 22 15.1 7
3996 15 14 7.5
3997 2.5
3998@end example
3999
4000@noindent
4001The @kbd{C-x * g} command accepts numbers separated by spaces or commas,
4002with or without surrounding vector brackets.
4003@xref{List Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
4004
4005@ifnottex
4006As another example, a theorem about binomial coefficients tells
4007us that the alternating sum of binomial coefficients
4008@var{n}-choose-0 minus @var{n}-choose-1 plus @var{n}-choose-2, and so
4009on up to @var{n}-choose-@var{n},
4010always comes out to zero. Let's verify this
4011for @expr{n=6}.
4012@end ifnottex
4013@tex
4014As another example, a theorem about binomial coefficients tells
4015us that the alternating sum of binomial coefficients
4016${n \choose 0} - {n \choose 1} + {n \choose 2} - \cdots \pm {n \choose n}$
4017always comes out to zero. Let's verify this
4018for \cite{n=6}.
4019@end tex
4020
4021@smallexample
4022@group
40231: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
4024 . .
4025
4026 v x 7 @key{RET} 1 -
4027
4028@end group
4029@end smallexample
4030@noindent
4031@smallexample
4032@group
40331: [1, -6, 15, -20, 15, -6, 1] 1: 0
4034 . .
4035
4036 V M ' (-1)^$ choose(6,$) @key{RET} V R +
4037@end group
4038@end smallexample
4039
4040The @kbd{V M '} command prompts you to enter any algebraic expression
4041to define the function to map over the vector. The symbol @samp{$}
4042inside this expression represents the argument to the function.
4043The Calculator applies this formula to each element of the vector,
4044substituting each element's value for the @samp{$} sign(s) in turn.
4045
4046To define a two-argument function, use @samp{$$} for the first
4047argument and @samp{$} for the second: @kbd{V M ' $$-$ @key{RET}} is
4048equivalent to @kbd{V M -}. This is analogous to regular algebraic
4049entry, where @samp{$$} would refer to the next-to-top stack entry
4050and @samp{$} would refer to the top stack entry, and @kbd{' $$-$ @key{RET}}
4051would act exactly like @kbd{-}.
4052
4053Notice that the @kbd{V M '} command has recorded two things in the
4054trail: The result, as usual, and also a funny-looking thing marked
4055@samp{oper} that represents the operator function you typed in.
4056The function is enclosed in @samp{< >} brackets, and the argument is
4057denoted by a @samp{#} sign. If there were several arguments, they
4058would be shown as @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, and so on. (For example,
4059@kbd{V M ' $$-$} will put the function @samp{<#1 - #2>} on the
4060trail.) This object is a ``nameless function''; you can use nameless
4061@w{@samp{< >}} notation to answer the @kbd{V M '} prompt if you like.
4062Nameless function notation has the interesting, occasionally useful
4063property that a nameless function is not actually evaluated until
4064it is used. For example, @kbd{V M ' $+random(2.0)} evaluates
4065@samp{random(2.0)} once and adds that random number to all elements
4066of the vector, but @kbd{V M ' <#+random(2.0)>} evaluates the
4067@samp{random(2.0)} separately for each vector element.
4068
4069Another group of operators that are often useful with @kbd{V M} are
4070the relational operators: @kbd{a =}, for example, compares two numbers
4071and gives the result 1 if they are equal, or 0 if not. Similarly,
4072@w{@kbd{a <}} checks for one number being less than another.
4073
4074Other useful vector operations include @kbd{v v}, to reverse a
4075vector end-for-end; @kbd{V S}, to sort the elements of a vector
4076into increasing order; and @kbd{v r} and @w{@kbd{v c}}, to extract
4077one row or column of a matrix, or (in both cases) to extract one
4078element of a plain vector. With a negative argument, @kbd{v r}
4079and @kbd{v c} instead delete one row, column, or vector element.
4080
4081@cindex Divisor functions
4082(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} The @expr{k}th @dfn{divisor function}
4083@tex
4084$\sigma_k(n)$
4085@end tex
4086is the sum of the @expr{k}th powers of all the divisors of an
4087integer @expr{n}. Figure out a method for computing the divisor
4088function for reasonably small values of @expr{n}. As a test,
4089the 0th and 1st divisor functions of 30 are 8 and 72, respectively.
4090@xref{List Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
4091
4092@cindex Square-free numbers
4093@cindex Duplicate values in a list
4094(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} The @kbd{k f} command produces a
4095list of prime factors for a number. Sometimes it is important to
4096know that a number is @dfn{square-free}, i.e., that no prime occurs
4097more than once in its list of prime factors. Find a sequence of
4098keystrokes to tell if a number is square-free; your method should
4099leave 1 on the stack if it is, or 0 if it isn't.
4100@xref{List Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
4101
4102@cindex Triangular lists
4103(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} Build a list of lists that looks
4104like the following diagram. (You may wish to use the @kbd{v /}
4105command to enable multi-line display of vectors.)
4106
4107@smallexample
4108@group
41091: [ [1],
4110 [1, 2],
4111 [1, 2, 3],
4112 [1, 2, 3, 4],
4113 [1, 2, 3, 4, 5],
4114 [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] ]
4115@end group
4116@end smallexample
4117
4118@noindent
4119@xref{List Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
4120
4121(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} Build the following list of lists.
4122
4123@smallexample
4124@group
41251: [ [0],
4126 [1, 2],
4127 [3, 4, 5],
4128 [6, 7, 8, 9],
4129 [10, 11, 12, 13, 14],
4130 [15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20] ]
4131@end group
4132@end smallexample
4133
4134@noindent
4135@xref{List Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
4136
4137@cindex Maximizing a function over a list of values
4138@c [fix-ref Numerical Solutions]
4139(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} Compute a list of values of Bessel's
4140@texline @math{J_1(x)}
4141@infoline @expr{J1}
4142function @samp{besJ(1,x)} for @expr{x} from 0 to 5 in steps of 0.25.
4143Find the value of @expr{x} (from among the above set of values) for
4144which @samp{besJ(1,x)} is a maximum. Use an ``automatic'' method,
4145i.e., just reading along the list by hand to find the largest value
4146is not allowed! (There is an @kbd{a X} command which does this kind
4147of thing automatically; @pxref{Numerical Solutions}.)
4148@xref{List Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
4149
4150@cindex Digits, vectors of
4151(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} You are given an integer in the range
4152@texline @math{0 \le N < 10^m}
4153@infoline @expr{0 <= N < 10^m}
4154for @expr{m=12} (i.e., an integer of less than
4155twelve digits). Convert this integer into a vector of @expr{m}
4156digits, each in the range from 0 to 9. In vector-of-digits notation,
4157add one to this integer to produce a vector of @expr{m+1} digits
4158(since there could be a carry out of the most significant digit).
4159Convert this vector back into a regular integer. A good integer
4160to try is 25129925999. @xref{List Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
4161
4162(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} Your friend Joe tried to use
4163@kbd{V R a =} to test if all numbers in a list were equal. What
4164happened? How would you do this test? @xref{List Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
4165
4166(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} The area of a circle of radius one
4167is @cpi{}. The area of the
4168@texline @math{2\times2}
4169@infoline 2x2
4170square that encloses that circle is 4. So if we throw @var{n} darts at
4171random points in the square, about @cpiover{4} of them will land inside
4172the circle. This gives us an entertaining way to estimate the value of
4173@cpi{}. The @w{@kbd{k r}}
4174command picks a random number between zero and the value on the stack.
4175We could get a random floating-point number between @mathit{-1} and 1 by typing
4176@w{@kbd{2.0 k r 1 -}}. Build a vector of 100 random @expr{(x,y)} points in
4177this square, then use vector mapping and reduction to count how many
4178points lie inside the unit circle. Hint: Use the @kbd{v b} command.
4179@xref{List Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
4180
4181@cindex Matchstick problem
4182(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} The @dfn{matchstick problem} provides
4183another way to calculate @cpi{}. Say you have an infinite field
4184of vertical lines with a spacing of one inch. Toss a one-inch matchstick
4185onto the field. The probability that the matchstick will land crossing
4186a line turns out to be
4187@texline @math{2/\pi}.
4188@infoline @expr{2/pi}.
4189Toss 100 matchsticks to estimate @cpi{}. (If you want still more fun,
4190the probability that the GCD (@w{@kbd{k g}}) of two large integers is
4191one turns out to be
4192@texline @math{6/\pi^2}.
4193@infoline @expr{6/pi^2}.
4194That provides yet another way to estimate @cpi{}.)
4195@xref{List Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
4196
4197(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 13.} An algebraic entry of a string in
4198double-quote marks, @samp{"hello"}, creates a vector of the numerical
4199(ASCII) codes of the characters (here, @expr{[104, 101, 108, 108, 111]}).
4200Sometimes it is convenient to compute a @dfn{hash code} of a string,
4201which is just an integer that represents the value of that string.
4202Two equal strings have the same hash code; two different strings
4203@dfn{probably} have different hash codes. (For example, Calc has
4204over 400 function names, but Emacs can quickly find the definition for
4205any given name because it has sorted the functions into ``buckets'' by
4206their hash codes. Sometimes a few names will hash into the same bucket,
4207but it is easier to search among a few names than among all the names.)
4208One popular hash function is computed as follows: First set @expr{h = 0}.
4209Then, for each character from the string in turn, set @expr{h = 3h + c_i}
4210where @expr{c_i} is the character's ASCII code. If we have 511 buckets,
4211we then take the hash code modulo 511 to get the bucket number. Develop a
4212simple command or commands for converting string vectors into hash codes.
4213The hash code for @samp{"Testing, 1, 2, 3"} is 1960915098, which modulo
4214511 is 121. @xref{List Answer 13, 13}. (@bullet{})
4215
4216(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 14.} The @kbd{H V R} and @kbd{H V U}
4217commands do nested function evaluations. @kbd{H V U} takes a starting
4218value and a number of steps @var{n} from the stack; it then applies the
4219function you give to the starting value 0, 1, 2, up to @var{n} times
4220and returns a vector of the results. Use this command to create a
4221``random walk'' of 50 steps. Start with the two-dimensional point
4222@expr{(0,0)}; then take one step a random distance between @mathit{-1} and 1
4223in both @expr{x} and @expr{y}; then take another step, and so on. Use the
4224@kbd{g f} command to display this random walk. Now modify your random
4225walk to walk a unit distance, but in a random direction, at each step.
4226(Hint: The @code{sincos} function returns a vector of the cosine and
4227sine of an angle.) @xref{List Answer 14, 14}. (@bullet{})
4228
4229@node Types Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Tutorial
4230@section Types Tutorial
4231
4232@noindent
4233Calc understands a variety of data types as well as simple numbers.
4234In this section, we'll experiment with each of these types in turn.
4235
4236The numbers we've been using so far have mainly been either @dfn{integers}
4237or @dfn{floats}. We saw that floats are usually a good approximation to
4238the mathematical concept of real numbers, but they are only approximations
4239and are susceptible to roundoff error. Calc also supports @dfn{fractions},
4240which can exactly represent any rational number.
4241
4242@smallexample
4243@group
42441: 3628800 2: 3628800 1: 518400:7 1: 518414:7 1: 7:518414
4245 . 1: 49 . . .
4246 .
4247
4248 10 ! 49 @key{RET} : 2 + &
4249@end group
4250@end smallexample
4251
4252@noindent
4253The @kbd{:} command divides two integers to get a fraction; @kbd{/}
4254would normally divide integers to get a floating-point result.
4255Notice we had to type @key{RET} between the @kbd{49} and the @kbd{:}
4256since the @kbd{:} would otherwise be interpreted as part of a
4257fraction beginning with 49.
4258
4259You can convert between floating-point and fractional format using
4260@kbd{c f} and @kbd{c F}:
4261
4262@smallexample
4263@group
42641: 1.35027217629e-5 1: 7:518414
4265 . .
4266
4267 c f c F
4268@end group
4269@end smallexample
4270
4271The @kbd{c F} command replaces a floating-point number with the
4272``simplest'' fraction whose floating-point representation is the
4273same, to within the current precision.
4274
4275@smallexample
4276@group
42771: 3.14159265359 1: 1146408:364913 1: 3.1416 1: 355:113
4278 . . . .
4279
4280 P c F @key{DEL} p 5 @key{RET} P c F
4281@end group
4282@end smallexample
4283
4284(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} A calculation has produced the
4285result 1.26508260337. You suspect it is the square root of the
4286product of @cpi{} and some rational number. Is it? (Be sure
4287to allow for roundoff error!) @xref{Types Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
4288
4289@dfn{Complex numbers} can be stored in both rectangular and polar form.
4290
4291@smallexample
4292@group
42931: -9 1: (0, 3) 1: (3; 90.) 1: (6; 90.) 1: (2.4495; 45.)
4294 . . . . .
4295
4296 9 n Q c p 2 * Q
4297@end group
4298@end smallexample
4299
4300@noindent
4301The square root of @mathit{-9} is by default rendered in rectangular form
4302(@w{@expr{0 + 3i}}), but we can convert it to polar form (3 with a
4303phase angle of 90 degrees). All the usual arithmetic and scientific
4304operations are defined on both types of complex numbers.
4305
4306Another generalized kind of number is @dfn{infinity}. Infinity
4307isn't really a number, but it can sometimes be treated like one.
4308Calc uses the symbol @code{inf} to represent positive infinity,
4309i.e., a value greater than any real number. Naturally, you can
4310also write @samp{-inf} for minus infinity, a value less than any
4311real number. The word @code{inf} can only be input using
4312algebraic entry.
4313
4314@smallexample
4315@group
43162: inf 2: -inf 2: -inf 2: -inf 1: nan
43171: -17 1: -inf 1: -inf 1: inf .
4318 . . . .
4319
4320' inf @key{RET} 17 n * @key{RET} 72 + A +
4321@end group
4322@end smallexample
4323
4324@noindent
4325Since infinity is infinitely large, multiplying it by any finite
4326number (like @mathit{-17}) has no effect, except that since @mathit{-17}
4327is negative, it changes a plus infinity to a minus infinity.
4328(``A huge positive number, multiplied by @mathit{-17}, yields a huge
4329negative number.'') Adding any finite number to infinity also
4330leaves it unchanged. Taking an absolute value gives us plus
4331infinity again. Finally, we add this plus infinity to the minus
4332infinity we had earlier. If you work it out, you might expect
4333the answer to be @mathit{-72} for this. But the 72 has been completely
4334lost next to the infinities; by the time we compute @w{@samp{inf - inf}}
4335the finite difference between them, if any, is undetectable.
4336So we say the result is @dfn{indeterminate}, which Calc writes
4337with the symbol @code{nan} (for Not A Number).
4338
4339Dividing by zero is normally treated as an error, but you can get
4340Calc to write an answer in terms of infinity by pressing @kbd{m i}
4341to turn on Infinite mode.
4342
4343@smallexample
4344@group
43453: nan 2: nan 2: nan 2: nan 1: nan
43462: 1 1: 1 / 0 1: uinf 1: uinf .
43471: 0 . . .
4348 .
4349
4350 1 @key{RET} 0 / m i U / 17 n * +
4351@end group
4352@end smallexample
4353
4354@noindent
4355Dividing by zero normally is left unevaluated, but after @kbd{m i}
4356it instead gives an infinite result. The answer is actually
4357@code{uinf}, ``undirected infinity.'' If you look at a graph of
4358@expr{1 / x} around @w{@expr{x = 0}}, you'll see that it goes toward
4359plus infinity as you approach zero from above, but toward minus
4360infinity as you approach from below. Since we said only @expr{1 / 0},
4361Calc knows that the answer is infinite but not in which direction.
4362That's what @code{uinf} means. Notice that multiplying @code{uinf}
4363by a negative number still leaves plain @code{uinf}; there's no
4364point in saying @samp{-uinf} because the sign of @code{uinf} is
4365unknown anyway. Finally, we add @code{uinf} to our @code{nan},
4366yielding @code{nan} again. It's easy to see that, because
4367@code{nan} means ``totally unknown'' while @code{uinf} means
4368``unknown sign but known to be infinite,'' the more mysterious
4369@code{nan} wins out when it is combined with @code{uinf}, or, for
4370that matter, with anything else.
4371
4372(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Predict what Calc will answer
4373for each of these formulas: @samp{inf / inf}, @samp{exp(inf)},
4374@samp{exp(-inf)}, @samp{sqrt(-inf)}, @samp{sqrt(uinf)},
4375@samp{abs(uinf)}, @samp{ln(0)}.
4376@xref{Types Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
4377
4378(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} We saw that @samp{inf - inf = nan},
4379which stands for an unknown value. Can @code{nan} stand for
4380a complex number? Can it stand for infinity?
4381@xref{Types Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
4382
4383@dfn{HMS forms} represent a value in terms of hours, minutes, and
4384seconds.
4385
4386@smallexample
4387@group
43881: 2@@ 30' 0" 1: 3@@ 30' 0" 2: 3@@ 30' 0" 1: 2.
4389 . . 1: 1@@ 45' 0." .
4390 .
4391
4392 2@@ 30' @key{RET} 1 + @key{RET} 2 / /
4393@end group
4394@end smallexample
4395
4396HMS forms can also be used to hold angles in degrees, minutes, and
4397seconds.
4398
4399@smallexample
4400@group
44011: 0.5 1: 26.56505 1: 26@@ 33' 54.18" 1: 0.44721
4402 . . . .
4403
4404 0.5 I T c h S
4405@end group
4406@end smallexample
4407
4408@noindent
4409First we convert the inverse tangent of 0.5 to degrees-minutes-seconds
4410form, then we take the sine of that angle. Note that the trigonometric
4411functions will accept HMS forms directly as input.
4412
4413@cindex Beatles
4414(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} The Beatles' @emph{Abbey Road} is
441547 minutes and 26 seconds long, and contains 17 songs. What is the
4416average length of a song on @emph{Abbey Road}? If the Extended Disco
4417Version of @emph{Abbey Road} added 20 seconds to the length of each
4418song, how long would the album be? @xref{Types Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
4419
4420A @dfn{date form} represents a date, or a date and time. Dates must
4421be entered using algebraic entry. Date forms are surrounded by
4422@samp{< >} symbols; most standard formats for dates are recognized.
4423
4424@smallexample
4425@group
44262: <Sun Jan 13, 1991> 1: 2.25
44271: <6:00pm Thu Jan 10, 1991> .
4428 .
4429
4430' <13 Jan 1991>, <1/10/91, 6pm> @key{RET} -
4431@end group
4432@end smallexample
4433
4434@noindent
4435In this example, we enter two dates, then subtract to find the
4436number of days between them. It is also possible to add an
4437HMS form or a number (of days) to a date form to get another
4438date form.
4439
4440@smallexample
4441@group
44421: <4:45:59pm Mon Jan 14, 1991> 1: <2:50:59am Thu Jan 17, 1991>
4443 . .
4444
4445 t N 2 + 10@@ 5' +
4446@end group
4447@end smallexample
4448
4449@c [fix-ref Date Arithmetic]
4450@noindent
4451The @kbd{t N} (``now'') command pushes the current date and time on the
4452stack; then we add two days, ten hours and five minutes to the date and
4453time. Other date-and-time related commands include @kbd{t J}, which
4454does Julian day conversions, @kbd{t W}, which finds the beginning of
4455the week in which a date form lies, and @kbd{t I}, which increments a
4456date by one or several months. @xref{Date Arithmetic}, for more.
4457
4458(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} How many days until the next
4459Friday the 13th? @xref{Types Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
4460
4461(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} How many leap years will there be
4462between now and the year 10001 A.D.? @xref{Types Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
4463
4464@cindex Slope and angle of a line
4465@cindex Angle and slope of a line
4466An @dfn{error form} represents a mean value with an attached standard
4467deviation, or error estimate. Suppose our measurements indicate that
4468a certain telephone pole is about 30 meters away, with an estimated
4469error of 1 meter, and 8 meters tall, with an estimated error of 0.2
4470meters. What is the slope of a line from here to the top of the
4471pole, and what is the equivalent angle in degrees?
4472
4473@smallexample
4474@group
44751: 8 +/- 0.2 2: 8 +/- 0.2 1: 0.266 +/- 0.011 1: 14.93 +/- 0.594
4476 . 1: 30 +/- 1 . .
4477 .
4478
4479 8 p .2 @key{RET} 30 p 1 / I T
4480@end group
4481@end smallexample
4482
4483@noindent
4484This means that the angle is about 15 degrees, and, assuming our
4485original error estimates were valid standard deviations, there is about
4486a 60% chance that the result is correct within 0.59 degrees.
4487
4488@cindex Torus, volume of
4489(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} The volume of a torus (a donut shape) is
4490@texline @math{2 \pi^2 R r^2}
4491@infoline @w{@expr{2 pi^2 R r^2}}
4492where @expr{R} is the radius of the circle that
4493defines the center of the tube and @expr{r} is the radius of the tube
4494itself. Suppose @expr{R} is 20 cm and @expr{r} is 4 cm, each known to
4495within 5 percent. What is the volume and the relative uncertainty of
4496the volume? @xref{Types Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
4497
4498An @dfn{interval form} represents a range of values. While an
4499error form is best for making statistical estimates, intervals give
4500you exact bounds on an answer. Suppose we additionally know that
4501our telephone pole is definitely between 28 and 31 meters away,
4502and that it is between 7.7 and 8.1 meters tall.
4503
4504@smallexample
4505@group
45061: [7.7 .. 8.1] 2: [7.7 .. 8.1] 1: [0.24 .. 0.28] 1: [13.9 .. 16.1]
4507 . 1: [28 .. 31] . .
4508 .
4509
4510 [ 7.7 .. 8.1 ] [ 28 .. 31 ] / I T
4511@end group
4512@end smallexample
4513
4514@noindent
4515If our bounds were correct, then the angle to the top of the pole
4516is sure to lie in the range shown.
4517
4518The square brackets around these intervals indicate that the endpoints
4519themselves are allowable values. In other words, the distance to the
4520telephone pole is between 28 and 31, @emph{inclusive}. You can also
4521make an interval that is exclusive of its endpoints by writing
4522parentheses instead of square brackets. You can even make an interval
4523which is inclusive (``closed'') on one end and exclusive (``open'') on
4524the other.
4525
4526@smallexample
4527@group
45281: [1 .. 10) 1: (0.1 .. 1] 2: (0.1 .. 1] 1: (0.2 .. 3)
4529 . . 1: [2 .. 3) .
4530 .
4531
4532 [ 1 .. 10 ) & [ 2 .. 3 ) *
4533@end group
4534@end smallexample
4535
4536@noindent
4537The Calculator automatically keeps track of which end values should
4538be open and which should be closed. You can also make infinite or
4539semi-infinite intervals by using @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf} for one
4540or both endpoints.
4541
4542(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} What answer would you expect from
4543@samp{@w{1 /} @w{(0 .. 10)}}? What about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(-10 .. 0)}}? What
4544about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{[0 .. 10]}} (where the interval actually includes
4545zero)? What about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(-10 .. 10)}}?
4546@xref{Types Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
4547
4548(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} Two easy ways of squaring a number
4549are @kbd{@key{RET} *} and @w{@kbd{2 ^}}. Normally these produce the same
4550answer. Would you expect this still to hold true for interval forms?
4551If not, which of these will result in a larger interval?
4552@xref{Types Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
4553
4554A @dfn{modulo form} is used for performing arithmetic modulo @var{m}.
4555For example, arithmetic involving time is generally done modulo 12
4556or 24 hours.
4557
4558@smallexample
4559@group
45601: 17 mod 24 1: 3 mod 24 1: 21 mod 24 1: 9 mod 24
4561 . . . .
4562
4563 17 M 24 @key{RET} 10 + n 5 /
4564@end group
4565@end smallexample
4566
4567@noindent
4568In this last step, Calc has divided by 5 modulo 24; i.e., it has found a
4569new number which, when multiplied by 5 modulo 24, produces the original
4570number, 21. If @var{m} is prime and the divisor is not a multiple of
4571@var{m}, it is always possible to find such a number. For non-prime
4572@var{m} like 24, it is only sometimes possible.
4573
4574@smallexample
4575@group
45761: 10 mod 24 1: 16 mod 24 1: 1000000... 1: 16
4577 . . . .
4578
4579 10 M 24 @key{RET} 100 ^ 10 @key{RET} 100 ^ 24 %
4580@end group
4581@end smallexample
4582
4583@noindent
4584These two calculations get the same answer, but the first one is
4585much more efficient because it avoids the huge intermediate value
4586that arises in the second one.
4587
4588@cindex Fermat, primality test of
4589(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} A theorem of Pierre de Fermat
4590says that
4591@texline @w{@math{x^{n-1} \bmod n = 1}}
4592@infoline @expr{x^(n-1) mod n = 1}
4593if @expr{n} is a prime number and @expr{x} is an integer less than
4594@expr{n}. If @expr{n} is @emph{not} a prime number, this will
4595@emph{not} be true for most values of @expr{x}. Thus we can test
4596informally if a number is prime by trying this formula for several
4597values of @expr{x}. Use this test to tell whether the following numbers
4598are prime: 811749613, 15485863. @xref{Types Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
4599
4600It is possible to use HMS forms as parts of error forms, intervals,
4601modulo forms, or as the phase part of a polar complex number.
4602For example, the @code{calc-time} command pushes the current time
4603of day on the stack as an HMS/modulo form.
4604
4605@smallexample
4606@group
46071: 17@@ 34' 45" mod 24@@ 0' 0" 1: 6@@ 22' 15" mod 24@@ 0' 0"
4608 . .
4609
4610 x time @key{RET} n
4611@end group
4612@end smallexample
4613
4614@noindent
4615This calculation tells me it is six hours and 22 minutes until midnight.
4616
4617(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} A rule of thumb is that one year
4618is about
4619@texline @math{\pi \times 10^7}
4620@infoline @w{@expr{pi * 10^7}}
4621seconds. What time will it be that many seconds from right now?
4622@xref{Types Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
4623
4624(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} You are preparing to order packaging
4625for the CD release of the Extended Disco Version of @emph{Abbey Road}.
4626You are told that the songs will actually be anywhere from 20 to 60
4627seconds longer than the originals. One CD can hold about 75 minutes
4628of music. Should you order single or double packages?
4629@xref{Types Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
4630
4631Another kind of data the Calculator can manipulate is numbers with
4632@dfn{units}. This isn't strictly a new data type; it's simply an
4633application of algebraic expressions, where we use variables with
4634suggestive names like @samp{cm} and @samp{in} to represent units
4635like centimeters and inches.
4636
4637@smallexample
4638@group
46391: 2 in 1: 5.08 cm 1: 0.027778 fath 1: 0.0508 m
4640 . . . .
4641
4642 ' 2in @key{RET} u c cm @key{RET} u c fath @key{RET} u b
4643@end group
4644@end smallexample
4645
4646@noindent
4647We enter the quantity ``2 inches'' (actually an algebraic expression
4648which means two times the variable @samp{in}), then we convert it
4649first to centimeters, then to fathoms, then finally to ``base'' units,
4650which in this case means meters.
4651
4652@smallexample
4653@group
46541: 9 acre 1: 3 sqrt(acre) 1: 190.84 m 1: 190.84 m + 30 cm
4655 . . . .
4656
4657 ' 9 acre @key{RET} Q u s ' $+30 cm @key{RET}
4658
4659@end group
4660@end smallexample
4661@noindent
4662@smallexample
4663@group
46641: 191.14 m 1: 36536.3046 m^2 1: 365363046 cm^2
4665 . . .
4666
4667 u s 2 ^ u c cgs
4668@end group
4669@end smallexample
4670
4671@noindent
4672Since units expressions are really just formulas, taking the square
4673root of @samp{acre} is undefined. After all, @code{acre} might be an
4674algebraic variable that you will someday assign a value. We use the
4675``units-simplify'' command to simplify the expression with variables
4676being interpreted as unit names.
4677
4678In the final step, we have converted not to a particular unit, but to a
4679units system. The ``cgs'' system uses centimeters instead of meters
4680as its standard unit of length.
4681
4682There is a wide variety of units defined in the Calculator.
4683
4684@smallexample
4685@group
46861: 55 mph 1: 88.5139 kph 1: 88.5139 km / hr 1: 8.201407e-8 c
4687 . . . .
4688
4689 ' 55 mph @key{RET} u c kph @key{RET} u c km/hr @key{RET} u c c @key{RET}
4690@end group
4691@end smallexample
4692
4693@noindent
4694We express a speed first in miles per hour, then in kilometers per
4695hour, then again using a slightly more explicit notation, then
4696finally in terms of fractions of the speed of light.
4697
4698Temperature conversions are a bit more tricky. There are two ways to
4699interpret ``20 degrees Fahrenheit''---it could mean an actual
4700temperature, or it could mean a change in temperature. For normal
4701units there is no difference, but temperature units have an offset
4702as well as a scale factor and so there must be two explicit commands
4703for them.
4704
4705@smallexample
4706@group
47071: 20 degF 1: 11.1111 degC 1: -20:3 degC 1: -6.666 degC
4708 . . . .
4709
4710 ' 20 degF @key{RET} u c degC @key{RET} U u t degC @key{RET} c f
4711@end group
4712@end smallexample
4713
4714@noindent
4715First we convert a change of 20 degrees Fahrenheit into an equivalent
4716change in degrees Celsius (or Centigrade). Then, we convert the
4717absolute temperature 20 degrees Fahrenheit into Celsius. Since
4718this comes out as an exact fraction, we then convert to floating-point
4719for easier comparison with the other result.
4720
4721For simple unit conversions, you can put a plain number on the stack.
4722Then @kbd{u c} and @kbd{u t} will prompt for both old and new units.
4723When you use this method, you're responsible for remembering which
4724numbers are in which units:
4725
4726@smallexample
4727@group
47281: 55 1: 88.5139 1: 8.201407e-8
4729 . . .
4730
4731 55 u c mph @key{RET} kph @key{RET} u c km/hr @key{RET} c @key{RET}
4732@end group
4733@end smallexample
4734
4735To see a complete list of built-in units, type @kbd{u v}. Press
4736@w{@kbd{C-x * c}} again to re-enter the Calculator when you're done looking
4737at the units table.
4738
4739(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 13.} How many seconds are there really
4740in a year? @xref{Types Answer 13, 13}. (@bullet{})
4741
4742@cindex Speed of light
4743(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 14.} Supercomputer designs are limited by
4744the speed of light (and of electricity, which is nearly as fast).
4745Suppose a computer has a 4.1 ns (nanosecond) clock cycle, and its
4746cabinet is one meter across. Is speed of light going to be a
4747significant factor in its design? @xref{Types Answer 14, 14}. (@bullet{})
4748
4749(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 15.} Sam the Slug normally travels about
4750five yards in an hour. He has obtained a supply of Power Pills; each
4751Power Pill he eats doubles his speed. How many Power Pills can he
4752swallow and still travel legally on most US highways?
4753@xref{Types Answer 15, 15}. (@bullet{})
4754
4755@node Algebra Tutorial, Programming Tutorial, Types Tutorial, Tutorial
4756@section Algebra and Calculus Tutorial
4757
4758@noindent
4759This section shows how to use Calc's algebra facilities to solve
4760equations, do simple calculus problems, and manipulate algebraic
4761formulas.
4762
4763@menu
4764* Basic Algebra Tutorial::
4765* Rewrites Tutorial::
4766@end menu
4767
4768@node Basic Algebra Tutorial, Rewrites Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial
4769@subsection Basic Algebra
4770
4771@noindent
4772If you enter a formula in Algebraic mode that refers to variables,
4773the formula itself is pushed onto the stack. You can manipulate
4774formulas as regular data objects.
4775
4776@smallexample
4777@group
47781: 2 x^2 - 6 1: 6 - 2 x^2 1: (6 - 2 x^2) (3 x^2 + y)
4779 . . .
4780
4781 ' 2x^2-6 @key{RET} n ' 3x^2+y @key{RET} *
4782@end group
4783@end smallexample
4784
4785(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Do @kbd{' x @key{RET} Q 2 ^} and
4786@kbd{' x @key{RET} 2 ^ Q} both wind up with the same result (@samp{x})?
4787Why or why not? @xref{Algebra Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
4788
4789There are also commands for doing common algebraic operations on
4790formulas. Continuing with the formula from the last example,
4791
4792@smallexample
4793@group
47941: 18 x^2 + 6 y - 6 x^4 - 2 x^2 y 1: (18 - 2 y) x^2 - 6 x^4 + 6 y
4795 . .
4796
4797 a x a c x @key{RET}
4798@end group
4799@end smallexample
4800
4801@noindent
4802First we ``expand'' using the distributive law, then we ``collect''
4803terms involving like powers of @expr{x}.
4804
4805Let's find the value of this expression when @expr{x} is 2 and @expr{y}
4806is one-half.
4807
4808@smallexample
4809@group
48101: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: -25
4811 . .
4812
4813 1:2 s l y @key{RET} 2 s l x @key{RET}
4814@end group
4815@end smallexample
4816
4817@noindent
4818The @kbd{s l} command means ``let''; it takes a number from the top of
4819the stack and temporarily assigns it as the value of the variable
4820you specify. It then evaluates (as if by the @kbd{=} key) the
4821next expression on the stack. After this command, the variable goes
4822back to its original value, if any.
4823
4824(An earlier exercise in this tutorial involved storing a value in the
4825variable @code{x}; if this value is still there, you will have to
4826unstore it with @kbd{s u x @key{RET}} before the above example will work
4827properly.)
4828
4829@cindex Maximum of a function using Calculus
4830Let's find the maximum value of our original expression when @expr{y}
4831is one-half and @expr{x} ranges over all possible values. We can
4832do this by taking the derivative with respect to @expr{x} and examining
4833values of @expr{x} for which the derivative is zero. If the second
4834derivative of the function at that value of @expr{x} is negative,
4835the function has a local maximum there.
4836
4837@smallexample
4838@group
48391: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 34 x - 24 x^3
4840 . .
4841
4842 U @key{DEL} s 1 a d x @key{RET} s 2
4843@end group
4844@end smallexample
4845
4846@noindent
4847Well, the derivative is clearly zero when @expr{x} is zero. To find
4848the other root(s), let's divide through by @expr{x} and then solve:
4849
4850@smallexample
4851@group
48521: (34 x - 24 x^3) / x 1: 34 x / x - 24 x^3 / x 1: 34 - 24 x^2
4853 . . .
4854
4855 ' x @key{RET} / a x a s
4856
4857@end group
4858@end smallexample
4859@noindent
4860@smallexample
4861@group
48621: 34 - 24 x^2 = 0 1: x = 1.19023
4863 . .
4864
4865 0 a = s 3 a S x @key{RET}
4866@end group
4867@end smallexample
4868
4869@noindent
4870Notice the use of @kbd{a s} to ``simplify'' the formula. When the
4871default algebraic simplifications don't do enough, you can use
4872@kbd{a s} to tell Calc to spend more time on the job.
4873
4874Now we compute the second derivative and plug in our values of @expr{x}:
4875
4876@smallexample
4877@group
48781: 1.19023 2: 1.19023 2: 1.19023
4879 . 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: 34 - 72 x^2
4880 . .
4881
4882 a . r 2 a d x @key{RET} s 4
4883@end group
4884@end smallexample
4885
4886@noindent
4887(The @kbd{a .} command extracts just the righthand side of an equation.
4888Another method would have been to use @kbd{v u} to unpack the equation
4889@w{@samp{x = 1.19}} to @samp{x} and @samp{1.19}, then use @kbd{M-- M-2 @key{DEL}}
4890to delete the @samp{x}.)
4891
4892@smallexample
4893@group
48942: 34 - 72 x^2 1: -68. 2: 34 - 72 x^2 1: 34
48951: 1.19023 . 1: 0 .
4896 . .
4897
4898 @key{TAB} s l x @key{RET} U @key{DEL} 0 s l x @key{RET}
4899@end group
4900@end smallexample
4901
4902@noindent
4903The first of these second derivatives is negative, so we know the function
4904has a maximum value at @expr{x = 1.19023}. (The function also has a
4905local @emph{minimum} at @expr{x = 0}.)
4906
4907When we solved for @expr{x}, we got only one value even though
4908@expr{34 - 24 x^2 = 0} is a quadratic equation that ought to have
4909two solutions. The reason is that @w{@kbd{a S}} normally returns a
4910single ``principal'' solution. If it needs to come up with an
4911arbitrary sign (as occurs in the quadratic formula) it picks @expr{+}.
4912If it needs an arbitrary integer, it picks zero. We can get a full
4913solution by pressing @kbd{H} (the Hyperbolic flag) before @kbd{a S}.
4914
4915@smallexample
4916@group
49171: 34 - 24 x^2 = 0 1: x = 1.19023 s1 1: x = -1.19023
4918 . . .
4919
4920 r 3 H a S x @key{RET} s 5 1 n s l s1 @key{RET}
4921@end group
4922@end smallexample
4923
4924@noindent
4925Calc has invented the variable @samp{s1} to represent an unknown sign;
4926it is supposed to be either @mathit{+1} or @mathit{-1}. Here we have used
4927the ``let'' command to evaluate the expression when the sign is negative.
4928If we plugged this into our second derivative we would get the same,
4929negative, answer, so @expr{x = -1.19023} is also a maximum.
4930
4931To find the actual maximum value, we must plug our two values of @expr{x}
4932into the original formula.
4933
4934@smallexample
4935@group
49362: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 24.08333 s1^2 - 12.04166 s1^4 + 3
49371: x = 1.19023 s1 .
4938 .
4939
4940 r 1 r 5 s l @key{RET}
4941@end group
4942@end smallexample
4943
4944@noindent
4945(Here we see another way to use @kbd{s l}; if its input is an equation
4946with a variable on the lefthand side, then @kbd{s l} treats the equation
4947like an assignment to that variable if you don't give a variable name.)
4948
4949It's clear that this will have the same value for either sign of
4950@code{s1}, but let's work it out anyway, just for the exercise:
4951
4952@smallexample
4953@group
49542: [-1, 1] 1: [15.04166, 15.04166]
49551: 24.08333 s1^2 ... .
4956 .
4957
4958 [ 1 n , 1 ] @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET}
4959@end group
4960@end smallexample
4961
4962@noindent
4963Here we have used a vector mapping operation to evaluate the function
4964at several values of @samp{s1} at once. @kbd{V M $} is like @kbd{V M '}
4965except that it takes the formula from the top of the stack. The
4966formula is interpreted as a function to apply across the vector at the
4967next-to-top stack level. Since a formula on the stack can't contain
4968@samp{$} signs, Calc assumes the variables in the formula stand for
4969different arguments. It prompts you for an @dfn{argument list}, giving
4970the list of all variables in the formula in alphabetical order as the
4971default list. In this case the default is @samp{(s1)}, which is just
4972what we want so we simply press @key{RET} at the prompt.
4973
4974If there had been several different values, we could have used
4975@w{@kbd{V R X}} to find the global maximum.
4976
4977Calc has a built-in @kbd{a P} command that solves an equation using
4978@w{@kbd{H a S}} and returns a vector of all the solutions. It simply
4979automates the job we just did by hand. Applied to our original
4980cubic polynomial, it would produce the vector of solutions
4981@expr{[1.19023, -1.19023, 0]}. (There is also an @kbd{a X} command
4982which finds a local maximum of a function. It uses a numerical search
4983method rather than examining the derivatives, and thus requires you
4984to provide some kind of initial guess to show it where to look.)
4985
4986(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Given a vector of the roots of a
4987polynomial (such as the output of an @kbd{a P} command), what
4988sequence of commands would you use to reconstruct the original
4989polynomial? (The answer will be unique to within a constant
4990multiple; choose the solution where the leading coefficient is one.)
4991@xref{Algebra Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
4992
4993The @kbd{m s} command enables Symbolic mode, in which formulas
4994like @samp{sqrt(5)} that can't be evaluated exactly are left in
4995symbolic form rather than giving a floating-point approximate answer.
4996Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}) is also useful when doing algebra.
4997
4998@smallexample
4999@group
50002: 34 x - 24 x^3 2: 34 x - 24 x^3
50011: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: [sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0]
5002 . .
5003
5004 r 2 @key{RET} m s m f a P x @key{RET}
5005@end group
5006@end smallexample
5007
5008One more mode that makes reading formulas easier is Big mode.
5009
5010@smallexample
5011@group
5012 3
50132: 34 x - 24 x
5014
5015 ____ ____
5016 V 51 V 51
50171: [-----, -----, 0]
5018 6 -6
5019
5020 .
5021
5022 d B
5023@end group
5024@end smallexample
5025
5026Here things like powers, square roots, and quotients and fractions
5027are displayed in a two-dimensional pictorial form. Calc has other
5028language modes as well, such as C mode, FORTRAN mode, @TeX{} mode
5029and La@TeX{} mode.
5030
5031@smallexample
5032@group
50332: 34*x - 24*pow(x, 3) 2: 34*x - 24*x**3
50341: @{sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0@} 1: /sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0/
5035 . .
5036
5037 d C d F
5038
5039@end group
5040@end smallexample
5041@noindent
5042@smallexample
5043@group
50443: 34 x - 24 x^3
50452: [@{\sqrt@{51@} \over 6@}, @{\sqrt@{51@} \over -6@}, 0]
50461: @{2 \over 3@} \sqrt@{5@}
5047 .
5048
5049 d T ' 2 \sqrt@{5@} \over 3 @key{RET}
5050@end group
5051@end smallexample
5052
5053@noindent
5054As you can see, language modes affect both entry and display of
5055formulas. They affect such things as the names used for built-in
5056functions, the set of arithmetic operators and their precedences,
5057and notations for vectors and matrices.
5058
5059Notice that @samp{sqrt(51)} may cause problems with older
5060implementations of C and FORTRAN, which would require something more
5061like @samp{sqrt(51.0)}. It is always wise to check over the formulas
5062produced by the various language modes to make sure they are fully
5063correct.
5064
5065Type @kbd{m s}, @kbd{m f}, and @kbd{d N} to reset these modes. (You
5066may prefer to remain in Big mode, but all the examples in the tutorial
5067are shown in normal mode.)
5068
5069@cindex Area under a curve
5070What is the area under the portion of this curve from @expr{x = 1} to @expr{2}?
5071This is simply the integral of the function:
5072
5073@smallexample
5074@group
50751: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 5.6666 x^3 - 1.2 x^5 + 3 x
5076 . .
5077
5078 r 1 a i x
5079@end group
5080@end smallexample
5081
5082@noindent
5083We want to evaluate this at our two values for @expr{x} and subtract.
5084One way to do it is again with vector mapping and reduction:
5085
5086@smallexample
5087@group
50882: [2, 1] 1: [12.93333, 7.46666] 1: 5.46666
50891: 5.6666 x^3 ... . .
5090
5091 [ 2 , 1 ] @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET} V R -
5092@end group
5093@end smallexample
5094
5095(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Find the integral from 1 to @expr{y}
5096of
5097@texline @math{x \sin \pi x}
5098@infoline @w{@expr{x sin(pi x)}}
5099(where the sine is calculated in radians). Find the values of the
5100integral for integers @expr{y} from 1 to 5. @xref{Algebra Answer 3,
51013}. (@bullet{})
5102
5103Calc's integrator can do many simple integrals symbolically, but many
5104others are beyond its capabilities. Suppose we wish to find the area
5105under the curve
5106@texline @math{\sin x \ln x}
5107@infoline @expr{sin(x) ln(x)}
5108over the same range of @expr{x}. If you entered this formula and typed
5109@kbd{a i x @key{RET}} (don't bother to try this), Calc would work for a
5110long time but would be unable to find a solution. In fact, there is no
5111closed-form solution to this integral. Now what do we do?
5112
5113@cindex Integration, numerical
5114@cindex Numerical integration
5115One approach would be to do the integral numerically. It is not hard
5116to do this by hand using vector mapping and reduction. It is rather
5117slow, though, since the sine and logarithm functions take a long time.
5118We can save some time by reducing the working precision.
5119
5120@smallexample
5121@group
51223: 10 1: [1, 1.1, 1.2, ... , 1.8, 1.9]
51232: 1 .
51241: 0.1
5125 .
5126
5127 10 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} .1 @key{RET} C-u v x
5128@end group
5129@end smallexample
5130
5131@noindent
5132(Note that we have used the extended version of @kbd{v x}; we could
5133also have used plain @kbd{v x} as follows: @kbd{v x 10 @key{RET} 9 + .1 *}.)
5134
5135@smallexample
5136@group
51372: [1, 1.1, ... ] 1: [0., 0.084941, 0.16993, ... ]
51381: sin(x) ln(x) .
5139 .
5140
5141 ' sin(x) ln(x) @key{RET} s 1 m r p 5 @key{RET} V M $ @key{RET}
5142
5143@end group
5144@end smallexample
5145@noindent
5146@smallexample
5147@group
51481: 3.4195 0.34195
5149 . .
5150
5151 V R + 0.1 *
5152@end group
5153@end smallexample
5154
5155@noindent
5156(If you got wildly different results, did you remember to switch
5157to Radians mode?)
5158
5159Here we have divided the curve into ten segments of equal width;
5160approximating these segments as rectangular boxes (i.e., assuming
5161the curve is nearly flat at that resolution), we compute the areas
5162of the boxes (height times width), then sum the areas. (It is
5163faster to sum first, then multiply by the width, since the width
5164is the same for every box.)
5165
5166The true value of this integral turns out to be about 0.374, so
5167we're not doing too well. Let's try another approach.
5168
5169@smallexample
5170@group
51711: sin(x) ln(x) 1: 0.84147 x - 0.84147 + 0.11957 (x - 1)^2 - ...
5172 . .
5173
5174 r 1 a t x=1 @key{RET} 4 @key{RET}
5175@end group
5176@end smallexample
5177
5178@noindent
5179Here we have computed the Taylor series expansion of the function
5180about the point @expr{x=1}. We can now integrate this polynomial
5181approximation, since polynomials are easy to integrate.
5182
5183@smallexample
5184@group
51851: 0.42074 x^2 + ... 1: [-0.0446, -0.42073] 1: 0.3761
5186 . . .
5187
5188 a i x @key{RET} [ 2 , 1 ] @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET} V R -
5189@end group
5190@end smallexample
5191
5192@noindent
5193Better! By increasing the precision and/or asking for more terms
5194in the Taylor series, we can get a result as accurate as we like.
5195(Taylor series converge better away from singularities in the
5196function such as the one at @code{ln(0)}, so it would also help to
5197expand the series about the points @expr{x=2} or @expr{x=1.5} instead
5198of @expr{x=1}.)
5199
5200@cindex Simpson's rule
5201@cindex Integration by Simpson's rule
5202(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Our first method approximated the
5203curve by stairsteps of width 0.1; the total area was then the sum
5204of the areas of the rectangles under these stairsteps. Our second
5205method approximated the function by a polynomial, which turned out
5206to be a better approximation than stairsteps. A third method is
5207@dfn{Simpson's rule}, which is like the stairstep method except
5208that the steps are not required to be flat. Simpson's rule boils
5209down to the formula,
5210
5211@ifnottex
5212@example
5213(h/3) * (f(a) + 4 f(a+h) + 2 f(a+2h) + 4 f(a+3h) + ...
5214 + 2 f(a+(n-2)*h) + 4 f(a+(n-1)*h) + f(a+n*h))
5215@end example
5216@end ifnottex
5217@tex
5218\turnoffactive
5219\beforedisplay
5220$$ \displaylines{
5221 \qquad {h \over 3} (f(a) + 4 f(a+h) + 2 f(a+2h) + 4 f(a+3h) + \cdots
5222 \hfill \cr \hfill {} + 2 f(a+(n-2)h) + 4 f(a+(n-1)h) + f(a+n h)) \qquad
5223} $$
5224\afterdisplay
5225@end tex
5226
5227@noindent
5228where @expr{n} (which must be even) is the number of slices and @expr{h}
5229is the width of each slice. These are 10 and 0.1 in our example.
5230For reference, here is the corresponding formula for the stairstep
5231method:
5232
5233@ifnottex
5234@example
5235h * (f(a) + f(a+h) + f(a+2h) + f(a+3h) + ...
5236 + f(a+(n-2)*h) + f(a+(n-1)*h))
5237@end example
5238@end ifnottex
5239@tex
5240\turnoffactive
5241\beforedisplay
5242$$ h (f(a) + f(a+h) + f(a+2h) + f(a+3h) + \cdots
5243 + f(a+(n-2)h) + f(a+(n-1)h)) $$
5244\afterdisplay
5245@end tex
5246
5247Compute the integral from 1 to 2 of
5248@texline @math{\sin x \ln x}
5249@infoline @expr{sin(x) ln(x)}
5250using Simpson's rule with 10 slices.
5251@xref{Algebra Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5252
5253Calc has a built-in @kbd{a I} command for doing numerical integration.
5254It uses @dfn{Romberg's method}, which is a more sophisticated cousin
5255of Simpson's rule. In particular, it knows how to keep refining the
5256result until the current precision is satisfied.
5257
5258@c [fix-ref Selecting Sub-Formulas]
5259Aside from the commands we've seen so far, Calc also provides a
5260large set of commands for operating on parts of formulas. You
5261indicate the desired sub-formula by placing the cursor on any part
5262of the formula before giving a @dfn{selection} command. Selections won't
5263be covered in the tutorial; @pxref{Selecting Subformulas}, for
5264details and examples.
5265
5266@c hard exercise: simplify (2^(n r) - 2^(r*(n - 1))) / (2^r - 1) 2^(n - 1)
5267@c to 2^((n-1)*(r-1)).
5268
5269@node Rewrites Tutorial, , Basic Algebra Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial
5270@subsection Rewrite Rules
5271
5272@noindent
5273No matter how many built-in commands Calc provided for doing algebra,
5274there would always be something you wanted to do that Calc didn't have
5275in its repertoire. So Calc also provides a @dfn{rewrite rule} system
5276that you can use to define your own algebraic manipulations.
5277
5278Suppose we want to simplify this trigonometric formula:
5279
5280@smallexample
5281@group
52821: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x)
5283 .
5284
5285 ' 1/cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x) @key{RET} s 1
5286@end group
5287@end smallexample
5288
5289@noindent
5290If we were simplifying this by hand, we'd probably replace the
5291@samp{tan} with a @samp{sin/cos} first, then combine over a common
5292denominator. There is no Calc command to do the former; the @kbd{a n}
5293algebra command will do the latter but we'll do both with rewrite
5294rules just for practice.
5295
5296Rewrite rules are written with the @samp{:=} symbol.
5297
5298@smallexample
5299@group
53001: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x)^2 / cos(x)
5301 .
5302
5303 a r tan(a) := sin(a)/cos(a) @key{RET}
5304@end group
5305@end smallexample
5306
5307@noindent
5308(The ``assignment operator'' @samp{:=} has several uses in Calc. All
5309by itself the formula @samp{tan(a) := sin(a)/cos(a)} doesn't do anything,
5310but when it is given to the @kbd{a r} command, that command interprets
5311it as a rewrite rule.)
5312
5313The lefthand side, @samp{tan(a)}, is called the @dfn{pattern} of the
5314rewrite rule. Calc searches the formula on the stack for parts that
5315match the pattern. Variables in a rewrite pattern are called
5316@dfn{meta-variables}, and when matching the pattern each meta-variable
5317can match any sub-formula. Here, the meta-variable @samp{a} matched
5318the actual variable @samp{x}.
5319
5320When the pattern part of a rewrite rule matches a part of the formula,
5321that part is replaced by the righthand side with all the meta-variables
5322substituted with the things they matched. So the result is
5323@samp{sin(x) / cos(x)}. Calc's normal algebraic simplifications then
5324mix this in with the rest of the original formula.
5325
5326To merge over a common denominator, we can use another simple rule:
5327
5328@smallexample
5329@group
53301: (1 - sin(x)^2) / cos(x)
5331 .
5332
5333 a r a/x + b/x := (a+b)/x @key{RET}
5334@end group
5335@end smallexample
5336
5337This rule points out several interesting features of rewrite patterns.
5338First, if a meta-variable appears several times in a pattern, it must
5339match the same thing everywhere. This rule detects common denominators
5340because the same meta-variable @samp{x} is used in both of the
5341denominators.
5342
5343Second, meta-variable names are independent from variables in the
5344target formula. Notice that the meta-variable @samp{x} here matches
5345the subformula @samp{cos(x)}; Calc never confuses the two meanings of
5346@samp{x}.
5347
5348And third, rewrite patterns know a little bit about the algebraic
5349properties of formulas. The pattern called for a sum of two quotients;
5350Calc was able to match a difference of two quotients by matching
5351@samp{a = 1}, @samp{b = -sin(x)^2}, and @samp{x = cos(x)}.
5352
5353@c [fix-ref Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules]
5354We could just as easily have written @samp{a/x - b/x := (a-b)/x} for
5355the rule. It would have worked just the same in all cases. (If we
5356really wanted the rule to apply only to @samp{+} or only to @samp{-},
5357we could have used the @code{plain} symbol. @xref{Algebraic Properties
5358of Rewrite Rules}, for some examples of this.)
5359
5360One more rewrite will complete the job. We want to use the identity
5361@samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 = 1}, but of course we must first rearrange
5362the identity in a way that matches our formula. The obvious rule
5363would be @samp{@w{1 - sin(x)^2} := cos(x)^2}, but a little thought shows
5364that the rule @samp{sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2} will also work. The
5365latter rule has a more general pattern so it will work in many other
5366situations, too.
5367
5368@smallexample
5369@group
53701: (1 + cos(x)^2 - 1) / cos(x) 1: cos(x)
5371 . .
5372
5373 a r sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2 @key{RET} a s
5374@end group
5375@end smallexample
5376
5377You may ask, what's the point of using the most general rule if you
5378have to type it in every time anyway? The answer is that Calc allows
5379you to store a rewrite rule in a variable, then give the variable
5380name in the @kbd{a r} command. In fact, this is the preferred way to
5381use rewrites. For one, if you need a rule once you'll most likely
5382need it again later. Also, if the rule doesn't work quite right you
5383can simply Undo, edit the variable, and run the rule again without
5384having to retype it.
5385
5386@smallexample
5387@group
5388' tan(x) := sin(x)/cos(x) @key{RET} s t tsc @key{RET}
5389' a/x + b/x := (a+b)/x @key{RET} s t merge @key{RET}
5390' sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2 @key{RET} s t sinsqr @key{RET}
5391
53921: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x) 1: cos(x)
5393 . .
5394
5395 r 1 a r tsc @key{RET} a r merge @key{RET} a r sinsqr @key{RET} a s
5396@end group
5397@end smallexample
5398
5399To edit a variable, type @kbd{s e} and the variable name, use regular
5400Emacs editing commands as necessary, then type @kbd{C-c C-c} to store
5401the edited value back into the variable.
5402You can also use @w{@kbd{s e}} to create a new variable if you wish.
5403
5404Notice that the first time you use each rule, Calc puts up a ``compiling''
5405message briefly. The pattern matcher converts rules into a special
5406optimized pattern-matching language rather than using them directly.
5407This allows @kbd{a r} to apply even rather complicated rules very
5408efficiently. If the rule is stored in a variable, Calc compiles it
5409only once and stores the compiled form along with the variable. That's
5410another good reason to store your rules in variables rather than
5411entering them on the fly.
5412
5413(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Type @kbd{m s} to get Symbolic
5414mode, then enter the formula @samp{@w{(2 + sqrt(2))} / @w{(1 + sqrt(2))}}.
5415Using a rewrite rule, simplify this formula by multiplying the top and
5416bottom by the conjugate @w{@samp{1 - sqrt(2)}}. The result will have
5417to be expanded by the distributive law; do this with another
5418rewrite. @xref{Rewrites Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
5419
5420The @kbd{a r} command can also accept a vector of rewrite rules, or
5421a variable containing a vector of rules.
5422
5423@smallexample
5424@group
54251: [tsc, merge, sinsqr] 1: [tan(x) := sin(x) / cos(x), ... ]
5426 . .
5427
5428 ' [tsc,merge,sinsqr] @key{RET} =
5429
5430@end group
5431@end smallexample
5432@noindent
5433@smallexample
5434@group
54351: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x) 1: cos(x)
5436 . .
5437
5438 s t trig @key{RET} r 1 a r trig @key{RET} a s
5439@end group
5440@end smallexample
5441
5442@c [fix-ref Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules]
5443Calc tries all the rules you give against all parts of the formula,
5444repeating until no further change is possible. (The exact order in
5445which things are tried is rather complex, but for simple rules like
5446the ones we've used here the order doesn't really matter.
5447@xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules}.)
5448
5449Calc actually repeats only up to 100 times, just in case your rule set
5450has gotten into an infinite loop. You can give a numeric prefix argument
5451to @kbd{a r} to specify any limit. In particular, @kbd{M-1 a r} does
5452only one rewrite at a time.
5453
5454@smallexample
5455@group
54561: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x)^2 / cos(x) 1: (1 - sin(x)^2) / cos(x)
5457 . .
5458
5459 r 1 M-1 a r trig @key{RET} M-1 a r trig @key{RET}
5460@end group
5461@end smallexample
5462
5463You can type @kbd{M-0 a r} if you want no limit at all on the number
5464of rewrites that occur.
5465
5466Rewrite rules can also be @dfn{conditional}. Simply follow the rule
5467with a @samp{::} symbol and the desired condition. For example,
5468
5469@smallexample
5470@group
54711: exp(2 pi i) + exp(3 pi i) + exp(4 pi i)
5472 .
5473
5474 ' exp(2 pi i) + exp(3 pi i) + exp(4 pi i) @key{RET}
5475
5476@end group
5477@end smallexample
5478@noindent
5479@smallexample
5480@group
54811: 1 + exp(3 pi i) + 1
5482 .
5483
5484 a r exp(k pi i) := 1 :: k % 2 = 0 @key{RET}
5485@end group
5486@end smallexample
5487
5488@noindent
5489(Recall, @samp{k % 2} is the remainder from dividing @samp{k} by 2,
5490which will be zero only when @samp{k} is an even integer.)
5491
5492An interesting point is that the variables @samp{pi} and @samp{i}
5493were matched literally rather than acting as meta-variables.
5494This is because they are special-constant variables. The special
5495constants @samp{e}, @samp{phi}, and so on also match literally.
5496A common error with rewrite
5497rules is to write, say, @samp{f(a,b,c,d,e) := g(a+b+c+d+e)}, expecting
5498to match any @samp{f} with five arguments but in fact matching
5499only when the fifth argument is literally @samp{e}!
5500
5501@cindex Fibonacci numbers
5502@ignore
5503@starindex
5504@end ignore
5505@tindex fib
5506Rewrite rules provide an interesting way to define your own functions.
5507Suppose we want to define @samp{fib(n)} to produce the @var{n}th
5508Fibonacci number. The first two Fibonacci numbers are each 1;
5509later numbers are formed by summing the two preceding numbers in
5510the sequence. This is easy to express in a set of three rules:
5511
5512@smallexample
5513@group
5514' [fib(1) := 1, fib(2) := 1, fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2)] @key{RET} s t fib
5515
55161: fib(7) 1: 13
5517 . .
5518
5519 ' fib(7) @key{RET} a r fib @key{RET}
5520@end group
5521@end smallexample
5522
5523One thing that is guaranteed about the order that rewrites are tried
5524is that, for any given subformula, earlier rules in the rule set will
5525be tried for that subformula before later ones. So even though the
5526first and third rules both match @samp{fib(1)}, we know the first will
5527be used preferentially.
5528
5529This rule set has one dangerous bug: Suppose we apply it to the
5530formula @samp{fib(x)}? (Don't actually try this.) The third rule
5531will match @samp{fib(x)} and replace it with @w{@samp{fib(x-1) + fib(x-2)}}.
5532Each of these will then be replaced to get @samp{fib(x-2) + 2 fib(x-3) +
5533fib(x-4)}, and so on, expanding forever. What we really want is to apply
5534the third rule only when @samp{n} is an integer greater than two. Type
5535@w{@kbd{s e fib @key{RET}}}, then edit the third rule to:
5536
5537@smallexample
5538fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2) :: integer(n) :: n > 2
5539@end smallexample
5540
5541@noindent
5542Now:
5543
5544@smallexample
5545@group
55461: fib(6) + fib(x) + fib(0) 1: 8 + fib(x) + fib(0)
5547 . .
5548
5549 ' fib(6)+fib(x)+fib(0) @key{RET} a r fib @key{RET}
5550@end group
5551@end smallexample
5552
5553@noindent
5554We've created a new function, @code{fib}, and a new command,
5555@w{@kbd{a r fib @key{RET}}}, which means ``evaluate all @code{fib} calls in
5556this formula.'' To make things easier still, we can tell Calc to
5557apply these rules automatically by storing them in the special
5558variable @code{EvalRules}.
5559
5560@smallexample
5561@group
55621: [fib(1) := ...] . 1: [8, 13]
5563 . .
5564
5565 s r fib @key{RET} s t EvalRules @key{RET} ' [fib(6), fib(7)] @key{RET}
5566@end group
5567@end smallexample
5568
5569It turns out that this rule set has the problem that it does far
5570more work than it needs to when @samp{n} is large. Consider the
5571first few steps of the computation of @samp{fib(6)}:
5572
5573@smallexample
5574@group
5575fib(6) =
5576fib(5) + fib(4) =
5577fib(4) + fib(3) + fib(3) + fib(2) =
5578fib(3) + fib(2) + fib(2) + fib(1) + fib(2) + fib(1) + 1 = ...
5579@end group
5580@end smallexample
5581
5582@noindent
5583Note that @samp{fib(3)} appears three times here. Unless Calc's
5584algebraic simplifier notices the multiple @samp{fib(3)}s and combines
5585them (and, as it happens, it doesn't), this rule set does lots of
5586needless recomputation. To cure the problem, type @code{s e EvalRules}
5587to edit the rules (or just @kbd{s E}, a shorthand command for editing
5588@code{EvalRules}) and add another condition:
5589
5590@smallexample
5591fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2) :: integer(n) :: n > 2 :: remember
5592@end smallexample
5593
5594@noindent
5595If a @samp{:: remember} condition appears anywhere in a rule, then if
5596that rule succeeds Calc will add another rule that describes that match
5597to the front of the rule set. (Remembering works in any rule set, but
5598for technical reasons it is most effective in @code{EvalRules}.) For
5599example, if the rule rewrites @samp{fib(7)} to something that evaluates
5600to 13, then the rule @samp{fib(7) := 13} will be added to the rule set.
5601
5602Type @kbd{' fib(8) @key{RET}} to compute the eighth Fibonacci number, then
5603type @kbd{s E} again to see what has happened to the rule set.
5604
5605With the @code{remember} feature, our rule set can now compute
5606@samp{fib(@var{n})} in just @var{n} steps. In the process it builds
5607up a table of all Fibonacci numbers up to @var{n}. After we have
5608computed the result for a particular @var{n}, we can get it back
5609(and the results for all smaller @var{n}) later in just one step.
5610
5611All Calc operations will run somewhat slower whenever @code{EvalRules}
5612contains any rules. You should type @kbd{s u EvalRules @key{RET}} now to
5613un-store the variable.
5614
5615(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Sometimes it is possible to reformulate
5616a problem to reduce the amount of recursion necessary to solve it.
5617Create a rule that, in about @var{n} simple steps and without recourse
5618to the @code{remember} option, replaces @samp{fib(@var{n}, 1, 1)} with
5619@samp{fib(1, @var{x}, @var{y})} where @var{x} and @var{y} are the
5620@var{n}th and @var{n+1}st Fibonacci numbers, respectively. This rule is
5621rather clunky to use, so add a couple more rules to make the ``user
5622interface'' the same as for our first version: enter @samp{fib(@var{n})},
5623get back a plain number. @xref{Rewrites Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
5624
5625There are many more things that rewrites can do. For example, there
5626are @samp{&&&} and @samp{|||} pattern operators that create ``and''
5627and ``or'' combinations of rules. As one really simple example, we
5628could combine our first two Fibonacci rules thusly:
5629
5630@example
5631[fib(1 ||| 2) := 1, fib(n) := ... ]
5632@end example
5633
5634@noindent
5635That means ``@code{fib} of something matching either 1 or 2 rewrites
5636to 1.''
5637
5638You can also make meta-variables optional by enclosing them in @code{opt}.
5639For example, the pattern @samp{a + b x} matches @samp{2 + 3 x} but not
5640@samp{2 + x} or @samp{3 x} or @samp{x}. The pattern @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x}
5641matches all of these forms, filling in a default of zero for @samp{a}
5642and one for @samp{b}.
5643
5644(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Your friend Joe had @samp{2 + 3 x}
5645on the stack and tried to use the rule
5646@samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x := f(a, b, x)}. What happened?
5647@xref{Rewrites Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
5648
5649(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Starting with a positive integer @expr{a},
5650divide @expr{a} by two if it is even, otherwise compute @expr{3 a + 1}.
5651Now repeat this step over and over. A famous unproved conjecture
5652is that for any starting @expr{a}, the sequence always eventually
5653reaches 1. Given the formula @samp{seq(@var{a}, 0)}, write a set of
5654rules that convert this into @samp{seq(1, @var{n})} where @var{n}
5655is the number of steps it took the sequence to reach the value 1.
5656Now enhance the rules to accept @samp{seq(@var{a})} as a starting
5657configuration, and to stop with just the number @var{n} by itself.
5658Now make the result be a vector of values in the sequence, from @var{a}
5659to 1. (The formula @samp{@var{x}|@var{y}} appends the vectors @var{x}
5660and @var{y}.) For example, rewriting @samp{seq(6)} should yield the
5661vector @expr{[6, 3, 10, 5, 16, 8, 4, 2, 1]}.
5662@xref{Rewrites Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5663
5664(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} Define, using rewrite rules, a function
5665@samp{nterms(@var{x})} that returns the number of terms in the sum
5666@var{x}, or 1 if @var{x} is not a sum. (A @dfn{sum} for our purposes
5667is one or more non-sum terms separated by @samp{+} or @samp{-} signs,
5668so that @expr{2 - 3 (x + y) + x y} is a sum of three terms.)
5669@xref{Rewrites Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
5670
5671(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} A Taylor series for a function is an
5672infinite series that exactly equals the value of that function at
5673values of @expr{x} near zero.
5674
5675@ifnottex
5676@example
5677cos(x) = 1 - x^2 / 2! + x^4 / 4! - x^6 / 6! + ...
5678@end example
5679@end ifnottex
5680@tex
5681\turnoffactive
5682\beforedisplay
5683$$ \cos x = 1 - {x^2 \over 2!} + {x^4 \over 4!} - {x^6 \over 6!} + \cdots $$
5684\afterdisplay
5685@end tex
5686
5687The @kbd{a t} command produces a @dfn{truncated Taylor series} which
5688is obtained by dropping all the terms higher than, say, @expr{x^2}.
5689Calc represents the truncated Taylor series as a polynomial in @expr{x}.
5690Mathematicians often write a truncated series using a ``big-O'' notation
5691that records what was the lowest term that was truncated.
5692
5693@ifnottex
5694@example
5695cos(x) = 1 - x^2 / 2! + O(x^3)
5696@end example
5697@end ifnottex
5698@tex
5699\turnoffactive
5700\beforedisplay
5701$$ \cos x = 1 - {x^2 \over 2!} + O(x^3) $$
5702\afterdisplay
5703@end tex
5704
5705@noindent
5706The meaning of @expr{O(x^3)} is ``a quantity which is negligibly small
5707if @expr{x^3} is considered negligibly small as @expr{x} goes to zero.''
5708
5709The exercise is to create rewrite rules that simplify sums and products of
5710power series represented as @samp{@var{polynomial} + O(@var{var}^@var{n})}.
5711For example, given @samp{1 - x^2 / 2 + O(x^3)} and @samp{x - x^3 / 6 + O(x^4)}
5712on the stack, we want to be able to type @kbd{*} and get the result
5713@samp{x - 2:3 x^3 + O(x^4)}. Don't worry if the terms of the sum are
5714rearranged or if @kbd{a s} needs to be typed after rewriting. (This one
5715is rather tricky; the solution at the end of this chapter uses 6 rewrite
5716rules. Hint: The @samp{constant(x)} condition tests whether @samp{x} is
5717a number.) @xref{Rewrites Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
5718
5719Just for kicks, try adding the rule @code{2+3 := 6} to @code{EvalRules}.
5720What happens? (Be sure to remove this rule afterward, or you might get
5721a nasty surprise when you use Calc to balance your checkbook!)
5722
5723@xref{Rewrite Rules}, for the whole story on rewrite rules.
5724
5725@node Programming Tutorial, Answers to Exercises, Algebra Tutorial, Tutorial
5726@section Programming Tutorial
5727
5728@noindent
5729The Calculator is written entirely in Emacs Lisp, a highly extensible
5730language. If you know Lisp, you can program the Calculator to do
5731anything you like. Rewrite rules also work as a powerful programming
5732system. But Lisp and rewrite rules take a while to master, and often
5733all you want to do is define a new function or repeat a command a few
5734times. Calc has features that allow you to do these things easily.
5735
5736One very limited form of programming is defining your own functions.
5737Calc's @kbd{Z F} command allows you to define a function name and
5738key sequence to correspond to any formula. Programming commands use
5739the shift-@kbd{Z} prefix; the user commands they create use the lower
5740case @kbd{z} prefix.
5741
5742@smallexample
5743@group
57441: 1 + x + x^2 / 2 + x^3 / 6 1: 1 + x + x^2 / 2 + x^3 / 6
5745 . .
5746
5747 ' 1 + x + x^2/2! + x^3/3! @key{RET} Z F e myexp @key{RET} @key{RET} @key{RET} y
5748@end group
5749@end smallexample
5750
5751This polynomial is a Taylor series approximation to @samp{exp(x)}.
5752The @kbd{Z F} command asks a number of questions. The above answers
5753say that the key sequence for our function should be @kbd{z e}; the
5754@kbd{M-x} equivalent should be @code{calc-myexp}; the name of the
5755function in algebraic formulas should also be @code{myexp}; the
5756default argument list @samp{(x)} is acceptable; and finally @kbd{y}
5757answers the question ``leave it in symbolic form for non-constant
5758arguments?''
5759
5760@smallexample
5761@group
57621: 1.3495 2: 1.3495 3: 1.3495
5763 . 1: 1.34986 2: 1.34986
5764 . 1: myexp(a + 1)
5765 .
5766
5767 .3 z e .3 E ' a+1 @key{RET} z e
5768@end group
5769@end smallexample
5770
5771@noindent
5772First we call our new @code{exp} approximation with 0.3 as an
5773argument, and compare it with the true @code{exp} function. Then
5774we note that, as requested, if we try to give @kbd{z e} an
5775argument that isn't a plain number, it leaves the @code{myexp}
5776function call in symbolic form. If we had answered @kbd{n} to the
5777final question, @samp{myexp(a + 1)} would have evaluated by plugging
5778in @samp{a + 1} for @samp{x} in the defining formula.
5779
5780@cindex Sine integral Si(x)
5781@ignore
5782@starindex
5783@end ignore
5784@tindex Si
5785(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} The ``sine integral'' function
5786@texline @math{{\rm Si}(x)}
5787@infoline @expr{Si(x)}
5788is defined as the integral of @samp{sin(t)/t} for
5789@expr{t = 0} to @expr{x} in radians. (It was invented because this
5790integral has no solution in terms of basic functions; if you give it
5791to Calc's @kbd{a i} command, it will ponder it for a long time and then
5792give up.) We can use the numerical integration command, however,
5793which in algebraic notation is written like @samp{ninteg(f(t), t, 0, x)}
5794with any integrand @samp{f(t)}. Define a @kbd{z s} command and
5795@code{Si} function that implement this. You will need to edit the
5796default argument list a bit. As a test, @samp{Si(1)} should return
57970.946083. (If you don't get this answer, you might want to check that
5798Calc is in Radians mode. Also, @code{ninteg} will run a lot faster if
5799you reduce the precision to, say, six digits beforehand.)
5800@xref{Programming Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
5801
5802The simplest way to do real ``programming'' of Emacs is to define a
5803@dfn{keyboard macro}. A keyboard macro is simply a sequence of
5804keystrokes which Emacs has stored away and can play back on demand.
5805For example, if you find yourself typing @kbd{H a S x @key{RET}} often,
5806you may wish to program a keyboard macro to type this for you.
5807
5808@smallexample
5809@group
58101: y = sqrt(x) 1: x = y^2
5811 . .
5812
5813 ' y=sqrt(x) @key{RET} C-x ( H a S x @key{RET} C-x )
5814
58151: y = cos(x) 1: x = s1 arccos(y) + 2 pi n1
5816 . .
5817
5818 ' y=cos(x) @key{RET} X
5819@end group
5820@end smallexample
5821
5822@noindent
5823When you type @kbd{C-x (}, Emacs begins recording. But it is also
5824still ready to execute your keystrokes, so you're really ``training''
5825Emacs by walking it through the procedure once. When you type
5826@w{@kbd{C-x )}}, the macro is recorded. You can now type @kbd{X} to
5827re-execute the same keystrokes.
5828
5829You can give a name to your macro by typing @kbd{Z K}.
5830
5831@smallexample
5832@group
58331: . 1: y = x^4 1: x = s2 sqrt(s1 sqrt(y))
5834 . .
5835
5836 Z K x @key{RET} ' y=x^4 @key{RET} z x
5837@end group
5838@end smallexample
5839
5840@noindent
5841Notice that we use shift-@kbd{Z} to define the command, and lower-case
5842@kbd{z} to call it up.
5843
5844Keyboard macros can call other macros.
5845
5846@smallexample
5847@group
58481: abs(x) 1: x = s1 y 1: 2 / x 1: x = 2 / y
5849 . . . .
5850
5851 ' abs(x) @key{RET} C-x ( ' y @key{RET} a = z x C-x ) ' 2/x @key{RET} X
5852@end group
5853@end smallexample
5854
5855(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Define a keyboard macro to negate
5856the item in level 3 of the stack, without disturbing the rest of
5857the stack. @xref{Programming Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
5858
5859(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Define keyboard macros to compute
5860the following functions:
5861
5862@enumerate
5863@item
5864Compute
5865@texline @math{\displaystyle{\sin x \over x}},
5866@infoline @expr{sin(x) / x},
5867where @expr{x} is the number on the top of the stack.
5868
5869@item
5870Compute the base-@expr{b} logarithm, just like the @kbd{B} key except
5871the arguments are taken in the opposite order.
5872
5873@item
5874Produce a vector of integers from 1 to the integer on the top of
5875the stack.
5876@end enumerate
5877@noindent
5878@xref{Programming Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
5879
5880(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Define a keyboard macro to compute
5881the average (mean) value of a list of numbers.
5882@xref{Programming Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5883
5884In many programs, some of the steps must execute several times.
5885Calc has @dfn{looping} commands that allow this. Loops are useful
5886inside keyboard macros, but actually work at any time.
5887
5888@smallexample
5889@group
58901: x^6 2: x^6 1: 360 x^2
5891 . 1: 4 .
5892 .
5893
5894 ' x^6 @key{RET} 4 Z < a d x @key{RET} Z >
5895@end group
5896@end smallexample
5897
5898@noindent
5899Here we have computed the fourth derivative of @expr{x^6} by
5900enclosing a derivative command in a ``repeat loop'' structure.
5901This structure pops a repeat count from the stack, then
5902executes the body of the loop that many times.
5903
5904If you make a mistake while entering the body of the loop,
5905type @w{@kbd{Z C-g}} to cancel the loop command.
5906
5907@cindex Fibonacci numbers
5908Here's another example:
5909
5910@smallexample
5911@group
59123: 1 2: 10946
59132: 1 1: 17711
59141: 20 .
5915 .
5916
59171 @key{RET} @key{RET} 20 Z < @key{TAB} C-j + Z >
5918@end group
5919@end smallexample
5920
5921@noindent
5922The numbers in levels 2 and 1 should be the 21st and 22nd Fibonacci
5923numbers, respectively. (To see what's going on, try a few repetitions
5924of the loop body by hand; @kbd{C-j}, also on the Line-Feed or @key{LFD}
5925key if you have one, makes a copy of the number in level 2.)
5926
5927@cindex Golden ratio
5928@cindex Phi, golden ratio
5929A fascinating property of the Fibonacci numbers is that the @expr{n}th
5930Fibonacci number can be found directly by computing
5931@texline @math{\phi^n / \sqrt{5}}
5932@infoline @expr{phi^n / sqrt(5)}
5933and then rounding to the nearest integer, where
5934@texline @math{\phi} (``phi''),
5935@infoline @expr{phi},
5936the ``golden ratio,'' is
5937@texline @math{(1 + \sqrt{5}) / 2}.
5938@infoline @expr{(1 + sqrt(5)) / 2}.
5939(For convenience, this constant is available from the @code{phi}
5940variable, or the @kbd{I H P} command.)
5941
5942@smallexample
5943@group
59441: 1.61803 1: 24476.0000409 1: 10945.9999817 1: 10946
5945 . . . .
5946
5947 I H P 21 ^ 5 Q / R
5948@end group
5949@end smallexample
5950
5951@cindex Continued fractions
5952(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} The @dfn{continued fraction}
5953representation of
5954@texline @math{\phi}
5955@infoline @expr{phi}
5956is
5957@texline @math{1 + 1/(1 + 1/(1 + 1/( \ldots )))}.
5958@infoline @expr{1 + 1/(1 + 1/(1 + 1/( ...@: )))}.
5959We can compute an approximate value by carrying this however far
5960and then replacing the innermost
5961@texline @math{1/( \ldots )}
5962@infoline @expr{1/( ...@: )}
5963by 1. Approximate
5964@texline @math{\phi}
5965@infoline @expr{phi}
5966using a twenty-term continued fraction.
5967@xref{Programming Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
5968
5969(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} Linear recurrences like the one for
5970Fibonacci numbers can be expressed in terms of matrices. Given a
5971vector @w{@expr{[a, b]}} determine a matrix which, when multiplied by this
5972vector, produces the vector @expr{[b, c]}, where @expr{a}, @expr{b} and
5973@expr{c} are three successive Fibonacci numbers. Now write a program
5974that, given an integer @expr{n}, computes the @expr{n}th Fibonacci number
5975using matrix arithmetic. @xref{Programming Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
5976
5977@cindex Harmonic numbers
5978A more sophisticated kind of loop is the @dfn{for} loop. Suppose
5979we wish to compute the 20th ``harmonic'' number, which is equal to
5980the sum of the reciprocals of the integers from 1 to 20.
5981
5982@smallexample
5983@group
59843: 0 1: 3.597739
59852: 1 .
59861: 20
5987 .
5988
59890 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 20 Z ( & + 1 Z )
5990@end group
5991@end smallexample
5992
5993@noindent
5994The ``for'' loop pops two numbers, the lower and upper limits, then
5995repeats the body of the loop as an internal counter increases from
5996the lower limit to the upper one. Just before executing the loop
5997body, it pushes the current loop counter. When the loop body
5998finishes, it pops the ``step,'' i.e., the amount by which to
5999increment the loop counter. As you can see, our loop always
6000uses a step of one.
6001
6002This harmonic number function uses the stack to hold the running
6003total as well as for the various loop housekeeping functions. If
6004you find this disorienting, you can sum in a variable instead:
6005
6006@smallexample
6007@group
60081: 0 2: 1 . 1: 3.597739
6009 . 1: 20 .
6010 .
6011
6012 0 t 7 1 @key{RET} 20 Z ( & s + 7 1 Z ) r 7
6013@end group
6014@end smallexample
6015
6016@noindent
6017The @kbd{s +} command adds the top-of-stack into the value in a
6018variable (and removes that value from the stack).
6019
6020It's worth noting that many jobs that call for a ``for'' loop can
6021also be done more easily by Calc's high-level operations. Two
6022other ways to compute harmonic numbers are to use vector mapping
6023and reduction (@kbd{v x 20}, then @w{@kbd{V M &}}, then @kbd{V R +}),
6024or to use the summation command @kbd{a +}. Both of these are
6025probably easier than using loops. However, there are some
6026situations where loops really are the way to go:
6027
6028(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} Use a ``for'' loop to find the first
6029harmonic number which is greater than 4.0.
6030@xref{Programming Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
6031
6032Of course, if we're going to be using variables in our programs,
6033we have to worry about the programs clobbering values that the
6034caller was keeping in those same variables. This is easy to
6035fix, though:
6036
6037@smallexample
6038@group
6039 . 1: 0.6667 1: 0.6667 3: 0.6667
6040 . . 2: 3.597739
6041 1: 0.6667
6042 .
6043
6044 Z ` p 4 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 / s 7 s s a @key{RET} Z ' r 7 s r a @key{RET}
6045@end group
6046@end smallexample
6047
6048@noindent
6049When we type @kbd{Z `} (that's a back-quote character), Calc saves
6050its mode settings and the contents of the ten ``quick variables''
6051for later reference. When we type @kbd{Z '} (that's an apostrophe
6052now), Calc restores those saved values. Thus the @kbd{p 4} and
6053@kbd{s 7} commands have no effect outside this sequence. Wrapping
6054this around the body of a keyboard macro ensures that it doesn't
6055interfere with what the user of the macro was doing. Notice that
6056the contents of the stack, and the values of named variables,
6057survive past the @kbd{Z '} command.
6058
6059@cindex Bernoulli numbers, approximate
6060The @dfn{Bernoulli numbers} are a sequence with the interesting
6061property that all of the odd Bernoulli numbers are zero, and the
6062even ones, while difficult to compute, can be roughly approximated
6063by the formula
6064@texline @math{\displaystyle{2 n! \over (2 \pi)^n}}.
6065@infoline @expr{2 n!@: / (2 pi)^n}.
6066Let's write a keyboard macro to compute (approximate) Bernoulli numbers.
6067(Calc has a command, @kbd{k b}, to compute exact Bernoulli numbers, but
6068this command is very slow for large @expr{n} since the higher Bernoulli
6069numbers are very large fractions.)
6070
6071@smallexample
6072@group
60731: 10 1: 0.0756823
6074 . .
6075
6076 10 C-x ( @key{RET} 2 % Z [ @key{DEL} 0 Z : ' 2 $! / (2 pi)^$ @key{RET} = Z ] C-x )
6077@end group
6078@end smallexample
6079
6080@noindent
6081You can read @kbd{Z [} as ``then,'' @kbd{Z :} as ``else,'' and
6082@kbd{Z ]} as ``end-if.'' There is no need for an explicit ``if''
6083command. For the purposes of @w{@kbd{Z [}}, the condition is ``true''
6084if the value it pops from the stack is a nonzero number, or ``false''
6085if it pops zero or something that is not a number (like a formula).
6086Here we take our integer argument modulo 2; this will be nonzero
6087if we're asking for an odd Bernoulli number.
6088
6089The actual tenth Bernoulli number is @expr{5/66}.
6090
6091@smallexample
6092@group
60933: 0.0756823 1: 0 1: 0.25305 1: 0 1: 1.16659
60942: 5:66 . . . .
60951: 0.0757575
6096 .
6097
609810 k b @key{RET} c f M-0 @key{DEL} 11 X @key{DEL} 12 X @key{DEL} 13 X @key{DEL} 14 X
6099@end group
6100@end smallexample
6101
6102Just to exercise loops a bit more, let's compute a table of even
6103Bernoulli numbers.
6104
6105@smallexample
6106@group
61073: [] 1: [0.10132, 0.03079, 0.02340, 0.033197, ...]
61082: 2 .
61091: 30
6110 .
6111
6112 [ ] 2 @key{RET} 30 Z ( X | 2 Z )
6113@end group
6114@end smallexample
6115
6116@noindent
6117The vertical-bar @kbd{|} is the vector-concatenation command. When
6118we execute it, the list we are building will be in stack level 2
6119(initially this is an empty list), and the next Bernoulli number
6120will be in level 1. The effect is to append the Bernoulli number
6121onto the end of the list. (To create a table of exact fractional
6122Bernoulli numbers, just replace @kbd{X} with @kbd{k b} in the above
6123sequence of keystrokes.)
6124
6125With loops and conditionals, you can program essentially anything
6126in Calc. One other command that makes looping easier is @kbd{Z /},
6127which takes a condition from the stack and breaks out of the enclosing
6128loop if the condition is true (non-zero). You can use this to make
6129``while'' and ``until'' style loops.
6130
6131If you make a mistake when entering a keyboard macro, you can edit
6132it using @kbd{Z E}. First, you must attach it to a key with @kbd{Z K}.
6133One technique is to enter a throwaway dummy definition for the macro,
6134then enter the real one in the edit command.
6135
6136@smallexample
6137@group
61381: 3 1: 3 Calc Macro Edit Mode.
6139 . . Original keys: 1 <return> 2 +
6140
6141 1 ;; calc digits
6142 RET ;; calc-enter
6143 2 ;; calc digits
6144 + ;; calc-plus
6145
6146C-x ( 1 @key{RET} 2 + C-x ) Z K h @key{RET} Z E h
6147@end group
6148@end smallexample
6149
6150@noindent
6151A keyboard macro is stored as a pure keystroke sequence. The
6152@file{edmacro} package (invoked by @kbd{Z E}) scans along the
6153macro and tries to decode it back into human-readable steps.
6154Descriptions of the keystrokes are given as comments, which begin with
6155@samp{;;}, and which are ignored when the edited macro is saved.
6156Spaces and line breaks are also ignored when the edited macro is saved.
6157To enter a space into the macro, type @code{SPC}. All the special
6158characters @code{RET}, @code{LFD}, @code{TAB}, @code{SPC}, @code{DEL},
6159and @code{NUL} must be written in all uppercase, as must the prefixes
6160@code{C-} and @code{M-}.
6161
6162Let's edit in a new definition, for computing harmonic numbers.
6163First, erase the four lines of the old definition. Then, type
6164in the new definition (or use Emacs @kbd{M-w} and @kbd{C-y} commands
6165to copy it from this page of the Info file; you can of course skip
6166typing the comments, which begin with @samp{;;}).
6167
6168@smallexample
6169Z` ;; calc-kbd-push (Save local values)
61700 ;; calc digits (Push a zero onto the stack)
6171st ;; calc-store-into (Store it in the following variable)
61721 ;; calc quick variable (Quick variable q1)
61731 ;; calc digits (Initial value for the loop)
6174TAB ;; calc-roll-down (Swap initial and final)
6175Z( ;; calc-kbd-for (Begin the "for" loop)
6176& ;; calc-inv (Take the reciprocal)
6177s+ ;; calc-store-plus (Add to the following variable)
61781 ;; calc quick variable (Quick variable q1)
61791 ;; calc digits (The loop step is 1)
6180Z) ;; calc-kbd-end-for (End the "for" loop)
6181sr ;; calc-recall (Recall the final accumulated value)
61821 ;; calc quick variable (Quick variable q1)
6183Z' ;; calc-kbd-pop (Restore values)
6184@end smallexample
6185
6186@noindent
6187Press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing and return to the Calculator.
6188
6189@smallexample
6190@group
61911: 20 1: 3.597739
6192 . .
6193
6194 20 z h
6195@end group
6196@end smallexample
6197
6198The @file{edmacro} package defines a handy @code{read-kbd-macro} command
6199which reads the current region of the current buffer as a sequence of
6200keystroke names, and defines that sequence on the @kbd{X}
6201(and @kbd{C-x e}) key. Because this is so useful, Calc puts this
6202command on the @kbd{C-x * m} key. Try reading in this macro in the
6203following form: Press @kbd{C-@@} (or @kbd{C-@key{SPC}}) at
6204one end of the text below, then type @kbd{C-x * m} at the other.
6205
6206@example
6207@group
6208Z ` 0 t 1
6209 1 TAB
6210 Z ( & s + 1 1 Z )
6211 r 1
6212Z '
6213@end group
6214@end example
6215
6216(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} A general algorithm for solving
6217equations numerically is @dfn{Newton's Method}. Given the equation
6218@expr{f(x) = 0} for any function @expr{f}, and an initial guess
6219@expr{x_0} which is reasonably close to the desired solution, apply
6220this formula over and over:
6221
6222@ifnottex
6223@example
6224new_x = x - f(x)/f'(x)
6225@end example
6226@end ifnottex
6227@tex
6228\beforedisplay
6229$$ x_{\rm new} = x - {f(x) \over f'(x)} $$
6230\afterdisplay
6231@end tex
6232
6233@noindent
6234where @expr{f'(x)} is the derivative of @expr{f}. The @expr{x}
6235values will quickly converge to a solution, i.e., eventually
6236@texline @math{x_{\rm new}}
6237@infoline @expr{new_x}
6238and @expr{x} will be equal to within the limits
6239of the current precision. Write a program which takes a formula
6240involving the variable @expr{x}, and an initial guess @expr{x_0},
6241on the stack, and produces a value of @expr{x} for which the formula
6242is zero. Use it to find a solution of
6243@texline @math{\sin(\cos x) = 0.5}
6244@infoline @expr{sin(cos(x)) = 0.5}
6245near @expr{x = 4.5}. (Use angles measured in radians.) Note that
6246the built-in @w{@kbd{a R}} (@code{calc-find-root}) command uses Newton's
6247method when it is able. @xref{Programming Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
6248
6249@cindex Digamma function
6250@cindex Gamma constant, Euler's
6251@cindex Euler's gamma constant
6252(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} The @dfn{digamma} function
6253@texline @math{\psi(z) (``psi'')}
6254@infoline @expr{psi(z)}
6255is defined as the derivative of
6256@texline @math{\ln \Gamma(z)}.
6257@infoline @expr{ln(gamma(z))}.
6258For large values of @expr{z}, it can be approximated by the infinite sum
6259
6260@ifnottex
6261@example
6262psi(z) ~= ln(z) - 1/2z - sum(bern(2 n) / 2 n z^(2 n), n, 1, inf)
6263@end example
6264@end ifnottex
6265@tex
6266\beforedisplay
6267$$ \psi(z) \approx \ln z - {1\over2z} -
6268 \sum_{n=1}^\infty {\code{bern}(2 n) \over 2 n z^{2n}}
6269$$
6270\afterdisplay
6271@end tex
6272
6273@noindent
6274where
6275@texline @math{\sum}
6276@infoline @expr{sum}
6277represents the sum over @expr{n} from 1 to infinity
6278(or to some limit high enough to give the desired accuracy), and
6279the @code{bern} function produces (exact) Bernoulli numbers.
6280While this sum is not guaranteed to converge, in practice it is safe.
6281An interesting mathematical constant is Euler's gamma, which is equal
6282to about 0.5772. One way to compute it is by the formula,
6283@texline @math{\gamma = -\psi(1)}.
6284@infoline @expr{gamma = -psi(1)}.
6285Unfortunately, 1 isn't a large enough argument
6286for the above formula to work (5 is a much safer value for @expr{z}).
6287Fortunately, we can compute
6288@texline @math{\psi(1)}
6289@infoline @expr{psi(1)}
6290from
6291@texline @math{\psi(5)}
6292@infoline @expr{psi(5)}
6293using the recurrence
6294@texline @math{\psi(z+1) = \psi(z) + {1 \over z}}.
6295@infoline @expr{psi(z+1) = psi(z) + 1/z}.
6296Your task: Develop a program to compute
6297@texline @math{\psi(z)};
6298@infoline @expr{psi(z)};
6299it should ``pump up'' @expr{z}
6300if necessary to be greater than 5, then use the above summation
6301formula. Use looping commands to compute the sum. Use your function
6302to compute
6303@texline @math{\gamma}
6304@infoline @expr{gamma}
6305to twelve decimal places. (Calc has a built-in command
6306for Euler's constant, @kbd{I P}, which you can use to check your answer.)
6307@xref{Programming Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
6308
6309@cindex Polynomial, list of coefficients
6310(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} Given a polynomial in @expr{x} and
6311a number @expr{m} on the stack, where the polynomial is of degree
6312@expr{m} or less (i.e., does not have any terms higher than @expr{x^m}),
6313write a program to convert the polynomial into a list-of-coefficients
6314notation. For example, @expr{5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2} with @expr{m = 6}
6315should produce the list @expr{[1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]}. Also develop
6316a way to convert from this form back to the standard algebraic form.
6317@xref{Programming Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
6318
6319@cindex Recursion
6320(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} The @dfn{Stirling numbers of the
6321first kind} are defined by the recurrences,
6322
6323@ifnottex
6324@example
6325s(n,n) = 1 for n >= 0,
6326s(n,0) = 0 for n > 0,
6327s(n+1,m) = s(n,m-1) - n s(n,m) for n >= m >= 1.
6328@end example
6329@end ifnottex
6330@tex
6331\turnoffactive
6332\beforedisplay
6333$$ \eqalign{ s(n,n) &= 1 \qquad \hbox{for } n \ge 0, \cr
6334 s(n,0) &= 0 \qquad \hbox{for } n > 0, \cr
6335 s(n+1,m) &= s(n,m-1) - n \, s(n,m) \qquad
6336 \hbox{for } n \ge m \ge 1.}
6337$$
6338\afterdisplay
6339\vskip5pt
6340(These numbers are also sometimes written $\displaystyle{n \brack m}$.)
6341@end tex
6342
6343This can be implemented using a @dfn{recursive} program in Calc; the
6344program must invoke itself in order to calculate the two righthand
6345terms in the general formula. Since it always invokes itself with
6346``simpler'' arguments, it's easy to see that it must eventually finish
6347the computation. Recursion is a little difficult with Emacs keyboard
6348macros since the macro is executed before its definition is complete.
6349So here's the recommended strategy: Create a ``dummy macro'' and assign
6350it to a key with, e.g., @kbd{Z K s}. Now enter the true definition,
6351using the @kbd{z s} command to call itself recursively, then assign it
6352to the same key with @kbd{Z K s}. Now the @kbd{z s} command will run
6353the complete recursive program. (Another way is to use @w{@kbd{Z E}}
6354or @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) to read the whole macro at once,
6355thus avoiding the ``training'' phase.) The task: Write a program
6356that computes Stirling numbers of the first kind, given @expr{n} and
6357@expr{m} on the stack. Test it with @emph{small} inputs like
6358@expr{s(4,2)}. (There is a built-in command for Stirling numbers,
6359@kbd{k s}, which you can use to check your answers.)
6360@xref{Programming Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
6361
6362The programming commands we've seen in this part of the tutorial
6363are low-level, general-purpose operations. Often you will find
6364that a higher-level function, such as vector mapping or rewrite
6365rules, will do the job much more easily than a detailed, step-by-step
6366program can:
6367
6368(@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} Write another program for
6369computing Stirling numbers of the first kind, this time using
6370rewrite rules. Once again, @expr{n} and @expr{m} should be taken
6371from the stack. @xref{Programming Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
6372
6373@example
6374
6375@end example
6376This ends the tutorial section of the Calc manual. Now you know enough
6377about Calc to use it effectively for many kinds of calculations. But
6378Calc has many features that were not even touched upon in this tutorial.
6379@c [not-split]
6380The rest of this manual tells the whole story.
6381@c [when-split]
6382@c Volume II of this manual, the @dfn{Calc Reference}, tells the whole story.
6383
6384@page
6385@node Answers to Exercises, , Programming Tutorial, Tutorial
6386@section Answers to Exercises
6387
6388@noindent
6389This section includes answers to all the exercises in the Calc tutorial.
6390
6391@menu
6392* RPN Answer 1:: 1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -
6393* RPN Answer 2:: 2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4
6394* RPN Answer 3:: Operating on levels 2 and 3
6395* RPN Answer 4:: Joe's complex problems
6396* Algebraic Answer 1:: Simulating Q command
6397* Algebraic Answer 2:: Joe's algebraic woes
6398* Algebraic Answer 3:: 1 / 0
6399* Modes Answer 1:: 3#0.1 = 3#0.0222222?
6400* Modes Answer 2:: 16#f.e8fe15
6401* Modes Answer 3:: Joe's rounding bug
6402* Modes Answer 4:: Why floating point?
6403* Arithmetic Answer 1:: Why the \ command?
6404* Arithmetic Answer 2:: Tripping up the B command
6405* Vector Answer 1:: Normalizing a vector
6406* Vector Answer 2:: Average position
6407* Matrix Answer 1:: Row and column sums
6408* Matrix Answer 2:: Symbolic system of equations
6409* Matrix Answer 3:: Over-determined system
6410* List Answer 1:: Powers of two
6411* List Answer 2:: Least-squares fit with matrices
6412* List Answer 3:: Geometric mean
6413* List Answer 4:: Divisor function
6414* List Answer 5:: Duplicate factors
6415* List Answer 6:: Triangular list
6416* List Answer 7:: Another triangular list
6417* List Answer 8:: Maximum of Bessel function
6418* List Answer 9:: Integers the hard way
6419* List Answer 10:: All elements equal
6420* List Answer 11:: Estimating pi with darts
6421* List Answer 12:: Estimating pi with matchsticks
6422* List Answer 13:: Hash codes
6423* List Answer 14:: Random walk
6424* Types Answer 1:: Square root of pi times rational
6425* Types Answer 2:: Infinities
6426* Types Answer 3:: What can "nan" be?
6427* Types Answer 4:: Abbey Road
6428* Types Answer 5:: Friday the 13th
6429* Types Answer 6:: Leap years
6430* Types Answer 7:: Erroneous donut
6431* Types Answer 8:: Dividing intervals
6432* Types Answer 9:: Squaring intervals
6433* Types Answer 10:: Fermat's primality test
6434* Types Answer 11:: pi * 10^7 seconds
6435* Types Answer 12:: Abbey Road on CD
6436* Types Answer 13:: Not quite pi * 10^7 seconds
6437* Types Answer 14:: Supercomputers and c
6438* Types Answer 15:: Sam the Slug
6439* Algebra Answer 1:: Squares and square roots
6440* Algebra Answer 2:: Building polynomial from roots
6441* Algebra Answer 3:: Integral of x sin(pi x)
6442* Algebra Answer 4:: Simpson's rule
6443* Rewrites Answer 1:: Multiplying by conjugate
6444* Rewrites Answer 2:: Alternative fib rule
6445* Rewrites Answer 3:: Rewriting opt(a) + opt(b) x
6446* Rewrites Answer 4:: Sequence of integers
6447* Rewrites Answer 5:: Number of terms in sum
6448* Rewrites Answer 6:: Truncated Taylor series
6449* Programming Answer 1:: Fresnel's C(x)
6450* Programming Answer 2:: Negate third stack element
6451* Programming Answer 3:: Compute sin(x) / x, etc.
6452* Programming Answer 4:: Average value of a list
6453* Programming Answer 5:: Continued fraction phi
6454* Programming Answer 6:: Matrix Fibonacci numbers
6455* Programming Answer 7:: Harmonic number greater than 4
6456* Programming Answer 8:: Newton's method
6457* Programming Answer 9:: Digamma function
6458* Programming Answer 10:: Unpacking a polynomial
6459* Programming Answer 11:: Recursive Stirling numbers
6460* Programming Answer 12:: Stirling numbers with rewrites
6461@end menu
6462
6463@c The following kludgery prevents the individual answers from
6464@c being entered on the table of contents.
6465@tex
6466\global\let\oldwrite=\write
6467\gdef\skipwrite#1#2{\let\write=\oldwrite}
6468\global\let\oldchapternofonts=\chapternofonts
6469\gdef\chapternofonts{\let\write=\skipwrite\oldchapternofonts}
6470@end tex
6471
6472@node RPN Answer 1, RPN Answer 2, Answers to Exercises, Answers to Exercises
6473@subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 1
6474
6475@noindent
6476@kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -}
6477
6478The result is
6479@texline @math{1 - (2 \times (3 + 4)) = -13}.
6480@infoline @expr{1 - (2 * (3 + 4)) = -13}.
6481
6482@node RPN Answer 2, RPN Answer 3, RPN Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6483@subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 2
6484
6485@noindent
6486@texline @math{2\times4 + 7\times9.5 + {5\over4} = 75.75}
6487@infoline @expr{2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4 = 75.75}
6488
6489After computing the intermediate term
6490@texline @math{2\times4 = 8},
6491@infoline @expr{2*4 = 8},
6492you can leave that result on the stack while you compute the second
6493term. With both of these results waiting on the stack you can then
6494compute the final term, then press @kbd{+ +} to add everything up.
6495
6496@smallexample
6497@group
64982: 2 1: 8 3: 8 2: 8
64991: 4 . 2: 7 1: 66.5
6500 . 1: 9.5 .
6501 .
6502
6503 2 @key{RET} 4 * 7 @key{RET} 9.5 *
6504
6505@end group
6506@end smallexample
6507@noindent
6508@smallexample
6509@group
65104: 8 3: 8 2: 8 1: 75.75
65113: 66.5 2: 66.5 1: 67.75 .
65122: 5 1: 1.25 .
65131: 4 .
6514 .
6515
6516 5 @key{RET} 4 / + +
6517@end group
6518@end smallexample
6519
6520Alternatively, you could add the first two terms before going on
6521with the third term.
6522
6523@smallexample
6524@group
65252: 8 1: 74.5 3: 74.5 2: 74.5 1: 75.75
65261: 66.5 . 2: 5 1: 1.25 .
6527 . 1: 4 .
6528 .
6529
6530 ... + 5 @key{RET} 4 / +
6531@end group
6532@end smallexample
6533
6534On an old-style RPN calculator this second method would have the
6535advantage of using only three stack levels. But since Calc's stack
6536can grow arbitrarily large this isn't really an issue. Which method
6537you choose is purely a matter of taste.
6538
6539@node RPN Answer 3, RPN Answer 4, RPN Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6540@subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 3
6541
6542@noindent
6543The @key{TAB} key provides a way to operate on the number in level 2.
6544
6545@smallexample
6546@group
65473: 10 3: 10 4: 10 3: 10 3: 10
65482: 20 2: 30 3: 30 2: 30 2: 21
65491: 30 1: 20 2: 20 1: 21 1: 30
6550 . . 1: 1 . .
6551 .
6552
6553 @key{TAB} 1 + @key{TAB}
6554@end group
6555@end smallexample
6556
6557Similarly, @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} gives you access to the number in level 3.
6558
6559@smallexample
6560@group
65613: 10 3: 21 3: 21 3: 30 3: 11
65622: 21 2: 30 2: 30 2: 11 2: 21
65631: 30 1: 10 1: 11 1: 21 1: 30
6564 . . . . .
6565
6566 M-@key{TAB} 1 + M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB}
6567@end group
6568@end smallexample
6569
6570@node RPN Answer 4, Algebraic Answer 1, RPN Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6571@subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 4
6572
6573@noindent
6574Either @kbd{( 2 , 3 )} or @kbd{( 2 @key{SPC} 3 )} would have worked,
6575but using both the comma and the space at once yields:
6576
6577@smallexample
6578@group
65791: ( ... 2: ( ... 1: (2, ... 2: (2, ... 2: (2, ...
6580 . 1: 2 . 1: (2, ... 1: (2, 3)
6581 . . .
6582
6583 ( 2 , @key{SPC} 3 )
6584@end group
6585@end smallexample
6586
6587Joe probably tried to type @kbd{@key{TAB} @key{DEL}} to swap the
6588extra incomplete object to the top of the stack and delete it.
6589But a feature of Calc is that @key{DEL} on an incomplete object
6590deletes just one component out of that object, so he had to press
6591@key{DEL} twice to finish the job.
6592
6593@smallexample
6594@group
65952: (2, ... 2: (2, 3) 2: (2, 3) 1: (2, 3)
65961: (2, 3) 1: (2, ... 1: ( ... .
6597 . . .
6598
6599 @key{TAB} @key{DEL} @key{DEL}
6600@end group
6601@end smallexample
6602
6603(As it turns out, deleting the second-to-top stack entry happens often
6604enough that Calc provides a special key, @kbd{M-@key{DEL}}, to do just that.
6605@kbd{M-@key{DEL}} is just like @kbd{@key{TAB} @key{DEL}}, except that it doesn't exhibit
6606the ``feature'' that tripped poor Joe.)
6607
6608@node Algebraic Answer 1, Algebraic Answer 2, RPN Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
6609@subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 1
6610
6611@noindent
6612Type @kbd{' sqrt($) @key{RET}}.
6613
6614If the @kbd{Q} key is broken, you could use @kbd{' $^0.5 @key{RET}}.
6615Or, RPN style, @kbd{0.5 ^}.
6616
6617(Actually, @samp{$^1:2}, using the fraction one-half as the power, is
6618a closer equivalent, since @samp{9^0.5} yields @expr{3.0} whereas
6619@samp{sqrt(9)} and @samp{9^1:2} yield the exact integer @expr{3}.)
6620
6621@node Algebraic Answer 2, Algebraic Answer 3, Algebraic Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6622@subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 2
6623
6624@noindent
6625In the formula @samp{2 x (1+y)}, @samp{x} was interpreted as a function
6626name with @samp{1+y} as its argument. Assigning a value to a variable
6627has no relation to a function by the same name. Joe needed to use an
6628explicit @samp{*} symbol here: @samp{2 x*(1+y)}.
6629
6630@node Algebraic Answer 3, Modes Answer 1, Algebraic Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6631@subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 3
6632
6633@noindent
6634The result from @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} will be the formula @expr{1 / 0}.
6635The ``function'' @samp{/} cannot be evaluated when its second argument
6636is zero, so it is left in symbolic form. When you now type @kbd{0 *},
6637the result will be zero because Calc uses the general rule that ``zero
6638times anything is zero.''
6639
6640@c [fix-ref Infinities]
6641The @kbd{m i} command enables an @dfn{Infinite mode} in which @expr{1 / 0}
6642results in a special symbol that represents ``infinity.'' If you
6643multiply infinity by zero, Calc uses another special new symbol to
6644show that the answer is ``indeterminate.'' @xref{Infinities}, for
6645further discussion of infinite and indeterminate values.
6646
6647@node Modes Answer 1, Modes Answer 2, Algebraic Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6648@subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 1
6649
6650@noindent
6651Calc always stores its numbers in decimal, so even though one-third has
6652an exact base-3 representation (@samp{3#0.1}), it is still stored as
66530.3333333 (chopped off after 12 or however many decimal digits) inside
6654the calculator's memory. When this inexact number is converted back
6655to base 3 for display, it may still be slightly inexact. When we
6656multiply this number by 3, we get 0.999999, also an inexact value.
6657
6658When Calc displays a number in base 3, it has to decide how many digits
6659to show. If the current precision is 12 (decimal) digits, that corresponds
6660to @samp{12 / log10(3) = 25.15} base-3 digits. Because 25.15 is not an
6661exact integer, Calc shows only 25 digits, with the result that stored
6662numbers carry a little bit of extra information that may not show up on
6663the screen. When Joe entered @samp{3#0.2}, the stored number 0.666666
6664happened to round to a pleasing value when it lost that last 0.15 of a
6665digit, but it was still inexact in Calc's memory. When he divided by 2,
6666he still got the dreaded inexact value 0.333333. (Actually, he divided
66670.666667 by 2 to get 0.333334, which is why he got something a little
6668higher than @code{3#0.1} instead of a little lower.)
6669
6670If Joe didn't want to be bothered with all this, he could have typed
6671@kbd{M-24 d n} to display with one less digit than the default. (If
6672you give @kbd{d n} a negative argument, it uses default-minus-that,
6673so @kbd{M-- d n} would be an easier way to get the same effect.) Those
6674inexact results would still be lurking there, but they would now be
6675rounded to nice, natural-looking values for display purposes. (Remember,
6676@samp{0.022222} in base 3 is like @samp{0.099999} in base 10; rounding
6677off one digit will round the number up to @samp{0.1}.) Depending on the
6678nature of your work, this hiding of the inexactness may be a benefit or
6679a danger. With the @kbd{d n} command, Calc gives you the choice.
6680
6681Incidentally, another consequence of all this is that if you type
6682@kbd{M-30 d n} to display more digits than are ``really there,''
6683you'll see garbage digits at the end of the number. (In decimal
6684display mode, with decimally-stored numbers, these garbage digits are
6685always zero so they vanish and you don't notice them.) Because Calc
6686rounds off that 0.15 digit, there is the danger that two numbers could
6687be slightly different internally but still look the same. If you feel
6688uneasy about this, set the @kbd{d n} precision to be a little higher
6689than normal; you'll get ugly garbage digits, but you'll always be able
6690to tell two distinct numbers apart.
6691
6692An interesting side note is that most computers store their
6693floating-point numbers in binary, and convert to decimal for display.
6694Thus everyday programs have the same problem: Decimal 0.1 cannot be
6695represented exactly in binary (try it: @kbd{0.1 d 2}), so @samp{0.1 * 10}
6696comes out as an inexact approximation to 1 on some machines (though
6697they generally arrange to hide it from you by rounding off one digit as
6698we did above). Because Calc works in decimal instead of binary, you can
6699be sure that numbers that look exact @emph{are} exact as long as you stay
6700in decimal display mode.
6701
6702It's not hard to show that any number that can be represented exactly
6703in binary, octal, or hexadecimal is also exact in decimal, so the kinds
6704of problems we saw in this exercise are likely to be severe only when
6705you use a relatively unusual radix like 3.
6706
6707@node Modes Answer 2, Modes Answer 3, Modes Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6708@subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 2
6709
6710If the radix is 15 or higher, we can't use the letter @samp{e} to mark
6711the exponent because @samp{e} is interpreted as a digit. When Calc
6712needs to display scientific notation in a high radix, it writes
6713@samp{16#F.E8F*16.^15}. You can enter a number like this as an
6714algebraic entry. Also, pressing @kbd{e} without any digits before it
6715normally types @kbd{1e}, but in a high radix it types @kbd{16.^} and
6716puts you in algebraic entry: @kbd{16#f.e8f @key{RET} e 15 @key{RET} *} is another
6717way to enter this number.
6718
6719The reason Calc puts a decimal point in the @samp{16.^} is to prevent
6720huge integers from being generated if the exponent is large (consider
6721@samp{16#1.23*16^1000}, where we compute @samp{16^1000} as a giant
6722exact integer and then throw away most of the digits when we multiply
6723it by the floating-point @samp{16#1.23}). While this wouldn't normally
6724matter for display purposes, it could give you a nasty surprise if you
6725copied that number into a file and later moved it back into Calc.
6726
6727@node Modes Answer 3, Modes Answer 4, Modes Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6728@subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 3
6729
6730@noindent
6731The answer he got was @expr{0.5000000000006399}.
6732
6733The problem is not that the square operation is inexact, but that the
6734sine of 45 that was already on the stack was accurate to only 12 places.
6735Arbitrary-precision calculations still only give answers as good as
6736their inputs.
6737
6738The real problem is that there is no 12-digit number which, when
6739squared, comes out to 0.5 exactly. The @kbd{f [} and @kbd{f ]}
6740commands decrease or increase a number by one unit in the last
6741place (according to the current precision). They are useful for
6742determining facts like this.
6743
6744@smallexample
6745@group
67461: 0.707106781187 1: 0.500000000001
6747 . .
6748
6749 45 S 2 ^
6750
6751@end group
6752@end smallexample
6753@noindent
6754@smallexample
6755@group
67561: 0.707106781187 1: 0.707106781186 1: 0.499999999999
6757 . . .
6758
6759 U @key{DEL} f [ 2 ^
6760@end group
6761@end smallexample
6762
6763A high-precision calculation must be carried out in high precision
6764all the way. The only number in the original problem which was known
6765exactly was the quantity 45 degrees, so the precision must be raised
6766before anything is done after the number 45 has been entered in order
6767for the higher precision to be meaningful.
6768
6769@node Modes Answer 4, Arithmetic Answer 1, Modes Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6770@subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 4
6771
6772@noindent
6773Many calculations involve real-world quantities, like the width and
6774height of a piece of wood or the volume of a jar. Such quantities
6775can't be measured exactly anyway, and if the data that is input to
6776a calculation is inexact, doing exact arithmetic on it is a waste
6777of time.
6778
6779Fractions become unwieldy after too many calculations have been
6780done with them. For example, the sum of the reciprocals of the
6781integers from 1 to 10 is 7381:2520. The sum from 1 to 30 is
67829304682830147:2329089562800. After a point it will take a long
6783time to add even one more term to this sum, but a floating-point
6784calculation of the sum will not have this problem.
6785
6786Also, rational numbers cannot express the results of all calculations.
6787There is no fractional form for the square root of two, so if you type
6788@w{@kbd{2 Q}}, Calc has no choice but to give you a floating-point answer.
6789
6790@node Arithmetic Answer 1, Arithmetic Answer 2, Modes Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
6791@subsection Arithmetic Tutorial Exercise 1
6792
6793@noindent
6794Dividing two integers that are larger than the current precision may
6795give a floating-point result that is inaccurate even when rounded
6796down to an integer. Consider @expr{123456789 / 2} when the current
6797precision is 6 digits. The true answer is @expr{61728394.5}, but
6798with a precision of 6 this will be rounded to
6799@texline @math{12345700.0/2.0 = 61728500.0}.
6800@infoline @expr{12345700.@: / 2.@: = 61728500.}.
6801The result, when converted to an integer, will be off by 106.
6802
6803Here are two solutions: Raise the precision enough that the
6804floating-point round-off error is strictly to the right of the
6805decimal point. Or, convert to Fraction mode so that @expr{123456789 / 2}
6806produces the exact fraction @expr{123456789:2}, which can be rounded
6807down by the @kbd{F} command without ever switching to floating-point
6808format.
6809
6810@node Arithmetic Answer 2, Vector Answer 1, Arithmetic Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6811@subsection Arithmetic Tutorial Exercise 2
6812
6813@noindent
6814@kbd{27 @key{RET} 9 B} could give the exact result @expr{3:2}, but it
6815does a floating-point calculation instead and produces @expr{1.5}.
6816
6817Calc will find an exact result for a logarithm if the result is an integer
6818or (when in Fraction mode) the reciprocal of an integer. But there is
6819no efficient way to search the space of all possible rational numbers
6820for an exact answer, so Calc doesn't try.
6821
6822@node Vector Answer 1, Vector Answer 2, Arithmetic Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6823@subsection Vector Tutorial Exercise 1
6824
6825@noindent
6826Duplicate the vector, compute its length, then divide the vector
6827by its length: @kbd{@key{RET} A /}.
6828
6829@smallexample
6830@group
68311: [1, 2, 3] 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [0.27, 0.53, 0.80] 1: 1.
6832 . 1: 3.74165738677 . .
6833 .
6834
6835 r 1 @key{RET} A / A
6836@end group
6837@end smallexample
6838
6839The final @kbd{A} command shows that the normalized vector does
6840indeed have unit length.
6841
6842@node Vector Answer 2, Matrix Answer 1, Vector Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6843@subsection Vector Tutorial Exercise 2
6844
6845@noindent
6846The average position is equal to the sum of the products of the
6847positions times their corresponding probabilities. This is the
6848definition of the dot product operation. So all you need to do
6849is to put the two vectors on the stack and press @kbd{*}.
6850
6851@node Matrix Answer 1, Matrix Answer 2, Vector Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6852@subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 1
6853
6854@noindent
6855The trick is to multiply by a vector of ones. Use @kbd{r 4 [1 1 1] *} to
6856get the row sum. Similarly, use @kbd{[1 1] r 4 *} to get the column sum.
6857
6858@node Matrix Answer 2, Matrix Answer 3, Matrix Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6859@subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 2
6860
6861@ifnottex
6862@example
6863@group
6864 x + a y = 6
6865 x + b y = 10
6866@end group
6867@end example
6868@end ifnottex
6869@tex
6870\turnoffactive
6871\beforedisplay
6872$$ \eqalign{ x &+ a y = 6 \cr
6873 x &+ b y = 10}
6874$$
6875\afterdisplay
6876@end tex
6877
6878Just enter the righthand side vector, then divide by the lefthand side
6879matrix as usual.
6880
6881@smallexample
6882@group
68831: [6, 10] 2: [6, 10] 1: [6 - 4 a / (b - a), 4 / (b - a) ]
6884 . 1: [ [ 1, a ] .
6885 [ 1, b ] ]
6886 .
6887
6888' [6 10] @key{RET} ' [1 a; 1 b] @key{RET} /
6889@end group
6890@end smallexample
6891
6892This can be made more readable using @kbd{d B} to enable Big display
6893mode:
6894
6895@smallexample
6896@group
6897 4 a 4
68981: [6 - -----, -----]
6899 b - a b - a
6900@end group
6901@end smallexample
6902
6903Type @kbd{d N} to return to Normal display mode afterwards.
6904
6905@node Matrix Answer 3, List Answer 1, Matrix Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6906@subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 3
6907
6908@noindent
6909To solve
6910@texline @math{A^T A \, X = A^T B},
6911@infoline @expr{trn(A) * A * X = trn(A) * B},
6912first we compute
6913@texline @math{A' = A^T A}
6914@infoline @expr{A2 = trn(A) * A}
6915and
6916@texline @math{B' = A^T B};
6917@infoline @expr{B2 = trn(A) * B};
6918now, we have a system
6919@texline @math{A' X = B'}
6920@infoline @expr{A2 * X = B2}
6921which we can solve using Calc's @samp{/} command.
6922
6923@ifnottex
6924@example
6925@group
6926 a + 2b + 3c = 6
6927 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
6928 7a + 6b = 3
6929 2a + 4b + 6c = 11
6930@end group
6931@end example
6932@end ifnottex
6933@tex
6934\turnoffactive
6935\beforedisplayh
6936$$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
6937\halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
6938 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
6939 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
6940 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
6941 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
6942 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
6943 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr
6944 2a&+&4b&+&6c&=11 \cr}
6945$$
6946\afterdisplayh
6947@end tex
6948
6949The first step is to enter the coefficient matrix. We'll store it in
6950quick variable number 7 for later reference. Next, we compute the
6951@texline @math{B'}
6952@infoline @expr{B2}
6953vector.
6954
6955@smallexample
6956@group
69571: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 2: [ [ 1, 4, 7, 2 ] 1: [57, 84, 96]
6958 [ 4, 5, 6 ] [ 2, 5, 6, 4 ] .
6959 [ 7, 6, 0 ] [ 3, 6, 0, 6 ] ]
6960 [ 2, 4, 6 ] ] 1: [6, 2, 3, 11]
6961 . .
6962
6963' [1 2 3; 4 5 6; 7 6 0; 2 4 6] @key{RET} s 7 v t [6 2 3 11] *
6964@end group
6965@end smallexample
6966
6967@noindent
6968Now we compute the matrix
6969@texline @math{A'}
6970@infoline @expr{A2}
6971and divide.
6972
6973@smallexample
6974@group
69752: [57, 84, 96] 1: [-11.64, 14.08, -3.64]
69761: [ [ 70, 72, 39 ] .
6977 [ 72, 81, 60 ]
6978 [ 39, 60, 81 ] ]
6979 .
6980
6981 r 7 v t r 7 * /
6982@end group
6983@end smallexample
6984
6985@noindent
6986(The actual computed answer will be slightly inexact due to
6987round-off error.)
6988
6989Notice that the answers are similar to those for the
6990@texline @math{3\times3}
6991@infoline 3x3
6992system solved in the text. That's because the fourth equation that was
6993added to the system is almost identical to the first one multiplied
6994by two. (If it were identical, we would have gotten the exact same
6995answer since the
6996@texline @math{4\times3}
6997@infoline 4x3
6998system would be equivalent to the original
6999@texline @math{3\times3}
7000@infoline 3x3
7001system.)
7002
7003Since the first and fourth equations aren't quite equivalent, they
7004can't both be satisfied at once. Let's plug our answers back into
7005the original system of equations to see how well they match.
7006
7007@smallexample
7008@group
70092: [-11.64, 14.08, -3.64] 1: [5.6, 2., 3., 11.2]
70101: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] .
7011 [ 4, 5, 6 ]
7012 [ 7, 6, 0 ]
7013 [ 2, 4, 6 ] ]
7014 .
7015
7016 r 7 @key{TAB} *
7017@end group
7018@end smallexample
7019
7020@noindent
7021This is reasonably close to our original @expr{B} vector,
7022@expr{[6, 2, 3, 11]}.
7023
7024@node List Answer 1, List Answer 2, Matrix Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
7025@subsection List Tutorial Exercise 1
7026
7027@noindent
7028We can use @kbd{v x} to build a vector of integers. This needs to be
7029adjusted to get the range of integers we desire. Mapping @samp{-}
7030across the vector will accomplish this, although it turns out the
7031plain @samp{-} key will work just as well.
7032
7033@smallexample
7034@group
70352: 2 2: 2
70361: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9] 1: [-4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4]
7037 . .
7038
7039 2 v x 9 @key{RET} 5 V M - or 5 -
7040@end group
7041@end smallexample
7042
7043@noindent
7044Now we use @kbd{V M ^} to map the exponentiation operator across the
7045vector.
7046
7047@smallexample
7048@group
70491: [0.0625, 0.125, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16]
7050 .
7051
7052 V M ^
7053@end group
7054@end smallexample
7055
7056@node List Answer 2, List Answer 3, List Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
7057@subsection List Tutorial Exercise 2
7058
7059@noindent
7060Given @expr{x} and @expr{y} vectors in quick variables 1 and 2 as before,
7061the first job is to form the matrix that describes the problem.
7062
7063@ifnottex
7064@example
7065 m*x + b*1 = y
7066@end example
7067@end ifnottex
7068@tex
7069\turnoffactive
7070\beforedisplay
7071$$ m \times x + b \times 1 = y $$
7072\afterdisplay
7073@end tex
7074
7075Thus we want a
7076@texline @math{19\times2}
7077@infoline 19x2
7078matrix with our @expr{x} vector as one column and
7079ones as the other column. So, first we build the column of ones, then
7080we combine the two columns to form our @expr{A} matrix.
7081
7082@smallexample
7083@group
70842: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] 1: [ [ 1.34, 1 ]
70851: [1, 1, 1, ...] [ 1.41, 1 ]
7086 . [ 1.49, 1 ]
7087 @dots{}
7088
7089 r 1 1 v b 19 @key{RET} M-2 v p v t s 3
7090@end group
7091@end smallexample
7092
7093@noindent
7094Now we compute
7095@texline @math{A^T y}
7096@infoline @expr{trn(A) * y}
7097and
7098@texline @math{A^T A}
7099@infoline @expr{trn(A) * A}
7100and divide.
7101
7102@smallexample
7103@group
71041: [33.36554, 13.613] 2: [33.36554, 13.613]
7105 . 1: [ [ 98.0003, 41.63 ]
7106 [ 41.63, 19 ] ]
7107 .
7108
7109 v t r 2 * r 3 v t r 3 *
7110@end group
7111@end smallexample
7112
7113@noindent
7114(Hey, those numbers look familiar!)
7115
7116@smallexample
7117@group
71181: [0.52141679, -0.425978]
7119 .
7120
7121 /
7122@end group
7123@end smallexample
7124
7125Since we were solving equations of the form
7126@texline @math{m \times x + b \times 1 = y},
7127@infoline @expr{m*x + b*1 = y},
7128these numbers should be @expr{m} and @expr{b}, respectively. Sure
7129enough, they agree exactly with the result computed using @kbd{V M} and
7130@kbd{V R}!
7131
7132The moral of this story: @kbd{V M} and @kbd{V R} will probably solve
7133your problem, but there is often an easier way using the higher-level
7134arithmetic functions!
7135
7136@c [fix-ref Curve Fitting]
7137In fact, there is a built-in @kbd{a F} command that does least-squares
7138fits. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
7139
7140@node List Answer 3, List Answer 4, List Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
7141@subsection List Tutorial Exercise 3
7142
7143@noindent
7144Move to one end of the list and press @kbd{C-@@} (or @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} or
7145whatever) to set the mark, then move to the other end of the list
7146and type @w{@kbd{C-x * g}}.
7147
7148@smallexample
7149@group
71501: [2.3, 6, 22, 15.1, 7, 15, 14, 7.5, 2.5]
7151 .
7152@end group
7153@end smallexample
7154
7155To make things interesting, let's assume we don't know at a glance
7156how many numbers are in this list. Then we could type:
7157
7158@smallexample
7159@group
71602: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 2: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ]
71611: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 1: 126356422.5
7162 . .
7163
7164 @key{RET} V R *
7165
7166@end group
7167@end smallexample
7168@noindent
7169@smallexample
7170@group
71712: 126356422.5 2: 126356422.5 1: 7.94652913734
71721: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 1: 9 .
7173 . .
7174
7175 @key{TAB} v l I ^
7176@end group
7177@end smallexample
7178
7179@noindent
7180(The @kbd{I ^} command computes the @var{n}th root of a number.
7181You could also type @kbd{& ^} to take the reciprocal of 9 and
7182then raise the number to that power.)
7183
7184@node List Answer 4, List Answer 5, List Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
7185@subsection List Tutorial Exercise 4
7186
7187@noindent
7188A number @expr{j} is a divisor of @expr{n} if
7189@texline @math{n \mathbin{\hbox{\code{\%}}} j = 0}.
7190@infoline @samp{n % j = 0}.
7191The first step is to get a vector that identifies the divisors.
7192
7193@smallexample
7194@group
71952: 30 2: [0, 0, 0, 2, ...] 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, ...]
71961: [1, 2, 3, 4, ...] 1: 0 .
7197 . .
7198
7199 30 @key{RET} v x 30 @key{RET} s 1 V M % 0 V M a = s 2
7200@end group
7201@end smallexample
7202
7203@noindent
7204This vector has 1's marking divisors of 30 and 0's marking non-divisors.
7205
7206The zeroth divisor function is just the total number of divisors.
7207The first divisor function is the sum of the divisors.
7208
7209@smallexample
7210@group
72111: 8 3: 8 2: 8 2: 8
7212 2: [1, 2, 3, 4, ...] 1: [1, 2, 3, 0, ...] 1: 72
7213 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, ...] . .
7214 .
7215
7216 V R + r 1 r 2 V M * V R +
7217@end group
7218@end smallexample
7219
7220@noindent
7221Once again, the last two steps just compute a dot product for which
7222a simple @kbd{*} would have worked equally well.
7223
7224@node List Answer 5, List Answer 6, List Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
7225@subsection List Tutorial Exercise 5
7226
7227@noindent
7228The obvious first step is to obtain the list of factors with @kbd{k f}.
7229This list will always be in sorted order, so if there are duplicates
7230they will be right next to each other. A suitable method is to compare
7231the list with a copy of itself shifted over by one.
7232
7233@smallexample
7234@group
72351: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19] 2: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19] 2: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19, 0]
7236 . 1: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19, 0] 1: [0, 3, 7, 7, 7, 19]
7237 . .
7238
7239 19551 k f @key{RET} 0 | @key{TAB} 0 @key{TAB} |
7240
7241@end group
7242@end smallexample
7243@noindent
7244@smallexample
7245@group
72461: [0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0] 1: 2 1: 0
7247 . . .
7248
7249 V M a = V R + 0 a =
7250@end group
7251@end smallexample
7252
7253@noindent
7254Note that we have to arrange for both vectors to have the same length
7255so that the mapping operation works; no prime factor will ever be
7256zero, so adding zeros on the left and right is safe. From then on
7257the job is pretty straightforward.
7258
7259Incidentally, Calc provides the
7260@texline @dfn{M@"obius} @math{\mu}
7261@infoline @dfn{Moebius mu}
7262function which is zero if and only if its argument is square-free. It
7263would be a much more convenient way to do the above test in practice.
7264
7265@node List Answer 6, List Answer 7, List Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
7266@subsection List Tutorial Exercise 6
7267
7268@noindent
7269First use @kbd{v x 6 @key{RET}} to get a list of integers, then @kbd{V M v x}
7270to get a list of lists of integers!
7271
7272@node List Answer 7, List Answer 8, List Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
7273@subsection List Tutorial Exercise 7
7274
7275@noindent
7276Here's one solution. First, compute the triangular list from the previous
7277exercise and type @kbd{1 -} to subtract one from all the elements.
7278
7279@smallexample
7280@group
72811: [ [0],
7282 [0, 1],
7283 [0, 1, 2],
7284 @dots{}
7285
7286 1 -
7287@end group
7288@end smallexample
7289
7290The numbers down the lefthand edge of the list we desire are called
7291the ``triangular numbers'' (now you know why!). The @expr{n}th
7292triangular number is the sum of the integers from 1 to @expr{n}, and
7293can be computed directly by the formula
7294@texline @math{n (n+1) \over 2}.
7295@infoline @expr{n * (n+1) / 2}.
7296
7297@smallexample
7298@group
72992: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ]
73001: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5] 1: [0, 1, 3, 6, 10, 15]
7301 . .
7302
7303 v x 6 @key{RET} 1 - V M ' $ ($+1)/2 @key{RET}
7304@end group
7305@end smallexample
7306
7307@noindent
7308Adding this list to the above list of lists produces the desired
7309result:
7310
7311@smallexample
7312@group
73131: [ [0],
7314 [1, 2],
7315 [3, 4, 5],
7316 [6, 7, 8, 9],
7317 [10, 11, 12, 13, 14],
7318 [15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20] ]
7319 .
7320
7321 V M +
7322@end group
7323@end smallexample
7324
7325If we did not know the formula for triangular numbers, we could have
7326computed them using a @kbd{V U +} command. We could also have
7327gotten them the hard way by mapping a reduction across the original
7328triangular list.
7329
7330@smallexample
7331@group
73322: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ]
73331: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 1: [0, 1, 3, 6, 10, 15]
7334 . .
7335
7336 @key{RET} V M V R +
7337@end group
7338@end smallexample
7339
7340@noindent
7341(This means ``map a @kbd{V R +} command across the vector,'' and
7342since each element of the main vector is itself a small vector,
7343@kbd{V R +} computes the sum of its elements.)
7344
7345@node List Answer 8, List Answer 9, List Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
7346@subsection List Tutorial Exercise 8
7347
7348@noindent
7349The first step is to build a list of values of @expr{x}.
7350
7351@smallexample
7352@group
73531: [1, 2, 3, ..., 21] 1: [0, 1, 2, ..., 20] 1: [0, 0.25, 0.5, ..., 5]
7354 . . .
7355
7356 v x 21 @key{RET} 1 - 4 / s 1
7357@end group
7358@end smallexample
7359
7360Next, we compute the Bessel function values.
7361
7362@smallexample
7363@group
73641: [0., 0.124, 0.242, ..., -0.328]
7365 .
7366
7367 V M ' besJ(1,$) @key{RET}
7368@end group
7369@end smallexample
7370
7371@noindent
7372(Another way to do this would be @kbd{1 @key{TAB} V M f j}.)
7373
7374A way to isolate the maximum value is to compute the maximum using
7375@kbd{V R X}, then compare all the Bessel values with that maximum.
7376
7377@smallexample
7378@group
73792: [0., 0.124, 0.242, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 0, ... ] 2: [0, 0, 0, ... ]
73801: 0.5801562 . 1: 1
7381 . .
7382
7383 @key{RET} V R X V M a = @key{RET} V R + @key{DEL}
7384@end group
7385@end smallexample
7386
7387@noindent
7388It's a good idea to verify, as in the last step above, that only
7389one value is equal to the maximum. (After all, a plot of
7390@texline @math{\sin x}
7391@infoline @expr{sin(x)}
7392might have many points all equal to the maximum value, 1.)
7393
7394The vector we have now has a single 1 in the position that indicates
7395the maximum value of @expr{x}. Now it is a simple matter to convert
7396this back into the corresponding value itself.
7397
7398@smallexample
7399@group
74002: [0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0., 0., ... ] 1: 1.75
74011: [0, 0.25, 0.5, ... ] . .
7402 .
7403
7404 r 1 V M * V R +
7405@end group
7406@end smallexample
7407
7408If @kbd{a =} had produced more than one @expr{1} value, this method
7409would have given the sum of all maximum @expr{x} values; not very
7410useful! In this case we could have used @kbd{v m} (@code{calc-mask-vector})
7411instead. This command deletes all elements of a ``data'' vector that
7412correspond to zeros in a ``mask'' vector, leaving us with, in this
7413example, a vector of maximum @expr{x} values.
7414
7415The built-in @kbd{a X} command maximizes a function using more
7416efficient methods. Just for illustration, let's use @kbd{a X}
7417to maximize @samp{besJ(1,x)} over this same interval.
7418
7419@smallexample
7420@group
74212: besJ(1, x) 1: [1.84115, 0.581865]
74221: [0 .. 5] .
7423 .
7424
7425' besJ(1,x), [0..5] @key{RET} a X x @key{RET}
7426@end group
7427@end smallexample
7428
7429@noindent
7430The output from @kbd{a X} is a vector containing the value of @expr{x}
7431that maximizes the function, and the function's value at that maximum.
7432As you can see, our simple search got quite close to the right answer.
7433
7434@node List Answer 9, List Answer 10, List Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
7435@subsection List Tutorial Exercise 9
7436
7437@noindent
7438Step one is to convert our integer into vector notation.
7439
7440@smallexample
7441@group
74421: 25129925999 3: 25129925999
7443 . 2: 10
7444 1: [11, 10, 9, ..., 1, 0]
7445 .
7446
7447 25129925999 @key{RET} 10 @key{RET} 12 @key{RET} v x 12 @key{RET} -
7448
7449@end group
7450@end smallexample
7451@noindent
7452@smallexample
7453@group
74541: 25129925999 1: [0, 2, 25, 251, 2512, ... ]
74552: [100000000000, ... ] .
7456 .
7457
7458 V M ^ s 1 V M \
7459@end group
7460@end smallexample
7461
7462@noindent
7463(Recall, the @kbd{\} command computes an integer quotient.)
7464
7465@smallexample
7466@group
74671: [0, 2, 5, 1, 2, 9, 9, 2, 5, 9, 9, 9]
7468 .
7469
7470 10 V M % s 2
7471@end group
7472@end smallexample
7473
7474Next we must increment this number. This involves adding one to
7475the last digit, plus handling carries. There is a carry to the
7476left out of a digit if that digit is a nine and all the digits to
7477the right of it are nines.
7478
7479@smallexample
7480@group
74811: [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1] 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, ... ]
7482 . .
7483
7484 9 V M a = v v
7485
7486@end group
7487@end smallexample
7488@noindent
7489@smallexample
7490@group
74911: [1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1]
7492 . .
7493
7494 V U * v v 1 |
7495@end group
7496@end smallexample
7497
7498@noindent
7499Accumulating @kbd{*} across a vector of ones and zeros will preserve
7500only the initial run of ones. These are the carries into all digits
7501except the rightmost digit. Concatenating a one on the right takes
7502care of aligning the carries properly, and also adding one to the
7503rightmost digit.
7504
7505@smallexample
7506@group
75072: [0, 0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, 1, 2, 9, 9, 2, 6, 0, 0, 0]
75081: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] .
7509 .
7510
7511 0 r 2 | V M + 10 V M %
7512@end group
7513@end smallexample
7514
7515@noindent
7516Here we have concatenated 0 to the @emph{left} of the original number;
7517this takes care of shifting the carries by one with respect to the
7518digits that generated them.
7519
7520Finally, we must convert this list back into an integer.
7521
7522@smallexample
7523@group
75243: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] 2: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ]
75252: 1000000000000 1: [1000000000000, 100000000000, ... ]
75261: [100000000000, ... ] .
7527 .
7528
7529 10 @key{RET} 12 ^ r 1 |
7530
7531@end group
7532@end smallexample
7533@noindent
7534@smallexample
7535@group
75361: [0, 0, 20000000000, 5000000000, ... ] 1: 25129926000
7537 . .
7538
7539 V M * V R +
7540@end group
7541@end smallexample
7542
7543@noindent
7544Another way to do this final step would be to reduce the formula
7545@w{@samp{10 $$ + $}} across the vector of digits.
7546
7547@smallexample
7548@group
75491: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] 1: 25129926000
7550 . .
7551
7552 V R ' 10 $$ + $ @key{RET}
7553@end group
7554@end smallexample
7555
7556@node List Answer 10, List Answer 11, List Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
7557@subsection List Tutorial Exercise 10
7558
7559@noindent
7560For the list @expr{[a, b, c, d]}, the result is @expr{((a = b) = c) = d},
7561which will compare @expr{a} and @expr{b} to produce a 1 or 0, which is
7562then compared with @expr{c} to produce another 1 or 0, which is then
7563compared with @expr{d}. This is not at all what Joe wanted.
7564
7565Here's a more correct method:
7566
7567@smallexample
7568@group
75691: [7, 7, 7, 8, 7] 2: [7, 7, 7, 8, 7]
7570 . 1: 7
7571 .
7572
7573 ' [7,7,7,8,7] @key{RET} @key{RET} v r 1 @key{RET}
7574
7575@end group
7576@end smallexample
7577@noindent
7578@smallexample
7579@group
75801: [1, 1, 1, 0, 1] 1: 0
7581 . .
7582
7583 V M a = V R *
7584@end group
7585@end smallexample
7586
7587@node List Answer 11, List Answer 12, List Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
7588@subsection List Tutorial Exercise 11
7589
7590@noindent
7591The circle of unit radius consists of those points @expr{(x,y)} for which
7592@expr{x^2 + y^2 < 1}. We start by generating a vector of @expr{x^2}
7593and a vector of @expr{y^2}.
7594
7595We can make this go a bit faster by using the @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .}
7596commands.
7597
7598@smallexample
7599@group
76002: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.]
76011: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 1: [1.16, 1.98, ..., 0.81]
7602 . .
7603
7604 v . t . 2. v b 100 @key{RET} @key{RET} V M k r
7605
7606@end group
7607@end smallexample
7608@noindent
7609@smallexample
7610@group
76112: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 1: [0.026, 0.96, ..., 0.036]
76121: [0.026, 0.96, ..., 0.036] 2: [0.53, 0.81, ..., 0.094]
7613 . .
7614
7615 1 - 2 V M ^ @key{TAB} V M k r 1 - 2 V M ^
7616@end group
7617@end smallexample
7618
7619Now we sum the @expr{x^2} and @expr{y^2} values, compare with 1 to
7620get a vector of 1/0 truth values, then sum the truth values.
7621
7622@smallexample
7623@group
76241: [0.56, 1.78, ..., 0.13] 1: [1, 0, ..., 1] 1: 84
7625 . . .
7626
7627 + 1 V M a < V R +
7628@end group
7629@end smallexample
7630
7631@noindent
7632The ratio @expr{84/100} should approximate the ratio @cpiover{4}.
7633
7634@smallexample
7635@group
76361: 0.84 1: 3.36 2: 3.36 1: 1.0695
7637 . . 1: 3.14159 .
7638
7639 100 / 4 * P /
7640@end group
7641@end smallexample
7642
7643@noindent
7644Our estimate, 3.36, is off by about 7%. We could get a better estimate
7645by taking more points (say, 1000), but it's clear that this method is
7646not very efficient!
7647
7648(Naturally, since this example uses random numbers your own answer
7649will be slightly different from the one shown here!)
7650
7651If you typed @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} before, type them again to
7652return to full-sized display of vectors.
7653
7654@node List Answer 12, List Answer 13, List Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
7655@subsection List Tutorial Exercise 12
7656
7657@noindent
7658This problem can be made a lot easier by taking advantage of some
7659symmetries. First of all, after some thought it's clear that the
7660@expr{y} axis can be ignored altogether. Just pick a random @expr{x}
7661component for one end of the match, pick a random direction
7662@texline @math{\theta},
7663@infoline @expr{theta},
7664and see if @expr{x} and
7665@texline @math{x + \cos \theta}
7666@infoline @expr{x + cos(theta)}
7667(which is the @expr{x} coordinate of the other endpoint) cross a line.
7668The lines are at integer coordinates, so this happens when the two
7669numbers surround an integer.
7670
7671Since the two endpoints are equivalent, we may as well choose the leftmost
7672of the two endpoints as @expr{x}. Then @expr{theta} is an angle pointing
7673to the right, in the range -90 to 90 degrees. (We could use radians, but
7674it would feel like cheating to refer to @cpiover{2} radians while trying
7675to estimate @cpi{}!)
7676
7677In fact, since the field of lines is infinite we can choose the
7678coordinates 0 and 1 for the lines on either side of the leftmost
7679endpoint. The rightmost endpoint will be between 0 and 1 if the
7680match does not cross a line, or between 1 and 2 if it does. So:
7681Pick random @expr{x} and
7682@texline @math{\theta},
7683@infoline @expr{theta},
7684compute
7685@texline @math{x + \cos \theta},
7686@infoline @expr{x + cos(theta)},
7687and count how many of the results are greater than one. Simple!
7688
7689We can make this go a bit faster by using the @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .}
7690commands.
7691
7692@smallexample
7693@group
76941: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72] 2: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72]
7695 . 1: [78.4, 64.5, ..., -42.9]
7696 .
7697
7698v . t . 1. v b 100 @key{RET} V M k r 180. v b 100 @key{RET} V M k r 90 -
7699@end group
7700@end smallexample
7701
7702@noindent
7703(The next step may be slow, depending on the speed of your computer.)
7704
7705@smallexample
7706@group
77072: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72] 1: [0.72, 1.14, ..., 1.45]
77081: [0.20, 0.43, ..., 0.73] .
7709 .
7710
7711 m d V M C +
7712
7713@end group
7714@end smallexample
7715@noindent
7716@smallexample
7717@group
77181: [0, 1, ..., 1] 1: 0.64 1: 3.125
7719 . . .
7720
7721 1 V M a > V R + 100 / 2 @key{TAB} /
7722@end group
7723@end smallexample
7724
7725Let's try the third method, too. We'll use random integers up to
7726one million. The @kbd{k r} command with an integer argument picks
7727a random integer.
7728
7729@smallexample
7730@group
77312: [1000000, 1000000, ..., 1000000] 2: [78489, 527587, ..., 814975]
77321: [1000000, 1000000, ..., 1000000] 1: [324014, 358783, ..., 955450]
7733 . .
7734
7735 1000000 v b 100 @key{RET} @key{RET} V M k r @key{TAB} V M k r
7736
7737@end group
7738@end smallexample
7739@noindent
7740@smallexample
7741@group
77421: [1, 1, ..., 25] 1: [1, 1, ..., 0] 1: 0.56
7743 . . .
7744
7745 V M k g 1 V M a = V R + 100 /
7746
7747@end group
7748@end smallexample
7749@noindent
7750@smallexample
7751@group
77521: 10.714 1: 3.273
7753 . .
7754
7755 6 @key{TAB} / Q
7756@end group
7757@end smallexample
7758
7759For a proof of this property of the GCD function, see section 4.5.2,
7760exercise 10, of Knuth's @emph{Art of Computer Programming}, volume II.
7761
7762If you typed @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} before, type them again to
7763return to full-sized display of vectors.
7764
7765@node List Answer 13, List Answer 14, List Answer 12, Answers to Exercises
7766@subsection List Tutorial Exercise 13
7767
7768@noindent
7769First, we put the string on the stack as a vector of ASCII codes.
7770
7771@smallexample
7772@group
77731: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51]
7774 .
7775
7776 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 @key{RET}
7777@end group
7778@end smallexample
7779
7780@noindent
7781Note that the @kbd{"} key, like @kbd{$}, initiates algebraic entry so
7782there was no need to type an apostrophe. Also, Calc didn't mind that
7783we omitted the closing @kbd{"}. (The same goes for all closing delimiters
7784like @kbd{)} and @kbd{]} at the end of a formula.
7785
7786We'll show two different approaches here. In the first, we note that
7787if the input vector is @expr{[a, b, c, d]}, then the hash code is
7788@expr{3 (3 (3a + b) + c) + d = 27a + 9b + 3c + d}. In other words,
7789it's a sum of descending powers of three times the ASCII codes.
7790
7791@smallexample
7792@group
77932: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51]
77941: 16 1: [15, 14, 13, ..., 0]
7795 . .
7796
7797 @key{RET} v l v x 16 @key{RET} -
7798
7799@end group
7800@end smallexample
7801@noindent
7802@smallexample
7803@group
78042: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 1960915098 1: 121
78051: [14348907, ..., 1] . .
7806 .
7807
7808 3 @key{TAB} V M ^ * 511 %
7809@end group
7810@end smallexample
7811
7812@noindent
7813Once again, @kbd{*} elegantly summarizes most of the computation.
7814But there's an even more elegant approach: Reduce the formula
7815@kbd{3 $$ + $} across the vector. Recall that this represents a
7816function of two arguments that computes its first argument times three
7817plus its second argument.
7818
7819@smallexample
7820@group
78211: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 1960915098
7822 . .
7823
7824 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 @key{RET} V R ' 3$$+$ @key{RET}
7825@end group
7826@end smallexample
7827
7828@noindent
7829If you did the decimal arithmetic exercise, this will be familiar.
7830Basically, we're turning a base-3 vector of digits into an integer,
7831except that our ``digits'' are much larger than real digits.
7832
7833Instead of typing @kbd{511 %} again to reduce the result, we can be
7834cleverer still and notice that rather than computing a huge integer
7835and taking the modulo at the end, we can take the modulo at each step
7836without affecting the result. While this means there are more
7837arithmetic operations, the numbers we operate on remain small so
7838the operations are faster.
7839
7840@smallexample
7841@group
78421: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 121
7843 . .
7844
7845 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 @key{RET} V R ' (3$$+$)%511 @key{RET}
7846@end group
7847@end smallexample
7848
7849Why does this work? Think about a two-step computation:
7850@w{@expr{3 (3a + b) + c}}. Taking a result modulo 511 basically means
7851subtracting off enough 511's to put the result in the desired range.
7852So the result when we take the modulo after every step is,
7853
7854@ifnottex
7855@example
78563 (3 a + b - 511 m) + c - 511 n
7857@end example
7858@end ifnottex
7859@tex
7860\turnoffactive
7861\beforedisplay
7862$$ 3 (3 a + b - 511 m) + c - 511 n $$
7863\afterdisplay
7864@end tex
7865
7866@noindent
7867for some suitable integers @expr{m} and @expr{n}. Expanding out by
7868the distributive law yields
7869
7870@ifnottex
7871@example
78729 a + 3 b + c - 511*3 m - 511 n
7873@end example
7874@end ifnottex
7875@tex
7876\turnoffactive
7877\beforedisplay
7878$$ 9 a + 3 b + c - 511\times3 m - 511 n $$
7879\afterdisplay
7880@end tex
7881
7882@noindent
7883The @expr{m} term in the latter formula is redundant because any
7884contribution it makes could just as easily be made by the @expr{n}
7885term. So we can take it out to get an equivalent formula with
7886@expr{n' = 3m + n},
7887
7888@ifnottex
7889@example
78909 a + 3 b + c - 511 n'
7891@end example
7892@end ifnottex
7893@tex
7894\turnoffactive
7895\beforedisplay
7896$$ 9 a + 3 b + c - 511 n' $$
7897\afterdisplay
7898@end tex
7899
7900@noindent
7901which is just the formula for taking the modulo only at the end of
7902the calculation. Therefore the two methods are essentially the same.
7903
7904Later in the tutorial we will encounter @dfn{modulo forms}, which
7905basically automate the idea of reducing every intermediate result
7906modulo some value @var{m}.
7907
7908@node List Answer 14, Types Answer 1, List Answer 13, Answers to Exercises
7909@subsection List Tutorial Exercise 14
7910
7911We want to use @kbd{H V U} to nest a function which adds a random
7912step to an @expr{(x,y)} coordinate. The function is a bit long, but
7913otherwise the problem is quite straightforward.
7914
7915@smallexample
7916@group
79172: [0, 0] 1: [ [ 0, 0 ]
79181: 50 [ 0.4288, -0.1695 ]
7919 . [ -0.4787, -0.9027 ]
7920 ...
7921
7922 [0,0] 50 H V U ' <# + [random(2.0)-1, random(2.0)-1]> @key{RET}
7923@end group
7924@end smallexample
7925
7926Just as the text recommended, we used @samp{< >} nameless function
7927notation to keep the two @code{random} calls from being evaluated
7928before nesting even begins.
7929
7930We now have a vector of @expr{[x, y]} sub-vectors, which by Calc's
7931rules acts like a matrix. We can transpose this matrix and unpack
7932to get a pair of vectors, @expr{x} and @expr{y}, suitable for graphing.
7933
7934@smallexample
7935@group
79362: [ 0, 0.4288, -0.4787, ... ]
79371: [ 0, -0.1696, -0.9027, ... ]
7938 .
7939
7940 v t v u g f
7941@end group
7942@end smallexample
7943
7944Incidentally, because the @expr{x} and @expr{y} are completely
7945independent in this case, we could have done two separate commands
7946to create our @expr{x} and @expr{y} vectors of numbers directly.
7947
7948To make a random walk of unit steps, we note that @code{sincos} of
7949a random direction exactly gives us an @expr{[x, y]} step of unit
7950length; in fact, the new nesting function is even briefer, though
7951we might want to lower the precision a bit for it.
7952
7953@smallexample
7954@group
79552: [0, 0] 1: [ [ 0, 0 ]
79561: 50 [ 0.1318, 0.9912 ]
7957 . [ -0.5965, 0.3061 ]
7958 ...
7959
7960 [0,0] 50 m d p 6 @key{RET} H V U ' <# + sincos(random(360.0))> @key{RET}
7961@end group
7962@end smallexample
7963
7964Another @kbd{v t v u g f} sequence will graph this new random walk.
7965
7966An interesting twist on these random walk functions would be to use
7967complex numbers instead of 2-vectors to represent points on the plane.
7968In the first example, we'd use something like @samp{random + random*(0,1)},
7969and in the second we could use polar complex numbers with random phase
7970angles. (This exercise was first suggested in this form by Randal
7971Schwartz.)
7972
7973@node Types Answer 1, Types Answer 2, List Answer 14, Answers to Exercises
7974@subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 1
7975
7976@noindent
7977If the number is the square root of @cpi{} times a rational number,
7978then its square, divided by @cpi{}, should be a rational number.
7979
7980@smallexample
7981@group
79821: 1.26508260337 1: 0.509433962268 1: 2486645810:4881193627
7983 . . .
7984
7985 2 ^ P / c F
7986@end group
7987@end smallexample
7988
7989@noindent
7990Technically speaking this is a rational number, but not one that is
7991likely to have arisen in the original problem. More likely, it just
7992happens to be the fraction which most closely represents some
7993irrational number to within 12 digits.
7994
7995But perhaps our result was not quite exact. Let's reduce the
7996precision slightly and try again:
7997
7998@smallexample
7999@group
80001: 0.509433962268 1: 27:53
8001 . .
8002
8003 U p 10 @key{RET} c F
8004@end group
8005@end smallexample
8006
8007@noindent
8008Aha! It's unlikely that an irrational number would equal a fraction
8009this simple to within ten digits, so our original number was probably
8010@texline @math{\sqrt{27 \pi / 53}}.
8011@infoline @expr{sqrt(27 pi / 53)}.
8012
8013Notice that we didn't need to re-round the number when we reduced the
8014precision. Remember, arithmetic operations always round their inputs
8015to the current precision before they begin.
8016
8017@node Types Answer 2, Types Answer 3, Types Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8018@subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 2
8019
8020@noindent
8021@samp{inf / inf = nan}. Perhaps @samp{1} is the ``obvious'' answer.
8022But if @w{@samp{17 inf = inf}}, then @samp{17 inf / inf = inf / inf = 17}, too.
8023
8024@samp{exp(inf) = inf}. It's tempting to say that the exponential
8025of infinity must be ``bigger'' than ``regular'' infinity, but as
8026far as Calc is concerned all infinities are as just as big.
8027In other words, as @expr{x} goes to infinity, @expr{e^x} also goes
8028to infinity, but the fact the @expr{e^x} grows much faster than
8029@expr{x} is not relevant here.
8030
8031@samp{exp(-inf) = 0}. Here we have a finite answer even though
8032the input is infinite.
8033
8034@samp{sqrt(-inf) = (0, 1) inf}. Remember that @expr{(0, 1)}
8035represents the imaginary number @expr{i}. Here's a derivation:
8036@samp{sqrt(-inf) = @w{sqrt((-1) * inf)} = sqrt(-1) * sqrt(inf)}.
8037The first part is, by definition, @expr{i}; the second is @code{inf}
8038because, once again, all infinities are the same size.
8039
8040@samp{sqrt(uinf) = uinf}. In fact, we do know something about the
8041direction because @code{sqrt} is defined to return a value in the
8042right half of the complex plane. But Calc has no notation for this,
8043so it settles for the conservative answer @code{uinf}.
8044
8045@samp{abs(uinf) = inf}. No matter which direction @expr{x} points,
8046@samp{abs(x)} always points along the positive real axis.
8047
8048@samp{ln(0) = -inf}. Here we have an infinite answer to a finite
8049input. As in the @expr{1 / 0} case, Calc will only use infinities
8050here if you have turned on Infinite mode. Otherwise, it will
8051treat @samp{ln(0)} as an error.
8052
8053@node Types Answer 3, Types Answer 4, Types Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8054@subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 3
8055
8056@noindent
8057We can make @samp{inf - inf} be any real number we like, say,
8058@expr{a}, just by claiming that we added @expr{a} to the first
8059infinity but not to the second. This is just as true for complex
8060values of @expr{a}, so @code{nan} can stand for a complex number.
8061(And, similarly, @code{uinf} can stand for an infinity that points
8062in any direction in the complex plane, such as @samp{(0, 1) inf}).
8063
8064In fact, we can multiply the first @code{inf} by two. Surely
8065@w{@samp{2 inf - inf = inf}}, but also @samp{2 inf - inf = inf - inf = nan}.
8066So @code{nan} can even stand for infinity. Obviously it's just
8067as easy to make it stand for minus infinity as for plus infinity.
8068
8069The moral of this story is that ``infinity'' is a slippery fish
8070indeed, and Calc tries to handle it by having a very simple model
8071for infinities (only the direction counts, not the ``size''); but
8072Calc is careful to write @code{nan} any time this simple model is
8073unable to tell what the true answer is.
8074
8075@node Types Answer 4, Types Answer 5, Types Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8076@subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 4
8077
8078@smallexample
8079@group
80802: 0@@ 47' 26" 1: 0@@ 2' 47.411765"
80811: 17 .
8082 .
8083
8084 0@@ 47' 26" @key{RET} 17 /
8085@end group
8086@end smallexample
8087
8088@noindent
8089The average song length is two minutes and 47.4 seconds.
8090
8091@smallexample
8092@group
80932: 0@@ 2' 47.411765" 1: 0@@ 3' 7.411765" 1: 0@@ 53' 6.000005"
80941: 0@@ 0' 20" . .
8095 .
8096
8097 20" + 17 *
8098@end group
8099@end smallexample
8100
8101@noindent
8102The album would be 53 minutes and 6 seconds long.
8103
8104@node Types Answer 5, Types Answer 6, Types Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8105@subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 5
8106
8107@noindent
8108Let's suppose it's January 14, 1991. The easiest thing to do is
8109to keep trying 13ths of months until Calc reports a Friday.
8110We can do this by manually entering dates, or by using @kbd{t I}:
8111
8112@smallexample
8113@group
81141: <Wed Feb 13, 1991> 1: <Wed Mar 13, 1991> 1: <Sat Apr 13, 1991>
8115 . . .
8116
8117 ' <2/13> @key{RET} @key{DEL} ' <3/13> @key{RET} t I
8118@end group
8119@end smallexample
8120
8121@noindent
8122(Calc assumes the current year if you don't say otherwise.)
8123
8124This is getting tedious---we can keep advancing the date by typing
8125@kbd{t I} over and over again, but let's automate the job by using
8126vector mapping. The @kbd{t I} command actually takes a second
8127``how-many-months'' argument, which defaults to one. This
8128argument is exactly what we want to map over:
8129
8130@smallexample
8131@group
81322: <Sat Apr 13, 1991> 1: [<Mon May 13, 1991>, <Thu Jun 13, 1991>,
81331: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] <Sat Jul 13, 1991>, <Tue Aug 13, 1991>,
8134 . <Fri Sep 13, 1991>, <Sun Oct 13, 1991>]
8135 .
8136
8137 v x 6 @key{RET} V M t I
8138@end group
8139@end smallexample
8140
8141@noindent
8142Et voil@`a, September 13, 1991 is a Friday.
8143
8144@smallexample
8145@group
81461: 242
8147 .
8148
8149' <sep 13> - <jan 14> @key{RET}
8150@end group
8151@end smallexample
8152
8153@noindent
8154And the answer to our original question: 242 days to go.
8155
8156@node Types Answer 6, Types Answer 7, Types Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
8157@subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 6
8158
8159@noindent
8160The full rule for leap years is that they occur in every year divisible
8161by four, except that they don't occur in years divisible by 100, except
8162that they @emph{do} in years divisible by 400. We could work out the
8163answer by carefully counting the years divisible by four and the
8164exceptions, but there is a much simpler way that works even if we
8165don't know the leap year rule.
8166
8167Let's assume the present year is 1991. Years have 365 days, except
8168that leap years (whenever they occur) have 366 days. So let's count
8169the number of days between now and then, and compare that to the
8170number of years times 365. The number of extra days we find must be
8171equal to the number of leap years there were.
8172
8173@smallexample
8174@group
81751: <Mon Jan 1, 10001> 2: <Mon Jan 1, 10001> 1: 2925593
8176 . 1: <Tue Jan 1, 1991> .
8177 .
8178
8179 ' <jan 1 10001> @key{RET} ' <jan 1 1991> @key{RET} -
8180
8181@end group
8182@end smallexample
8183@noindent
8184@smallexample
8185@group
81863: 2925593 2: 2925593 2: 2925593 1: 1943
81872: 10001 1: 8010 1: 2923650 .
81881: 1991 . .
8189 .
8190
8191 10001 @key{RET} 1991 - 365 * -
8192@end group
8193@end smallexample
8194
8195@c [fix-ref Date Forms]
8196@noindent
8197There will be 1943 leap years before the year 10001. (Assuming,
8198of course, that the algorithm for computing leap years remains
8199unchanged for that long. @xref{Date Forms}, for some interesting
8200background information in that regard.)
8201
8202@node Types Answer 7, Types Answer 8, Types Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
8203@subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 7
8204
8205@noindent
8206The relative errors must be converted to absolute errors so that
8207@samp{+/-} notation may be used.
8208
8209@smallexample
8210@group
82111: 1. 2: 1.
8212 . 1: 0.2
8213 .
8214
8215 20 @key{RET} .05 * 4 @key{RET} .05 *
8216@end group
8217@end smallexample
8218
8219Now we simply chug through the formula.
8220
8221@smallexample
8222@group
82231: 19.7392088022 1: 394.78 +/- 19.739 1: 6316.5 +/- 706.21
8224 . . .
8225
8226 2 P 2 ^ * 20 p 1 * 4 p .2 @key{RET} 2 ^ *
8227@end group
8228@end smallexample
8229
8230It turns out the @kbd{v u} command will unpack an error form as
8231well as a vector. This saves us some retyping of numbers.
8232
8233@smallexample
8234@group
82353: 6316.5 +/- 706.21 2: 6316.5 +/- 706.21
82362: 6316.5 1: 0.1118
82371: 706.21 .
8238 .
8239
8240 @key{RET} v u @key{TAB} /
8241@end group
8242@end smallexample
8243
8244@noindent
8245Thus the volume is 6316 cubic centimeters, within about 11 percent.
8246
8247@node Types Answer 8, Types Answer 9, Types Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
8248@subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 8
8249
8250@noindent
8251The first answer is pretty simple: @samp{1 / (0 .. 10) = (0.1 .. inf)}.
8252Since a number in the interval @samp{(0 .. 10)} can get arbitrarily
8253close to zero, its reciprocal can get arbitrarily large, so the answer
8254is an interval that effectively means, ``any number greater than 0.1''
8255but with no upper bound.
8256
8257The second answer, similarly, is @samp{1 / (-10 .. 0) = (-inf .. -0.1)}.
8258
8259Calc normally treats division by zero as an error, so that the formula
8260@w{@samp{1 / 0}} is left unsimplified. Our third problem,
8261@w{@samp{1 / [0 .. 10]}}, also (potentially) divides by zero because zero
8262is now a member of the interval. So Calc leaves this one unevaluated, too.
8263
8264If you turn on Infinite mode by pressing @kbd{m i}, you will
8265instead get the answer @samp{[0.1 .. inf]}, which includes infinity
8266as a possible value.
8267
8268The fourth calculation, @samp{1 / (-10 .. 10)}, has the same problem.
8269Zero is buried inside the interval, but it's still a possible value.
8270It's not hard to see that the actual result of @samp{1 / (-10 .. 10)}
8271will be either greater than @mathit{0.1}, or less than @mathit{-0.1}. Thus
8272the interval goes from minus infinity to plus infinity, with a ``hole''
8273in it from @mathit{-0.1} to @mathit{0.1}. Calc doesn't have any way to
8274represent this, so it just reports @samp{[-inf .. inf]} as the answer.
8275It may be disappointing to hear ``the answer lies somewhere between
8276minus infinity and plus infinity, inclusive,'' but that's the best
8277that interval arithmetic can do in this case.
8278
8279@node Types Answer 9, Types Answer 10, Types Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
8280@subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 9
8281
8282@smallexample
8283@group
82841: [-3 .. 3] 2: [-3 .. 3] 2: [0 .. 9]
8285 . 1: [0 .. 9] 1: [-9 .. 9]
8286 . .
8287
8288 [ 3 n .. 3 ] @key{RET} 2 ^ @key{TAB} @key{RET} *
8289@end group
8290@end smallexample
8291
8292@noindent
8293In the first case the result says, ``if a number is between @mathit{-3} and
82943, its square is between 0 and 9.'' The second case says, ``the product
8295of two numbers each between @mathit{-3} and 3 is between @mathit{-9} and 9.''
8296
8297An interval form is not a number; it is a symbol that can stand for
8298many different numbers. Two identical-looking interval forms can stand
8299for different numbers.
8300
8301The same issue arises when you try to square an error form.
8302
8303@node Types Answer 10, Types Answer 11, Types Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
8304@subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 10
8305
8306@noindent
8307Testing the first number, we might arbitrarily choose 17 for @expr{x}.
8308
8309@smallexample
8310@group
83111: 17 mod 811749613 2: 17 mod 811749613 1: 533694123 mod 811749613
8312 . 811749612 .
8313 .
8314
8315 17 M 811749613 @key{RET} 811749612 ^
8316@end group
8317@end smallexample
8318
8319@noindent
8320Since 533694123 is (considerably) different from 1, the number 811749613
8321must not be prime.
8322
8323It's awkward to type the number in twice as we did above. There are
8324various ways to avoid this, and algebraic entry is one. In fact, using
8325a vector mapping operation we can perform several tests at once. Let's
8326use this method to test the second number.
8327
8328@smallexample
8329@group
83302: [17, 42, 100000] 1: [1 mod 15485863, 1 mod ... ]
83311: 15485863 .
8332 .
8333
8334 [17 42 100000] 15485863 @key{RET} V M ' ($$ mod $)^($-1) @key{RET}
8335@end group
8336@end smallexample
8337
8338@noindent
8339The result is three ones (modulo @expr{n}), so it's very probable that
834015485863 is prime. (In fact, this number is the millionth prime.)
8341
8342Note that the functions @samp{($$^($-1)) mod $} or @samp{$$^($-1) % $}
8343would have been hopelessly inefficient, since they would have calculated
8344the power using full integer arithmetic.
8345
8346Calc has a @kbd{k p} command that does primality testing. For small
8347numbers it does an exact test; for large numbers it uses a variant
8348of the Fermat test we used here. You can use @kbd{k p} repeatedly
8349to prove that a large integer is prime with any desired probability.
8350
8351@node Types Answer 11, Types Answer 12, Types Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
8352@subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 11
8353
8354@noindent
8355There are several ways to insert a calculated number into an HMS form.
8356One way to convert a number of seconds to an HMS form is simply to
8357multiply the number by an HMS form representing one second:
8358
8359@smallexample
8360@group
83611: 31415926.5359 2: 31415926.5359 1: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359"
8362 . 1: 0@@ 0' 1" .
8363 .
8364
8365 P 1e7 * 0@@ 0' 1" *
8366
8367@end group
8368@end smallexample
8369@noindent
8370@smallexample
8371@group
83722: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359" 1: 6@@ 6' 2.5359" mod 24@@ 0' 0"
83731: 15@@ 27' 16" mod 24@@ 0' 0" .
8374 .
8375
8376 x time @key{RET} +
8377@end group
8378@end smallexample
8379
8380@noindent
8381It will be just after six in the morning.
8382
8383The algebraic @code{hms} function can also be used to build an
8384HMS form:
8385
8386@smallexample
8387@group
83881: hms(0, 0, 10000000. pi) 1: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359"
8389 . .
8390
8391 ' hms(0, 0, 1e7 pi) @key{RET} =
8392@end group
8393@end smallexample
8394
8395@noindent
8396The @kbd{=} key is necessary to evaluate the symbol @samp{pi} to
8397the actual number 3.14159...
8398
8399@node Types Answer 12, Types Answer 13, Types Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
8400@subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 12
8401
8402@noindent
8403As we recall, there are 17 songs of about 2 minutes and 47 seconds
8404each.
8405
8406@smallexample
8407@group
84082: 0@@ 2' 47" 1: [0@@ 3' 7" .. 0@@ 3' 47"]
84091: [0@@ 0' 20" .. 0@@ 1' 0"] .
8410 .
8411
8412 [ 0@@ 20" .. 0@@ 1' ] +
8413
8414@end group
8415@end smallexample
8416@noindent
8417@smallexample
8418@group
84191: [0@@ 52' 59." .. 1@@ 4' 19."]
8420 .
8421
8422 17 *
8423@end group
8424@end smallexample
8425
8426@noindent
8427No matter how long it is, the album will fit nicely on one CD.
8428
8429@node Types Answer 13, Types Answer 14, Types Answer 12, Answers to Exercises
8430@subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 13
8431
8432@noindent
8433Type @kbd{' 1 yr @key{RET} u c s @key{RET}}. The answer is 31557600 seconds.
8434
8435@node Types Answer 14, Types Answer 15, Types Answer 13, Answers to Exercises
8436@subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 14
8437
8438@noindent
8439How long will it take for a signal to get from one end of the computer
8440to the other?
8441
8442@smallexample
8443@group
84441: m / c 1: 3.3356 ns
8445 . .
8446
8447 ' 1 m / c @key{RET} u c ns @key{RET}
8448@end group
8449@end smallexample
8450
8451@noindent
8452(Recall, @samp{c} is a ``unit'' corresponding to the speed of light.)
8453
8454@smallexample
8455@group
84561: 3.3356 ns 1: 0.81356 ns / ns 1: 0.81356
84572: 4.1 ns . .
8458 .
8459
8460 ' 4.1 ns @key{RET} / u s
8461@end group
8462@end smallexample
8463
8464@noindent
8465Thus a signal could take up to 81 percent of a clock cycle just to
8466go from one place to another inside the computer, assuming the signal
8467could actually attain the full speed of light. Pretty tight!
8468
8469@node Types Answer 15, Algebra Answer 1, Types Answer 14, Answers to Exercises
8470@subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 15
8471
8472@noindent
8473The speed limit is 55 miles per hour on most highways. We want to
8474find the ratio of Sam's speed to the US speed limit.
8475
8476@smallexample
8477@group
84781: 55 mph 2: 55 mph 3: 11 hr mph / yd
8479 . 1: 5 yd / hr .
8480 .
8481
8482 ' 55 mph @key{RET} ' 5 yd/hr @key{RET} /
8483@end group
8484@end smallexample
8485
8486The @kbd{u s} command cancels out these units to get a plain
8487number. Now we take the logarithm base two to find the final
8488answer, assuming that each successive pill doubles his speed.
8489
8490@smallexample
8491@group
84921: 19360. 2: 19360. 1: 14.24
8493 . 1: 2 .
8494 .
8495
8496 u s 2 B
8497@end group
8498@end smallexample
8499
8500@noindent
8501Thus Sam can take up to 14 pills without a worry.
8502
8503@node Algebra Answer 1, Algebra Answer 2, Types Answer 15, Answers to Exercises
8504@subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 1
8505
8506@noindent
8507@c [fix-ref Declarations]
8508The result @samp{sqrt(x)^2} is simplified back to @expr{x} by the
8509Calculator, but @samp{sqrt(x^2)} is not. (Consider what happens
8510if @w{@expr{x = -4}}.) If @expr{x} is real, this formula could be
8511simplified to @samp{abs(x)}, but for general complex arguments even
8512that is not safe. (@xref{Declarations}, for a way to tell Calc
8513that @expr{x} is known to be real.)
8514
8515@node Algebra Answer 2, Algebra Answer 3, Algebra Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8516@subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 2
8517
8518@noindent
8519Suppose our roots are @expr{[a, b, c]}. We want a polynomial which
8520is zero when @expr{x} is any of these values. The trivial polynomial
8521@expr{x-a} is zero when @expr{x=a}, so the product @expr{(x-a)(x-b)(x-c)}
8522will do the job. We can use @kbd{a c x} to write this in a more
8523familiar form.
8524
8525@smallexample
8526@group
85271: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: [1.19023, -1.19023, 0]
8528 . .
8529
8530 r 2 a P x @key{RET}
8531
8532@end group
8533@end smallexample
8534@noindent
8535@smallexample
8536@group
85371: [x - 1.19023, x + 1.19023, x] 1: (x - 1.19023) (x + 1.19023) x
8538 . .
8539
8540 V M ' x-$ @key{RET} V R *
8541
8542@end group
8543@end smallexample
8544@noindent
8545@smallexample
8546@group
85471: x^3 - 1.41666 x 1: 34 x - 24 x^3
8548 . .
8549
8550 a c x @key{RET} 24 n * a x
8551@end group
8552@end smallexample
8553
8554@noindent
8555Sure enough, our answer (multiplied by a suitable constant) is the
8556same as the original polynomial.
8557
8558@node Algebra Answer 3, Algebra Answer 4, Algebra Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8559@subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 3
8560
8561@smallexample
8562@group
85631: x sin(pi x) 1: (sin(pi x) - pi x cos(pi x)) / pi^2
8564 . .
8565
8566 ' x sin(pi x) @key{RET} m r a i x @key{RET}
8567
8568@end group
8569@end smallexample
8570@noindent
8571@smallexample
8572@group
85731: [y, 1]
85742: (sin(pi x) - pi x cos(pi x)) / pi^2
8575 .
8576
8577 ' [y,1] @key{RET} @key{TAB}
8578
8579@end group
8580@end smallexample
8581@noindent
8582@smallexample
8583@group
85841: [(sin(pi y) - pi y cos(pi y)) / pi^2, (sin(pi) - pi cos(pi)) / pi^2]
8585 .
8586
8587 V M $ @key{RET}
8588
8589@end group
8590@end smallexample
8591@noindent
8592@smallexample
8593@group
85941: (sin(pi y) - pi y cos(pi y)) / pi^2 + (pi cos(pi) - sin(pi)) / pi^2
8595 .
8596
8597 V R -
8598
8599@end group
8600@end smallexample
8601@noindent
8602@smallexample
8603@group
86041: (sin(3.14159 y) - 3.14159 y cos(3.14159 y)) / 9.8696 - 0.3183
8605 .
8606
8607 =
8608
8609@end group
8610@end smallexample
8611@noindent
8612@smallexample
8613@group
86141: [0., -0.95493, 0.63662, -1.5915, 1.2732]
8615 .
8616
8617 v x 5 @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET}
8618@end group
8619@end smallexample
8620
8621@node Algebra Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 1, Algebra Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8622@subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 4
8623
8624@noindent
8625The hard part is that @kbd{V R +} is no longer sufficient to add up all
8626the contributions from the slices, since the slices have varying
8627coefficients. So first we must come up with a vector of these
8628coefficients. Here's one way:
8629
8630@smallexample
8631@group
86322: -1 2: 3 1: [4, 2, ..., 4]
86331: [1, 2, ..., 9] 1: [-1, 1, ..., -1] .
8634 . .
8635
8636 1 n v x 9 @key{RET} V M ^ 3 @key{TAB} -
8637
8638@end group
8639@end smallexample
8640@noindent
8641@smallexample
8642@group
86431: [4, 2, ..., 4, 1] 1: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8644 . .
8645
8646 1 | 1 @key{TAB} |
8647@end group
8648@end smallexample
8649
8650@noindent
8651Now we compute the function values. Note that for this method we need
8652eleven values, including both endpoints of the desired interval.
8653
8654@smallexample
8655@group
86562: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
86571: [1, 1.1, 1.2, ... , 1.8, 1.9, 2.]
8658 .
8659
8660 11 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} .1 @key{RET} C-u v x
8661
8662@end group
8663@end smallexample
8664@noindent
8665@smallexample
8666@group
86672: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
86681: [0., 0.084941, 0.16993, ... ]
8669 .
8670
8671 ' sin(x) ln(x) @key{RET} m r p 5 @key{RET} V M $ @key{RET}
8672@end group
8673@end smallexample
8674
8675@noindent
8676Once again this calls for @kbd{V M * V R +}; a simple @kbd{*} does the
8677same thing.
8678
8679@smallexample
8680@group
86811: 11.22 1: 1.122 1: 0.374
8682 . . .
8683
8684 * .1 * 3 /
8685@end group
8686@end smallexample
8687
8688@noindent
8689Wow! That's even better than the result from the Taylor series method.
8690
8691@node Rewrites Answer 1, Rewrites Answer 2, Algebra Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8692@subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 1
8693
8694@noindent
8695We'll use Big mode to make the formulas more readable.
8696
8697@smallexample
8698@group
8699 ___
8700 2 + V 2
87011: (2 + sqrt(2)) / (1 + sqrt(2)) 1: --------
8702 . ___
8703 1 + V 2
8704
8705 .
8706
8707 ' (2+sqrt(2)) / (1+sqrt(2)) @key{RET} d B
8708@end group
8709@end smallexample
8710
8711@noindent
8712Multiplying by the conjugate helps because @expr{(a+b) (a-b) = a^2 - b^2}.
8713
8714@smallexample
8715@group
8716 ___ ___
87171: (2 + V 2 ) (V 2 - 1)
8718 .
8719
8720 a r a/(b+c) := a*(b-c) / (b^2-c^2) @key{RET}
8721
8722@end group
8723@end smallexample
8724@noindent
8725@smallexample
8726@group
8727 ___ ___
87281: 2 + V 2 - 2 1: V 2
8729 . .
8730
8731 a r a*(b+c) := a*b + a*c a s
8732@end group
8733@end smallexample
8734
8735@noindent
8736(We could have used @kbd{a x} instead of a rewrite rule for the
8737second step.)
8738
8739The multiply-by-conjugate rule turns out to be useful in many
8740different circumstances, such as when the denominator involves
8741sines and cosines or the imaginary constant @code{i}.
8742
8743@node Rewrites Answer 2, Rewrites Answer 3, Rewrites Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8744@subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 2
8745
8746@noindent
8747Here is the rule set:
8748
8749@smallexample
8750@group
8751[ fib(n) := fib(n, 1, 1) :: integer(n) :: n >= 1,
8752 fib(1, x, y) := x,
8753 fib(n, x, y) := fib(n-1, y, x+y) ]
8754@end group
8755@end smallexample
8756
8757@noindent
8758The first rule turns a one-argument @code{fib} that people like to write
8759into a three-argument @code{fib} that makes computation easier. The
8760second rule converts back from three-argument form once the computation
8761is done. The third rule does the computation itself. It basically
8762says that if @expr{x} and @expr{y} are two consecutive Fibonacci numbers,
8763then @expr{y} and @expr{x+y} are the next (overlapping) pair of Fibonacci
8764numbers.
8765
8766Notice that because the number @expr{n} was ``validated'' by the
8767conditions on the first rule, there is no need to put conditions on
8768the other rules because the rule set would never get that far unless
8769the input were valid. That further speeds computation, since no
8770extra conditions need to be checked at every step.
8771
8772Actually, a user with a nasty sense of humor could enter a bad
8773three-argument @code{fib} call directly, say, @samp{fib(0, 1, 1)},
8774which would get the rules into an infinite loop. One thing that would
8775help keep this from happening by accident would be to use something like
8776@samp{ZzFib} instead of @code{fib} as the name of the three-argument
8777function.
8778
8779@node Rewrites Answer 3, Rewrites Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8780@subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 3
8781
8782@noindent
8783He got an infinite loop. First, Calc did as expected and rewrote
8784@w{@samp{2 + 3 x}} to @samp{f(2, 3, x)}. Then it looked for ways to
8785apply the rule again, and found that @samp{f(2, 3, x)} looks like
8786@samp{a + b x} with @w{@samp{a = 0}} and @samp{b = 1}, so it rewrote to
8787@samp{f(0, 1, f(2, 3, x))}. It then wrapped another @samp{f(0, 1, ...)}
8788around that, and so on, ad infinitum. Joe should have used @kbd{M-1 a r}
8789to make sure the rule applied only once.
8790
8791(Actually, even the first step didn't work as he expected. What Calc
8792really gives for @kbd{M-1 a r} in this situation is @samp{f(3 x, 1, 2)},
8793treating 2 as the ``variable,'' and @samp{3 x} as a constant being added
8794to it. While this may seem odd, it's just as valid a solution as the
8795``obvious'' one. One way to fix this would be to add the condition
8796@samp{:: variable(x)} to the rule, to make sure the thing that matches
8797@samp{x} is indeed a variable, or to change @samp{x} to @samp{quote(x)}
8798on the lefthand side, so that the rule matches the actual variable
8799@samp{x} rather than letting @samp{x} stand for something else.)
8800
8801@node Rewrites Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 5, Rewrites Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8802@subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 4
8803
8804@noindent
8805@ignore
8806@starindex
8807@end ignore
8808@tindex seq
8809Here is a suitable set of rules to solve the first part of the problem:
8810
8811@smallexample
8812@group
8813[ seq(n, c) := seq(n/2, c+1) :: n%2 = 0,
8814 seq(n, c) := seq(3n+1, c+1) :: n%2 = 1 :: n > 1 ]
8815@end group
8816@end smallexample
8817
8818Given the initial formula @samp{seq(6, 0)}, application of these
8819rules produces the following sequence of formulas:
8820
8821@example
8822seq( 3, 1)
8823seq(10, 2)
8824seq( 5, 3)
8825seq(16, 4)
8826seq( 8, 5)
8827seq( 4, 6)
8828seq( 2, 7)
8829seq( 1, 8)
8830@end example
8831
8832@noindent
8833whereupon neither of the rules match, and rewriting stops.
8834
8835We can pretty this up a bit with a couple more rules:
8836
8837@smallexample
8838@group
8839[ seq(n) := seq(n, 0),
8840 seq(1, c) := c,
8841 ... ]
8842@end group
8843@end smallexample
8844
8845@noindent
8846Now, given @samp{seq(6)} as the starting configuration, we get 8
8847as the result.
8848
8849The change to return a vector is quite simple:
8850
8851@smallexample
8852@group
8853[ seq(n) := seq(n, []) :: integer(n) :: n > 0,
8854 seq(1, v) := v | 1,
8855 seq(n, v) := seq(n/2, v | n) :: n%2 = 0,
8856 seq(n, v) := seq(3n+1, v | n) :: n%2 = 1 ]
8857@end group
8858@end smallexample
8859
8860@noindent
8861Given @samp{seq(6)}, the result is @samp{[6, 3, 10, 5, 16, 8, 4, 2, 1]}.
8862
8863Notice that the @expr{n > 1} guard is no longer necessary on the last
8864rule since the @expr{n = 1} case is now detected by another rule.
8865But a guard has been added to the initial rule to make sure the
8866initial value is suitable before the computation begins.
8867
8868While still a good idea, this guard is not as vitally important as it
8869was for the @code{fib} function, since calling, say, @samp{seq(x, [])}
8870will not get into an infinite loop. Calc will not be able to prove
8871the symbol @samp{x} is either even or odd, so none of the rules will
8872apply and the rewrites will stop right away.
8873
8874@node Rewrites Answer 5, Rewrites Answer 6, Rewrites Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8875@subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 5
8876
8877@noindent
8878@ignore
8879@starindex
8880@end ignore
8881@tindex nterms
8882If @expr{x} is the sum @expr{a + b}, then `@tfn{nterms(}@var{x}@tfn{)}' must
8883be `@tfn{nterms(}@var{a}@tfn{)}' plus `@tfn{nterms(}@var{b}@tfn{)}'. If @expr{x}
8884is not a sum, then `@tfn{nterms(}@var{x}@tfn{)}' = 1.
8885
8886@smallexample
8887@group
8888[ nterms(a + b) := nterms(a) + nterms(b),
8889 nterms(x) := 1 ]
8890@end group
8891@end smallexample
8892
8893@noindent
8894Here we have taken advantage of the fact that earlier rules always
8895match before later rules; @samp{nterms(x)} will only be tried if we
8896already know that @samp{x} is not a sum.
8897
8898@node Rewrites Answer 6, Programming Answer 1, Rewrites Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
8899@subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 6
8900
8901@noindent
8902Here is a rule set that will do the job:
8903
8904@smallexample
8905@group
8906[ a*(b + c) := a*b + a*c,
8907 opt(a) O(x^n) + opt(b) O(x^m) := O(x^n) :: n <= m
8908 :: constant(a) :: constant(b),
8909 opt(a) O(x^n) + opt(b) x^m := O(x^n) :: n <= m
8910 :: constant(a) :: constant(b),
8911 a O(x^n) := O(x^n) :: constant(a),
8912 x^opt(m) O(x^n) := O(x^(n+m)),
8913 O(x^n) O(x^m) := O(x^(n+m)) ]
8914@end group
8915@end smallexample
8916
8917If we really want the @kbd{+} and @kbd{*} keys to operate naturally
8918on power series, we should put these rules in @code{EvalRules}. For
8919testing purposes, it is better to put them in a different variable,
8920say, @code{O}, first.
8921
8922The first rule just expands products of sums so that the rest of the
8923rules can assume they have an expanded-out polynomial to work with.
8924Note that this rule does not mention @samp{O} at all, so it will
8925apply to any product-of-sum it encounters---this rule may surprise
8926you if you put it into @code{EvalRules}!
8927
8928In the second rule, the sum of two O's is changed to the smaller O.
8929The optional constant coefficients are there mostly so that
8930@samp{O(x^2) - O(x^3)} and @samp{O(x^3) - O(x^2)} are handled
8931as well as @samp{O(x^2) + O(x^3)}.
8932
8933The third rule absorbs higher powers of @samp{x} into O's.
8934
8935The fourth rule says that a constant times a negligible quantity
8936is still negligible. (This rule will also match @samp{O(x^3) / 4},
8937with @samp{a = 1/4}.)
8938
8939The fifth rule rewrites, for example, @samp{x^2 O(x^3)} to @samp{O(x^5)}.
8940(It is easy to see that if one of these forms is negligible, the other
8941is, too.) Notice the @samp{x^opt(m)} to pick up terms like
8942@w{@samp{x O(x^3)}}. Optional powers will match @samp{x} as @samp{x^1}
8943but not 1 as @samp{x^0}. This turns out to be exactly what we want here.
8944
8945The sixth rule is the corresponding rule for products of two O's.
8946
8947Another way to solve this problem would be to create a new ``data type''
8948that represents truncated power series. We might represent these as
8949function calls @samp{series(@var{coefs}, @var{x})} where @var{coefs} is
8950a vector of coefficients for @expr{x^0}, @expr{x^1}, @expr{x^2}, and so
8951on. Rules would exist for sums and products of such @code{series}
8952objects, and as an optional convenience could also know how to combine a
8953@code{series} object with a normal polynomial. (With this, and with a
8954rule that rewrites @samp{O(x^n)} to the equivalent @code{series} form,
8955you could still enter power series in exactly the same notation as
8956before.) Operations on such objects would probably be more efficient,
8957although the objects would be a bit harder to read.
8958
8959@c [fix-ref Compositions]
8960Some other symbolic math programs provide a power series data type
8961similar to this. Mathematica, for example, has an object that looks
8962like @samp{PowerSeries[@var{x}, @var{x0}, @var{coefs}, @var{nmin},
8963@var{nmax}, @var{den}]}, where @var{x0} is the point about which the
8964power series is taken (we've been assuming this was always zero),
8965and @var{nmin}, @var{nmax}, and @var{den} allow pseudo-power-series
8966with fractional or negative powers. Also, the @code{PowerSeries}
8967objects have a special display format that makes them look like
8968@samp{2 x^2 + O(x^4)} when they are printed out. (@xref{Compositions},
8969for a way to do this in Calc, although for something as involved as
8970this it would probably be better to write the formatting routine
8971in Lisp.)
8972
8973@node Programming Answer 1, Programming Answer 2, Rewrites Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
8974@subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 1
8975
8976@noindent
8977Just enter the formula @samp{ninteg(sin(t)/t, t, 0, x)}, type
8978@kbd{Z F}, and answer the questions. Since this formula contains two
8979variables, the default argument list will be @samp{(t x)}. We want to
8980change this to @samp{(x)} since @expr{t} is really a dummy variable
8981to be used within @code{ninteg}.
8982
8983The exact keystrokes are @kbd{Z F s Si @key{RET} @key{RET} C-b C-b @key{DEL} @key{DEL} @key{RET} y}.
8984(The @kbd{C-b C-b @key{DEL} @key{DEL}} are what fix the argument list.)
8985
8986@node Programming Answer 2, Programming Answer 3, Programming Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8987@subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 2
8988
8989@noindent
8990One way is to move the number to the top of the stack, operate on
8991it, then move it back: @kbd{C-x ( M-@key{TAB} n M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} C-x )}.
8992
8993Another way is to negate the top three stack entries, then negate
8994again the top two stack entries: @kbd{C-x ( M-3 n M-2 n C-x )}.
8995
8996Finally, it turns out that a negative prefix argument causes a
8997command like @kbd{n} to operate on the specified stack entry only,
8998which is just what we want: @kbd{C-x ( M-- 3 n C-x )}.
8999
9000Just for kicks, let's also do it algebraically:
9001@w{@kbd{C-x ( ' -$$$, $$, $ @key{RET} C-x )}}.
9002
9003@node Programming Answer 3, Programming Answer 4, Programming Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
9004@subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 3
9005
9006@noindent
9007Each of these functions can be computed using the stack, or using
9008algebraic entry, whichever way you prefer:
9009
9010@noindent
9011Computing
9012@texline @math{\displaystyle{\sin x \over x}}:
9013@infoline @expr{sin(x) / x}:
9014
9015Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( @key{RET} S @key{TAB} / C-x )}.
9016
9017Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' sin($)/$ @key{RET} C-x )}.
9018
9019@noindent
9020Computing the logarithm:
9021
9022Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( @key{TAB} B C-x )}
9023
9024Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' log($,$$) @key{RET} C-x )}.
9025
9026@noindent
9027Computing the vector of integers:
9028
9029Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( 1 @key{RET} 1 C-u v x C-x )}. (Recall that
9030@kbd{C-u v x} takes the vector size, starting value, and increment
9031from the stack.)
9032
9033Alternatively: @kbd{C-x ( ~ v x C-x )}. (The @kbd{~} key pops a
9034number from the stack and uses it as the prefix argument for the
9035next command.)
9036
9037Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' index($) @key{RET} C-x )}.
9038
9039@node Programming Answer 4, Programming Answer 5, Programming Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
9040@subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 4
9041
9042@noindent
9043Here's one way: @kbd{C-x ( @key{RET} V R + @key{TAB} v l / C-x )}.
9044
9045@node Programming Answer 5, Programming Answer 6, Programming Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
9046@subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 5
9047
9048@smallexample
9049@group
90502: 1 1: 1.61803398502 2: 1.61803398502
90511: 20 . 1: 1.61803398875
9052 . .
9053
9054 1 @key{RET} 20 Z < & 1 + Z > I H P
9055@end group
9056@end smallexample
9057
9058@noindent
9059This answer is quite accurate.
9060
9061@node Programming Answer 6, Programming Answer 7, Programming Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
9062@subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 6
9063
9064@noindent
9065Here is the matrix:
9066
9067@example
9068[ [ 0, 1 ] * [a, b] = [b, a + b]
9069 [ 1, 1 ] ]
9070@end example
9071
9072@noindent
9073Thus @samp{[0, 1; 1, 1]^n * [1, 1]} computes Fibonacci numbers @expr{n+1}
9074and @expr{n+2}. Here's one program that does the job:
9075
9076@example
9077C-x ( ' [0, 1; 1, 1] ^ ($-1) * [1, 1] @key{RET} v u @key{DEL} C-x )
9078@end example
9079
9080@noindent
9081This program is quite efficient because Calc knows how to raise a
9082matrix (or other value) to the power @expr{n} in only
9083@texline @math{\log_2 n}
9084@infoline @expr{log(n,2)}
9085steps. For example, this program can compute the 1000th Fibonacci
9086number (a 209-digit integer!) in about 10 steps; even though the
9087@kbd{Z < ... Z >} solution had much simpler steps, it would have
9088required so many steps that it would not have been practical.
9089
9090@node Programming Answer 7, Programming Answer 8, Programming Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
9091@subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 7
9092
9093@noindent
9094The trick here is to compute the harmonic numbers differently, so that
9095the loop counter itself accumulates the sum of reciprocals. We use
9096a separate variable to hold the integer counter.
9097
9098@smallexample
9099@group
91001: 1 2: 1 1: .
9101 . 1: 4
9102 .
9103
9104 1 t 1 1 @key{RET} 4 Z ( t 2 r 1 1 + s 1 & Z )
9105@end group
9106@end smallexample
9107
9108@noindent
9109The body of the loop goes as follows: First save the harmonic sum
9110so far in variable 2. Then delete it from the stack; the for loop
9111itself will take care of remembering it for us. Next, recall the
9112count from variable 1, add one to it, and feed its reciprocal to
9113the for loop to use as the step value. The for loop will increase
9114the ``loop counter'' by that amount and keep going until the
9115loop counter exceeds 4.
9116
9117@smallexample
9118@group
91192: 31 3: 31
91201: 3.99498713092 2: 3.99498713092
9121 . 1: 4.02724519544
9122 .
9123
9124 r 1 r 2 @key{RET} 31 & +
9125@end group
9126@end smallexample
9127
9128Thus we find that the 30th harmonic number is 3.99, and the 31st
9129harmonic number is 4.02.
9130
9131@node Programming Answer 8, Programming Answer 9, Programming Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
9132@subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 8
9133
9134@noindent
9135The first step is to compute the derivative @expr{f'(x)} and thus
9136the formula
9137@texline @math{\displaystyle{x - {f(x) \over f'(x)}}}.
9138@infoline @expr{x - f(x)/f'(x)}.
9139
9140(Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9141below. You can use @w{@kbd{C-x * m}} to load it from there. While you are
9142entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9143keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9144pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9145just for purposes of illustration.)
9146
9147@smallexample
9148@group
91492: sin(cos(x)) - 0.5 3: 4.5
91501: 4.5 2: sin(cos(x)) - 0.5
9151 . 1: -(sin(x) cos(cos(x)))
9152 .
9153
9154' sin(cos(x))-0.5 @key{RET} 4.5 m r C-x ( Z ` @key{TAB} @key{RET} a d x @key{RET}
9155
9156@end group
9157@end smallexample
9158@noindent
9159@smallexample
9160@group
91612: 4.5
91621: x + (sin(cos(x)) - 0.5) / sin(x) cos(cos(x))
9163 .
9164
9165 / ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} - t 1
9166@end group
9167@end smallexample
9168
9169Now, we enter the loop. We'll use a repeat loop with a 20-repetition
9170limit just in case the method fails to converge for some reason.
9171(Normally, the @w{@kbd{Z /}} command will stop the loop before all 20
9172repetitions are done.)
9173
9174@smallexample
9175@group
91761: 4.5 3: 4.5 2: 4.5
9177 . 2: x + (sin(cos(x)) ... 1: 5.24196456928
9178 1: 4.5 .
9179 .
9180
9181 20 Z < @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} s l x @key{RET}
9182@end group
9183@end smallexample
9184
9185This is the new guess for @expr{x}. Now we compare it with the
9186old one to see if we've converged.
9187
9188@smallexample
9189@group
91903: 5.24196 2: 5.24196 1: 5.24196 1: 5.26345856348
91912: 5.24196 1: 0 . .
91921: 4.5 .
9193 .
9194
9195 @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z / Z > Z ' C-x )
9196@end group
9197@end smallexample
9198
9199The loop converges in just a few steps to this value. To check
9200the result, we can simply substitute it back into the equation.
9201
9202@smallexample
9203@group
92042: 5.26345856348
92051: 0.499999999997
9206 .
9207
9208 @key{RET} ' sin(cos($)) @key{RET}
9209@end group
9210@end smallexample
9211
9212Let's test the new definition again:
9213
9214@smallexample
9215@group
92162: x^2 - 9 1: 3.
92171: 1 .
9218 .
9219
9220 ' x^2-9 @key{RET} 1 X
9221@end group
9222@end smallexample
9223
9224Once again, here's the full Newton's Method definition:
9225
9226@example
9227@group
9228C-x ( Z ` @key{TAB} @key{RET} a d x @key{RET} / ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} - t 1
9229 20 Z < @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} s l x @key{RET}
9230 @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z /
9231 Z >
9232 Z '
9233C-x )
9234@end group
9235@end example
9236
9237@c [fix-ref Nesting and Fixed Points]
9238It turns out that Calc has a built-in command for applying a formula
9239repeatedly until it converges to a number. @xref{Nesting and Fixed Points},
9240to see how to use it.
9241
9242@c [fix-ref Root Finding]
9243Also, of course, @kbd{a R} is a built-in command that uses Newton's
9244method (among others) to look for numerical solutions to any equation.
9245@xref{Root Finding}.
9246
9247@node Programming Answer 9, Programming Answer 10, Programming Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
9248@subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 9
9249
9250@noindent
9251The first step is to adjust @expr{z} to be greater than 5. A simple
9252``for'' loop will do the job here. If @expr{z} is less than 5, we
9253reduce the problem using
9254@texline @math{\psi(z) = \psi(z+1) - 1/z}.
9255@infoline @expr{psi(z) = psi(z+1) - 1/z}. We go
9256on to compute
9257@texline @math{\psi(z+1)},
9258@infoline @expr{psi(z+1)},
9259and remember to add back a factor of @expr{-1/z} when we're done. This
9260step is repeated until @expr{z > 5}.
9261
9262(Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9263below. You can use @w{@kbd{C-x * m}} to load it from there. While you are
9264entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9265keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9266pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9267just for purposes of illustration.)
9268
9269@smallexample
9270@group
92711: 1. 1: 1.
9272 . .
9273
9274 1.0 @key{RET} C-x ( Z ` s 1 0 t 2
9275@end group
9276@end smallexample
9277
9278Here, variable 1 holds @expr{z} and variable 2 holds the adjustment
9279factor. If @expr{z < 5}, we use a loop to increase it.
9280
9281(By the way, we started with @samp{1.0} instead of the integer 1 because
9282otherwise the calculation below will try to do exact fractional arithmetic,
9283and will never converge because fractions compare equal only if they
9284are exactly equal, not just equal to within the current precision.)
9285
9286@smallexample
9287@group
92883: 1. 2: 1. 1: 6.
92892: 1. 1: 1 .
92901: 5 .
9291 .
9292
9293 @key{RET} 5 a < Z [ 5 Z ( & s + 2 1 s + 1 1 Z ) r 1 Z ]
9294@end group
9295@end smallexample
9296
9297Now we compute the initial part of the sum:
9298@texline @math{\ln z - {1 \over 2z}}
9299@infoline @expr{ln(z) - 1/2z}
9300minus the adjustment factor.
9301
9302@smallexample
9303@group
93042: 1.79175946923 2: 1.7084261359 1: -0.57490719743
93051: 0.0833333333333 1: 2.28333333333 .
9306 . .
9307
9308 L r 1 2 * & - r 2 -
9309@end group
9310@end smallexample
9311
9312Now we evaluate the series. We'll use another ``for'' loop counting
9313up the value of @expr{2 n}. (Calc does have a summation command,
9314@kbd{a +}, but we'll use loops just to get more practice with them.)
9315
9316@smallexample
9317@group
93183: -0.5749 3: -0.5749 4: -0.5749 2: -0.5749
93192: 2 2: 1:6 3: 1:6 1: 2.3148e-3
93201: 40 1: 2 2: 2 .
9321 . . 1: 36.
9322 .
9323
9324 2 @key{RET} 40 Z ( @key{RET} k b @key{TAB} @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} ^ * /
9325
9326@end group
9327@end smallexample
9328@noindent
9329@smallexample
9330@group
93313: -0.5749 3: -0.5772 2: -0.5772 1: -0.577215664892
93322: -0.5749 2: -0.5772 1: 0 .
93331: 2.3148e-3 1: -0.5749 .
9334 . .
9335
9336 @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} - @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z / 2 Z ) Z ' C-x )
9337@end group
9338@end smallexample
9339
9340This is the value of
9341@texline @math{-\gamma},
9342@infoline @expr{- gamma},
9343with a slight bit of roundoff error. To get a full 12 digits, let's use
9344a higher precision:
9345
9346@smallexample
9347@group
93482: -0.577215664892 2: -0.577215664892
93491: 1. 1: -0.577215664901532
9350
9351 1. @key{RET} p 16 @key{RET} X
9352@end group
9353@end smallexample
9354
9355Here's the complete sequence of keystrokes:
9356
9357@example
9358@group
9359C-x ( Z ` s 1 0 t 2
9360 @key{RET} 5 a < Z [ 5 Z ( & s + 2 1 s + 1 1 Z ) r 1 Z ]
9361 L r 1 2 * & - r 2 -
9362 2 @key{RET} 40 Z ( @key{RET} k b @key{TAB} @key{RET} r 1 @key{TAB} ^ * /
9363 @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} - @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} a = Z /
9364 2 Z )
9365 Z '
9366C-x )
9367@end group
9368@end example
9369
9370@node Programming Answer 10, Programming Answer 11, Programming Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
9371@subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 10
9372
9373@noindent
9374Taking the derivative of a term of the form @expr{x^n} will produce
9375a term like
9376@texline @math{n x^{n-1}}.
9377@infoline @expr{n x^(n-1)}.
9378Taking the derivative of a constant
9379produces zero. From this it is easy to see that the @expr{n}th
9380derivative of a polynomial, evaluated at @expr{x = 0}, will equal the
9381coefficient on the @expr{x^n} term times @expr{n!}.
9382
9383(Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9384below. You can use @w{@kbd{C-x * m}} to load it from there. While you are
9385entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9386keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9387pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9388just for purposes of illustration.)
9389
9390@smallexample
9391@group
93922: 5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2 3: 5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2
93931: 6 2: 0
9394 . 1: 6
9395 .
9396
9397 ' 5 x^4 + (x+1)^2 @key{RET} 6 C-x ( Z ` [ ] t 1 0 @key{TAB}
9398@end group
9399@end smallexample
9400
9401@noindent
9402Variable 1 will accumulate the vector of coefficients.
9403
9404@smallexample
9405@group
94062: 0 3: 0 2: 5 x^4 + ...
94071: 5 x^4 + ... 2: 5 x^4 + ... 1: 1
9408 . 1: 1 .
9409 .
9410
9411 Z ( @key{TAB} @key{RET} 0 s l x @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} ! / s | 1
9412@end group
9413@end smallexample
9414
9415@noindent
9416Note that @kbd{s | 1} appends the top-of-stack value to the vector
9417in a variable; it is completely analogous to @kbd{s + 1}. We could
9418have written instead, @kbd{r 1 @key{TAB} | t 1}.
9419
9420@smallexample
9421@group
94221: 20 x^3 + 2 x + 2 1: 0 1: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]
9423 . . .
9424
9425 a d x @key{RET} 1 Z ) @key{DEL} r 1 Z ' C-x )
9426@end group
9427@end smallexample
9428
9429To convert back, a simple method is just to map the coefficients
9430against a table of powers of @expr{x}.
9431
9432@smallexample
9433@group
94342: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0] 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]
94351: 6 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
9436 . .
9437
9438 6 @key{RET} 1 + 0 @key{RET} 1 C-u v x
9439
9440@end group
9441@end smallexample
9442@noindent
9443@smallexample
9444@group
94452: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0] 2: 1 + 2 x + x^2 + 5 x^4
94461: [1, x, x^2, x^3, ... ] .
9447 .
9448
9449 ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M ^ *
9450@end group
9451@end smallexample
9452
9453Once again, here are the whole polynomial to/from vector programs:
9454
9455@example
9456@group
9457C-x ( Z ` [ ] t 1 0 @key{TAB}
9458 Z ( @key{TAB} @key{RET} 0 s l x @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} ! / s | 1
9459 a d x @key{RET}
9460 1 Z ) r 1
9461 Z '
9462C-x )
9463
9464C-x ( 1 + 0 @key{RET} 1 C-u v x ' x @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M ^ * C-x )
9465@end group
9466@end example
9467
9468@node Programming Answer 11, Programming Answer 12, Programming Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
9469@subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 11
9470
9471@noindent
9472First we define a dummy program to go on the @kbd{z s} key. The true
9473@w{@kbd{z s}} key is supposed to take two numbers from the stack and
9474return one number, so @key{DEL} as a dummy definition will make
9475sure the stack comes out right.
9476
9477@smallexample
9478@group
94792: 4 1: 4 2: 4
94801: 2 . 1: 2
9481 . .
9482
9483 4 @key{RET} 2 C-x ( @key{DEL} C-x ) Z K s @key{RET} 2
9484@end group
9485@end smallexample
9486
9487The last step replaces the 2 that was eaten during the creation
9488of the dummy @kbd{z s} command. Now we move on to the real
9489definition. The recurrence needs to be rewritten slightly,
9490to the form @expr{s(n,m) = s(n-1,m-1) - (n-1) s(n-1,m)}.
9491
9492(Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9493below. You can use @kbd{C-x * m} to load it from there.)
9494
9495@smallexample
9496@group
94972: 4 4: 4 3: 4 2: 4
94981: 2 3: 2 2: 2 1: 2
9499 . 2: 4 1: 0 .
9500 1: 2 .
9501 .
9502
9503 C-x ( M-2 @key{RET} a = Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 1 Z :
9504
9505@end group
9506@end smallexample
9507@noindent
9508@smallexample
9509@group
95104: 4 2: 4 2: 3 4: 3 4: 3 3: 3
95113: 2 1: 2 1: 2 3: 2 3: 2 2: 2
95122: 2 . . 2: 3 2: 3 1: 3
95131: 0 1: 2 1: 1 .
9514 . . .
9515
9516 @key{RET} 0 a = Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 0 Z : @key{TAB} 1 - @key{TAB} M-2 @key{RET} 1 - z s
9517@end group
9518@end smallexample
9519
9520@noindent
9521(Note that the value 3 that our dummy @kbd{z s} produces is not correct;
9522it is merely a placeholder that will do just as well for now.)
9523
9524@smallexample
9525@group
95263: 3 4: 3 3: 3 2: 3 1: -6
95272: 3 3: 3 2: 3 1: 9 .
95281: 2 2: 3 1: 3 .
9529 . 1: 2 .
9530 .
9531
9532 M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} z s * -
9533
9534@end group
9535@end smallexample
9536@noindent
9537@smallexample
9538@group
95391: -6 2: 4 1: 11 2: 11
9540 . 1: 2 . 1: 11
9541 . .
9542
9543 Z ] Z ] C-x ) Z K s @key{RET} @key{DEL} 4 @key{RET} 2 z s M-@key{RET} k s
9544@end group
9545@end smallexample
9546
9547Even though the result that we got during the definition was highly
9548bogus, once the definition is complete the @kbd{z s} command gets
9549the right answers.
9550
9551Here's the full program once again:
9552
9553@example
9554@group
9555C-x ( M-2 @key{RET} a =
9556 Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 1
9557 Z : @key{RET} 0 a =
9558 Z [ @key{DEL} @key{DEL} 0
9559 Z : @key{TAB} 1 - @key{TAB} M-2 @key{RET} 1 - z s
9560 M-@key{TAB} M-@key{TAB} @key{TAB} @key{RET} M-@key{TAB} z s * -
9561 Z ]
9562 Z ]
9563C-x )
9564@end group
9565@end example
9566
9567You can read this definition using @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro})
9568followed by @kbd{Z K s}, without having to make a dummy definition
9569first, because @code{read-kbd-macro} doesn't need to execute the
9570definition as it reads it in. For this reason, @code{C-x * m} is often
9571the easiest way to create recursive programs in Calc.
9572
9573@node Programming Answer 12, , Programming Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
9574@subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 12
9575
9576@noindent
9577This turns out to be a much easier way to solve the problem. Let's
9578denote Stirling numbers as calls of the function @samp{s}.
9579
9580First, we store the rewrite rules corresponding to the definition of
9581Stirling numbers in a convenient variable:
9582
9583@smallexample
9584s e StirlingRules @key{RET}
9585[ s(n,n) := 1 :: n >= 0,
9586 s(n,0) := 0 :: n > 0,
9587 s(n,m) := s(n-1,m-1) - (n-1) s(n-1,m) :: n >= m :: m >= 1 ]
9588C-c C-c
9589@end smallexample
9590
9591Now, it's just a matter of applying the rules:
9592
9593@smallexample
9594@group
95952: 4 1: s(4, 2) 1: 11
95961: 2 . .
9597 .
9598
9599 4 @key{RET} 2 C-x ( ' s($$,$) @key{RET} a r StirlingRules @key{RET} C-x )
9600@end group
9601@end smallexample
9602
9603As in the case of the @code{fib} rules, it would be useful to put these
9604rules in @code{EvalRules} and to add a @samp{:: remember} condition to
9605the last rule.
9606
9607@c This ends the table-of-contents kludge from above:
9608@tex
9609\global\let\chapternofonts=\oldchapternofonts
9610@end tex
9611
9612@c [reference]
9613
9614@node Introduction, Data Types, Tutorial, Top
9615@chapter Introduction
9616
9617@noindent
9618This chapter is the beginning of the Calc reference manual.
9619It covers basic concepts such as the stack, algebraic and
9620numeric entry, undo, numeric prefix arguments, etc.
9621
9622@c [when-split]
9623@c (Chapter 2, the Tutorial, has been printed in a separate volume.)
9624
9625@menu
9626* Basic Commands::
9627* Help Commands::
9628* Stack Basics::
9629* Numeric Entry::
9630* Algebraic Entry::
9631* Quick Calculator::
9632* Prefix Arguments::
9633* Undo::
9634* Error Messages::
9635* Multiple Calculators::
9636* Troubleshooting Commands::
9637@end menu
9638
9639@node Basic Commands, Help Commands, Introduction, Introduction
9640@section Basic Commands
9641
9642@noindent
9643@pindex calc
9644@pindex calc-mode
9645@cindex Starting the Calculator
9646@cindex Running the Calculator
9647To start the Calculator in its standard interface, type @kbd{M-x calc}.
9648By default this creates a pair of small windows, @samp{*Calculator*}
9649and @samp{*Calc Trail*}. The former displays the contents of the
9650Calculator stack and is manipulated exclusively through Calc commands.
9651It is possible (though not usually necessary) to create several Calc
9652mode buffers each of which has an independent stack, undo list, and
9653mode settings. There is exactly one Calc Trail buffer; it records a
9654list of the results of all calculations that have been done. The
9655Calc Trail buffer uses a variant of Calc mode, so Calculator commands
9656still work when the trail buffer's window is selected. It is possible
9657to turn the trail window off, but the @samp{*Calc Trail*} buffer itself
9658still exists and is updated silently. @xref{Trail Commands}.
9659
9660@kindex C-x * c
9661@kindex C-x * *
9662@ignore
9663@mindex @null
9664@end ignore
9665In most installations, the @kbd{C-x * c} key sequence is a more
9666convenient way to start the Calculator. Also, @kbd{C-x * *}
9667is a synonym for @kbd{C-x * c} unless you last used Calc
9668in its Keypad mode.
9669
9670@kindex x
9671@kindex M-x
9672@pindex calc-execute-extended-command
9673Most Calc commands use one or two keystrokes. Lower- and upper-case
9674letters are distinct. Commands may also be entered in full @kbd{M-x} form;
9675for some commands this is the only form. As a convenience, the @kbd{x}
9676key (@code{calc-execute-extended-command})
9677is like @kbd{M-x} except that it enters the initial string @samp{calc-}
9678for you. For example, the following key sequences are equivalent:
9679@kbd{S}, @kbd{M-x calc-sin @key{RET}}, @kbd{x sin @key{RET}}.
9680
3bc88bc9
JB
9681Although Calc is designed to be used from the keyboard, some of
9682Calc's more common commands are available from a menu. In the menu, the
9683arguments to the functions are given by referring to their stack level
9684numbers.
9685
4009494e
GM
9686@cindex Extensions module
9687@cindex @file{calc-ext} module
9688The Calculator exists in many parts. When you type @kbd{C-x * c}, the
9689Emacs ``auto-load'' mechanism will bring in only the first part, which
9690contains the basic arithmetic functions. The other parts will be
9691auto-loaded the first time you use the more advanced commands like trig
9692functions or matrix operations. This is done to improve the response time
9693of the Calculator in the common case when all you need to do is a
9694little arithmetic. If for some reason the Calculator fails to load an
9695extension module automatically, you can force it to load all the
9696extensions by using the @kbd{C-x * L} (@code{calc-load-everything})
9697command. @xref{Mode Settings}.
9698
9699If you type @kbd{M-x calc} or @kbd{C-x * c} with any numeric prefix argument,
9700the Calculator is loaded if necessary, but it is not actually started.
9701If the argument is positive, the @file{calc-ext} extensions are also
9702loaded if necessary. User-written Lisp code that wishes to make use
9703of Calc's arithmetic routines can use @samp{(calc 0)} or @samp{(calc 1)}
9704to auto-load the Calculator.
9705
9706@kindex C-x * b
9707@pindex full-calc
9708If you type @kbd{C-x * b}, then next time you use @kbd{C-x * c} you
9709will get a Calculator that uses the full height of the Emacs screen.
9710When full-screen mode is on, @kbd{C-x * c} runs the @code{full-calc}
9711command instead of @code{calc}. From the Unix shell you can type
9712@samp{emacs -f full-calc} to start a new Emacs specifically for use
9713as a calculator. When Calc is started from the Emacs command line
9714like this, Calc's normal ``quit'' commands actually quit Emacs itself.
9715
9716@kindex C-x * o
9717@pindex calc-other-window
9718The @kbd{C-x * o} command is like @kbd{C-x * c} except that the Calc
9719window is not actually selected. If you are already in the Calc
9720window, @kbd{C-x * o} switches you out of it. (The regular Emacs
9721@kbd{C-x o} command would also work for this, but it has a
9722tendency to drop you into the Calc Trail window instead, which
9723@kbd{C-x * o} takes care not to do.)
9724
9725@ignore
9726@mindex C-x * q
9727@end ignore
9728For one quick calculation, you can type @kbd{C-x * q} (@code{quick-calc})
9729which prompts you for a formula (like @samp{2+3/4}). The result is
9730displayed at the bottom of the Emacs screen without ever creating
9731any special Calculator windows. @xref{Quick Calculator}.
9732
9733@ignore
9734@mindex C-x * k
9735@end ignore
9736Finally, if you are using the X window system you may want to try
9737@kbd{C-x * k} (@code{calc-keypad}) which runs Calc with a
9738``calculator keypad'' picture as well as a stack display. Click on
9739the keys with the mouse to operate the calculator. @xref{Keypad Mode}.
9740
9741@kindex q
9742@pindex calc-quit
9743@cindex Quitting the Calculator
9744@cindex Exiting the Calculator
9745The @kbd{q} key (@code{calc-quit}) exits Calc mode and closes the
9746Calculator's window(s). It does not delete the Calculator buffers.
9747If you type @kbd{M-x calc} again, the Calculator will reappear with the
9748contents of the stack intact. Typing @kbd{C-x * c} or @kbd{C-x * *}
9749again from inside the Calculator buffer is equivalent to executing
9750@code{calc-quit}; you can think of @kbd{C-x * *} as toggling the
9751Calculator on and off.
9752
9753@kindex C-x * x
9754The @kbd{C-x * x} command also turns the Calculator off, no matter which
9755user interface (standard, Keypad, or Embedded) is currently active.
9756It also cancels @code{calc-edit} mode if used from there.
9757
9758@kindex d @key{SPC}
9759@pindex calc-refresh
9760@cindex Refreshing a garbled display
9761@cindex Garbled displays, refreshing
9762The @kbd{d @key{SPC}} key sequence (@code{calc-refresh}) redraws the contents
9763of the Calculator buffer from memory. Use this if the contents of the
9764buffer have been damaged somehow.
9765
9766@ignore
9767@mindex o
9768@end ignore
9769The @kbd{o} key (@code{calc-realign}) moves the cursor back to its
9770``home'' position at the bottom of the Calculator buffer.
9771
9772@kindex <
9773@kindex >
9774@pindex calc-scroll-left
9775@pindex calc-scroll-right
9776@cindex Horizontal scrolling
9777@cindex Scrolling
9778@cindex Wide text, scrolling
9779The @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} keys are bound to @code{calc-scroll-left} and
9780@code{calc-scroll-right}. These are just like the normal horizontal
9781scrolling commands except that they scroll one half-screen at a time by
9782default. (Calc formats its output to fit within the bounds of the
9783window whenever it can.)
9784
9785@kindex @{
9786@kindex @}
9787@pindex calc-scroll-down
9788@pindex calc-scroll-up
9789@cindex Vertical scrolling
9790The @kbd{@{} and @kbd{@}} keys are bound to @code{calc-scroll-down}
9791and @code{calc-scroll-up}. They scroll up or down by one-half the
9792height of the Calc window.
9793
9794@kindex C-x * 0
9795@pindex calc-reset
9796The @kbd{C-x * 0} command (@code{calc-reset}; that's @kbd{C-x *} followed
9797by a zero) resets the Calculator to its initial state. This clears
9798the stack, resets all the modes to their initial values (the values
9799that were saved with @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes})), clears the
9800caches (@pxref{Caches}), and so on. (It does @emph{not} erase the
9801values of any variables.) With an argument of 0, Calc will be reset to
9802its default state; namely, the modes will be given their default values.
9803With a positive prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * 0} preserves the contents of
9804the stack but resets everything else to its initial state; with a
9805negative prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * 0} preserves the contents of the
9806stack but resets everything else to its default state.
9807
4009494e
GM
9808@node Help Commands, Stack Basics, Basic Commands, Introduction
9809@section Help Commands
9810
9811@noindent
9812@cindex Help commands
9813@kindex ?
9814@pindex calc-help
9815The @kbd{?} key (@code{calc-help}) displays a series of brief help messages.
9816Some keys (such as @kbd{b} and @kbd{d}) are prefix keys, like Emacs'
9817@key{ESC} and @kbd{C-x} prefixes. You can type
9818@kbd{?} after a prefix to see a list of commands beginning with that
9819prefix. (If the message includes @samp{[MORE]}, press @kbd{?} again
9820to see additional commands for that prefix.)
9821
9822@kindex h h
9823@pindex calc-full-help
9824The @kbd{h h} (@code{calc-full-help}) command displays all the @kbd{?}
9825responses at once. When printed, this makes a nice, compact (three pages)
9826summary of Calc keystrokes.
9827
9828In general, the @kbd{h} key prefix introduces various commands that
9829provide help within Calc. Many of the @kbd{h} key functions are
9830Calc-specific analogues to the @kbd{C-h} functions for Emacs help.
9831
9832@kindex h i
9833@kindex C-x * i
9834@kindex i
9835@pindex calc-info
9836The @kbd{h i} (@code{calc-info}) command runs the Emacs Info system
9837to read this manual on-line. This is basically the same as typing
9838@kbd{C-h i} (the regular way to run the Info system), then, if Info
9839is not already in the Calc manual, selecting the beginning of the
9840manual. The @kbd{C-x * i} command is another way to read the Calc
9841manual; it is different from @kbd{h i} in that it works any time,
9842not just inside Calc. The plain @kbd{i} key is also equivalent to
9843@kbd{h i}, though this key is obsolete and may be replaced with a
9844different command in a future version of Calc.
9845
9846@kindex h t
9847@kindex C-x * t
9848@pindex calc-tutorial
9849The @kbd{h t} (@code{calc-tutorial}) command runs the Info system on
9850the Tutorial section of the Calc manual. It is like @kbd{h i},
9851except that it selects the starting node of the tutorial rather
9852than the beginning of the whole manual. (It actually selects the
9853node ``Interactive Tutorial'' which tells a few things about
9854using the Info system before going on to the actual tutorial.)
9855The @kbd{C-x * t} key is equivalent to @kbd{h t} (but it works at
9856all times).
9857
9858@kindex h s
9859@kindex C-x * s
9860@pindex calc-info-summary
9861The @kbd{h s} (@code{calc-info-summary}) command runs the Info system
9862on the Summary node of the Calc manual. @xref{Summary}. The @kbd{C-x * s}
9863key is equivalent to @kbd{h s}.
9864
9865@kindex h k
9866@pindex calc-describe-key
9867The @kbd{h k} (@code{calc-describe-key}) command looks up a key
9868sequence in the Calc manual. For example, @kbd{h k H a S} looks
9869up the documentation on the @kbd{H a S} (@code{calc-solve-for})
9870command. This works by looking up the textual description of
9871the key(s) in the Key Index of the manual, then jumping to the
9872node indicated by the index.
9873
9874Most Calc commands do not have traditional Emacs documentation
9875strings, since the @kbd{h k} command is both more convenient and
9876more instructive. This means the regular Emacs @kbd{C-h k}
9877(@code{describe-key}) command will not be useful for Calc keystrokes.
9878
9879@kindex h c
9880@pindex calc-describe-key-briefly
9881The @kbd{h c} (@code{calc-describe-key-briefly}) command reads a
9882key sequence and displays a brief one-line description of it at
9883the bottom of the screen. It looks for the key sequence in the
9884Summary node of the Calc manual; if it doesn't find the sequence
9885there, it acts just like its regular Emacs counterpart @kbd{C-h c}
9886(@code{describe-key-briefly}). For example, @kbd{h c H a S}
9887gives the description:
9888
9889@smallexample
9890H a S runs calc-solve-for: a `H a S' v => fsolve(a,v) (?=notes)
9891@end smallexample
9892
9893@noindent
9894which means the command @kbd{H a S} or @kbd{H M-x calc-solve-for}
9895takes a value @expr{a} from the stack, prompts for a value @expr{v},
9896then applies the algebraic function @code{fsolve} to these values.
9897The @samp{?=notes} message means you can now type @kbd{?} to see
9898additional notes from the summary that apply to this command.
9899
9900@kindex h f
9901@pindex calc-describe-function
9902The @kbd{h f} (@code{calc-describe-function}) command looks up an
9903algebraic function or a command name in the Calc manual. Enter an
9904algebraic function name to look up that function in the Function
9905Index or enter a command name beginning with @samp{calc-} to look it
9906up in the Command Index. This command will also look up operator
9907symbols that can appear in algebraic formulas, like @samp{%} and
9908@samp{=>}.
9909
9910@kindex h v
9911@pindex calc-describe-variable
9912The @kbd{h v} (@code{calc-describe-variable}) command looks up a
9913variable in the Calc manual. Enter a variable name like @code{pi} or
9914@code{PlotRejects}.
9915
9916@kindex h b
9917@pindex describe-bindings
9918The @kbd{h b} (@code{calc-describe-bindings}) command is just like
9919@kbd{C-h b}, except that only local (Calc-related) key bindings are
9920listed.
9921
9922@kindex h n
9923The @kbd{h n} or @kbd{h C-n} (@code{calc-view-news}) command displays
9924the ``news'' or change history of Calc. This is kept in the file
9925@file{README}, which Calc looks for in the same directory as the Calc
9926source files.
9927
9928@kindex h C-c
9929@kindex h C-d
9930@kindex h C-w
9931The @kbd{h C-c}, @kbd{h C-d}, and @kbd{h C-w} keys display copying,
9932distribution, and warranty information about Calc. These work by
9933pulling up the appropriate parts of the ``Copying'' or ``Reporting
9934Bugs'' sections of the manual.
9935
9936@node Stack Basics, Numeric Entry, Help Commands, Introduction
9937@section Stack Basics
9938
9939@noindent
9940@cindex Stack basics
9941@c [fix-tut RPN Calculations and the Stack]
9942Calc uses RPN notation. If you are not familiar with RPN, @pxref{RPN
9943Tutorial}.
9944
9945To add the numbers 1 and 2 in Calc you would type the keys:
9946@kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 +}.
9947(@key{RET} corresponds to the @key{ENTER} key on most calculators.)
9948The first three keystrokes ``push'' the numbers 1 and 2 onto the stack. The
9949@kbd{+} key always ``pops'' the top two numbers from the stack, adds them,
9950and pushes the result (3) back onto the stack. This number is ready for
9951further calculations: @kbd{5 -} pushes 5 onto the stack, then pops the
99523 and 5, subtracts them, and pushes the result (@mathit{-2}).
9953
9954Note that the ``top'' of the stack actually appears at the @emph{bottom}
9955of the buffer. A line containing a single @samp{.} character signifies
9956the end of the buffer; Calculator commands operate on the number(s)
9957directly above this line. The @kbd{d t} (@code{calc-truncate-stack})
9958command allows you to move the @samp{.} marker up and down in the stack;
9959@pxref{Truncating the Stack}.
9960
9961@kindex d l
9962@pindex calc-line-numbering
9963Stack elements are numbered consecutively, with number 1 being the top of
9964the stack. These line numbers are ordinarily displayed on the lefthand side
9965of the window. The @kbd{d l} (@code{calc-line-numbering}) command controls
9966whether these numbers appear. (Line numbers may be turned off since they
9967slow the Calculator down a bit and also clutter the display.)
9968
9969@kindex o
9970@pindex calc-realign
9971The unshifted letter @kbd{o} (@code{calc-realign}) command repositions
9972the cursor to its top-of-stack ``home'' position. It also undoes any
9973horizontal scrolling in the window. If you give it a numeric prefix
9974argument, it instead moves the cursor to the specified stack element.
9975
9976The @key{RET} (or equivalent @key{SPC}) key is only required to separate
9977two consecutive numbers.
9978(After all, if you typed @kbd{1 2} by themselves the Calculator
9979would enter the number 12.) If you press @key{RET} or @key{SPC} @emph{not}
9980right after typing a number, the key duplicates the number on the top of
9981the stack. @kbd{@key{RET} *} is thus a handy way to square a number.
9982
9983The @key{DEL} key pops and throws away the top number on the stack.
9984The @key{TAB} key swaps the top two objects on the stack.
9985@xref{Stack and Trail}, for descriptions of these and other stack-related
9986commands.
9987
9988@node Numeric Entry, Algebraic Entry, Stack Basics, Introduction
9989@section Numeric Entry
9990
9991@noindent
9992@kindex 0-9
9993@kindex .
9994@kindex e
9995@cindex Numeric entry
9996@cindex Entering numbers
9997Pressing a digit or other numeric key begins numeric entry using the
9998minibuffer. The number is pushed on the stack when you press the @key{RET}
9999or @key{SPC} keys. If you press any other non-numeric key, the number is
10000pushed onto the stack and the appropriate operation is performed. If
10001you press a numeric key which is not valid, the key is ignored.
10002
10003@cindex Minus signs
10004@cindex Negative numbers, entering
10005@kindex _
10006There are three different concepts corresponding to the word ``minus,''
10007typified by @expr{a-b} (subtraction), @expr{-x}
10008(change-sign), and @expr{-5} (negative number). Calc uses three
10009different keys for these operations, respectively:
10010@kbd{-}, @kbd{n}, and @kbd{_} (the underscore). The @kbd{-} key subtracts
10011the two numbers on the top of the stack. The @kbd{n} key changes the sign
10012of the number on the top of the stack or the number currently being entered.
10013The @kbd{_} key begins entry of a negative number or changes the sign of
10014the number currently being entered. The following sequences all enter the
10015number @mathit{-5} onto the stack: @kbd{0 @key{RET} 5 -}, @kbd{5 n @key{RET}},
10016@kbd{5 @key{RET} n}, @kbd{_ 5 @key{RET}}, @kbd{5 _ @key{RET}}.
10017
10018Some other keys are active during numeric entry, such as @kbd{#} for
10019non-decimal numbers, @kbd{:} for fractions, and @kbd{@@} for HMS forms.
10020These notations are described later in this manual with the corresponding
10021data types. @xref{Data Types}.
10022
10023During numeric entry, the only editing key available is @key{DEL}.
10024
10025@node Algebraic Entry, Quick Calculator, Numeric Entry, Introduction
10026@section Algebraic Entry
10027
10028@noindent
10029@kindex '
10030@pindex calc-algebraic-entry
10031@cindex Algebraic notation
10032@cindex Formulas, entering
8dc6104d
JB
10033The @kbd{'} (@code{calc-algebraic-entry}) command can be used to enter
10034calculations in algebraic form. This is accomplished by typing the
10035apostrophe key, ', followed by the expression in standard format:
4009494e
GM
10036
10037@example
10038' 2+3*4 @key{RET}.
10039@end example
10040
10041@noindent
10042This will compute
10043@texline @math{2+(3\times4) = 14}
10044@infoline @expr{2+(3*4) = 14}
10045and push it on the stack. If you wish you can
10046ignore the RPN aspect of Calc altogether and simply enter algebraic
10047expressions in this way. You may want to use @key{DEL} every so often to
10048clear previous results off the stack.
10049
10050You can press the apostrophe key during normal numeric entry to switch
8dc6104d
JB
10051the half-entered number into Algebraic entry mode. One reason to do
10052this would be to fix a typo, as the full Emacs cursor motion and editing
10053keys are available during algebraic entry but not during numeric entry.
4009494e
GM
10054
10055In the same vein, during either numeric or algebraic entry you can
10056press @kbd{`} (backquote) to switch to @code{calc-edit} mode, where
10057you complete your half-finished entry in a separate buffer.
10058@xref{Editing Stack Entries}.
10059
10060@kindex m a
10061@pindex calc-algebraic-mode
10062@cindex Algebraic Mode
10063If you prefer algebraic entry, you can use the command @kbd{m a}
10064(@code{calc-algebraic-mode}) to set Algebraic mode. In this mode,
10065digits and other keys that would normally start numeric entry instead
10066start full algebraic entry; as long as your formula begins with a digit
10067you can omit the apostrophe. Open parentheses and square brackets also
10068begin algebraic entry. You can still do RPN calculations in this mode,
10069but you will have to press @key{RET} to terminate every number:
10070@kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} * 4 @key{RET} +} would accomplish the same
10071thing as @kbd{2*3+4 @key{RET}}.
10072
10073@cindex Incomplete Algebraic Mode
10074If you give a numeric prefix argument like @kbd{C-u} to the @kbd{m a}
10075command, it enables Incomplete Algebraic mode; this is like regular
10076Algebraic mode except that it applies to the @kbd{(} and @kbd{[} keys
10077only. Numeric keys still begin a numeric entry in this mode.
10078
10079@kindex m t
10080@pindex calc-total-algebraic-mode
10081@cindex Total Algebraic Mode
10082The @kbd{m t} (@code{calc-total-algebraic-mode}) gives you an even
10083stronger algebraic-entry mode, in which @emph{all} regular letter and
10084punctuation keys begin algebraic entry. Use this if you prefer typing
10085@w{@kbd{sqrt( )}} instead of @kbd{Q}, @w{@kbd{factor( )}} instead of
10086@kbd{a f}, and so on. To type regular Calc commands when you are in
10087Total Algebraic mode, hold down the @key{META} key. Thus @kbd{M-q}
10088is the command to quit Calc, @kbd{M-p} sets the precision, and
10089@kbd{M-m t} (or @kbd{M-m M-t}, if you prefer) turns Total Algebraic
10090mode back off again. Meta keys also terminate algebraic entry, so
10091that @kbd{2+3 M-S} is equivalent to @kbd{2+3 @key{RET} M-S}. The symbol
10092@samp{Alg*} will appear in the mode line whenever you are in this mode.
10093
10094Pressing @kbd{'} (the apostrophe) a second time re-enters the previous
10095algebraic formula. You can then use the normal Emacs editing keys to
10096modify this formula to your liking before pressing @key{RET}.
10097
10098@kindex $
10099@cindex Formulas, referring to stack
10100Within a formula entered from the keyboard, the symbol @kbd{$}
10101represents the number on the top of the stack. If an entered formula
10102contains any @kbd{$} characters, the Calculator replaces the top of
10103stack with that formula rather than simply pushing the formula onto the
10104stack. Thus, @kbd{' 1+2 @key{RET}} pushes 3 on the stack, and @kbd{$*2
10105@key{RET}} replaces it with 6. Note that the @kbd{$} key always
10106initiates algebraic entry; the @kbd{'} is unnecessary if @kbd{$} is the
10107first character in the new formula.
10108
10109Higher stack elements can be accessed from an entered formula with the
10110symbols @kbd{$$}, @kbd{$$$}, and so on. The number of stack elements
10111removed (to be replaced by the entered values) equals the number of dollar
10112signs in the longest such symbol in the formula. For example, @samp{$$+$$$}
10113adds the second and third stack elements, replacing the top three elements
10114with the answer. (All information about the top stack element is thus lost
10115since no single @samp{$} appears in this formula.)
10116
10117A slightly different way to refer to stack elements is with a dollar
10118sign followed by a number: @samp{$1}, @samp{$2}, and so on are much
10119like @samp{$}, @samp{$$}, etc., except that stack entries referred
10120to numerically are not replaced by the algebraic entry. That is, while
10121@samp{$+1} replaces 5 on the stack with 6, @samp{$1+1} leaves the 5
10122on the stack and pushes an additional 6.
10123
10124If a sequence of formulas are entered separated by commas, each formula
10125is pushed onto the stack in turn. For example, @samp{1,2,3} pushes
10126those three numbers onto the stack (leaving the 3 at the top), and
10127@samp{$+1,$-1} replaces a 5 on the stack with 4 followed by 6. Also,
10128@samp{$,$$} exchanges the top two elements of the stack, just like the
10129@key{TAB} key.
10130
10131You can finish an algebraic entry with @kbd{M-=} or @kbd{M-@key{RET}} instead
10132of @key{RET}. This uses @kbd{=} to evaluate the variables in each
10133formula that goes onto the stack. (Thus @kbd{' pi @key{RET}} pushes
10134the variable @samp{pi}, but @kbd{' pi M-@key{RET}} pushes 3.1415.)
10135
10136If you finish your algebraic entry by pressing @key{LFD} (or @kbd{C-j})
10137instead of @key{RET}, Calc disables the default simplifications
10138(as if by @kbd{m O}; @pxref{Simplification Modes}) while the entry
10139is being pushed on the stack. Thus @kbd{' 1+2 @key{RET}} pushes 3
10140on the stack, but @kbd{' 1+2 @key{LFD}} pushes the formula @expr{1+2};
10141you might then press @kbd{=} when it is time to evaluate this formula.
10142
10143@node Quick Calculator, Prefix Arguments, Algebraic Entry, Introduction
10144@section ``Quick Calculator'' Mode
10145
10146@noindent
10147@kindex C-x * q
10148@pindex quick-calc
10149@cindex Quick Calculator
10150There is another way to invoke the Calculator if all you need to do
10151is make one or two quick calculations. Type @kbd{C-x * q} (or
10152@kbd{M-x quick-calc}), then type any formula as an algebraic entry.
10153The Calculator will compute the result and display it in the echo
10154area, without ever actually putting up a Calc window.
10155
10156You can use the @kbd{$} character in a Quick Calculator formula to
10157refer to the previous Quick Calculator result. Older results are
10158not retained; the Quick Calculator has no effect on the full
10159Calculator's stack or trail. If you compute a result and then
10160forget what it was, just run @code{C-x * q} again and enter
10161@samp{$} as the formula.
10162
10163If this is the first time you have used the Calculator in this Emacs
10164session, the @kbd{C-x * q} command will create the @code{*Calculator*}
10165buffer and perform all the usual initializations; it simply will
10166refrain from putting that buffer up in a new window. The Quick
10167Calculator refers to the @code{*Calculator*} buffer for all mode
10168settings. Thus, for example, to set the precision that the Quick
10169Calculator uses, simply run the full Calculator momentarily and use
10170the regular @kbd{p} command.
10171
10172If you use @code{C-x * q} from inside the Calculator buffer, the
10173effect is the same as pressing the apostrophe key (algebraic entry).
10174
10175The result of a Quick calculation is placed in the Emacs ``kill ring''
10176as well as being displayed. A subsequent @kbd{C-y} command will
10177yank the result into the editing buffer. You can also use this
10178to yank the result into the next @kbd{C-x * q} input line as a more
10179explicit alternative to @kbd{$} notation, or to yank the result
10180into the Calculator stack after typing @kbd{C-x * c}.
10181
10182If you finish your formula by typing @key{LFD} (or @kbd{C-j}) instead
10183of @key{RET}, the result is inserted immediately into the current
10184buffer rather than going into the kill ring.
10185
10186Quick Calculator results are actually evaluated as if by the @kbd{=}
10187key (which replaces variable names by their stored values, if any).
10188If the formula you enter is an assignment to a variable using the
10189@samp{:=} operator, say, @samp{foo := 2 + 3} or @samp{foo := foo + 1},
10190then the result of the evaluation is stored in that Calc variable.
10191@xref{Store and Recall}.
10192
10193If the result is an integer and the current display radix is decimal,
10194the number will also be displayed in hex, octal and binary formats. If
10195the integer is in the range from 1 to 126, it will also be displayed as
10196an ASCII character.
10197
10198For example, the quoted character @samp{"x"} produces the vector
10199result @samp{[120]} (because 120 is the ASCII code of the lower-case
10200`x'; @pxref{Strings}). Since this is a vector, not an integer, it
10201is displayed only according to the current mode settings. But
10202running Quick Calc again and entering @samp{120} will produce the
10203result @samp{120 (16#78, 8#170, x)} which shows the number in its
10204decimal, hexadecimal, octal, and ASCII forms.
10205
10206Please note that the Quick Calculator is not any faster at loading
10207or computing the answer than the full Calculator; the name ``quick''
10208merely refers to the fact that it's much less hassle to use for
10209small calculations.
10210
10211@node Prefix Arguments, Undo, Quick Calculator, Introduction
10212@section Numeric Prefix Arguments
10213
10214@noindent
10215Many Calculator commands use numeric prefix arguments. Some, such as
10216@kbd{d s} (@code{calc-sci-notation}), set a parameter to the value of
10217the prefix argument or use a default if you don't use a prefix.
10218Others (like @kbd{d f} (@code{calc-fix-notation})) require an argument
10219and prompt for a number if you don't give one as a prefix.
10220
10221As a rule, stack-manipulation commands accept a numeric prefix argument
10222which is interpreted as an index into the stack. A positive argument
10223operates on the top @var{n} stack entries; a negative argument operates
10224on the @var{n}th stack entry in isolation; and a zero argument operates
10225on the entire stack.
10226
10227Most commands that perform computations (such as the arithmetic and
10228scientific functions) accept a numeric prefix argument that allows the
10229operation to be applied across many stack elements. For unary operations
10230(that is, functions of one argument like absolute value or complex
10231conjugate), a positive prefix argument applies that function to the top
10232@var{n} stack entries simultaneously, and a negative argument applies it
10233to the @var{n}th stack entry only. For binary operations (functions of
10234two arguments like addition, GCD, and vector concatenation), a positive
10235prefix argument ``reduces'' the function across the top @var{n}
10236stack elements (for example, @kbd{C-u 5 +} sums the top 5 stack entries;
10237@pxref{Reducing and Mapping}), and a negative argument maps the next-to-top
10238@var{n} stack elements with the top stack element as a second argument
10239(for example, @kbd{7 c-u -5 +} adds 7 to the top 5 stack elements).
10240This feature is not available for operations which use the numeric prefix
10241argument for some other purpose.
10242
10243Numeric prefixes are specified the same way as always in Emacs: Press
10244a sequence of @key{META}-digits, or press @key{ESC} followed by digits,
10245or press @kbd{C-u} followed by digits. Some commands treat plain
10246@kbd{C-u} (without any actual digits) specially.
10247
10248@kindex ~
10249@pindex calc-num-prefix
10250You can type @kbd{~} (@code{calc-num-prefix}) to pop an integer from the
10251top of the stack and enter it as the numeric prefix for the next command.
10252For example, @kbd{C-u 16 p} sets the precision to 16 digits; an alternate
10253(silly) way to do this would be @kbd{2 @key{RET} 4 ^ ~ p}, i.e., compute 2
10254to the fourth power and set the precision to that value.
10255
10256Conversely, if you have typed a numeric prefix argument the @kbd{~} key
10257pushes it onto the stack in the form of an integer.
10258
10259@node Undo, Error Messages, Prefix Arguments, Introduction
10260@section Undoing Mistakes
10261
10262@noindent
10263@kindex U
10264@kindex C-_
10265@pindex calc-undo
10266@cindex Mistakes, undoing
10267@cindex Undoing mistakes
10268@cindex Errors, undoing
10269The shift-@kbd{U} key (@code{calc-undo}) undoes the most recent operation.
10270If that operation added or dropped objects from the stack, those objects
10271are removed or restored. If it was a ``store'' operation, you are
10272queried whether or not to restore the variable to its original value.
10273The @kbd{U} key may be pressed any number of times to undo successively
10274farther back in time; with a numeric prefix argument it undoes a
10275specified number of operations. The undo history is cleared only by the
10276@kbd{q} (@code{calc-quit}) command. (Recall that @kbd{C-x * c} is
10277synonymous with @code{calc-quit} while inside the Calculator; this
10278also clears the undo history.)
10279
10280Currently the mode-setting commands (like @code{calc-precision}) are not
10281undoable. You can undo past a point where you changed a mode, but you
10282will need to reset the mode yourself.
10283
10284@kindex D
10285@pindex calc-redo
10286@cindex Redoing after an Undo
10287The shift-@kbd{D} key (@code{calc-redo}) redoes an operation that was
10288mistakenly undone. Pressing @kbd{U} with a negative prefix argument is
10289equivalent to executing @code{calc-redo}. You can redo any number of
10290times, up to the number of recent consecutive undo commands. Redo
10291information is cleared whenever you give any command that adds new undo
10292information, i.e., if you undo, then enter a number on the stack or make
10293any other change, then it will be too late to redo.
10294
10295@kindex M-@key{RET}
10296@pindex calc-last-args
10297@cindex Last-arguments feature
10298@cindex Arguments, restoring
10299The @kbd{M-@key{RET}} key (@code{calc-last-args}) is like undo in that
10300it restores the arguments of the most recent command onto the stack;
10301however, it does not remove the result of that command. Given a numeric
10302prefix argument, this command applies to the @expr{n}th most recent
10303command which removed items from the stack; it pushes those items back
10304onto the stack.
10305
10306The @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args}) command provides a related function
10307to @kbd{M-@key{RET}}. @xref{Stack and Trail}.
10308
10309It is also possible to recall previous results or inputs using the trail.
10310@xref{Trail Commands}.
10311
10312The standard Emacs @kbd{C-_} undo key is recognized as a synonym for @kbd{U}.
10313
10314@node Error Messages, Multiple Calculators, Undo, Introduction
10315@section Error Messages
10316
10317@noindent
10318@kindex w
10319@pindex calc-why
10320@cindex Errors, messages
10321@cindex Why did an error occur?
10322Many situations that would produce an error message in other calculators
10323simply create unsimplified formulas in the Emacs Calculator. For example,
10324@kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} pushes the formula @expr{1 / 0}; @w{@kbd{0 L}} pushes
10325the formula @samp{ln(0)}. Floating-point overflow and underflow are also
10326reasons for this to happen.
10327
10328When a function call must be left in symbolic form, Calc usually
10329produces a message explaining why. Messages that are probably
10330surprising or indicative of user errors are displayed automatically.
10331Other messages are simply kept in Calc's memory and are displayed only
10332if you type @kbd{w} (@code{calc-why}). You can also press @kbd{w} if
10333the same computation results in several messages. (The first message
10334will end with @samp{[w=more]} in this case.)
10335
10336@kindex d w
10337@pindex calc-auto-why
10338The @kbd{d w} (@code{calc-auto-why}) command controls when error messages
10339are displayed automatically. (Calc effectively presses @kbd{w} for you
10340after your computation finishes.) By default, this occurs only for
10341``important'' messages. The other possible modes are to report
10342@emph{all} messages automatically, or to report none automatically (so
10343that you must always press @kbd{w} yourself to see the messages).
10344
10345@node Multiple Calculators, Troubleshooting Commands, Error Messages, Introduction
10346@section Multiple Calculators
10347
10348@noindent
10349@pindex another-calc
10350It is possible to have any number of Calc mode buffers at once.
10351Usually this is done by executing @kbd{M-x another-calc}, which
10352is similar to @kbd{C-x * c} except that if a @samp{*Calculator*}
10353buffer already exists, a new, independent one with a name of the
10354form @samp{*Calculator*<@var{n}>} is created. You can also use the
10355command @code{calc-mode} to put any buffer into Calculator mode, but
10356this would ordinarily never be done.
10357
10358The @kbd{q} (@code{calc-quit}) command does not destroy a Calculator buffer;
10359it only closes its window. Use @kbd{M-x kill-buffer} to destroy a
10360Calculator buffer.
10361
10362Each Calculator buffer keeps its own stack, undo list, and mode settings
10363such as precision, angular mode, and display formats. In Emacs terms,
10364variables such as @code{calc-stack} are buffer-local variables. The
10365global default values of these variables are used only when a new
10366Calculator buffer is created. The @code{calc-quit} command saves
10367the stack and mode settings of the buffer being quit as the new defaults.
10368
10369There is only one trail buffer, @samp{*Calc Trail*}, used by all
10370Calculator buffers.
10371
10372@node Troubleshooting Commands, , Multiple Calculators, Introduction
10373@section Troubleshooting Commands
10374
10375@noindent
10376This section describes commands you can use in case a computation
10377incorrectly fails or gives the wrong answer.
10378
10379@xref{Reporting Bugs}, if you find a problem that appears to be due
10380to a bug or deficiency in Calc.
10381
10382@menu
10383* Autoloading Problems::
10384* Recursion Depth::
10385* Caches::
10386* Debugging Calc::
10387@end menu
10388
10389@node Autoloading Problems, Recursion Depth, Troubleshooting Commands, Troubleshooting Commands
10390@subsection Autoloading Problems
10391
10392@noindent
10393The Calc program is split into many component files; components are
10394loaded automatically as you use various commands that require them.
10395Occasionally Calc may lose track of when a certain component is
10396necessary; typically this means you will type a command and it won't
10397work because some function you've never heard of was undefined.
10398
10399@kindex C-x * L
10400@pindex calc-load-everything
10401If this happens, the easiest workaround is to type @kbd{C-x * L}
10402(@code{calc-load-everything}) to force all the parts of Calc to be
10403loaded right away. This will cause Emacs to take up a lot more
10404memory than it would otherwise, but it's guaranteed to fix the problem.
10405
10406@node Recursion Depth, Caches, Autoloading Problems, Troubleshooting Commands
10407@subsection Recursion Depth
10408
10409@noindent
10410@kindex M
10411@kindex I M
10412@pindex calc-more-recursion-depth
10413@pindex calc-less-recursion-depth
10414@cindex Recursion depth
10415@cindex ``Computation got stuck'' message
10416@cindex @code{max-lisp-eval-depth}
10417@cindex @code{max-specpdl-size}
10418Calc uses recursion in many of its calculations. Emacs Lisp keeps a
10419variable @code{max-lisp-eval-depth} which limits the amount of recursion
10420possible in an attempt to recover from program bugs. If a calculation
10421ever halts incorrectly with the message ``Computation got stuck or
10422ran too long,'' use the @kbd{M} command (@code{calc-more-recursion-depth})
10423to increase this limit. (Of course, this will not help if the
10424calculation really did get stuck due to some problem inside Calc.)
10425
10426The limit is always increased (multiplied) by a factor of two. There
10427is also an @kbd{I M} (@code{calc-less-recursion-depth}) command which
10428decreases this limit by a factor of two, down to a minimum value of 200.
10429The default value is 1000.
10430
10431These commands also double or halve @code{max-specpdl-size}, another
10432internal Lisp recursion limit. The minimum value for this limit is 600.
10433
10434@node Caches, Debugging Calc, Recursion Depth, Troubleshooting Commands
10435@subsection Caches
10436
10437@noindent
10438@cindex Caches
10439@cindex Flushing caches
10440Calc saves certain values after they have been computed once. For
10441example, the @kbd{P} (@code{calc-pi}) command initially ``knows'' the
10442constant @cpi{} to about 20 decimal places; if the current precision
10443is greater than this, it will recompute @cpi{} using a series
10444approximation. This value will not need to be recomputed ever again
10445unless you raise the precision still further. Many operations such as
10446logarithms and sines make use of similarly cached values such as
10447@cpiover{4} and
10448@texline @math{\ln 2}.
10449@infoline @expr{ln(2)}.
10450The visible effect of caching is that
10451high-precision computations may seem to do extra work the first time.
10452Other things cached include powers of two (for the binary arithmetic
10453functions), matrix inverses and determinants, symbolic integrals, and
10454data points computed by the graphing commands.
10455
10456@pindex calc-flush-caches
10457If you suspect a Calculator cache has become corrupt, you can use the
10458@code{calc-flush-caches} command to reset all caches to the empty state.
10459(This should only be necessary in the event of bugs in the Calculator.)
10460The @kbd{C-x * 0} (with the zero key) command also resets caches along
10461with all other aspects of the Calculator's state.
10462
10463@node Debugging Calc, , Caches, Troubleshooting Commands
10464@subsection Debugging Calc
10465
10466@noindent
10467A few commands exist to help in the debugging of Calc commands.
10468@xref{Programming}, to see the various ways that you can write
10469your own Calc commands.
10470
10471@kindex Z T
10472@pindex calc-timing
10473The @kbd{Z T} (@code{calc-timing}) command turns on and off a mode
10474in which the timing of slow commands is reported in the Trail.
10475Any Calc command that takes two seconds or longer writes a line
10476to the Trail showing how many seconds it took. This value is
10477accurate only to within one second.
10478
10479All steps of executing a command are included; in particular, time
10480taken to format the result for display in the stack and trail is
10481counted. Some prompts also count time taken waiting for them to
10482be answered, while others do not; this depends on the exact
10483implementation of the command. For best results, if you are timing
10484a sequence that includes prompts or multiple commands, define a
10485keyboard macro to run the whole sequence at once. Calc's @kbd{X}
10486command (@pxref{Keyboard Macros}) will then report the time taken
10487to execute the whole macro.
10488
10489Another advantage of the @kbd{X} command is that while it is
10490executing, the stack and trail are not updated from step to step.
10491So if you expect the output of your test sequence to leave a result
10492that may take a long time to format and you don't wish to count
10493this formatting time, end your sequence with a @key{DEL} keystroke
10494to clear the result from the stack. When you run the sequence with
10495@kbd{X}, Calc will never bother to format the large result.
10496
10497Another thing @kbd{Z T} does is to increase the Emacs variable
10498@code{gc-cons-threshold} to a much higher value (two million; the
10499usual default in Calc is 250,000) for the duration of each command.
10500This generally prevents garbage collection during the timing of
10501the command, though it may cause your Emacs process to grow
10502abnormally large. (Garbage collection time is a major unpredictable
10503factor in the timing of Emacs operations.)
10504
10505Another command that is useful when debugging your own Lisp
10506extensions to Calc is @kbd{M-x calc-pass-errors}, which disables
10507the error handler that changes the ``@code{max-lisp-eval-depth}
10508exceeded'' message to the much more friendly ``Computation got
10509stuck or ran too long.'' This handler interferes with the Emacs
10510Lisp debugger's @code{debug-on-error} mode. Errors are reported
10511in the handler itself rather than at the true location of the
10512error. After you have executed @code{calc-pass-errors}, Lisp
10513errors will be reported correctly but the user-friendly message
10514will be lost.
10515
10516@node Data Types, Stack and Trail, Introduction, Top
10517@chapter Data Types
10518
10519@noindent
10520This chapter discusses the various types of objects that can be placed
10521on the Calculator stack, how they are displayed, and how they are
10522entered. (@xref{Data Type Formats}, for information on how these data
10523types are represented as underlying Lisp objects.)
10524
10525Integers, fractions, and floats are various ways of describing real
10526numbers. HMS forms also for many purposes act as real numbers. These
10527types can be combined to form complex numbers, modulo forms, error forms,
10528or interval forms. (But these last four types cannot be combined
10529arbitrarily:@: error forms may not contain modulo forms, for example.)
10530Finally, all these types of numbers may be combined into vectors,
10531matrices, or algebraic formulas.
10532
10533@menu
10534* Integers:: The most basic data type.
10535* Fractions:: This and above are called @dfn{rationals}.
10536* Floats:: This and above are called @dfn{reals}.
10537* Complex Numbers:: This and above are called @dfn{numbers}.
10538* Infinities::
10539* Vectors and Matrices::
10540* Strings::
10541* HMS Forms::
10542* Date Forms::
10543* Modulo Forms::
10544* Error Forms::
10545* Interval Forms::
10546* Incomplete Objects::
10547* Variables::
10548* Formulas::
10549@end menu
10550
10551@node Integers, Fractions, Data Types, Data Types
10552@section Integers
10553
10554@noindent
10555@cindex Integers
10556The Calculator stores integers to arbitrary precision. Addition,
10557subtraction, and multiplication of integers always yields an exact
10558integer result. (If the result of a division or exponentiation of
10559integers is not an integer, it is expressed in fractional or
10560floating-point form according to the current Fraction mode.
10561@xref{Fraction Mode}.)
10562
10563A decimal integer is represented as an optional sign followed by a
10564sequence of digits. Grouping (@pxref{Grouping Digits}) can be used to
10565insert a comma at every third digit for display purposes, but you
10566must not type commas during the entry of numbers.
10567
10568@kindex #
10569A non-decimal integer is represented as an optional sign, a radix
10570between 2 and 36, a @samp{#} symbol, and one or more digits. For radix 11
10571and above, the letters A through Z (upper- or lower-case) count as
10572digits and do not terminate numeric entry mode. @xref{Radix Modes}, for how
10573to set the default radix for display of integers. Numbers of any radix
10574may be entered at any time. If you press @kbd{#} at the beginning of a
10575number, the current display radix is used.
10576
10577@node Fractions, Floats, Integers, Data Types
10578@section Fractions
10579
10580@noindent
10581@cindex Fractions
10582A @dfn{fraction} is a ratio of two integers. Fractions are traditionally
10583written ``2/3'' but Calc uses the notation @samp{2:3}. (The @kbd{/} key
10584performs RPN division; the following two sequences push the number
10585@samp{2:3} on the stack: @kbd{2 :@: 3 @key{RET}}, or @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 /}
10586assuming Fraction mode has been enabled.)
10587When the Calculator produces a fractional result it always reduces it to
10588simplest form, which may in fact be an integer.
10589
10590Fractions may also be entered in a three-part form, where @samp{2:3:4}
10591represents two-and-three-quarters. @xref{Fraction Formats}, for fraction
10592display formats.
10593
10594Non-decimal fractions are entered and displayed as
10595@samp{@var{radix}#@var{num}:@var{denom}} (or in the analogous three-part
10596form). The numerator and denominator always use the same radix.
10597
10598@node Floats, Complex Numbers, Fractions, Data Types
10599@section Floats
10600
10601@noindent
10602@cindex Floating-point numbers
10603A floating-point number or @dfn{float} is a number stored in scientific
10604notation. The number of significant digits in the fractional part is
10605governed by the current floating precision (@pxref{Precision}). The
10606range of acceptable values is from
10607@texline @math{10^{-3999999}}
10608@infoline @expr{10^-3999999}
10609(inclusive) to
10610@texline @math{10^{4000000}}
10611@infoline @expr{10^4000000}
10612(exclusive), plus the corresponding negative values and zero.
10613
10614Calculations that would exceed the allowable range of values (such
10615as @samp{exp(exp(20))}) are left in symbolic form by Calc. The
10616messages ``floating-point overflow'' or ``floating-point underflow''
10617indicate that during the calculation a number would have been produced
10618that was too large or too close to zero, respectively, to be represented
10619by Calc. This does not necessarily mean the final result would have
10620overflowed, just that an overflow occurred while computing the result.
10621(In fact, it could report an underflow even though the final result
10622would have overflowed!)
10623
10624If a rational number and a float are mixed in a calculation, the result
10625will in general be expressed as a float. Commands that require an integer
10626value (such as @kbd{k g} [@code{gcd}]) will also accept integer-valued
10627floats, i.e., floating-point numbers with nothing after the decimal point.
10628
10629Floats are identified by the presence of a decimal point and/or an
10630exponent. In general a float consists of an optional sign, digits
10631including an optional decimal point, and an optional exponent consisting
10632of an @samp{e}, an optional sign, and up to seven exponent digits.
10633For example, @samp{23.5e-2} is 23.5 times ten to the minus-second power,
10634or 0.235.
10635
10636Floating-point numbers are normally displayed in decimal notation with
10637all significant figures shown. Exceedingly large or small numbers are
10638displayed in scientific notation. Various other display options are
10639available. @xref{Float Formats}.
10640
10641@cindex Accuracy of calculations
10642Floating-point numbers are stored in decimal, not binary. The result
10643of each operation is rounded to the nearest value representable in the
10644number of significant digits specified by the current precision,
10645rounding away from zero in the case of a tie. Thus (in the default
10646display mode) what you see is exactly what you get. Some operations such
10647as square roots and transcendental functions are performed with several
10648digits of extra precision and then rounded down, in an effort to make the
10649final result accurate to the full requested precision. However,
10650accuracy is not rigorously guaranteed. If you suspect the validity of a
10651result, try doing the same calculation in a higher precision. The
10652Calculator's arithmetic is not intended to be IEEE-conformant in any
10653way.
10654
10655While floats are always @emph{stored} in decimal, they can be entered
10656and displayed in any radix just like integers and fractions. Since a
10657float that is entered in a radix other that 10 will be converted to
10658decimal, the number that Calc stores may not be exactly the number that
10659was entered, it will be the closest decimal approximation given the
10660current precison. The notation @samp{@var{radix}#@var{ddd}.@var{ddd}}
10661is a floating-point number whose digits are in the specified radix.
10662Note that the @samp{.} is more aptly referred to as a ``radix point''
10663than as a decimal point in this case. The number @samp{8#123.4567} is
10664defined as @samp{8#1234567 * 8^-4}. If the radix is 14 or less, you can
10665use @samp{e} notation to write a non-decimal number in scientific
10666notation. The exponent is written in decimal, and is considered to be a
10667power of the radix: @samp{8#1234567e-4}. If the radix is 15 or above,
10668the letter @samp{e} is a digit, so scientific notation must be written
10669out, e.g., @samp{16#123.4567*16^2}. The first two exercises of the
10670Modes Tutorial explore some of the properties of non-decimal floats.
10671
10672@node Complex Numbers, Infinities, Floats, Data Types
10673@section Complex Numbers
10674
10675@noindent
10676@cindex Complex numbers
10677There are two supported formats for complex numbers: rectangular and
10678polar. The default format is rectangular, displayed in the form
10679@samp{(@var{real},@var{imag})} where @var{real} is the real part and
10680@var{imag} is the imaginary part, each of which may be any real number.
10681Rectangular complex numbers can also be displayed in @samp{@var{a}+@var{b}i}
10682notation; @pxref{Complex Formats}.
10683
10684Polar complex numbers are displayed in the form
10685@texline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@math{\theta}@tfn{)}'
10686@infoline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@var{theta}@tfn{)}'
10687where @var{r} is the nonnegative magnitude and
10688@texline @math{\theta}
10689@infoline @var{theta}
10690is the argument or phase angle. The range of
10691@texline @math{\theta}
10692@infoline @var{theta}
10693depends on the current angular mode (@pxref{Angular Modes}); it is
10694generally between @mathit{-180} and @mathit{+180} degrees or the equivalent range
10695in radians.
10696
10697Complex numbers are entered in stages using incomplete objects.
10698@xref{Incomplete Objects}.
10699
10700Operations on rectangular complex numbers yield rectangular complex
10701results, and similarly for polar complex numbers. Where the two types
10702are mixed, or where new complex numbers arise (as for the square root of
10703a negative real), the current @dfn{Polar mode} is used to determine the
10704type. @xref{Polar Mode}.
10705
10706A complex result in which the imaginary part is zero (or the phase angle
10707is 0 or 180 degrees or @cpi{} radians) is automatically converted to a real
10708number.
10709
10710@node Infinities, Vectors and Matrices, Complex Numbers, Data Types
10711@section Infinities
10712
10713@noindent
10714@cindex Infinity
10715@cindex @code{inf} variable
10716@cindex @code{uinf} variable
10717@cindex @code{nan} variable
10718@vindex inf
10719@vindex uinf
10720@vindex nan
10721The word @code{inf} represents the mathematical concept of @dfn{infinity}.
10722Calc actually has three slightly different infinity-like values:
10723@code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan}. These are just regular
10724variable names (@pxref{Variables}); you should avoid using these
10725names for your own variables because Calc gives them special
10726treatment. Infinities, like all variable names, are normally
10727entered using algebraic entry.
10728
10729Mathematically speaking, it is not rigorously correct to treat
10730``infinity'' as if it were a number, but mathematicians often do
10731so informally. When they say that @samp{1 / inf = 0}, what they
10732really mean is that @expr{1 / x}, as @expr{x} becomes larger and
10733larger, becomes arbitrarily close to zero. So you can imagine
10734that if @expr{x} got ``all the way to infinity,'' then @expr{1 / x}
10735would go all the way to zero. Similarly, when they say that
10736@samp{exp(inf) = inf}, they mean that
10737@texline @math{e^x}
10738@infoline @expr{exp(x)}
10739grows without bound as @expr{x} grows. The symbol @samp{-inf} likewise
10740stands for an infinitely negative real value; for example, we say that
10741@samp{exp(-inf) = 0}. You can have an infinity pointing in any
10742direction on the complex plane: @samp{sqrt(-inf) = i inf}.
10743
10744The same concept of limits can be used to define @expr{1 / 0}. We
10745really want the value that @expr{1 / x} approaches as @expr{x}
10746approaches zero. But if all we have is @expr{1 / 0}, we can't
10747tell which direction @expr{x} was coming from. If @expr{x} was
10748positive and decreasing toward zero, then we should say that
10749@samp{1 / 0 = inf}. But if @expr{x} was negative and increasing
10750toward zero, the answer is @samp{1 / 0 = -inf}. In fact, @expr{x}
10751could be an imaginary number, giving the answer @samp{i inf} or
10752@samp{-i inf}. Calc uses the special symbol @samp{uinf} to mean
10753@dfn{undirected infinity}, i.e., a value which is infinitely
10754large but with an unknown sign (or direction on the complex plane).
10755
10756Calc actually has three modes that say how infinities are handled.
10757Normally, infinities never arise from calculations that didn't
10758already have them. Thus, @expr{1 / 0} is treated simply as an
10759error and left unevaluated. The @kbd{m i} (@code{calc-infinite-mode})
10760command (@pxref{Infinite Mode}) enables a mode in which
10761@expr{1 / 0} evaluates to @code{uinf} instead. There is also
10762an alternative type of infinite mode which says to treat zeros
10763as if they were positive, so that @samp{1 / 0 = inf}. While this
10764is less mathematically correct, it may be the answer you want in
10765some cases.
10766
10767Since all infinities are ``as large'' as all others, Calc simplifies,
10768e.g., @samp{5 inf} to @samp{inf}. Another example is
10769@samp{5 - inf = -inf}, where the @samp{-inf} is so large that
10770adding a finite number like five to it does not affect it.
10771Note that @samp{a - inf} also results in @samp{-inf}; Calc assumes
10772that variables like @code{a} always stand for finite quantities.
10773Just to show that infinities really are all the same size,
10774note that @samp{sqrt(inf) = inf^2 = exp(inf) = inf} in Calc's
10775notation.
10776
10777It's not so easy to define certain formulas like @samp{0 * inf} and
10778@samp{inf / inf}. Depending on where these zeros and infinities
10779came from, the answer could be literally anything. The latter
10780formula could be the limit of @expr{x / x} (giving a result of one),
10781or @expr{2 x / x} (giving two), or @expr{x^2 / x} (giving @code{inf}),
10782or @expr{x / x^2} (giving zero). Calc uses the symbol @code{nan}
10783to represent such an @dfn{indeterminate} value. (The name ``nan''
10784comes from analogy with the ``NAN'' concept of IEEE standard
10785arithmetic; it stands for ``Not A Number.'' This is somewhat of a
10786misnomer, since @code{nan} @emph{does} stand for some number or
10787infinity, it's just that @emph{which} number it stands for
10788cannot be determined.) In Calc's notation, @samp{0 * inf = nan}
10789and @samp{inf / inf = nan}. A few other common indeterminate
10790expressions are @samp{inf - inf} and @samp{inf ^ 0}. Also,
10791@samp{0 / 0 = nan} if you have turned on Infinite mode
10792(as described above).
10793
10794Infinities are especially useful as parts of @dfn{intervals}.
10795@xref{Interval Forms}.
10796
10797@node Vectors and Matrices, Strings, Infinities, Data Types
10798@section Vectors and Matrices
10799
10800@noindent
10801@cindex Vectors
10802@cindex Plain vectors
10803@cindex Matrices
10804The @dfn{vector} data type is flexible and general. A vector is simply a
10805list of zero or more data objects. When these objects are numbers, the
10806whole is a vector in the mathematical sense. When these objects are
10807themselves vectors of equal (nonzero) length, the whole is a @dfn{matrix}.
10808A vector which is not a matrix is referred to here as a @dfn{plain vector}.
10809
10810A vector is displayed as a list of values separated by commas and enclosed
10811in square brackets: @samp{[1, 2, 3]}. Thus the following is a 2 row by
108123 column matrix: @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5, 6]]}. Vectors, like complex
10813numbers, are entered as incomplete objects. @xref{Incomplete Objects}.
10814During algebraic entry, vectors are entered all at once in the usual
10815brackets-and-commas form. Matrices may be entered algebraically as nested
10816vectors, or using the shortcut notation @w{@samp{[1, 2, 3; 4, 5, 6]}},
10817with rows separated by semicolons. The commas may usually be omitted
10818when entering vectors: @samp{[1 2 3]}. Curly braces may be used in
10819place of brackets: @samp{@{1, 2, 3@}}, but the commas are required in
10820this case.
10821
10822Traditional vector and matrix arithmetic is also supported;
10823@pxref{Basic Arithmetic} and @pxref{Matrix Functions}.
10824Many other operations are applied to vectors element-wise. For example,
10825the complex conjugate of a vector is a vector of the complex conjugates
10826of its elements.
10827
10828@ignore
10829@starindex
10830@end ignore
10831@tindex vec
10832Algebraic functions for building vectors include @samp{vec(a, b, c)}
10833to build @samp{[a, b, c]}, @samp{cvec(a, n, m)} to build an
10834@texline @math{n\times m}
10835@infoline @var{n}x@var{m}
10836matrix of @samp{a}s, and @samp{index(n)} to build a vector of integers
10837from 1 to @samp{n}.
10838
10839@node Strings, HMS Forms, Vectors and Matrices, Data Types
10840@section Strings
10841
10842@noindent
10843@kindex "
10844@cindex Strings
10845@cindex Character strings
10846Character strings are not a special data type in the Calculator.
10847Rather, a string is represented simply as a vector all of whose
10848elements are integers in the range 0 to 255 (ASCII codes). You can
10849enter a string at any time by pressing the @kbd{"} key. Quotation
10850marks and backslashes are written @samp{\"} and @samp{\\}, respectively,
10851inside strings. Other notations introduced by backslashes are:
10852
10853@example
10854@group
10855\a 7 \^@@ 0
10856\b 8 \^a-z 1-26
10857\e 27 \^[ 27
10858\f 12 \^\\ 28
10859\n 10 \^] 29
10860\r 13 \^^ 30
10861\t 9 \^_ 31
10862 \^? 127
10863@end group
10864@end example
10865
10866@noindent
10867Finally, a backslash followed by three octal digits produces any
10868character from its ASCII code.
10869
10870@kindex d "
10871@pindex calc-display-strings
10872Strings are normally displayed in vector-of-integers form. The
10873@w{@kbd{d "}} (@code{calc-display-strings}) command toggles a mode in
10874which any vectors of small integers are displayed as quoted strings
10875instead.
10876
10877The backslash notations shown above are also used for displaying
10878strings. Characters 128 and above are not translated by Calc; unless
10879you have an Emacs modified for 8-bit fonts, these will show up in
10880backslash-octal-digits notation. For characters below 32, and
10881for character 127, Calc uses the backslash-letter combination if
10882there is one, or otherwise uses a @samp{\^} sequence.
10883
10884The only Calc feature that uses strings is @dfn{compositions};
10885@pxref{Compositions}. Strings also provide a convenient
10886way to do conversions between ASCII characters and integers.
10887
10888@ignore
10889@starindex
10890@end ignore
10891@tindex string
10892There is a @code{string} function which provides a different display
10893format for strings. Basically, @samp{string(@var{s})}, where @var{s}
10894is a vector of integers in the proper range, is displayed as the
10895corresponding string of characters with no surrounding quotation
10896marks or other modifications. Thus @samp{string("ABC")} (or
10897@samp{string([65 66 67])}) will look like @samp{ABC} on the stack.
10898This happens regardless of whether @w{@kbd{d "}} has been used. The
10899only way to turn it off is to use @kbd{d U} (unformatted language
10900mode) which will display @samp{string("ABC")} instead.
10901
10902Control characters are displayed somewhat differently by @code{string}.
10903Characters below 32, and character 127, are shown using @samp{^} notation
10904(same as shown above, but without the backslash). The quote and
10905backslash characters are left alone, as are characters 128 and above.
10906
10907@ignore
10908@starindex
10909@end ignore
10910@tindex bstring
10911The @code{bstring} function is just like @code{string} except that
10912the resulting string is breakable across multiple lines if it doesn't
10913fit all on one line. Potential break points occur at every space
10914character in the string.
10915
10916@node HMS Forms, Date Forms, Strings, Data Types
10917@section HMS Forms
10918
10919@noindent
10920@cindex Hours-minutes-seconds forms
10921@cindex Degrees-minutes-seconds forms
10922@dfn{HMS} stands for Hours-Minutes-Seconds; when used as an angular
10923argument, the interpretation is Degrees-Minutes-Seconds. All functions
10924that operate on angles accept HMS forms. These are interpreted as
10925degrees regardless of the current angular mode. It is also possible to
10926use HMS as the angular mode so that calculated angles are expressed in
10927degrees, minutes, and seconds.
10928
10929@kindex @@
10930@ignore
10931@mindex @null
10932@end ignore
10933@kindex ' (HMS forms)
10934@ignore
10935@mindex @null
10936@end ignore
10937@kindex " (HMS forms)
10938@ignore
10939@mindex @null
10940@end ignore
10941@kindex h (HMS forms)
10942@ignore
10943@mindex @null
10944@end ignore
10945@kindex o (HMS forms)
10946@ignore
10947@mindex @null
10948@end ignore
10949@kindex m (HMS forms)
10950@ignore
10951@mindex @null
10952@end ignore
10953@kindex s (HMS forms)
10954The default format for HMS values is
10955@samp{@var{hours}@@ @var{mins}' @var{secs}"}. During entry, the letters
10956@samp{h} (for ``hours'') or
10957@samp{o} (approximating the ``degrees'' symbol) are accepted as well as
10958@samp{@@}, @samp{m} is accepted in place of @samp{'}, and @samp{s} is
10959accepted in place of @samp{"}.
10960The @var{hours} value is an integer (or integer-valued float).
10961The @var{mins} value is an integer or integer-valued float between 0 and 59.
10962The @var{secs} value is a real number between 0 (inclusive) and 60
10963(exclusive). A positive HMS form is interpreted as @var{hours} +
10964@var{mins}/60 + @var{secs}/3600. A negative HMS form is interpreted
10965as @mathit{- @var{hours}} @mathit{-} @var{mins}/60 @mathit{-} @var{secs}/3600.
10966Display format for HMS forms is quite flexible. @xref{HMS Formats}.
10967
10968HMS forms can be added and subtracted. When they are added to numbers,
10969the numbers are interpreted according to the current angular mode. HMS
10970forms can also be multiplied and divided by real numbers. Dividing
10971two HMS forms produces a real-valued ratio of the two angles.
10972
10973@pindex calc-time
10974@cindex Time of day
10975Just for kicks, @kbd{M-x calc-time} pushes the current time of day on
10976the stack as an HMS form.
10977
10978@node Date Forms, Modulo Forms, HMS Forms, Data Types
10979@section Date Forms
10980
10981@noindent
10982@cindex Date forms
10983A @dfn{date form} represents a date and possibly an associated time.
10984Simple date arithmetic is supported: Adding a number to a date
10985produces a new date shifted by that many days; adding an HMS form to
10986a date shifts it by that many hours. Subtracting two date forms
10987computes the number of days between them (represented as a simple
10988number). Many other operations, such as multiplying two date forms,
10989are nonsensical and are not allowed by Calc.
10990
10991Date forms are entered and displayed enclosed in @samp{< >} brackets.
10992The default format is, e.g., @samp{<Wed Jan 9, 1991>} for dates,
10993or @samp{<3:32:20pm Wed Jan 9, 1991>} for dates with times.
10994Input is flexible; date forms can be entered in any of the usual
10995notations for dates and times. @xref{Date Formats}.
10996
10997Date forms are stored internally as numbers, specifically the number
10998of days since midnight on the morning of January 1 of the year 1 AD.
10999If the internal number is an integer, the form represents a date only;
11000if the internal number is a fraction or float, the form represents
11001a date and time. For example, @samp{<6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991>}
11002is represented by the number 726842.25. The standard precision of
1100312 decimal digits is enough to ensure that a (reasonable) date and
11004time can be stored without roundoff error.
11005
11006If the current precision is greater than 12, date forms will keep
11007additional digits in the seconds position. For example, if the
11008precision is 15, the seconds will keep three digits after the
11009decimal point. Decreasing the precision below 12 may cause the
11010time part of a date form to become inaccurate. This can also happen
11011if astronomically high years are used, though this will not be an
11012issue in everyday (or even everymillennium) use. Note that date
11013forms without times are stored as exact integers, so roundoff is
11014never an issue for them.
11015
11016You can use the @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) and @kbd{v u}
11017(@code{calc-unpack}) commands to get at the numerical representation
11018of a date form. @xref{Packing and Unpacking}.
11019
11020Date forms can go arbitrarily far into the future or past. Negative
11021year numbers represent years BC. Calc uses a combination of the
11022Gregorian and Julian calendars, following the history of Great
11023Britain and the British colonies. This is the same calendar that
11024is used by the @code{cal} program in most Unix implementations.
11025
11026@cindex Julian calendar
11027@cindex Gregorian calendar
11028Some historical background: The Julian calendar was created by
11029Julius Caesar in the year 46 BC as an attempt to fix the gradual
11030drift caused by the lack of leap years in the calendar used
11031until that time. The Julian calendar introduced an extra day in
11032all years divisible by four. After some initial confusion, the
11033calendar was adopted around the year we call 8 AD. Some centuries
11034later it became apparent that the Julian year of 365.25 days was
11035itself not quite right. In 1582 Pope Gregory XIII introduced the
11036Gregorian calendar, which added the new rule that years divisible
11037by 100, but not by 400, were not to be considered leap years
11038despite being divisible by four. Many countries delayed adoption
11039of the Gregorian calendar because of religious differences;
11040in Britain it was put off until the year 1752, by which time
11041the Julian calendar had fallen eleven days behind the true
11042seasons. So the switch to the Gregorian calendar in early
11043September 1752 introduced a discontinuity: The day after
11044Sep 2, 1752 is Sep 14, 1752. Calc follows this convention.
11045To take another example, Russia waited until 1918 before
11046adopting the new calendar, and thus needed to remove thirteen
11047days (between Feb 1, 1918 and Feb 14, 1918). This means that
11048Calc's reckoning will be inconsistent with Russian history between
110491752 and 1918, and similarly for various other countries.
11050
11051Today's timekeepers introduce an occasional ``leap second'' as
11052well, but Calc does not take these minor effects into account.
11053(If it did, it would have to report a non-integer number of days
11054between, say, @samp{<12:00am Mon Jan 1, 1900>} and
11055@samp{<12:00am Sat Jan 1, 2000>}.)
11056
11057Calc uses the Julian calendar for all dates before the year 1752,
11058including dates BC when the Julian calendar technically had not
11059yet been invented. Thus the claim that day number @mathit{-10000} is
11060called ``August 16, 28 BC'' should be taken with a grain of salt.
11061
11062Please note that there is no ``year 0''; the day before
11063@samp{<Sat Jan 1, +1>} is @samp{<Fri Dec 31, -1>}. These are
11064days 0 and @mathit{-1} respectively in Calc's internal numbering scheme.
11065
11066@cindex Julian day counting
7c1a0036
GM
11067Another day counting system in common use is, confusingly, also called
11068``Julian.'' The Julian day number is the numbers of days since
1106912:00 noon (GMT) on Jan 1, 4713 BC, which in Calc's scheme (in GMT)
db78a8cb 11070is @mathit{-1721423.5} (recall that Calc starts at midnight instead
7c1a0036
GM
11071of noon). Thus to convert a Calc date code obtained by unpacking a
11072date form into a Julian day number, simply add 1721423.5 after
11073compensating for the time zone difference. The built-in @kbd{t J}
11074command performs this conversion for you.
11075
11076The Julian day number is based on the Julian cycle, which was invented
11077in 1583 by Joseph Justus Scaliger. Scaliger named it the Julian cycle
11078since it is involves the Julian calendar, but some have suggested that
11079Scaliger named it in honor of his father, Julius Caesar Scaliger. The
11080Julian cycle is based it on three other cycles: the indiction cycle,
11081the Metonic cycle, and the solar cycle. The indiction cycle is a 15
11082year cycle originally used by the Romans for tax purposes but later
11083used to date medieval documents. The Metonic cycle is a 19 year
11084cycle; 19 years is close to being a common multiple of a solar year
11085and a lunar month, and so every 19 years the phases of the moon will
11086occur on the same days of the year. The solar cycle is a 28 year
11087cycle; the Julian calendar repeats itself every 28 years. The
11088smallest time period which contains multiples of all three cycles is
11089the least common multiple of 15 years, 19 years and 28 years, which
11090(since they're pairwise relatively prime) is
11091@texline @math{15\times 19\times 28 = 7980} years.
11092@infoline 15*19*28 = 7980 years.
11093This is the length of a Julian cycle. Working backwards, the previous
11094year in which all three cycles began was 4713 BC, and so Scalinger
11095chose that year as the beginning of a Julian cycle. Since at the time
11096there were no historical records from before 4713 BC, using this year
11097as a starting point had the advantage of avoiding negative year
11098numbers. In 1849, the astronomer John Herschel (son of William
11099Herschel) suggested using the number of days since the beginning of
11100the Julian cycle as an astronomical dating system; this idea was taken
11101up by other astronomers. (At the time, noon was the start of the
11102astronomical day. Herschel originally suggested counting the days
11103since Jan 1, 4713 BC at noon Alexandria time; this was later amended to
11104noon GMT.) Julian day numbering is largely used in astronomy.
4009494e
GM
11105
11106@cindex Unix time format
11107The Unix operating system measures time as an integer number of
11108seconds since midnight, Jan 1, 1970. To convert a Calc date
11109value into a Unix time stamp, first subtract 719164 (the code
11110for @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>}), then multiply by 86400 (the number of
11111seconds in a day) and press @kbd{R} to round to the nearest
11112integer. If you have a date form, you can simply subtract the
11113day @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>} instead of unpacking and subtracting
11114719164. Likewise, divide by 86400 and add @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>}
11115to convert from Unix time to a Calc date form. (Note that
11116Unix normally maintains the time in the GMT time zone; you may
11117need to subtract five hours to get New York time, or eight hours
11118for California time. The same is usually true of Julian day
11119counts.) The built-in @kbd{t U} command performs these
11120conversions.
11121
11122@node Modulo Forms, Error Forms, Date Forms, Data Types
11123@section Modulo Forms
11124
11125@noindent
11126@cindex Modulo forms
11127A @dfn{modulo form} is a real number which is taken modulo (i.e., within
11128an integer multiple of) some value @var{M}. Arithmetic modulo @var{M}
11129often arises in number theory. Modulo forms are written
11130`@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}',
11131where @var{a} and @var{M} are real numbers or HMS forms, and
11132@texline @math{0 \le a < M}.
11133@infoline @expr{0 <= a < @var{M}}.
11134In many applications @expr{a} and @expr{M} will be
11135integers but this is not required.
11136
11137@ignore
11138@mindex M
11139@end ignore
11140@kindex M (modulo forms)
11141@ignore
11142@mindex mod
11143@end ignore
11144@tindex mod (operator)
11145To create a modulo form during numeric entry, press the shift-@kbd{M}
11146key to enter the word @samp{mod}. As a special convenience, pressing
11147shift-@kbd{M} a second time automatically enters the value of @expr{M}
11148that was most recently used before. During algebraic entry, either
11149type @samp{mod} by hand or press @kbd{M-m} (that's @kbd{@key{META}-m}).
11150Once again, pressing this a second time enters the current modulo.
11151
11152Modulo forms are not to be confused with the modulo operator @samp{%}.
11153The expression @samp{27 % 10} means to compute 27 modulo 10 to produce
11154the result 7. Further computations treat this 7 as just a regular integer.
11155The expression @samp{27 mod 10} produces the result @samp{7 mod 10};
11156further computations with this value are again reduced modulo 10 so that
11157the result always lies in the desired range.
11158
11159When two modulo forms with identical @expr{M}'s are added or multiplied,
11160the Calculator simply adds or multiplies the values, then reduces modulo
11161@expr{M}. If one argument is a modulo form and the other a plain number,
11162the plain number is treated like a compatible modulo form. It is also
11163possible to raise modulo forms to powers; the result is the value raised
11164to the power, then reduced modulo @expr{M}. (When all values involved
11165are integers, this calculation is done much more efficiently than
11166actually computing the power and then reducing.)
11167
11168@cindex Modulo division
11169Two modulo forms `@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}' and `@var{b} @tfn{mod} @var{M}'
11170can be divided if @expr{a}, @expr{b}, and @expr{M} are all
11171integers. The result is the modulo form which, when multiplied by
11172`@var{b} @tfn{mod} @var{M}', produces `@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}'. If
11173there is no solution to this equation (which can happen only when
11174@expr{M} is non-prime), or if any of the arguments are non-integers, the
11175division is left in symbolic form. Other operations, such as square
11176roots, are not yet supported for modulo forms. (Note that, although
11177@w{`@tfn{(}@var{a} @tfn{mod} @var{M}@tfn{)^.5}'} will compute a ``modulo square root''
11178in the sense of reducing
11179@texline @math{\sqrt a}
11180@infoline @expr{sqrt(a)}
11181modulo @expr{M}, this is not a useful definition from the
11182number-theoretical point of view.)
11183
11184It is possible to mix HMS forms and modulo forms. For example, an
11185HMS form modulo 24 could be used to manipulate clock times; an HMS
11186form modulo 360 would be suitable for angles. Making the modulo @expr{M}
11187also be an HMS form eliminates troubles that would arise if the angular
11188mode were inadvertently set to Radians, in which case
11189@w{@samp{2@@ 0' 0" mod 24}} would be interpreted as two degrees modulo
1119024 radians!
11191
11192Modulo forms cannot have variables or formulas for components. If you
11193enter the formula @samp{(x + 2) mod 5}, Calc propagates the modulus
11194to each of the coefficients: @samp{(1 mod 5) x + (2 mod 5)}.
11195
11196You can use @kbd{v p} and @kbd{%} to modify modulo forms.
11197@xref{Packing and Unpacking}. @xref{Basic Arithmetic}.
11198
11199@ignore
11200@starindex
11201@end ignore
11202@tindex makemod
11203The algebraic function @samp{makemod(a, m)} builds the modulo form
11204@w{@samp{a mod m}}.
11205
11206@node Error Forms, Interval Forms, Modulo Forms, Data Types
11207@section Error Forms
11208
11209@noindent
11210@cindex Error forms
11211@cindex Standard deviations
11212An @dfn{error form} is a number with an associated standard
11213deviation, as in @samp{2.3 +/- 0.12}. The notation
11214@texline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @math{\sigma}'
11215@infoline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} sigma'
11216stands for an uncertain value which follows
11217a normal or Gaussian distribution of mean @expr{x} and standard
11218deviation or ``error''
11219@texline @math{\sigma}.
11220@infoline @expr{sigma}.
11221Both the mean and the error can be either numbers or
11222formulas. Generally these are real numbers but the mean may also be
11223complex. If the error is negative or complex, it is changed to its
11224absolute value. An error form with zero error is converted to a
11225regular number by the Calculator.
11226
11227All arithmetic and transcendental functions accept error forms as input.
11228Operations on the mean-value part work just like operations on regular
11229numbers. The error part for any function @expr{f(x)} (such as
11230@texline @math{\sin x}
11231@infoline @expr{sin(x)})
11232is defined by the error of @expr{x} times the derivative of @expr{f}
11233evaluated at the mean value of @expr{x}. For a two-argument function
11234@expr{f(x,y)} (such as addition) the error is the square root of the sum
11235of the squares of the errors due to @expr{x} and @expr{y}.
11236@tex
11237$$ \eqalign{
11238 f(x \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma)
11239 &= f(x) \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma \left| {df(x) \over dx} \right| \cr
11240 f(x \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma_x, y \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma_y)
11241 &= f(x,y) \hbox{\code{ +/- }}
11242 \sqrt{\left(\sigma_x \left| {\partial f(x,y) \over \partial x}
11243 \right| \right)^2
11244 +\left(\sigma_y \left| {\partial f(x,y) \over \partial y}
11245 \right| \right)^2 } \cr
11246} $$
11247@end tex
11248Note that this
11249definition assumes the errors in @expr{x} and @expr{y} are uncorrelated.
11250A side effect of this definition is that @samp{(2 +/- 1) * (2 +/- 1)}
11251is not the same as @samp{(2 +/- 1)^2}; the former represents the product
11252of two independent values which happen to have the same probability
11253distributions, and the latter is the product of one random value with itself.
11254The former will produce an answer with less error, since on the average
11255the two independent errors can be expected to cancel out.
11256
11257Consult a good text on error analysis for a discussion of the proper use
11258of standard deviations. Actual errors often are neither Gaussian-distributed
11259nor uncorrelated, and the above formulas are valid only when errors
11260are small. As an example, the error arising from
11261@texline `@tfn{sin(}@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @math{\sigma}@tfn{)}'
11262@infoline `@tfn{sin(}@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @var{sigma}@tfn{)}'
11263is
11264@texline `@math{\sigma} @tfn{abs(cos(}@var{x}@tfn{))}'.
11265@infoline `@var{sigma} @tfn{abs(cos(}@var{x}@tfn{))}'.
11266When @expr{x} is close to zero,
11267@texline @math{\cos x}
11268@infoline @expr{cos(x)}
11269is close to one so the error in the sine is close to
11270@texline @math{\sigma};
11271@infoline @expr{sigma};
11272this makes sense, since
11273@texline @math{\sin x}
11274@infoline @expr{sin(x)}
11275is approximately @expr{x} near zero, so a given error in @expr{x} will
11276produce about the same error in the sine. Likewise, near 90 degrees
11277@texline @math{\cos x}
11278@infoline @expr{cos(x)}
11279is nearly zero and so the computed error is
11280small: The sine curve is nearly flat in that region, so an error in @expr{x}
11281has relatively little effect on the value of
11282@texline @math{\sin x}.
11283@infoline @expr{sin(x)}.
11284However, consider @samp{sin(90 +/- 1000)}. The cosine of 90 is zero, so
11285Calc will report zero error! We get an obviously wrong result because
11286we have violated the small-error approximation underlying the error
11287analysis. If the error in @expr{x} had been small, the error in
11288@texline @math{\sin x}
11289@infoline @expr{sin(x)}
11290would indeed have been negligible.
11291
11292@ignore
11293@mindex p
11294@end ignore
11295@kindex p (error forms)
11296@tindex +/-
11297To enter an error form during regular numeric entry, use the @kbd{p}
11298(``plus-or-minus'') key to type the @samp{+/-} symbol. (If you try actually
11299typing @samp{+/-} the @kbd{+} key will be interpreted as the Calculator's
11300@kbd{+} command!) Within an algebraic formula, you can press @kbd{M-+} to
11301type the @samp{+/-} symbol, or type it out by hand.
11302
11303Error forms and complex numbers can be mixed; the formulas shown above
11304are used for complex numbers, too; note that if the error part evaluates
11305to a complex number its absolute value (or the square root of the sum of
11306the squares of the absolute values of the two error contributions) is
11307used. Mathematically, this corresponds to a radially symmetric Gaussian
11308distribution of numbers on the complex plane. However, note that Calc
11309considers an error form with real components to represent a real number,
11310not a complex distribution around a real mean.
11311
11312Error forms may also be composed of HMS forms. For best results, both
11313the mean and the error should be HMS forms if either one is.
11314
11315@ignore
11316@starindex
11317@end ignore
11318@tindex sdev
11319The algebraic function @samp{sdev(a, b)} builds the error form @samp{a +/- b}.
11320
11321@node Interval Forms, Incomplete Objects, Error Forms, Data Types
11322@section Interval Forms
11323
11324@noindent
11325@cindex Interval forms
11326An @dfn{interval} is a subset of consecutive real numbers. For example,
11327the interval @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} represents all the numbers from 2 to 4,
11328inclusive. If you multiply it by the interval @samp{[0.5 ..@: 2]} you
11329obtain @samp{[1 ..@: 8]}. This calculation represents the fact that if
11330you multiply some number in the range @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} by some other
11331number in the range @samp{[0.5 ..@: 2]}, your result will lie in the range
11332from 1 to 8. Interval arithmetic is used to get a worst-case estimate
11333of the possible range of values a computation will produce, given the
11334set of possible values of the input.
11335
11336@ifnottex
11337Calc supports several varieties of intervals, including @dfn{closed}
11338intervals of the type shown above, @dfn{open} intervals such as
11339@samp{(2 ..@: 4)}, which represents the range of numbers from 2 to 4
11340@emph{exclusive}, and @dfn{semi-open} intervals in which one end
11341uses a round parenthesis and the other a square bracket. In mathematical
11342terms,
11343@samp{[2 ..@: 4]} means @expr{2 <= x <= 4}, whereas
11344@samp{[2 ..@: 4)} represents @expr{2 <= x < 4},
11345@samp{(2 ..@: 4]} represents @expr{2 < x <= 4}, and
11346@samp{(2 ..@: 4)} represents @expr{2 < x < 4}.
11347@end ifnottex
11348@tex
11349Calc supports several varieties of intervals, including \dfn{closed}
11350intervals of the type shown above, \dfn{open} intervals such as
11351\samp{(2 ..\: 4)}, which represents the range of numbers from 2 to 4
11352\emph{exclusive}, and \dfn{semi-open} intervals in which one end
11353uses a round parenthesis and the other a square bracket. In mathematical
11354terms,
11355$$ \eqalign{
11356 [2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4] &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 \le x \le 4 \cr
11357 [2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4) &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 \le x < 4 \cr
11358 (2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4] &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 < x \le 4 \cr
11359 (2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4) &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 < x < 4 \cr
11360} $$
11361@end tex
11362
11363The lower and upper limits of an interval must be either real numbers
11364(or HMS or date forms), or symbolic expressions which are assumed to be
11365real-valued, or @samp{-inf} and @samp{inf}. In general the lower limit
11366must be less than the upper limit. A closed interval containing only
11367one value, @samp{[3 ..@: 3]}, is converted to a plain number (3)
11368automatically. An interval containing no values at all (such as
11369@samp{[3 ..@: 2]} or @samp{[2 ..@: 2)}) can be represented but is not
11370guaranteed to behave well when used in arithmetic. Note that the
11371interval @samp{[3 .. inf)} represents all real numbers greater than
11372or equal to 3, and @samp{(-inf .. inf)} represents all real numbers.
11373In fact, @samp{[-inf .. inf]} represents all real numbers including
11374the real infinities.
11375
11376Intervals are entered in the notation shown here, either as algebraic
11377formulas, or using incomplete forms. (@xref{Incomplete Objects}.)
11378In algebraic formulas, multiple periods in a row are collected from
11379left to right, so that @samp{1...1e2} is interpreted as @samp{1.0 ..@: 1e2}
11380rather than @samp{1 ..@: 0.1e2}. Add spaces or zeros if you want to
11381get the other interpretation. If you omit the lower or upper limit,
11382a default of @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf} (respectively) is furnished.
11383
11384Infinite mode also affects operations on intervals
11385(@pxref{Infinities}). Calc will always introduce an open infinity,
11386as in @samp{1 / (0 .. 2] = [0.5 .. inf)}. But closed infinities,
11387@w{@samp{1 / [0 .. 2] = [0.5 .. inf]}}, arise only in Infinite mode;
11388otherwise they are left unevaluated. Note that the ``direction'' of
11389a zero is not an issue in this case since the zero is always assumed
11390to be continuous with the rest of the interval. For intervals that
11391contain zero inside them Calc is forced to give the result,
11392@samp{1 / (-2 .. 2) = [-inf .. inf]}.
11393
11394While it may seem that intervals and error forms are similar, they are
11395based on entirely different concepts of inexact quantities. An error
11396form
11397@texline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @math{\sigma}'
11398@infoline `@var{x} @tfn{+/-} @var{sigma}'
11399means a variable is random, and its value could
11400be anything but is ``probably'' within one
11401@texline @math{\sigma}
11402@infoline @var{sigma}
11403of the mean value @expr{x}. An interval
11404`@tfn{[}@var{a} @tfn{..@:} @var{b}@tfn{]}' means a
11405variable's value is unknown, but guaranteed to lie in the specified
11406range. Error forms are statistical or ``average case'' approximations;
11407interval arithmetic tends to produce ``worst case'' bounds on an
11408answer.
11409
11410Intervals may not contain complex numbers, but they may contain
11411HMS forms or date forms.
11412
11413@xref{Set Operations}, for commands that interpret interval forms
11414as subsets of the set of real numbers.
11415
11416@ignore
11417@starindex
11418@end ignore
11419@tindex intv
11420The algebraic function @samp{intv(n, a, b)} builds an interval form
11421from @samp{a} to @samp{b}; @samp{n} is an integer code which must
11422be 0 for @samp{(..)}, 1 for @samp{(..]}, 2 for @samp{[..)}, or
114233 for @samp{[..]}.
11424
11425Please note that in fully rigorous interval arithmetic, care would be
11426taken to make sure that the computation of the lower bound rounds toward
11427minus infinity, while upper bound computations round toward plus
11428infinity. Calc's arithmetic always uses a round-to-nearest mode,
11429which means that roundoff errors could creep into an interval
11430calculation to produce intervals slightly smaller than they ought to
11431be. For example, entering @samp{[1..2]} and pressing @kbd{Q 2 ^}
11432should yield the interval @samp{[1..2]} again, but in fact it yields the
11433(slightly too small) interval @samp{[1..1.9999999]} due to roundoff
11434error.
11435
11436@node Incomplete Objects, Variables, Interval Forms, Data Types
11437@section Incomplete Objects
11438
11439@noindent
11440@ignore
11441@mindex [ ]
11442@end ignore
11443@kindex [
11444@ignore
11445@mindex ( )
11446@end ignore
11447@kindex (
11448@kindex ,
11449@ignore
11450@mindex @null
11451@end ignore
11452@kindex ]
11453@ignore
11454@mindex @null
11455@end ignore
11456@kindex )
11457@cindex Incomplete vectors
11458@cindex Incomplete complex numbers
11459@cindex Incomplete interval forms
11460When @kbd{(} or @kbd{[} is typed to begin entering a complex number or
11461vector, respectively, the effect is to push an @dfn{incomplete} complex
11462number or vector onto the stack. The @kbd{,} key adds the value(s) at
11463the top of the stack onto the current incomplete object. The @kbd{)}
11464and @kbd{]} keys ``close'' the incomplete object after adding any values
11465on the top of the stack in front of the incomplete object.
11466
11467As a result, the sequence of keystrokes @kbd{[ 2 , 3 @key{RET} 2 * , 9 ]}
11468pushes the vector @samp{[2, 6, 9]} onto the stack. Likewise, @kbd{( 1 , 2 Q )}
11469pushes the complex number @samp{(1, 1.414)} (approximately).
11470
11471If several values lie on the stack in front of the incomplete object,
11472all are collected and appended to the object. Thus the @kbd{,} key
11473is redundant: @kbd{[ 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 2 * 9 ]}. Some people
11474prefer the equivalent @key{SPC} key to @key{RET}.
11475
11476As a special case, typing @kbd{,} immediately after @kbd{(}, @kbd{[}, or
11477@kbd{,} adds a zero or duplicates the preceding value in the list being
11478formed. Typing @key{DEL} during incomplete entry removes the last item
11479from the list.
11480
11481@kindex ;
11482The @kbd{;} key is used in the same way as @kbd{,} to create polar complex
11483numbers: @kbd{( 1 ; 2 )}. When entering a vector, @kbd{;} is useful for
11484creating a matrix. In particular, @kbd{[ [ 1 , 2 ; 3 , 4 ; 5 , 6 ] ]} is
11485equivalent to @kbd{[ [ 1 , 2 ] , [ 3 , 4 ] , [ 5 , 6 ] ]}.
11486
11487@kindex ..
11488@pindex calc-dots
11489Incomplete entry is also used to enter intervals. For example,
11490@kbd{[ 2 ..@: 4 )} enters a semi-open interval. Note that when you type
11491the first period, it will be interpreted as a decimal point, but when
11492you type a second period immediately afterward, it is re-interpreted as
11493part of the interval symbol. Typing @kbd{..} corresponds to executing
11494the @code{calc-dots} command.
11495
11496If you find incomplete entry distracting, you may wish to enter vectors
11497and complex numbers as algebraic formulas by pressing the apostrophe key.
11498
11499@node Variables, Formulas, Incomplete Objects, Data Types
11500@section Variables
11501
11502@noindent
11503@cindex Variables, in formulas
11504A @dfn{variable} is somewhere between a storage register on a conventional
11505calculator, and a variable in a programming language. (In fact, a Calc
11506variable is really just an Emacs Lisp variable that contains a Calc number
11507or formula.) A variable's name is normally composed of letters and digits.
11508Calc also allows apostrophes and @code{#} signs in variable names.
11509(The Calc variable @code{foo} corresponds to the Emacs Lisp variable
11510@code{var-foo}, but unless you access the variable from within Emacs
11511Lisp, you don't need to worry about it. Variable names in algebraic
11512formulas implicitly have @samp{var-} prefixed to their names. The
11513@samp{#} character in variable names used in algebraic formulas
11514corresponds to a dash @samp{-} in the Lisp variable name. If the name
11515contains any dashes, the prefix @samp{var-} is @emph{not} automatically
11516added. Thus the two formulas @samp{foo + 1} and @samp{var#foo + 1} both
11517refer to the same variable.)
11518
11519In a command that takes a variable name, you can either type the full
11520name of a variable, or type a single digit to use one of the special
11521convenience variables @code{q0} through @code{q9}. For example,
11522@kbd{3 s s 2} stores the number 3 in variable @code{q2}, and
11523@w{@kbd{3 s s foo @key{RET}}} stores that number in variable
11524@code{foo}.
11525
11526To push a variable itself (as opposed to the variable's value) on the
11527stack, enter its name as an algebraic expression using the apostrophe
11528(@key{'}) key.
11529
11530@kindex =
11531@pindex calc-evaluate
11532@cindex Evaluation of variables in a formula
11533@cindex Variables, evaluation
11534@cindex Formulas, evaluation
11535The @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}) key ``evaluates'' a formula by
11536replacing all variables in the formula which have been given values by a
11537@code{calc-store} or @code{calc-let} command by their stored values.
11538Other variables are left alone. Thus a variable that has not been
11539stored acts like an abstract variable in algebra; a variable that has
11540been stored acts more like a register in a traditional calculator.
11541With a positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{=} evaluates the top
11542@var{n} stack entries; with a negative argument, @kbd{=} evaluates
11543the @var{n}th stack entry.
11544
11545@cindex @code{e} variable
11546@cindex @code{pi} variable
11547@cindex @code{i} variable
11548@cindex @code{phi} variable
11549@cindex @code{gamma} variable
11550@vindex e
11551@vindex pi
11552@vindex i
11553@vindex phi
11554@vindex gamma
11555A few variables are called @dfn{special constants}. Their names are
11556@samp{e}, @samp{pi}, @samp{i}, @samp{phi}, and @samp{gamma}.
11557(@xref{Scientific Functions}.) When they are evaluated with @kbd{=},
11558their values are calculated if necessary according to the current precision
11559or complex polar mode. If you wish to use these symbols for other purposes,
11560simply undefine or redefine them using @code{calc-store}.
11561
11562The variables @samp{inf}, @samp{uinf}, and @samp{nan} stand for
11563infinite or indeterminate values. It's best not to use them as
11564regular variables, since Calc uses special algebraic rules when
11565it manipulates them. Calc displays a warning message if you store
11566a value into any of these special variables.
11567
11568@xref{Store and Recall}, for a discussion of commands dealing with variables.
11569
11570@node Formulas, , Variables, Data Types
11571@section Formulas
11572
11573@noindent
11574@cindex Formulas
11575@cindex Expressions
11576@cindex Operators in formulas
11577@cindex Precedence of operators
11578When you press the apostrophe key you may enter any expression or formula
11579in algebraic form. (Calc uses the terms ``expression'' and ``formula''
11580interchangeably.) An expression is built up of numbers, variable names,
11581and function calls, combined with various arithmetic operators.
11582Parentheses may
11583be used to indicate grouping. Spaces are ignored within formulas, except
11584that spaces are not permitted within variable names or numbers.
11585Arithmetic operators, in order from highest to lowest precedence, and
11586with their equivalent function names, are:
11587
11588@samp{_} [@code{subscr}] (subscripts);
11589
11590postfix @samp{%} [@code{percent}] (as in @samp{25% = 0.25});
11591
0edd2970 11592prefix @samp{!} [@code{lnot}] (logical ``not,'' as in @samp{!x});
4009494e
GM
11593
11594@samp{+/-} [@code{sdev}] (the standard deviation symbol) and
11595@samp{mod} [@code{makemod}] (the symbol for modulo forms);
11596
11597postfix @samp{!} [@code{fact}] (factorial, as in @samp{n!})
11598and postfix @samp{!!} [@code{dfact}] (double factorial);
11599
11600@samp{^} [@code{pow}] (raised-to-the-power-of);
11601
0edd2970
JB
11602prefix @samp{+} and @samp{-} [@code{neg}] (as in @samp{-x});
11603
4009494e
GM
11604@samp{*} [@code{mul}];
11605
11606@samp{/} [@code{div}], @samp{%} [@code{mod}] (modulo), and
11607@samp{\} [@code{idiv}] (integer division);
11608
11609infix @samp{+} [@code{add}] and @samp{-} [@code{sub}] (as in @samp{x-y});
11610
11611@samp{|} [@code{vconcat}] (vector concatenation);
11612
11613relations @samp{=} [@code{eq}], @samp{!=} [@code{neq}], @samp{<} [@code{lt}],
11614@samp{>} [@code{gt}], @samp{<=} [@code{leq}], and @samp{>=} [@code{geq}];
11615
11616@samp{&&} [@code{land}] (logical ``and'');
11617
11618@samp{||} [@code{lor}] (logical ``or'');
11619
11620the C-style ``if'' operator @samp{a?b:c} [@code{if}];
11621
11622@samp{!!!} [@code{pnot}] (rewrite pattern ``not'');
11623
11624@samp{&&&} [@code{pand}] (rewrite pattern ``and'');
11625
11626@samp{|||} [@code{por}] (rewrite pattern ``or'');
11627
11628@samp{:=} [@code{assign}] (for assignments and rewrite rules);
11629
11630@samp{::} [@code{condition}] (rewrite pattern condition);
11631
11632@samp{=>} [@code{evalto}].
11633
11634Note that, unlike in usual computer notation, multiplication binds more
11635strongly than division: @samp{a*b/c*d} is equivalent to
11636@texline @math{a b \over c d}.
11637@infoline @expr{(a*b)/(c*d)}.
11638
11639@cindex Multiplication, implicit
11640@cindex Implicit multiplication
11641The multiplication sign @samp{*} may be omitted in many cases. In particular,
11642if the righthand side is a number, variable name, or parenthesized
11643expression, the @samp{*} may be omitted. Implicit multiplication has the
11644same precedence as the explicit @samp{*} operator. The one exception to
11645the rule is that a variable name followed by a parenthesized expression,
11646as in @samp{f(x)},
11647is interpreted as a function call, not an implicit @samp{*}. In many
11648cases you must use a space if you omit the @samp{*}: @samp{2a} is the
11649same as @samp{2*a}, and @samp{a b} is the same as @samp{a*b}, but @samp{ab}
11650is a variable called @code{ab}, @emph{not} the product of @samp{a} and
11651@samp{b}! Also note that @samp{f (x)} is still a function call.
11652
11653@cindex Implicit comma in vectors
11654The rules are slightly different for vectors written with square brackets.
11655In vectors, the space character is interpreted (like the comma) as a
11656separator of elements of the vector. Thus @w{@samp{[ 2a b+c d ]}} is
11657equivalent to @samp{[2*a, b+c, d]}, whereas @samp{2a b+c d} is equivalent
11658to @samp{2*a*b + c*d}.
11659Note that spaces around the brackets, and around explicit commas, are
11660ignored. To force spaces to be interpreted as multiplication you can
11661enclose a formula in parentheses as in @samp{[(a b) 2(c d)]}, which is
11662interpreted as @samp{[a*b, 2*c*d]}. An implicit comma is also inserted
11663between @samp{][}, as in the matrix @samp{[[1 2][3 4]]}.
11664
11665Vectors that contain commas (not embedded within nested parentheses or
11666brackets) do not treat spaces specially: @samp{[a b, 2 c d]} is a vector
11667of two elements. Also, if it would be an error to treat spaces as
11668separators, but not otherwise, then Calc will ignore spaces:
11669@w{@samp{[a - b]}} is a vector of one element, but @w{@samp{[a -b]}} is
11670a vector of two elements. Finally, vectors entered with curly braces
11671instead of square brackets do not give spaces any special treatment.
11672When Calc displays a vector that does not contain any commas, it will
11673insert parentheses if necessary to make the meaning clear:
11674@w{@samp{[(a b)]}}.
11675
11676The expression @samp{5%-2} is ambiguous; is this five-percent minus two,
11677or five modulo minus-two? Calc always interprets the leftmost symbol as
11678an infix operator preferentially (modulo, in this case), so you would
11679need to write @samp{(5%)-2} to get the former interpretation.
11680
11681@cindex Function call notation
11682A function call is, e.g., @samp{sin(1+x)}. (The Calc algebraic function
11683@code{foo} corresponds to the Emacs Lisp function @code{calcFunc-foo},
11684but unless you access the function from within Emacs Lisp, you don't
11685need to worry about it.) Most mathematical Calculator commands like
11686@code{calc-sin} have function equivalents like @code{sin}.
11687If no Lisp function is defined for a function called by a formula, the
11688call is left as it is during algebraic manipulation: @samp{f(x+y)} is
11689left alone. Beware that many innocent-looking short names like @code{in}
11690and @code{re} have predefined meanings which could surprise you; however,
11691single letters or single letters followed by digits are always safe to
11692use for your own function names. @xref{Function Index}.
11693
11694In the documentation for particular commands, the notation @kbd{H S}
11695(@code{calc-sinh}) [@code{sinh}] means that the key sequence @kbd{H S}, the
11696command @kbd{M-x calc-sinh}, and the algebraic function @code{sinh(x)} all
11697represent the same operation.
11698
11699Commands that interpret (``parse'') text as algebraic formulas include
11700algebraic entry (@kbd{'}), editing commands like @kbd{`} which parse
11701the contents of the editing buffer when you finish, the @kbd{C-x * g}
11702and @w{@kbd{C-x * r}} commands, the @kbd{C-y} command, the X window system
11703``paste'' mouse operation, and Embedded mode. All of these operations
11704use the same rules for parsing formulas; in particular, language modes
11705(@pxref{Language Modes}) affect them all in the same way.
11706
11707When you read a large amount of text into the Calculator (say a vector
11708which represents a big set of rewrite rules; @pxref{Rewrite Rules}),
11709you may wish to include comments in the text. Calc's formula parser
11710ignores the symbol @samp{%%} and anything following it on a line:
11711
11712@example
11713[ a + b, %% the sum of "a" and "b"
11714 c + d,
11715 %% last line is coming up:
11716 e + f ]
11717@end example
11718
11719@noindent
11720This is parsed exactly the same as @samp{[ a + b, c + d, e + f ]}.
11721
11722@xref{Syntax Tables}, for a way to create your own operators and other
11723input notations. @xref{Compositions}, for a way to create new display
11724formats.
11725
11726@xref{Algebra}, for commands for manipulating formulas symbolically.
11727
11728@node Stack and Trail, Mode Settings, Data Types, Top
11729@chapter Stack and Trail Commands
11730
11731@noindent
11732This chapter describes the Calc commands for manipulating objects on the
11733stack and in the trail buffer. (These commands operate on objects of any
11734type, such as numbers, vectors, formulas, and incomplete objects.)
11735
11736@menu
11737* Stack Manipulation::
11738* Editing Stack Entries::
11739* Trail Commands::
11740* Keep Arguments::
11741@end menu
11742
11743@node Stack Manipulation, Editing Stack Entries, Stack and Trail, Stack and Trail
11744@section Stack Manipulation Commands
11745
11746@noindent
11747@kindex @key{RET}
11748@kindex @key{SPC}
11749@pindex calc-enter
11750@cindex Duplicating stack entries
11751To duplicate the top object on the stack, press @key{RET} or @key{SPC}
11752(two equivalent keys for the @code{calc-enter} command).
11753Given a positive numeric prefix argument, these commands duplicate
11754several elements at the top of the stack.
11755Given a negative argument,
11756these commands duplicate the specified element of the stack.
11757Given an argument of zero, they duplicate the entire stack.
11758For example, with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack,
11759@key{RET} creates @samp{10 20 30 30},
11760@kbd{C-u 2 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 20 30},
11761@kbd{C-u - 2 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 20}, and
11762@kbd{C-u 0 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 10 20 30}.
11763
11764@kindex @key{LFD}
11765@pindex calc-over
11766The @key{LFD} (@code{calc-over}) command (on a key marked Line-Feed if you
11767have it, else on @kbd{C-j}) is like @code{calc-enter}
11768except that the sign of the numeric prefix argument is interpreted
11769oppositely. Also, with no prefix argument the default argument is 2.
11770Thus with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack, @key{LFD} and @kbd{C-u 2 @key{LFD}}
11771are both equivalent to @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{RET}}, producing
11772@samp{10 20 30 20}.
11773
11774@kindex @key{DEL}
11775@kindex C-d
11776@pindex calc-pop
11777@cindex Removing stack entries
11778@cindex Deleting stack entries
11779To remove the top element from the stack, press @key{DEL} (@code{calc-pop}).
11780The @kbd{C-d} key is a synonym for @key{DEL}.
11781(If the top element is an incomplete object with at least one element, the
11782last element is removed from it.) Given a positive numeric prefix argument,
11783several elements are removed. Given a negative argument, the specified
11784element of the stack is deleted. Given an argument of zero, the entire
11785stack is emptied.
11786For example, with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack,
11787@key{DEL} leaves @samp{10 20},
11788@kbd{C-u 2 @key{DEL}} leaves @samp{10},
11789@kbd{C-u - 2 @key{DEL}} leaves @samp{10 30}, and
11790@kbd{C-u 0 @key{DEL}} leaves an empty stack.
11791
11792@kindex M-@key{DEL}
11793@pindex calc-pop-above
11794The @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} (@code{calc-pop-above}) command is to @key{DEL} what
11795@key{LFD} is to @key{RET}: It interprets the sign of the numeric
11796prefix argument in the opposite way, and the default argument is 2.
11797Thus @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} by itself removes the second-from-top stack element,
11798leaving the first, third, fourth, and so on; @kbd{M-3 M-@key{DEL}} deletes
11799the third stack element.
11800
11801@kindex @key{TAB}
11802@pindex calc-roll-down
11803To exchange the top two elements of the stack, press @key{TAB}
11804(@code{calc-roll-down}). Given a positive numeric prefix argument, the
11805specified number of elements at the top of the stack are rotated downward.
11806Given a negative argument, the entire stack is rotated downward the specified
11807number of times. Given an argument of zero, the entire stack is reversed
11808top-for-bottom.
11809For example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the stack,
11810@key{TAB} creates @samp{10 20 30 50 40},
11811@kbd{C-u 3 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 20 50 30 40},
11812@kbd{C-u - 2 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{40 50 10 20 30}, and
11813@kbd{C-u 0 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{50 40 30 20 10}.
11814
11815@kindex M-@key{TAB}
11816@pindex calc-roll-up
11817The command @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (@code{calc-roll-up}) is analogous to @key{TAB}
11818except that it rotates upward instead of downward. Also, the default
11819with no prefix argument is to rotate the top 3 elements.
11820For example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the stack,
11821@kbd{M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 20 40 50 30},
11822@kbd{C-u 4 M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 30 40 50 20},
11823@kbd{C-u - 2 M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{30 40 50 10 20}, and
11824@kbd{C-u 0 M-@key{TAB}} creates @samp{50 40 30 20 10}.
11825
11826A good way to view the operation of @key{TAB} and @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} is in
11827terms of moving a particular element to a new position in the stack.
11828With a positive argument @var{n}, @key{TAB} moves the top stack
11829element down to level @var{n}, making room for it by pulling all the
11830intervening stack elements toward the top. @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} moves the
11831element at level @var{n} up to the top. (Compare with @key{LFD},
11832which copies instead of moving the element in level @var{n}.)
11833
11834With a negative argument @mathit{-@var{n}}, @key{TAB} rotates the stack
11835to move the object in level @var{n} to the deepest place in the
11836stack, and the object in level @mathit{@var{n}+1} to the top. @kbd{M-@key{TAB}}
11837rotates the deepest stack element to be in level @mathit{n}, also
11838putting the top stack element in level @mathit{@var{n}+1}.
11839
11840@xref{Selecting Subformulas}, for a way to apply these commands to
11841any portion of a vector or formula on the stack.
11842
11843@node Editing Stack Entries, Trail Commands, Stack Manipulation, Stack and Trail
11844@section Editing Stack Entries
11845
11846@noindent
11847@kindex `
11848@pindex calc-edit
11849@pindex calc-edit-finish
11850@cindex Editing the stack with Emacs
8dc6104d
JB
11851The @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}) command creates a temporary buffer
11852(@samp{*Calc Edit*}) for editing the top-of-stack value using regular
11853Emacs commands. Note that @kbd{`} is a backquote, not a quote. With a
11854numeric prefix argument, it edits the specified number of stack entries
11855at once. (An argument of zero edits the entire stack; a negative
11856argument edits one specific stack entry.)
4009494e
GM
11857
11858When you are done editing, press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish and return
11859to Calc. The @key{RET} and @key{LFD} keys also work to finish most
11860sorts of editing, though in some cases Calc leaves @key{RET} with its
11861usual meaning (``insert a newline'') if it's a situation where you
11862might want to insert new lines into the editing buffer.
11863
11864When you finish editing, the Calculator parses the lines of text in
11865the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer as numbers or formulas, replaces the
11866original stack elements in the original buffer with these new values,
11867then kills the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer. The original Calculator buffer
11868continues to exist during editing, but for best results you should be
11869careful not to change it until you have finished the edit. You can
11870also cancel the edit by killing the buffer with @kbd{C-x k}.
11871
11872The formula is normally reevaluated as it is put onto the stack.
11873For example, editing @samp{a + 2} to @samp{3 + 2} and pressing
11874@kbd{C-c C-c} will push 5 on the stack. If you use @key{LFD} to
11875finish, Calc will put the result on the stack without evaluating it.
11876
11877If you give a prefix argument to @kbd{C-c C-c},
11878Calc will not kill the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer. You can switch
11879back to that buffer and continue editing if you wish. However, you
11880should understand that if you initiated the edit with @kbd{`}, the
11881@kbd{C-c C-c} operation will be programmed to replace the top of the
11882stack with the new edited value, and it will do this even if you have
11883rearranged the stack in the meanwhile. This is not so much of a problem
11884with other editing commands, though, such as @kbd{s e}
11885(@code{calc-edit-variable}; @pxref{Operations on Variables}).
11886
11887If the @code{calc-edit} command involves more than one stack entry,
11888each line of the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer is interpreted as a
11889separate formula. Otherwise, the entire buffer is interpreted as
11890one formula, with line breaks ignored. (You can use @kbd{C-o} or
11891@kbd{C-q C-j} to insert a newline in the buffer without pressing @key{RET}.)
11892
11893The @kbd{`} key also works during numeric or algebraic entry. The
11894text entered so far is moved to the @code{*Calc Edit*} buffer for
11895more extensive editing than is convenient in the minibuffer.
11896
11897@node Trail Commands, Keep Arguments, Editing Stack Entries, Stack and Trail
11898@section Trail Commands
11899
11900@noindent
11901@cindex Trail buffer
11902The commands for manipulating the Calc Trail buffer are two-key sequences
11903beginning with the @kbd{t} prefix.
11904
11905@kindex t d
11906@pindex calc-trail-display
11907The @kbd{t d} (@code{calc-trail-display}) command turns display of the
11908trail on and off. Normally the trail display is toggled on if it was off,
11909off if it was on. With a numeric prefix of zero, this command always
11910turns the trail off; with a prefix of one, it always turns the trail on.
11911The other trail-manipulation commands described here automatically turn
11912the trail on. Note that when the trail is off values are still recorded
11913there; they are simply not displayed. To set Emacs to turn the trail
11914off by default, type @kbd{t d} and then save the mode settings with
11915@kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}).
11916
11917@kindex t i
11918@pindex calc-trail-in
11919@kindex t o
11920@pindex calc-trail-out
11921The @kbd{t i} (@code{calc-trail-in}) and @kbd{t o}
11922(@code{calc-trail-out}) commands switch the cursor into and out of the
11923Calc Trail window. In practice they are rarely used, since the commands
11924shown below are a more convenient way to move around in the
11925trail, and they work ``by remote control'' when the cursor is still
11926in the Calculator window.
11927
11928@cindex Trail pointer
11929There is a @dfn{trail pointer} which selects some entry of the trail at
11930any given time. The trail pointer looks like a @samp{>} symbol right
11931before the selected number. The following commands operate on the
11932trail pointer in various ways.
11933
11934@kindex t y
11935@pindex calc-trail-yank
11936@cindex Retrieving previous results
11937The @kbd{t y} (@code{calc-trail-yank}) command reads the selected value in
11938the trail and pushes it onto the Calculator stack. It allows you to
11939re-use any previously computed value without retyping. With a numeric
11940prefix argument @var{n}, it yanks the value @var{n} lines above the current
11941trail pointer.
11942
11943@kindex t <
11944@pindex calc-trail-scroll-left
11945@kindex t >
11946@pindex calc-trail-scroll-right
11947The @kbd{t <} (@code{calc-trail-scroll-left}) and @kbd{t >}
11948(@code{calc-trail-scroll-right}) commands horizontally scroll the trail
11949window left or right by one half of its width.
11950
11951@kindex t n
11952@pindex calc-trail-next
11953@kindex t p
11954@pindex calc-trail-previous
11955@kindex t f
11956@pindex calc-trail-forward
11957@kindex t b
11958@pindex calc-trail-backward
11959The @kbd{t n} (@code{calc-trail-next}) and @kbd{t p}
11960(@code{calc-trail-previous)} commands move the trail pointer down or up
11961one line. The @kbd{t f} (@code{calc-trail-forward}) and @kbd{t b}
11962(@code{calc-trail-backward}) commands move the trail pointer down or up
11963one screenful at a time. All of these commands accept numeric prefix
11964arguments to move several lines or screenfuls at a time.
11965
11966@kindex t [
11967@pindex calc-trail-first
11968@kindex t ]
11969@pindex calc-trail-last
11970@kindex t h
11971@pindex calc-trail-here
11972The @kbd{t [} (@code{calc-trail-first}) and @kbd{t ]}
11973(@code{calc-trail-last}) commands move the trail pointer to the first or
11974last line of the trail. The @kbd{t h} (@code{calc-trail-here}) command
11975moves the trail pointer to the cursor position; unlike the other trail
11976commands, @kbd{t h} works only when Calc Trail is the selected window.
11977
11978@kindex t s
11979@pindex calc-trail-isearch-forward
11980@kindex t r
11981@pindex calc-trail-isearch-backward
11982@ifnottex
11983The @kbd{t s} (@code{calc-trail-isearch-forward}) and @kbd{t r}
11984(@code{calc-trail-isearch-backward}) commands perform an incremental
11985search forward or backward through the trail. You can press @key{RET}
11986to terminate the search; the trail pointer moves to the current line.
11987If you cancel the search with @kbd{C-g}, the trail pointer stays where
11988it was when the search began.
11989@end ifnottex
11990@tex
11991The @kbd{t s} (@code{calc-trail-isearch-forward}) and @kbd{t r}
11992(@code{calc-trail-isearch-backward}) com\-mands perform an incremental
11993search forward or backward through the trail. You can press @key{RET}
11994to terminate the search; the trail pointer moves to the current line.
11995If you cancel the search with @kbd{C-g}, the trail pointer stays where
11996it was when the search began.
11997@end tex
11998
11999@kindex t m
12000@pindex calc-trail-marker
12001The @kbd{t m} (@code{calc-trail-marker}) command allows you to enter a
12002line of text of your own choosing into the trail. The text is inserted
12003after the line containing the trail pointer; this usually means it is
12004added to the end of the trail. Trail markers are useful mainly as the
12005targets for later incremental searches in the trail.
12006
12007@kindex t k
12008@pindex calc-trail-kill
12009The @kbd{t k} (@code{calc-trail-kill}) command removes the selected line
12010from the trail. The line is saved in the Emacs kill ring suitable for
12011yanking into another buffer, but it is not easy to yank the text back
12012into the trail buffer. With a numeric prefix argument, this command
12013kills the @var{n} lines below or above the selected one.
12014
12015The @kbd{t .} (@code{calc-full-trail-vectors}) command is described
12016elsewhere; @pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}.
12017
12018@node Keep Arguments, , Trail Commands, Stack and Trail
12019@section Keep Arguments
12020
12021@noindent
12022@kindex K
12023@pindex calc-keep-args
12024The @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args}) command acts like a prefix for
12025the following command. It prevents that command from removing its
12026arguments from the stack. For example, after @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +},
12027the stack contains the sole number 5, but after @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 K +},
12028the stack contains the arguments and the result: @samp{2 3 5}.
12029
12030With the exception of keyboard macros, this works for all commands that
12031take arguments off the stack. (To avoid potentially unpleasant behavior,
12032a @kbd{K} prefix before a keyboard macro will be ignored. A @kbd{K}
12033prefix called @emph{within} the keyboard macro will still take effect.)
12034As another example, @kbd{K a s} simplifies a formula, pushing the
12035simplified version of the formula onto the stack after the original
12036formula (rather than replacing the original formula). Note that you
12037could get the same effect by typing @kbd{@key{RET} a s}, copying the
12038formula and then simplifying the copy. One difference is that for a very
12039large formula the time taken to format the intermediate copy in
12040@kbd{@key{RET} a s} could be noticeable; @kbd{K a s} would avoid this
12041extra work.
12042
12043Even stack manipulation commands are affected. @key{TAB} works by
12044popping two values and pushing them back in the opposite order,
12045so @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 K @key{TAB}} produces @samp{2 3 3 2}.
12046
12047A few Calc commands provide other ways of doing the same thing.
12048For example, @kbd{' sin($)} replaces the number on the stack with
12049its sine using algebraic entry; to push the sine and keep the
12050original argument you could use either @kbd{' sin($1)} or
12051@kbd{K ' sin($)}. @xref{Algebraic Entry}. Also, the @kbd{s s}
12052command is effectively the same as @kbd{K s t}. @xref{Storing Variables}.
12053
12054If you execute a command and then decide you really wanted to keep
12055the argument, you can press @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{calc-last-args}).
12056This command pushes the last arguments that were popped by any command
12057onto the stack. Note that the order of things on the stack will be
12058different than with @kbd{K}: @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 + M-@key{RET}} leaves
12059@samp{5 2 3} on the stack instead of @samp{2 3 5}. @xref{Undo}.
12060
12061@node Mode Settings, Arithmetic, Stack and Trail, Top
12062@chapter Mode Settings
12063
12064@noindent
12065This chapter describes commands that set modes in the Calculator.
12066They do not affect the contents of the stack, although they may change
12067the @emph{appearance} or @emph{interpretation} of the stack's contents.
12068
12069@menu
12070* General Mode Commands::
12071* Precision::
12072* Inverse and Hyperbolic::
12073* Calculation Modes::
12074* Simplification Modes::
12075* Declarations::
12076* Display Modes::
12077* Language Modes::
12078* Modes Variable::
12079* Calc Mode Line::
12080@end menu
12081
12082@node General Mode Commands, Precision, Mode Settings, Mode Settings
12083@section General Mode Commands
12084
12085@noindent
12086@kindex m m
12087@pindex calc-save-modes
12088@cindex Continuous memory
12089@cindex Saving mode settings
12090@cindex Permanent mode settings
12091@cindex Calc init file, mode settings
12092You can save all of the current mode settings in your Calc init file
12093(the file given by the variable @code{calc-settings-file}, typically
12094@file{~/.calc.el}) with the @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}) command.
12095This will cause Emacs to reestablish these modes each time it starts up.
12096The modes saved in the file include everything controlled by the @kbd{m}
12097and @kbd{d} prefix keys, the current precision and binary word size,
12098whether or not the trail is displayed, the current height of the Calc
12099window, and more. The current interface (used when you type @kbd{C-x * *})
12100is also saved. If there were already saved mode settings in the
12101file, they are replaced. Otherwise, the new mode information is
12102appended to the end of the file.
12103
12104@kindex m R
12105@pindex calc-mode-record-mode
12106The @kbd{m R} (@code{calc-mode-record-mode}) command tells Calc to
12107record all the mode settings (as if by pressing @kbd{m m}) every
12108time a mode setting changes. If the modes are saved this way, then this
12109``automatic mode recording'' mode is also saved.
12110Type @kbd{m R} again to disable this method of recording the mode
12111settings. To turn it off permanently, the @kbd{m m} command will also be
12112necessary. (If Embedded mode is enabled, other options for recording
12113the modes are available; @pxref{Mode Settings in Embedded Mode}.)
12114
12115@kindex m F
12116@pindex calc-settings-file-name
12117The @kbd{m F} (@code{calc-settings-file-name}) command allows you to
12118choose a different file than the current value of @code{calc-settings-file}
12119for @kbd{m m}, @kbd{Z P}, and similar commands to save permanent information.
12120You are prompted for a file name. All Calc modes are then reset to
12121their default values, then settings from the file you named are loaded
12122if this file exists, and this file becomes the one that Calc will
12123use in the future for commands like @kbd{m m}. The default settings
12124file name is @file{~/.calc.el}. You can see the current file name by
12125giving a blank response to the @kbd{m F} prompt. See also the
12126discussion of the @code{calc-settings-file} variable; @pxref{Customizing Calc}.
12127
12128If the file name you give is your user init file (typically
12129@file{~/.emacs}), @kbd{m F} will not automatically load the new file. This
12130is because your user init file may contain other things you don't want
12131to reread. You can give
12132a numeric prefix argument of 1 to @kbd{m F} to force it to read the
12133file no matter what. Conversely, an argument of @mathit{-1} tells
12134@kbd{m F} @emph{not} to read the new file. An argument of 2 or @mathit{-2}
12135tells @kbd{m F} not to reset the modes to their defaults beforehand,
12136which is useful if you intend your new file to have a variant of the
12137modes present in the file you were using before.
12138
12139@kindex m x
12140@pindex calc-always-load-extensions
12141The @kbd{m x} (@code{calc-always-load-extensions}) command enables a mode
12142in which the first use of Calc loads the entire program, including all
12143extensions modules. Otherwise, the extensions modules will not be loaded
12144until the various advanced Calc features are used. Since this mode only
12145has effect when Calc is first loaded, @kbd{m x} is usually followed by
12146@kbd{m m} to make the mode-setting permanent. To load all of Calc just
12147once, rather than always in the future, you can press @kbd{C-x * L}.
12148
12149@kindex m S
12150@pindex calc-shift-prefix
12151The @kbd{m S} (@code{calc-shift-prefix}) command enables a mode in which
12152all of Calc's letter prefix keys may be typed shifted as well as unshifted.
12153If you are typing, say, @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) quite often
12154you might find it easier to turn this mode on so that you can type
12155@kbd{A S} instead. When this mode is enabled, the commands that used to
12156be on those single shifted letters (e.g., @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs})) can
12157now be invoked by pressing the shifted letter twice: @kbd{A A}. Note
12158that the @kbd{v} prefix key always works both shifted and unshifted, and
12159the @kbd{z} and @kbd{Z} prefix keys are always distinct. Also, the @kbd{h}
12160prefix is not affected by this mode. Press @kbd{m S} again to disable
12161shifted-prefix mode.
12162
12163@node Precision, Inverse and Hyperbolic, General Mode Commands, Mode Settings
12164@section Precision
12165
12166@noindent
12167@kindex p
12168@pindex calc-precision
12169@cindex Precision of calculations
12170The @kbd{p} (@code{calc-precision}) command controls the precision to
12171which floating-point calculations are carried. The precision must be
12172at least 3 digits and may be arbitrarily high, within the limits of
12173memory and time. This affects only floats: Integer and rational
12174calculations are always carried out with as many digits as necessary.
12175
12176The @kbd{p} key prompts for the current precision. If you wish you
12177can instead give the precision as a numeric prefix argument.
12178
12179Many internal calculations are carried to one or two digits higher
12180precision than normal. Results are rounded down afterward to the
12181current precision. Unless a special display mode has been selected,
12182floats are always displayed with their full stored precision, i.e.,
12183what you see is what you get. Reducing the current precision does not
12184round values already on the stack, but those values will be rounded
12185down before being used in any calculation. The @kbd{c 0} through
12186@kbd{c 9} commands (@pxref{Conversions}) can be used to round an
12187existing value to a new precision.
12188
12189@cindex Accuracy of calculations
12190It is important to distinguish the concepts of @dfn{precision} and
12191@dfn{accuracy}. In the normal usage of these words, the number
12192123.4567 has a precision of 7 digits but an accuracy of 4 digits.
12193The precision is the total number of digits not counting leading
12194or trailing zeros (regardless of the position of the decimal point).
12195The accuracy is simply the number of digits after the decimal point
12196(again not counting trailing zeros). In Calc you control the precision,
12197not the accuracy of computations. If you were to set the accuracy
12198instead, then calculations like @samp{exp(100)} would generate many
12199more digits than you would typically need, while @samp{exp(-100)} would
12200probably round to zero! In Calc, both these computations give you
12201exactly 12 (or the requested number of) significant digits.
12202
12203The only Calc features that deal with accuracy instead of precision
12204are fixed-point display mode for floats (@kbd{d f}; @pxref{Float Formats}),
12205and the rounding functions like @code{floor} and @code{round}
12206(@pxref{Integer Truncation}). Also, @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9}
12207deal with both precision and accuracy depending on the magnitudes
12208of the numbers involved.
12209
12210If you need to work with a particular fixed accuracy (say, dollars and
12211cents with two digits after the decimal point), one solution is to work
12212with integers and an ``implied'' decimal point. For example, $8.99
12213divided by 6 would be entered @kbd{899 @key{RET} 6 /}, yielding 149.833
12214(actually $1.49833 with our implied decimal point); pressing @kbd{R}
12215would round this to 150 cents, i.e., $1.50.
12216
12217@xref{Floats}, for still more on floating-point precision and related
12218issues.
12219
12220@node Inverse and Hyperbolic, Calculation Modes, Precision, Mode Settings
12221@section Inverse and Hyperbolic Flags
12222
12223@noindent
12224@kindex I
12225@pindex calc-inverse
12226There is no single-key equivalent to the @code{calc-arcsin} function.
12227Instead, you must first press @kbd{I} (@code{calc-inverse}) to set
12228the @dfn{Inverse Flag}, then press @kbd{S} (@code{calc-sin}).
12229The @kbd{I} key actually toggles the Inverse Flag. When this flag
12230is set, the word @samp{Inv} appears in the mode line.
12231
12232@kindex H
12233@pindex calc-hyperbolic
12234Likewise, the @kbd{H} key (@code{calc-hyperbolic}) sets or clears the
12235Hyperbolic Flag, which transforms @code{calc-sin} into @code{calc-sinh}.
12236If both of these flags are set at once, the effect will be
12237@code{calc-arcsinh}. (The Hyperbolic flag is also used by some
12238non-trigonometric commands; for example @kbd{H L} computes a base-10,
12239instead of base-@mathit{e}, logarithm.)
12240
12241Command names like @code{calc-arcsin} are provided for completeness, and
12242may be executed with @kbd{x} or @kbd{M-x}. Their effect is simply to
12243toggle the Inverse and/or Hyperbolic flags and then execute the
12244corresponding base command (@code{calc-sin} in this case).
12245
12246The Inverse and Hyperbolic flags apply only to the next Calculator
12247command, after which they are automatically cleared. (They are also
12248cleared if the next keystroke is not a Calc command.) Digits you
12249type after @kbd{I} or @kbd{H} (or @kbd{K}) are treated as prefix
12250arguments for the next command, not as numeric entries. The same
12251is true of @kbd{C-u}, but not of the minus sign (@kbd{K -} means to
12252subtract and keep arguments).
12253
12254The third Calc prefix flag, @kbd{K} (keep-arguments), is discussed
12255elsewhere. @xref{Keep Arguments}.
12256
12257@node Calculation Modes, Simplification Modes, Inverse and Hyperbolic, Mode Settings
12258@section Calculation Modes
12259
12260@noindent
12261The commands in this section are two-key sequences beginning with
12262the @kbd{m} prefix. (That's the letter @kbd{m}, not the @key{META} key.)
12263The @samp{m a} (@code{calc-algebraic-mode}) command is described elsewhere
12264(@pxref{Algebraic Entry}).
12265
12266@menu
12267* Angular Modes::
12268* Polar Mode::
12269* Fraction Mode::
12270* Infinite Mode::
12271* Symbolic Mode::
12272* Matrix Mode::
12273* Automatic Recomputation::
12274* Working Message::
12275@end menu
12276
12277@node Angular Modes, Polar Mode, Calculation Modes, Calculation Modes
12278@subsection Angular Modes
12279
12280@noindent
12281@cindex Angular mode
12282The Calculator supports three notations for angles: radians, degrees,
12283and degrees-minutes-seconds. When a number is presented to a function
12284like @code{sin} that requires an angle, the current angular mode is
12285used to interpret the number as either radians or degrees. If an HMS
12286form is presented to @code{sin}, it is always interpreted as
12287degrees-minutes-seconds.
12288
12289Functions that compute angles produce a number in radians, a number in
12290degrees, or an HMS form depending on the current angular mode. If the
12291result is a complex number and the current mode is HMS, the number is
12292instead expressed in degrees. (Complex-number calculations would
12293normally be done in Radians mode, though. Complex numbers are converted
12294to degrees by calculating the complex result in radians and then
12295multiplying by 180 over @cpi{}.)
12296
12297@kindex m r
12298@pindex calc-radians-mode
12299@kindex m d
12300@pindex calc-degrees-mode
12301@kindex m h
12302@pindex calc-hms-mode
12303The @kbd{m r} (@code{calc-radians-mode}), @kbd{m d} (@code{calc-degrees-mode}),
12304and @kbd{m h} (@code{calc-hms-mode}) commands control the angular mode.
12305The current angular mode is displayed on the Emacs mode line.
12306The default angular mode is Degrees.
12307
12308@node Polar Mode, Fraction Mode, Angular Modes, Calculation Modes
12309@subsection Polar Mode
12310
12311@noindent
12312@cindex Polar mode
12313The Calculator normally ``prefers'' rectangular complex numbers in the
12314sense that rectangular form is used when the proper form can not be
12315decided from the input. This might happen by multiplying a rectangular
12316number by a polar one, by taking the square root of a negative real
12317number, or by entering @kbd{( 2 @key{SPC} 3 )}.
12318
12319@kindex m p
12320@pindex calc-polar-mode
12321The @kbd{m p} (@code{calc-polar-mode}) command toggles complex-number
12322preference between rectangular and polar forms. In Polar mode, all
12323of the above example situations would produce polar complex numbers.
12324
12325@node Fraction Mode, Infinite Mode, Polar Mode, Calculation Modes
12326@subsection Fraction Mode
12327
12328@noindent
12329@cindex Fraction mode
12330@cindex Division of integers
12331Division of two integers normally yields a floating-point number if the
12332result cannot be expressed as an integer. In some cases you would
12333rather get an exact fractional answer. One way to accomplish this is
12334to use the @kbd{:} (@code{calc-fdiv}) [@code{fdiv}] command, which
12335divides the two integers on the top of the stack to produce a fraction:
12336@kbd{6 @key{RET} 4 :} produces @expr{3:2} even though
12337@kbd{6 @key{RET} 4 /} produces @expr{1.5}.
12338
12339@kindex m f
12340@pindex calc-frac-mode
12341To set the Calculator to produce fractional results for normal integer
12342divisions, use the @kbd{m f} (@code{calc-frac-mode}) command.
12343For example, @expr{8/4} produces @expr{2} in either mode,
12344but @expr{6/4} produces @expr{3:2} in Fraction mode, @expr{1.5} in
12345Float mode.
12346
12347At any time you can use @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float}) to convert a
12348fraction to a float, or @kbd{c F} (@code{calc-fraction}) to convert a
12349float to a fraction. @xref{Conversions}.
12350
12351@node Infinite Mode, Symbolic Mode, Fraction Mode, Calculation Modes
12352@subsection Infinite Mode
12353
12354@noindent
12355@cindex Infinite mode
12356The Calculator normally treats results like @expr{1 / 0} as errors;
12357formulas like this are left in unsimplified form. But Calc can be
12358put into a mode where such calculations instead produce ``infinite''
12359results.
12360
12361@kindex m i
12362@pindex calc-infinite-mode
12363The @kbd{m i} (@code{calc-infinite-mode}) command turns this mode
12364on and off. When the mode is off, infinities do not arise except
12365in calculations that already had infinities as inputs. (One exception
12366is that infinite open intervals like @samp{[0 .. inf)} can be
12367generated; however, intervals closed at infinity (@samp{[0 .. inf]})
12368will not be generated when Infinite mode is off.)
12369
12370With Infinite mode turned on, @samp{1 / 0} will generate @code{uinf},
12371an undirected infinity. @xref{Infinities}, for a discussion of the
12372difference between @code{inf} and @code{uinf}. Also, @expr{0 / 0}
12373evaluates to @code{nan}, the ``indeterminate'' symbol. Various other
12374functions can also return infinities in this mode; for example,
12375@samp{ln(0) = -inf}, and @samp{gamma(-7) = uinf}. Once again,
12376note that @samp{exp(inf) = inf} regardless of Infinite mode because
12377this calculation has infinity as an input.
12378
12379@cindex Positive Infinite mode
12380The @kbd{m i} command with a numeric prefix argument of zero,
12381i.e., @kbd{C-u 0 m i}, turns on a Positive Infinite mode in
12382which zero is treated as positive instead of being directionless.
12383Thus, @samp{1 / 0 = inf} and @samp{-1 / 0 = -inf} in this mode.
12384Note that zero never actually has a sign in Calc; there are no
12385separate representations for @mathit{+0} and @mathit{-0}. Positive
12386Infinite mode merely changes the interpretation given to the
12387single symbol, @samp{0}. One consequence of this is that, while
12388you might expect @samp{1 / -0 = -inf}, actually @samp{1 / -0}
12389is equivalent to @samp{1 / 0}, which is equal to positive @code{inf}.
12390
12391@node Symbolic Mode, Matrix Mode, Infinite Mode, Calculation Modes
12392@subsection Symbolic Mode
12393
12394@noindent
12395@cindex Symbolic mode
12396@cindex Inexact results
12397Calculations are normally performed numerically wherever possible.
12398For example, the @code{calc-sqrt} command, or @code{sqrt} function in an
12399algebraic expression, produces a numeric answer if the argument is a
12400number or a symbolic expression if the argument is an expression:
12401@kbd{2 Q} pushes 1.4142 but @kbd{@key{'} x+1 @key{RET} Q} pushes @samp{sqrt(x+1)}.
12402
12403@kindex m s
12404@pindex calc-symbolic-mode
12405In @dfn{Symbolic mode}, controlled by the @kbd{m s} (@code{calc-symbolic-mode})
12406command, functions which would produce inexact, irrational results are
12407left in symbolic form. Thus @kbd{16 Q} pushes 4, but @kbd{2 Q} pushes
12408@samp{sqrt(2)}.
12409
12410@kindex N
12411@pindex calc-eval-num
12412The shift-@kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) command evaluates numerically
12413the expression at the top of the stack, by temporarily disabling
12414@code{calc-symbolic-mode} and executing @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}).
12415Given a numeric prefix argument, it also
12416sets the floating-point precision to the specified value for the duration
12417of the command.
12418
12419To evaluate a formula numerically without expanding the variables it
12420contains, you can use the key sequence @kbd{m s a v m s} (this uses
12421@code{calc-alg-evaluate}, which resimplifies but doesn't evaluate
12422variables.)
12423
12424@node Matrix Mode, Automatic Recomputation, Symbolic Mode, Calculation Modes
12425@subsection Matrix and Scalar Modes
12426
12427@noindent
12428@cindex Matrix mode
12429@cindex Scalar mode
12430Calc sometimes makes assumptions during algebraic manipulation that
12431are awkward or incorrect when vectors and matrices are involved.
12432Calc has two modes, @dfn{Matrix mode} and @dfn{Scalar mode}, which
12433modify its behavior around vectors in useful ways.
12434
12435@kindex m v
12436@pindex calc-matrix-mode
12437Press @kbd{m v} (@code{calc-matrix-mode}) once to enter Matrix mode.
12438In this mode, all objects are assumed to be matrices unless provably
12439otherwise. One major effect is that Calc will no longer consider
12440multiplication to be commutative. (Recall that in matrix arithmetic,
12441@samp{A*B} is not the same as @samp{B*A}.) This assumption affects
12442rewrite rules and algebraic simplification. Another effect of this
12443mode is that calculations that would normally produce constants like
124440 and 1 (e.g., @expr{a - a} and @expr{a / a}, respectively) will now
12445produce function calls that represent ``generic'' zero or identity
12446matrices: @samp{idn(0)}, @samp{idn(1)}. The @code{idn} function
12447@samp{idn(@var{a},@var{n})} returns @var{a} times an @var{n}x@var{n}
12448identity matrix; if @var{n} is omitted, it doesn't know what
12449dimension to use and so the @code{idn} call remains in symbolic
12450form. However, if this generic identity matrix is later combined
12451with a matrix whose size is known, it will be converted into
12452a true identity matrix of the appropriate size. On the other hand,
12453if it is combined with a scalar (as in @samp{idn(1) + 2}), Calc
12454will assume it really was a scalar after all and produce, e.g., 3.
12455
12456Press @kbd{m v} a second time to get Scalar mode. Here, objects are
12457assumed @emph{not} to be vectors or matrices unless provably so.
12458For example, normally adding a variable to a vector, as in
12459@samp{[x, y, z] + a}, will leave the sum in symbolic form because
12460as far as Calc knows, @samp{a} could represent either a number or
12461another 3-vector. In Scalar mode, @samp{a} is assumed to be a
12462non-vector, and the addition is evaluated to @samp{[x+a, y+a, z+a]}.
12463
12464Press @kbd{m v} a third time to return to the normal mode of operation.
12465
12466If you press @kbd{m v} with a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, you
12467get a special ``dimensioned'' Matrix mode in which matrices of
12468unknown size are assumed to be @var{n}x@var{n} square matrices.
12469Then, the function call @samp{idn(1)} will expand into an actual
12470matrix rather than representing a ``generic'' matrix. Simply typing
12471@kbd{C-u m v} will get you a square Matrix mode, in which matrices of
12472unknown size are assumed to be square matrices of unspecified size.
12473
12474@cindex Declaring scalar variables
12475Of course these modes are approximations to the true state of
12476affairs, which is probably that some quantities will be matrices
12477and others will be scalars. One solution is to ``declare''
12478certain variables or functions to be scalar-valued.
12479@xref{Declarations}, to see how to make declarations in Calc.
12480
12481There is nothing stopping you from declaring a variable to be
12482scalar and then storing a matrix in it; however, if you do, the
12483results you get from Calc may not be valid. Suppose you let Calc
12484get the result @samp{[x+a, y+a, z+a]} shown above, and then stored
12485@samp{[1, 2, 3]} in @samp{a}. The result would not be the same as
12486for @samp{[x, y, z] + [1, 2, 3]}, but that's because you have broken
12487your earlier promise to Calc that @samp{a} would be scalar.
12488
12489Another way to mix scalars and matrices is to use selections
12490(@pxref{Selecting Subformulas}). Use Matrix mode when operating on
12491your formula normally; then, to apply Scalar mode to a certain part
12492of the formula without affecting the rest just select that part,
12493change into Scalar mode and press @kbd{=} to resimplify the part
12494under this mode, then change back to Matrix mode before deselecting.
12495
12496@node Automatic Recomputation, Working Message, Matrix Mode, Calculation Modes
12497@subsection Automatic Recomputation
12498
12499@noindent
12500The @dfn{evaluates-to} operator, @samp{=>}, has the special
12501property that any @samp{=>} formulas on the stack are recomputed
12502whenever variable values or mode settings that might affect them
12503are changed. @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}.
12504
12505@kindex m C
12506@pindex calc-auto-recompute
12507The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command turns this
12508automatic recomputation on and off. If you turn it off, Calc will
12509not update @samp{=>} operators on the stack (nor those in the
12510attached Embedded mode buffer, if there is one). They will not
12511be updated unless you explicitly do so by pressing @kbd{=} or until
12512you press @kbd{m C} to turn recomputation back on. (While automatic
12513recomputation is off, you can think of @kbd{m C m C} as a command
12514to update all @samp{=>} operators while leaving recomputation off.)
12515
12516To update @samp{=>} operators in an Embedded buffer while
12517automatic recomputation is off, use @w{@kbd{C-x * u}}.
12518@xref{Embedded Mode}.
12519
12520@node Working Message, , Automatic Recomputation, Calculation Modes
12521@subsection Working Messages
12522
12523@noindent
12524@cindex Performance
12525@cindex Working messages
12526Since the Calculator is written entirely in Emacs Lisp, which is not
12527designed for heavy numerical work, many operations are quite slow.
12528The Calculator normally displays the message @samp{Working...} in the
12529echo area during any command that may be slow. In addition, iterative
12530operations such as square roots and trigonometric functions display the
12531intermediate result at each step. Both of these types of messages can
12532be disabled if you find them distracting.
12533
12534@kindex m w
12535@pindex calc-working
12536Type @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) with a numeric prefix of 0 to
12537disable all ``working'' messages. Use a numeric prefix of 1 to enable
12538only the plain @samp{Working...} message. Use a numeric prefix of 2 to
12539see intermediate results as well. With no numeric prefix this displays
12540the current mode.
12541
12542While it may seem that the ``working'' messages will slow Calc down
12543considerably, experiments have shown that their impact is actually
12544quite small. But if your terminal is slow you may find that it helps
12545to turn the messages off.
12546
12547@node Simplification Modes, Declarations, Calculation Modes, Mode Settings
12548@section Simplification Modes
12549
12550@noindent
12551The current @dfn{simplification mode} controls how numbers and formulas
12552are ``normalized'' when being taken from or pushed onto the stack.
12553Some normalizations are unavoidable, such as rounding floating-point
12554results to the current precision, and reducing fractions to simplest
12555form. Others, such as simplifying a formula like @expr{a+a} (or @expr{2+3}),
12556are done by default but can be turned off when necessary.
12557
12558When you press a key like @kbd{+} when @expr{2} and @expr{3} are on the
12559stack, Calc pops these numbers, normalizes them, creates the formula
12560@expr{2+3}, normalizes it, and pushes the result. Of course the standard
12561rules for normalizing @expr{2+3} will produce the result @expr{5}.
12562
12563Simplification mode commands consist of the lower-case @kbd{m} prefix key
12564followed by a shifted letter.
12565
12566@kindex m O
12567@pindex calc-no-simplify-mode
12568The @kbd{m O} (@code{calc-no-simplify-mode}) command turns off all optional
12569simplifications. These would leave a formula like @expr{2+3} alone. In
12570fact, nothing except simple numbers are ever affected by normalization
12571in this mode.
12572
12573@kindex m N
12574@pindex calc-num-simplify-mode
12575The @kbd{m N} (@code{calc-num-simplify-mode}) command turns off simplification
12576of any formulas except those for which all arguments are constants. For
12577example, @expr{1+2} is simplified to @expr{3}, and @expr{a+(2-2)} is
12578simplified to @expr{a+0} but no further, since one argument of the sum
12579is not a constant. Unfortunately, @expr{(a+2)-2} is @emph{not} simplified
12580because the top-level @samp{-} operator's arguments are not both
12581constant numbers (one of them is the formula @expr{a+2}).
12582A constant is a number or other numeric object (such as a constant
12583error form or modulo form), or a vector all of whose
12584elements are constant.
12585
12586@kindex m D
12587@pindex calc-default-simplify-mode
12588The @kbd{m D} (@code{calc-default-simplify-mode}) command restores the
12589default simplifications for all formulas. This includes many easy and
12590fast algebraic simplifications such as @expr{a+0} to @expr{a}, and
12591@expr{a + 2 a} to @expr{3 a}, as well as evaluating functions like
12592@expr{@tfn{deriv}(x^2, x)} to @expr{2 x}.
12593
12594@kindex m B
12595@pindex calc-bin-simplify-mode
12596The @kbd{m B} (@code{calc-bin-simplify-mode}) mode applies the default
12597simplifications to a result and then, if the result is an integer,
12598uses the @kbd{b c} (@code{calc-clip}) command to clip the integer according
12599to the current binary word size. @xref{Binary Functions}. Real numbers
12600are rounded to the nearest integer and then clipped; other kinds of
12601results (after the default simplifications) are left alone.
12602
12603@kindex m A
12604@pindex calc-alg-simplify-mode
12605The @kbd{m A} (@code{calc-alg-simplify-mode}) mode does algebraic
12606simplification; it applies all the default simplifications, and also
12607the more powerful (and slower) simplifications made by @kbd{a s}
12608(@code{calc-simplify}). @xref{Algebraic Simplifications}.
12609
12610@kindex m E
12611@pindex calc-ext-simplify-mode
12612The @kbd{m E} (@code{calc-ext-simplify-mode}) mode does ``extended''
12613algebraic simplification, as by the @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended})
12614command. @xref{Unsafe Simplifications}.
12615
12616@kindex m U
12617@pindex calc-units-simplify-mode
12618The @kbd{m U} (@code{calc-units-simplify-mode}) mode does units
12619simplification; it applies the command @kbd{u s}
12620(@code{calc-simplify-units}), which in turn
12621is a superset of @kbd{a s}. In this mode, variable names which
12622are identifiable as unit names (like @samp{mm} for ``millimeters'')
12623are simplified with their unit definitions in mind.
12624
12625A common technique is to set the simplification mode down to the lowest
12626amount of simplification you will allow to be applied automatically, then
12627use manual commands like @kbd{a s} and @kbd{c c} (@code{calc-clean}) to
12628perform higher types of simplifications on demand. @xref{Algebraic
12629Definitions}, for another sample use of No-Simplification mode.
12630
12631@node Declarations, Display Modes, Simplification Modes, Mode Settings
12632@section Declarations
12633
12634@noindent
12635A @dfn{declaration} is a statement you make that promises you will
12636use a certain variable or function in a restricted way. This may
12637give Calc the freedom to do things that it couldn't do if it had to
12638take the fully general situation into account.
12639
12640@menu
12641* Declaration Basics::
12642* Kinds of Declarations::
12643* Functions for Declarations::
12644@end menu
12645
12646@node Declaration Basics, Kinds of Declarations, Declarations, Declarations
12647@subsection Declaration Basics
12648
12649@noindent
12650@kindex s d
12651@pindex calc-declare-variable
12652The @kbd{s d} (@code{calc-declare-variable}) command is the easiest
12653way to make a declaration for a variable. This command prompts for
12654the variable name, then prompts for the declaration. The default
12655at the declaration prompt is the previous declaration, if any.
12656You can edit this declaration, or press @kbd{C-k} to erase it and
12657type a new declaration. (Or, erase it and press @key{RET} to clear
12658the declaration, effectively ``undeclaring'' the variable.)
12659
12660A declaration is in general a vector of @dfn{type symbols} and
12661@dfn{range} values. If there is only one type symbol or range value,
12662you can write it directly rather than enclosing it in a vector.
12663For example, @kbd{s d foo @key{RET} real @key{RET}} declares @code{foo} to
12664be a real number, and @kbd{s d bar @key{RET} [int, const, [1..6]] @key{RET}}
12665declares @code{bar} to be a constant integer between 1 and 6.
12666(Actually, you can omit the outermost brackets and Calc will
12667provide them for you: @kbd{s d bar @key{RET} int, const, [1..6] @key{RET}}.)
12668
12669@cindex @code{Decls} variable
12670@vindex Decls
12671Declarations in Calc are kept in a special variable called @code{Decls}.
12672This variable encodes the set of all outstanding declarations in
12673the form of a matrix. Each row has two elements: A variable or
12674vector of variables declared by that row, and the declaration
12675specifier as described above. You can use the @kbd{s D} command to
12676edit this variable if you wish to see all the declarations at once.
12677@xref{Operations on Variables}, for a description of this command
12678and the @kbd{s p} command that allows you to save your declarations
12679permanently if you wish.
12680
12681Items being declared can also be function calls. The arguments in
12682the call are ignored; the effect is to say that this function returns
12683values of the declared type for any valid arguments. The @kbd{s d}
12684command declares only variables, so if you wish to make a function
12685declaration you will have to edit the @code{Decls} matrix yourself.
12686
12687For example, the declaration matrix
12688
12689@smallexample
12690@group
12691[ [ foo, real ]
12692 [ [j, k, n], int ]
12693 [ f(1,2,3), [0 .. inf) ] ]
12694@end group
12695@end smallexample
12696
12697@noindent
12698declares that @code{foo} represents a real number, @code{j}, @code{k}
12699and @code{n} represent integers, and the function @code{f} always
12700returns a real number in the interval shown.
12701
12702@vindex All
12703If there is a declaration for the variable @code{All}, then that
12704declaration applies to all variables that are not otherwise declared.
12705It does not apply to function names. For example, using the row
12706@samp{[All, real]} says that all your variables are real unless they
12707are explicitly declared without @code{real} in some other row.
12708The @kbd{s d} command declares @code{All} if you give a blank
12709response to the variable-name prompt.
12710
12711@node Kinds of Declarations, Functions for Declarations, Declaration Basics, Declarations
12712@subsection Kinds of Declarations
12713
12714@noindent
12715The type-specifier part of a declaration (that is, the second prompt
12716in the @kbd{s d} command) can be a type symbol, an interval, or a
12717vector consisting of zero or more type symbols followed by zero or
12718more intervals or numbers that represent the set of possible values
12719for the variable.
12720
12721@smallexample
12722@group
12723[ [ a, [1, 2, 3, 4, 5] ]
12724 [ b, [1 .. 5] ]
12725 [ c, [int, 1 .. 5] ] ]
12726@end group
12727@end smallexample
12728
12729Here @code{a} is declared to contain one of the five integers shown;
12730@code{b} is any number in the interval from 1 to 5 (any real number
12731since we haven't specified), and @code{c} is any integer in that
12732interval. Thus the declarations for @code{a} and @code{c} are
12733nearly equivalent (see below).
12734
12735The type-specifier can be the empty vector @samp{[]} to say that
12736nothing is known about a given variable's value. This is the same
12737as not declaring the variable at all except that it overrides any
12738@code{All} declaration which would otherwise apply.
12739
12740The initial value of @code{Decls} is the empty vector @samp{[]}.
12741If @code{Decls} has no stored value or if the value stored in it
12742is not valid, it is ignored and there are no declarations as far
12743as Calc is concerned. (The @kbd{s d} command will replace such a
12744malformed value with a fresh empty matrix, @samp{[]}, before recording
12745the new declaration.) Unrecognized type symbols are ignored.
12746
12747The following type symbols describe what sorts of numbers will be
12748stored in a variable:
12749
12750@table @code
12751@item int
12752Integers.
12753@item numint
12754Numerical integers. (Integers or integer-valued floats.)
12755@item frac
12756Fractions. (Rational numbers which are not integers.)
12757@item rat
12758Rational numbers. (Either integers or fractions.)
12759@item float
12760Floating-point numbers.
12761@item real
12762Real numbers. (Integers, fractions, or floats. Actually,
12763intervals and error forms with real components also count as
12764reals here.)
12765@item pos
12766Positive real numbers. (Strictly greater than zero.)
12767@item nonneg
12768Nonnegative real numbers. (Greater than or equal to zero.)
12769@item number
12770Numbers. (Real or complex.)
12771@end table
12772
12773Calc uses this information to determine when certain simplifications
12774of formulas are safe. For example, @samp{(x^y)^z} cannot be
12775simplified to @samp{x^(y z)} in general; for example,
12776@samp{((-3)^2)^1:2} is 3, but @samp{(-3)^(2*1:2) = (-3)^1} is @mathit{-3}.
12777However, this simplification @emph{is} safe if @code{z} is known
12778to be an integer, or if @code{x} is known to be a nonnegative
12779real number. If you have given declarations that allow Calc to
12780deduce either of these facts, Calc will perform this simplification
12781of the formula.
12782
12783Calc can apply a certain amount of logic when using declarations.
12784For example, @samp{(x^y)^(2n+1)} will be simplified if @code{n}
12785has been declared @code{int}; Calc knows that an integer times an
12786integer, plus an integer, must always be an integer. (In fact,
12787Calc would simplify @samp{(-x)^(2n+1)} to @samp{-(x^(2n+1))} since
12788it is able to determine that @samp{2n+1} must be an odd integer.)
12789
12790Similarly, @samp{(abs(x)^y)^z} will be simplified to @samp{abs(x)^(y z)}
12791because Calc knows that the @code{abs} function always returns a
12792nonnegative real. If you had a @code{myabs} function that also had
12793this property, you could get Calc to recognize it by adding the row
12794@samp{[myabs(), nonneg]} to the @code{Decls} matrix.
12795
12796One instance of this simplification is @samp{sqrt(x^2)} (since the
12797@code{sqrt} function is effectively a one-half power). Normally
12798Calc leaves this formula alone. After the command
12799@kbd{s d x @key{RET} real @key{RET}}, however, it can simplify the formula to
12800@samp{abs(x)}. And after @kbd{s d x @key{RET} nonneg @key{RET}}, Calc can
12801simplify this formula all the way to @samp{x}.
12802
12803If there are any intervals or real numbers in the type specifier,
12804they comprise the set of possible values that the variable or
12805function being declared can have. In particular, the type symbol
12806@code{real} is effectively the same as the range @samp{[-inf .. inf]}
12807(note that infinity is included in the range of possible values);
12808@code{pos} is the same as @samp{(0 .. inf]}, and @code{nonneg} is
12809the same as @samp{[0 .. inf]}. Saying @samp{[real, [-5 .. 5]]} is
12810redundant because the fact that the variable is real can be
12811deduced just from the interval, but @samp{[int, [-5 .. 5]]} and
12812@samp{[rat, [-5 .. 5]]} are useful combinations.
12813
12814Note that the vector of intervals or numbers is in the same format
12815used by Calc's set-manipulation commands. @xref{Set Operations}.
12816
12817The type specifier @samp{[1, 2, 3]} is equivalent to
12818@samp{[numint, 1, 2, 3]}, @emph{not} to @samp{[int, 1, 2, 3]}.
12819In other words, the range of possible values means only that
12820the variable's value must be numerically equal to a number in
12821that range, but not that it must be equal in type as well.
12822Calc's set operations act the same way; @samp{in(2, [1., 2., 3.])}
12823and @samp{in(1.5, [1:2, 3:2, 5:2])} both report ``true.''
12824
12825If you use a conflicting combination of type specifiers, the
12826results are unpredictable. An example is @samp{[pos, [0 .. 5]]},
12827where the interval does not lie in the range described by the
12828type symbol.
12829
12830``Real'' declarations mostly affect simplifications involving powers
12831like the one described above. Another case where they are used
12832is in the @kbd{a P} command which returns a list of all roots of a
12833polynomial; if the variable has been declared real, only the real
12834roots (if any) will be included in the list.
12835
12836``Integer'' declarations are used for simplifications which are valid
12837only when certain values are integers (such as @samp{(x^y)^z}
12838shown above).
12839
12840Another command that makes use of declarations is @kbd{a s}, when
12841simplifying equations and inequalities. It will cancel @code{x}
12842from both sides of @samp{a x = b x} only if it is sure @code{x}
12843is non-zero, say, because it has a @code{pos} declaration.
12844To declare specifically that @code{x} is real and non-zero,
12845use @samp{[[-inf .. 0), (0 .. inf]]}. (There is no way in the
12846current notation to say that @code{x} is nonzero but not necessarily
12847real.) The @kbd{a e} command does ``unsafe'' simplifications,
12848including cancelling @samp{x} from the equation when @samp{x} is
12849not known to be nonzero.
12850
12851Another set of type symbols distinguish between scalars and vectors.
12852
12853@table @code
12854@item scalar
12855The value is not a vector.
12856@item vector
12857The value is a vector.
12858@item matrix
12859The value is a matrix (a rectangular vector of vectors).
12860@item sqmatrix
12861The value is a square matrix.
12862@end table
12863
12864These type symbols can be combined with the other type symbols
12865described above; @samp{[int, matrix]} describes an object which
12866is a matrix of integers.
12867
12868Scalar/vector declarations are used to determine whether certain
12869algebraic operations are safe. For example, @samp{[a, b, c] + x}
12870is normally not simplified to @samp{[a + x, b + x, c + x]}, but
12871it will be if @code{x} has been declared @code{scalar}. On the
12872other hand, multiplication is usually assumed to be commutative,
12873but the terms in @samp{x y} will never be exchanged if both @code{x}
12874and @code{y} are known to be vectors or matrices. (Calc currently
12875never distinguishes between @code{vector} and @code{matrix}
12876declarations.)
12877
12878@xref{Matrix Mode}, for a discussion of Matrix mode and
12879Scalar mode, which are similar to declaring @samp{[All, matrix]}
12880or @samp{[All, scalar]} but much more convenient.
12881
12882One more type symbol that is recognized is used with the @kbd{H a d}
12883command for taking total derivatives of a formula. @xref{Calculus}.
12884
12885@table @code
12886@item const
12887The value is a constant with respect to other variables.
12888@end table
12889
12890Calc does not check the declarations for a variable when you store
12891a value in it. However, storing @mathit{-3.5} in a variable that has
12892been declared @code{pos}, @code{int}, or @code{matrix} may have
12893unexpected effects; Calc may evaluate @samp{sqrt(x^2)} to @expr{3.5}
12894if it substitutes the value first, or to @expr{-3.5} if @code{x}
12895was declared @code{pos} and the formula @samp{sqrt(x^2)} is
12896simplified to @samp{x} before the value is substituted. Before
12897using a variable for a new purpose, it is best to use @kbd{s d}
12898or @kbd{s D} to check to make sure you don't still have an old
12899declaration for the variable that will conflict with its new meaning.
12900
12901@node Functions for Declarations, , Kinds of Declarations, Declarations
12902@subsection Functions for Declarations
12903
12904@noindent
12905Calc has a set of functions for accessing the current declarations
12906in a convenient manner. These functions return 1 if the argument
12907can be shown to have the specified property, or 0 if the argument
12908can be shown @emph{not} to have that property; otherwise they are
12909left unevaluated. These functions are suitable for use with rewrite
12910rules (@pxref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}) or programming constructs
12911(@pxref{Conditionals in Macros}). They can be entered only using
12912algebraic notation. @xref{Logical Operations}, for functions
12913that perform other tests not related to declarations.
12914
12915For example, @samp{dint(17)} returns 1 because 17 is an integer, as
12916do @samp{dint(n)} and @samp{dint(2 n - 3)} if @code{n} has been declared
12917@code{int}, but @samp{dint(2.5)} and @samp{dint(n + 0.5)} return 0.
12918Calc consults knowledge of its own built-in functions as well as your
12919own declarations: @samp{dint(floor(x))} returns 1.
12920
12921@ignore
12922@starindex
12923@end ignore
12924@tindex dint
12925@ignore
12926@starindex
12927@end ignore
12928@tindex dnumint
12929@ignore
12930@starindex
12931@end ignore
12932@tindex dnatnum
12933The @code{dint} function checks if its argument is an integer.
12934The @code{dnatnum} function checks if its argument is a natural
12935number, i.e., a nonnegative integer. The @code{dnumint} function
12936checks if its argument is numerically an integer, i.e., either an
12937integer or an integer-valued float. Note that these and the other
12938data type functions also accept vectors or matrices composed of
12939suitable elements, and that real infinities @samp{inf} and @samp{-inf}
12940are considered to be integers for the purposes of these functions.
12941
12942@ignore
12943@starindex
12944@end ignore
12945@tindex drat
12946The @code{drat} function checks if its argument is rational, i.e.,
12947an integer or fraction. Infinities count as rational, but intervals
12948and error forms do not.
12949
12950@ignore
12951@starindex
12952@end ignore
12953@tindex dreal
12954The @code{dreal} function checks if its argument is real. This
12955includes integers, fractions, floats, real error forms, and intervals.
12956
12957@ignore
12958@starindex
12959@end ignore
12960@tindex dimag
12961The @code{dimag} function checks if its argument is imaginary,
12962i.e., is mathematically equal to a real number times @expr{i}.
12963
12964@ignore
12965@starindex
12966@end ignore
12967@tindex dpos
12968@ignore
12969@starindex
12970@end ignore
12971@tindex dneg
12972@ignore
12973@starindex
12974@end ignore
12975@tindex dnonneg
12976The @code{dpos} function checks for positive (but nonzero) reals.
12977The @code{dneg} function checks for negative reals. The @code{dnonneg}
12978function checks for nonnegative reals, i.e., reals greater than or
12979equal to zero. Note that the @kbd{a s} command can simplify an
12980expression like @expr{x > 0} to 1 or 0 using @code{dpos}, and that
12981@kbd{a s} is effectively applied to all conditions in rewrite rules,
12982so the actual functions @code{dpos}, @code{dneg}, and @code{dnonneg}
12983are rarely necessary.
12984
12985@ignore
12986@starindex
12987@end ignore
12988@tindex dnonzero
12989The @code{dnonzero} function checks that its argument is nonzero.
12990This includes all nonzero real or complex numbers, all intervals that
12991do not include zero, all nonzero modulo forms, vectors all of whose
12992elements are nonzero, and variables or formulas whose values can be
12993deduced to be nonzero. It does not include error forms, since they
12994represent values which could be anything including zero. (This is
12995also the set of objects considered ``true'' in conditional contexts.)
12996
12997@ignore
12998@starindex
12999@end ignore
13000@tindex deven
13001@ignore
13002@starindex
13003@end ignore
13004@tindex dodd
13005The @code{deven} function returns 1 if its argument is known to be
13006an even integer (or integer-valued float); it returns 0 if its argument
13007is known not to be even (because it is known to be odd or a non-integer).
13008The @kbd{a s} command uses this to simplify a test of the form
13009@samp{x % 2 = 0}. There is also an analogous @code{dodd} function.
13010
13011@ignore
13012@starindex
13013@end ignore
13014@tindex drange
13015The @code{drange} function returns a set (an interval or a vector
13016of intervals and/or numbers; @pxref{Set Operations}) that describes
13017the set of possible values of its argument. If the argument is
13018a variable or a function with a declaration, the range is copied
13019from the declaration. Otherwise, the possible signs of the
13020expression are determined using a method similar to @code{dpos},
13021etc., and a suitable set like @samp{[0 .. inf]} is returned. If
13022the expression is not provably real, the @code{drange} function
13023remains unevaluated.
13024
13025@ignore
13026@starindex
13027@end ignore
13028@tindex dscalar
13029The @code{dscalar} function returns 1 if its argument is provably
13030scalar, or 0 if its argument is provably non-scalar. It is left
13031unevaluated if this cannot be determined. (If Matrix mode or Scalar
13032mode is in effect, this function returns 1 or 0, respectively,
13033if it has no other information.) When Calc interprets a condition
13034(say, in a rewrite rule) it considers an unevaluated formula to be
13035``false.'' Thus, @samp{dscalar(a)} is ``true'' only if @code{a} is
13036provably scalar, and @samp{!dscalar(a)} is ``true'' only if @code{a}
13037is provably non-scalar; both are ``false'' if there is insufficient
13038information to tell.
13039
13040@node Display Modes, Language Modes, Declarations, Mode Settings
13041@section Display Modes
13042
13043@noindent
13044The commands in this section are two-key sequences beginning with the
13045@kbd{d} prefix. The @kbd{d l} (@code{calc-line-numbering}) and @kbd{d b}
13046(@code{calc-line-breaking}) commands are described elsewhere;
13047@pxref{Stack Basics} and @pxref{Normal Language Modes}, respectively.
13048Display formats for vectors and matrices are also covered elsewhere;
13049@pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}.
13050
13051One thing all display modes have in common is their treatment of the
13052@kbd{H} prefix. This prefix causes any mode command that would normally
13053refresh the stack to leave the stack display alone. The word ``Dirty''
13054will appear in the mode line when Calc thinks the stack display may not
13055reflect the latest mode settings.
13056
13057@kindex d @key{RET}
13058@pindex calc-refresh-top
13059The @kbd{d @key{RET}} (@code{calc-refresh-top}) command reformats the
13060top stack entry according to all the current modes. Positive prefix
13061arguments reformat the top @var{n} entries; negative prefix arguments
13062reformat the specified entry, and a prefix of zero is equivalent to
13063@kbd{d @key{SPC}} (@code{calc-refresh}), which reformats the entire stack.
13064For example, @kbd{H d s M-2 d @key{RET}} changes to scientific notation
13065but reformats only the top two stack entries in the new mode.
13066
13067The @kbd{I} prefix has another effect on the display modes. The mode
13068is set only temporarily; the top stack entry is reformatted according
13069to that mode, then the original mode setting is restored. In other
13070words, @kbd{I d s} is equivalent to @kbd{H d s d @key{RET} H d (@var{old mode})}.
13071
13072@menu
13073* Radix Modes::
13074* Grouping Digits::
13075* Float Formats::
13076* Complex Formats::
13077* Fraction Formats::
13078* HMS Formats::
13079* Date Formats::
13080* Truncating the Stack::
13081* Justification::
13082* Labels::
13083@end menu
13084
13085@node Radix Modes, Grouping Digits, Display Modes, Display Modes
13086@subsection Radix Modes
13087
13088@noindent
13089@cindex Radix display
13090@cindex Non-decimal numbers
13091@cindex Decimal and non-decimal numbers
13092Calc normally displays numbers in decimal (@dfn{base-10} or @dfn{radix-10})
13093notation. Calc can actually display in any radix from two (binary) to 36.
13094When the radix is above 10, the letters @code{A} to @code{Z} are used as
13095digits. When entering such a number, letter keys are interpreted as
13096potential digits rather than terminating numeric entry mode.
13097
13098@kindex d 2
13099@kindex d 8
13100@kindex d 6
13101@kindex d 0
13102@cindex Hexadecimal integers
13103@cindex Octal integers
13104The key sequences @kbd{d 2}, @kbd{d 8}, @kbd{d 6}, and @kbd{d 0} select
13105binary, octal, hexadecimal, and decimal as the current display radix,
13106respectively. Numbers can always be entered in any radix, though the
13107current radix is used as a default if you press @kbd{#} without any initial
13108digits. A number entered without a @kbd{#} is @emph{always} interpreted
13109as decimal.
13110
13111@kindex d r
13112@pindex calc-radix
13113To set the radix generally, use @kbd{d r} (@code{calc-radix}) and enter
13114an integer from 2 to 36. You can specify the radix as a numeric prefix
13115argument; otherwise you will be prompted for it.
13116
13117@kindex d z
13118@pindex calc-leading-zeros
13119@cindex Leading zeros
13120Integers normally are displayed with however many digits are necessary to
13121represent the integer and no more. The @kbd{d z} (@code{calc-leading-zeros})
13122command causes integers to be padded out with leading zeros according to the
13123current binary word size. (@xref{Binary Functions}, for a discussion of
13124word size.) If the absolute value of the word size is @expr{w}, all integers
13125are displayed with at least enough digits to represent
13126@texline @math{2^w-1}
13127@infoline @expr{(2^w)-1}
13128in the current radix. (Larger integers will still be displayed in their
13129entirety.)
13130
13131@node Grouping Digits, Float Formats, Radix Modes, Display Modes
13132@subsection Grouping Digits
13133
13134@noindent
13135@kindex d g
13136@pindex calc-group-digits
13137@cindex Grouping digits
13138@cindex Digit grouping
13139Long numbers can be hard to read if they have too many digits. For
13140example, the factorial of 30 is 33 digits long! Press @kbd{d g}
13141(@code{calc-group-digits}) to enable @dfn{Grouping} mode, in which digits
13142are displayed in clumps of 3 or 4 (depending on the current radix)
13143separated by commas.
13144
13145The @kbd{d g} command toggles grouping on and off.
13146With a numeric prefix of 0, this command displays the current state of
13147the grouping flag; with an argument of minus one it disables grouping;
13148with a positive argument @expr{N} it enables grouping on every @expr{N}
13149digits. For floating-point numbers, grouping normally occurs only
13150before the decimal point. A negative prefix argument @expr{-N} enables
13151grouping every @expr{N} digits both before and after the decimal point.
13152
13153@kindex d ,
13154@pindex calc-group-char
13155The @kbd{d ,} (@code{calc-group-char}) command allows you to choose any
13156character as the grouping separator. The default is the comma character.
13157If you find it difficult to read vectors of large integers grouped with
13158commas, you may wish to use spaces or some other character instead.
13159This command takes the next character you type, whatever it is, and
13160uses it as the digit separator. As a special case, @kbd{d , \} selects
13161@samp{\,} (@TeX{}'s thin-space symbol) as the digit separator.
13162
13163Please note that grouped numbers will not generally be parsed correctly
13164if re-read in textual form, say by the use of @kbd{C-x * y} and @kbd{C-x * g}.
13165(@xref{Kill and Yank}, for details on these commands.) One exception is
13166the @samp{\,} separator, which doesn't interfere with parsing because it
13167is ignored by @TeX{} language mode.
13168
13169@node Float Formats, Complex Formats, Grouping Digits, Display Modes
13170@subsection Float Formats
13171
13172@noindent
13173Floating-point quantities are normally displayed in standard decimal
13174form, with scientific notation used if the exponent is especially high
13175or low. All significant digits are normally displayed. The commands
13176in this section allow you to choose among several alternative display
13177formats for floats.
13178
13179@kindex d n
13180@pindex calc-normal-notation
13181The @kbd{d n} (@code{calc-normal-notation}) command selects the normal
13182display format. All significant figures in a number are displayed.
13183With a positive numeric prefix, numbers are rounded if necessary to
13184that number of significant digits. With a negative numerix prefix,
13185the specified number of significant digits less than the current
13186precision is used. (Thus @kbd{C-u -2 d n} displays 10 digits if the
13187current precision is 12.)
13188
13189@kindex d f
13190@pindex calc-fix-notation
13191The @kbd{d f} (@code{calc-fix-notation}) command selects fixed-point
13192notation. The numeric argument is the number of digits after the
13193decimal point, zero or more. This format will relax into scientific
13194notation if a nonzero number would otherwise have been rounded all the
13195way to zero. Specifying a negative number of digits is the same as
13196for a positive number, except that small nonzero numbers will be rounded
13197to zero rather than switching to scientific notation.
13198
13199@kindex d s
13200@pindex calc-sci-notation
13201@cindex Scientific notation, display of
13202The @kbd{d s} (@code{calc-sci-notation}) command selects scientific
13203notation. A positive argument sets the number of significant figures
13204displayed, of which one will be before and the rest after the decimal
13205point. A negative argument works the same as for @kbd{d n} format.
13206The default is to display all significant digits.
13207
13208@kindex d e
13209@pindex calc-eng-notation
13210@cindex Engineering notation, display of
13211The @kbd{d e} (@code{calc-eng-notation}) command selects engineering
13212notation. This is similar to scientific notation except that the
13213exponent is rounded down to a multiple of three, with from one to three
13214digits before the decimal point. An optional numeric prefix sets the
13215number of significant digits to display, as for @kbd{d s}.
13216
13217It is important to distinguish between the current @emph{precision} and
13218the current @emph{display format}. After the commands @kbd{C-u 10 p}
13219and @kbd{C-u 6 d n} the Calculator computes all results to ten
13220significant figures but displays only six. (In fact, intermediate
13221calculations are often carried to one or two more significant figures,
13222but values placed on the stack will be rounded down to ten figures.)
13223Numbers are never actually rounded to the display precision for storage,
13224except by commands like @kbd{C-k} and @kbd{C-x * y} which operate on the
13225actual displayed text in the Calculator buffer.
13226
13227@kindex d .
13228@pindex calc-point-char
13229The @kbd{d .} (@code{calc-point-char}) command selects the character used
13230as a decimal point. Normally this is a period; users in some countries
13231may wish to change this to a comma. Note that this is only a display
13232style; on entry, periods must always be used to denote floating-point
13233numbers, and commas to separate elements in a list.
13234
13235@node Complex Formats, Fraction Formats, Float Formats, Display Modes
13236@subsection Complex Formats
13237
13238@noindent
13239@kindex d c
13240@pindex calc-complex-notation
13241There are three supported notations for complex numbers in rectangular
13242form. The default is as a pair of real numbers enclosed in parentheses
13243and separated by a comma: @samp{(a,b)}. The @kbd{d c}
13244(@code{calc-complex-notation}) command selects this style.
13245
13246@kindex d i
13247@pindex calc-i-notation
13248@kindex d j
13249@pindex calc-j-notation
13250The other notations are @kbd{d i} (@code{calc-i-notation}), in which
13251numbers are displayed in @samp{a+bi} form, and @kbd{d j}
13252(@code{calc-j-notation}) which displays the form @samp{a+bj} preferred
13253in some disciplines.
13254
13255@cindex @code{i} variable
13256@vindex i
13257Complex numbers are normally entered in @samp{(a,b)} format.
13258If you enter @samp{2+3i} as an algebraic formula, it will be stored as
13259the formula @samp{2 + 3 * i}. However, if you use @kbd{=} to evaluate
13260this formula and you have not changed the variable @samp{i}, the @samp{i}
13261will be interpreted as @samp{(0,1)} and the formula will be simplified
13262to @samp{(2,3)}. Other commands (like @code{calc-sin}) will @emph{not}
13263interpret the formula @samp{2 + 3 * i} as a complex number.
13264@xref{Variables}, under ``special constants.''
13265
13266@node Fraction Formats, HMS Formats, Complex Formats, Display Modes
13267@subsection Fraction Formats
13268
13269@noindent
13270@kindex d o
13271@pindex calc-over-notation
13272Display of fractional numbers is controlled by the @kbd{d o}
13273(@code{calc-over-notation}) command. By default, a number like
13274eight thirds is displayed in the form @samp{8:3}. The @kbd{d o} command
13275prompts for a one- or two-character format. If you give one character,
13276that character is used as the fraction separator. Common separators are
13277@samp{:} and @samp{/}. (During input of numbers, the @kbd{:} key must be
13278used regardless of the display format; in particular, the @kbd{/} is used
13279for RPN-style division, @emph{not} for entering fractions.)
13280
13281If you give two characters, fractions use ``integer-plus-fractional-part''
13282notation. For example, the format @samp{+/} would display eight thirds
13283as @samp{2+2/3}. If two colons are present in a number being entered,
13284the number is interpreted in this form (so that the entries @kbd{2:2:3}
13285and @kbd{8:3} are equivalent).
13286
13287It is also possible to follow the one- or two-character format with
13288a number. For example: @samp{:10} or @samp{+/3}. In this case,
13289Calc adjusts all fractions that are displayed to have the specified
13290denominator, if possible. Otherwise it adjusts the denominator to
13291be a multiple of the specified value. For example, in @samp{:6} mode
13292the fraction @expr{1:6} will be unaffected, but @expr{2:3} will be
13293displayed as @expr{4:6}, @expr{1:2} will be displayed as @expr{3:6},
13294and @expr{1:8} will be displayed as @expr{3:24}. Integers are also
13295affected by this mode: 3 is displayed as @expr{18:6}. Note that the
13296format @samp{:1} writes fractions the same as @samp{:}, but it writes
13297integers as @expr{n:1}.
13298
13299The fraction format does not affect the way fractions or integers are
13300stored, only the way they appear on the screen. The fraction format
13301never affects floats.
13302
13303@node HMS Formats, Date Formats, Fraction Formats, Display Modes
13304@subsection HMS Formats
13305
13306@noindent
13307@kindex d h
13308@pindex calc-hms-notation
13309The @kbd{d h} (@code{calc-hms-notation}) command controls the display of
13310HMS (hours-minutes-seconds) forms. It prompts for a string which
13311consists basically of an ``hours'' marker, optional punctuation, a
13312``minutes'' marker, more optional punctuation, and a ``seconds'' marker.
13313Punctuation is zero or more spaces, commas, or semicolons. The hours
13314marker is one or more non-punctuation characters. The minutes and
13315seconds markers must be single non-punctuation characters.
13316
13317The default HMS format is @samp{@@ ' "}, producing HMS values of the form
13318@samp{23@@ 30' 15.75"}. The format @samp{deg, ms} would display this same
13319value as @samp{23deg, 30m15.75s}. During numeric entry, the @kbd{h} or @kbd{o}
13320keys are recognized as synonyms for @kbd{@@} regardless of display format.
13321The @kbd{m} and @kbd{s} keys are recognized as synonyms for @kbd{'} and
13322@kbd{"}, respectively, but only if an @kbd{@@} (or @kbd{h} or @kbd{o}) has
13323already been typed; otherwise, they have their usual meanings
13324(@kbd{m-} prefix and @kbd{s-} prefix). Thus, @kbd{5 "}, @kbd{0 @@ 5 "}, and
13325@kbd{0 h 5 s} are some of the ways to enter the quantity ``five seconds.''
13326The @kbd{'} key is recognized as ``minutes'' only if @kbd{@@} (or @kbd{h} or
13327@kbd{o}) has already been pressed; otherwise it means to switch to algebraic
13328entry.
13329
13330@node Date Formats, Truncating the Stack, HMS Formats, Display Modes
13331@subsection Date Formats
13332
13333@noindent
13334@kindex d d
13335@pindex calc-date-notation
13336The @kbd{d d} (@code{calc-date-notation}) command controls the display
13337of date forms (@pxref{Date Forms}). It prompts for a string which
13338contains letters that represent the various parts of a date and time.
13339To show which parts should be omitted when the form represents a pure
13340date with no time, parts of the string can be enclosed in @samp{< >}
13341marks. If you don't include @samp{< >} markers in the format, Calc
13342guesses at which parts, if any, should be omitted when formatting
13343pure dates.
13344
13345The default format is: @samp{<H:mm:SSpp >Www Mmm D, YYYY}.
13346An example string in this format is @samp{3:32pm Wed Jan 9, 1991}.
13347If you enter a blank format string, this default format is
13348reestablished.
13349
13350Calc uses @samp{< >} notation for nameless functions as well as for
13351dates. @xref{Specifying Operators}. To avoid confusion with nameless
13352functions, your date formats should avoid using the @samp{#} character.
13353
13354@menu
13355* Date Formatting Codes::
13356* Free-Form Dates::
13357* Standard Date Formats::
13358@end menu
13359
13360@node Date Formatting Codes, Free-Form Dates, Date Formats, Date Formats
13361@subsubsection Date Formatting Codes
13362
13363@noindent
13364When displaying a date, the current date format is used. All
13365characters except for letters and @samp{<} and @samp{>} are
13366copied literally when dates are formatted. The portion between
13367@samp{< >} markers is omitted for pure dates, or included for
13368date/time forms. Letters are interpreted according to the table
13369below.
13370
13371When dates are read in during algebraic entry, Calc first tries to
13372match the input string to the current format either with or without
13373the time part. The punctuation characters (including spaces) must
13374match exactly; letter fields must correspond to suitable text in
13375the input. If this doesn't work, Calc checks if the input is a
13376simple number; if so, the number is interpreted as a number of days
13377since Jan 1, 1 AD. Otherwise, Calc tries a much more relaxed and
13378flexible algorithm which is described in the next section.
13379
13380Weekday names are ignored during reading.
13381
13382Two-digit year numbers are interpreted as lying in the range
13383from 1941 to 2039. Years outside that range are always
13384entered and displayed in full. Year numbers with a leading
13385@samp{+} sign are always interpreted exactly, allowing the
13386entry and display of the years 1 through 99 AD.
13387
13388Here is a complete list of the formatting codes for dates:
13389
13390@table @asis
13391@item Y
13392Year: ``91'' for 1991, ``7'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13393@item YY
13394Year: ``91'' for 1991, ``07'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13395@item BY
13396Year: ``91'' for 1991, `` 7'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13397@item YYY
13398Year: ``1991'' for 1991, ``23'' for 23 AD.
13399@item YYYY
13400Year: ``1991'' for 1991, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13401@item aa
13402Year: ``ad'' or blank.
13403@item AA
13404Year: ``AD'' or blank.
13405@item aaa
13406Year: ``ad '' or blank. (Note trailing space.)
13407@item AAA
13408Year: ``AD '' or blank.
13409@item aaaa
13410Year: ``a.d.'' or blank.
13411@item AAAA
13412Year: ``A.D.'' or blank.
13413@item bb
13414Year: ``bc'' or blank.
13415@item BB
13416Year: ``BC'' or blank.
13417@item bbb
13418Year: `` bc'' or blank. (Note leading space.)
13419@item BBB
13420Year: `` BC'' or blank.
13421@item bbbb
13422Year: ``b.c.'' or blank.
13423@item BBBB
13424Year: ``B.C.'' or blank.
13425@item M
13426Month: ``8'' for August.
13427@item MM
13428Month: ``08'' for August.
13429@item BM
13430Month: `` 8'' for August.
13431@item MMM
13432Month: ``AUG'' for August.
13433@item Mmm
13434Month: ``Aug'' for August.
13435@item mmm
13436Month: ``aug'' for August.
13437@item MMMM
13438Month: ``AUGUST'' for August.
13439@item Mmmm
13440Month: ``August'' for August.
13441@item D
13442Day: ``7'' for 7th day of month.
13443@item DD
13444Day: ``07'' for 7th day of month.
13445@item BD
13446Day: `` 7'' for 7th day of month.
13447@item W
13448Weekday: ``0'' for Sunday, ``6'' for Saturday.
13449@item WWW
13450Weekday: ``SUN'' for Sunday.
13451@item Www
13452Weekday: ``Sun'' for Sunday.
13453@item www
13454Weekday: ``sun'' for Sunday.
13455@item WWWW
13456Weekday: ``SUNDAY'' for Sunday.
13457@item Wwww
13458Weekday: ``Sunday'' for Sunday.
13459@item d
13460Day of year: ``34'' for Feb. 3.
13461@item ddd
13462Day of year: ``034'' for Feb. 3.
13463@item bdd
13464Day of year: `` 34'' for Feb. 3.
13465@item h
13466Hour: ``5'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13467@item hh
13468Hour: ``05'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13469@item bh
13470Hour: `` 5'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13471@item H
13472Hour: ``5'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13473@item HH
13474Hour: ``05'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13475@item BH
13476Hour: `` 5'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13477@item p
13478AM/PM: ``a'' or ``p''.
13479@item P
13480AM/PM: ``A'' or ``P''.
13481@item pp
13482AM/PM: ``am'' or ``pm''.
13483@item PP
13484AM/PM: ``AM'' or ``PM''.
13485@item pppp
13486AM/PM: ``a.m.'' or ``p.m.''.
13487@item PPPP
13488AM/PM: ``A.M.'' or ``P.M.''.
13489@item m
13490Minutes: ``7'' for 7.
13491@item mm
13492Minutes: ``07'' for 7.
13493@item bm
13494Minutes: `` 7'' for 7.
13495@item s
13496Seconds: ``7'' for 7; ``7.23'' for 7.23.
13497@item ss
13498Seconds: ``07'' for 7; ``07.23'' for 7.23.
13499@item bs
13500Seconds: `` 7'' for 7; `` 7.23'' for 7.23.
13501@item SS
13502Optional seconds: ``07'' for 7; blank for 0.
13503@item BS
13504Optional seconds: `` 7'' for 7; blank for 0.
13505@item N
13506Numeric date/time: ``726842.25'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13507@item n
13508Numeric date: ``726842'' for any time on Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13509@item J
13510Julian date/time: ``2448265.75'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13511@item j
13512Julian date: ``2448266'' for any time on Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13513@item U
13514Unix time: ``663400800'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13515@item X
13516Brackets suppression. An ``X'' at the front of the format
13517causes the surrounding @w{@samp{< >}} delimiters to be omitted
13518when formatting dates. Note that the brackets are still
13519required for algebraic entry.
13520@end table
13521
13522If ``SS'' or ``BS'' (optional seconds) is preceded by a colon, the
13523colon is also omitted if the seconds part is zero.
13524
13525If ``bb,'' ``bbb'' or ``bbbb'' or their upper-case equivalents
13526appear in the format, then negative year numbers are displayed
13527without a minus sign. Note that ``aa'' and ``bb'' are mutually
13528exclusive. Some typical usages would be @samp{YYYY AABB};
13529@samp{AAAYYYYBBB}; @samp{YYYYBBB}.
13530
13531The formats ``YY,'' ``YYYY,'' ``MM,'' ``DD,'' ``ddd,'' ``hh,'' ``HH,''
13532``mm,'' ``ss,'' and ``SS'' actually match any number of digits during
13533reading unless several of these codes are strung together with no
13534punctuation in between, in which case the input must have exactly as
13535many digits as there are letters in the format.
13536
13537The ``j,'' ``J,'' and ``U'' formats do not make any time zone
13538adjustment. They effectively use @samp{julian(x,0)} and
13539@samp{unixtime(x,0)} to make the conversion; @pxref{Date Arithmetic}.
13540
13541@node Free-Form Dates, Standard Date Formats, Date Formatting Codes, Date Formats
13542@subsubsection Free-Form Dates
13543
13544@noindent
13545When reading a date form during algebraic entry, Calc falls back
13546on the algorithm described here if the input does not exactly
13547match the current date format. This algorithm generally
13548``does the right thing'' and you don't have to worry about it,
13549but it is described here in full detail for the curious.
13550
13551Calc does not distinguish between upper- and lower-case letters
13552while interpreting dates.
13553
13554First, the time portion, if present, is located somewhere in the
13555text and then removed. The remaining text is then interpreted as
13556the date.
13557
13558A time is of the form @samp{hh:mm:ss}, possibly with the seconds
13559part omitted and possibly with an AM/PM indicator added to indicate
1356012-hour time. If the AM/PM is present, the minutes may also be
13561omitted. The AM/PM part may be any of the words @samp{am},
13562@samp{pm}, @samp{noon}, or @samp{midnight}; each of these may be
13563abbreviated to one letter, and the alternate forms @samp{a.m.},
13564@samp{p.m.}, and @samp{mid} are also understood. Obviously
13565@samp{noon} and @samp{midnight} are allowed only on 12:00:00.
13566The words @samp{noon}, @samp{mid}, and @samp{midnight} are also
13567recognized with no number attached.
13568
13569If there is no AM/PM indicator, the time is interpreted in 24-hour
13570format.
13571
13572To read the date portion, all words and numbers are isolated
13573from the string; other characters are ignored. All words must
13574be either month names or day-of-week names (the latter of which
13575are ignored). Names can be written in full or as three-letter
13576abbreviations.
13577
13578Large numbers, or numbers with @samp{+} or @samp{-} signs,
13579are interpreted as years. If one of the other numbers is
13580greater than 12, then that must be the day and the remaining
13581number in the input is therefore the month. Otherwise, Calc
13582assumes the month, day and year are in the same order that they
13583appear in the current date format. If the year is omitted, the
13584current year is taken from the system clock.
13585
13586If there are too many or too few numbers, or any unrecognizable
13587words, then the input is rejected.
13588
13589If there are any large numbers (of five digits or more) other than
13590the year, they are ignored on the assumption that they are something
13591like Julian dates that were included along with the traditional
13592date components when the date was formatted.
13593
13594One of the words @samp{ad}, @samp{a.d.}, @samp{bc}, or @samp{b.c.}
13595may optionally be used; the latter two are equivalent to a
13596minus sign on the year value.
13597
13598If you always enter a four-digit year, and use a name instead
13599of a number for the month, there is no danger of ambiguity.
13600
13601@node Standard Date Formats, , Free-Form Dates, Date Formats
13602@subsubsection Standard Date Formats
13603
13604@noindent
13605There are actually ten standard date formats, numbered 0 through 9.
13606Entering a blank line at the @kbd{d d} command's prompt gives
13607you format number 1, Calc's usual format. You can enter any digit
13608to select the other formats.
13609
13610To create your own standard date formats, give a numeric prefix
13611argument from 0 to 9 to the @w{@kbd{d d}} command. The format you
13612enter will be recorded as the new standard format of that
13613number, as well as becoming the new current date format.
13614You can save your formats permanently with the @w{@kbd{m m}}
13615command (@pxref{Mode Settings}).
13616
13617@table @asis
13618@item 0
13619@samp{N} (Numerical format)
13620@item 1
13621@samp{<H:mm:SSpp >Www Mmm D, YYYY} (American format)
13622@item 2
13623@samp{D Mmm YYYY<, h:mm:SS>} (European format)
13624@item 3
13625@samp{Www Mmm BD< hh:mm:ss> YYYY} (Unix written date format)
13626@item 4
13627@samp{M/D/Y< H:mm:SSpp>} (American slashed format)
13628@item 5
13629@samp{D.M.Y< h:mm:SS>} (European dotted format)
13630@item 6
13631@samp{M-D-Y< H:mm:SSpp>} (American dashed format)
13632@item 7
13633@samp{D-M-Y< h:mm:SS>} (European dashed format)
13634@item 8
13635@samp{j<, h:mm:ss>} (Julian day plus time)
13636@item 9
13637@samp{YYddd< hh:mm:ss>} (Year-day format)
13638@end table
13639
13640@node Truncating the Stack, Justification, Date Formats, Display Modes
13641@subsection Truncating the Stack
13642
13643@noindent
13644@kindex d t
13645@pindex calc-truncate-stack
13646@cindex Truncating the stack
13647@cindex Narrowing the stack
13648The @kbd{d t} (@code{calc-truncate-stack}) command moves the @samp{.}@:
13649line that marks the top-of-stack up or down in the Calculator buffer.
13650The number right above that line is considered to the be at the top of
13651the stack. Any numbers below that line are ``hidden'' from all stack
13652operations (although still visible to the user). This is similar to the
13653Emacs ``narrowing'' feature, except that the values below the @samp{.}
13654are @emph{visible}, just temporarily frozen. This feature allows you to
13655keep several independent calculations running at once in different parts
13656of the stack, or to apply a certain command to an element buried deep in
13657the stack.
13658
13659Pressing @kbd{d t} by itself moves the @samp{.} to the line the cursor
13660is on. Thus, this line and all those below it become hidden. To un-hide
13661these lines, move down to the end of the buffer and press @w{@kbd{d t}}.
13662With a positive numeric prefix argument @expr{n}, @kbd{d t} hides the
13663bottom @expr{n} values in the buffer. With a negative argument, it hides
13664all but the top @expr{n} values. With an argument of zero, it hides zero
13665values, i.e., moves the @samp{.} all the way down to the bottom.
13666
13667@kindex d [
13668@pindex calc-truncate-up
13669@kindex d ]
13670@pindex calc-truncate-down
13671The @kbd{d [} (@code{calc-truncate-up}) and @kbd{d ]}
13672(@code{calc-truncate-down}) commands move the @samp{.} up or down one
13673line at a time (or several lines with a prefix argument).
13674
13675@node Justification, Labels, Truncating the Stack, Display Modes
13676@subsection Justification
13677
13678@noindent
13679@kindex d <
13680@pindex calc-left-justify
13681@kindex d =
13682@pindex calc-center-justify
13683@kindex d >
13684@pindex calc-right-justify
13685Values on the stack are normally left-justified in the window. You can
13686control this arrangement by typing @kbd{d <} (@code{calc-left-justify}),
13687@kbd{d >} (@code{calc-right-justify}), or @kbd{d =}
13688(@code{calc-center-justify}). For example, in Right-Justification mode,
13689stack entries are displayed flush-right against the right edge of the
13690window.
13691
13692If you change the width of the Calculator window you may have to type
13693@kbd{d @key{SPC}} (@code{calc-refresh}) to re-align right-justified or centered
13694text.
13695
13696Right-justification is especially useful together with fixed-point
13697notation (see @code{d f}; @code{calc-fix-notation}). With these modes
13698together, the decimal points on numbers will always line up.
13699
13700With a numeric prefix argument, the justification commands give you
13701a little extra control over the display. The argument specifies the
13702horizontal ``origin'' of a display line. It is also possible to
13703specify a maximum line width using the @kbd{d b} command (@pxref{Normal
13704Language Modes}). For reference, the precise rules for formatting and
13705breaking lines are given below. Notice that the interaction between
13706origin and line width is slightly different in each justification
13707mode.
13708
13709In Left-Justified mode, the line is indented by a number of spaces
13710given by the origin (default zero). If the result is longer than the
13711maximum line width, if given, or too wide to fit in the Calc window
13712otherwise, then it is broken into lines which will fit; each broken
13713line is indented to the origin.
13714
13715In Right-Justified mode, lines are shifted right so that the rightmost
13716character is just before the origin, or just before the current
13717window width if no origin was specified. If the line is too long
13718for this, then it is broken; the current line width is used, if
13719specified, or else the origin is used as a width if that is
13720specified, or else the line is broken to fit in the window.
13721
13722In Centering mode, the origin is the column number of the center of
13723each stack entry. If a line width is specified, lines will not be
13724allowed to go past that width; Calc will either indent less or
13725break the lines if necessary. If no origin is specified, half the
13726line width or Calc window width is used.
13727
13728Note that, in each case, if line numbering is enabled the display
13729is indented an additional four spaces to make room for the line
13730number. The width of the line number is taken into account when
13731positioning according to the current Calc window width, but not
13732when positioning by explicit origins and widths. In the latter
13733case, the display is formatted as specified, and then uniformly
13734shifted over four spaces to fit the line numbers.
13735
13736@node Labels, , Justification, Display Modes
13737@subsection Labels
13738
13739@noindent
13740@kindex d @{
13741@pindex calc-left-label
13742The @kbd{d @{} (@code{calc-left-label}) command prompts for a string,
13743then displays that string to the left of every stack entry. If the
13744entries are left-justified (@pxref{Justification}), then they will
13745appear immediately after the label (unless you specified an origin
13746greater than the length of the label). If the entries are centered
13747or right-justified, the label appears on the far left and does not
13748affect the horizontal position of the stack entry.
13749
13750Give a blank string (with @kbd{d @{ @key{RET}}) to turn the label off.
13751
13752@kindex d @}
13753@pindex calc-right-label
13754The @kbd{d @}} (@code{calc-right-label}) command similarly adds a
13755label on the righthand side. It does not affect positioning of
13756the stack entries unless they are right-justified. Also, if both
13757a line width and an origin are given in Right-Justified mode, the
13758stack entry is justified to the origin and the righthand label is
13759justified to the line width.
13760
13761One application of labels would be to add equation numbers to
13762formulas you are manipulating in Calc and then copying into a
13763document (possibly using Embedded mode). The equations would
13764typically be centered, and the equation numbers would be on the
13765left or right as you prefer.
13766
13767@node Language Modes, Modes Variable, Display Modes, Mode Settings
13768@section Language Modes
13769
13770@noindent
13771The commands in this section change Calc to use a different notation for
13772entry and display of formulas, corresponding to the conventions of some
13773other common language such as Pascal or La@TeX{}. Objects displayed on the
13774stack or yanked from the Calculator to an editing buffer will be formatted
13775in the current language; objects entered in algebraic entry or yanked from
13776another buffer will be interpreted according to the current language.
13777
13778The current language has no effect on things written to or read from the
13779trail buffer, nor does it affect numeric entry. Only algebraic entry is
13780affected. You can make even algebraic entry ignore the current language
13781and use the standard notation by giving a numeric prefix, e.g., @kbd{C-u '}.
13782
13783For example, suppose the formula @samp{2*a[1] + atan(a[2])} occurs in a C
13784program; elsewhere in the program you need the derivatives of this formula
13785with respect to @samp{a[1]} and @samp{a[2]}. First, type @kbd{d C}
13786to switch to C notation. Now use @code{C-u C-x * g} to grab the formula
13787into the Calculator, @kbd{a d a[1] @key{RET}} to differentiate with respect
13788to the first variable, and @kbd{C-x * y} to yank the formula for the derivative
13789back into your C program. Press @kbd{U} to undo the differentiation and
13790repeat with @kbd{a d a[2] @key{RET}} for the other derivative.
13791
13792Without being switched into C mode first, Calc would have misinterpreted
13793the brackets in @samp{a[1]} and @samp{a[2]}, would not have known that
13794@code{atan} was equivalent to Calc's built-in @code{arctan} function,
13795and would have written the formula back with notations (like implicit
13796multiplication) which would not have been valid for a C program.
13797
13798As another example, suppose you are maintaining a C program and a La@TeX{}
13799document, each of which needs a copy of the same formula. You can grab the
13800formula from the program in C mode, switch to La@TeX{} mode, and yank the
13801formula into the document in La@TeX{} math-mode format.
13802
13803Language modes are selected by typing the letter @kbd{d} followed by a
13804shifted letter key.
13805
13806@menu
13807* Normal Language Modes::
13808* C FORTRAN Pascal::
13809* TeX and LaTeX Language Modes::
13810* Eqn Language Mode::
4e320733
JB
13811* Yacas Language Mode::
13812* Maxima Language Mode::
13813* Giac Language Mode::
4009494e
GM
13814* Mathematica Language Mode::
13815* Maple Language Mode::
13816* Compositions::
13817* Syntax Tables::
13818@end menu
13819
13820@node Normal Language Modes, C FORTRAN Pascal, Language Modes, Language Modes
13821@subsection Normal Language Modes
13822
13823@noindent
13824@kindex d N
13825@pindex calc-normal-language
13826The @kbd{d N} (@code{calc-normal-language}) command selects the usual
13827notation for Calc formulas, as described in the rest of this manual.
13828Matrices are displayed in a multi-line tabular format, but all other
13829objects are written in linear form, as they would be typed from the
13830keyboard.
13831
13832@kindex d O
13833@pindex calc-flat-language
13834@cindex Matrix display
13835The @kbd{d O} (@code{calc-flat-language}) command selects a language
13836identical with the normal one, except that matrices are written in
13837one-line form along with everything else. In some applications this
13838form may be more suitable for yanking data into other buffers.
13839
13840@kindex d b
13841@pindex calc-line-breaking
13842@cindex Line breaking
13843@cindex Breaking up long lines
13844Even in one-line mode, long formulas or vectors will still be split
13845across multiple lines if they exceed the width of the Calculator window.
13846The @kbd{d b} (@code{calc-line-breaking}) command turns this line-breaking
13847feature on and off. (It works independently of the current language.)
13848If you give a numeric prefix argument of five or greater to the @kbd{d b}
13849command, that argument will specify the line width used when breaking
13850long lines.
13851
13852@kindex d B
13853@pindex calc-big-language
13854The @kbd{d B} (@code{calc-big-language}) command selects a language
13855which uses textual approximations to various mathematical notations,
13856such as powers, quotients, and square roots:
13857
13858@example
13859 ____________
13860 | a + 1 2
13861 | ----- + c
13862\| b
13863@end example
13864
13865@noindent
13866in place of @samp{sqrt((a+1)/b + c^2)}.
13867
13868Subscripts like @samp{a_i} are displayed as actual subscripts in Big
13869mode. Double subscripts, @samp{a_i_j} (@samp{subscr(subscr(a, i), j)})
13870are displayed as @samp{a} with subscripts separated by commas:
13871@samp{i, j}. They must still be entered in the usual underscore
13872notation.
13873
13874One slight ambiguity of Big notation is that
13875
13876@example
13877 3
13878- -
13879 4
13880@end example
13881
13882@noindent
13883can represent either the negative rational number @expr{-3:4}, or the
13884actual expression @samp{-(3/4)}; but the latter formula would normally
13885never be displayed because it would immediately be evaluated to
13886@expr{-3:4} or @expr{-0.75}, so this ambiguity is not a problem in
13887typical use.
13888
13889Non-decimal numbers are displayed with subscripts. Thus there is no
13890way to tell the difference between @samp{16#C2} and @samp{C2_16},
13891though generally you will know which interpretation is correct.
13892Logarithms @samp{log(x,b)} and @samp{log10(x)} also use subscripts
13893in Big mode.
13894
13895In Big mode, stack entries often take up several lines. To aid
13896readability, stack entries are separated by a blank line in this mode.
13897You may find it useful to expand the Calc window's height using
13898@kbd{C-x ^} (@code{enlarge-window}) or to make the Calc window the only
13899one on the screen with @kbd{C-x 1} (@code{delete-other-windows}).
13900
13901Long lines are currently not rearranged to fit the window width in
13902Big mode, so you may need to use the @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} keys
13903to scroll across a wide formula. For really big formulas, you may
13904even need to use @kbd{@{} and @kbd{@}} to scroll up and down.
13905
13906@kindex d U
13907@pindex calc-unformatted-language
13908The @kbd{d U} (@code{calc-unformatted-language}) command altogether disables
13909the use of operator notation in formulas. In this mode, the formula
13910shown above would be displayed:
13911
13912@example
13913sqrt(add(div(add(a, 1), b), pow(c, 2)))
13914@end example
13915
13916These four modes differ only in display format, not in the format
13917expected for algebraic entry. The standard Calc operators work in
13918all four modes, and unformatted notation works in any language mode
13919(except that Mathematica mode expects square brackets instead of
13920parentheses).
13921
13922@node C FORTRAN Pascal, TeX and LaTeX Language Modes, Normal Language Modes, Language Modes
13923@subsection C, FORTRAN, and Pascal Modes
13924
13925@noindent
13926@kindex d C
13927@pindex calc-c-language
13928@cindex C language
13929The @kbd{d C} (@code{calc-c-language}) command selects the conventions
13930of the C language for display and entry of formulas. This differs from
13931the normal language mode in a variety of (mostly minor) ways. In
13932particular, C language operators and operator precedences are used in
13933place of Calc's usual ones. For example, @samp{a^b} means @samp{xor(a,b)}
13934in C mode; a value raised to a power is written as a function call,
13935@samp{pow(a,b)}.
13936
13937In C mode, vectors and matrices use curly braces instead of brackets.
13938Octal and hexadecimal values are written with leading @samp{0} or @samp{0x}
13939rather than using the @samp{#} symbol. Array subscripting is
13940translated into @code{subscr} calls, so that @samp{a[i]} in C
13941mode is the same as @samp{a_i} in Normal mode. Assignments
13942turn into the @code{assign} function, which Calc normally displays
13943using the @samp{:=} symbol.
13944
13945The variables @code{pi} and @code{e} would be displayed @samp{pi}
13946and @samp{e} in Normal mode, but in C mode they are displayed as
13947@samp{M_PI} and @samp{M_E}, corresponding to the names of constants
13948typically provided in the @file{<math.h>} header. Functions whose
13949names are different in C are translated automatically for entry and
13950display purposes. For example, entering @samp{asin(x)} will push the
13951formula @samp{arcsin(x)} onto the stack; this formula will be displayed
13952as @samp{asin(x)} as long as C mode is in effect.
13953
13954@kindex d P
13955@pindex calc-pascal-language
13956@cindex Pascal language
13957The @kbd{d P} (@code{calc-pascal-language}) command selects Pascal
13958conventions. Like C mode, Pascal mode interprets array brackets and uses
13959a different table of operators. Hexadecimal numbers are entered and
13960displayed with a preceding dollar sign. (Thus the regular meaning of
13961@kbd{$2} during algebraic entry does not work in Pascal mode, though
13962@kbd{$} (and @kbd{$$}, etc.) not followed by digits works the same as
13963always.) No special provisions are made for other non-decimal numbers,
13964vectors, and so on, since there is no universally accepted standard way
13965of handling these in Pascal.
13966
13967@kindex d F
13968@pindex calc-fortran-language
13969@cindex FORTRAN language
13970The @kbd{d F} (@code{calc-fortran-language}) command selects FORTRAN
13971conventions. Various function names are transformed into FORTRAN
13972equivalents. Vectors are written as @samp{/1, 2, 3/}, and may be
13973entered this way or using square brackets. Since FORTRAN uses round
13974parentheses for both function calls and array subscripts, Calc displays
13975both in the same way; @samp{a(i)} is interpreted as a function call
13976upon reading, and subscripts must be entered as @samp{subscr(a, i)}.
702dbfd9
JB
13977If the variable @code{a} has been declared to have type
13978@code{vector} or @code{matrix}, however, then @samp{a(i)} will be
13979parsed as a subscript. (@xref{Declarations}.) Usually it doesn't
13980matter, though; if you enter the subscript expression @samp{a(i)} and
13981Calc interprets it as a function call, you'll never know the difference
13982unless you switch to another language mode or replace @code{a} with an
13983actual vector (or unless @code{a} happens to be the name of a built-in
4009494e
GM
13984function!).
13985
13986Underscores are allowed in variable and function names in all of these
13987language modes. The underscore here is equivalent to the @samp{#} in
13988Normal mode, or to hyphens in the underlying Emacs Lisp variable names.
13989
13990FORTRAN and Pascal modes normally do not adjust the case of letters in
13991formulas. Most built-in Calc names use lower-case letters. If you use a
13992positive numeric prefix argument with @kbd{d P} or @kbd{d F}, these
13993modes will use upper-case letters exclusively for display, and will
13994convert to lower-case on input. With a negative prefix, these modes
13995convert to lower-case for display and input.
13996
13997@node TeX and LaTeX Language Modes, Eqn Language Mode, C FORTRAN Pascal, Language Modes
13998@subsection @TeX{} and La@TeX{} Language Modes
13999
14000@noindent
14001@kindex d T
14002@pindex calc-tex-language
14003@cindex TeX language
14004@kindex d L
14005@pindex calc-latex-language
14006@cindex LaTeX language
14007The @kbd{d T} (@code{calc-tex-language}) command selects the conventions
14008of ``math mode'' in Donald Knuth's @TeX{} typesetting language,
14009and the @kbd{d L} (@code{calc-latex-language}) command selects the
14010conventions of ``math mode'' in La@TeX{}, a typesetting language that
14011uses @TeX{} as its formatting engine. Calc's La@TeX{} language mode can
14012read any formula that the @TeX{} language mode can, although La@TeX{}
14013mode may display it differently.
14014
14015Formulas are entered and displayed in the appropriate notation;
14016@texline @math{\sin(a/b)}
14017@infoline @expr{sin(a/b)}
0cbe9c78 14018will appear as @samp{\sin\left( @{a \over b@} \right)} in @TeX{} mode and
4009494e
GM
14019@samp{\sin\left(\frac@{a@}@{b@}\right)} in La@TeX{} mode.
14020Math formulas are often enclosed by @samp{$ $} signs in @TeX{} and
14021La@TeX{}; these should be omitted when interfacing with Calc. To Calc,
14022the @samp{$} sign has the same meaning it always does in algebraic
14023formulas (a reference to an existing entry on the stack).
14024
14025Complex numbers are displayed as in @samp{3 + 4i}. Fractions and
14026quotients are written using @code{\over} in @TeX{} mode (as in
14027@code{@{a \over b@}}) and @code{\frac} in La@TeX{} mode (as in
14028@code{\frac@{a@}@{b@}}); binomial coefficients are written with
14029@code{\choose} in @TeX{} mode (as in @code{@{a \choose b@}}) and
14030@code{\binom} in La@TeX{} mode (as in @code{\binom@{a@}@{b@}}).
14031Interval forms are written with @code{\ldots}, and error forms are
14032written with @code{\pm}. Absolute values are written as in
14033@samp{|x + 1|}, and the floor and ceiling functions are written with
14034@code{\lfloor}, @code{\rfloor}, etc. The words @code{\left} and
14035@code{\right} are ignored when reading formulas in @TeX{} and La@TeX{}
14036modes. Both @code{inf} and @code{uinf} are written as @code{\infty};
14037when read, @code{\infty} always translates to @code{inf}.
14038
14039Function calls are written the usual way, with the function name followed
14040by the arguments in parentheses. However, functions for which @TeX{}
14041and La@TeX{} have special names (like @code{\sin}) will use curly braces
14042instead of parentheses for very simple arguments. During input, curly
14043braces and parentheses work equally well for grouping, but when the
14044document is formatted the curly braces will be invisible. Thus the
14045printed result is
14046@texline @math{\sin{2 x}}
14047@infoline @expr{sin 2x}
14048but
14049@texline @math{\sin(2 + x)}.
14050@infoline @expr{sin(2 + x)}.
14051
14052Function and variable names not treated specially by @TeX{} and La@TeX{}
14053are simply written out as-is, which will cause them to come out in
14054italic letters in the printed document. If you invoke @kbd{d T} or
14055@kbd{d L} with a positive numeric prefix argument, names of more than
14056one character will instead be enclosed in a protective commands that
14057will prevent them from being typeset in the math italics; they will be
14058written @samp{\hbox@{@var{name}@}} in @TeX{} mode and
14059@samp{\text@{@var{name}@}} in La@TeX{} mode. The
14060@samp{\hbox@{ @}} and @samp{\text@{ @}} notations are ignored during
14061reading. If you use a negative prefix argument, such function names are
14062written @samp{\@var{name}}, and function names that begin with @code{\} during
14063reading have the @code{\} removed. (Note that in this mode, long
14064variable names are still written with @code{\hbox} or @code{\text}.
14065However, you can always make an actual variable name like @code{\bar} in
14066any @TeX{} mode.)
14067
14068During reading, text of the form @samp{\matrix@{ ...@: @}} is replaced
14069by @samp{[ ...@: ]}. The same also applies to @code{\pmatrix} and
14070@code{\bmatrix}. In La@TeX{} mode this also applies to
14071@samp{\begin@{matrix@} ... \end@{matrix@}},
14072@samp{\begin@{bmatrix@} ... \end@{bmatrix@}},
14073@samp{\begin@{pmatrix@} ... \end@{pmatrix@}}, as well as
14074@samp{\begin@{smallmatrix@} ... \end@{smallmatrix@}}.
14075The symbol @samp{&} is interpreted as a comma,
14076and the symbols @samp{\cr} and @samp{\\} are interpreted as semicolons.
14077During output, matrices are displayed in @samp{\matrix@{ a & b \\ c & d@}}
14078format in @TeX{} mode and in
14079@samp{\begin@{pmatrix@} a & b \\ c & d \end@{pmatrix@}} format in
14080La@TeX{} mode; you may need to edit this afterwards to change to your
14081preferred matrix form. If you invoke @kbd{d T} or @kbd{d L} with an
14082argument of 2 or -2, then matrices will be displayed in two-dimensional
14083form, such as
14084
14085@example
14086\begin@{pmatrix@}
14087a & b \\
14088c & d
14089\end@{pmatrix@}
14090@end example
14091
14092@noindent
14093This may be convenient for isolated matrices, but could lead to
14094expressions being displayed like
14095
14096@example
14097\begin@{pmatrix@} \times x
14098a & b \\
14099c & d
14100\end@{pmatrix@}
14101@end example
14102
14103@noindent
14104While this wouldn't bother Calc, it is incorrect La@TeX{}.
14105(Similarly for @TeX{}.)
14106
14107Accents like @code{\tilde} and @code{\bar} translate into function
14108calls internally (@samp{tilde(x)}, @samp{bar(x)}). The @code{\underline}
14109sequence is treated as an accent. The @code{\vec} accent corresponds
14110to the function name @code{Vec}, because @code{vec} is the name of
14111a built-in Calc function. The following table shows the accents
14112in Calc, @TeX{}, La@TeX{} and @dfn{eqn} (described in the next section):
14113
17587b1b 14114@ignore
4009494e
GM
14115@iftex
14116@begingroup
14117@let@calcindexershow=@calcindexernoshow @c Suppress marginal notes
14118@let@calcindexersh=@calcindexernoshow
14119@end iftex
4009494e
GM
14120@starindex
14121@end ignore
14122@tindex acute
14123@ignore
14124@starindex
14125@end ignore
14126@tindex Acute
14127@ignore
14128@starindex
14129@end ignore
14130@tindex bar
14131@ignore
14132@starindex
14133@end ignore
14134@tindex Bar
14135@ignore
14136@starindex
14137@end ignore
14138@tindex breve
14139@ignore
14140@starindex
14141@end ignore
14142@tindex Breve
14143@ignore
14144@starindex
14145@end ignore
14146@tindex check
14147@ignore
14148@starindex
14149@end ignore
14150@tindex Check
14151@ignore
14152@starindex
14153@end ignore
14154@tindex dddot
14155@ignore
14156@starindex
14157@end ignore
14158@tindex ddddot
14159@ignore
14160@starindex
14161@end ignore
14162@tindex dot
14163@ignore
14164@starindex
14165@end ignore
14166@tindex Dot
14167@ignore
14168@starindex
14169@end ignore
14170@tindex dotdot
14171@ignore
14172@starindex
14173@end ignore
14174@tindex DotDot
14175@ignore
14176@starindex
14177@end ignore
14178@tindex dyad
14179@ignore
14180@starindex
14181@end ignore
14182@tindex grave
14183@ignore
14184@starindex
14185@end ignore
14186@tindex Grave
14187@ignore
14188@starindex
14189@end ignore
14190@tindex hat
14191@ignore
14192@starindex
14193@end ignore
14194@tindex Hat
14195@ignore
14196@starindex
14197@end ignore
14198@tindex Prime
14199@ignore
14200@starindex
14201@end ignore
14202@tindex tilde
14203@ignore
14204@starindex
14205@end ignore
14206@tindex Tilde
14207@ignore
14208@starindex
14209@end ignore
14210@tindex under
14211@ignore
14212@starindex
14213@end ignore
14214@tindex Vec
14215@ignore
14216@starindex
14217@end ignore
14218@tindex VEC
17587b1b 14219@ignore
4009494e
GM
14220@iftex
14221@endgroup
14222@end iftex
17587b1b 14223@end ignore
4009494e
GM
14224@example
14225Calc TeX LaTeX eqn
14226---- --- ----- ---
14227acute \acute \acute
14228Acute \Acute
14229bar \bar \bar bar
14230Bar \Bar
14231breve \breve \breve
14232Breve \Breve
14233check \check \check
14234Check \Check
14235dddot \dddot
14236ddddot \ddddot
14237dot \dot \dot dot
14238Dot \Dot
14239dotdot \ddot \ddot dotdot
14240DotDot \Ddot
14241dyad dyad
14242grave \grave \grave
14243Grave \Grave
14244hat \hat \hat hat
14245Hat \Hat
14246Prime prime
14247tilde \tilde \tilde tilde
14248Tilde \Tilde
14249under \underline \underline under
14250Vec \vec \vec vec
14251VEC \Vec
14252@end example
14253
14254The @samp{=>} (evaluates-to) operator appears as a @code{\to} symbol:
14255@samp{@{@var{a} \to @var{b}@}}. @TeX{} defines @code{\to} as an
14256alias for @code{\rightarrow}. However, if the @samp{=>} is the
14257top-level expression being formatted, a slightly different notation
14258is used: @samp{\evalto @var{a} \to @var{b}}. The @code{\evalto}
14259word is ignored by Calc's input routines, and is undefined in @TeX{}.
14260You will typically want to include one of the following definitions
14261at the top of a @TeX{} file that uses @code{\evalto}:
14262
14263@example
14264\def\evalto@{@}
14265\def\evalto#1\to@{@}
14266@end example
14267
14268The first definition formats evaluates-to operators in the usual
14269way. The second causes only the @var{b} part to appear in the
14270printed document; the @var{a} part and the arrow are hidden.
14271Another definition you may wish to use is @samp{\let\to=\Rightarrow}
14272which causes @code{\to} to appear more like Calc's @samp{=>} symbol.
14273@xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a discussion of @code{evalto}.
14274
14275The complete set of @TeX{} control sequences that are ignored during
14276reading is:
14277
14278@example
14279\hbox \mbox \text \left \right
14280\, \> \: \; \! \quad \qquad \hfil \hfill
14281\displaystyle \textstyle \dsize \tsize
14282\scriptstyle \scriptscriptstyle \ssize \ssize
14283\rm \bf \it \sl \roman \bold \italic \slanted
14284\cal \mit \Cal \Bbb \frak \goth
14285\evalto
14286@end example
14287
14288Note that, because these symbols are ignored, reading a @TeX{} or
14289La@TeX{} formula into Calc and writing it back out may lose spacing and
14290font information.
14291
14292Also, the ``discretionary multiplication sign'' @samp{\*} is read
14293the same as @samp{*}.
14294
14295@ifnottex
14296The @TeX{} version of this manual includes some printed examples at the
14297end of this section.
14298@end ifnottex
14299@iftex
14300Here are some examples of how various Calc formulas are formatted in @TeX{}:
14301
14302@example
14303@group
14304sin(a^2 / b_i)
14305\sin\left( {a^2 \over b_i} \right)
14306@end group
14307@end example
14308@tex
14309$$ \sin\left( a^2 \over b_i \right) $$
14310@end tex
14311@sp 1
14312
14313@example
14314@group
14315[(3, 4), 3:4, 3 +/- 4, [3 .. inf)]
14316[3 + 4i, @{3 \over 4@}, 3 \pm 4, [3 \ldots \infty)]
14317@end group
14318@end example
14319@tex
14320\turnoffactive
14321$$ [3 + 4i, {3 \over 4}, 3 \pm 4, [ 3 \ldots \infty)] $$
14322@end tex
14323@sp 1
14324
14325@example
14326@group
14327[abs(a), abs(a / b), floor(a), ceil(a / b)]
14328[|a|, \left| a \over b \right|,
14329 \lfloor a \rfloor, \left\lceil a \over b \right\rceil]
14330@end group
14331@end example
14332@tex
14333$$ [|a|, \left| a \over b \right|,
14334 \lfloor a \rfloor, \left\lceil a \over b \right\rceil] $$
14335@end tex
14336@sp 1
14337
14338@example
14339@group
14340[sin(a), sin(2 a), sin(2 + a), sin(a / b)]
14341[\sin@{a@}, \sin@{2 a@}, \sin(2 + a),
14342 \sin\left( @{a \over b@} \right)]
14343@end group
14344@end example
14345@tex
14346\turnoffactive
14347$$ [\sin{a}, \sin{2 a}, \sin(2 + a), \sin\left( {a \over b} \right)] $$
14348@end tex
14349@sp 2
14350
14351First with plain @kbd{d T}, then with @kbd{C-u d T}, then finally with
14352@kbd{C-u - d T} (using the example definition
14353@samp{\def\foo#1@{\tilde F(#1)@}}:
14354
14355@example
14356@group
14357[f(a), foo(bar), sin(pi)]
14358[f(a), foo(bar), \sin{\pi}]
14359[f(a), \hbox@{foo@}(\hbox@{bar@}), \sin@{\pi@}]
14360[f(a), \foo@{\hbox@{bar@}@}, \sin@{\pi@}]
14361@end group
14362@end example
14363@tex
14364$$ [f(a), foo(bar), \sin{\pi}] $$
14365$$ [f(a), \hbox{foo}(\hbox{bar}), \sin{\pi}] $$
14366$$ [f(a), \tilde F(\hbox{bar}), \sin{\pi}] $$
14367@end tex
14368@sp 2
14369
14370First with @samp{\def\evalto@{@}}, then with @samp{\def\evalto#1\to@{@}}:
14371
14372@example
14373@group
143742 + 3 => 5
14375\evalto 2 + 3 \to 5
14376@end group
14377@end example
14378@tex
14379\turnoffactive
14380$$ 2 + 3 \to 5 $$
14381$$ 5 $$
14382@end tex
14383@sp 2
14384
14385First with standard @code{\to}, then with @samp{\let\to\Rightarrow}:
14386
14387@example
14388@group
14389[2 + 3 => 5, a / 2 => (b + c) / 2]
14390[@{2 + 3 \to 5@}, @{@{a \over 2@} \to @{b + c \over 2@}@}]
14391@end group
14392@end example
14393@tex
14394\turnoffactive
14395$$ [{2 + 3 \to 5}, {{a \over 2} \to {b + c \over 2}}] $$
14396{\let\to\Rightarrow
14397$$ [{2 + 3 \to 5}, {{a \over 2} \to {b + c \over 2}}] $$}
14398@end tex
14399@sp 2
14400
14401Matrices normally, then changing @code{\matrix} to @code{\pmatrix}:
14402
14403@example
14404@group
14405[ [ a / b, 0 ], [ 0, 2^(x + 1) ] ]
14406\matrix@{ @{a \over b@} & 0 \\ 0 & 2^@{(x + 1)@} @}
14407\pmatrix@{ @{a \over b@} & 0 \\ 0 & 2^@{(x + 1)@} @}
14408@end group
14409@end example
14410@tex
14411\turnoffactive
14412$$ \matrix{ {a \over b} & 0 \cr 0 & 2^{(x + 1)} } $$
14413$$ \pmatrix{ {a \over b} & 0 \cr 0 & 2^{(x + 1)} } $$
14414@end tex
14415@sp 2
14416@end iftex
14417
702dbfd9 14418@node Eqn Language Mode, Yacas Language Mode, TeX and LaTeX Language Modes, Language Modes
4009494e
GM
14419@subsection Eqn Language Mode
14420
14421@noindent
14422@kindex d E
14423@pindex calc-eqn-language
14424@dfn{Eqn} is another popular formatter for math formulas. It is
14425designed for use with the TROFF text formatter, and comes standard
14426with many versions of Unix. The @kbd{d E} (@code{calc-eqn-language})
14427command selects @dfn{eqn} notation.
14428
14429The @dfn{eqn} language's main idiosyncrasy is that whitespace plays
14430a significant part in the parsing of the language. For example,
14431@samp{sqrt x+1 + y} treats @samp{x+1} as the argument of the
14432@code{sqrt} operator. @dfn{Eqn} also understands more conventional
14433grouping using curly braces: @samp{sqrt@{x+1@} + y}. Braces are
14434required only when the argument contains spaces.
14435
14436In Calc's @dfn{eqn} mode, however, curly braces are required to
14437delimit arguments of operators like @code{sqrt}. The first of the
14438above examples would treat only the @samp{x} as the argument of
14439@code{sqrt}, and in fact @samp{sin x+1} would be interpreted as
14440@samp{sin * x + 1}, because @code{sin} is not a special operator
14441in the @dfn{eqn} language. If you always surround the argument
14442with curly braces, Calc will never misunderstand.
14443
14444Calc also understands parentheses as grouping characters. Another
14445peculiarity of @dfn{eqn}'s syntax makes it advisable to separate
14446words with spaces from any surrounding characters that aren't curly
14447braces, so Calc writes @samp{sin ( x + y )} in @dfn{eqn} mode.
14448(The spaces around @code{sin} are important to make @dfn{eqn}
14449recognize that @code{sin} should be typeset in a roman font, and
14450the spaces around @code{x} and @code{y} are a good idea just in
14451case the @dfn{eqn} document has defined special meanings for these
14452names, too.)
14453
14454Powers and subscripts are written with the @code{sub} and @code{sup}
14455operators, respectively. Note that the caret symbol @samp{^} is
14456treated the same as a space in @dfn{eqn} mode, as is the @samp{~}
14457symbol (these are used to introduce spaces of various widths into
14458the typeset output of @dfn{eqn}).
14459
14460As in La@TeX{} mode, Calc's formatter omits parentheses around the
14461arguments of functions like @code{ln} and @code{sin} if they are
14462``simple-looking''; in this case Calc surrounds the argument with
14463braces, separated by a @samp{~} from the function name: @samp{sin~@{x@}}.
14464
14465Font change codes (like @samp{roman @var{x}}) and positioning codes
14466(like @samp{~} and @samp{down @var{n} @var{x}}) are ignored by the
14467@dfn{eqn} reader. Also ignored are the words @code{left}, @code{right},
14468@code{mark}, and @code{lineup}. Quotation marks in @dfn{eqn} mode input
14469are treated the same as curly braces: @samp{sqrt "1+x"} is equivalent to
14470@samp{sqrt @{1+x@}}; this is only an approximation to the true meaning
14471of quotes in @dfn{eqn}, but it is good enough for most uses.
14472
14473Accent codes (@samp{@var{x} dot}) are handled by treating them as
14474function calls (@samp{dot(@var{x})}) internally.
14475@xref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}, for a table of these accent
14476functions. The @code{prime} accent is treated specially if it occurs on
14477a variable or function name: @samp{f prime prime @w{( x prime )}} is
14478stored internally as @samp{f'@w{'}(x')}. For example, taking the
14479derivative of @samp{f(2 x)} with @kbd{a d x} will produce @samp{2 f'(2
14480x)}, which @dfn{eqn} mode will display as @samp{2 f prime ( 2 x )}.
14481
14482Assignments are written with the @samp{<-} (left-arrow) symbol,
14483and @code{evalto} operators are written with @samp{->} or
14484@samp{evalto ... ->} (@pxref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}, for a discussion
14485of this). The regular Calc symbols @samp{:=} and @samp{=>} are also
14486recognized for these operators during reading.
14487
14488Vectors in @dfn{eqn} mode use regular Calc square brackets, but
14489matrices are formatted as @samp{matrix @{ ccol @{ a above b @} ... @}}.
14490The words @code{lcol} and @code{rcol} are recognized as synonyms
14491for @code{ccol} during input, and are generated instead of @code{ccol}
14492if the matrix justification mode so specifies.
14493
702dbfd9
JB
14494@node Yacas Language Mode, Maxima Language Mode, Eqn Language Mode, Language Modes
14495@subsection Yacas Language Mode
14496
14497@noindent
14498@kindex d Y
14499@pindex calc-yacas-language
14500@cindex Yacas language
14501The @kbd{d Y} (@code{calc-yacas-language}) command selects the
14502conventions of Yacas, a free computer algebra system. While the
14503operators and functions in Yacas are similar to those of Calc, the names
14504of built-in functions in Yacas are capitalized. The Calc formula
14505@samp{sin(2 x)}, for example, is entered and displayed @samp{Sin(2 x)}
14506in Yacas mode, and `@samp{arcsin(x^2)} is @samp{ArcSin(x^2)} in Yacas
14507mode. Complex numbers are written are written @samp{3 + 4 I}.
14508The standard special constants are written @code{Pi}, @code{E},
14509@code{I}, @code{GoldenRatio} and @code{Gamma}. @code{Infinity}
14510represents both @code{inf} and @code{uinf}, and @code{Undefined}
14511represents @code{nan}.
14512
14513Certain operators on functions, such as @code{D} for differentiation
14514and @code{Integrate} for integration, take a prefix form in Yacas. For
14515example, the derivative of @w{@samp{e^x sin(x)}} can be computed with
14516@w{@samp{D(x) Exp(x)*Sin(x)}}.
14517
14518Other notable differences between Yacas and standard Calc expressions
14519are that vectors and matrices use curly braces in Yacas, and subscripts
14520use square brackets. If, for example, @samp{A} represents the list
14521@samp{@{a,2,c,4@}}, then @samp{A[3]} would equal @samp{c}.
14522
14523
14524@node Maxima Language Mode, Giac Language Mode, Yacas Language Mode, Language Modes
14525@subsection Maxima Language Mode
14526
14527@noindent
14528@kindex d X
14529@pindex calc-maxima-language
14530@cindex Maxima language
14531The @kbd{d X} (@code{calc-maxima-language}) command selects the
14532conventions of Maxima, another free computer algebra system. The
14533function names in Maxima are similar, but not always identical, to Calc.
14534For example, instead of @samp{arcsin(x)}, Maxima will use
14535@samp{asin(x)}. Complex numbers are written @samp{3 + 4 %i}. The
14536standard special constants are written @code{%pi}, @code{%e},
14537@code{%i}, @code{%phi} and @code{%gamma}. In Maxima, @code{inf} means
14538the same as in Calc, but @code{infinity} represents Calc's @code{uinf}.
14539
14540Underscores as well as percent signs are allowed in function and
14541variable names in Maxima mode. The underscore again is equivalent to
14542the @samp{#} in Normal mode, and the percent sign is equivalent to
14543@samp{o'o}.
14544
14545Maxima uses square brackets for lists and vectors, and matrices are
14546written as calls to the function @code{matrix}, given the row vectors of
14547the matrix as arguments. Square brackets are also used as subscripts.
14548
14549@node Giac Language Mode, Mathematica Language Mode, Maxima Language Mode, Language Modes
14550@subsection Giac Language Mode
14551
14552@noindent
14553@kindex d A
14554@pindex calc-giac-language
14555@cindex Giac language
14556The @kbd{d A} (@code{calc-giac-language}) command selects the
14557conventions of Giac, another free computer algebra system. The function
14558names in Giac are similar to Maxima. Complex numbers are written
14559@samp{3 + 4 i}. The standard special constants in Giac are the same as
14560in Calc, except that @code{infinity} represents both Calc's @code{inf}
14561and @code{uinf}.
14562
14563Underscores are allowed in function and variable names in Giac mode.
14564Brackets are used for subscripts. In Giac, indexing of lists begins at
145650, instead of 1 as in Calc. So if @samp{A} represents the list
14566@samp{[a,2,c,4]}, then @samp{A[2]} would equal @samp{c}. In general,
14567@samp{A[n]} in Giac mode corresponds to @samp{A_(n+1)} in Normal mode.
14568
14569The Giac interval notation @samp{2 .. 3} has no surrounding brackets;
14570Calc reads @samp{2 .. 3} as the closed interval @samp{[2 .. 3]} and
14571writes any kind of interval as @samp{2 .. 3}. This means you cannot see
14572the difference between an open and a closed interval while in Giac mode.
14573
14574@node Mathematica Language Mode, Maple Language Mode, Giac Language Mode, Language Modes
4009494e
GM
14575@subsection Mathematica Language Mode
14576
14577@noindent
14578@kindex d M
14579@pindex calc-mathematica-language
14580@cindex Mathematica language
14581The @kbd{d M} (@code{calc-mathematica-language}) command selects the
14582conventions of Mathematica. Notable differences in Mathematica mode
14583are that the names of built-in functions are capitalized, and function
14584calls use square brackets instead of parentheses. Thus the Calc
14585formula @samp{sin(2 x)} is entered and displayed @w{@samp{Sin[2 x]}} in
14586Mathematica mode.
14587
14588Vectors and matrices use curly braces in Mathematica. Complex numbers
14589are written @samp{3 + 4 I}. The standard special constants in Calc are
14590written @code{Pi}, @code{E}, @code{I}, @code{GoldenRatio}, @code{EulerGamma},
14591@code{Infinity}, @code{ComplexInfinity}, and @code{Indeterminate} in
14592Mathematica mode.
14593Non-decimal numbers are written, e.g., @samp{16^^7fff}. Floating-point
14594numbers in scientific notation are written @samp{1.23*10.^3}.
14595Subscripts use double square brackets: @samp{a[[i]]}.
14596
14597@node Maple Language Mode, Compositions, Mathematica Language Mode, Language Modes
14598@subsection Maple Language Mode
14599
14600@noindent
14601@kindex d W
14602@pindex calc-maple-language
14603@cindex Maple language
14604The @kbd{d W} (@code{calc-maple-language}) command selects the
14605conventions of Maple.
14606
14607Maple's language is much like C. Underscores are allowed in symbol
14608names; square brackets are used for subscripts; explicit @samp{*}s for
14609multiplications are required. Use either @samp{^} or @samp{**} to
14610denote powers.
14611
14612Maple uses square brackets for lists and curly braces for sets. Calc
14613interprets both notations as vectors, and displays vectors with square
14614brackets. This means Maple sets will be converted to lists when they
14615pass through Calc. As a special case, matrices are written as calls
14616to the function @code{matrix}, given a list of lists as the argument,
14617and can be read in this form or with all-capitals @code{MATRIX}.
14618
702dbfd9
JB
14619The Maple interval notation @samp{2 .. 3} is like Giac's interval
14620notation, and is handled the same by Calc.
4009494e
GM
14621
14622Maple writes complex numbers as @samp{3 + 4*I}. Its special constants
14623are @code{Pi}, @code{E}, @code{I}, and @code{infinity} (all three of
14624@code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan} display as @code{infinity}).
14625Floating-point numbers are written @samp{1.23*10.^3}.
14626
14627Among things not currently handled by Calc's Maple mode are the
14628various quote symbols, procedures and functional operators, and
14629inert (@samp{&}) operators.
14630
14631@node Compositions, Syntax Tables, Maple Language Mode, Language Modes
14632@subsection Compositions
14633
14634@noindent
14635@cindex Compositions
14636There are several @dfn{composition functions} which allow you to get
14637displays in a variety of formats similar to those in Big language
14638mode. Most of these functions do not evaluate to anything; they are
14639placeholders which are left in symbolic form by Calc's evaluator but
14640are recognized by Calc's display formatting routines.
14641
14642Two of these, @code{string} and @code{bstring}, are described elsewhere.
14643@xref{Strings}. For example, @samp{string("ABC")} is displayed as
14644@samp{ABC}. When viewed on the stack it will be indistinguishable from
14645the variable @code{ABC}, but internally it will be stored as
14646@samp{string([65, 66, 67])} and can still be manipulated this way; for
14647example, the selection and vector commands @kbd{j 1 v v j u} would
14648select the vector portion of this object and reverse the elements, then
14649deselect to reveal a string whose characters had been reversed.
14650
14651The composition functions do the same thing in all language modes
14652(although their components will of course be formatted in the current
14653language mode). The one exception is Unformatted mode (@kbd{d U}),
14654which does not give the composition functions any special treatment.
14655The functions are discussed here because of their relationship to
14656the language modes.
14657
14658@menu
14659* Composition Basics::
14660* Horizontal Compositions::
14661* Vertical Compositions::
14662* Other Compositions::
14663* Information about Compositions::
14664* User-Defined Compositions::
14665@end menu
14666
14667@node Composition Basics, Horizontal Compositions, Compositions, Compositions
14668@subsubsection Composition Basics
14669
14670@noindent
14671Compositions are generally formed by stacking formulas together
14672horizontally or vertically in various ways. Those formulas are
14673themselves compositions. @TeX{} users will find this analogous
14674to @TeX{}'s ``boxes.'' Each multi-line composition has a
14675@dfn{baseline}; horizontal compositions use the baselines to
14676decide how formulas should be positioned relative to one another.
14677For example, in the Big mode formula
14678
14679@example
14680@group
14681 2
14682 a + b
1468317 + ------
14684 c
14685@end group
14686@end example
14687
14688@noindent
14689the second term of the sum is four lines tall and has line three as
14690its baseline. Thus when the term is combined with 17, line three
14691is placed on the same level as the baseline of 17.
14692
14693@tex
14694\bigskip
14695@end tex
14696
14697Another important composition concept is @dfn{precedence}. This is
14698an integer that represents the binding strength of various operators.
14699For example, @samp{*} has higher precedence (195) than @samp{+} (180),
14700which means that @samp{(a * b) + c} will be formatted without the
14701parentheses, but @samp{a * (b + c)} will keep the parentheses.
14702
14703The operator table used by normal and Big language modes has the
14704following precedences:
14705
14706@example
0edd2970
JB
14707_ 1200 @r{(subscripts)}
14708% 1100 @r{(as in n}%@r{)}
14709! 1000 @r{(as in }!@r{n)}
4009494e
GM
14710mod 400
14711+/- 300
14712!! 210 @r{(as in n}!!@r{)}
14713! 210 @r{(as in n}!@r{)}
14714^ 200
0edd2970 14715- 197 @r{(as in }-@r{n)}
4009494e
GM
14716* 195 @r{(or implicit multiplication)}
14717/ % \ 190
14718+ - 180 @r{(as in a}+@r{b)}
14719| 170
14720< = 160 @r{(and other relations)}
14721&& 110
14722|| 100
14723? : 90
14724!!! 85
14725&&& 80
14726||| 75
14727:= 50
14728:: 45
14729=> 40
14730@end example
14731
14732The general rule is that if an operator with precedence @expr{n}
14733occurs as an argument to an operator with precedence @expr{m}, then
14734the argument is enclosed in parentheses if @expr{n < m}. Top-level
14735expressions and expressions which are function arguments, vector
14736components, etc., are formatted with precedence zero (so that they
14737normally never get additional parentheses).
14738
14739For binary left-associative operators like @samp{+}, the righthand
14740argument is actually formatted with one-higher precedence than shown
14741in the table. This makes sure @samp{(a + b) + c} omits the parentheses,
14742but the unnatural form @samp{a + (b + c)} keeps its parentheses.
14743Right-associative operators like @samp{^} format the lefthand argument
14744with one-higher precedence.
14745
14746@ignore
14747@starindex
14748@end ignore
14749@tindex cprec
14750The @code{cprec} function formats an expression with an arbitrary
14751precedence. For example, @samp{cprec(abc, 185)} will combine into
14752sums and products as follows: @samp{7 + abc}, @samp{7 (abc)} (because
14753this @code{cprec} form has higher precedence than addition, but lower
14754precedence than multiplication).
14755
14756@tex
14757\bigskip
14758@end tex
14759
14760A final composition issue is @dfn{line breaking}. Calc uses two
14761different strategies for ``flat'' and ``non-flat'' compositions.
14762A non-flat composition is anything that appears on multiple lines
14763(not counting line breaking). Examples would be matrices and Big
14764mode powers and quotients. Non-flat compositions are displayed
14765exactly as specified. If they come out wider than the current
14766window, you must use horizontal scrolling (@kbd{<} and @kbd{>}) to
14767view them.
14768
14769Flat compositions, on the other hand, will be broken across several
14770lines if they are too wide to fit the window. Certain points in a
14771composition are noted internally as @dfn{break points}. Calc's
14772general strategy is to fill each line as much as possible, then to
14773move down to the next line starting at the first break point that
14774didn't fit. However, the line breaker understands the hierarchical
14775structure of formulas. It will not break an ``inner'' formula if
14776it can use an earlier break point from an ``outer'' formula instead.
14777For example, a vector of sums might be formatted as:
14778
14779@example
14780@group
14781[ a + b + c, d + e + f,
14782 g + h + i, j + k + l, m ]
14783@end group
14784@end example
14785
14786@noindent
14787If the @samp{m} can fit, then so, it seems, could the @samp{g}.
14788But Calc prefers to break at the comma since the comma is part
14789of a ``more outer'' formula. Calc would break at a plus sign
14790only if it had to, say, if the very first sum in the vector had
14791itself been too large to fit.
14792
14793Of the composition functions described below, only @code{choriz}
14794generates break points. The @code{bstring} function (@pxref{Strings})
14795also generates breakable items: A break point is added after every
14796space (or group of spaces) except for spaces at the very beginning or
14797end of the string.
14798
14799Composition functions themselves count as levels in the formula
14800hierarchy, so a @code{choriz} that is a component of a larger
14801@code{choriz} will be less likely to be broken. As a special case,
14802if a @code{bstring} occurs as a component of a @code{choriz} or
14803@code{choriz}-like object (such as a vector or a list of arguments
14804in a function call), then the break points in that @code{bstring}
14805will be on the same level as the break points of the surrounding
14806object.
14807
14808@node Horizontal Compositions, Vertical Compositions, Composition Basics, Compositions
14809@subsubsection Horizontal Compositions
14810
14811@noindent
14812@ignore
14813@starindex
14814@end ignore
14815@tindex choriz
14816The @code{choriz} function takes a vector of objects and composes
14817them horizontally. For example, @samp{choriz([17, a b/c, d])} formats
14818as @w{@samp{17a b / cd}} in Normal language mode, or as
14819
14820@example
14821@group
14822 a b
1482317---d
14824 c
14825@end group
14826@end example
14827
14828@noindent
14829in Big language mode. This is actually one case of the general
14830function @samp{choriz(@var{vec}, @var{sep}, @var{prec})}, where
14831either or both of @var{sep} and @var{prec} may be omitted.
14832@var{Prec} gives the @dfn{precedence} to use when formatting
14833each of the components of @var{vec}. The default precedence is
14834the precedence from the surrounding environment.
14835
14836@var{Sep} is a string (i.e., a vector of character codes as might
14837be entered with @code{" "} notation) which should separate components
14838of the composition. Also, if @var{sep} is given, the line breaker
14839will allow lines to be broken after each occurrence of @var{sep}.
14840If @var{sep} is omitted, the composition will not be breakable
14841(unless any of its component compositions are breakable).
14842
14843For example, @samp{2 choriz([a, b c, d = e], " + ", 180)} is
14844formatted as @samp{2 a + b c + (d = e)}. To get the @code{choriz}
14845to have precedence 180 ``outwards'' as well as ``inwards,''
14846enclose it in a @code{cprec} form: @samp{2 cprec(choriz(...), 180)}
14847formats as @samp{2 (a + b c + (d = e))}.
14848
14849The baseline of a horizontal composition is the same as the
14850baselines of the component compositions, which are all aligned.
14851
14852@node Vertical Compositions, Other Compositions, Horizontal Compositions, Compositions
14853@subsubsection Vertical Compositions
14854
14855@noindent
14856@ignore
14857@starindex
14858@end ignore
14859@tindex cvert
14860The @code{cvert} function makes a vertical composition. Each
14861component of the vector is centered in a column. The baseline of
14862the result is by default the top line of the resulting composition.
14863For example, @samp{f(cvert([a, bb, ccc]), cvert([a^2 + 1, b^2]))}
14864formats in Big mode as
14865
14866@example
14867@group
14868f( a , 2 )
14869 bb a + 1
14870 ccc 2
14871 b
14872@end group
14873@end example
14874
14875@ignore
14876@starindex
14877@end ignore
14878@tindex cbase
14879There are several special composition functions that work only as
14880components of a vertical composition. The @code{cbase} function
14881controls the baseline of the vertical composition; the baseline
14882will be the same as the baseline of whatever component is enclosed
14883in @code{cbase}. Thus @samp{f(cvert([a, cbase(bb), ccc]),
14884cvert([a^2 + 1, cbase(b^2)]))} displays as
14885
14886@example
14887@group
14888 2
14889 a + 1
14890 a 2
14891f(bb , b )
14892 ccc
14893@end group
14894@end example
14895
14896@ignore
14897@starindex
14898@end ignore
14899@tindex ctbase
14900@ignore
14901@starindex
14902@end ignore
14903@tindex cbbase
14904There are also @code{ctbase} and @code{cbbase} functions which
14905make the baseline of the vertical composition equal to the top
14906or bottom line (rather than the baseline) of that component.
14907Thus @samp{cvert([cbase(a / b)]) + cvert([ctbase(a / b)]) +
14908cvert([cbbase(a / b)])} gives
14909
14910@example
14911@group
14912 a
14913a -
14914- + a + b
14915b -
14916 b
14917@end group
14918@end example
14919
14920There should be only one @code{cbase}, @code{ctbase}, or @code{cbbase}
14921function in a given vertical composition. These functions can also
14922be written with no arguments: @samp{ctbase()} is a zero-height object
14923which means the baseline is the top line of the following item, and
14924@samp{cbbase()} means the baseline is the bottom line of the preceding
14925item.
14926
14927@ignore
14928@starindex
14929@end ignore
14930@tindex crule
14931The @code{crule} function builds a ``rule,'' or horizontal line,
14932across a vertical composition. By itself @samp{crule()} uses @samp{-}
14933characters to build the rule. You can specify any other character,
14934e.g., @samp{crule("=")}. The argument must be a character code or
14935vector of exactly one character code. It is repeated to match the
14936width of the widest item in the stack. For example, a quotient
14937with a thick line is @samp{cvert([a + 1, cbase(crule("=")), b^2])}:
14938
14939@example
14940@group
14941a + 1
14942=====
14943 2
14944 b
14945@end group
14946@end example
14947
14948@ignore
14949@starindex
14950@end ignore
14951@tindex clvert
14952@ignore
14953@starindex
14954@end ignore
14955@tindex crvert
14956Finally, the functions @code{clvert} and @code{crvert} act exactly
14957like @code{cvert} except that the items are left- or right-justified
14958in the stack. Thus @samp{clvert([a, bb, ccc]) + crvert([a, bb, ccc])}
14959gives:
14960
14961@example
14962@group
14963a + a
14964bb bb
14965ccc ccc
14966@end group
14967@end example
14968
14969Like @code{choriz}, the vertical compositions accept a second argument
14970which gives the precedence to use when formatting the components.
14971Vertical compositions do not support separator strings.
14972
14973@node Other Compositions, Information about Compositions, Vertical Compositions, Compositions
14974@subsubsection Other Compositions
14975
14976@noindent
14977@ignore
14978@starindex
14979@end ignore
14980@tindex csup
14981The @code{csup} function builds a superscripted expression. For
14982example, @samp{csup(a, b)} looks the same as @samp{a^b} does in Big
14983language mode. This is essentially a horizontal composition of
14984@samp{a} and @samp{b}, where @samp{b} is shifted up so that its
14985bottom line is one above the baseline.
14986
14987@ignore
14988@starindex
14989@end ignore
14990@tindex csub
14991Likewise, the @code{csub} function builds a subscripted expression.
14992This shifts @samp{b} down so that its top line is one below the
14993bottom line of @samp{a} (note that this is not quite analogous to
14994@code{csup}). Other arrangements can be obtained by using
14995@code{choriz} and @code{cvert} directly.
14996
14997@ignore
14998@starindex
14999@end ignore
15000@tindex cflat
15001The @code{cflat} function formats its argument in ``flat'' mode,
15002as obtained by @samp{d O}, if the current language mode is normal
15003or Big. It has no effect in other language modes. For example,
15004@samp{a^(b/c)} is formatted by Big mode like @samp{csup(a, cflat(b/c))}
15005to improve its readability.
15006
15007@ignore
15008@starindex
15009@end ignore
15010@tindex cspace
15011The @code{cspace} function creates horizontal space. For example,
15012@samp{cspace(4)} is effectively the same as @samp{string(" ")}.
15013A second string (i.e., vector of characters) argument is repeated
15014instead of the space character. For example, @samp{cspace(4, "ab")}
15015looks like @samp{abababab}. If the second argument is not a string,
15016it is formatted in the normal way and then several copies of that
15017are composed together: @samp{cspace(4, a^2)} yields
15018
15019@example
15020@group
15021 2 2 2 2
15022a a a a
15023@end group
15024@end example
15025
15026@noindent
15027If the number argument is zero, this is a zero-width object.
15028
15029@ignore
15030@starindex
15031@end ignore
15032@tindex cvspace
15033The @code{cvspace} function creates vertical space, or a vertical
15034stack of copies of a certain string or formatted object. The
15035baseline is the center line of the resulting stack. A numerical
15036argument of zero will produce an object which contributes zero
15037height if used in a vertical composition.
15038
15039@ignore
15040@starindex
15041@end ignore
15042@tindex ctspace
15043@ignore
15044@starindex
15045@end ignore
15046@tindex cbspace
15047There are also @code{ctspace} and @code{cbspace} functions which
15048create vertical space with the baseline the same as the baseline
15049of the top or bottom copy, respectively, of the second argument.
15050Thus @samp{cvspace(2, a/b) + ctspace(2, a/b) + cbspace(2, a/b)}
15051displays as:
15052
15053@example
15054@group
15055 a
15056 -
15057a b
15058- a a
15059b + - + -
15060a b b
15061- a
15062b -
15063 b
15064@end group
15065@end example
15066
15067@node Information about Compositions, User-Defined Compositions, Other Compositions, Compositions
15068@subsubsection Information about Compositions
15069
15070@noindent
15071The functions in this section are actual functions; they compose their
15072arguments according to the current language and other display modes,
15073then return a certain measurement of the composition as an integer.
15074
15075@ignore
15076@starindex
15077@end ignore
15078@tindex cwidth
15079The @code{cwidth} function measures the width, in characters, of a
15080composition. For example, @samp{cwidth(a + b)} is 5, and
15081@samp{cwidth(a / b)} is 5 in Normal mode, 1 in Big mode, and 11 in
15082@TeX{} mode (for @samp{@{a \over b@}}). The argument may involve
15083the composition functions described in this section.
15084
15085@ignore
15086@starindex
15087@end ignore
15088@tindex cheight
15089The @code{cheight} function measures the height of a composition.
15090This is the total number of lines in the argument's printed form.
15091
15092@ignore
15093@starindex
15094@end ignore
15095@tindex cascent
15096@ignore
15097@starindex
15098@end ignore
15099@tindex cdescent
15100The functions @code{cascent} and @code{cdescent} measure the amount
15101of the height that is above (and including) the baseline, or below
15102the baseline, respectively. Thus @samp{cascent(@var{x}) + cdescent(@var{x})}
15103always equals @samp{cheight(@var{x})}. For a one-line formula like
15104@samp{a + b}, @code{cascent} returns 1 and @code{cdescent} returns 0.
15105For @samp{a / b} in Big mode, @code{cascent} returns 2 and @code{cdescent}
15106returns 1. The only formula for which @code{cascent} will return zero
15107is @samp{cvspace(0)} or equivalents.
15108
15109@node User-Defined Compositions, , Information about Compositions, Compositions
15110@subsubsection User-Defined Compositions
15111
15112@noindent
15113@kindex Z C
15114@pindex calc-user-define-composition
15115The @kbd{Z C} (@code{calc-user-define-composition}) command lets you
15116define the display format for any algebraic function. You provide a
15117formula containing a certain number of argument variables on the stack.
15118Any time Calc formats a call to the specified function in the current
15119language mode and with that number of arguments, Calc effectively
15120replaces the function call with that formula with the arguments
15121replaced.
15122
15123Calc builds the default argument list by sorting all the variable names
15124that appear in the formula into alphabetical order. You can edit this
15125argument list before pressing @key{RET} if you wish. Any variables in
15126the formula that do not appear in the argument list will be displayed
15127literally; any arguments that do not appear in the formula will not
15128affect the display at all.
15129
15130You can define formats for built-in functions, for functions you have
15131defined with @kbd{Z F} (@pxref{Algebraic Definitions}), or for functions
15132which have no definitions but are being used as purely syntactic objects.
15133You can define different formats for each language mode, and for each
15134number of arguments, using a succession of @kbd{Z C} commands. When
15135Calc formats a function call, it first searches for a format defined
15136for the current language mode (and number of arguments); if there is
15137none, it uses the format defined for the Normal language mode. If
15138neither format exists, Calc uses its built-in standard format for that
15139function (usually just @samp{@var{func}(@var{args})}).
15140
15141If you execute @kbd{Z C} with the number 0 on the stack instead of a
15142formula, any defined formats for the function in the current language
15143mode will be removed. The function will revert to its standard format.
15144
15145For example, the default format for the binomial coefficient function
15146@samp{choose(n, m)} in the Big language mode is
15147
15148@example
15149@group
15150 n
15151( )
15152 m
15153@end group
15154@end example
15155
15156@noindent
15157You might prefer the notation,
15158
15159@example
15160@group
15161 C
15162n m
15163@end group
15164@end example
15165
15166@noindent
15167To define this notation, first make sure you are in Big mode,
15168then put the formula
15169
15170@smallexample
15171choriz([cvert([cvspace(1), n]), C, cvert([cvspace(1), m])])
15172@end smallexample
15173
15174@noindent
15175on the stack and type @kbd{Z C}. Answer the first prompt with
15176@code{choose}. The second prompt will be the default argument list
15177of @samp{(C m n)}. Edit this list to be @samp{(n m)} and press
15178@key{RET}. Now, try it out: For example, turn simplification
15179off with @kbd{m O} and enter @samp{choose(a,b) + choose(7,3)}
15180as an algebraic entry.
15181
15182@example
15183@group
15184 C + C
15185a b 7 3
15186@end group
15187@end example
15188
15189As another example, let's define the usual notation for Stirling
15190numbers of the first kind, @samp{stir1(n, m)}. This is just like
15191the regular format for binomial coefficients but with square brackets
15192instead of parentheses.
15193
15194@smallexample
15195choriz([string("["), cvert([n, cbase(cvspace(1)), m]), string("]")])
15196@end smallexample
15197
15198Now type @kbd{Z C stir1 @key{RET}}, edit the argument list to
15199@samp{(n m)}, and type @key{RET}.
15200
15201The formula provided to @kbd{Z C} usually will involve composition
15202functions, but it doesn't have to. Putting the formula @samp{a + b + c}
15203onto the stack and typing @kbd{Z C foo @key{RET} @key{RET}} would define
15204the function @samp{foo(x,y,z)} to display like @samp{x + y + z}.
15205This ``sum'' will act exactly like a real sum for all formatting
15206purposes (it will be parenthesized the same, and so on). However
15207it will be computationally unrelated to a sum. For example, the
15208formula @samp{2 * foo(1, 2, 3)} will display as @samp{2 (1 + 2 + 3)}.
15209Operator precedences have caused the ``sum'' to be written in
15210parentheses, but the arguments have not actually been summed.
15211(Generally a display format like this would be undesirable, since
15212it can easily be confused with a real sum.)
15213
15214The special function @code{eval} can be used inside a @kbd{Z C}
15215composition formula to cause all or part of the formula to be
15216evaluated at display time. For example, if the formula is
15217@samp{a + eval(b + c)}, then @samp{foo(1, 2, 3)} will be displayed
15218as @samp{1 + 5}. Evaluation will use the default simplifications,
15219regardless of the current simplification mode. There are also
15220@code{evalsimp} and @code{evalextsimp} which simplify as if by
15221@kbd{a s} and @kbd{a e} (respectively). Note that these ``functions''
15222operate only in the context of composition formulas (and also in
15223rewrite rules, where they serve a similar purpose; @pxref{Rewrite
15224Rules}). On the stack, a call to @code{eval} will be left in
15225symbolic form.
15226
15227It is not a good idea to use @code{eval} except as a last resort.
15228It can cause the display of formulas to be extremely slow. For
15229example, while @samp{eval(a + b)} might seem quite fast and simple,
15230there are several situations where it could be slow. For example,
15231@samp{a} and/or @samp{b} could be polar complex numbers, in which
15232case doing the sum requires trigonometry. Or, @samp{a} could be
15233the factorial @samp{fact(100)} which is unevaluated because you
15234have typed @kbd{m O}; @code{eval} will evaluate it anyway to
15235produce a large, unwieldy integer.
15236
15237You can save your display formats permanently using the @kbd{Z P}
15238command (@pxref{Creating User Keys}).
15239
15240@node Syntax Tables, , Compositions, Language Modes
15241@subsection Syntax Tables
15242
15243@noindent
15244@cindex Syntax tables
15245@cindex Parsing formulas, customized
15246Syntax tables do for input what compositions do for output: They
15247allow you to teach custom notations to Calc's formula parser.
15248Calc keeps a separate syntax table for each language mode.
15249
15250(Note that the Calc ``syntax tables'' discussed here are completely
15251unrelated to the syntax tables described in the Emacs manual.)
15252
15253@kindex Z S
15254@pindex calc-edit-user-syntax
15255The @kbd{Z S} (@code{calc-edit-user-syntax}) command edits the
15256syntax table for the current language mode. If you want your
15257syntax to work in any language, define it in the Normal language
15258mode. Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing the syntax table, or
15259@kbd{C-x k} to cancel the edit. The @kbd{m m} command saves all
15260the syntax tables along with the other mode settings;
15261@pxref{General Mode Commands}.
15262
15263@menu
15264* Syntax Table Basics::
15265* Precedence in Syntax Tables::
15266* Advanced Syntax Patterns::
15267* Conditional Syntax Rules::
15268@end menu
15269
15270@node Syntax Table Basics, Precedence in Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables
15271@subsubsection Syntax Table Basics
15272
15273@noindent
15274@dfn{Parsing} is the process of converting a raw string of characters,
15275such as you would type in during algebraic entry, into a Calc formula.
15276Calc's parser works in two stages. First, the input is broken down
15277into @dfn{tokens}, such as words, numbers, and punctuation symbols
15278like @samp{+}, @samp{:=}, and @samp{+/-}. Space between tokens is
15279ignored (except when it serves to separate adjacent words). Next,
15280the parser matches this string of tokens against various built-in
15281syntactic patterns, such as ``an expression followed by @samp{+}
15282followed by another expression'' or ``a name followed by @samp{(},
15283zero or more expressions separated by commas, and @samp{)}.''
15284
15285A @dfn{syntax table} is a list of user-defined @dfn{syntax rules},
15286which allow you to specify new patterns to define your own
15287favorite input notations. Calc's parser always checks the syntax
15288table for the current language mode, then the table for the Normal
15289language mode, before it uses its built-in rules to parse an
15290algebraic formula you have entered. Each syntax rule should go on
15291its own line; it consists of a @dfn{pattern}, a @samp{:=} symbol,
15292and a Calc formula with an optional @dfn{condition}. (Syntax rules
15293resemble algebraic rewrite rules, but the notation for patterns is
15294completely different.)
15295
15296A syntax pattern is a list of tokens, separated by spaces.
15297Except for a few special symbols, tokens in syntax patterns are
15298matched literally, from left to right. For example, the rule,
15299
15300@example
15301foo ( ) := 2+3
15302@end example
15303
15304@noindent
15305would cause Calc to parse the formula @samp{4+foo()*5} as if it
15306were @samp{4+(2+3)*5}. Notice that the parentheses were written
15307as two separate tokens in the rule. As a result, the rule works
15308for both @samp{foo()} and @w{@samp{foo ( )}}. If we had written
15309the rule as @samp{foo () := 2+3}, then Calc would treat @samp{()}
15310as a single, indivisible token, so that @w{@samp{foo( )}} would
15311not be recognized by the rule. (It would be parsed as a regular
15312zero-argument function call instead.) In fact, this rule would
15313also make trouble for the rest of Calc's parser: An unrelated
15314formula like @samp{bar()} would now be tokenized into @samp{bar ()}
15315instead of @samp{bar ( )}, so that the standard parser for function
15316calls would no longer recognize it!
15317
15318While it is possible to make a token with a mixture of letters
15319and punctuation symbols, this is not recommended. It is better to
15320break it into several tokens, as we did with @samp{foo()} above.
15321
15322The symbol @samp{#} in a syntax pattern matches any Calc expression.
15323On the righthand side, the things that matched the @samp{#}s can
15324be referred to as @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, and so on (where @samp{#1}
15325matches the leftmost @samp{#} in the pattern). For example, these
15326rules match a user-defined function, prefix operator, infix operator,
15327and postfix operator, respectively:
15328
15329@example
15330foo ( # ) := myfunc(#1)
15331foo # := myprefix(#1)
15332# foo # := myinfix(#1,#2)
15333# foo := mypostfix(#1)
15334@end example
15335
15336Thus @samp{foo(3)} will parse as @samp{myfunc(3)}, and @samp{2+3 foo}
15337will parse as @samp{mypostfix(2+3)}.
15338
15339It is important to write the first two rules in the order shown,
15340because Calc tries rules in order from first to last. If the
15341pattern @samp{foo #} came first, it would match anything that could
15342match the @samp{foo ( # )} rule, since an expression in parentheses
15343is itself a valid expression. Thus the @w{@samp{foo ( # )}} rule would
15344never get to match anything. Likewise, the last two rules must be
15345written in the order shown or else @samp{3 foo 4} will be parsed as
15346@samp{mypostfix(3) * 4}. (Of course, the best way to avoid these
15347ambiguities is not to use the same symbol in more than one way at
15348the same time! In case you're not convinced, try the following
15349exercise: How will the above rules parse the input @samp{foo(3,4)},
15350if at all? Work it out for yourself, then try it in Calc and see.)
15351
15352Calc is quite flexible about what sorts of patterns are allowed.
15353The only rule is that every pattern must begin with a literal
15354token (like @samp{foo} in the first two patterns above), or with
15355a @samp{#} followed by a literal token (as in the last two
15356patterns). After that, any mixture is allowed, although putting
15357two @samp{#}s in a row will not be very useful since two
15358expressions with nothing between them will be parsed as one
15359expression that uses implicit multiplication.
15360
15361As a more practical example, Maple uses the notation
15362@samp{sum(a(i), i=1..10)} for sums, which Calc's Maple mode doesn't
15363recognize at present. To handle this syntax, we simply add the
15364rule,
15365
15366@example
15367sum ( # , # = # .. # ) := sum(#1,#2,#3,#4)
15368@end example
15369
15370@noindent
15371to the Maple mode syntax table. As another example, C mode can't
15372read assignment operators like @samp{++} and @samp{*=}. We can
15373define these operators quite easily:
15374
15375@example
15376# *= # := muleq(#1,#2)
15377# ++ := postinc(#1)
15378++ # := preinc(#1)
15379@end example
15380
15381@noindent
15382To complete the job, we would use corresponding composition functions
15383and @kbd{Z C} to cause these functions to display in their respective
15384Maple and C notations. (Note that the C example ignores issues of
15385operator precedence, which are discussed in the next section.)
15386
15387You can enclose any token in quotes to prevent its usual
15388interpretation in syntax patterns:
15389
15390@example
15391# ":=" # := becomes(#1,#2)
15392@end example
15393
15394Quotes also allow you to include spaces in a token, although once
15395again it is generally better to use two tokens than one token with
15396an embedded space. To include an actual quotation mark in a quoted
15397token, precede it with a backslash. (This also works to include
15398backslashes in tokens.)
15399
15400@example
15401# "bad token" # "/\"\\" # := silly(#1,#2,#3)
15402@end example
15403
15404@noindent
15405This will parse @samp{3 bad token 4 /"\ 5} to @samp{silly(3,4,5)}.
15406
15407The token @kbd{#} has a predefined meaning in Calc's formula parser;
15408it is not valid to use @samp{"#"} in a syntax rule. However, longer
15409tokens that include the @samp{#} character are allowed. Also, while
15410@samp{"$"} and @samp{"\""} are allowed as tokens, their presence in
15411the syntax table will prevent those characters from working in their
15412usual ways (referring to stack entries and quoting strings,
15413respectively).
15414
15415Finally, the notation @samp{%%} anywhere in a syntax table causes
15416the rest of the line to be ignored as a comment.
15417
15418@node Precedence in Syntax Tables, Advanced Syntax Patterns, Syntax Table Basics, Syntax Tables
15419@subsubsection Precedence
15420
15421@noindent
15422Different operators are generally assigned different @dfn{precedences}.
15423By default, an operator defined by a rule like
15424
15425@example
15426# foo # := foo(#1,#2)
15427@end example
15428
15429@noindent
15430will have an extremely low precedence, so that @samp{2*3+4 foo 5 == 6}
15431will be parsed as @samp{(2*3+4) foo (5 == 6)}. To change the
15432precedence of an operator, use the notation @samp{#/@var{p}} in
15433place of @samp{#}, where @var{p} is an integer precedence level.
15434For example, 185 lies between the precedences for @samp{+} and
15435@samp{*}, so if we change this rule to
15436
15437@example
15438#/185 foo #/186 := foo(#1,#2)
15439@end example
15440
15441@noindent
15442then @samp{2+3 foo 4*5} will be parsed as @samp{2+(3 foo (4*5))}.
15443Also, because we've given the righthand expression slightly higher
15444precedence, our new operator will be left-associative:
15445@samp{1 foo 2 foo 3} will be parsed as @samp{(1 foo 2) foo 3}.
15446By raising the precedence of the lefthand expression instead, we
15447can create a right-associative operator.
15448
15449@xref{Composition Basics}, for a table of precedences of the
15450standard Calc operators. For the precedences of operators in other
15451language modes, look in the Calc source file @file{calc-lang.el}.
15452
15453@node Advanced Syntax Patterns, Conditional Syntax Rules, Precedence in Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables
15454@subsubsection Advanced Syntax Patterns
15455
15456@noindent
15457To match a function with a variable number of arguments, you could
15458write
15459
15460@example
15461foo ( # ) := myfunc(#1)
15462foo ( # , # ) := myfunc(#1,#2)
15463foo ( # , # , # ) := myfunc(#1,#2,#3)
15464@end example
15465
15466@noindent
15467but this isn't very elegant. To match variable numbers of items,
15468Calc uses some notations inspired regular expressions and the
15469``extended BNF'' style used by some language designers.
15470
15471@example
15472foo ( @{ # @}*, ) := apply(myfunc,#1)
15473@end example
15474
15475The token @samp{@{} introduces a repeated or optional portion.
15476One of the three tokens @samp{@}*}, @samp{@}+}, or @samp{@}?}
15477ends the portion. These will match zero or more, one or more,
15478or zero or one copies of the enclosed pattern, respectively.
15479In addition, @samp{@}*} and @samp{@}+} can be followed by a
15480separator token (with no space in between, as shown above).
15481Thus @samp{@{ # @}*,} matches nothing, or one expression, or
15482several expressions separated by commas.
15483
15484A complete @samp{@{ ... @}} item matches as a vector of the
15485items that matched inside it. For example, the above rule will
15486match @samp{foo(1,2,3)} to get @samp{apply(myfunc,[1,2,3])}.
15487The Calc @code{apply} function takes a function name and a vector
15488of arguments and builds a call to the function with those
15489arguments, so the net result is the formula @samp{myfunc(1,2,3)}.
15490
15491If the body of a @samp{@{ ... @}} contains several @samp{#}s
15492(or nested @samp{@{ ... @}} constructs), then the items will be
15493strung together into the resulting vector. If the body
15494does not contain anything but literal tokens, the result will
15495always be an empty vector.
15496
15497@example
15498foo ( @{ # , # @}+, ) := bar(#1)
15499foo ( @{ @{ # @}*, @}*; ) := matrix(#1)
15500@end example
15501
15502@noindent
15503will parse @samp{foo(1, 2, 3, 4)} as @samp{bar([1, 2, 3, 4])}, and
15504@samp{foo(1, 2; 3, 4)} as @samp{matrix([[1, 2], [3, 4]])}. Also, after
15505some thought it's easy to see how this pair of rules will parse
15506@samp{foo(1, 2, 3)} as @samp{matrix([[1, 2, 3]])}, since the first
15507rule will only match an even number of arguments. The rule
15508
15509@example
15510foo ( # @{ , # , # @}? ) := bar(#1,#2)
15511@end example
15512
15513@noindent
15514will parse @samp{foo(2,3,4)} as @samp{bar(2,[3,4])}, and
15515@samp{foo(2)} as @samp{bar(2,[])}.
15516
15517The notation @samp{@{ ... @}?.} (note the trailing period) works
15518just the same as regular @samp{@{ ... @}?}, except that it does not
15519count as an argument; the following two rules are equivalent:
15520
15521@example
15522foo ( # , @{ also @}? # ) := bar(#1,#3)
15523foo ( # , @{ also @}?. # ) := bar(#1,#2)
15524@end example
15525
15526@noindent
15527Note that in the first case the optional text counts as @samp{#2},
15528which will always be an empty vector, but in the second case no
15529empty vector is produced.
15530
15531Another variant is @samp{@{ ... @}?$}, which means the body is
15532optional only at the end of the input formula. All built-in syntax
15533rules in Calc use this for closing delimiters, so that during
15534algebraic entry you can type @kbd{[sqrt(2), sqrt(3 @key{RET}}, omitting
15535the closing parenthesis and bracket. Calc does this automatically
15536for trailing @samp{)}, @samp{]}, and @samp{>} tokens in syntax
15537rules, but you can use @samp{@{ ... @}?$} explicitly to get
15538this effect with any token (such as @samp{"@}"} or @samp{end}).
15539Like @samp{@{ ... @}?.}, this notation does not count as an
15540argument. Conversely, you can use quotes, as in @samp{")"}, to
15541prevent a closing-delimiter token from being automatically treated
15542as optional.
15543
15544Calc's parser does not have full backtracking, which means some
15545patterns will not work as you might expect:
15546
15547@example
15548foo ( @{ # , @}? # , # ) := bar(#1,#2,#3)
15549@end example
15550
15551@noindent
15552Here we are trying to make the first argument optional, so that
15553@samp{foo(2,3)} parses as @samp{bar([],2,3)}. Unfortunately, Calc
15554first tries to match @samp{2,} against the optional part of the
15555pattern, finds a match, and so goes ahead to match the rest of the
15556pattern. Later on it will fail to match the second comma, but it
15557doesn't know how to go back and try the other alternative at that
15558point. One way to get around this would be to use two rules:
15559
15560@example
15561foo ( # , # , # ) := bar([#1],#2,#3)
15562foo ( # , # ) := bar([],#1,#2)
15563@end example
15564
15565More precisely, when Calc wants to match an optional or repeated
15566part of a pattern, it scans forward attempting to match that part.
15567If it reaches the end of the optional part without failing, it
15568``finalizes'' its choice and proceeds. If it fails, though, it
15569backs up and tries the other alternative. Thus Calc has ``partial''
15570backtracking. A fully backtracking parser would go on to make sure
15571the rest of the pattern matched before finalizing the choice.
15572
15573@node Conditional Syntax Rules, , Advanced Syntax Patterns, Syntax Tables
15574@subsubsection Conditional Syntax Rules
15575
15576@noindent
15577It is possible to attach a @dfn{condition} to a syntax rule. For
15578example, the rules
15579
15580@example
15581foo ( # ) := ifoo(#1) :: integer(#1)
15582foo ( # ) := gfoo(#1)
15583@end example
15584
15585@noindent
15586will parse @samp{foo(3)} as @samp{ifoo(3)}, but will parse
15587@samp{foo(3.5)} and @samp{foo(x)} as calls to @code{gfoo}. Any
15588number of conditions may be attached; all must be true for the
15589rule to succeed. A condition is ``true'' if it evaluates to a
15590nonzero number. @xref{Logical Operations}, for a list of Calc
15591functions like @code{integer} that perform logical tests.
15592
15593The exact sequence of events is as follows: When Calc tries a
15594rule, it first matches the pattern as usual. It then substitutes
15595@samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, etc., in the conditions, if any. Next, the
15596conditions are simplified and evaluated in order from left to right,
15597as if by the @w{@kbd{a s}} algebra command (@pxref{Simplifying Formulas}).
15598Each result is true if it is a nonzero number, or an expression
15599that can be proven to be nonzero (@pxref{Declarations}). If the
15600results of all conditions are true, the expression (such as
15601@samp{ifoo(#1)}) has its @samp{#}s substituted, and that is the
15602result of the parse. If the result of any condition is false, Calc
15603goes on to try the next rule in the syntax table.
15604
15605Syntax rules also support @code{let} conditions, which operate in
15606exactly the same way as they do in algebraic rewrite rules.
15607@xref{Other Features of Rewrite Rules}, for details. A @code{let}
15608condition is always true, but as a side effect it defines a
15609variable which can be used in later conditions, and also in the
15610expression after the @samp{:=} sign:
15611
15612@example
15613foo ( # ) := hifoo(x) :: let(x := #1 + 0.5) :: dnumint(x)
15614@end example
15615
15616@noindent
15617The @code{dnumint} function tests if a value is numerically an
15618integer, i.e., either a true integer or an integer-valued float.
15619This rule will parse @code{foo} with a half-integer argument,
15620like @samp{foo(3.5)}, to a call like @samp{hifoo(4.)}.
15621
15622The lefthand side of a syntax rule @code{let} must be a simple
15623variable, not the arbitrary pattern that is allowed in rewrite
15624rules.
15625
15626The @code{matches} function is also treated specially in syntax
15627rule conditions (again, in the same way as in rewrite rules).
15628@xref{Matching Commands}. If the matching pattern contains
15629meta-variables, then those meta-variables may be used in later
15630conditions and in the result expression. The arguments to
15631@code{matches} are not evaluated in this situation.
15632
15633@example
15634sum ( # , # ) := sum(#1,a,b,c) :: matches(#2, a=[b..c])
15635@end example
15636
15637@noindent
15638This is another way to implement the Maple mode @code{sum} notation.
15639In this approach, we allow @samp{#2} to equal the whole expression
15640@samp{i=1..10}. Then, we use @code{matches} to break it apart into
15641its components. If the expression turns out not to match the pattern,
15642the syntax rule will fail. Note that @kbd{Z S} always uses Calc's
15643Normal language mode for editing expressions in syntax rules, so we
15644must use regular Calc notation for the interval @samp{[b..c]} that
15645will correspond to the Maple mode interval @samp{1..10}.
15646
15647@node Modes Variable, Calc Mode Line, Language Modes, Mode Settings
15648@section The @code{Modes} Variable
15649
15650@noindent
15651@kindex m g
15652@pindex calc-get-modes
15653The @kbd{m g} (@code{calc-get-modes}) command pushes onto the stack
15654a vector of numbers that describes the various mode settings that
15655are in effect. With a numeric prefix argument, it pushes only the
15656@var{n}th mode, i.e., the @var{n}th element of this vector. Keyboard
15657macros can use the @kbd{m g} command to modify their behavior based
15658on the current mode settings.
15659
15660@cindex @code{Modes} variable
15661@vindex Modes
15662The modes vector is also available in the special variable
15663@code{Modes}. In other words, @kbd{m g} is like @kbd{s r Modes @key{RET}}.
15664It will not work to store into this variable; in fact, if you do,
15665@code{Modes} will cease to track the current modes. (The @kbd{m g}
15666command will continue to work, however.)
15667
15668In general, each number in this vector is suitable as a numeric
15669prefix argument to the associated mode-setting command. (Recall
15670that the @kbd{~} key takes a number from the stack and gives it as
15671a numeric prefix to the next command.)
15672
15673The elements of the modes vector are as follows:
15674
15675@enumerate
15676@item
15677Current precision. Default is 12; associated command is @kbd{p}.
15678
15679@item
15680Binary word size. Default is 32; associated command is @kbd{b w}.
15681
15682@item
15683Stack size (not counting the value about to be pushed by @kbd{m g}).
15684This is zero if @kbd{m g} is executed with an empty stack.
15685
15686@item
15687Number radix. Default is 10; command is @kbd{d r}.
15688
15689@item
15690Floating-point format. This is the number of digits, plus the
15691constant 0 for normal notation, 10000 for scientific notation,
1569220000 for engineering notation, or 30000 for fixed-point notation.
15693These codes are acceptable as prefix arguments to the @kbd{d n}
15694command, but note that this may lose information: For example,
15695@kbd{d s} and @kbd{C-u 12 d s} have similar (but not quite
15696identical) effects if the current precision is 12, but they both
15697produce a code of 10012, which will be treated by @kbd{d n} as
15698@kbd{C-u 12 d s}. If the precision then changes, the float format
15699will still be frozen at 12 significant figures.
15700
15701@item
15702Angular mode. Default is 1 (degrees). Other values are 2 (radians)
15703and 3 (HMS). The @kbd{m d} command accepts these prefixes.
15704
15705@item
15706Symbolic mode. Value is 0 or 1; default is 0. Command is @kbd{m s}.
15707
15708@item
15709Fraction mode. Value is 0 or 1; default is 0. Command is @kbd{m f}.
15710
15711@item
15712Polar mode. Value is 0 (rectangular) or 1 (polar); default is 0.
15713Command is @kbd{m p}.
15714
15715@item
15716Matrix/Scalar mode. Default value is @mathit{-1}. Value is 0 for Scalar
15717mode, @mathit{-2} for Matrix mode, @mathit{-3} for square Matrix mode,
15718or @var{N} for
15719@texline @math{N\times N}
15720@infoline @var{N}x@var{N}
15721Matrix mode. Command is @kbd{m v}.
15722
15723@item
15724Simplification mode. Default is 1. Value is @mathit{-1} for off (@kbd{m O}),
157250 for @kbd{m N}, 2 for @kbd{m B}, 3 for @kbd{m A}, 4 for @kbd{m E},
15726or 5 for @w{@kbd{m U}}. The @kbd{m D} command accepts these prefixes.
15727
15728@item
15729Infinite mode. Default is @mathit{-1} (off). Value is 1 if the mode is on,
15730or 0 if the mode is on with positive zeros. Command is @kbd{m i}.
15731@end enumerate
15732
15733For example, the sequence @kbd{M-1 m g @key{RET} 2 + ~ p} increases the
15734precision by two, leaving a copy of the old precision on the stack.
15735Later, @kbd{~ p} will restore the original precision using that
15736stack value. (This sequence might be especially useful inside a
15737keyboard macro.)
15738
15739As another example, @kbd{M-3 m g 1 - ~ @key{DEL}} deletes all but the
15740oldest (bottommost) stack entry.
15741
15742Yet another example: The HP-48 ``round'' command rounds a number
15743to the current displayed precision. You could roughly emulate this
15744in Calc with the sequence @kbd{M-5 m g 10000 % ~ c c}. (This
15745would not work for fixed-point mode, but it wouldn't be hard to
15746do a full emulation with the help of the @kbd{Z [} and @kbd{Z ]}
15747programming commands. @xref{Conditionals in Macros}.)
15748
15749@node Calc Mode Line, , Modes Variable, Mode Settings
15750@section The Calc Mode Line
15751
15752@noindent
15753@cindex Mode line indicators
15754This section is a summary of all symbols that can appear on the
15755Calc mode line, the highlighted bar that appears under the Calc
15756stack window (or under an editing window in Embedded mode).
15757
15758The basic mode line format is:
15759
15760@example
92e15881 15761--%*-Calc: 12 Deg @var{other modes} (Calculator)
4009494e
GM
15762@end example
15763
92e15881 15764The @samp{%*} indicates that the buffer is ``read-only''; it shows that
4009494e
GM
15765regular Emacs commands are not allowed to edit the stack buffer
15766as if it were text.
15767
15768The word @samp{Calc:} changes to @samp{CalcEmbed:} if Embedded mode
15769is enabled. The words after this describe the various Calc modes
15770that are in effect.
15771
15772The first mode is always the current precision, an integer.
15773The second mode is always the angular mode, either @code{Deg},
15774@code{Rad}, or @code{Hms}.
15775
15776Here is a complete list of the remaining symbols that can appear
15777on the mode line:
15778
15779@table @code
15780@item Alg
15781Algebraic mode (@kbd{m a}; @pxref{Algebraic Entry}).
15782
15783@item Alg[(
15784Incomplete algebraic mode (@kbd{C-u m a}).
15785
15786@item Alg*
15787Total algebraic mode (@kbd{m t}).
15788
15789@item Symb
15790Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}; @pxref{Symbolic Mode}).
15791
15792@item Matrix
15793Matrix mode (@kbd{m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15794
15795@item Matrix@var{n}
15796Dimensioned Matrix mode (@kbd{C-u @var{n} m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15797
15798@item SqMatrix
15799Square Matrix mode (@kbd{C-u m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15800
15801@item Scalar
15802Scalar mode (@kbd{m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15803
15804@item Polar
15805Polar complex mode (@kbd{m p}; @pxref{Polar Mode}).
15806
15807@item Frac
15808Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}; @pxref{Fraction Mode}).
15809
15810@item Inf
15811Infinite mode (@kbd{m i}; @pxref{Infinite Mode}).
15812
15813@item +Inf
15814Positive Infinite mode (@kbd{C-u 0 m i}).
15815
15816@item NoSimp
15817Default simplifications off (@kbd{m O}; @pxref{Simplification Modes}).
15818
15819@item NumSimp
15820Default simplifications for numeric arguments only (@kbd{m N}).
15821
15822@item BinSimp@var{w}
15823Binary-integer simplification mode; word size @var{w} (@kbd{m B}, @kbd{b w}).
15824
15825@item AlgSimp
15826Algebraic simplification mode (@kbd{m A}).
15827
15828@item ExtSimp
15829Extended algebraic simplification mode (@kbd{m E}).
15830
15831@item UnitSimp
15832Units simplification mode (@kbd{m U}).
15833
15834@item Bin
15835Current radix is 2 (@kbd{d 2}; @pxref{Radix Modes}).
15836
15837@item Oct
15838Current radix is 8 (@kbd{d 8}).
15839
15840@item Hex
15841Current radix is 16 (@kbd{d 6}).
15842
15843@item Radix@var{n}
15844Current radix is @var{n} (@kbd{d r}).
15845
15846@item Zero
15847Leading zeros (@kbd{d z}; @pxref{Radix Modes}).
15848
15849@item Big
15850Big language mode (@kbd{d B}; @pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
15851
15852@item Flat
15853One-line normal language mode (@kbd{d O}).
15854
15855@item Unform
15856Unformatted language mode (@kbd{d U}).
15857
15858@item C
15859C language mode (@kbd{d C}; @pxref{C FORTRAN Pascal}).
15860
15861@item Pascal
15862Pascal language mode (@kbd{d P}).
15863
15864@item Fortran
15865FORTRAN language mode (@kbd{d F}).
15866
15867@item TeX
15868@TeX{} language mode (@kbd{d T}; @pxref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}).
15869
15870@item LaTeX
15871La@TeX{} language mode (@kbd{d L}; @pxref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}).
15872
15873@item Eqn
15874@dfn{Eqn} language mode (@kbd{d E}; @pxref{Eqn Language Mode}).
15875
15876@item Math
15877Mathematica language mode (@kbd{d M}; @pxref{Mathematica Language Mode}).
15878
15879@item Maple
15880Maple language mode (@kbd{d W}; @pxref{Maple Language Mode}).
15881
15882@item Norm@var{n}
15883Normal float mode with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d n}; @pxref{Float Formats}).
15884
15885@item Fix@var{n}
15886Fixed point mode with @var{n} digits after the point (@kbd{d f}).
15887
15888@item Sci
15889Scientific notation mode (@kbd{d s}).
15890
15891@item Sci@var{n}
15892Scientific notation with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d s}).
15893
15894@item Eng
15895Engineering notation mode (@kbd{d e}).
15896
15897@item Eng@var{n}
15898Engineering notation with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d e}).
15899
15900@item Left@var{n}
15901Left-justified display indented by @var{n} (@kbd{d <}; @pxref{Justification}).
15902
15903@item Right
15904Right-justified display (@kbd{d >}).
15905
15906@item Right@var{n}
15907Right-justified display with width @var{n} (@kbd{d >}).
15908
15909@item Center
15910Centered display (@kbd{d =}).
15911
15912@item Center@var{n}
15913Centered display with center column @var{n} (@kbd{d =}).
15914
15915@item Wid@var{n}
15916Line breaking with width @var{n} (@kbd{d b}; @pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
15917
15918@item Wide
15919No line breaking (@kbd{d b}).
15920
15921@item Break
15922Selections show deep structure (@kbd{j b}; @pxref{Making Selections}).
15923
15924@item Save
15925Record modes in @file{~/.calc.el} (@kbd{m R}; @pxref{General Mode Commands}).
15926
15927@item Local
15928Record modes in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15929
15930@item LocEdit
15931Record modes as editing-only in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15932
15933@item LocPerm
15934Record modes as permanent-only in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15935
15936@item Global
15937Record modes as global in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15938
15939@item Manual
15940Automatic recomputation turned off (@kbd{m C}; @pxref{Automatic
15941Recomputation}).
15942
15943@item Graph
15944GNUPLOT process is alive in background (@pxref{Graphics}).
15945
15946@item Sel
15947Top-of-stack has a selection (Embedded only; @pxref{Making Selections}).
15948
15949@item Dirty
15950The stack display may not be up-to-date (@pxref{Display Modes}).
15951
15952@item Inv
15953``Inverse'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{I}; @pxref{Inverse and Hyperbolic}).
15954
15955@item Hyp
15956``Hyperbolic'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{H}).
15957
15958@item Keep
15959``Keep-arguments'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{K}).
15960
15961@item Narrow
15962Stack is truncated (@kbd{d t}; @pxref{Truncating the Stack}).
15963@end table
15964
15965In addition, the symbols @code{Active} and @code{~Active} can appear
15966as minor modes on an Embedded buffer's mode line. @xref{Embedded Mode}.
15967
15968@node Arithmetic, Scientific Functions, Mode Settings, Top
15969@chapter Arithmetic Functions
15970
15971@noindent
15972This chapter describes the Calc commands for doing simple calculations
15973on numbers, such as addition, absolute value, and square roots. These
15974commands work by removing the top one or two values from the stack,
15975performing the desired operation, and pushing the result back onto the
15976stack. If the operation cannot be performed, the result pushed is a
15977formula instead of a number, such as @samp{2/0} (because division by zero
15978is invalid) or @samp{sqrt(x)} (because the argument @samp{x} is a formula).
15979
15980Most of the commands described here can be invoked by a single keystroke.
15981Some of the more obscure ones are two-letter sequences beginning with
15982the @kbd{f} (``functions'') prefix key.
15983
15984@xref{Prefix Arguments}, for a discussion of the effect of numeric
15985prefix arguments on commands in this chapter which do not otherwise
15986interpret a prefix argument.
15987
15988@menu
15989* Basic Arithmetic::
15990* Integer Truncation::
15991* Complex Number Functions::
15992* Conversions::
15993* Date Arithmetic::
15994* Financial Functions::
15995* Binary Functions::
15996@end menu
15997
15998@node Basic Arithmetic, Integer Truncation, Arithmetic, Arithmetic
15999@section Basic Arithmetic
16000
16001@noindent
16002@kindex +
16003@pindex calc-plus
16004@ignore
16005@mindex @null
16006@end ignore
16007@tindex +
16008The @kbd{+} (@code{calc-plus}) command adds two numbers. The numbers may
16009be any of the standard Calc data types. The resulting sum is pushed back
16010onto the stack.
16011
16012If both arguments of @kbd{+} are vectors or matrices (of matching dimensions),
16013the result is a vector or matrix sum. If one argument is a vector and the
16014other a scalar (i.e., a non-vector), the scalar is added to each of the
16015elements of the vector to form a new vector. If the scalar is not a
16016number, the operation is left in symbolic form: Suppose you added @samp{x}
16017to the vector @samp{[1,2]}. You may want the result @samp{[1+x,2+x]}, or
16018you may plan to substitute a 2-vector for @samp{x} in the future. Since
16019the Calculator can't tell which interpretation you want, it makes the
16020safest assumption. @xref{Reducing and Mapping}, for a way to add @samp{x}
16021to every element of a vector.
16022
16023If either argument of @kbd{+} is a complex number, the result will in general
16024be complex. If one argument is in rectangular form and the other polar,
16025the current Polar mode determines the form of the result. If Symbolic
16026mode is enabled, the sum may be left as a formula if the necessary
16027conversions for polar addition are non-trivial.
16028
16029If both arguments of @kbd{+} are HMS forms, the forms are added according to
16030the usual conventions of hours-minutes-seconds notation. If one argument
16031is an HMS form and the other is a number, that number is converted from
16032degrees or radians (depending on the current Angular mode) to HMS format
16033and then the two HMS forms are added.
16034
16035If one argument of @kbd{+} is a date form, the other can be either a
16036real number, which advances the date by a certain number of days, or
16037an HMS form, which advances the date by a certain amount of time.
16038Subtracting two date forms yields the number of days between them.
16039Adding two date forms is meaningless, but Calc interprets it as the
16040subtraction of one date form and the negative of the other. (The
16041negative of a date form can be understood by remembering that dates
16042are stored as the number of days before or after Jan 1, 1 AD.)
16043
16044If both arguments of @kbd{+} are error forms, the result is an error form
16045with an appropriately computed standard deviation. If one argument is an
16046error form and the other is a number, the number is taken to have zero error.
16047Error forms may have symbolic formulas as their mean and/or error parts;
16048adding these will produce a symbolic error form result. However, adding an
16049error form to a plain symbolic formula (as in @samp{(a +/- b) + c}) will not
16050work, for the same reasons just mentioned for vectors. Instead you must
16051write @samp{(a +/- b) + (c +/- 0)}.
16052
16053If both arguments of @kbd{+} are modulo forms with equal values of @expr{M},
16054or if one argument is a modulo form and the other a plain number, the
16055result is a modulo form which represents the sum, modulo @expr{M}, of
16056the two values.
16057
16058If both arguments of @kbd{+} are intervals, the result is an interval
16059which describes all possible sums of the possible input values. If
16060one argument is a plain number, it is treated as the interval
16061@w{@samp{[x ..@: x]}}.
16062
16063If one argument of @kbd{+} is an infinity and the other is not, the
16064result is that same infinity. If both arguments are infinite and in
16065the same direction, the result is the same infinity, but if they are
16066infinite in different directions the result is @code{nan}.
16067
16068@kindex -
16069@pindex calc-minus
16070@ignore
16071@mindex @null
16072@end ignore
16073@tindex -
16074The @kbd{-} (@code{calc-minus}) command subtracts two values. The top
16075number on the stack is subtracted from the one behind it, so that the
16076computation @kbd{5 @key{RET} 2 -} produces 3, not @mathit{-3}. All options
16077available for @kbd{+} are available for @kbd{-} as well.
16078
16079@kindex *
16080@pindex calc-times
16081@ignore
16082@mindex @null
16083@end ignore
16084@tindex *
16085The @kbd{*} (@code{calc-times}) command multiplies two numbers. If one
16086argument is a vector and the other a scalar, the scalar is multiplied by
16087the elements of the vector to produce a new vector. If both arguments
16088are vectors, the interpretation depends on the dimensions of the
16089vectors: If both arguments are matrices, a matrix multiplication is
16090done. If one argument is a matrix and the other a plain vector, the
16091vector is interpreted as a row vector or column vector, whichever is
16092dimensionally correct. If both arguments are plain vectors, the result
16093is a single scalar number which is the dot product of the two vectors.
16094
16095If one argument of @kbd{*} is an HMS form and the other a number, the
16096HMS form is multiplied by that amount. It is an error to multiply two
16097HMS forms together, or to attempt any multiplication involving date
16098forms. Error forms, modulo forms, and intervals can be multiplied;
16099see the comments for addition of those forms. When two error forms
16100or intervals are multiplied they are considered to be statistically
16101independent; thus, @samp{[-2 ..@: 3] * [-2 ..@: 3]} is @samp{[-6 ..@: 9]},
16102whereas @w{@samp{[-2 ..@: 3] ^ 2}} is @samp{[0 ..@: 9]}.
16103
16104@kindex /
16105@pindex calc-divide
16106@ignore
16107@mindex @null
16108@end ignore
16109@tindex /
16110The @kbd{/} (@code{calc-divide}) command divides two numbers.
16111
16112When combining multiplication and division in an algebraic formula, it
16113is good style to use parentheses to distinguish between possible
16114interpretations; the expression @samp{a/b*c} should be written
16115@samp{(a/b)*c} or @samp{a/(b*c)}, as appropriate. Without the
16116parentheses, Calc will interpret @samp{a/b*c} as @samp{a/(b*c)}, since
16117in algebraic entry Calc gives division a lower precedence than
16118multiplication. (This is not standard across all computer languages, and
16119Calc may change the precedence depending on the language mode being used.
16120@xref{Language Modes}.) This default ordering can be changed by setting
16121the customizable variable @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} to
16122@code{nil} (@pxref{Customizing Calc}); this will give multiplication and
16123division equal precedences. Note that Calc's default choice of
16124precedence allows @samp{a b / c d} to be used as a shortcut for
16125@smallexample
16126@group
16127a b
16128---.
16129c d
16130@end group
16131@end smallexample
16132
16133When dividing a scalar @expr{B} by a square matrix @expr{A}, the
16134computation performed is @expr{B} times the inverse of @expr{A}. This
16135also occurs if @expr{B} is itself a vector or matrix, in which case the
16136effect is to solve the set of linear equations represented by @expr{B}.
16137If @expr{B} is a matrix with the same number of rows as @expr{A}, or a
16138plain vector (which is interpreted here as a column vector), then the
16139equation @expr{A X = B} is solved for the vector or matrix @expr{X}.
16140Otherwise, if @expr{B} is a non-square matrix with the same number of
16141@emph{columns} as @expr{A}, the equation @expr{X A = B} is solved. If
16142you wish a vector @expr{B} to be interpreted as a row vector to be
16143solved as @expr{X A = B}, make it into a one-row matrix with @kbd{C-u 1
16144v p} first. To force a left-handed solution with a square matrix
16145@expr{B}, transpose @expr{A} and @expr{B} before dividing, then
16146transpose the result.
16147
16148HMS forms can be divided by real numbers or by other HMS forms. Error
16149forms can be divided in any combination of ways. Modulo forms where both
16150values and the modulo are integers can be divided to get an integer modulo
16151form result. Intervals can be divided; dividing by an interval that
16152encompasses zero or has zero as a limit will result in an infinite
16153interval.
16154
16155@kindex ^
16156@pindex calc-power
16157@ignore
16158@mindex @null
16159@end ignore
16160@tindex ^
16161The @kbd{^} (@code{calc-power}) command raises a number to a power. If
16162the power is an integer, an exact result is computed using repeated
16163multiplications. For non-integer powers, Calc uses Newton's method or
16164logarithms and exponentials. Square matrices can be raised to integer
16165powers. If either argument is an error (or interval or modulo) form,
16166the result is also an error (or interval or modulo) form.
16167
16168@kindex I ^
16169@tindex nroot
16170If you press the @kbd{I} (inverse) key first, the @kbd{I ^} command
16171computes an Nth root: @kbd{125 @key{RET} 3 I ^} computes the number 5.
16172(This is entirely equivalent to @kbd{125 @key{RET} 1:3 ^}.)
16173
16174@kindex \
16175@pindex calc-idiv
16176@tindex idiv
16177@ignore
16178@mindex @null
16179@end ignore
16180@tindex \
16181The @kbd{\} (@code{calc-idiv}) command divides two numbers on the stack
16182to produce an integer result. It is equivalent to dividing with
16183@key{/}, then rounding down with @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}), only a bit
16184more convenient and efficient. Also, since it is an all-integer
16185operation when the arguments are integers, it avoids problems that
16186@kbd{/ F} would have with floating-point roundoff.
16187
16188@kindex %
16189@pindex calc-mod
16190@ignore
16191@mindex @null
16192@end ignore
16193@tindex %
16194The @kbd{%} (@code{calc-mod}) command performs a ``modulo'' (or ``remainder'')
16195operation. Mathematically, @samp{a%b = a - (a\b)*b}, and is defined
16196for all real numbers @expr{a} and @expr{b} (except @expr{b=0}). For
16197positive @expr{b}, the result will always be between 0 (inclusive) and
16198@expr{b} (exclusive). Modulo does not work for HMS forms and error forms.
16199If @expr{a} is a modulo form, its modulo is changed to @expr{b}, which
16200must be positive real number.
16201
16202@kindex :
16203@pindex calc-fdiv
16204@tindex fdiv
16205The @kbd{:} (@code{calc-fdiv}) [@code{fdiv}] command
16206divides the two integers on the top of the stack to produce a fractional
16207result. This is a convenient shorthand for enabling Fraction mode (with
16208@kbd{m f}) temporarily and using @samp{/}. Note that during numeric entry
16209the @kbd{:} key is interpreted as a fraction separator, so to divide 8 by 6
16210you would have to type @kbd{8 @key{RET} 6 @key{RET} :}. (Of course, in
16211this case, it would be much easier simply to enter the fraction directly
16212as @kbd{8:6 @key{RET}}!)
16213
16214@kindex n
16215@pindex calc-change-sign
16216The @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}) command negates the number on the top
16217of the stack. It works on numbers, vectors and matrices, HMS forms, date
16218forms, error forms, intervals, and modulo forms.
16219
16220@kindex A
16221@pindex calc-abs
16222@tindex abs
16223The @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) [@code{abs}] command computes the absolute
16224value of a number. The result of @code{abs} is always a nonnegative
16225real number: With a complex argument, it computes the complex magnitude.
16226With a vector or matrix argument, it computes the Frobenius norm, i.e.,
16227the square root of the sum of the squares of the absolute values of the
16228elements. The absolute value of an error form is defined by replacing
16229the mean part with its absolute value and leaving the error part the same.
16230The absolute value of a modulo form is undefined. The absolute value of
16231an interval is defined in the obvious way.
16232
16233@kindex f A
16234@pindex calc-abssqr
16235@tindex abssqr
16236The @kbd{f A} (@code{calc-abssqr}) [@code{abssqr}] command computes the
16237absolute value squared of a number, vector or matrix, or error form.
16238
16239@kindex f s
16240@pindex calc-sign
16241@tindex sign
16242The @kbd{f s} (@code{calc-sign}) [@code{sign}] command returns 1 if its
16243argument is positive, @mathit{-1} if its argument is negative, or 0 if its
16244argument is zero. In algebraic form, you can also write @samp{sign(a,x)}
16245which evaluates to @samp{x * sign(a)}, i.e., either @samp{x}, @samp{-x}, or
16246zero depending on the sign of @samp{a}.
16247
16248@kindex &
16249@pindex calc-inv
16250@tindex inv
16251@cindex Reciprocal
16252The @kbd{&} (@code{calc-inv}) [@code{inv}] command computes the
16253reciprocal of a number, i.e., @expr{1 / x}. Operating on a square
16254matrix, it computes the inverse of that matrix.
16255
16256@kindex Q
16257@pindex calc-sqrt
16258@tindex sqrt
16259The @kbd{Q} (@code{calc-sqrt}) [@code{sqrt}] command computes the square
16260root of a number. For a negative real argument, the result will be a
16261complex number whose form is determined by the current Polar mode.
16262
16263@kindex f h
16264@pindex calc-hypot
16265@tindex hypot
16266The @kbd{f h} (@code{calc-hypot}) [@code{hypot}] command computes the square
16267root of the sum of the squares of two numbers. That is, @samp{hypot(a,b)}
16268is the length of the hypotenuse of a right triangle with sides @expr{a}
16269and @expr{b}. If the arguments are complex numbers, their squared
16270magnitudes are used.
16271
16272@kindex f Q
16273@pindex calc-isqrt
16274@tindex isqrt
16275The @kbd{f Q} (@code{calc-isqrt}) [@code{isqrt}] command computes the
16276integer square root of an integer. This is the true square root of the
16277number, rounded down to an integer. For example, @samp{isqrt(10)}
16278produces 3. Note that, like @kbd{\} [@code{idiv}], this uses exact
16279integer arithmetic throughout to avoid roundoff problems. If the input
16280is a floating-point number or other non-integer value, this is exactly
16281the same as @samp{floor(sqrt(x))}.
16282
16283@kindex f n
16284@kindex f x
16285@pindex calc-min
16286@tindex min
16287@pindex calc-max
16288@tindex max
16289The @kbd{f n} (@code{calc-min}) [@code{min}] and @kbd{f x} (@code{calc-max})
16290[@code{max}] commands take the minimum or maximum of two real numbers,
16291respectively. These commands also work on HMS forms, date forms,
16292intervals, and infinities. (In algebraic expressions, these functions
16293take any number of arguments and return the maximum or minimum among
16294all the arguments.)
16295
16296@kindex f M
16297@kindex f X
16298@pindex calc-mant-part
16299@tindex mant
16300@pindex calc-xpon-part
16301@tindex xpon
16302The @kbd{f M} (@code{calc-mant-part}) [@code{mant}] function extracts
16303the ``mantissa'' part @expr{m} of its floating-point argument; @kbd{f X}
16304(@code{calc-xpon-part}) [@code{xpon}] extracts the ``exponent'' part
16305@expr{e}. The original number is equal to
16306@texline @math{m \times 10^e},
16307@infoline @expr{m * 10^e},
16308where @expr{m} is in the interval @samp{[1.0 ..@: 10.0)} except that
16309@expr{m=e=0} if the original number is zero. For integers
16310and fractions, @code{mant} returns the number unchanged and @code{xpon}
16311returns zero. The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command can also be
16312used to ``unpack'' a floating-point number; this produces an integer
16313mantissa and exponent, with the constraint that the mantissa is not
16314a multiple of ten (again except for the @expr{m=e=0} case).
16315
16316@kindex f S
16317@pindex calc-scale-float
16318@tindex scf
16319The @kbd{f S} (@code{calc-scale-float}) [@code{scf}] function scales a number
16320by a given power of ten. Thus, @samp{scf(mant(x), xpon(x)) = x} for any
16321real @samp{x}. The second argument must be an integer, but the first
16322may actually be any numeric value. For example, @samp{scf(5,-2) = 0.05}
16323or @samp{1:20} depending on the current Fraction mode.
16324
16325@kindex f [
16326@kindex f ]
16327@pindex calc-decrement
16328@pindex calc-increment
16329@tindex decr
16330@tindex incr
16331The @kbd{f [} (@code{calc-decrement}) [@code{decr}] and @kbd{f ]}
16332(@code{calc-increment}) [@code{incr}] functions decrease or increase
16333a number by one unit. For integers, the effect is obvious. For
16334floating-point numbers, the change is by one unit in the last place.
16335For example, incrementing @samp{12.3456} when the current precision
16336is 6 digits yields @samp{12.3457}. If the current precision had been
163378 digits, the result would have been @samp{12.345601}. Incrementing
16338@samp{0.0} produces
16339@texline @math{10^{-p}},
16340@infoline @expr{10^-p},
16341where @expr{p} is the current
16342precision. These operations are defined only on integers and floats.
16343With numeric prefix arguments, they change the number by @expr{n} units.
16344
16345Note that incrementing followed by decrementing, or vice-versa, will
16346almost but not quite always cancel out. Suppose the precision is
163476 digits and the number @samp{9.99999} is on the stack. Incrementing
16348will produce @samp{10.0000}; decrementing will produce @samp{9.9999}.
16349One digit has been dropped. This is an unavoidable consequence of the
16350way floating-point numbers work.
16351
16352Incrementing a date/time form adjusts it by a certain number of seconds.
16353Incrementing a pure date form adjusts it by a certain number of days.
16354
16355@node Integer Truncation, Complex Number Functions, Basic Arithmetic, Arithmetic
16356@section Integer Truncation
16357
16358@noindent
16359There are four commands for truncating a real number to an integer,
16360differing mainly in their treatment of negative numbers. All of these
16361commands have the property that if the argument is an integer, the result
16362is the same integer. An integer-valued floating-point argument is converted
16363to integer form.
16364
16365If you press @kbd{H} (@code{calc-hyperbolic}) first, the result will be
16366expressed as an integer-valued floating-point number.
16367
16368@cindex Integer part of a number
16369@kindex F
16370@pindex calc-floor
16371@tindex floor
16372@tindex ffloor
16373@ignore
16374@mindex @null
16375@end ignore
16376@kindex H F
16377The @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}) [@code{floor} or @code{ffloor}] command
16378truncates a real number to the next lower integer, i.e., toward minus
16379infinity. Thus @kbd{3.6 F} produces 3, but @kbd{_3.6 F} produces
16380@mathit{-4}.
16381
16382@kindex I F
16383@pindex calc-ceiling
16384@tindex ceil
16385@tindex fceil
16386@ignore
16387@mindex @null
16388@end ignore
16389@kindex H I F
16390The @kbd{I F} (@code{calc-ceiling}) [@code{ceil} or @code{fceil}]
16391command truncates toward positive infinity. Thus @kbd{3.6 I F} produces
163924, and @kbd{_3.6 I F} produces @mathit{-3}.
16393
16394@kindex R
16395@pindex calc-round
16396@tindex round
16397@tindex fround
16398@ignore
16399@mindex @null
16400@end ignore
16401@kindex H R
16402The @kbd{R} (@code{calc-round}) [@code{round} or @code{fround}] command
16403rounds to the nearest integer. When the fractional part is .5 exactly,
16404this command rounds away from zero. (All other rounding in the
16405Calculator uses this convention as well.) Thus @kbd{3.5 R} produces 4
16406but @kbd{3.4 R} produces 3; @kbd{_3.5 R} produces @mathit{-4}.
16407
16408@kindex I R
16409@pindex calc-trunc
16410@tindex trunc
16411@tindex ftrunc
16412@ignore
16413@mindex @null
16414@end ignore
16415@kindex H I R
16416The @kbd{I R} (@code{calc-trunc}) [@code{trunc} or @code{ftrunc}]
16417command truncates toward zero. In other words, it ``chops off''
16418everything after the decimal point. Thus @kbd{3.6 I R} produces 3 and
16419@kbd{_3.6 I R} produces @mathit{-3}.
16420
16421These functions may not be applied meaningfully to error forms, but they
16422do work for intervals. As a convenience, applying @code{floor} to a
16423modulo form floors the value part of the form. Applied to a vector,
16424these functions operate on all elements of the vector one by one.
16425Applied to a date form, they operate on the internal numerical
16426representation of dates, converting a date/time form into a pure date.
16427
16428@ignore
16429@starindex
16430@end ignore
16431@tindex rounde
16432@ignore
16433@starindex
16434@end ignore
16435@tindex roundu
16436@ignore
16437@starindex
16438@end ignore
16439@tindex frounde
16440@ignore
16441@starindex
16442@end ignore
16443@tindex froundu
16444There are two more rounding functions which can only be entered in
16445algebraic notation. The @code{roundu} function is like @code{round}
16446except that it rounds up, toward plus infinity, when the fractional
16447part is .5. This distinction matters only for negative arguments.
16448Also, @code{rounde} rounds to an even number in the case of a tie,
16449rounding up or down as necessary. For example, @samp{rounde(3.5)} and
16450@samp{rounde(4.5)} both return 4, but @samp{rounde(5.5)} returns 6.
16451The advantage of round-to-even is that the net error due to rounding
16452after a long calculation tends to cancel out to zero. An important
16453subtle point here is that the number being fed to @code{rounde} will
16454already have been rounded to the current precision before @code{rounde}
16455begins. For example, @samp{rounde(2.500001)} with a current precision
16456of 6 will incorrectly, or at least surprisingly, yield 2 because the
16457argument will first have been rounded down to @expr{2.5} (which
16458@code{rounde} sees as an exact tie between 2 and 3).
16459
16460Each of these functions, when written in algebraic formulas, allows
16461a second argument which specifies the number of digits after the
16462decimal point to keep. For example, @samp{round(123.4567, 2)} will
16463produce the answer 123.46, and @samp{round(123.4567, -1)} will
16464produce 120 (i.e., the cutoff is one digit to the @emph{left} of
16465the decimal point). A second argument of zero is equivalent to
16466no second argument at all.
16467
16468@cindex Fractional part of a number
16469To compute the fractional part of a number (i.e., the amount which, when
16470added to `@tfn{floor(}@var{n}@tfn{)}', will produce @var{n}) just take @var{n}
16471modulo 1 using the @code{%} command.
16472
16473Note also the @kbd{\} (integer quotient), @kbd{f I} (integer logarithm),
16474and @kbd{f Q} (integer square root) commands, which are analogous to
16475@kbd{/}, @kbd{B}, and @kbd{Q}, respectively, except that they take integer
16476arguments and return the result rounded down to an integer.
16477
16478@node Complex Number Functions, Conversions, Integer Truncation, Arithmetic
16479@section Complex Number Functions
16480
16481@noindent
16482@kindex J
16483@pindex calc-conj
16484@tindex conj
16485The @kbd{J} (@code{calc-conj}) [@code{conj}] command computes the
16486complex conjugate of a number. For complex number @expr{a+bi}, the
16487complex conjugate is @expr{a-bi}. If the argument is a real number,
16488this command leaves it the same. If the argument is a vector or matrix,
16489this command replaces each element by its complex conjugate.
16490
16491@kindex G
16492@pindex calc-argument
16493@tindex arg
16494The @kbd{G} (@code{calc-argument}) [@code{arg}] command computes the
16495``argument'' or polar angle of a complex number. For a number in polar
16496notation, this is simply the second component of the pair
16497@texline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@math{\theta}@tfn{)}'.
16498@infoline `@tfn{(}@var{r}@tfn{;}@var{theta}@tfn{)}'.
16499The result is expressed according to the current angular mode and will
16500be in the range @mathit{-180} degrees (exclusive) to @mathit{+180} degrees
16501(inclusive), or the equivalent range in radians.
16502
16503@pindex calc-imaginary
16504The @code{calc-imaginary} command multiplies the number on the
16505top of the stack by the imaginary number @expr{i = (0,1)}. This
16506command is not normally bound to a key in Calc, but it is available
16507on the @key{IMAG} button in Keypad mode.
16508
16509@kindex f r
16510@pindex calc-re
16511@tindex re
16512The @kbd{f r} (@code{calc-re}) [@code{re}] command replaces a complex number
16513by its real part. This command has no effect on real numbers. (As an
16514added convenience, @code{re} applied to a modulo form extracts
16515the value part.)
16516
16517@kindex f i
16518@pindex calc-im
16519@tindex im
16520The @kbd{f i} (@code{calc-im}) [@code{im}] command replaces a complex number
16521by its imaginary part; real numbers are converted to zero. With a vector
16522or matrix argument, these functions operate element-wise.
16523
16524@ignore
16525@mindex v p
16526@end ignore
16527@kindex v p (complex)
16528@pindex calc-pack
16529The @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) command can pack the top two numbers on
16530the stack into a composite object such as a complex number. With
16531a prefix argument of @mathit{-1}, it produces a rectangular complex number;
16532with an argument of @mathit{-2}, it produces a polar complex number.
16533(Also, @pxref{Building Vectors}.)
16534
16535@ignore
16536@mindex v u
16537@end ignore
16538@kindex v u (complex)
16539@pindex calc-unpack
16540The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command takes the complex number
16541(or other composite object) on the top of the stack and unpacks it
16542into its separate components.
16543
16544@node Conversions, Date Arithmetic, Complex Number Functions, Arithmetic
16545@section Conversions
16546
16547@noindent
16548The commands described in this section convert numbers from one form
16549to another; they are two-key sequences beginning with the letter @kbd{c}.
16550
16551@kindex c f
16552@pindex calc-float
16553@tindex pfloat
16554The @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float}) [@code{pfloat}] command converts the
16555number on the top of the stack to floating-point form. For example,
16556@expr{23} is converted to @expr{23.0}, @expr{3:2} is converted to
16557@expr{1.5}, and @expr{2.3} is left the same. If the value is a composite
16558object such as a complex number or vector, each of the components is
16559converted to floating-point. If the value is a formula, all numbers
16560in the formula are converted to floating-point. Note that depending
16561on the current floating-point precision, conversion to floating-point
16562format may lose information.
16563
16564As a special exception, integers which appear as powers or subscripts
16565are not floated by @kbd{c f}. If you really want to float a power,
16566you can use a @kbd{j s} command to select the power followed by @kbd{c f}.
16567Because @kbd{c f} cannot examine the formula outside of the selection,
16568it does not notice that the thing being floated is a power.
16569@xref{Selecting Subformulas}.
16570
16571The normal @kbd{c f} command is ``pervasive'' in the sense that it
16572applies to all numbers throughout the formula. The @code{pfloat}
16573algebraic function never stays around in a formula; @samp{pfloat(a + 1)}
16574changes to @samp{a + 1.0} as soon as it is evaluated.
16575
16576@kindex H c f
16577@tindex float
16578With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H c f} [@code{float}] operates
16579only on the number or vector of numbers at the top level of its
16580argument. Thus, @samp{float(1)} is 1.0, but @samp{float(a + 1)}
16581is left unevaluated because its argument is not a number.
16582
16583You should use @kbd{H c f} if you wish to guarantee that the final
16584value, once all the variables have been assigned, is a float; you
16585would use @kbd{c f} if you wish to do the conversion on the numbers
16586that appear right now.
16587
16588@kindex c F
16589@pindex calc-fraction
16590@tindex pfrac
16591The @kbd{c F} (@code{calc-fraction}) [@code{pfrac}] command converts a
16592floating-point number into a fractional approximation. By default, it
16593produces a fraction whose decimal representation is the same as the
16594input number, to within the current precision. You can also give a
16595numeric prefix argument to specify a tolerance, either directly, or,
16596if the prefix argument is zero, by using the number on top of the stack
16597as the tolerance. If the tolerance is a positive integer, the fraction
16598is correct to within that many significant figures. If the tolerance is
16599a non-positive integer, it specifies how many digits fewer than the current
16600precision to use. If the tolerance is a floating-point number, the
16601fraction is correct to within that absolute amount.
16602
16603@kindex H c F
16604@tindex frac
16605The @code{pfrac} function is pervasive, like @code{pfloat}.
16606There is also a non-pervasive version, @kbd{H c F} [@code{frac}],
16607which is analogous to @kbd{H c f} discussed above.
16608
16609@kindex c d
16610@pindex calc-to-degrees
16611@tindex deg
16612The @kbd{c d} (@code{calc-to-degrees}) [@code{deg}] command converts a
16613number into degrees form. The value on the top of the stack may be an
16614HMS form (interpreted as degrees-minutes-seconds), or a real number which
16615will be interpreted in radians regardless of the current angular mode.
16616
16617@kindex c r
16618@pindex calc-to-radians
16619@tindex rad
16620The @kbd{c r} (@code{calc-to-radians}) [@code{rad}] command converts an
16621HMS form or angle in degrees into an angle in radians.
16622
16623@kindex c h
16624@pindex calc-to-hms
16625@tindex hms
16626The @kbd{c h} (@code{calc-to-hms}) [@code{hms}] command converts a real
16627number, interpreted according to the current angular mode, to an HMS
16628form describing the same angle. In algebraic notation, the @code{hms}
16629function also accepts three arguments: @samp{hms(@var{h}, @var{m}, @var{s})}.
16630(The three-argument version is independent of the current angular mode.)
16631
16632@pindex calc-from-hms
16633The @code{calc-from-hms} command converts the HMS form on the top of the
16634stack into a real number according to the current angular mode.
16635
16636@kindex c p
16637@kindex I c p
16638@pindex calc-polar
16639@tindex polar
16640@tindex rect
16641The @kbd{c p} (@code{calc-polar}) command converts the complex number on
16642the top of the stack from polar to rectangular form, or from rectangular
16643to polar form, whichever is appropriate. Real numbers are left the same.
16644This command is equivalent to the @code{rect} or @code{polar}
16645functions in algebraic formulas, depending on the direction of
16646conversion. (It uses @code{polar}, except that if the argument is
16647already a polar complex number, it uses @code{rect} instead. The
16648@kbd{I c p} command always uses @code{rect}.)
16649
16650@kindex c c
16651@pindex calc-clean
16652@tindex pclean
16653The @kbd{c c} (@code{calc-clean}) [@code{pclean}] command ``cleans'' the
16654number on the top of the stack. Floating point numbers are re-rounded
16655according to the current precision. Polar numbers whose angular
16656components have strayed from the @mathit{-180} to @mathit{+180} degree range
16657are normalized. (Note that results will be undesirable if the current
16658angular mode is different from the one under which the number was
16659produced!) Integers and fractions are generally unaffected by this
16660operation. Vectors and formulas are cleaned by cleaning each component
16661number (i.e., pervasively).
16662
16663If the simplification mode is set below the default level, it is raised
16664to the default level for the purposes of this command. Thus, @kbd{c c}
16665applies the default simplifications even if their automatic application
16666is disabled. @xref{Simplification Modes}.
16667
16668@cindex Roundoff errors, correcting
16669A numeric prefix argument to @kbd{c c} sets the floating-point precision
16670to that value for the duration of the command. A positive prefix (of at
16671least 3) sets the precision to the specified value; a negative or zero
16672prefix decreases the precision by the specified amount.
16673
16674@kindex c 0-9
16675@pindex calc-clean-num
16676The keystroke sequences @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9} are equivalent
16677to @kbd{c c} with the corresponding negative prefix argument. If roundoff
16678errors have changed 2.0 into 1.999999, typing @kbd{c 1} to clip off one
16679decimal place often conveniently does the trick.
16680
16681The @kbd{c c} command with a numeric prefix argument, and the @kbd{c 0}
16682through @kbd{c 9} commands, also ``clip'' very small floating-point
16683numbers to zero. If the exponent is less than or equal to the negative
16684of the specified precision, the number is changed to 0.0. For example,
16685if the current precision is 12, then @kbd{c 2} changes the vector
16686@samp{[1e-8, 1e-9, 1e-10, 1e-11]} to @samp{[1e-8, 1e-9, 0, 0]}.
16687Numbers this small generally arise from roundoff noise.
16688
16689If the numbers you are using really are legitimately this small,
16690you should avoid using the @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9} commands.
16691(The plain @kbd{c c} command rounds to the current precision but
16692does not clip small numbers.)
16693
16694One more property of @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9}, and of @kbd{c c} with
16695a prefix argument, is that integer-valued floats are converted to
16696plain integers, so that @kbd{c 1} on @samp{[1., 1.5, 2., 2.5, 3.]}
16697produces @samp{[1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3]}. This is not done for huge
16698numbers (@samp{1e100} is technically an integer-valued float, but
16699you wouldn't want it automatically converted to a 100-digit integer).
16700
16701@kindex H c 0-9
16702@kindex H c c
16703@tindex clean
16704With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H c c} and @kbd{H c 0} through @kbd{H c 9}
16705operate non-pervasively [@code{clean}].
16706
16707@node Date Arithmetic, Financial Functions, Conversions, Arithmetic
16708@section Date Arithmetic
16709
16710@noindent
16711@cindex Date arithmetic, additional functions
16712The commands described in this section perform various conversions
16713and calculations involving date forms (@pxref{Date Forms}). They
16714use the @kbd{t} (for time/date) prefix key followed by shifted
16715letters.
16716
16717The simplest date arithmetic is done using the regular @kbd{+} and @kbd{-}
16718commands. In particular, adding a number to a date form advances the
16719date form by a certain number of days; adding an HMS form to a date
16720form advances the date by a certain amount of time; and subtracting two
16721date forms produces a difference measured in days. The commands
16722described here provide additional, more specialized operations on dates.
16723
16724Many of these commands accept a numeric prefix argument; if you give
16725plain @kbd{C-u} as the prefix, these commands will instead take the
16726additional argument from the top of the stack.
16727
16728@menu
16729* Date Conversions::
16730* Date Functions::
16731* Time Zones::
16732* Business Days::
16733@end menu
16734
16735@node Date Conversions, Date Functions, Date Arithmetic, Date Arithmetic
16736@subsection Date Conversions
16737
16738@noindent
16739@kindex t D
16740@pindex calc-date
16741@tindex date
16742The @kbd{t D} (@code{calc-date}) [@code{date}] command converts a
16743date form into a number, measured in days since Jan 1, 1 AD. The
16744result will be an integer if @var{date} is a pure date form, or a
16745fraction or float if @var{date} is a date/time form. Or, if its
16746argument is a number, it converts this number into a date form.
16747
16748With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{t D} takes that many objects
16749(up to six) from the top of the stack and interprets them in one
16750of the following ways:
16751
16752The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day})} function
16753builds a pure date form out of the specified year, month, and
16754day, which must all be integers. @var{Year} is a year number,
16755such as 1991 (@emph{not} the same as 91!). @var{Month} must be
16756an integer in the range 1 to 12; @var{day} must be in the range
167571 to 31. If the specified month has fewer than 31 days and
16758@var{day} is too large, the equivalent day in the following
16759month will be used.
16760
16761The @samp{date(@var{month}, @var{day})} function builds a
16762pure date form using the current year, as determined by the
16763real-time clock.
16764
16765The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day}, @var{hms})}
16766function builds a date/time form using an @var{hms} form.
16767
16768The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day}, @var{hour},
16769@var{minute}, @var{second})} function builds a date/time form.
16770@var{hour} should be an integer in the range 0 to 23;
16771@var{minute} should be an integer in the range 0 to 59;
16772@var{second} should be any real number in the range @samp{[0 .. 60)}.
16773The last two arguments default to zero if omitted.
16774
16775@kindex t J
16776@pindex calc-julian
16777@tindex julian
16778@cindex Julian day counts, conversions
16779The @kbd{t J} (@code{calc-julian}) [@code{julian}] command converts
16780a date form into a Julian day count, which is the number of days
7c1a0036
GM
16781since noon (GMT) on Jan 1, 4713 BC. A pure date is converted to an
16782integer Julian count representing noon of that day. A date/time form
16783is converted to an exact floating-point Julian count, adjusted to
4009494e
GM
16784interpret the date form in the current time zone but the Julian
16785day count in Greenwich Mean Time. A numeric prefix argument allows
16786you to specify the time zone; @pxref{Time Zones}. Use a prefix of
16787zero to suppress the time zone adjustment. Note that pure date forms
16788are never time-zone adjusted.
16789
16790This command can also do the opposite conversion, from a Julian day
16791count (either an integer day, or a floating-point day and time in
16792the GMT zone), into a pure date form or a date/time form in the
16793current or specified time zone.
16794
16795@kindex t U
16796@pindex calc-unix-time
16797@tindex unixtime
16798@cindex Unix time format, conversions
16799The @kbd{t U} (@code{calc-unix-time}) [@code{unixtime}] command
16800converts a date form into a Unix time value, which is the number of
16801seconds since midnight on Jan 1, 1970, or vice-versa. The numeric result
16802will be an integer if the current precision is 12 or less; for higher
16803precisions, the result may be a float with (@var{precision}@minus{}12)
16804digits after the decimal. Just as for @kbd{t J}, the numeric time
16805is interpreted in the GMT time zone and the date form is interpreted
16806in the current or specified zone. Some systems use Unix-like
16807numbering but with the local time zone; give a prefix of zero to
16808suppress the adjustment if so.
16809
16810@kindex t C
16811@pindex calc-convert-time-zones
16812@tindex tzconv
16813@cindex Time Zones, converting between
16814The @kbd{t C} (@code{calc-convert-time-zones}) [@code{tzconv}]
16815command converts a date form from one time zone to another. You
16816are prompted for each time zone name in turn; you can answer with
16817any suitable Calc time zone expression (@pxref{Time Zones}).
16818If you answer either prompt with a blank line, the local time
16819zone is used for that prompt. You can also answer the first
16820prompt with @kbd{$} to take the two time zone names from the
16821stack (and the date to be converted from the third stack level).
16822
16823@node Date Functions, Business Days, Date Conversions, Date Arithmetic
16824@subsection Date Functions
16825
16826@noindent
16827@kindex t N
16828@pindex calc-now
16829@tindex now
16830The @kbd{t N} (@code{calc-now}) [@code{now}] command pushes the
16831current date and time on the stack as a date form. The time is
16832reported in terms of the specified time zone; with no numeric prefix
16833argument, @kbd{t N} reports for the current time zone.
16834
16835@kindex t P
16836@pindex calc-date-part
16837The @kbd{t P} (@code{calc-date-part}) command extracts one part
16838of a date form. The prefix argument specifies the part; with no
16839argument, this command prompts for a part code from 1 to 9.
16840The various part codes are described in the following paragraphs.
16841
16842@tindex year
16843The @kbd{M-1 t P} [@code{year}] function extracts the year number
16844from a date form as an integer, e.g., 1991. This and the
16845following functions will also accept a real number for an
16846argument, which is interpreted as a standard Calc day number.
16847Note that this function will never return zero, since the year
168481 BC immediately precedes the year 1 AD.
16849
16850@tindex month
16851The @kbd{M-2 t P} [@code{month}] function extracts the month number
16852from a date form as an integer in the range 1 to 12.
16853
16854@tindex day
16855The @kbd{M-3 t P} [@code{day}] function extracts the day number
16856from a date form as an integer in the range 1 to 31.
16857
16858@tindex hour
16859The @kbd{M-4 t P} [@code{hour}] function extracts the hour from
16860a date form as an integer in the range 0 (midnight) to 23. Note
16861that 24-hour time is always used. This returns zero for a pure
16862date form. This function (and the following two) also accept
16863HMS forms as input.
16864
16865@tindex minute
16866The @kbd{M-5 t P} [@code{minute}] function extracts the minute
16867from a date form as an integer in the range 0 to 59.
16868
16869@tindex second
16870The @kbd{M-6 t P} [@code{second}] function extracts the second
16871from a date form. If the current precision is 12 or less,
16872the result is an integer in the range 0 to 59. For higher
16873precisions, the result may instead be a floating-point number.
16874
16875@tindex weekday
16876The @kbd{M-7 t P} [@code{weekday}] function extracts the weekday
16877number from a date form as an integer in the range 0 (Sunday)
16878to 6 (Saturday).
16879
16880@tindex yearday
16881The @kbd{M-8 t P} [@code{yearday}] function extracts the day-of-year
16882number from a date form as an integer in the range 1 (January 1)
16883to 366 (December 31 of a leap year).
16884
16885@tindex time
16886The @kbd{M-9 t P} [@code{time}] function extracts the time portion
16887of a date form as an HMS form. This returns @samp{0@@ 0' 0"}
16888for a pure date form.
16889
16890@kindex t M
16891@pindex calc-new-month
16892@tindex newmonth
16893The @kbd{t M} (@code{calc-new-month}) [@code{newmonth}] command
16894computes a new date form that represents the first day of the month
16895specified by the input date. The result is always a pure date
16896form; only the year and month numbers of the input are retained.
16897With a numeric prefix argument @var{n} in the range from 1 to 31,
16898@kbd{t M} computes the @var{n}th day of the month. (If @var{n}
16899is greater than the actual number of days in the month, or if
16900@var{n} is zero, the last day of the month is used.)
16901
16902@kindex t Y
16903@pindex calc-new-year
16904@tindex newyear
16905The @kbd{t Y} (@code{calc-new-year}) [@code{newyear}] command
16906computes a new pure date form that represents the first day of
16907the year specified by the input. The month, day, and time
16908of the input date form are lost. With a numeric prefix argument
16909@var{n} in the range from 1 to 366, @kbd{t Y} computes the
16910@var{n}th day of the year (366 is treated as 365 in non-leap
16911years). A prefix argument of 0 computes the last day of the
16912year (December 31). A negative prefix argument from @mathit{-1} to
16913@mathit{-12} computes the first day of the @var{n}th month of the year.
16914
16915@kindex t W
16916@pindex calc-new-week
16917@tindex newweek
16918The @kbd{t W} (@code{calc-new-week}) [@code{newweek}] command
16919computes a new pure date form that represents the Sunday on or before
16920the input date. With a numeric prefix argument, it can be made to
16921use any day of the week as the starting day; the argument must be in
16922the range from 0 (Sunday) to 6 (Saturday). This function always
16923subtracts between 0 and 6 days from the input date.
16924
16925Here's an example use of @code{newweek}: Find the date of the next
16926Wednesday after a given date. Using @kbd{M-3 t W} or @samp{newweek(d, 3)}
16927will give you the @emph{preceding} Wednesday, so @samp{newweek(d+7, 3)}
16928will give you the following Wednesday. A further look at the definition
16929of @code{newweek} shows that if the input date is itself a Wednesday,
16930this formula will return the Wednesday one week in the future. An
16931exercise for the reader is to modify this formula to yield the same day
16932if the input is already a Wednesday. Another interesting exercise is
16933to preserve the time-of-day portion of the input (@code{newweek} resets
16934the time to midnight; hint:@: how can @code{newweek} be defined in terms
16935of the @code{weekday} function?).
16936
16937@ignore
16938@starindex
16939@end ignore
16940@tindex pwday
16941The @samp{pwday(@var{date})} function (not on any key) computes the
16942day-of-month number of the Sunday on or before @var{date}. With
16943two arguments, @samp{pwday(@var{date}, @var{day})} computes the day
16944number of the Sunday on or before day number @var{day} of the month
16945specified by @var{date}. The @var{day} must be in the range from
169467 to 31; if the day number is greater than the actual number of days
16947in the month, the true number of days is used instead. Thus
16948@samp{pwday(@var{date}, 7)} finds the first Sunday of the month, and
16949@samp{pwday(@var{date}, 31)} finds the last Sunday of the month.
16950With a third @var{weekday} argument, @code{pwday} can be made to look
16951for any day of the week instead of Sunday.
16952
16953@kindex t I
16954@pindex calc-inc-month
16955@tindex incmonth
16956The @kbd{t I} (@code{calc-inc-month}) [@code{incmonth}] command
16957increases a date form by one month, or by an arbitrary number of
16958months specified by a numeric prefix argument. The time portion,
16959if any, of the date form stays the same. The day also stays the
16960same, except that if the new month has fewer days the day
16961number may be reduced to lie in the valid range. For example,
16962@samp{incmonth(<Jan 31, 1991>)} produces @samp{<Feb 28, 1991>}.
16963Because of this, @kbd{t I t I} and @kbd{M-2 t I} do not always give
16964the same results (@samp{<Mar 28, 1991>} versus @samp{<Mar 31, 1991>}
16965in this case).
16966
16967@ignore
16968@starindex
16969@end ignore
16970@tindex incyear
16971The @samp{incyear(@var{date}, @var{step})} function increases
16972a date form by the specified number of years, which may be
16973any positive or negative integer. Note that @samp{incyear(d, n)}
16974is equivalent to @w{@samp{incmonth(d, 12*n)}}, but these do not have
16975simple equivalents in terms of day arithmetic because
16976months and years have varying lengths. If the @var{step}
16977argument is omitted, 1 year is assumed. There is no keyboard
16978command for this function; use @kbd{C-u 12 t I} instead.
16979
16980There is no @code{newday} function at all because @kbd{F} [@code{floor}]
16981serves this purpose. Similarly, instead of @code{incday} and
16982@code{incweek} simply use @expr{d + n} or @expr{d + 7 n}.
16983
16984@xref{Basic Arithmetic}, for the @kbd{f ]} [@code{incr}] command
16985which can adjust a date/time form by a certain number of seconds.
16986
16987@node Business Days, Time Zones, Date Functions, Date Arithmetic
16988@subsection Business Days
16989
16990@noindent
16991Often time is measured in ``business days'' or ``working days,''
16992where weekends and holidays are skipped. Calc's normal date
16993arithmetic functions use calendar days, so that subtracting two
16994consecutive Mondays will yield a difference of 7 days. By contrast,
16995subtracting two consecutive Mondays would yield 5 business days
16996(assuming two-day weekends and the absence of holidays).
16997
16998@kindex t +
16999@kindex t -
17000@tindex badd
17001@tindex bsub
17002@pindex calc-business-days-plus
17003@pindex calc-business-days-minus
17004The @kbd{t +} (@code{calc-business-days-plus}) [@code{badd}]
17005and @kbd{t -} (@code{calc-business-days-minus}) [@code{bsub}]
17006commands perform arithmetic using business days. For @kbd{t +},
17007one argument must be a date form and the other must be a real
17008number (positive or negative). If the number is not an integer,
17009then a certain amount of time is added as well as a number of
17010days; for example, adding 0.5 business days to a time in Friday
17011evening will produce a time in Monday morning. It is also
17012possible to add an HMS form; adding @samp{12@@ 0' 0"} also adds
17013half a business day. For @kbd{t -}, the arguments are either a
17014date form and a number or HMS form, or two date forms, in which
17015case the result is the number of business days between the two
17016dates.
17017
17018@cindex @code{Holidays} variable
17019@vindex Holidays
17020By default, Calc considers any day that is not a Saturday or
17021Sunday to be a business day. You can define any number of
17022additional holidays by editing the variable @code{Holidays}.
17023(There is an @w{@kbd{s H}} convenience command for editing this
17024variable.) Initially, @code{Holidays} contains the vector
17025@samp{[sat, sun]}. Entries in the @code{Holidays} vector may
17026be any of the following kinds of objects:
17027
17028@itemize @bullet
17029@item
17030Date forms (pure dates, not date/time forms). These specify
17031particular days which are to be treated as holidays.
17032
17033@item
17034Intervals of date forms. These specify a range of days, all of
17035which are holidays (e.g., Christmas week). @xref{Interval Forms}.
17036
17037@item
17038Nested vectors of date forms. Each date form in the vector is
17039considered to be a holiday.
17040
17041@item
17042Any Calc formula which evaluates to one of the above three things.
17043If the formula involves the variable @expr{y}, it stands for a
17044yearly repeating holiday; @expr{y} will take on various year
17045numbers like 1992. For example, @samp{date(y, 12, 25)} specifies
17046Christmas day, and @samp{newweek(date(y, 11, 7), 4) + 21} specifies
17047Thanksgiving (which is held on the fourth Thursday of November).
17048If the formula involves the variable @expr{m}, that variable
17049takes on month numbers from 1 to 12: @samp{date(y, m, 15)} is
17050a holiday that takes place on the 15th of every month.
17051
17052@item
17053A weekday name, such as @code{sat} or @code{sun}. This is really
17054a variable whose name is a three-letter, lower-case day name.
17055
17056@item
17057An interval of year numbers (integers). This specifies the span of
17058years over which this holiday list is to be considered valid. Any
17059business-day arithmetic that goes outside this range will result
17060in an error message. Use this if you are including an explicit
17061list of holidays, rather than a formula to generate them, and you
17062want to make sure you don't accidentally go beyond the last point
17063where the holidays you entered are complete. If there is no
17064limiting interval in the @code{Holidays} vector, the default
17065@samp{[1 .. 2737]} is used. (This is the absolute range of years
17066for which Calc's business-day algorithms will operate.)
17067
17068@item
17069An interval of HMS forms. This specifies the span of hours that
17070are to be considered one business day. For example, if this
17071range is @samp{[9@@ 0' 0" .. 17@@ 0' 0"]} (i.e., 9am to 5pm), then
17072the business day is only eight hours long, so that @kbd{1.5 t +}
17073on @samp{<4:00pm Fri Dec 13, 1991>} will add one business day and
17074four business hours to produce @samp{<12:00pm Tue Dec 17, 1991>}.
17075Likewise, @kbd{t -} will now express differences in time as
17076fractions of an eight-hour day. Times before 9am will be treated
17077as 9am by business date arithmetic, and times at or after 5pm will
17078be treated as 4:59:59pm. If there is no HMS interval in @code{Holidays},
17079the full 24-hour day @samp{[0@ 0' 0" .. 24@ 0' 0"]} is assumed.
17080(Regardless of the type of bounds you specify, the interval is
17081treated as inclusive on the low end and exclusive on the high end,
17082so that the work day goes from 9am up to, but not including, 5pm.)
17083@end itemize
17084
17085If the @code{Holidays} vector is empty, then @kbd{t +} and
17086@kbd{t -} will act just like @kbd{+} and @kbd{-} because there will
17087then be no difference between business days and calendar days.
17088
17089Calc expands the intervals and formulas you give into a complete
17090list of holidays for internal use. This is done mainly to make
17091sure it can detect multiple holidays. (For example,
17092@samp{<Jan 1, 1989>} is both New Year's Day and a Sunday, but
17093Calc's algorithms take care to count it only once when figuring
17094the number of holidays between two dates.)
17095
17096Since the complete list of holidays for all the years from 1 to
170972737 would be huge, Calc actually computes only the part of the
17098list between the smallest and largest years that have been involved
17099in business-day calculations so far. Normally, you won't have to
17100worry about this. Keep in mind, however, that if you do one
17101calculation for 1992, and another for 1792, even if both involve
17102only a small range of years, Calc will still work out all the
17103holidays that fall in that 200-year span.
17104
17105If you add a (positive) number of days to a date form that falls on a
17106weekend or holiday, the date form is treated as if it were the most
17107recent business day. (Thus adding one business day to a Friday,
17108Saturday, or Sunday will all yield the following Monday.) If you
17109subtract a number of days from a weekend or holiday, the date is
17110effectively on the following business day. (So subtracting one business
17111day from Saturday, Sunday, or Monday yields the preceding Friday.) The
17112difference between two dates one or both of which fall on holidays
17113equals the number of actual business days between them. These
17114conventions are consistent in the sense that, if you add @var{n}
17115business days to any date, the difference between the result and the
17116original date will come out to @var{n} business days. (It can't be
17117completely consistent though; a subtraction followed by an addition
17118might come out a bit differently, since @kbd{t +} is incapable of
17119producing a date that falls on a weekend or holiday.)
17120
17121@ignore
17122@starindex
17123@end ignore
17124@tindex holiday
17125There is a @code{holiday} function, not on any keys, that takes
17126any date form and returns 1 if that date falls on a weekend or
17127holiday, as defined in @code{Holidays}, or 0 if the date is a
17128business day.
17129
17130@node Time Zones, , Business Days, Date Arithmetic
17131@subsection Time Zones
17132
17133@noindent
17134@cindex Time zones
17135@cindex Daylight saving time
17136Time zones and daylight saving time are a complicated business.
17137The conversions to and from Julian and Unix-style dates automatically
17138compute the correct time zone and daylight saving adjustment to use,
17139provided they can figure out this information. This section describes
17140Calc's time zone adjustment algorithm in detail, in case you want to
17141do conversions in different time zones or in case Calc's algorithms
17142can't determine the right correction to use.
17143
17144Adjustments for time zones and daylight saving time are done by
17145@kbd{t U}, @kbd{t J}, @kbd{t N}, and @kbd{t C}, but not by any other
17146commands. In particular, @samp{<may 1 1991> - <apr 1 1991>} evaluates
17147to exactly 30 days even though there is a daylight-saving
17148transition in between. This is also true for Julian pure dates:
17149@samp{julian(<may 1 1991>) - julian(<apr 1 1991>)}. But Julian
17150and Unix date/times will adjust for daylight saving time: using Calc's
17151default daylight saving time rule (see the explanation below),
17152@samp{julian(<12am may 1 1991>) - julian(<12am apr 1 1991>)}
17153evaluates to @samp{29.95833} (that's 29 days and 23 hours)
17154because one hour was lost when daylight saving commenced on
17155April 7, 1991.
17156
17157In brief, the idiom @samp{julian(@var{date1}) - julian(@var{date2})}
17158computes the actual number of 24-hour periods between two dates, whereas
17159@samp{@var{date1} - @var{date2}} computes the number of calendar
17160days between two dates without taking daylight saving into account.
17161
17162@pindex calc-time-zone
17163@ignore
17164@starindex
17165@end ignore
17166@tindex tzone
17167The @code{calc-time-zone} [@code{tzone}] command converts the time
17168zone specified by its numeric prefix argument into a number of
17169seconds difference from Greenwich mean time (GMT). If the argument
17170is a number, the result is simply that value multiplied by 3600.
17171Typical arguments for North America are 5 (Eastern) or 8 (Pacific). If
17172Daylight Saving time is in effect, one hour should be subtracted from
17173the normal difference.
17174
17175If you give a prefix of plain @kbd{C-u}, @code{calc-time-zone} (like other
17176date arithmetic commands that include a time zone argument) takes the
17177zone argument from the top of the stack. (In the case of @kbd{t J}
17178and @kbd{t U}, the normal argument is then taken from the second-to-top
17179stack position.) This allows you to give a non-integer time zone
17180adjustment. The time-zone argument can also be an HMS form, or
17181it can be a variable which is a time zone name in upper- or lower-case.
17182For example @samp{tzone(PST) = tzone(8)} and @samp{tzone(pdt) = tzone(7)}
17183(for Pacific standard and daylight saving times, respectively).
17184
17185North American and European time zone names are defined as follows;
17186note that for each time zone there is one name for standard time,
17187another for daylight saving time, and a third for ``generalized'' time
17188in which the daylight saving adjustment is computed from context.
17189
17190@smallexample
17191@group
17192YST PST MST CST EST AST NST GMT WET MET MEZ
17193 9 8 7 6 5 4 3.5 0 -1 -2 -2
17194
17195YDT PDT MDT CDT EDT ADT NDT BST WETDST METDST MESZ
17196 8 7 6 5 4 3 2.5 -1 -2 -3 -3
17197
17198YGT PGT MGT CGT EGT AGT NGT BGT WEGT MEGT MEGZ
171999/8 8/7 7/6 6/5 5/4 4/3 3.5/2.5 0/-1 -1/-2 -2/-3 -2/-3
17200@end group
17201@end smallexample
17202
17203@vindex math-tzone-names
17204To define time zone names that do not appear in the above table,
17205you must modify the Lisp variable @code{math-tzone-names}. This
17206is a list of lists describing the different time zone names; its
17207structure is best explained by an example. The three entries for
17208Pacific Time look like this:
17209
17210@smallexample
17211@group
17212( ( "PST" 8 0 ) ; Name as an upper-case string, then standard
17213 ( "PDT" 8 -1 ) ; adjustment, then daylight saving adjustment.
17214 ( "PGT" 8 "PST" "PDT" ) ) ; Generalized time zone.
17215@end group
17216@end smallexample
17217
17218@cindex @code{TimeZone} variable
17219@vindex TimeZone
17220With no arguments, @code{calc-time-zone} or @samp{tzone()} will by
17221default get the time zone and daylight saving information from the
17222calendar (@pxref{Daylight Saving,Calendar/Diary,The Calendar and the Diary,
17223emacs,The GNU Emacs Manual}). To use a different time zone, or if the
17224calendar does not give the desired result, you can set the Calc variable
17225@code{TimeZone} (which is by default @code{nil}) to an appropriate
17226time zone name. (The easiest way to do this is to edit the
17227@code{TimeZone} variable using Calc's @kbd{s T} command, then use the
17228@kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command to save the value of
17229@code{TimeZone} permanently.)
17230If the time zone given by @code{TimeZone} is a generalized time zone,
17231e.g., @code{EGT}, Calc examines the date being converted to tell whether
17232to use standard or daylight saving time. But if the current time zone
17233is explicit, e.g., @code{EST} or @code{EDT}, then that adjustment is
17234used exactly and Calc's daylight saving algorithm is not consulted.
17235The special time zone name @code{local}
17236is equivalent to no argument; i.e., it uses the information obtained
17237from the calendar.
17238
17239The @kbd{t J} and @code{t U} commands with no numeric prefix
17240arguments do the same thing as @samp{tzone()}; namely, use the
17241information from the calendar if @code{TimeZone} is @code{nil},
17242otherwise use the time zone given by @code{TimeZone}.
17243
17244@vindex math-daylight-savings-hook
17245@findex math-std-daylight-savings
17246When Calc computes the daylight saving information itself (i.e., when
17247the @code{TimeZone} variable is set), it will by default consider
17248daylight saving time to begin at 2 a.m.@: on the second Sunday of March
17249(for years from 2007 on) or on the last Sunday in April (for years
17250before 2007), and to end at 2 a.m.@: on the first Sunday of
17251November. (for years from 2007 on) or the last Sunday in October (for
17252years before 2007). These are the rules that have been in effect in
17253much of North America since 1966 and take into account the rule change
17254that began in 2007. If you are in a country that uses different rules
17255for computing daylight saving time, you have two choices: Write your own
17256daylight saving hook, or control time zones explicitly by setting the
17257@code{TimeZone} variable and/or always giving a time-zone argument for
17258the conversion functions.
17259
17260The Lisp variable @code{math-daylight-savings-hook} holds the
17261name of a function that is used to compute the daylight saving
17262adjustment for a given date. The default is
17263@code{math-std-daylight-savings}, which computes an adjustment
17264(either 0 or @mathit{-1}) using the North American rules given above.
17265
17266The daylight saving hook function is called with four arguments:
17267The date, as a floating-point number in standard Calc format;
17268a six-element list of the date decomposed into year, month, day,
17269hour, minute, and second, respectively; a string which contains
17270the generalized time zone name in upper-case, e.g., @code{"WEGT"};
17271and a special adjustment to be applied to the hour value when
17272converting into a generalized time zone (see below).
17273
17274@findex math-prev-weekday-in-month
17275The Lisp function @code{math-prev-weekday-in-month} is useful for
17276daylight saving computations. This is an internal version of
17277the user-level @code{pwday} function described in the previous
17278section. It takes four arguments: The floating-point date value,
17279the corresponding six-element date list, the day-of-month number,
17280and the weekday number (0-6).
17281
17282The default daylight saving hook ignores the time zone name, but a
17283more sophisticated hook could use different algorithms for different
17284time zones. It would also be possible to use different algorithms
17285depending on the year number, but the default hook always uses the
17286algorithm for 1987 and later. Here is a listing of the default
17287daylight saving hook:
17288
17289@smallexample
17290(defun math-std-daylight-savings (date dt zone bump)
17291 (cond ((< (nth 1 dt) 4) 0)
17292 ((= (nth 1 dt) 4)
17293 (let ((sunday (math-prev-weekday-in-month date dt 7 0)))
17294 (cond ((< (nth 2 dt) sunday) 0)
17295 ((= (nth 2 dt) sunday)
17296 (if (>= (nth 3 dt) (+ 3 bump)) -1 0))
17297 (t -1))))
17298 ((< (nth 1 dt) 10) -1)
17299 ((= (nth 1 dt) 10)
17300 (let ((sunday (math-prev-weekday-in-month date dt 31 0)))
17301 (cond ((< (nth 2 dt) sunday) -1)
17302 ((= (nth 2 dt) sunday)
17303 (if (>= (nth 3 dt) (+ 2 bump)) 0 -1))
17304 (t 0))))
17305 (t 0))
17306)
17307@end smallexample
17308
17309@noindent
17310The @code{bump} parameter is equal to zero when Calc is converting
17311from a date form in a generalized time zone into a GMT date value.
17312It is @mathit{-1} when Calc is converting in the other direction. The
17313adjustments shown above ensure that the conversion behaves correctly
17314and reasonably around the 2 a.m.@: transition in each direction.
17315
17316There is a ``missing'' hour between 2 a.m.@: and 3 a.m.@: at the
17317beginning of daylight saving time; converting a date/time form that
17318falls in this hour results in a time value for the following hour,
17319from 3 a.m.@: to 4 a.m. At the end of daylight saving time, the
17320hour from 1 a.m.@: to 2 a.m.@: repeats itself; converting a date/time
17321form that falls in this hour results in a time value for the first
17322manifestation of that time (@emph{not} the one that occurs one hour
17323later).
17324
17325If @code{math-daylight-savings-hook} is @code{nil}, then the
17326daylight saving adjustment is always taken to be zero.
17327
17328In algebraic formulas, @samp{tzone(@var{zone}, @var{date})}
17329computes the time zone adjustment for a given zone name at a
17330given date. The @var{date} is ignored unless @var{zone} is a
17331generalized time zone. If @var{date} is a date form, the
17332daylight saving computation is applied to it as it appears.
17333If @var{date} is a numeric date value, it is adjusted for the
17334daylight-saving version of @var{zone} before being given to
17335the daylight saving hook. This odd-sounding rule ensures
17336that the daylight-saving computation is always done in
17337local time, not in the GMT time that a numeric @var{date}
17338is typically represented in.
17339
17340@ignore
17341@starindex
17342@end ignore
17343@tindex dsadj
17344The @samp{dsadj(@var{date}, @var{zone})} function computes the
17345daylight saving adjustment that is appropriate for @var{date} in
17346time zone @var{zone}. If @var{zone} is explicitly in or not in
17347daylight saving time (e.g., @code{PDT} or @code{PST}) the
17348@var{date} is ignored. If @var{zone} is a generalized time zone,
17349the algorithms described above are used. If @var{zone} is omitted,
17350the computation is done for the current time zone.
17351
4009494e
GM
17352@node Financial Functions, Binary Functions, Date Arithmetic, Arithmetic
17353@section Financial Functions
17354
17355@noindent
17356Calc's financial or business functions use the @kbd{b} prefix
17357key followed by a shifted letter. (The @kbd{b} prefix followed by
17358a lower-case letter is used for operations on binary numbers.)
17359
17360Note that the rate and the number of intervals given to these
17361functions must be on the same time scale, e.g., both months or
17362both years. Mixing an annual interest rate with a time expressed
17363in months will give you very wrong answers!
17364
17365It is wise to compute these functions to a higher precision than
17366you really need, just to make sure your answer is correct to the
17367last penny; also, you may wish to check the definitions at the end
17368of this section to make sure the functions have the meaning you expect.
17369
17370@menu
17371* Percentages::
17372* Future Value::
17373* Present Value::
17374* Related Financial Functions::
17375* Depreciation Functions::
17376* Definitions of Financial Functions::
17377@end menu
17378
17379@node Percentages, Future Value, Financial Functions, Financial Functions
17380@subsection Percentages
17381
17382@kindex M-%
17383@pindex calc-percent
17384@tindex %
17385@tindex percent
17386The @kbd{M-%} (@code{calc-percent}) command takes a percentage value,
17387say 5.4, and converts it to an equivalent actual number. For example,
17388@kbd{5.4 M-%} enters 0.054 on the stack. (That's the @key{META} or
17389@key{ESC} key combined with @kbd{%}.)
17390
17391Actually, @kbd{M-%} creates a formula of the form @samp{5.4%}.
17392You can enter @samp{5.4%} yourself during algebraic entry. The
17393@samp{%} operator simply means, ``the preceding value divided by
17394100.'' The @samp{%} operator has very high precedence, so that
17395@samp{1+8%} is interpreted as @samp{1+(8%)}, not as @samp{(1+8)%}.
17396(The @samp{%} operator is just a postfix notation for the
17397@code{percent} function, just like @samp{20!} is the notation for
17398@samp{fact(20)}, or twenty-factorial.)
17399
17400The formula @samp{5.4%} would normally evaluate immediately to
174010.054, but the @kbd{M-%} command suppresses evaluation as it puts
17402the formula onto the stack. However, the next Calc command that
17403uses the formula @samp{5.4%} will evaluate it as its first step.
17404The net effect is that you get to look at @samp{5.4%} on the stack,
17405but Calc commands see it as @samp{0.054}, which is what they expect.
17406
17407In particular, @samp{5.4%} and @samp{0.054} are suitable values
17408for the @var{rate} arguments of the various financial functions,
17409but the number @samp{5.4} is probably @emph{not} suitable---it
17410represents a rate of 540 percent!
17411
17412The key sequence @kbd{M-% *} effectively means ``percent-of.''
17413For example, @kbd{68 @key{RET} 25 M-% *} computes 17, which is 25% of
1741468 (and also 68% of 25, which comes out to the same thing).
17415
17416@kindex c %
17417@pindex calc-convert-percent
17418The @kbd{c %} (@code{calc-convert-percent}) command converts the
17419value on the top of the stack from numeric to percentage form.
17420For example, if 0.08 is on the stack, @kbd{c %} converts it to
17421@samp{8%}. The quantity is the same, it's just represented
17422differently. (Contrast this with @kbd{M-%}, which would convert
17423this number to @samp{0.08%}.) The @kbd{=} key is a convenient way
17424to convert a formula like @samp{8%} back to numeric form, 0.08.
17425
17426To compute what percentage one quantity is of another quantity,
17427use @kbd{/ c %}. For example, @w{@kbd{17 @key{RET} 68 / c %}} displays
17428@samp{25%}.
17429
17430@kindex b %
17431@pindex calc-percent-change
17432@tindex relch
17433The @kbd{b %} (@code{calc-percent-change}) [@code{relch}] command
17434calculates the percentage change from one number to another.
17435For example, @kbd{40 @key{RET} 50 b %} produces the answer @samp{25%},
17436since 50 is 25% larger than 40. A negative result represents a
17437decrease: @kbd{50 @key{RET} 40 b %} produces @samp{-20%}, since 40 is
1743820% smaller than 50. (The answers are different in magnitude
17439because, in the first case, we're increasing by 25% of 40, but
17440in the second case, we're decreasing by 20% of 50.) The effect
17441of @kbd{40 @key{RET} 50 b %} is to compute @expr{(50-40)/40}, converting
17442the answer to percentage form as if by @kbd{c %}.
17443
17444@node Future Value, Present Value, Percentages, Financial Functions
17445@subsection Future Value
17446
17447@noindent
17448@kindex b F
17449@pindex calc-fin-fv
17450@tindex fv
17451The @kbd{b F} (@code{calc-fin-fv}) [@code{fv}] command computes
17452the future value of an investment. It takes three arguments
17453from the stack: @samp{fv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})}.
17454If you give payments of @var{payment} every year for @var{n}
17455years, and the money you have paid earns interest at @var{rate} per
17456year, then this function tells you what your investment would be
17457worth at the end of the period. (The actual interval doesn't
17458have to be years, as long as @var{n} and @var{rate} are expressed
17459in terms of the same intervals.) This function assumes payments
17460occur at the @emph{end} of each interval.
17461
17462@kindex I b F
17463@tindex fvb
17464The @kbd{I b F} [@code{fvb}] command does the same computation,
17465but assuming your payments are at the beginning of each interval.
17466Suppose you plan to deposit $1000 per year in a savings account
17467earning 5.4% interest, starting right now. How much will be
17468in the account after five years? @code{fvb(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 5870.73}.
17469Thus you will have earned $870 worth of interest over the years.
17470Using the stack, this calculation would have been
17471@kbd{5.4 M-% 5 @key{RET} 1000 I b F}. Note that the rate is expressed
17472as a number between 0 and 1, @emph{not} as a percentage.
17473
17474@kindex H b F
17475@tindex fvl
17476The @kbd{H b F} [@code{fvl}] command computes the future value
17477of an initial lump sum investment. Suppose you could deposit
17478those five thousand dollars in the bank right now; how much would
17479they be worth in five years? @code{fvl(5.4%, 5, 5000) = 6503.89}.
17480
17481The algebraic functions @code{fv} and @code{fvb} accept an optional
17482fourth argument, which is used as an initial lump sum in the sense
17483of @code{fvl}. In other words, @code{fv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17484@var{payment}, @var{initial}) = fv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})
17485+ fvl(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{initial})}.
17486
17487To illustrate the relationships between these functions, we could
17488do the @code{fvb} calculation ``by hand'' using @code{fvl}. The
17489final balance will be the sum of the contributions of our five
17490deposits at various times. The first deposit earns interest for
17491five years: @code{fvl(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 1300.78}. The second
17492deposit only earns interest for four years: @code{fvl(5.4%, 4, 1000) =
174931234.13}. And so on down to the last deposit, which earns one
17494year's interest: @code{fvl(5.4%, 1, 1000) = 1054.00}. The sum of
17495these five values is, sure enough, $5870.73, just as was computed
17496by @code{fvb} directly.
17497
17498What does @code{fv(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 5569.96} mean? The payments
17499are now at the ends of the periods. The end of one year is the same
17500as the beginning of the next, so what this really means is that we've
17501lost the payment at year zero (which contributed $1300.78), but we're
17502now counting the payment at year five (which, since it didn't have
17503a chance to earn interest, counts as $1000). Indeed, @expr{5569.96 =
175045870.73 - 1300.78 + 1000} (give or take a bit of roundoff error).
17505
17506@node Present Value, Related Financial Functions, Future Value, Financial Functions
17507@subsection Present Value
17508
17509@noindent
17510@kindex b P
17511@pindex calc-fin-pv
17512@tindex pv
17513The @kbd{b P} (@code{calc-fin-pv}) [@code{pv}] command computes
17514the present value of an investment. Like @code{fv}, it takes
17515three arguments: @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})}.
17516It computes the present value of a series of regular payments.
17517Suppose you have the chance to make an investment that will
17518pay $2000 per year over the next four years; as you receive
17519these payments you can put them in the bank at 9% interest.
17520You want to know whether it is better to make the investment, or
17521to keep the money in the bank where it earns 9% interest right
17522from the start. The calculation @code{pv(9%, 4, 2000)} gives the
17523result 6479.44. If your initial investment must be less than this,
17524say, $6000, then the investment is worthwhile. But if you had to
17525put up $7000, then it would be better just to leave it in the bank.
17526
17527Here is the interpretation of the result of @code{pv}: You are
17528trying to compare the return from the investment you are
17529considering, which is @code{fv(9%, 4, 2000) = 9146.26}, with
17530the return from leaving the money in the bank, which is
17531@code{fvl(9%, 4, @var{x})} where @var{x} is the amount of money
17532you would have to put up in advance. The @code{pv} function
17533finds the break-even point, @expr{x = 6479.44}, at which
17534@code{fvl(9%, 4, 6479.44)} is also equal to 9146.26. This is
17535the largest amount you should be willing to invest.
17536
17537@kindex I b P
17538@tindex pvb
17539The @kbd{I b P} [@code{pvb}] command solves the same problem,
17540but with payments occurring at the beginning of each interval.
17541It has the same relationship to @code{fvb} as @code{pv} has
17542to @code{fv}. For example @code{pvb(9%, 4, 2000) = 7062.59},
17543a larger number than @code{pv} produced because we get to start
17544earning interest on the return from our investment sooner.
17545
17546@kindex H b P
17547@tindex pvl
17548The @kbd{H b P} [@code{pvl}] command computes the present value of
17549an investment that will pay off in one lump sum at the end of the
17550period. For example, if we get our $8000 all at the end of the
17551four years, @code{pvl(9%, 4, 8000) = 5667.40}. This is much
17552less than @code{pv} reported, because we don't earn any interest
17553on the return from this investment. Note that @code{pvl} and
17554@code{fvl} are simple inverses: @code{fvl(9%, 4, 5667.40) = 8000}.
17555
17556You can give an optional fourth lump-sum argument to @code{pv}
17557and @code{pvb}; this is handled in exactly the same way as the
17558fourth argument for @code{fv} and @code{fvb}.
17559
17560@kindex b N
17561@pindex calc-fin-npv
17562@tindex npv
17563The @kbd{b N} (@code{calc-fin-npv}) [@code{npv}] command computes
17564the net present value of a series of irregular investments.
17565The first argument is the interest rate. The second argument is
17566a vector which represents the expected return from the investment
17567at the end of each interval. For example, if the rate represents
17568a yearly interest rate, then the vector elements are the return
17569from the first year, second year, and so on.
17570
17571Thus, @code{npv(9%, [2000,2000,2000,2000]) = pv(9%, 4, 2000) = 6479.44}.
17572Obviously this function is more interesting when the payments are
17573not all the same!
17574
17575The @code{npv} function can actually have two or more arguments.
17576Multiple arguments are interpreted in the same way as for the
17577vector statistical functions like @code{vsum}.
17578@xref{Single-Variable Statistics}. Basically, if there are several
17579payment arguments, each either a vector or a plain number, all these
17580values are collected left-to-right into the complete list of payments.
17581A numeric prefix argument on the @kbd{b N} command says how many
17582payment values or vectors to take from the stack.
17583
17584@kindex I b N
17585@tindex npvb
17586The @kbd{I b N} [@code{npvb}] command computes the net present
17587value where payments occur at the beginning of each interval
17588rather than at the end.
17589
17590@node Related Financial Functions, Depreciation Functions, Present Value, Financial Functions
17591@subsection Related Financial Functions
17592
17593@noindent
17594The functions in this section are basically inverses of the
17595present value functions with respect to the various arguments.
17596
17597@kindex b M
17598@pindex calc-fin-pmt
17599@tindex pmt
17600The @kbd{b M} (@code{calc-fin-pmt}) [@code{pmt}] command computes
17601the amount of periodic payment necessary to amortize a loan.
17602Thus @code{pmt(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{amount})} equals the
17603value of @var{payment} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17604@var{payment}) = @var{amount}}.
17605
17606@kindex I b M
17607@tindex pmtb
17608The @kbd{I b M} [@code{pmtb}] command does the same computation
17609but using @code{pvb} instead of @code{pv}. Like @code{pv} and
17610@code{pvb}, these functions can also take a fourth argument which
17611represents an initial lump-sum investment.
17612
17613@kindex H b M
17614The @kbd{H b M} key just invokes the @code{fvl} function, which is
17615the inverse of @code{pvl}. There is no explicit @code{pmtl} function.
17616
17617@kindex b #
17618@pindex calc-fin-nper
17619@tindex nper
17620The @kbd{b #} (@code{calc-fin-nper}) [@code{nper}] command computes
17621the number of regular payments necessary to amortize a loan.
17622Thus @code{nper(@var{rate}, @var{payment}, @var{amount})} equals
17623the value of @var{n} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17624@var{payment}) = @var{amount}}. If @var{payment} is too small
17625ever to amortize a loan for @var{amount} at interest rate @var{rate},
17626the @code{nper} function is left in symbolic form.
17627
17628@kindex I b #
17629@tindex nperb
17630The @kbd{I b #} [@code{nperb}] command does the same computation
17631but using @code{pvb} instead of @code{pv}. You can give a fourth
17632lump-sum argument to these functions, but the computation will be
17633rather slow in the four-argument case.
17634
17635@kindex H b #
17636@tindex nperl
17637The @kbd{H b #} [@code{nperl}] command does the same computation
17638using @code{pvl}. By exchanging @var{payment} and @var{amount} you
17639can also get the solution for @code{fvl}. For example,
17640@code{nperl(8%, 2000, 1000) = 9.006}, so if you place $1000 in a
17641bank account earning 8%, it will take nine years to grow to $2000.
17642
17643@kindex b T
17644@pindex calc-fin-rate
17645@tindex rate
17646The @kbd{b T} (@code{calc-fin-rate}) [@code{rate}] command computes
17647the rate of return on an investment. This is also an inverse of @code{pv}:
17648@code{rate(@var{n}, @var{payment}, @var{amount})} computes the value of
17649@var{rate} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment}) =
17650@var{amount}}. The result is expressed as a formula like @samp{6.3%}.
17651
17652@kindex I b T
17653@kindex H b T
17654@tindex rateb
17655@tindex ratel
17656The @kbd{I b T} [@code{rateb}] and @kbd{H b T} [@code{ratel}]
17657commands solve the analogous equations with @code{pvb} or @code{pvl}
17658in place of @code{pv}. Also, @code{rate} and @code{rateb} can
17659accept an optional fourth argument just like @code{pv} and @code{pvb}.
17660To redo the above example from a different perspective,
17661@code{ratel(9, 2000, 1000) = 8.00597%}, which says you will need an
17662interest rate of 8% in order to double your account in nine years.
17663
17664@kindex b I
17665@pindex calc-fin-irr
17666@tindex irr
17667The @kbd{b I} (@code{calc-fin-irr}) [@code{irr}] command is the
17668analogous function to @code{rate} but for net present value.
17669Its argument is a vector of payments. Thus @code{irr(@var{payments})}
17670computes the @var{rate} such that @code{npv(@var{rate}, @var{payments}) = 0};
17671this rate is known as the @dfn{internal rate of return}.
17672
17673@kindex I b I
17674@tindex irrb
17675The @kbd{I b I} [@code{irrb}] command computes the internal rate of
17676return assuming payments occur at the beginning of each period.
17677
17678@node Depreciation Functions, Definitions of Financial Functions, Related Financial Functions, Financial Functions
17679@subsection Depreciation Functions
17680
17681@noindent
17682The functions in this section calculate @dfn{depreciation}, which is
17683the amount of value that a possession loses over time. These functions
17684are characterized by three parameters: @var{cost}, the original cost
17685of the asset; @var{salvage}, the value the asset will have at the end
17686of its expected ``useful life''; and @var{life}, the number of years
17687(or other periods) of the expected useful life.
17688
17689There are several methods for calculating depreciation that differ in
17690the way they spread the depreciation over the lifetime of the asset.
17691
17692@kindex b S
17693@pindex calc-fin-sln
17694@tindex sln
17695The @kbd{b S} (@code{calc-fin-sln}) [@code{sln}] command computes the
17696``straight-line'' depreciation. In this method, the asset depreciates
17697by the same amount every year (or period). For example,
17698@samp{sln(12000, 2000, 5)} returns 2000. The asset costs $12000
17699initially and will be worth $2000 after five years; it loses $2000
17700per year.
17701
17702@kindex b Y
17703@pindex calc-fin-syd
17704@tindex syd
17705The @kbd{b Y} (@code{calc-fin-syd}) [@code{syd}] command computes the
17706accelerated ``sum-of-years'-digits'' depreciation. Here the depreciation
17707is higher during the early years of the asset's life. Since the
17708depreciation is different each year, @kbd{b Y} takes a fourth @var{period}
17709parameter which specifies which year is requested, from 1 to @var{life}.
17710If @var{period} is outside this range, the @code{syd} function will
17711return zero.
17712
17713@kindex b D
17714@pindex calc-fin-ddb
17715@tindex ddb
17716The @kbd{b D} (@code{calc-fin-ddb}) [@code{ddb}] command computes an
17717accelerated depreciation using the double-declining balance method.
17718It also takes a fourth @var{period} parameter.
17719
17720For symmetry, the @code{sln} function will accept a @var{period}
17721parameter as well, although it will ignore its value except that the
17722return value will as usual be zero if @var{period} is out of range.
17723
17724For example, pushing the vector @expr{[1,2,3,4,5]} (perhaps with @kbd{v x 5})
17725and then mapping @kbd{V M ' [sln(12000,2000,5,$), syd(12000,2000,5,$),
17726ddb(12000,2000,5,$)] @key{RET}} produces a matrix that allows us to compare
17727the three depreciation methods:
17728
17729@example
17730@group
17731[ [ 2000, 3333, 4800 ]
17732 [ 2000, 2667, 2880 ]
17733 [ 2000, 2000, 1728 ]
17734 [ 2000, 1333, 592 ]
17735 [ 2000, 667, 0 ] ]
17736@end group
17737@end example
17738
17739@noindent
17740(Values have been rounded to nearest integers in this figure.)
17741We see that @code{sln} depreciates by the same amount each year,
17742@kbd{syd} depreciates more at the beginning and less at the end,
17743and @kbd{ddb} weights the depreciation even more toward the beginning.
17744
17745Summing columns with @kbd{V R : +} yields @expr{[10000, 10000, 10000]};
17746the total depreciation in any method is (by definition) the
17747difference between the cost and the salvage value.
17748
17749@node Definitions of Financial Functions, , Depreciation Functions, Financial Functions
17750@subsection Definitions
17751
17752@noindent
17753For your reference, here are the actual formulas used to compute
17754Calc's financial functions.
17755
17756Calc will not evaluate a financial function unless the @var{rate} or
17757@var{n} argument is known. However, @var{payment} or @var{amount} can
17758be a variable. Calc expands these functions according to the
17759formulas below for symbolic arguments only when you use the @kbd{a "}
17760(@code{calc-expand-formula}) command, or when taking derivatives or
17761integrals or solving equations involving the functions.
17762
17763@ifnottex
17764These formulas are shown using the conventions of Big display
17765mode (@kbd{d B}); for example, the formula for @code{fv} written
17766linearly is @samp{pmt * ((1 + rate)^n) - 1) / rate}.
17767
17768@example
17769 n
17770 (1 + rate) - 1
17771fv(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ---------------
17772 rate
17773
17774 n
17775 ((1 + rate) - 1) (1 + rate)
17776fvb(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ----------------------------
17777 rate
17778
17779 n
17780fvl(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * (1 + rate)
17781
17782 -n
17783 1 - (1 + rate)
17784pv(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ----------------
17785 rate
17786
17787 -n
17788 (1 - (1 + rate) ) (1 + rate)
17789pvb(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * -----------------------------
17790 rate
17791
17792 -n
17793pvl(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * (1 + rate)
17794
17795 -1 -2 -3
17796npv(rate, [a, b, c]) = a*(1 + rate) + b*(1 + rate) + c*(1 + rate)
17797
17798 -1 -2
17799npvb(rate, [a, b, c]) = a + b*(1 + rate) + c*(1 + rate)
17800
17801 -n
17802 (amt - x * (1 + rate) ) * rate
17803pmt(rate, n, amt, x) = -------------------------------
17804 -n
17805 1 - (1 + rate)
17806
17807 -n
17808 (amt - x * (1 + rate) ) * rate
17809pmtb(rate, n, amt, x) = -------------------------------
17810 -n
17811 (1 - (1 + rate) ) (1 + rate)
17812
17813 amt * rate
17814nper(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(1 - ------------, 1 + rate)
17815 pmt
17816
17817 amt * rate
17818nperb(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(1 - ---------------, 1 + rate)
17819 pmt * (1 + rate)
17820
17821 amt
17822nperl(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(---, 1 + rate)
17823 pmt
17824
17825 1/n
17826 pmt
17827ratel(n, pmt, amt) = ------ - 1
17828 1/n
17829 amt
17830
17831 cost - salv
17832sln(cost, salv, life) = -----------
17833 life
17834
17835 (cost - salv) * (life - per + 1)
17836syd(cost, salv, life, per) = --------------------------------
17837 life * (life + 1) / 2
17838
17839 book * 2
17840ddb(cost, salv, life, per) = --------, book = cost - depreciation so far
17841 life
17842@end example
17843@end ifnottex
17844@tex
17845\turnoffactive
17846$$ \code{fv}(r, n, p) = p { (1 + r)^n - 1 \over r } $$
17847$$ \code{fvb}(r, n, p) = p { ((1 + r)^n - 1) (1 + r) \over r } $$
17848$$ \code{fvl}(r, n, p) = p (1 + r)^n $$
17849$$ \code{pv}(r, n, p) = p { 1 - (1 + r)^{-n} \over r } $$
17850$$ \code{pvb}(r, n, p) = p { (1 - (1 + r)^{-n}) (1 + r) \over r } $$
17851$$ \code{pvl}(r, n, p) = p (1 + r)^{-n} $$
17852$$ \code{npv}(r, [a,b,c]) = a (1 + r)^{-1} + b (1 + r)^{-2} + c (1 + r)^{-3} $$
17853$$ \code{npvb}(r, [a,b,c]) = a + b (1 + r)^{-1} + c (1 + r)^{-2} $$
17854$$ \code{pmt}(r, n, a, x) = { (a - x (1 + r)^{-n}) r \over 1 - (1 + r)^{-n} }$$
17855$$ \code{pmtb}(r, n, a, x) = { (a - x (1 + r)^{-n}) r \over
17856 (1 - (1 + r)^{-n}) (1 + r) } $$
17857$$ \code{nper}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}(1 - { a r \over p }, 1 + r) $$
17858$$ \code{nperb}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}(1 - { a r \over p (1 + r) }, 1 + r) $$
17859$$ \code{nperl}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}({a \over p}, 1 + r) $$
17860$$ \code{ratel}(n, p, a) = { p^{1/n} \over a^{1/n} } - 1 $$
17861$$ \code{sln}(c, s, l) = { c - s \over l } $$
17862$$ \code{syd}(c, s, l, p) = { (c - s) (l - p + 1) \over l (l+1) / 2 } $$
17863$$ \code{ddb}(c, s, l, p) = { 2 (c - \hbox{depreciation so far}) \over l } $$
17864@end tex
17865
17866@noindent
17867In @code{pmt} and @code{pmtb}, @expr{x=0} if omitted.
17868
17869These functions accept any numeric objects, including error forms,
17870intervals, and even (though not very usefully) complex numbers. The
17871above formulas specify exactly the behavior of these functions with
17872all sorts of inputs.
17873
17874Note that if the first argument to the @code{log} in @code{nper} is
17875negative, @code{nper} leaves itself in symbolic form rather than
17876returning a (financially meaningless) complex number.
17877
17878@samp{rate(num, pmt, amt)} solves the equation
17879@samp{pv(rate, num, pmt) = amt} for @samp{rate} using @kbd{H a R}
17880(@code{calc-find-root}), with the interval @samp{[.01% .. 100%]}
17881for an initial guess. The @code{rateb} function is the same except
17882that it uses @code{pvb}. Note that @code{ratel} can be solved
17883directly; its formula is shown in the above list.
17884
17885Similarly, @samp{irr(pmts)} solves the equation @samp{npv(rate, pmts) = 0}
17886for @samp{rate}.
17887
17888If you give a fourth argument to @code{nper} or @code{nperb}, Calc
17889will also use @kbd{H a R} to solve the equation using an initial
17890guess interval of @samp{[0 .. 100]}.
17891
17892A fourth argument to @code{fv} simply sums the two components
17893calculated from the above formulas for @code{fv} and @code{fvl}.
17894The same is true of @code{fvb}, @code{pv}, and @code{pvb}.
17895
17896The @kbd{ddb} function is computed iteratively; the ``book'' value
17897starts out equal to @var{cost}, and decreases according to the above
17898formula for the specified number of periods. If the book value
17899would decrease below @var{salvage}, it only decreases to @var{salvage}
17900and the depreciation is zero for all subsequent periods. The @code{ddb}
17901function returns the amount the book value decreased in the specified
17902period.
17903
17904@node Binary Functions, , Financial Functions, Arithmetic
17905@section Binary Number Functions
17906
17907@noindent
17908The commands in this chapter all use two-letter sequences beginning with
17909the @kbd{b} prefix.
17910
17911@cindex Binary numbers
17912The ``binary'' operations actually work regardless of the currently
17913displayed radix, although their results make the most sense in a radix
17914like 2, 8, or 16 (as obtained by the @kbd{d 2}, @kbd{d 8}, or @w{@kbd{d 6}}
17915commands, respectively). You may also wish to enable display of leading
17916zeros with @kbd{d z}. @xref{Radix Modes}.
17917
17918@cindex Word size for binary operations
17919The Calculator maintains a current @dfn{word size} @expr{w}, an
17920arbitrary positive or negative integer. For a positive word size, all
17921of the binary operations described here operate modulo @expr{2^w}. In
17922particular, negative arguments are converted to positive integers modulo
17923@expr{2^w} by all binary functions.
17924
17925If the word size is negative, binary operations produce 2's complement
17926integers from
17927@texline @math{-2^{-w-1}}
17928@infoline @expr{-(2^(-w-1))}
17929to
17930@texline @math{2^{-w-1}-1}
17931@infoline @expr{2^(-w-1)-1}
17932inclusive. Either mode accepts inputs in any range; the sign of
17933@expr{w} affects only the results produced.
17934
17935@kindex b c
17936@pindex calc-clip
17937@tindex clip
17938The @kbd{b c} (@code{calc-clip})
17939[@code{clip}] command can be used to clip a number by reducing it modulo
17940@expr{2^w}. The commands described in this chapter automatically clip
17941their results to the current word size. Note that other operations like
17942addition do not use the current word size, since integer addition
17943generally is not ``binary.'' (However, @pxref{Simplification Modes},
17944@code{calc-bin-simplify-mode}.) For example, with a word size of 8
17945bits @kbd{b c} converts a number to the range 0 to 255; with a word
17946size of @mathit{-8} @kbd{b c} converts to the range @mathit{-128} to 127.
17947
17948@kindex b w
17949@pindex calc-word-size
17950The default word size is 32 bits. All operations except the shifts and
17951rotates allow you to specify a different word size for that one
17952operation by giving a numeric prefix argument: @kbd{C-u 8 b c} clips the
17953top of stack to the range 0 to 255 regardless of the current word size.
17954To set the word size permanently, use @kbd{b w} (@code{calc-word-size}).
17955This command displays a prompt with the current word size; press @key{RET}
17956immediately to keep this word size, or type a new word size at the prompt.
17957
17958When the binary operations are written in symbolic form, they take an
17959optional second (or third) word-size parameter. When a formula like
17960@samp{and(a,b)} is finally evaluated, the word size current at that time
17961will be used, but when @samp{and(a,b,-8)} is evaluated, a word size of
17962@mathit{-8} will always be used. A symbolic binary function will be left
17963in symbolic form unless the all of its argument(s) are integers or
17964integer-valued floats.
17965
17966If either or both arguments are modulo forms for which @expr{M} is a
17967power of two, that power of two is taken as the word size unless a
17968numeric prefix argument overrides it. The current word size is never
17969consulted when modulo-power-of-two forms are involved.
17970
17971@kindex b a
17972@pindex calc-and
17973@tindex and
17974The @kbd{b a} (@code{calc-and}) [@code{and}] command computes the bitwise
17975AND of the two numbers on the top of the stack. In other words, for each
17976of the @expr{w} binary digits of the two numbers (pairwise), the corresponding
17977bit of the result is 1 if and only if both input bits are 1:
17978@samp{and(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#1000}.
17979
17980@kindex b o
17981@pindex calc-or
17982@tindex or
17983The @kbd{b o} (@code{calc-or}) [@code{or}] command computes the bitwise
17984inclusive OR of two numbers. A bit is 1 if either of the input bits, or
17985both, are 1: @samp{or(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#1110}.
17986
17987@kindex b x
17988@pindex calc-xor
17989@tindex xor
17990The @kbd{b x} (@code{calc-xor}) [@code{xor}] command computes the bitwise
17991exclusive OR of two numbers. A bit is 1 if exactly one of the input bits
17992is 1: @samp{xor(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#0110}.
17993
17994@kindex b d
17995@pindex calc-diff
17996@tindex diff
17997The @kbd{b d} (@code{calc-diff}) [@code{diff}] command computes the bitwise
17998difference of two numbers; this is defined by @samp{diff(a,b) = and(a,not(b))},
17999so that @samp{diff(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#0100}.
18000
18001@kindex b n
18002@pindex calc-not
18003@tindex not
18004The @kbd{b n} (@code{calc-not}) [@code{not}] command computes the bitwise
18005NOT of a number. A bit is 1 if the input bit is 0 and vice-versa.
18006
18007@kindex b l
18008@pindex calc-lshift-binary
18009@tindex lsh
18010The @kbd{b l} (@code{calc-lshift-binary}) [@code{lsh}] command shifts a
18011number left by one bit, or by the number of bits specified in the numeric
18012prefix argument. A negative prefix argument performs a logical right shift,
18013in which zeros are shifted in on the left. In symbolic form, @samp{lsh(a)}
18014is short for @samp{lsh(a,1)}, which in turn is short for @samp{lsh(a,n,w)}.
18015Bits shifted ``off the end,'' according to the current word size, are lost.
18016
18017@kindex H b l
18018@kindex H b r
18019@ignore
18020@mindex @idots
18021@end ignore
18022@kindex H b L
18023@ignore
18024@mindex @null
18025@end ignore
18026@kindex H b R
18027@ignore
18028@mindex @null
18029@end ignore
18030@kindex H b t
18031The @kbd{H b l} command also does a left shift, but it takes two arguments
18032from the stack (the value to shift, and, at top-of-stack, the number of
18033bits to shift). This version interprets the prefix argument just like
18034the regular binary operations, i.e., as a word size. The Hyperbolic flag
18035has a similar effect on the rest of the binary shift and rotate commands.
18036
18037@kindex b r
18038@pindex calc-rshift-binary
18039@tindex rsh
18040The @kbd{b r} (@code{calc-rshift-binary}) [@code{rsh}] command shifts a
18041number right by one bit, or by the number of bits specified in the numeric
18042prefix argument: @samp{rsh(a,n) = lsh(a,-n)}.
18043
18044@kindex b L
18045@pindex calc-lshift-arith
18046@tindex ash
18047The @kbd{b L} (@code{calc-lshift-arith}) [@code{ash}] command shifts a
18048number left. It is analogous to @code{lsh}, except that if the shift
18049is rightward (the prefix argument is negative), an arithmetic shift
18050is performed as described below.
18051
18052@kindex b R
18053@pindex calc-rshift-arith
18054@tindex rash
18055The @kbd{b R} (@code{calc-rshift-arith}) [@code{rash}] command performs
18056an ``arithmetic'' shift to the right, in which the leftmost bit (according
18057to the current word size) is duplicated rather than shifting in zeros.
18058This corresponds to dividing by a power of two where the input is interpreted
18059as a signed, twos-complement number. (The distinction between the @samp{rsh}
18060and @samp{rash} operations is totally independent from whether the word
18061size is positive or negative.) With a negative prefix argument, this
18062performs a standard left shift.
18063
18064@kindex b t
18065@pindex calc-rotate-binary
18066@tindex rot
18067The @kbd{b t} (@code{calc-rotate-binary}) [@code{rot}] command rotates a
18068number one bit to the left. The leftmost bit (according to the current
18069word size) is dropped off the left and shifted in on the right. With a
18070numeric prefix argument, the number is rotated that many bits to the left
18071or right.
18072
18073@xref{Set Operations}, for the @kbd{b p} and @kbd{b u} commands that
18074pack and unpack binary integers into sets. (For example, @kbd{b u}
18075unpacks the number @samp{2#11001} to the set of bit-numbers
18076@samp{[0, 3, 4]}.) Type @kbd{b u V #} to count the number of ``1''
18077bits in a binary integer.
18078
18079Another interesting use of the set representation of binary integers
18080is to reverse the bits in, say, a 32-bit integer. Type @kbd{b u} to
18081unpack; type @kbd{31 @key{TAB} -} to replace each bit-number in the set
18082with 31 minus that bit-number; type @kbd{b p} to pack the set back
18083into a binary integer.
18084
18085@node Scientific Functions, Matrix Functions, Arithmetic, Top
18086@chapter Scientific Functions
18087
18088@noindent
18089The functions described here perform trigonometric and other transcendental
18090calculations. They generally produce floating-point answers correct to the
18091full current precision. The @kbd{H} (Hyperbolic) and @kbd{I} (Inverse)
18092flag keys must be used to get some of these functions from the keyboard.
18093
18094@kindex P
18095@pindex calc-pi
18096@cindex @code{pi} variable
18097@vindex pi
18098@kindex H P
18099@cindex @code{e} variable
18100@vindex e
18101@kindex I P
18102@cindex @code{gamma} variable
18103@vindex gamma
18104@cindex Gamma constant, Euler's
18105@cindex Euler's gamma constant
18106@kindex H I P
18107@cindex @code{phi} variable
18108@cindex Phi, golden ratio
18109@cindex Golden ratio
18110One miscellaneous command is shift-@kbd{P} (@code{calc-pi}), which pushes
18111the value of @cpi{} (at the current precision) onto the stack. With the
18112Hyperbolic flag, it pushes the value @expr{e}, the base of natural logarithms.
18113With the Inverse flag, it pushes Euler's constant
18114@texline @math{\gamma}
18115@infoline @expr{gamma}
18116(about 0.5772). With both Inverse and Hyperbolic, it
18117pushes the ``golden ratio''
18118@texline @math{\phi}
18119@infoline @expr{phi}
18120(about 1.618). (At present, Euler's constant is not available
18121to unlimited precision; Calc knows only the first 100 digits.)
18122In Symbolic mode, these commands push the
18123actual variables @samp{pi}, @samp{e}, @samp{gamma}, and @samp{phi},
18124respectively, instead of their values; @pxref{Symbolic Mode}.
18125
18126@ignore
18127@mindex Q
18128@end ignore
18129@ignore
18130@mindex I Q
18131@end ignore
18132@kindex I Q
18133@tindex sqr
18134The @kbd{Q} (@code{calc-sqrt}) [@code{sqrt}] function is described elsewhere;
18135@pxref{Basic Arithmetic}. With the Inverse flag [@code{sqr}], this command
18136computes the square of the argument.
18137
18138@xref{Prefix Arguments}, for a discussion of the effect of numeric
18139prefix arguments on commands in this chapter which do not otherwise
18140interpret a prefix argument.
18141
18142@menu
18143* Logarithmic Functions::
18144* Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions::
18145* Advanced Math Functions::
18146* Branch Cuts::
18147* Random Numbers::
18148* Combinatorial Functions::
18149* Probability Distribution Functions::
18150@end menu
18151
18152@node Logarithmic Functions, Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Scientific Functions, Scientific Functions
18153@section Logarithmic Functions
18154
18155@noindent
18156@kindex L
18157@pindex calc-ln
18158@tindex ln
18159@ignore
18160@mindex @null
18161@end ignore
18162@kindex I E
18163The shift-@kbd{L} (@code{calc-ln}) [@code{ln}] command computes the natural
18164logarithm of the real or complex number on the top of the stack. With
18165the Inverse flag it computes the exponential function instead, although
18166this is redundant with the @kbd{E} command.
18167
18168@kindex E
18169@pindex calc-exp
18170@tindex exp
18171@ignore
18172@mindex @null
18173@end ignore
18174@kindex I L
18175The shift-@kbd{E} (@code{calc-exp}) [@code{exp}] command computes the
18176exponential, i.e., @expr{e} raised to the power of the number on the stack.
18177The meanings of the Inverse and Hyperbolic flags follow from those for
18178the @code{calc-ln} command.
18179
18180@kindex H L
18181@kindex H E
18182@pindex calc-log10
18183@tindex log10
18184@tindex exp10
18185@ignore
18186@mindex @null
18187@end ignore
18188@kindex H I L
18189@ignore
18190@mindex @null
18191@end ignore
18192@kindex H I E
18193The @kbd{H L} (@code{calc-log10}) [@code{log10}] command computes the common
18194(base-10) logarithm of a number. (With the Inverse flag [@code{exp10}],
18195it raises ten to a given power.) Note that the common logarithm of a
18196complex number is computed by taking the natural logarithm and dividing
18197by
18198@texline @math{\ln10}.
18199@infoline @expr{ln(10)}.
18200
18201@kindex B
18202@kindex I B
18203@pindex calc-log
18204@tindex log
18205@tindex alog
18206The @kbd{B} (@code{calc-log}) [@code{log}] command computes a logarithm
18207to any base. For example, @kbd{1024 @key{RET} 2 B} produces 10, since
18208@texline @math{2^{10} = 1024}.
18209@infoline @expr{2^10 = 1024}.
18210In certain cases like @samp{log(3,9)}, the result
18211will be either @expr{1:2} or @expr{0.5} depending on the current Fraction
18212mode setting. With the Inverse flag [@code{alog}], this command is
18213similar to @kbd{^} except that the order of the arguments is reversed.
18214
18215@kindex f I
18216@pindex calc-ilog
18217@tindex ilog
18218The @kbd{f I} (@code{calc-ilog}) [@code{ilog}] command computes the
18219integer logarithm of a number to any base. The number and the base must
18220themselves be positive integers. This is the true logarithm, rounded
18221down to an integer. Thus @kbd{ilog(x,10)} is 3 for all @expr{x} in the
18222range from 1000 to 9999. If both arguments are positive integers, exact
18223integer arithmetic is used; otherwise, this is equivalent to
18224@samp{floor(log(x,b))}.
18225
18226@kindex f E
18227@pindex calc-expm1
18228@tindex expm1
18229The @kbd{f E} (@code{calc-expm1}) [@code{expm1}] command computes
18230@texline @math{e^x - 1},
18231@infoline @expr{exp(x)-1},
18232but using an algorithm that produces a more accurate
18233answer when the result is close to zero, i.e., when
18234@texline @math{e^x}
18235@infoline @expr{exp(x)}
18236is close to one.
18237
18238@kindex f L
18239@pindex calc-lnp1
18240@tindex lnp1
18241The @kbd{f L} (@code{calc-lnp1}) [@code{lnp1}] command computes
18242@texline @math{\ln(x+1)},
18243@infoline @expr{ln(x+1)},
18244producing a more accurate answer when @expr{x} is close to zero.
18245
18246@node Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Advanced Math Functions, Logarithmic Functions, Scientific Functions
18247@section Trigonometric/Hyperbolic Functions
18248
18249@noindent
18250@kindex S
18251@pindex calc-sin
18252@tindex sin
18253The shift-@kbd{S} (@code{calc-sin}) [@code{sin}] command computes the sine
18254of an angle or complex number. If the input is an HMS form, it is interpreted
18255as degrees-minutes-seconds; otherwise, the input is interpreted according
18256to the current angular mode. It is best to use Radians mode when operating
18257on complex numbers.
18258
18259Calc's ``units'' mechanism includes angular units like @code{deg},
18260@code{rad}, and @code{grad}. While @samp{sin(45 deg)} is not evaluated
18261all the time, the @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) command will
18262simplify @samp{sin(45 deg)} by taking the sine of 45 degrees, regardless
18263of the current angular mode. @xref{Basic Operations on Units}.
18264
18265Also, the symbolic variable @code{pi} is not ordinarily recognized in
18266arguments to trigonometric functions, as in @samp{sin(3 pi / 4)}, but
18267the @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) command recognizes many such
18268formulas when the current angular mode is Radians @emph{and} Symbolic
18269mode is enabled; this example would be replaced by @samp{sqrt(2) / 2}.
18270@xref{Symbolic Mode}. Beware, this simplification occurs even if you
18271have stored a different value in the variable @samp{pi}; this is one
18272reason why changing built-in variables is a bad idea. Arguments of
18273the form @expr{x} plus a multiple of @cpiover{2} are also simplified.
18274Calc includes similar formulas for @code{cos} and @code{tan}.
18275
18276The @kbd{a s} command knows all angles which are integer multiples of
18277@cpiover{12}, @cpiover{10}, or @cpiover{8} radians. In Degrees mode,
18278analogous simplifications occur for integer multiples of 15 or 18
18279degrees, and for arguments plus multiples of 90 degrees.
18280
18281@kindex I S
18282@pindex calc-arcsin
18283@tindex arcsin
18284With the Inverse flag, @code{calc-sin} computes an arcsine. This is also
18285available as the @code{calc-arcsin} command or @code{arcsin} algebraic
18286function. The returned argument is converted to degrees, radians, or HMS
18287notation depending on the current angular mode.
18288
18289@kindex H S
18290@pindex calc-sinh
18291@tindex sinh
18292@kindex H I S
18293@pindex calc-arcsinh
18294@tindex arcsinh
18295With the Hyperbolic flag, @code{calc-sin} computes the hyperbolic
18296sine, also available as @code{calc-sinh} [@code{sinh}]. With the
18297Hyperbolic and Inverse flags, it computes the hyperbolic arcsine
18298(@code{calc-arcsinh}) [@code{arcsinh}].
18299
18300@kindex C
18301@pindex calc-cos
18302@tindex cos
18303@ignore
18304@mindex @idots
18305@end ignore
18306@kindex I C
18307@pindex calc-arccos
18308@ignore
18309@mindex @null
18310@end ignore
18311@tindex arccos
18312@ignore
18313@mindex @null
18314@end ignore
18315@kindex H C
18316@pindex calc-cosh
18317@ignore
18318@mindex @null
18319@end ignore
18320@tindex cosh
18321@ignore
18322@mindex @null
18323@end ignore
18324@kindex H I C
18325@pindex calc-arccosh
18326@ignore
18327@mindex @null
18328@end ignore
18329@tindex arccosh
18330@ignore
18331@mindex @null
18332@end ignore
18333@kindex T
18334@pindex calc-tan
18335@ignore
18336@mindex @null
18337@end ignore
18338@tindex tan
18339@ignore
18340@mindex @null
18341@end ignore
18342@kindex I T
18343@pindex calc-arctan
18344@ignore
18345@mindex @null
18346@end ignore
18347@tindex arctan
18348@ignore
18349@mindex @null
18350@end ignore
18351@kindex H T
18352@pindex calc-tanh
18353@ignore
18354@mindex @null
18355@end ignore
18356@tindex tanh
18357@ignore
18358@mindex @null
18359@end ignore
18360@kindex H I T
18361@pindex calc-arctanh
18362@ignore
18363@mindex @null
18364@end ignore
18365@tindex arctanh
18366The shift-@kbd{C} (@code{calc-cos}) [@code{cos}] command computes the cosine
18367of an angle or complex number, and shift-@kbd{T} (@code{calc-tan}) [@code{tan}]
18368computes the tangent, along with all the various inverse and hyperbolic
18369variants of these functions.
18370
18371@kindex f T
18372@pindex calc-arctan2
18373@tindex arctan2
18374The @kbd{f T} (@code{calc-arctan2}) [@code{arctan2}] command takes two
18375numbers from the stack and computes the arc tangent of their ratio. The
18376result is in the full range from @mathit{-180} (exclusive) to @mathit{+180}
18377(inclusive) degrees, or the analogous range in radians. A similar
18378result would be obtained with @kbd{/} followed by @kbd{I T}, but the
18379value would only be in the range from @mathit{-90} to @mathit{+90} degrees
18380since the division loses information about the signs of the two
18381components, and an error might result from an explicit division by zero
18382which @code{arctan2} would avoid. By (arbitrary) definition,
18383@samp{arctan2(0,0)=0}.
18384
18385@pindex calc-sincos
18386@ignore
18387@starindex
18388@end ignore
18389@tindex sincos
18390@ignore
18391@starindex
18392@end ignore
18393@ignore
18394@mindex arc@idots
18395@end ignore
18396@tindex arcsincos
18397The @code{calc-sincos} [@code{sincos}] command computes the sine and
18398cosine of a number, returning them as a vector of the form
18399@samp{[@var{cos}, @var{sin}]}.
18400With the Inverse flag [@code{arcsincos}], this command takes a two-element
18401vector as an argument and computes @code{arctan2} of the elements.
18402(This command does not accept the Hyperbolic flag.)
18403
18404@pindex calc-sec
18405@tindex sec
18406@pindex calc-csc
18407@tindex csc
18408@pindex calc-cot
18409@tindex cot
18410@pindex calc-sech
18411@tindex sech
18412@pindex calc-csch
18413@tindex csch
18414@pindex calc-coth
18415@tindex coth
18416The remaining trigonometric functions, @code{calc-sec} [@code{sec}],
4bb49b43 18417@code{calc-csc} [@code{csc}] and @code{calc-cot} [@code{cot}], are also
4009494e
GM
18418available. With the Hyperbolic flag, these compute their hyperbolic
18419counterparts, which are also available separately as @code{calc-sech}
4bb49b43 18420[@code{sech}], @code{calc-csch} [@code{csch}] and @code{calc-coth}
9c264403 18421[@code{coth}]. (These commands do not accept the Inverse flag.)
4009494e
GM
18422
18423@node Advanced Math Functions, Branch Cuts, Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Scientific Functions
18424@section Advanced Mathematical Functions
18425
18426@noindent
18427Calc can compute a variety of less common functions that arise in
18428various branches of mathematics. All of the functions described in
18429this section allow arbitrary complex arguments and, except as noted,
18430will work to arbitrarily large precisions. They can not at present
18431handle error forms or intervals as arguments.
18432
18433NOTE: These functions are still experimental. In particular, their
18434accuracy is not guaranteed in all domains. It is advisable to set the
18435current precision comfortably higher than you actually need when
18436using these functions. Also, these functions may be impractically
18437slow for some values of the arguments.
18438
18439@kindex f g
18440@pindex calc-gamma
18441@tindex gamma
18442The @kbd{f g} (@code{calc-gamma}) [@code{gamma}] command computes the Euler
18443gamma function. For positive integer arguments, this is related to the
18444factorial function: @samp{gamma(n+1) = fact(n)}. For general complex
18445arguments the gamma function can be defined by the following definite
18446integral:
18447@texline @math{\Gamma(a) = \int_0^\infty t^{a-1} e^t dt}.
18448@infoline @expr{gamma(a) = integ(t^(a-1) exp(t), t, 0, inf)}.
18449(The actual implementation uses far more efficient computational methods.)
18450
18451@kindex f G
18452@tindex gammaP
18453@ignore
18454@mindex @idots
18455@end ignore
18456@kindex I f G
18457@ignore
18458@mindex @null
18459@end ignore
18460@kindex H f G
18461@ignore
18462@mindex @null
18463@end ignore
18464@kindex H I f G
18465@pindex calc-inc-gamma
18466@ignore
18467@mindex @null
18468@end ignore
18469@tindex gammaQ
18470@ignore
18471@mindex @null
18472@end ignore
18473@tindex gammag
18474@ignore
18475@mindex @null
18476@end ignore
18477@tindex gammaG
18478The @kbd{f G} (@code{calc-inc-gamma}) [@code{gammaP}] command computes
18479the incomplete gamma function, denoted @samp{P(a,x)}. This is defined by
18480the integral,
18481@texline @math{P(a,x) = \left( \int_0^x t^{a-1} e^t dt \right) / \Gamma(a)}.
18482@infoline @expr{gammaP(a,x) = integ(t^(a-1) exp(t), t, 0, x) / gamma(a)}.
18483This implies that @samp{gammaP(a,inf) = 1} for any @expr{a} (see the
18484definition of the normal gamma function).
18485
18486Several other varieties of incomplete gamma function are defined.
18487The complement of @expr{P(a,x)}, called @expr{Q(a,x) = 1-P(a,x)} by
18488some authors, is computed by the @kbd{I f G} [@code{gammaQ}] command.
18489You can think of this as taking the other half of the integral, from
18490@expr{x} to infinity.
18491
18492@ifnottex
18493The functions corresponding to the integrals that define @expr{P(a,x)}
18494and @expr{Q(a,x)} but without the normalizing @expr{1/gamma(a)}
18495factor are called @expr{g(a,x)} and @expr{G(a,x)}, respectively
18496(where @expr{g} and @expr{G} represent the lower- and upper-case Greek
18497letter gamma). You can obtain these using the @kbd{H f G} [@code{gammag}]
18498and @kbd{H I f G} [@code{gammaG}] commands.
18499@end ifnottex
18500@tex
18501\turnoffactive
18502The functions corresponding to the integrals that define $P(a,x)$
18503and $Q(a,x)$ but without the normalizing $1/\Gamma(a)$
18504factor are called $\gamma(a,x)$ and $\Gamma(a,x)$, respectively.
18505You can obtain these using the \kbd{H f G} [\code{gammag}] and
18506\kbd{I H f G} [\code{gammaG}] commands.
18507@end tex
18508
18509@kindex f b
18510@pindex calc-beta
18511@tindex beta
18512The @kbd{f b} (@code{calc-beta}) [@code{beta}] command computes the
18513Euler beta function, which is defined in terms of the gamma function as
18514@texline @math{B(a,b) = \Gamma(a) \Gamma(b) / \Gamma(a+b)},
18515@infoline @expr{beta(a,b) = gamma(a) gamma(b) / gamma(a+b)},
18516or by
18517@texline @math{B(a,b) = \int_0^1 t^{a-1} (1-t)^{b-1} dt}.
18518@infoline @expr{beta(a,b) = integ(t^(a-1) (1-t)^(b-1), t, 0, 1)}.
18519
18520@kindex f B
18521@kindex H f B
18522@pindex calc-inc-beta
18523@tindex betaI
18524@tindex betaB
18525The @kbd{f B} (@code{calc-inc-beta}) [@code{betaI}] command computes
18526the incomplete beta function @expr{I(x,a,b)}. It is defined by
18527@texline @math{I(x,a,b) = \left( \int_0^x t^{a-1} (1-t)^{b-1} dt \right) / B(a,b)}.
18528@infoline @expr{betaI(x,a,b) = integ(t^(a-1) (1-t)^(b-1), t, 0, x) / beta(a,b)}.
18529Once again, the @kbd{H} (hyperbolic) prefix gives the corresponding
18530un-normalized version [@code{betaB}].
18531
18532@kindex f e
18533@kindex I f e
18534@pindex calc-erf
18535@tindex erf
18536@tindex erfc
18537The @kbd{f e} (@code{calc-erf}) [@code{erf}] command computes the
18538error function
18539@texline @math{\hbox{erf}(x) = {2 \over \sqrt{\pi}} \int_0^x e^{-t^2} dt}.
18540@infoline @expr{erf(x) = 2 integ(exp(-(t^2)), t, 0, x) / sqrt(pi)}.
18541The complementary error function @kbd{I f e} (@code{calc-erfc}) [@code{erfc}]
18542is the corresponding integral from @samp{x} to infinity; the sum
18543@texline @math{\hbox{erf}(x) + \hbox{erfc}(x) = 1}.
18544@infoline @expr{erf(x) + erfc(x) = 1}.
18545
18546@kindex f j
18547@kindex f y
18548@pindex calc-bessel-J
18549@pindex calc-bessel-Y
18550@tindex besJ
18551@tindex besY
18552The @kbd{f j} (@code{calc-bessel-J}) [@code{besJ}] and @kbd{f y}
18553(@code{calc-bessel-Y}) [@code{besY}] commands compute the Bessel
18554functions of the first and second kinds, respectively.
18555In @samp{besJ(n,x)} and @samp{besY(n,x)} the ``order'' parameter
18556@expr{n} is often an integer, but is not required to be one.
18557Calc's implementation of the Bessel functions currently limits the
18558precision to 8 digits, and may not be exact even to that precision.
18559Use with care!
18560
18561@node Branch Cuts, Random Numbers, Advanced Math Functions, Scientific Functions
18562@section Branch Cuts and Principal Values
18563
18564@noindent
18565@cindex Branch cuts
18566@cindex Principal values
18567All of the logarithmic, trigonometric, and other scientific functions are
18568defined for complex numbers as well as for reals.
18569This section describes the values
18570returned in cases where the general result is a family of possible values.
18571Calc follows section 12.5.3 of Steele's @dfn{Common Lisp, the Language},
18572second edition, in these matters. This section will describe each
18573function briefly; for a more detailed discussion (including some nifty
18574diagrams), consult Steele's book.
18575
18576Note that the branch cuts for @code{arctan} and @code{arctanh} were
5a83c46e
JB
18577changed between the first and second editions of Steele. Recent
18578versions of Calc follow the second edition.
4009494e
GM
18579
18580The new branch cuts exactly match those of the HP-28/48 calculators.
18581They also match those of Mathematica 1.2, except that Mathematica's
18582@code{arctan} cut is always in the right half of the complex plane,
18583and its @code{arctanh} cut is always in the top half of the plane.
18584Calc's cuts are continuous with quadrants I and III for @code{arctan},
18585or II and IV for @code{arctanh}.
18586
18587Note: The current implementations of these functions with complex arguments
18588are designed with proper behavior around the branch cuts in mind, @emph{not}
18589efficiency or accuracy. You may need to increase the floating precision
18590and wait a while to get suitable answers from them.
18591
18592For @samp{sqrt(a+bi)}: When @expr{a<0} and @expr{b} is small but positive
18593or zero, the result is close to the @expr{+i} axis. For @expr{b} small and
18594negative, the result is close to the @expr{-i} axis. The result always lies
18595in the right half of the complex plane.
18596
18597For @samp{ln(a+bi)}: The real part is defined as @samp{ln(abs(a+bi))}.
18598The imaginary part is defined as @samp{arg(a+bi) = arctan2(b,a)}.
18599Thus the branch cuts for @code{sqrt} and @code{ln} both lie on the
18600negative real axis.
18601
18602The following table describes these branch cuts in another way.
18603If the real and imaginary parts of @expr{z} are as shown, then
18604the real and imaginary parts of @expr{f(z)} will be as shown.
18605Here @code{eps} stands for a small positive value; each
18606occurrence of @code{eps} may stand for a different small value.
18607
18608@smallexample
18609 z sqrt(z) ln(z)
18610----------------------------------------
18611 +, 0 +, 0 any, 0
18612 -, 0 0, + any, pi
18613 -, +eps +eps, + +eps, +
18614 -, -eps +eps, - +eps, -
18615@end smallexample
18616
18617For @samp{z1^z2}: This is defined by @samp{exp(ln(z1)*z2)}.
18618One interesting consequence of this is that @samp{(-8)^1:3} does
18619not evaluate to @mathit{-2} as you might expect, but to the complex
18620number @expr{(1., 1.732)}. Both of these are valid cube roots
18621of @mathit{-8} (as is @expr{(1., -1.732)}); Calc chooses a perhaps
18622less-obvious root for the sake of mathematical consistency.
18623
18624For @samp{arcsin(z)}: This is defined by @samp{-i*ln(i*z + sqrt(1-z^2))}.
18625The branch cuts are on the real axis, less than @mathit{-1} and greater than 1.
18626
18627For @samp{arccos(z)}: This is defined by @samp{-i*ln(z + i*sqrt(1-z^2))},
18628or equivalently by @samp{pi/2 - arcsin(z)}. The branch cuts are on
18629the real axis, less than @mathit{-1} and greater than 1.
18630
18631For @samp{arctan(z)}: This is defined by
18632@samp{(ln(1+i*z) - ln(1-i*z)) / (2*i)}. The branch cuts are on the
18633imaginary axis, below @expr{-i} and above @expr{i}.
18634
18635For @samp{arcsinh(z)}: This is defined by @samp{ln(z + sqrt(1+z^2))}.
18636The branch cuts are on the imaginary axis, below @expr{-i} and
18637above @expr{i}.
18638
18639For @samp{arccosh(z)}: This is defined by
18640@samp{ln(z + (z+1)*sqrt((z-1)/(z+1)))}. The branch cut is on the
18641real axis less than 1.
18642
18643For @samp{arctanh(z)}: This is defined by @samp{(ln(1+z) - ln(1-z)) / 2}.
18644The branch cuts are on the real axis, less than @mathit{-1} and greater than 1.
18645
18646The following tables for @code{arcsin}, @code{arccos}, and
18647@code{arctan} assume the current angular mode is Radians. The
18648hyperbolic functions operate independently of the angular mode.
18649
18650@smallexample
18651 z arcsin(z) arccos(z)
18652-------------------------------------------------------
18653 (-1..1), 0 (-pi/2..pi/2), 0 (0..pi), 0
18654 (-1..1), +eps (-pi/2..pi/2), +eps (0..pi), -eps
18655 (-1..1), -eps (-pi/2..pi/2), -eps (0..pi), +eps
18656 <-1, 0 -pi/2, + pi, -
18657 <-1, +eps -pi/2 + eps, + pi - eps, -
18658 <-1, -eps -pi/2 + eps, - pi - eps, +
18659 >1, 0 pi/2, - 0, +
18660 >1, +eps pi/2 - eps, + +eps, -
18661 >1, -eps pi/2 - eps, - +eps, +
18662@end smallexample
18663
18664@smallexample
18665 z arccosh(z) arctanh(z)
18666-----------------------------------------------------
18667 (-1..1), 0 0, (0..pi) any, 0
18668 (-1..1), +eps +eps, (0..pi) any, +eps
18669 (-1..1), -eps +eps, (-pi..0) any, -eps
18670 <-1, 0 +, pi -, pi/2
18671 <-1, +eps +, pi - eps -, pi/2 - eps
18672 <-1, -eps +, -pi + eps -, -pi/2 + eps
18673 >1, 0 +, 0 +, -pi/2
18674 >1, +eps +, +eps +, pi/2 - eps
18675 >1, -eps +, -eps +, -pi/2 + eps
18676@end smallexample
18677
18678@smallexample
18679 z arcsinh(z) arctan(z)
18680-----------------------------------------------------
18681 0, (-1..1) 0, (-pi/2..pi/2) 0, any
18682 0, <-1 -, -pi/2 -pi/2, -
18683 +eps, <-1 +, -pi/2 + eps pi/2 - eps, -
18684 -eps, <-1 -, -pi/2 + eps -pi/2 + eps, -
18685 0, >1 +, pi/2 pi/2, +
18686 +eps, >1 +, pi/2 - eps pi/2 - eps, +
18687 -eps, >1 -, pi/2 - eps -pi/2 + eps, +
18688@end smallexample
18689
18690Finally, the following identities help to illustrate the relationship
18691between the complex trigonometric and hyperbolic functions. They
18692are valid everywhere, including on the branch cuts.
18693
18694@smallexample
18695sin(i*z) = i*sinh(z) arcsin(i*z) = i*arcsinh(z)
18696cos(i*z) = cosh(z) arcsinh(i*z) = i*arcsin(z)
18697tan(i*z) = i*tanh(z) arctan(i*z) = i*arctanh(z)
18698sinh(i*z) = i*sin(z) cosh(i*z) = cos(z)
18699@end smallexample
18700
18701The ``advanced math'' functions (gamma, Bessel, etc.@:) are also defined
18702for general complex arguments, but their branch cuts and principal values
18703are not rigorously specified at present.
18704
18705@node Random Numbers, Combinatorial Functions, Branch Cuts, Scientific Functions
18706@section Random Numbers
18707
18708@noindent
18709@kindex k r
18710@pindex calc-random
18711@tindex random
18712The @kbd{k r} (@code{calc-random}) [@code{random}] command produces
18713random numbers of various sorts.
18714
18715Given a positive numeric prefix argument @expr{M}, it produces a random
18716integer @expr{N} in the range
18717@texline @math{0 \le N < M}.
18718@infoline @expr{0 <= N < M}.
f10d0e80 18719Each possible value @expr{N} appears with equal probability.
4009494e
GM
18720
18721With no numeric prefix argument, the @kbd{k r} command takes its argument
18722from the stack instead. Once again, if this is a positive integer @expr{M}
18723the result is a random integer less than @expr{M}. However, note that
18724while numeric prefix arguments are limited to six digits or so, an @expr{M}
18725taken from the stack can be arbitrarily large. If @expr{M} is negative,
18726the result is a random integer in the range
18727@texline @math{M < N \le 0}.
18728@infoline @expr{M < N <= 0}.
18729
18730If the value on the stack is a floating-point number @expr{M}, the result
18731is a random floating-point number @expr{N} in the range
18732@texline @math{0 \le N < M}
18733@infoline @expr{0 <= N < M}
18734or
18735@texline @math{M < N \le 0},
18736@infoline @expr{M < N <= 0},
18737according to the sign of @expr{M}.
18738
18739If @expr{M} is zero, the result is a Gaussian-distributed random real
18740number; the distribution has a mean of zero and a standard deviation
18741of one. The algorithm used generates random numbers in pairs; thus,
18742every other call to this function will be especially fast.
18743
18744If @expr{M} is an error form
18745@texline @math{m} @code{+/-} @math{\sigma}
18746@infoline @samp{m +/- s}
18747where @var{m} and
18748@texline @math{\sigma}
18749@infoline @var{s}
18750are both real numbers, the result uses a Gaussian distribution with mean
18751@var{m} and standard deviation
18752@texline @math{\sigma}.
18753@infoline @var{s}.
18754
18755If @expr{M} is an interval form, the lower and upper bounds specify the
18756acceptable limits of the random numbers. If both bounds are integers,
18757the result is a random integer in the specified range. If either bound
18758is floating-point, the result is a random real number in the specified
18759range. If the interval is open at either end, the result will be sure
18760not to equal that end value. (This makes a big difference for integer
18761intervals, but for floating-point intervals it's relatively minor:
18762with a precision of 6, @samp{random([1.0..2.0))} will return any of one
18763million numbers from 1.00000 to 1.99999; @samp{random([1.0..2.0])} may
18764additionally return 2.00000, but the probability of this happening is
18765extremely small.)
18766
18767If @expr{M} is a vector, the result is one element taken at random from
18768the vector. All elements of the vector are given equal probabilities.
18769
18770@vindex RandSeed
18771The sequence of numbers produced by @kbd{k r} is completely random by
18772default, i.e., the sequence is seeded each time you start Calc using
18773the current time and other information. You can get a reproducible
18774sequence by storing a particular ``seed value'' in the Calc variable
18775@code{RandSeed}. Any integer will do for a seed; integers of from 1
18776to 12 digits are good. If you later store a different integer into
18777@code{RandSeed}, Calc will switch to a different pseudo-random
18778sequence. If you ``unstore'' @code{RandSeed}, Calc will re-seed itself
18779from the current time. If you store the same integer that you used
18780before back into @code{RandSeed}, you will get the exact same sequence
18781of random numbers as before.
18782
18783@pindex calc-rrandom
18784The @code{calc-rrandom} command (not on any key) produces a random real
18785number between zero and one. It is equivalent to @samp{random(1.0)}.
18786
18787@kindex k a
18788@pindex calc-random-again
18789The @kbd{k a} (@code{calc-random-again}) command produces another random
18790number, re-using the most recent value of @expr{M}. With a numeric
18791prefix argument @var{n}, it produces @var{n} more random numbers using
18792that value of @expr{M}.
18793
18794@kindex k h
18795@pindex calc-shuffle
18796@tindex shuffle
18797The @kbd{k h} (@code{calc-shuffle}) command produces a vector of several
18798random values with no duplicates. The value on the top of the stack
18799specifies the set from which the random values are drawn, and may be any
18800of the @expr{M} formats described above. The numeric prefix argument
18801gives the length of the desired list. (If you do not provide a numeric
18802prefix argument, the length of the list is taken from the top of the
18803stack, and @expr{M} from second-to-top.)
18804
18805If @expr{M} is a floating-point number, zero, or an error form (so
18806that the random values are being drawn from the set of real numbers)
18807there is little practical difference between using @kbd{k h} and using
18808@kbd{k r} several times. But if the set of possible values consists
18809of just a few integers, or the elements of a vector, then there is
18810a very real chance that multiple @kbd{k r}'s will produce the same
18811number more than once. The @kbd{k h} command produces a vector whose
18812elements are always distinct. (Actually, there is a slight exception:
18813If @expr{M} is a vector, no given vector element will be drawn more
18814than once, but if several elements of @expr{M} are equal, they may
18815each make it into the result vector.)
18816
18817One use of @kbd{k h} is to rearrange a list at random. This happens
18818if the prefix argument is equal to the number of values in the list:
18819@kbd{[1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3] 5 k h} might produce the permuted list
18820@samp{[2.5, 1, 1.5, 3, 2]}. As a convenient feature, if the argument
18821@var{n} is negative it is replaced by the size of the set represented
18822by @expr{M}. Naturally, this is allowed only when @expr{M} specifies
18823a small discrete set of possibilities.
18824
18825To do the equivalent of @kbd{k h} but with duplications allowed,
18826given @expr{M} on the stack and with @var{n} just entered as a numeric
18827prefix, use @kbd{v b} to build a vector of copies of @expr{M}, then use
18828@kbd{V M k r} to ``map'' the normal @kbd{k r} function over the
18829elements of this vector. @xref{Matrix Functions}.
18830
18831@menu
18832* Random Number Generator:: (Complete description of Calc's algorithm)
18833@end menu
18834
18835@node Random Number Generator, , Random Numbers, Random Numbers
18836@subsection Random Number Generator
18837
18838Calc's random number generator uses several methods to ensure that
18839the numbers it produces are highly random. Knuth's @emph{Art of
18840Computer Programming}, Volume II, contains a thorough description
18841of the theory of random number generators and their measurement and
18842characterization.
18843
18844If @code{RandSeed} has no stored value, Calc calls Emacs' built-in
18845@code{random} function to get a stream of random numbers, which it
18846then treats in various ways to avoid problems inherent in the simple
18847random number generators that many systems use to implement @code{random}.
18848
18849When Calc's random number generator is first invoked, it ``seeds''
18850the low-level random sequence using the time of day, so that the
18851random number sequence will be different every time you use Calc.
18852
18853Since Emacs Lisp doesn't specify the range of values that will be
18854returned by its @code{random} function, Calc exercises the function
18855several times to estimate the range. When Calc subsequently uses
18856the @code{random} function, it takes only 10 bits of the result
18857near the most-significant end. (It avoids at least the bottom
18858four bits, preferably more, and also tries to avoid the top two
18859bits.) This strategy works well with the linear congruential
18860generators that are typically used to implement @code{random}.
18861
18862If @code{RandSeed} contains an integer, Calc uses this integer to
18863seed an ``additive congruential'' method (Knuth's algorithm 3.2.2A,
18864computing
18865@texline @math{X_{n-55} - X_{n-24}}.
18866@infoline @expr{X_n-55 - X_n-24}).
18867This method expands the seed
18868value into a large table which is maintained internally; the variable
18869@code{RandSeed} is changed from, e.g., 42 to the vector @expr{[42]}
18870to indicate that the seed has been absorbed into this table. When
18871@code{RandSeed} contains a vector, @kbd{k r} and related commands
18872continue to use the same internal table as last time. There is no
18873way to extract the complete state of the random number generator
18874so that you can restart it from any point; you can only restart it
18875from the same initial seed value. A simple way to restart from the
18876same seed is to type @kbd{s r RandSeed} to get the seed vector,
18877@kbd{v u} to unpack it back into a number, then @kbd{s t RandSeed}
18878to reseed the generator with that number.
18879
18880Calc uses a ``shuffling'' method as described in algorithm 3.2.2B
18881of Knuth. It fills a table with 13 random 10-bit numbers. Then,
18882to generate a new random number, it uses the previous number to
18883index into the table, picks the value it finds there as the new
18884random number, then replaces that table entry with a new value
18885obtained from a call to the base random number generator (either
18886the additive congruential generator or the @code{random} function
18887supplied by the system). If there are any flaws in the base
18888generator, shuffling will tend to even them out. But if the system
18889provides an excellent @code{random} function, shuffling will not
18890damage its randomness.
18891
18892To create a random integer of a certain number of digits, Calc
18893builds the integer three decimal digits at a time. For each group
18894of three digits, Calc calls its 10-bit shuffling random number generator
18895(which returns a value from 0 to 1023); if the random value is 1000
18896or more, Calc throws it out and tries again until it gets a suitable
18897value.
18898
18899To create a random floating-point number with precision @var{p}, Calc
18900simply creates a random @var{p}-digit integer and multiplies by
18901@texline @math{10^{-p}}.
18902@infoline @expr{10^-p}.
18903The resulting random numbers should be very clean, but note
18904that relatively small numbers will have few significant random digits.
18905In other words, with a precision of 12, you will occasionally get
18906numbers on the order of
18907@texline @math{10^{-9}}
18908@infoline @expr{10^-9}
18909or
18910@texline @math{10^{-10}},
18911@infoline @expr{10^-10},
18912but those numbers will only have two or three random digits since they
18913correspond to small integers times
18914@texline @math{10^{-12}}.
18915@infoline @expr{10^-12}.
18916
18917To create a random integer in the interval @samp{[0 .. @var{m})}, Calc
18918counts the digits in @var{m}, creates a random integer with three
18919additional digits, then reduces modulo @var{m}. Unless @var{m} is a
18920power of ten the resulting values will be very slightly biased toward
18921the lower numbers, but this bias will be less than 0.1%. (For example,
18922if @var{m} is 42, Calc will reduce a random integer less than 100000
18923modulo 42 to get a result less than 42. It is easy to show that the
18924numbers 40 and 41 will be only 2380/2381 as likely to result from this
18925modulo operation as numbers 39 and below.) If @var{m} is a power of
18926ten, however, the numbers should be completely unbiased.
18927
18928The Gaussian random numbers generated by @samp{random(0.0)} use the
18929``polar'' method described in Knuth section 3.4.1C. This method
18930generates a pair of Gaussian random numbers at a time, so only every
18931other call to @samp{random(0.0)} will require significant calculations.
18932
18933@node Combinatorial Functions, Probability Distribution Functions, Random Numbers, Scientific Functions
18934@section Combinatorial Functions
18935
18936@noindent
18937Commands relating to combinatorics and number theory begin with the
18938@kbd{k} key prefix.
18939
18940@kindex k g
18941@pindex calc-gcd
18942@tindex gcd
18943The @kbd{k g} (@code{calc-gcd}) [@code{gcd}] command computes the
18944Greatest Common Divisor of two integers. It also accepts fractions;
18945the GCD of two fractions is defined by taking the GCD of the
18946numerators, and the LCM of the denominators. This definition is
18947consistent with the idea that @samp{a / gcd(a,x)} should yield an
18948integer for any @samp{a} and @samp{x}. For other types of arguments,
18949the operation is left in symbolic form.
18950
18951@kindex k l
18952@pindex calc-lcm
18953@tindex lcm
18954The @kbd{k l} (@code{calc-lcm}) [@code{lcm}] command computes the
18955Least Common Multiple of two integers or fractions. The product of
18956the LCM and GCD of two numbers is equal to the product of the
18957numbers.
18958
18959@kindex k E
18960@pindex calc-extended-gcd
18961@tindex egcd
18962The @kbd{k E} (@code{calc-extended-gcd}) [@code{egcd}] command computes
18963the GCD of two integers @expr{x} and @expr{y} and returns a vector
18964@expr{[g, a, b]} where
18965@texline @math{g = \gcd(x,y) = a x + b y}.
18966@infoline @expr{g = gcd(x,y) = a x + b y}.
18967
18968@kindex !
18969@pindex calc-factorial
18970@tindex fact
18971@ignore
18972@mindex @null
18973@end ignore
18974@tindex !
18975The @kbd{!} (@code{calc-factorial}) [@code{fact}] command computes the
18976factorial of the number at the top of the stack. If the number is an
18977integer, the result is an exact integer. If the number is an
18978integer-valued float, the result is a floating-point approximation. If
18979the number is a non-integral real number, the generalized factorial is used,
18980as defined by the Euler Gamma function. Please note that computation of
18981large factorials can be slow; using floating-point format will help
18982since fewer digits must be maintained. The same is true of many of
18983the commands in this section.
18984
18985@kindex k d
18986@pindex calc-double-factorial
18987@tindex dfact
18988@ignore
18989@mindex @null
18990@end ignore
18991@tindex !!
18992The @kbd{k d} (@code{calc-double-factorial}) [@code{dfact}] command
18993computes the ``double factorial'' of an integer. For an even integer,
18994this is the product of even integers from 2 to @expr{N}. For an odd
18995integer, this is the product of odd integers from 3 to @expr{N}. If
18996the argument is an integer-valued float, the result is a floating-point
18997approximation. This function is undefined for negative even integers.
18998The notation @expr{N!!} is also recognized for double factorials.
18999
19000@kindex k c
19001@pindex calc-choose
19002@tindex choose
19003The @kbd{k c} (@code{calc-choose}) [@code{choose}] command computes the
19004binomial coefficient @expr{N}-choose-@expr{M}, where @expr{M} is the number
19005on the top of the stack and @expr{N} is second-to-top. If both arguments
19006are integers, the result is an exact integer. Otherwise, the result is a
19007floating-point approximation. The binomial coefficient is defined for all
19008real numbers by
19009@texline @math{N! \over M! (N-M)!\,}.
19010@infoline @expr{N! / M! (N-M)!}.
19011
19012@kindex H k c
19013@pindex calc-perm
19014@tindex perm
19015@ifnottex
19016The @kbd{H k c} (@code{calc-perm}) [@code{perm}] command computes the
19017number-of-permutations function @expr{N! / (N-M)!}.
19018@end ifnottex
19019@tex
19020The \kbd{H k c} (\code{calc-perm}) [\code{perm}] command computes the
19021number-of-perm\-utations function $N! \over (N-M)!\,$.
19022@end tex
19023
19024@kindex k b
19025@kindex H k b
19026@pindex calc-bernoulli-number
19027@tindex bern
19028The @kbd{k b} (@code{calc-bernoulli-number}) [@code{bern}] command
19029computes a given Bernoulli number. The value at the top of the stack
19030is a nonnegative integer @expr{n} that specifies which Bernoulli number
19031is desired. The @kbd{H k b} command computes a Bernoulli polynomial,
19032taking @expr{n} from the second-to-top position and @expr{x} from the
19033top of the stack. If @expr{x} is a variable or formula the result is
19034a polynomial in @expr{x}; if @expr{x} is a number the result is a number.
19035
19036@kindex k e
19037@kindex H k e
19038@pindex calc-euler-number
19039@tindex euler
19040The @kbd{k e} (@code{calc-euler-number}) [@code{euler}] command similarly
19041computes an Euler number, and @w{@kbd{H k e}} computes an Euler polynomial.
19042Bernoulli and Euler numbers occur in the Taylor expansions of several
19043functions.
19044
19045@kindex k s
19046@kindex H k s
19047@pindex calc-stirling-number
19048@tindex stir1
19049@tindex stir2
19050The @kbd{k s} (@code{calc-stirling-number}) [@code{stir1}] command
19051computes a Stirling number of the first
19052@texline kind@tie{}@math{n \brack m},
19053@infoline kind,
19054given two integers @expr{n} and @expr{m} on the stack. The @kbd{H k s}
19055[@code{stir2}] command computes a Stirling number of the second
19056@texline kind@tie{}@math{n \brace m}.
19057@infoline kind.
19058These are the number of @expr{m}-cycle permutations of @expr{n} objects,
19059and the number of ways to partition @expr{n} objects into @expr{m}
19060non-empty sets, respectively.
19061
19062@kindex k p
19063@pindex calc-prime-test
19064@cindex Primes
19065The @kbd{k p} (@code{calc-prime-test}) command checks if the integer on
19066the top of the stack is prime. For integers less than eight million, the
19067answer is always exact and reasonably fast. For larger integers, a
19068probabilistic method is used (see Knuth vol. II, section 4.5.4, algorithm P).
19069The number is first checked against small prime factors (up to 13). Then,
19070any number of iterations of the algorithm are performed. Each step either
19071discovers that the number is non-prime, or substantially increases the
19072certainty that the number is prime. After a few steps, the chance that
19073a number was mistakenly described as prime will be less than one percent.
19074(Indeed, this is a worst-case estimate of the probability; in practice
19075even a single iteration is quite reliable.) After the @kbd{k p} command,
19076the number will be reported as definitely prime or non-prime if possible,
19077or otherwise ``probably'' prime with a certain probability of error.
19078
19079@ignore
19080@starindex
19081@end ignore
19082@tindex prime
19083The normal @kbd{k p} command performs one iteration of the primality
19084test. Pressing @kbd{k p} repeatedly for the same integer will perform
19085additional iterations. Also, @kbd{k p} with a numeric prefix performs
19086the specified number of iterations. There is also an algebraic function
19087@samp{prime(n)} or @samp{prime(n,iters)} which returns 1 if @expr{n}
19088is (probably) prime and 0 if not.
19089
19090@kindex k f
19091@pindex calc-prime-factors
19092@tindex prfac
19093The @kbd{k f} (@code{calc-prime-factors}) [@code{prfac}] command
19094attempts to decompose an integer into its prime factors. For numbers up
19095to 25 million, the answer is exact although it may take some time. The
19096result is a vector of the prime factors in increasing order. For larger
19097inputs, prime factors above 5000 may not be found, in which case the
19098last number in the vector will be an unfactored integer greater than 25
19099million (with a warning message). For negative integers, the first
19100element of the list will be @mathit{-1}. For inputs @mathit{-1}, @mathit{0}, and
19101@mathit{1}, the result is a list of the same number.
19102
19103@kindex k n
19104@pindex calc-next-prime
19105@ignore
19106@mindex nextpr@idots
19107@end ignore
19108@tindex nextprime
19109The @kbd{k n} (@code{calc-next-prime}) [@code{nextprime}] command finds
19110the next prime above a given number. Essentially, it searches by calling
19111@code{calc-prime-test} on successive integers until it finds one that
19112passes the test. This is quite fast for integers less than eight million,
19113but once the probabilistic test comes into play the search may be rather
19114slow. Ordinarily this command stops for any prime that passes one iteration
19115of the primality test. With a numeric prefix argument, a number must pass
19116the specified number of iterations before the search stops. (This only
19117matters when searching above eight million.) You can always use additional
19118@kbd{k p} commands to increase your certainty that the number is indeed
19119prime.
19120
19121@kindex I k n
19122@pindex calc-prev-prime
19123@ignore
19124@mindex prevpr@idots
19125@end ignore
19126@tindex prevprime
19127The @kbd{I k n} (@code{calc-prev-prime}) [@code{prevprime}] command
19128analogously finds the next prime less than a given number.
19129
19130@kindex k t
19131@pindex calc-totient
19132@tindex totient
19133The @kbd{k t} (@code{calc-totient}) [@code{totient}] command computes the
19134Euler ``totient''
19135@texline function@tie{}@math{\phi(n)},
19136@infoline function,
19137the number of integers less than @expr{n} which
19138are relatively prime to @expr{n}.
19139
19140@kindex k m
19141@pindex calc-moebius
19142@tindex moebius
19143The @kbd{k m} (@code{calc-moebius}) [@code{moebius}] command computes the
19144@texline M@"obius @math{\mu}
19145@infoline Moebius ``mu''
19146function. If the input number is a product of @expr{k}
19147distinct factors, this is @expr{(-1)^k}. If the input number has any
19148duplicate factors (i.e., can be divided by the same prime more than once),
19149the result is zero.
19150
19151@node Probability Distribution Functions, , Combinatorial Functions, Scientific Functions
19152@section Probability Distribution Functions
19153
19154@noindent
19155The functions in this section compute various probability distributions.
19156For continuous distributions, this is the integral of the probability
19157density function from @expr{x} to infinity. (These are the ``upper
19158tail'' distribution functions; there are also corresponding ``lower
19159tail'' functions which integrate from minus infinity to @expr{x}.)
19160For discrete distributions, the upper tail function gives the sum
19161from @expr{x} to infinity; the lower tail function gives the sum
19162from minus infinity up to, but not including,@w{ }@expr{x}.
19163
19164To integrate from @expr{x} to @expr{y}, just use the distribution
19165function twice and subtract. For example, the probability that a
19166Gaussian random variable with mean 2 and standard deviation 1 will
19167lie in the range from 2.5 to 2.8 is @samp{utpn(2.5,2,1) - utpn(2.8,2,1)}
19168(``the probability that it is greater than 2.5, but not greater than 2.8''),
19169or equivalently @samp{ltpn(2.8,2,1) - ltpn(2.5,2,1)}.
19170
19171@kindex k B
19172@kindex I k B
19173@pindex calc-utpb
19174@tindex utpb
19175@tindex ltpb
19176The @kbd{k B} (@code{calc-utpb}) [@code{utpb}] function uses the
19177binomial distribution. Push the parameters @var{n}, @var{p}, and
19178then @var{x} onto the stack; the result (@samp{utpb(x,n,p)}) is the
19179probability that an event will occur @var{x} or more times out
19180of @var{n} trials, if its probability of occurring in any given
19181trial is @var{p}. The @kbd{I k B} [@code{ltpb}] function is
19182the probability that the event will occur fewer than @var{x} times.
19183
19184The other probability distribution functions similarly take the
19185form @kbd{k @var{X}} (@code{calc-utp@var{x}}) [@code{utp@var{x}}]
19186and @kbd{I k @var{X}} [@code{ltp@var{x}}], for various letters
19187@var{x}. The arguments to the algebraic functions are the value of
19188the random variable first, then whatever other parameters define the
19189distribution. Note these are among the few Calc functions where the
19190order of the arguments in algebraic form differs from the order of
19191arguments as found on the stack. (The random variable comes last on
19192the stack, so that you can type, e.g., @kbd{2 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 2.5
19193k N M-@key{RET} @key{DEL} 2.8 k N -}, using @kbd{M-@key{RET} @key{DEL}} to
19194recover the original arguments but substitute a new value for @expr{x}.)
19195
19196@kindex k C
19197@pindex calc-utpc
19198@tindex utpc
19199@ignore
19200@mindex @idots
19201@end ignore
19202@kindex I k C
19203@ignore
19204@mindex @null
19205@end ignore
19206@tindex ltpc
19207The @samp{utpc(x,v)} function uses the chi-square distribution with
19208@texline @math{\nu}
19209@infoline @expr{v}
19210degrees of freedom. It is the probability that a model is
19211correct if its chi-square statistic is @expr{x}.
19212
19213@kindex k F
19214@pindex calc-utpf
19215@tindex utpf
19216@ignore
19217@mindex @idots
19218@end ignore
19219@kindex I k F
19220@ignore
19221@mindex @null
19222@end ignore
19223@tindex ltpf
19224The @samp{utpf(F,v1,v2)} function uses the F distribution, used in
19225various statistical tests. The parameters
19226@texline @math{\nu_1}
19227@infoline @expr{v1}
19228and
19229@texline @math{\nu_2}
19230@infoline @expr{v2}
19231are the degrees of freedom in the numerator and denominator,
19232respectively, used in computing the statistic @expr{F}.
19233
19234@kindex k N
19235@pindex calc-utpn
19236@tindex utpn
19237@ignore
19238@mindex @idots
19239@end ignore
19240@kindex I k N
19241@ignore
19242@mindex @null
19243@end ignore
19244@tindex ltpn
19245The @samp{utpn(x,m,s)} function uses a normal (Gaussian) distribution
19246with mean @expr{m} and standard deviation
19247@texline @math{\sigma}.
19248@infoline @expr{s}.
19249It is the probability that such a normal-distributed random variable
19250would exceed @expr{x}.
19251
19252@kindex k P
19253@pindex calc-utpp
19254@tindex utpp
19255@ignore
19256@mindex @idots
19257@end ignore
19258@kindex I k P
19259@ignore
19260@mindex @null
19261@end ignore
19262@tindex ltpp
19263The @samp{utpp(n,x)} function uses a Poisson distribution with
19264mean @expr{x}. It is the probability that @expr{n} or more such
19265Poisson random events will occur.
19266
19267@kindex k T
19268@pindex calc-ltpt
19269@tindex utpt
19270@ignore
19271@mindex @idots
19272@end ignore
19273@kindex I k T
19274@ignore
19275@mindex @null
19276@end ignore
19277@tindex ltpt
19278The @samp{utpt(t,v)} function uses the Student's ``t'' distribution
19279with
19280@texline @math{\nu}
19281@infoline @expr{v}
19282degrees of freedom. It is the probability that a
19283t-distributed random variable will be greater than @expr{t}.
19284(Note: This computes the distribution function
19285@texline @math{A(t|\nu)}
19286@infoline @expr{A(t|v)}
19287where
19288@texline @math{A(0|\nu) = 1}
19289@infoline @expr{A(0|v) = 1}
19290and
19291@texline @math{A(\infty|\nu) \to 0}.
19292@infoline @expr{A(inf|v) -> 0}.
19293The @code{UTPT} operation on the HP-48 uses a different definition which
19294returns half of Calc's value: @samp{UTPT(t,v) = .5*utpt(t,v)}.)
19295
19296While Calc does not provide inverses of the probability distribution
19297functions, the @kbd{a R} command can be used to solve for the inverse.
19298Since the distribution functions are monotonic, @kbd{a R} is guaranteed
19299to be able to find a solution given any initial guess.
19300@xref{Numerical Solutions}.
19301
19302@node Matrix Functions, Algebra, Scientific Functions, Top
19303@chapter Vector/Matrix Functions
19304
19305@noindent
19306Many of the commands described here begin with the @kbd{v} prefix.
19307(For convenience, the shift-@kbd{V} prefix is equivalent to @kbd{v}.)
19308The commands usually apply to both plain vectors and matrices; some
19309apply only to matrices or only to square matrices. If the argument
19310has the wrong dimensions the operation is left in symbolic form.
19311
19312Vectors are entered and displayed using @samp{[a,b,c]} notation.
19313Matrices are vectors of which all elements are vectors of equal length.
19314(Though none of the standard Calc commands use this concept, a
19315three-dimensional matrix or rank-3 tensor could be defined as a
19316vector of matrices, and so on.)
19317
19318@menu
19319* Packing and Unpacking::
19320* Building Vectors::
19321* Extracting Elements::
19322* Manipulating Vectors::
19323* Vector and Matrix Arithmetic::
19324* Set Operations::
19325* Statistical Operations::
19326* Reducing and Mapping::
19327* Vector and Matrix Formats::
19328@end menu
19329
19330@node Packing and Unpacking, Building Vectors, Matrix Functions, Matrix Functions
19331@section Packing and Unpacking
19332
19333@noindent
19334Calc's ``pack'' and ``unpack'' commands collect stack entries to build
19335composite objects such as vectors and complex numbers. They are
19336described in this chapter because they are most often used to build
19337vectors.
19338
19339@kindex v p
19340@pindex calc-pack
19341The @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) [@code{pack}] command collects several
19342elements from the stack into a matrix, complex number, HMS form, error
19343form, etc. It uses a numeric prefix argument to specify the kind of
19344object to be built; this argument is referred to as the ``packing mode.''
19345If the packing mode is a nonnegative integer, a vector of that
19346length is created. For example, @kbd{C-u 5 v p} will pop the top
19347five stack elements and push back a single vector of those five
19348elements. (@kbd{C-u 0 v p} simply creates an empty vector.)
19349
19350The same effect can be had by pressing @kbd{[} to push an incomplete
19351vector on the stack, using @key{TAB} (@code{calc-roll-down}) to sneak
19352the incomplete object up past a certain number of elements, and
19353then pressing @kbd{]} to complete the vector.
19354
19355Negative packing modes create other kinds of composite objects:
19356
19357@table @cite
19358@item -1
19359Two values are collected to build a complex number. For example,
19360@kbd{5 @key{RET} 7 C-u -1 v p} creates the complex number
19361@expr{(5, 7)}. The result is always a rectangular complex
19362number. The two input values must both be real numbers,
19363i.e., integers, fractions, or floats. If they are not, Calc
19364will instead build a formula like @samp{a + (0, 1) b}. (The
19365other packing modes also create a symbolic answer if the
19366components are not suitable.)
19367
19368@item -2
19369Two values are collected to build a polar complex number.
19370The first is the magnitude; the second is the phase expressed
19371in either degrees or radians according to the current angular
19372mode.
19373
19374@item -3
19375Three values are collected into an HMS form. The first
19376two values (hours and minutes) must be integers or
19377integer-valued floats. The third value may be any real
19378number.
19379
19380@item -4
19381Two values are collected into an error form. The inputs
19382may be real numbers or formulas.
19383
19384@item -5
19385Two values are collected into a modulo form. The inputs
19386must be real numbers.
19387
19388@item -6
19389Two values are collected into the interval @samp{[a .. b]}.
19390The inputs may be real numbers, HMS or date forms, or formulas.
19391
19392@item -7
19393Two values are collected into the interval @samp{[a .. b)}.
19394
19395@item -8
19396Two values are collected into the interval @samp{(a .. b]}.
19397
19398@item -9
19399Two values are collected into the interval @samp{(a .. b)}.
19400
19401@item -10
19402Two integer values are collected into a fraction.
19403
19404@item -11
19405Two values are collected into a floating-point number.
19406The first is the mantissa; the second, which must be an
19407integer, is the exponent. The result is the mantissa
19408times ten to the power of the exponent.
19409
19410@item -12
19411This is treated the same as @mathit{-11} by the @kbd{v p} command.
19412When unpacking, @mathit{-12} specifies that a floating-point mantissa
19413is desired.
19414
19415@item -13
19416A real number is converted into a date form.
19417
19418@item -14
19419Three numbers (year, month, day) are packed into a pure date form.
19420
19421@item -15
19422Six numbers are packed into a date/time form.
19423@end table
19424
19425With any of the two-input negative packing modes, either or both
19426of the inputs may be vectors. If both are vectors of the same
19427length, the result is another vector made by packing corresponding
19428elements of the input vectors. If one input is a vector and the
19429other is a plain number, the number is packed along with each vector
19430element to produce a new vector. For example, @kbd{C-u -4 v p}
19431could be used to convert a vector of numbers and a vector of errors
19432into a single vector of error forms; @kbd{C-u -5 v p} could convert
19433a vector of numbers and a single number @var{M} into a vector of
19434numbers modulo @var{M}.
19435
19436If you don't give a prefix argument to @kbd{v p}, it takes
19437the packing mode from the top of the stack. The elements to
19438be packed then begin at stack level 2. Thus
19439@kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 4 n v p} is another way to
19440enter the error form @samp{1 +/- 2}.
19441
19442If the packing mode taken from the stack is a vector, the result is a
19443matrix with the dimensions specified by the elements of the vector,
19444which must each be integers. For example, if the packing mode is
19445@samp{[2, 3]}, then six numbers will be taken from the stack and
19446returned in the form @samp{[@w{[a, b, c]}, [d, e, f]]}.
19447
19448If any elements of the vector are negative, other kinds of
19449packing are done at that level as described above. For
19450example, @samp{[2, 3, -4]} takes 12 objects and creates a
19451@texline @math{2\times3}
19452@infoline 2x3
19453matrix of error forms: @samp{[[a +/- b, c +/- d ... ]]}.
19454Also, @samp{[-4, -10]} will convert four integers into an
19455error form consisting of two fractions: @samp{a:b +/- c:d}.
19456
19457@ignore
19458@starindex
19459@end ignore
19460@tindex pack
19461There is an equivalent algebraic function,
19462@samp{pack(@var{mode}, @var{items})} where @var{mode} is a
19463packing mode (an integer or a vector of integers) and @var{items}
19464is a vector of objects to be packed (re-packed, really) according
19465to that mode. For example, @samp{pack([3, -4], [a,b,c,d,e,f])}
19466yields @samp{[a +/- b, @w{c +/- d}, e +/- f]}. The function is
19467left in symbolic form if the packing mode is invalid, or if the
19468number of data items does not match the number of items required
19469by the mode.
19470
19471@kindex v u
19472@pindex calc-unpack
19473The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command takes the vector, complex
19474number, HMS form, or other composite object on the top of the stack and
19475``unpacks'' it, pushing each of its elements onto the stack as separate
19476objects. Thus, it is the ``inverse'' of @kbd{v p}. If the value
19477at the top of the stack is a formula, @kbd{v u} unpacks it by pushing
19478each of the arguments of the top-level operator onto the stack.
19479
19480You can optionally give a numeric prefix argument to @kbd{v u}
19481to specify an explicit (un)packing mode. If the packing mode is
19482negative and the input is actually a vector or matrix, the result
19483will be two or more similar vectors or matrices of the elements.
19484For example, given the vector @samp{[@w{a +/- b}, c^2, d +/- 7]},
19485the result of @kbd{C-u -4 v u} will be the two vectors
19486@samp{[a, c^2, d]} and @w{@samp{[b, 0, 7]}}.
19487
19488Note that the prefix argument can have an effect even when the input is
19489not a vector. For example, if the input is the number @mathit{-5}, then
19490@kbd{c-u -1 v u} yields @mathit{-5} and 0 (the components of @mathit{-5}
19491when viewed as a rectangular complex number); @kbd{C-u -2 v u} yields 5
19492and 180 (assuming Degrees mode); and @kbd{C-u -10 v u} yields @mathit{-5}
19493and 1 (the numerator and denominator of @mathit{-5}, viewed as a rational
19494number). Plain @kbd{v u} with this input would complain that the input
19495is not a composite object.
19496
19497Unpacking mode @mathit{-11} converts a float into an integer mantissa and
19498an integer exponent, where the mantissa is not divisible by 10
19499(except that 0.0 is represented by a mantissa and exponent of 0).
19500Unpacking mode @mathit{-12} converts a float into a floating-point mantissa
19501and integer exponent, where the mantissa (for non-zero numbers)
19502is guaranteed to lie in the range [1 .. 10). In both cases,
19503the mantissa is shifted left or right (and the exponent adjusted
19504to compensate) in order to satisfy these constraints.
19505
19506Positive unpacking modes are treated differently than for @kbd{v p}.
19507A mode of 1 is much like plain @kbd{v u} with no prefix argument,
19508except that in addition to the components of the input object,
19509a suitable packing mode to re-pack the object is also pushed.
19510Thus, @kbd{C-u 1 v u} followed by @kbd{v p} will re-build the
19511original object.
19512
19513A mode of 2 unpacks two levels of the object; the resulting
19514re-packing mode will be a vector of length 2. This might be used
19515to unpack a matrix, say, or a vector of error forms. Higher
19516unpacking modes unpack the input even more deeply.
19517
19518@ignore
19519@starindex
19520@end ignore
19521@tindex unpack
19522There are two algebraic functions analogous to @kbd{v u}.
19523The @samp{unpack(@var{mode}, @var{item})} function unpacks the
19524@var{item} using the given @var{mode}, returning the result as
19525a vector of components. Here the @var{mode} must be an
19526integer, not a vector. For example, @samp{unpack(-4, a +/- b)}
19527returns @samp{[a, b]}, as does @samp{unpack(1, a +/- b)}.
19528
19529@ignore
19530@starindex
19531@end ignore
19532@tindex unpackt
19533The @code{unpackt} function is like @code{unpack} but instead
19534of returning a simple vector of items, it returns a vector of
19535two things: The mode, and the vector of items. For example,
19536@samp{unpackt(1, 2:3 +/- 1:4)} returns @samp{[-4, [2:3, 1:4]]},
19537and @samp{unpackt(2, 2:3 +/- 1:4)} returns @samp{[[-4, -10], [2, 3, 1, 4]]}.
19538The identity for re-building the original object is
19539@samp{apply(pack, unpackt(@var{n}, @var{x})) = @var{x}}. (The
19540@code{apply} function builds a function call given the function
19541name and a vector of arguments.)
19542
19543@cindex Numerator of a fraction, extracting
19544Subscript notation is a useful way to extract a particular part
19545of an object. For example, to get the numerator of a rational
19546number, you can use @samp{unpack(-10, @var{x})_1}.
19547
19548@node Building Vectors, Extracting Elements, Packing and Unpacking, Matrix Functions
19549@section Building Vectors
19550
19551@noindent
19552Vectors and matrices can be added,
19553subtracted, multiplied, and divided; @pxref{Basic Arithmetic}.
19554
19555@kindex |
19556@pindex calc-concat
19557@ignore
19558@mindex @null
19559@end ignore
19560@tindex |
19561The @kbd{|} (@code{calc-concat}) [@code{vconcat}] command ``concatenates'' two vectors
19562into one. For example, after @kbd{@w{[ 1 , 2 ]} [ 3 , 4 ] |}, the stack
19563will contain the single vector @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4]}. If the arguments
19564are matrices, the rows of the first matrix are concatenated with the
19565rows of the second. (In other words, two matrices are just two vectors
19566of row-vectors as far as @kbd{|} is concerned.)
19567
19568If either argument to @kbd{|} is a scalar (a non-vector), it is treated
19569like a one-element vector for purposes of concatenation: @kbd{1 [ 2 , 3 ] |}
19570produces the vector @samp{[1, 2, 3]}. Likewise, if one argument is a
19571matrix and the other is a plain vector, the vector is treated as a
19572one-row matrix.
19573
19574@kindex H |
19575@tindex append
19576The @kbd{H |} (@code{calc-append}) [@code{append}] command concatenates
19577two vectors without any special cases. Both inputs must be vectors.
19578Whether or not they are matrices is not taken into account. If either
19579argument is a scalar, the @code{append} function is left in symbolic form.
19580See also @code{cons} and @code{rcons} below.
19581
19582@kindex I |
19583@kindex H I |
19584The @kbd{I |} and @kbd{H I |} commands are similar, but they use their
19585two stack arguments in the opposite order. Thus @kbd{I |} is equivalent
19586to @kbd{@key{TAB} |}, but possibly more convenient and also a bit faster.
19587
19588@kindex v d
19589@pindex calc-diag
19590@tindex diag
19591The @kbd{v d} (@code{calc-diag}) [@code{diag}] function builds a diagonal
19592square matrix. The optional numeric prefix gives the number of rows
19593and columns in the matrix. If the value at the top of the stack is a
19594vector, the elements of the vector are used as the diagonal elements; the
19595prefix, if specified, must match the size of the vector. If the value on
19596the stack is a scalar, it is used for each element on the diagonal, and
19597the prefix argument is required.
19598
19599To build a constant square matrix, e.g., a
19600@texline @math{3\times3}
19601@infoline 3x3
19602matrix filled with ones, use @kbd{0 M-3 v d 1 +}, i.e., build a zero
19603matrix first and then add a constant value to that matrix. (Another
19604alternative would be to use @kbd{v b} and @kbd{v a}; see below.)
19605
19606@kindex v i
19607@pindex calc-ident
19608@tindex idn
19609The @kbd{v i} (@code{calc-ident}) [@code{idn}] function builds an identity
19610matrix of the specified size. It is a convenient form of @kbd{v d}
19611where the diagonal element is always one. If no prefix argument is given,
19612this command prompts for one.
19613
19614In algebraic notation, @samp{idn(a,n)} acts much like @samp{diag(a,n)},
19615except that @expr{a} is required to be a scalar (non-vector) quantity.
19616If @expr{n} is omitted, @samp{idn(a)} represents @expr{a} times an
19617identity matrix of unknown size. Calc can operate algebraically on
19618such generic identity matrices, and if one is combined with a matrix
19619whose size is known, it is converted automatically to an identity
19620matrix of a suitable matching size. The @kbd{v i} command with an
19621argument of zero creates a generic identity matrix, @samp{idn(1)}.
19622Note that in dimensioned Matrix mode (@pxref{Matrix Mode}), generic
19623identity matrices are immediately expanded to the current default
19624dimensions.
19625
19626@kindex v x
19627@pindex calc-index
19628@tindex index
19629The @kbd{v x} (@code{calc-index}) [@code{index}] function builds a vector
19630of consecutive integers from 1 to @var{n}, where @var{n} is the numeric
19631prefix argument. If you do not provide a prefix argument, you will be
19632prompted to enter a suitable number. If @var{n} is negative, the result
19633is a vector of negative integers from @var{n} to @mathit{-1}.
19634
19635With a prefix argument of just @kbd{C-u}, the @kbd{v x} command takes
19636three values from the stack: @var{n}, @var{start}, and @var{incr} (with
19637@var{incr} at top-of-stack). Counting starts at @var{start} and increases
19638by @var{incr} for successive vector elements. If @var{start} or @var{n}
19639is in floating-point format, the resulting vector elements will also be
19640floats. Note that @var{start} and @var{incr} may in fact be any kind
19641of numbers or formulas.
19642
19643When @var{start} and @var{incr} are specified, a negative @var{n} has a
19644different interpretation: It causes a geometric instead of arithmetic
19645sequence to be generated. For example, @samp{index(-3, a, b)} produces
19646@samp{[a, a b, a b^2]}. If you omit @var{incr} in the algebraic form,
19647@samp{index(@var{n}, @var{start})}, the default value for @var{incr}
19648is one for positive @var{n} or two for negative @var{n}.
19649
19650@kindex v b
19651@pindex calc-build-vector
19652@tindex cvec
19653The @kbd{v b} (@code{calc-build-vector}) [@code{cvec}] function builds a
19654vector of @var{n} copies of the value on the top of the stack, where @var{n}
19655is the numeric prefix argument. In algebraic formulas, @samp{cvec(x,n,m)}
19656can also be used to build an @var{n}-by-@var{m} matrix of copies of @var{x}.
19657(Interactively, just use @kbd{v b} twice: once to build a row, then again
19658to build a matrix of copies of that row.)
19659
19660@kindex v h
19661@kindex I v h
19662@pindex calc-head
19663@pindex calc-tail
19664@tindex head
19665@tindex tail
19666The @kbd{v h} (@code{calc-head}) [@code{head}] function returns the first
19667element of a vector. The @kbd{I v h} (@code{calc-tail}) [@code{tail}]
19668function returns the vector with its first element removed. In both
19669cases, the argument must be a non-empty vector.
19670
19671@kindex v k
19672@pindex calc-cons
19673@tindex cons
19674The @kbd{v k} (@code{calc-cons}) [@code{cons}] function takes a value @var{h}
19675and a vector @var{t} from the stack, and produces the vector whose head is
19676@var{h} and whose tail is @var{t}. This is similar to @kbd{|}, except
19677if @var{h} is itself a vector, @kbd{|} will concatenate the two vectors
19678whereas @code{cons} will insert @var{h} at the front of the vector @var{t}.
19679
19680@kindex H v h
19681@tindex rhead
19682@ignore
19683@mindex @idots
19684@end ignore
19685@kindex H I v h
19686@ignore
19687@mindex @null
19688@end ignore
19689@kindex H v k
19690@ignore
19691@mindex @null
19692@end ignore
19693@tindex rtail
19694@ignore
19695@mindex @null
19696@end ignore
19697@tindex rcons
19698Each of these three functions also accepts the Hyperbolic flag [@code{rhead},
19699@code{rtail}, @code{rcons}] in which case @var{t} instead represents
19700the @emph{last} single element of the vector, with @var{h}
19701representing the remainder of the vector. Thus the vector
19702@samp{[a, b, c, d] = cons(a, [b, c, d]) = rcons([a, b, c], d)}.
19703Also, @samp{head([a, b, c, d]) = a}, @samp{tail([a, b, c, d]) = [b, c, d]},
19704@samp{rhead([a, b, c, d]) = [a, b, c]}, and @samp{rtail([a, b, c, d]) = d}.
19705
19706@node Extracting Elements, Manipulating Vectors, Building Vectors, Matrix Functions
19707@section Extracting Vector Elements
19708
19709@noindent
19710@kindex v r
19711@pindex calc-mrow
19712@tindex mrow
19713The @kbd{v r} (@code{calc-mrow}) [@code{mrow}] command extracts one row of
19714the matrix on the top of the stack, or one element of the plain vector on
19715the top of the stack. The row or element is specified by the numeric
19716prefix argument; the default is to prompt for the row or element number.
19717The matrix or vector is replaced by the specified row or element in the
19718form of a vector or scalar, respectively.
19719
19720@cindex Permutations, applying
19721With a prefix argument of @kbd{C-u} only, @kbd{v r} takes the index of
19722the element or row from the top of the stack, and the vector or matrix
19723from the second-to-top position. If the index is itself a vector of
19724integers, the result is a vector of the corresponding elements of the
19725input vector, or a matrix of the corresponding rows of the input matrix.
19726This command can be used to obtain any permutation of a vector.
19727
19728With @kbd{C-u}, if the index is an interval form with integer components,
19729it is interpreted as a range of indices and the corresponding subvector or
19730submatrix is returned.
19731
19732@cindex Subscript notation
19733@kindex a _
19734@pindex calc-subscript
19735@tindex subscr
19736@tindex _
19737Subscript notation in algebraic formulas (@samp{a_b}) stands for the
19738Calc function @code{subscr}, which is synonymous with @code{mrow}.
19739Thus, @samp{[x, y, z]_k} produces @expr{x}, @expr{y}, or @expr{z} if
19740@expr{k} is one, two, or three, respectively. A double subscript
19741(@samp{M_i_j}, equivalent to @samp{subscr(subscr(M, i), j)}) will
19742access the element at row @expr{i}, column @expr{j} of a matrix.
19743The @kbd{a _} (@code{calc-subscript}) command creates a subscript
19744formula @samp{a_b} out of two stack entries. (It is on the @kbd{a}
19745``algebra'' prefix because subscripted variables are often used
19746purely as an algebraic notation.)
19747
19748@tindex mrrow
19749Given a negative prefix argument, @kbd{v r} instead deletes one row or
19750element from the matrix or vector on the top of the stack. Thus
19751@kbd{C-u 2 v r} replaces a matrix with its second row, but @kbd{C-u -2 v r}
19752replaces the matrix with the same matrix with its second row removed.
19753In algebraic form this function is called @code{mrrow}.
19754
19755@tindex getdiag
19756Given a prefix argument of zero, @kbd{v r} extracts the diagonal elements
19757of a square matrix in the form of a vector. In algebraic form this
19758function is called @code{getdiag}.
19759
19760@kindex v c
19761@pindex calc-mcol
19762@tindex mcol
19763@tindex mrcol
19764The @kbd{v c} (@code{calc-mcol}) [@code{mcol} or @code{mrcol}] command is
19765the analogous operation on columns of a matrix. Given a plain vector
19766it extracts (or removes) one element, just like @kbd{v r}. If the
19767index in @kbd{C-u v c} is an interval or vector and the argument is a
19768matrix, the result is a submatrix with only the specified columns
19769retained (and possibly permuted in the case of a vector index).
19770
19771To extract a matrix element at a given row and column, use @kbd{v r} to
19772extract the row as a vector, then @kbd{v c} to extract the column element
19773from that vector. In algebraic formulas, it is often more convenient to
19774use subscript notation: @samp{m_i_j} gives row @expr{i}, column @expr{j}
19775of matrix @expr{m}.
19776
19777@kindex v s
19778@pindex calc-subvector
19779@tindex subvec
19780The @kbd{v s} (@code{calc-subvector}) [@code{subvec}] command extracts
19781a subvector of a vector. The arguments are the vector, the starting
19782index, and the ending index, with the ending index in the top-of-stack
19783position. The starting index indicates the first element of the vector
19784to take. The ending index indicates the first element @emph{past} the
19785range to be taken. Thus, @samp{subvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, 4)} produces
19786the subvector @samp{[b, c]}. You could get the same result using
19787@samp{mrow([a, b, c, d, e], @w{[2 .. 4)})}.
19788
19789If either the start or the end index is zero or negative, it is
19790interpreted as relative to the end of the vector. Thus
19791@samp{subvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, -2)} also produces @samp{[b, c]}. In
19792the algebraic form, the end index can be omitted in which case it
19793is taken as zero, i.e., elements from the starting element to the
19794end of the vector are used. The infinity symbol, @code{inf}, also
19795has this effect when used as the ending index.
19796
19797@kindex I v s
19798@tindex rsubvec
19799With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I v s} [@code{rsubvec}] removes a subvector
19800from a vector. The arguments are interpreted the same as for the
19801normal @kbd{v s} command. Thus, @samp{rsubvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, 4)}
19802produces @samp{[a, d, e]}. It is always true that @code{subvec} and
19803@code{rsubvec} return complementary parts of the input vector.
19804
19805@xref{Selecting Subformulas}, for an alternative way to operate on
19806vectors one element at a time.
19807
19808@node Manipulating Vectors, Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Extracting Elements, Matrix Functions
19809@section Manipulating Vectors
19810
19811@noindent
19812@kindex v l
19813@pindex calc-vlength
19814@tindex vlen
19815The @kbd{v l} (@code{calc-vlength}) [@code{vlen}] command computes the
19816length of a vector. The length of a non-vector is considered to be zero.
19817Note that matrices are just vectors of vectors for the purposes of this
19818command.
19819
19820@kindex H v l
19821@tindex mdims
19822With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H v l} [@code{mdims}] computes a vector
19823of the dimensions of a vector, matrix, or higher-order object. For
19824example, @samp{mdims([[a,b,c],[d,e,f]])} returns @samp{[2, 3]} since
19825its argument is a
19826@texline @math{2\times3}
19827@infoline 2x3
19828matrix.
19829
19830@kindex v f
19831@pindex calc-vector-find
19832@tindex find
19833The @kbd{v f} (@code{calc-vector-find}) [@code{find}] command searches
19834along a vector for the first element equal to a given target. The target
19835is on the top of the stack; the vector is in the second-to-top position.
19836If a match is found, the result is the index of the matching element.
19837Otherwise, the result is zero. The numeric prefix argument, if given,
19838allows you to select any starting index for the search.
19839
19840@kindex v a
19841@pindex calc-arrange-vector
19842@tindex arrange
19843@cindex Arranging a matrix
19844@cindex Reshaping a matrix
19845@cindex Flattening a matrix
19846The @kbd{v a} (@code{calc-arrange-vector}) [@code{arrange}] command
19847rearranges a vector to have a certain number of columns and rows. The
19848numeric prefix argument specifies the number of columns; if you do not
19849provide an argument, you will be prompted for the number of columns.
19850The vector or matrix on the top of the stack is @dfn{flattened} into a
19851plain vector. If the number of columns is nonzero, this vector is
19852then formed into a matrix by taking successive groups of @var{n} elements.
19853If the number of columns does not evenly divide the number of elements
19854in the vector, the last row will be short and the result will not be
19855suitable for use as a matrix. For example, with the matrix
19856@samp{[[1, 2], @w{[3, 4]}]} on the stack, @kbd{v a 4} produces
19857@samp{[[1, 2, 3, 4]]} (a
19858@texline @math{1\times4}
19859@infoline 1x4
19860matrix), @kbd{v a 1} produces @samp{[[1], [2], [3], [4]]} (a
19861@texline @math{4\times1}
19862@infoline 4x1
19863matrix), @kbd{v a 2} produces @samp{[[1, 2], [3, 4]]} (the original
19864@texline @math{2\times2}
19865@infoline 2x2
19866matrix), @w{@kbd{v a 3}} produces @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4]]} (not a
19867matrix), and @kbd{v a 0} produces the flattened list
19868@samp{[1, 2, @w{3, 4}]}.
19869
19870@cindex Sorting data
19871@kindex V S
19872@kindex I V S
19873@pindex calc-sort
19874@tindex sort
19875@tindex rsort
19876The @kbd{V S} (@code{calc-sort}) [@code{sort}] command sorts the elements of
19877a vector into increasing order. Real numbers, real infinities, and
19878constant interval forms come first in this ordering; next come other
19879kinds of numbers, then variables (in alphabetical order), then finally
19880come formulas and other kinds of objects; these are sorted according
19881to a kind of lexicographic ordering with the useful property that
19882one vector is less or greater than another if the first corresponding
19883unequal elements are less or greater, respectively. Since quoted strings
19884are stored by Calc internally as vectors of ASCII character codes
19885(@pxref{Strings}), this means vectors of strings are also sorted into
19886alphabetical order by this command.
19887
19888The @kbd{I V S} [@code{rsort}] command sorts a vector into decreasing order.
19889
19890@cindex Permutation, inverse of
19891@cindex Inverse of permutation
19892@cindex Index tables
19893@cindex Rank tables
19894@kindex V G
19895@kindex I V G
19896@pindex calc-grade
19897@tindex grade
19898@tindex rgrade
19899The @kbd{V G} (@code{calc-grade}) [@code{grade}, @code{rgrade}] command
19900produces an index table or permutation vector which, if applied to the
19901input vector (as the index of @kbd{C-u v r}, say), would sort the vector.
19902A permutation vector is just a vector of integers from 1 to @var{n}, where
19903each integer occurs exactly once. One application of this is to sort a
19904matrix of data rows using one column as the sort key; extract that column,
19905grade it with @kbd{V G}, then use the result to reorder the original matrix
19906with @kbd{C-u v r}. Another interesting property of the @code{V G} command
19907is that, if the input is itself a permutation vector, the result will
19908be the inverse of the permutation. The inverse of an index table is
19909a rank table, whose @var{k}th element says where the @var{k}th original
19910vector element will rest when the vector is sorted. To get a rank
19911table, just use @kbd{V G V G}.
19912
19913With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I V G} produces an index table that would
19914sort the input into decreasing order. Note that @kbd{V S} and @kbd{V G}
19915use a ``stable'' sorting algorithm, i.e., any two elements which are equal
19916will not be moved out of their original order. Generally there is no way
19917to tell with @kbd{V S}, since two elements which are equal look the same,
19918but with @kbd{V G} this can be an important issue. In the matrix-of-rows
19919example, suppose you have names and telephone numbers as two columns and
19920you wish to sort by phone number primarily, and by name when the numbers
19921are equal. You can sort the data matrix by names first, and then again
19922by phone numbers. Because the sort is stable, any two rows with equal
19923phone numbers will remain sorted by name even after the second sort.
19924
19925@cindex Histograms
19926@kindex V H
19927@pindex calc-histogram
19928@ignore
19929@mindex histo@idots
19930@end ignore
19931@tindex histogram
19932The @kbd{V H} (@code{calc-histogram}) [@code{histogram}] command builds a
19933histogram of a vector of numbers. Vector elements are assumed to be
19934integers or real numbers in the range [0..@var{n}) for some ``number of
19935bins'' @var{n}, which is the numeric prefix argument given to the
19936command. The result is a vector of @var{n} counts of how many times
19937each value appeared in the original vector. Non-integers in the input
19938are rounded down to integers. Any vector elements outside the specified
19939range are ignored. (You can tell if elements have been ignored by noting
19940that the counts in the result vector don't add up to the length of the
19941input vector.)
19942
19943@kindex H V H
19944With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H V H} pulls two vectors from the stack.
19945The second-to-top vector is the list of numbers as before. The top
19946vector is an equal-sized list of ``weights'' to attach to the elements
19947of the data vector. For example, if the first data element is 4.2 and
19948the first weight is 10, then 10 will be added to bin 4 of the result
19949vector. Without the hyperbolic flag, every element has a weight of one.
19950
19951@kindex v t
19952@pindex calc-transpose
19953@tindex trn
19954The @kbd{v t} (@code{calc-transpose}) [@code{trn}] command computes
19955the transpose of the matrix at the top of the stack. If the argument
19956is a plain vector, it is treated as a row vector and transposed into
19957a one-column matrix.
19958
19959@kindex v v
19960@pindex calc-reverse-vector
19961@tindex rev
19962The @kbd{v v} (@code{calc-reverse-vector}) [@code{rev}] command reverses
19963a vector end-for-end. Given a matrix, it reverses the order of the rows.
19964(To reverse the columns instead, just use @kbd{v t v v v t}. The same
19965principle can be used to apply other vector commands to the columns of
19966a matrix.)
19967
19968@kindex v m
19969@pindex calc-mask-vector
19970@tindex vmask
19971The @kbd{v m} (@code{calc-mask-vector}) [@code{vmask}] command uses
19972one vector as a mask to extract elements of another vector. The mask
19973is in the second-to-top position; the target vector is on the top of
19974the stack. These vectors must have the same length. The result is
19975the same as the target vector, but with all elements which correspond
19976to zeros in the mask vector deleted. Thus, for example,
19977@samp{vmask([1, 0, 1, 0, 1], [a, b, c, d, e])} produces @samp{[a, c, e]}.
19978@xref{Logical Operations}.
19979
19980@kindex v e
19981@pindex calc-expand-vector
19982@tindex vexp
19983The @kbd{v e} (@code{calc-expand-vector}) [@code{vexp}] command
19984expands a vector according to another mask vector. The result is a
19985vector the same length as the mask, but with nonzero elements replaced
19986by successive elements from the target vector. The length of the target
19987vector is normally the number of nonzero elements in the mask. If the
19988target vector is longer, its last few elements are lost. If the target
19989vector is shorter, the last few nonzero mask elements are left
19990unreplaced in the result. Thus @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 0, 7], [a, b])}
19991produces @samp{[a, 0, b, 0, 7]}.
19992
19993@kindex H v e
19994With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H v e} takes a filler value from the
19995top of the stack; the mask and target vectors come from the third and
19996second elements of the stack. This filler is used where the mask is
19997zero: @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 0, 7], [a, b], z)} produces
19998@samp{[a, z, c, z, 7]}. If the filler value is itself a vector,
19999then successive values are taken from it, so that the effect is to
20000interleave two vectors according to the mask:
20001@samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 7, 0, 0], [a, b], [x, y])} produces
20002@samp{[a, x, b, 7, y, 0]}.
20003
20004Another variation on the masking idea is to combine @samp{[a, b, c, d, e]}
20005with the mask @samp{[1, 0, 1, 0, 1]} to produce @samp{[a, 0, c, 0, e]}.
20006You can accomplish this with @kbd{V M a &}, mapping the logical ``and''
20007operation across the two vectors. @xref{Logical Operations}. Note that
20008the @code{? :} operation also discussed there allows other types of
20009masking using vectors.
20010
20011@node Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Set Operations, Manipulating Vectors, Matrix Functions
20012@section Vector and Matrix Arithmetic
20013
20014@noindent
20015Basic arithmetic operations like addition and multiplication are defined
20016for vectors and matrices as well as for numbers. Division of matrices, in
20017the sense of multiplying by the inverse, is supported. (Division by a
20018matrix actually uses LU-decomposition for greater accuracy and speed.)
20019@xref{Basic Arithmetic}.
20020
20021The following functions are applied element-wise if their arguments are
20022vectors or matrices: @code{change-sign}, @code{conj}, @code{arg},
20023@code{re}, @code{im}, @code{polar}, @code{rect}, @code{clean},
20024@code{float}, @code{frac}. @xref{Function Index}.
20025
20026@kindex V J
20027@pindex calc-conj-transpose
20028@tindex ctrn
20029The @kbd{V J} (@code{calc-conj-transpose}) [@code{ctrn}] command computes
20030the conjugate transpose of its argument, i.e., @samp{conj(trn(x))}.
20031
20032@ignore
20033@mindex A
20034@end ignore
20035@kindex A (vectors)
20036@pindex calc-abs (vectors)
20037@ignore
20038@mindex abs
20039@end ignore
20040@tindex abs (vectors)
20041The @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) [@code{abs}] command computes the
20042Frobenius norm of a vector or matrix argument. This is the square
20043root of the sum of the squares of the absolute values of the
20044elements of the vector or matrix. If the vector is interpreted as
20045a point in two- or three-dimensional space, this is the distance
20046from that point to the origin.
20047
20048@kindex v n
20049@pindex calc-rnorm
20050@tindex rnorm
a8b14149
JB
20051The @kbd{v n} (@code{calc-rnorm}) [@code{rnorm}] command computes the
20052infinity-norm of a vector, or the row norm of a matrix. For a plain
20053vector, this is the maximum of the absolute values of the elements. For
20054a matrix, this is the maximum of the row-absolute-value-sums, i.e., of
20055the sums of the absolute values of the elements along the various rows.
4009494e
GM
20056
20057@kindex V N
20058@pindex calc-cnorm
20059@tindex cnorm
20060The @kbd{V N} (@code{calc-cnorm}) [@code{cnorm}] command computes
a8b14149 20061the one-norm of a vector, or column norm of a matrix. For a plain
4009494e
GM
20062vector, this is the sum of the absolute values of the elements.
20063For a matrix, this is the maximum of the column-absolute-value-sums.
20064General @expr{k}-norms for @expr{k} other than one or infinity are
a8b14149
JB
20065not provided. However, the 2-norm (or Frobenius norm) is provided for
20066vectors by the @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) command.
4009494e
GM
20067
20068@kindex V C
20069@pindex calc-cross
20070@tindex cross
20071The @kbd{V C} (@code{calc-cross}) [@code{cross}] command computes the
20072right-handed cross product of two vectors, each of which must have
20073exactly three elements.
20074
20075@ignore
20076@mindex &
20077@end ignore
20078@kindex & (matrices)
20079@pindex calc-inv (matrices)
20080@ignore
20081@mindex inv
20082@end ignore
20083@tindex inv (matrices)
20084The @kbd{&} (@code{calc-inv}) [@code{inv}] command computes the
20085inverse of a square matrix. If the matrix is singular, the inverse
20086operation is left in symbolic form. Matrix inverses are recorded so
20087that once an inverse (or determinant) of a particular matrix has been
20088computed, the inverse and determinant of the matrix can be recomputed
20089quickly in the future.
20090
20091If the argument to @kbd{&} is a plain number @expr{x}, this
20092command simply computes @expr{1/x}. This is okay, because the
20093@samp{/} operator also does a matrix inversion when dividing one
20094by a matrix.
20095
20096@kindex V D
20097@pindex calc-mdet
20098@tindex det
20099The @kbd{V D} (@code{calc-mdet}) [@code{det}] command computes the
20100determinant of a square matrix.
20101
20102@kindex V L
20103@pindex calc-mlud
20104@tindex lud
20105The @kbd{V L} (@code{calc-mlud}) [@code{lud}] command computes the
20106LU decomposition of a matrix. The result is a list of three matrices
20107which, when multiplied together left-to-right, form the original matrix.
20108The first is a permutation matrix that arises from pivoting in the
20109algorithm, the second is lower-triangular with ones on the diagonal,
20110and the third is upper-triangular.
20111
20112@kindex V T
20113@pindex calc-mtrace
20114@tindex tr
20115The @kbd{V T} (@code{calc-mtrace}) [@code{tr}] command computes the
20116trace of a square matrix. This is defined as the sum of the diagonal
20117elements of the matrix.
20118
629f618d
JB
20119@kindex V K
20120@pindex calc-kron
20121@tindex kron
20122The @kbd{V K} (@code{calc-kron}) [@code{kron}] command computes
20123the Kronecker product of two matrices.
20124
4009494e
GM
20125@node Set Operations, Statistical Operations, Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Matrix Functions
20126@section Set Operations using Vectors
20127
20128@noindent
20129@cindex Sets, as vectors
20130Calc includes several commands which interpret vectors as @dfn{sets} of
20131objects. A set is a collection of objects; any given object can appear
20132only once in the set. Calc stores sets as vectors of objects in
20133sorted order. Objects in a Calc set can be any of the usual things,
20134such as numbers, variables, or formulas. Two set elements are considered
20135equal if they are identical, except that numerically equal numbers like
20136the integer 4 and the float 4.0 are considered equal even though they
20137are not ``identical.'' Variables are treated like plain symbols without
20138attached values by the set operations; subtracting the set @samp{[b]}
20139from @samp{[a, b]} always yields the set @samp{[a]} even though if
20140the variables @samp{a} and @samp{b} both equaled 17, you might
20141expect the answer @samp{[]}.
20142
20143If a set contains interval forms, then it is assumed to be a set of
20144real numbers. In this case, all set operations require the elements
20145of the set to be only things that are allowed in intervals: Real
20146numbers, plus and minus infinity, HMS forms, and date forms. If
20147there are variables or other non-real objects present in a real set,
20148all set operations on it will be left in unevaluated form.
20149
20150If the input to a set operation is a plain number or interval form
20151@var{a}, it is treated like the one-element vector @samp{[@var{a}]}.
20152The result is always a vector, except that if the set consists of a
20153single interval, the interval itself is returned instead.
20154
20155@xref{Logical Operations}, for the @code{in} function which tests if
20156a certain value is a member of a given set. To test if the set @expr{A}
20157is a subset of the set @expr{B}, use @samp{vdiff(A, B) = []}.
20158
20159@kindex V +
20160@pindex calc-remove-duplicates
20161@tindex rdup
20162The @kbd{V +} (@code{calc-remove-duplicates}) [@code{rdup}] command
20163converts an arbitrary vector into set notation. It works by sorting
20164the vector as if by @kbd{V S}, then removing duplicates. (For example,
20165@kbd{[a, 5, 4, a, 4.0]} is sorted to @samp{[4, 4.0, 5, a, a]} and then
20166reduced to @samp{[4, 5, a]}). Overlapping intervals are merged as
20167necessary. You rarely need to use @kbd{V +} explicitly, since all the
20168other set-based commands apply @kbd{V +} to their inputs before using
20169them.
20170
20171@kindex V V
20172@pindex calc-set-union
20173@tindex vunion
20174The @kbd{V V} (@code{calc-set-union}) [@code{vunion}] command computes
20175the union of two sets. An object is in the union of two sets if and
20176only if it is in either (or both) of the input sets. (You could
20177accomplish the same thing by concatenating the sets with @kbd{|},
20178then using @kbd{V +}.)
20179
20180@kindex V ^
20181@pindex calc-set-intersect
20182@tindex vint
20183The @kbd{V ^} (@code{calc-set-intersect}) [@code{vint}] command computes
20184the intersection of two sets. An object is in the intersection if
20185and only if it is in both of the input sets. Thus if the input
20186sets are disjoint, i.e., if they share no common elements, the result
20187will be the empty vector @samp{[]}. Note that the characters @kbd{V}
20188and @kbd{^} were chosen to be close to the conventional mathematical
20189notation for set
20190@texline union@tie{}(@math{A \cup B})
20191@infoline union
20192and
20193@texline intersection@tie{}(@math{A \cap B}).
20194@infoline intersection.
20195
20196@kindex V -
20197@pindex calc-set-difference
20198@tindex vdiff
20199The @kbd{V -} (@code{calc-set-difference}) [@code{vdiff}] command computes
20200the difference between two sets. An object is in the difference
20201@expr{A - B} if and only if it is in @expr{A} but not in @expr{B}.
20202Thus subtracting @samp{[y,z]} from a set will remove the elements
20203@samp{y} and @samp{z} if they are present. You can also think of this
20204as a general @dfn{set complement} operator; if @expr{A} is the set of
20205all possible values, then @expr{A - B} is the ``complement'' of @expr{B}.
20206Obviously this is only practical if the set of all possible values in
20207your problem is small enough to list in a Calc vector (or simple
20208enough to express in a few intervals).
20209
20210@kindex V X
20211@pindex calc-set-xor
20212@tindex vxor
20213The @kbd{V X} (@code{calc-set-xor}) [@code{vxor}] command computes
20214the ``exclusive-or,'' or ``symmetric difference'' of two sets.
20215An object is in the symmetric difference of two sets if and only
20216if it is in one, but @emph{not} both, of the sets. Objects that
20217occur in both sets ``cancel out.''
20218
20219@kindex V ~
20220@pindex calc-set-complement
20221@tindex vcompl
20222The @kbd{V ~} (@code{calc-set-complement}) [@code{vcompl}] command
20223computes the complement of a set with respect to the real numbers.
20224Thus @samp{vcompl(x)} is equivalent to @samp{vdiff([-inf .. inf], x)}.
20225For example, @samp{vcompl([2, (3 .. 4]])} evaluates to
20226@samp{[[-inf .. 2), (2 .. 3], (4 .. inf]]}.
20227
20228@kindex V F
20229@pindex calc-set-floor
20230@tindex vfloor
20231The @kbd{V F} (@code{calc-set-floor}) [@code{vfloor}] command
20232reinterprets a set as a set of integers. Any non-integer values,
20233and intervals that do not enclose any integers, are removed. Open
20234intervals are converted to equivalent closed intervals. Successive
20235integers are converted into intervals of integers. For example, the
20236complement of the set @samp{[2, 6, 7, 8]} is messy, but if you wanted
20237the complement with respect to the set of integers you could type
20238@kbd{V ~ V F} to get @samp{[[-inf .. 1], [3 .. 5], [9 .. inf]]}.
20239
20240@kindex V E
20241@pindex calc-set-enumerate
20242@tindex venum
20243The @kbd{V E} (@code{calc-set-enumerate}) [@code{venum}] command
20244converts a set of integers into an explicit vector. Intervals in
20245the set are expanded out to lists of all integers encompassed by
20246the intervals. This only works for finite sets (i.e., sets which
20247do not involve @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf}).
20248
20249@kindex V :
20250@pindex calc-set-span
20251@tindex vspan
20252The @kbd{V :} (@code{calc-set-span}) [@code{vspan}] command converts any
20253set of reals into an interval form that encompasses all its elements.
20254The lower limit will be the smallest element in the set; the upper
20255limit will be the largest element. For an empty set, @samp{vspan([])}
20256returns the empty interval @w{@samp{[0 .. 0)}}.
20257
20258@kindex V #
20259@pindex calc-set-cardinality
20260@tindex vcard
20261The @kbd{V #} (@code{calc-set-cardinality}) [@code{vcard}] command counts
20262the number of integers in a set. The result is the length of the vector
20263that would be produced by @kbd{V E}, although the computation is much
20264more efficient than actually producing that vector.
20265
20266@cindex Sets, as binary numbers
20267Another representation for sets that may be more appropriate in some
20268cases is binary numbers. If you are dealing with sets of integers
20269in the range 0 to 49, you can use a 50-bit binary number where a
20270particular bit is 1 if the corresponding element is in the set.
20271@xref{Binary Functions}, for a list of commands that operate on
20272binary numbers. Note that many of the above set operations have
20273direct equivalents in binary arithmetic: @kbd{b o} (@code{calc-or}),
20274@kbd{b a} (@code{calc-and}), @kbd{b d} (@code{calc-diff}),
20275@kbd{b x} (@code{calc-xor}), and @kbd{b n} (@code{calc-not}),
20276respectively. You can use whatever representation for sets is most
20277convenient to you.
20278
20279@kindex b p
20280@kindex b u
20281@pindex calc-pack-bits
20282@pindex calc-unpack-bits
20283@tindex vpack
20284@tindex vunpack
20285The @kbd{b u} (@code{calc-unpack-bits}) [@code{vunpack}] command
20286converts an integer that represents a set in binary into a set
20287in vector/interval notation. For example, @samp{vunpack(67)}
20288returns @samp{[[0 .. 1], 6]}. If the input is negative, the set
20289it represents is semi-infinite: @samp{vunpack(-4) = [2 .. inf)}.
20290Use @kbd{V E} afterwards to expand intervals to individual
20291values if you wish. Note that this command uses the @kbd{b}
20292(binary) prefix key.
20293
20294The @kbd{b p} (@code{calc-pack-bits}) [@code{vpack}] command
20295converts the other way, from a vector or interval representing
20296a set of nonnegative integers into a binary integer describing
20297the same set. The set may include positive infinity, but must
20298not include any negative numbers. The input is interpreted as a
20299set of integers in the sense of @kbd{V F} (@code{vfloor}). Beware
20300that a simple input like @samp{[100]} can result in a huge integer
20301representation
20302@texline (@math{2^{100}}, a 31-digit integer, in this case).
20303@infoline (@expr{2^100}, a 31-digit integer, in this case).
20304
20305@node Statistical Operations, Reducing and Mapping, Set Operations, Matrix Functions
20306@section Statistical Operations on Vectors
20307
20308@noindent
20309@cindex Statistical functions
20310The commands in this section take vectors as arguments and compute
20311various statistical measures on the data stored in the vectors. The
20312references used in the definitions of these functions are Bevington's
20313@emph{Data Reduction and Error Analysis for the Physical Sciences},
20314and @emph{Numerical Recipes} by Press, Flannery, Teukolsky and
20315Vetterling.
20316
20317The statistical commands use the @kbd{u} prefix key followed by
20318a shifted letter or other character.
20319
20320@xref{Manipulating Vectors}, for a description of @kbd{V H}
20321(@code{calc-histogram}).
20322
20323@xref{Curve Fitting}, for the @kbd{a F} command for doing
20324least-squares fits to statistical data.
20325
20326@xref{Probability Distribution Functions}, for several common
20327probability distribution functions.
20328
20329@menu
20330* Single-Variable Statistics::
20331* Paired-Sample Statistics::
20332@end menu
20333
20334@node Single-Variable Statistics, Paired-Sample Statistics, Statistical Operations, Statistical Operations
20335@subsection Single-Variable Statistics
20336
20337@noindent
20338These functions do various statistical computations on single
20339vectors. Given a numeric prefix argument, they actually pop
20340@var{n} objects from the stack and combine them into a data
20341vector. Each object may be either a number or a vector; if a
20342vector, any sub-vectors inside it are ``flattened'' as if by
20343@kbd{v a 0}; @pxref{Manipulating Vectors}. By default one object
20344is popped, which (in order to be useful) is usually a vector.
20345
20346If an argument is a variable name, and the value stored in that
20347variable is a vector, then the stored vector is used. This method
20348has the advantage that if your data vector is large, you can avoid
20349the slow process of manipulating it directly on the stack.
20350
20351These functions are left in symbolic form if any of their arguments
20352are not numbers or vectors, e.g., if an argument is a formula, or
20353a non-vector variable. However, formulas embedded within vector
20354arguments are accepted; the result is a symbolic representation
20355of the computation, based on the assumption that the formula does
20356not itself represent a vector. All varieties of numbers such as
20357error forms and interval forms are acceptable.
20358
20359Some of the functions in this section also accept a single error form
20360or interval as an argument. They then describe a property of the
20361normal or uniform (respectively) statistical distribution described
20362by the argument. The arguments are interpreted in the same way as
20363the @var{M} argument of the random number function @kbd{k r}. In
20364particular, an interval with integer limits is considered an integer
20365distribution, so that @samp{[2 .. 6)} is the same as @samp{[2 .. 5]}.
20366An interval with at least one floating-point limit is a continuous
20367distribution: @samp{[2.0 .. 6.0)} is @emph{not} the same as
20368@samp{[2.0 .. 5.0]}!
20369
20370@kindex u #
20371@pindex calc-vector-count
20372@tindex vcount
20373The @kbd{u #} (@code{calc-vector-count}) [@code{vcount}] command
20374computes the number of data values represented by the inputs.
20375For example, @samp{vcount(1, [2, 3], [[4, 5], [], x, y])} returns 7.
20376If the argument is a single vector with no sub-vectors, this
20377simply computes the length of the vector.
20378
20379@kindex u +
20380@kindex u *
20381@pindex calc-vector-sum
20382@pindex calc-vector-prod
20383@tindex vsum
20384@tindex vprod
20385@cindex Summations (statistical)
20386The @kbd{u +} (@code{calc-vector-sum}) [@code{vsum}] command
20387computes the sum of the data values. The @kbd{u *}
20388(@code{calc-vector-prod}) [@code{vprod}] command computes the
20389product of the data values. If the input is a single flat vector,
20390these are the same as @kbd{V R +} and @kbd{V R *}
20391(@pxref{Reducing and Mapping}).
20392
20393@kindex u X
20394@kindex u N
20395@pindex calc-vector-max
20396@pindex calc-vector-min
20397@tindex vmax
20398@tindex vmin
20399The @kbd{u X} (@code{calc-vector-max}) [@code{vmax}] command
20400computes the maximum of the data values, and the @kbd{u N}
20401(@code{calc-vector-min}) [@code{vmin}] command computes the minimum.
20402If the argument is an interval, this finds the minimum or maximum
20403value in the interval. (Note that @samp{vmax([2..6)) = 5} as
20404described above.) If the argument is an error form, this returns
20405plus or minus infinity.
20406
20407@kindex u M
20408@pindex calc-vector-mean
20409@tindex vmean
20410@cindex Mean of data values
20411The @kbd{u M} (@code{calc-vector-mean}) [@code{vmean}] command
20412computes the average (arithmetic mean) of the data values.
20413If the inputs are error forms
20414@texline @math{x \pm \sigma},
20415@infoline @samp{x +/- s},
20416this is the weighted mean of the @expr{x} values with weights
20417@texline @math{1 /\sigma^2}.
20418@infoline @expr{1 / s^2}.
20419@tex
20420\turnoffactive
20421$$ \mu = { \displaystyle \sum { x_i \over \sigma_i^2 } \over
20422 \displaystyle \sum { 1 \over \sigma_i^2 } } $$
20423@end tex
20424If the inputs are not error forms, this is simply the sum of the
20425values divided by the count of the values.
20426
20427Note that a plain number can be considered an error form with
20428error
20429@texline @math{\sigma = 0}.
20430@infoline @expr{s = 0}.
20431If the input to @kbd{u M} is a mixture of
20432plain numbers and error forms, the result is the mean of the
20433plain numbers, ignoring all values with non-zero errors. (By the
20434above definitions it's clear that a plain number effectively
20435has an infinite weight, next to which an error form with a finite
20436weight is completely negligible.)
20437
20438This function also works for distributions (error forms or
20439intervals). The mean of an error form `@var{a} @tfn{+/-} @var{b}' is simply
20440@expr{a}. The mean of an interval is the mean of the minimum
20441and maximum values of the interval.
20442
20443@kindex I u M
20444@pindex calc-vector-mean-error
20445@tindex vmeane
20446The @kbd{I u M} (@code{calc-vector-mean-error}) [@code{vmeane}]
20447command computes the mean of the data points expressed as an
20448error form. This includes the estimated error associated with
20449the mean. If the inputs are error forms, the error is the square
20450root of the reciprocal of the sum of the reciprocals of the squares
20451of the input errors. (I.e., the variance is the reciprocal of the
20452sum of the reciprocals of the variances.)
20453@tex
20454\turnoffactive
20455$$ \sigma_\mu^2 = {1 \over \displaystyle \sum {1 \over \sigma_i^2}} $$
20456@end tex
20457If the inputs are plain
20458numbers, the error is equal to the standard deviation of the values
20459divided by the square root of the number of values. (This works
20460out to be equivalent to calculating the standard deviation and
20461then assuming each value's error is equal to this standard
20462deviation.)
20463@tex
20464\turnoffactive
20465$$ \sigma_\mu^2 = {\sigma^2 \over N} $$
20466@end tex
20467
20468@kindex H u M
20469@pindex calc-vector-median
20470@tindex vmedian
20471@cindex Median of data values
20472The @kbd{H u M} (@code{calc-vector-median}) [@code{vmedian}]
20473command computes the median of the data values. The values are
20474first sorted into numerical order; the median is the middle
20475value after sorting. (If the number of data values is even,
20476the median is taken to be the average of the two middle values.)
20477The median function is different from the other functions in
20478this section in that the arguments must all be real numbers;
20479variables are not accepted even when nested inside vectors.
20480(Otherwise it is not possible to sort the data values.) If
20481any of the input values are error forms, their error parts are
20482ignored.
20483
20484The median function also accepts distributions. For both normal
20485(error form) and uniform (interval) distributions, the median is
20486the same as the mean.
20487
20488@kindex H I u M
20489@pindex calc-vector-harmonic-mean
20490@tindex vhmean
20491@cindex Harmonic mean
20492The @kbd{H I u M} (@code{calc-vector-harmonic-mean}) [@code{vhmean}]
20493command computes the harmonic mean of the data values. This is
20494defined as the reciprocal of the arithmetic mean of the reciprocals
20495of the values.
20496@tex
20497\turnoffactive
20498$$ { N \over \displaystyle \sum {1 \over x_i} } $$
20499@end tex
20500
20501@kindex u G
20502@pindex calc-vector-geometric-mean
20503@tindex vgmean
20504@cindex Geometric mean
20505The @kbd{u G} (@code{calc-vector-geometric-mean}) [@code{vgmean}]
20506command computes the geometric mean of the data values. This
20507is the @var{n}th root of the product of the values. This is also
20508equal to the @code{exp} of the arithmetic mean of the logarithms
20509of the data values.
20510@tex
20511\turnoffactive
20512$$ \exp \left ( \sum { \ln x_i } \right ) =
20513 \left ( \prod { x_i } \right)^{1 / N} $$
20514@end tex
20515
20516@kindex H u G
20517@tindex agmean
20518The @kbd{H u G} [@code{agmean}] command computes the ``arithmetic-geometric
20519mean'' of two numbers taken from the stack. This is computed by
20520replacing the two numbers with their arithmetic mean and geometric
20521mean, then repeating until the two values converge.
20522@tex
20523\turnoffactive
20524$$ a_{i+1} = { a_i + b_i \over 2 } , \qquad b_{i+1} = \sqrt{a_i b_i} $$
20525@end tex
20526
20527@cindex Root-mean-square
20528Another commonly used mean, the RMS (root-mean-square), can be computed
20529for a vector of numbers simply by using the @kbd{A} command.
20530
20531@kindex u S
20532@pindex calc-vector-sdev
20533@tindex vsdev
20534@cindex Standard deviation
20535@cindex Sample statistics
20536The @kbd{u S} (@code{calc-vector-sdev}) [@code{vsdev}] command
20537computes the standard
20538@texline deviation@tie{}@math{\sigma}
20539@infoline deviation
20540of the data values. If the values are error forms, the errors are used
20541as weights just as for @kbd{u M}. This is the @emph{sample} standard
20542deviation, whose value is the square root of the sum of the squares of
20543the differences between the values and the mean of the @expr{N} values,
20544divided by @expr{N-1}.
20545@tex
20546\turnoffactive
20547$$ \sigma^2 = {1 \over N - 1} \sum (x_i - \mu)^2 $$
20548@end tex
20549
20550This function also applies to distributions. The standard deviation
20551of a single error form is simply the error part. The standard deviation
20552of a continuous interval happens to equal the difference between the
20553limits, divided by
20554@texline @math{\sqrt{12}}.
20555@infoline @expr{sqrt(12)}.
20556The standard deviation of an integer interval is the same as the
20557standard deviation of a vector of those integers.
20558
20559@kindex I u S
20560@pindex calc-vector-pop-sdev
20561@tindex vpsdev
20562@cindex Population statistics
20563The @kbd{I u S} (@code{calc-vector-pop-sdev}) [@code{vpsdev}]
20564command computes the @emph{population} standard deviation.
20565It is defined by the same formula as above but dividing
20566by @expr{N} instead of by @expr{N-1}. The population standard
20567deviation is used when the input represents the entire set of
20568data values in the distribution; the sample standard deviation
20569is used when the input represents a sample of the set of all
20570data values, so that the mean computed from the input is itself
20571only an estimate of the true mean.
20572@tex
20573\turnoffactive
20574$$ \sigma^2 = {1 \over N} \sum (x_i - \mu)^2 $$
20575@end tex
20576
20577For error forms and continuous intervals, @code{vpsdev} works
20578exactly like @code{vsdev}. For integer intervals, it computes the
20579population standard deviation of the equivalent vector of integers.
20580
20581@kindex H u S
20582@kindex H I u S
20583@pindex calc-vector-variance
20584@pindex calc-vector-pop-variance
20585@tindex vvar
20586@tindex vpvar
20587@cindex Variance of data values
20588The @kbd{H u S} (@code{calc-vector-variance}) [@code{vvar}] and
20589@kbd{H I u S} (@code{calc-vector-pop-variance}) [@code{vpvar}]
20590commands compute the variance of the data values. The variance
20591is the
20592@texline square@tie{}@math{\sigma^2}
20593@infoline square
20594of the standard deviation, i.e., the sum of the
20595squares of the deviations of the data values from the mean.
20596(This definition also applies when the argument is a distribution.)
20597
20598@ignore
20599@starindex
20600@end ignore
20601@tindex vflat
20602The @code{vflat} algebraic function returns a vector of its
20603arguments, interpreted in the same way as the other functions
20604in this section. For example, @samp{vflat(1, [2, [3, 4]], 5)}
20605returns @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]}.
20606
20607@node Paired-Sample Statistics, , Single-Variable Statistics, Statistical Operations
20608@subsection Paired-Sample Statistics
20609
20610@noindent
20611The functions in this section take two arguments, which must be
20612vectors of equal size. The vectors are each flattened in the same
20613way as by the single-variable statistical functions. Given a numeric
20614prefix argument of 1, these functions instead take one object from
20615the stack, which must be an
20616@texline @math{N\times2}
20617@infoline Nx2
20618matrix of data values. Once again, variable names can be used in place
20619of actual vectors and matrices.
20620
20621@kindex u C
20622@pindex calc-vector-covariance
20623@tindex vcov
20624@cindex Covariance
20625The @kbd{u C} (@code{calc-vector-covariance}) [@code{vcov}] command
20626computes the sample covariance of two vectors. The covariance
20627of vectors @var{x} and @var{y} is the sum of the products of the
20628differences between the elements of @var{x} and the mean of @var{x}
20629times the differences between the corresponding elements of @var{y}
20630and the mean of @var{y}, all divided by @expr{N-1}. Note that
20631the variance of a vector is just the covariance of the vector
20632with itself. Once again, if the inputs are error forms the
20633errors are used as weight factors. If both @var{x} and @var{y}
20634are composed of error forms, the error for a given data point
20635is taken as the square root of the sum of the squares of the two
20636input errors.
20637@tex
20638\turnoffactive
20639$$ \sigma_{x\!y}^2 = {1 \over N-1} \sum (x_i - \mu_x) (y_i - \mu_y) $$
20640$$ \sigma_{x\!y}^2 =
20641 {\displaystyle {1 \over N-1}
20642 \sum {(x_i - \mu_x) (y_i - \mu_y) \over \sigma_i^2}
20643 \over \displaystyle {1 \over N} \sum {1 \over \sigma_i^2}}
20644$$
20645@end tex
20646
20647@kindex I u C
20648@pindex calc-vector-pop-covariance
20649@tindex vpcov
20650The @kbd{I u C} (@code{calc-vector-pop-covariance}) [@code{vpcov}]
20651command computes the population covariance, which is the same as the
20652sample covariance computed by @kbd{u C} except dividing by @expr{N}
20653instead of @expr{N-1}.
20654
20655@kindex H u C
20656@pindex calc-vector-correlation
20657@tindex vcorr
20658@cindex Correlation coefficient
20659@cindex Linear correlation
20660The @kbd{H u C} (@code{calc-vector-correlation}) [@code{vcorr}]
20661command computes the linear correlation coefficient of two vectors.
20662This is defined by the covariance of the vectors divided by the
20663product of their standard deviations. (There is no difference
20664between sample or population statistics here.)
20665@tex
20666\turnoffactive
20667$$ r_{x\!y} = { \sigma_{x\!y}^2 \over \sigma_x^2 \sigma_y^2 } $$
20668@end tex
20669
20670@node Reducing and Mapping, Vector and Matrix Formats, Statistical Operations, Matrix Functions
20671@section Reducing and Mapping Vectors
20672
20673@noindent
20674The commands in this section allow for more general operations on the
20675elements of vectors.
20676
20677@kindex V A
20678@pindex calc-apply
20679@tindex apply
20680The simplest of these operations is @kbd{V A} (@code{calc-apply})
20681[@code{apply}], which applies a given operator to the elements of a vector.
20682For example, applying the hypothetical function @code{f} to the vector
20683@w{@samp{[1, 2, 3]}} would produce the function call @samp{f(1, 2, 3)}.
20684Applying the @code{+} function to the vector @samp{[a, b]} gives
20685@samp{a + b}. Applying @code{+} to the vector @samp{[a, b, c]} is an
20686error, since the @code{+} function expects exactly two arguments.
20687
20688While @kbd{V A} is useful in some cases, you will usually find that either
20689@kbd{V R} or @kbd{V M}, described below, is closer to what you want.
20690
20691@menu
20692* Specifying Operators::
20693* Mapping::
20694* Reducing::
20695* Nesting and Fixed Points::
20696* Generalized Products::
20697@end menu
20698
20699@node Specifying Operators, Mapping, Reducing and Mapping, Reducing and Mapping
20700@subsection Specifying Operators
20701
20702@noindent
20703Commands in this section (like @kbd{V A}) prompt you to press the key
20704corresponding to the desired operator. Press @kbd{?} for a partial
20705list of the available operators. Generally, an operator is any key or
20706sequence of keys that would normally take one or more arguments from
20707the stack and replace them with a result. For example, @kbd{V A H C}
20708uses the hyperbolic cosine operator, @code{cosh}. (Since @code{cosh}
20709expects one argument, @kbd{V A H C} requires a vector with a single
20710element as its argument.)
20711
20712You can press @kbd{x} at the operator prompt to select any algebraic
20713function by name to use as the operator. This includes functions you
20714have defined yourself using the @kbd{Z F} command. (@xref{Algebraic
20715Definitions}.) If you give a name for which no function has been
20716defined, the result is left in symbolic form, as in @samp{f(1, 2, 3)}.
20717Calc will prompt for the number of arguments the function takes if it
20718can't figure it out on its own (say, because you named a function that
20719is currently undefined). It is also possible to type a digit key before
20720the function name to specify the number of arguments, e.g.,
20721@kbd{V M 3 x f @key{RET}} calls @code{f} with three arguments even if it
20722looks like it ought to have only two. This technique may be necessary
20723if the function allows a variable number of arguments. For example,
20724the @kbd{v e} [@code{vexp}] function accepts two or three arguments;
20725if you want to map with the three-argument version, you will have to
20726type @kbd{V M 3 v e}.
20727
20728It is also possible to apply any formula to a vector by treating that
20729formula as a function. When prompted for the operator to use, press
20730@kbd{'} (the apostrophe) and type your formula as an algebraic entry.
20731You will then be prompted for the argument list, which defaults to a
20732list of all variables that appear in the formula, sorted into alphabetic
20733order. For example, suppose you enter the formula @w{@samp{x + 2y^x}}.
20734The default argument list would be @samp{(x y)}, which means that if
20735this function is applied to the arguments @samp{[3, 10]} the result will
20736be @samp{3 + 2*10^3}. (If you plan to use a certain formula in this
20737way often, you might consider defining it as a function with @kbd{Z F}.)
20738
20739Another way to specify the arguments to the formula you enter is with
20740@kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, and so on. For example, @kbd{V A ' $$ + 2$^$$}
20741has the same effect as the previous example. The argument list is
20742automatically taken to be @samp{($$ $)}. (The order of the arguments
20743may seem backwards, but it is analogous to the way normal algebraic
20744entry interacts with the stack.)
20745
20746If you press @kbd{$} at the operator prompt, the effect is similar to
20747the apostrophe except that the relevant formula is taken from top-of-stack
20748instead. The actual vector arguments of the @kbd{V A $} or related command
20749then start at the second-to-top stack position. You will still be
20750prompted for an argument list.
20751
20752@cindex Nameless functions
20753@cindex Generic functions
20754A function can be written without a name using the notation @samp{<#1 - #2>},
20755which means ``a function of two arguments that computes the first
20756argument minus the second argument.'' The symbols @samp{#1} and @samp{#2}
20757are placeholders for the arguments. You can use any names for these
20758placeholders if you wish, by including an argument list followed by a
20759colon: @samp{<x, y : x - y>}. When you type @kbd{V A ' $$ + 2$^$$ @key{RET}},
20760Calc builds the nameless function @samp{<#1 + 2 #2^#1>} as the function
20761to map across the vectors. When you type @kbd{V A ' x + 2y^x @key{RET} @key{RET}},
20762Calc builds the nameless function @w{@samp{<x, y : x + 2 y^x>}}. In both
20763cases, Calc also writes the nameless function to the Trail so that you
20764can get it back later if you wish.
20765
20766If there is only one argument, you can write @samp{#} in place of @samp{#1}.
20767(Note that @samp{< >} notation is also used for date forms. Calc tells
20768that @samp{<@var{stuff}>} is a nameless function by the presence of
20769@samp{#} signs inside @var{stuff}, or by the fact that @var{stuff}
20770begins with a list of variables followed by a colon.)
20771
20772You can type a nameless function directly to @kbd{V A '}, or put one on
20773the stack and use it with @w{@kbd{V A $}}. Calc will not prompt for an
20774argument list in this case, since the nameless function specifies the
20775argument list as well as the function itself. In @kbd{V A '}, you can
20776omit the @samp{< >} marks if you use @samp{#} notation for the arguments,
20777so that @kbd{V A ' #1+#2 @key{RET}} is the same as @kbd{V A ' <#1+#2> @key{RET}},
20778which in turn is the same as @kbd{V A ' $$+$ @key{RET}}.
20779
20780@cindex Lambda expressions
20781@ignore
20782@starindex
20783@end ignore
20784@tindex lambda
20785The internal format for @samp{<x, y : x + y>} is @samp{lambda(x, y, x + y)}.
20786(The word @code{lambda} derives from Lisp notation and the theory of
20787functions.) The internal format for @samp{<#1 + #2>} is @samp{lambda(ArgA,
20788ArgB, ArgA + ArgB)}. Note that there is no actual Calc function called
20789@code{lambda}; the whole point is that the @code{lambda} expression is
20790used in its symbolic form, not evaluated for an answer until it is applied
20791to specific arguments by a command like @kbd{V A} or @kbd{V M}.
20792
20793(Actually, @code{lambda} does have one special property: Its arguments
20794are never evaluated; for example, putting @samp{<(2/3) #>} on the stack
20795will not simplify the @samp{2/3} until the nameless function is actually
20796called.)
20797
20798@tindex add
20799@tindex sub
20800@ignore
20801@mindex @idots
20802@end ignore
20803@tindex mul
20804@ignore
20805@mindex @null
20806@end ignore
20807@tindex div
20808@ignore
20809@mindex @null
20810@end ignore
20811@tindex pow
20812@ignore
20813@mindex @null
20814@end ignore
20815@tindex neg
20816@ignore
20817@mindex @null
20818@end ignore
20819@tindex mod
20820@ignore
20821@mindex @null
20822@end ignore
20823@tindex vconcat
20824As usual, commands like @kbd{V A} have algebraic function name equivalents.
20825For example, @kbd{V A k g} with an argument of @samp{v} is equivalent to
20826@samp{apply(gcd, v)}. The first argument specifies the operator name,
20827and is either a variable whose name is the same as the function name,
20828or a nameless function like @samp{<#^3+1>}. Operators that are normally
20829written as algebraic symbols have the names @code{add}, @code{sub},
20830@code{mul}, @code{div}, @code{pow}, @code{neg}, @code{mod}, and
20831@code{vconcat}.
20832
20833@ignore
20834@starindex
20835@end ignore
20836@tindex call
20837The @code{call} function builds a function call out of several arguments:
20838@samp{call(gcd, x, y)} is the same as @samp{apply(gcd, [x, y])}, which
20839in turn is the same as @samp{gcd(x, y)}. The first argument of @code{call},
20840like the other functions described here, may be either a variable naming a
20841function, or a nameless function (@samp{call(<#1+2#2>, x, y)} is the same
20842as @samp{x + 2y}).
20843
20844(Experts will notice that it's not quite proper to use a variable to name
20845a function, since the name @code{gcd} corresponds to the Lisp variable
20846@code{var-gcd} but to the Lisp function @code{calcFunc-gcd}. Calc
20847automatically makes this translation, so you don't have to worry
20848about it.)
20849
20850@node Mapping, Reducing, Specifying Operators, Reducing and Mapping
20851@subsection Mapping
20852
20853@noindent
20854@kindex V M
20855@pindex calc-map
20856@tindex map
20857The @kbd{V M} (@code{calc-map}) [@code{map}] command applies a given
20858operator elementwise to one or more vectors. For example, mapping
20859@code{A} [@code{abs}] produces a vector of the absolute values of the
20860elements in the input vector. Mapping @code{+} pops two vectors from
20861the stack, which must be of equal length, and produces a vector of the
20862pairwise sums of the elements. If either argument is a non-vector, it
20863is duplicated for each element of the other vector. For example,
20864@kbd{[1,2,3] 2 V M ^} squares the elements of the specified vector.
20865With the 2 listed first, it would have computed a vector of powers of
20866two. Mapping a user-defined function pops as many arguments from the
20867stack as the function requires. If you give an undefined name, you will
20868be prompted for the number of arguments to use.
20869
20870If any argument to @kbd{V M} is a matrix, the operator is normally mapped
20871across all elements of the matrix. For example, given the matrix
20872@expr{[[1, -2, 3], [-4, 5, -6]]}, @kbd{V M A} takes six absolute values to
20873produce another
20874@texline @math{3\times2}
20875@infoline 3x2
20876matrix, @expr{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5, 6]]}.
20877
20878@tindex mapr
20879The command @kbd{V M _} [@code{mapr}] (i.e., type an underscore at the
20880operator prompt) maps by rows instead. For example, @kbd{V M _ A} views
20881the above matrix as a vector of two 3-element row vectors. It produces
20882a new vector which contains the absolute values of those row vectors,
20883namely @expr{[3.74, 8.77]}. (Recall, the absolute value of a vector is
20884defined as the square root of the sum of the squares of the elements.)
20885Some operators accept vectors and return new vectors; for example,
20886@kbd{v v} reverses a vector, so @kbd{V M _ v v} would reverse each row
20887of the matrix to get a new matrix, @expr{[[3, -2, 1], [-6, 5, -4]]}.
20888
20889Sometimes a vector of vectors (representing, say, strings, sets, or lists)
20890happens to look like a matrix. If so, remember to use @kbd{V M _} if you
20891want to map a function across the whole strings or sets rather than across
20892their individual elements.
20893
20894@tindex mapc
20895The command @kbd{V M :} [@code{mapc}] maps by columns. Basically, it
20896transposes the input matrix, maps by rows, and then, if the result is a
20897matrix, transposes again. For example, @kbd{V M : A} takes the absolute
20898values of the three columns of the matrix, treating each as a 2-vector,
20899and @kbd{V M : v v} reverses the columns to get the matrix
20900@expr{[[-4, 5, -6], [1, -2, 3]]}.
20901
20902(The symbols @kbd{_} and @kbd{:} were chosen because they had row-like
20903and column-like appearances, and were not already taken by useful
20904operators. Also, they appear shifted on most keyboards so they are easy
20905to type after @kbd{V M}.)
20906
20907The @kbd{_} and @kbd{:} modifiers have no effect on arguments that are
20908not matrices (so if none of the arguments are matrices, they have no
20909effect at all). If some of the arguments are matrices and others are
20910plain numbers, the plain numbers are held constant for all rows of the
20911matrix (so that @kbd{2 V M _ ^} squares every row of a matrix; squaring
20912a vector takes a dot product of the vector with itself).
20913
20914If some of the arguments are vectors with the same lengths as the
20915rows (for @kbd{V M _}) or columns (for @kbd{V M :}) of the matrix
20916arguments, those vectors are also held constant for every row or
20917column.
20918
20919Sometimes it is useful to specify another mapping command as the operator
20920to use with @kbd{V M}. For example, @kbd{V M _ V A +} applies @kbd{V A +}
20921to each row of the input matrix, which in turn adds the two values on that
20922row. If you give another vector-operator command as the operator for
20923@kbd{V M}, it automatically uses map-by-rows mode if you don't specify
20924otherwise; thus @kbd{V M V A +} is equivalent to @kbd{V M _ V A +}. (If
20925you really want to map-by-elements another mapping command, you can use
20926a triple-nested mapping command: @kbd{V M V M V A +} means to map
20927@kbd{V M V A +} over the rows of the matrix; in turn, @kbd{V A +} is
20928mapped over the elements of each row.)
20929
20930@tindex mapa
20931@tindex mapd
20932Previous versions of Calc had ``map across'' and ``map down'' modes
20933that are now considered obsolete; the old ``map across'' is now simply
20934@kbd{V M V A}, and ``map down'' is now @kbd{V M : V A}. The algebraic
20935functions @code{mapa} and @code{mapd} are still supported, though.
20936Note also that, while the old mapping modes were persistent (once you
20937set the mode, it would apply to later mapping commands until you reset
20938it), the new @kbd{:} and @kbd{_} modifiers apply only to the current
20939mapping command. The default @kbd{V M} always means map-by-elements.
20940
20941@xref{Algebraic Manipulation}, for the @kbd{a M} command, which is like
20942@kbd{V M} but for equations and inequalities instead of vectors.
20943@xref{Storing Variables}, for the @kbd{s m} command which modifies a
20944variable's stored value using a @kbd{V M}-like operator.
20945
20946@node Reducing, Nesting and Fixed Points, Mapping, Reducing and Mapping
20947@subsection Reducing
20948
20949@noindent
20950@kindex V R
20951@pindex calc-reduce
20952@tindex reduce
20953The @kbd{V R} (@code{calc-reduce}) [@code{reduce}] command applies a given
20954binary operator across all the elements of a vector. A binary operator is
20955a function such as @code{+} or @code{max} which takes two arguments. For
20956example, reducing @code{+} over a vector computes the sum of the elements
20957of the vector. Reducing @code{-} computes the first element minus each of
20958the remaining elements. Reducing @code{max} computes the maximum element
20959and so on. In general, reducing @code{f} over the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]}
20960produces @samp{f(f(f(a, b), c), d)}.
20961
20962@kindex I V R
20963@tindex rreduce
20964The @kbd{I V R} [@code{rreduce}] command is similar to @kbd{V R} except
20965that works from right to left through the vector. For example, plain
20966@kbd{V R -} on the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces @samp{a - b - c - d}
20967but @kbd{I V R -} on the same vector produces @samp{a - (b - (c - d))},
20968or @samp{a - b + c - d}. This ``alternating sum'' occurs frequently
20969in power series expansions.
20970
20971@kindex V U
20972@tindex accum
20973The @kbd{V U} (@code{calc-accumulate}) [@code{accum}] command does an
20974accumulation operation. Here Calc does the corresponding reduction
20975operation, but instead of producing only the final result, it produces
20976a vector of all the intermediate results. Accumulating @code{+} over
20977the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces the vector
20978@samp{[a, a + b, a + b + c, a + b + c + d]}.
20979
20980@kindex I V U
20981@tindex raccum
20982The @kbd{I V U} [@code{raccum}] command does a right-to-left accumulation.
20983For example, @kbd{I V U -} on the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces the
20984vector @samp{[a - b + c - d, b - c + d, c - d, d]}.
20985
20986@tindex reducea
20987@tindex rreducea
20988@tindex reduced
20989@tindex rreduced
20990As for @kbd{V M}, @kbd{V R} normally reduces a matrix elementwise. For
20991example, given the matrix @expr{[[a, b, c], [d, e, f]]}, @kbd{V R +} will
20992compute @expr{a + b + c + d + e + f}. You can type @kbd{V R _} or
20993@kbd{V R :} to modify this behavior. The @kbd{V R _} [@code{reducea}]
20994command reduces ``across'' the matrix; it reduces each row of the matrix
20995as a vector, then collects the results. Thus @kbd{V R _ +} of this
20996matrix would produce @expr{[a + b + c, d + e + f]}. Similarly, @kbd{V R :}
20997[@code{reduced}] reduces down; @kbd{V R : +} would produce @expr{[a + d,
20998b + e, c + f]}.
20999
21000@tindex reducer
21001@tindex rreducer
21002There is a third ``by rows'' mode for reduction that is occasionally
21003useful; @kbd{V R =} [@code{reducer}] simply reduces the operator over
21004the rows of the matrix themselves. Thus @kbd{V R = +} on the above
21005matrix would get the same result as @kbd{V R : +}, since adding two
21006row vectors is equivalent to adding their elements. But @kbd{V R = *}
21007would multiply the two rows (to get a single number, their dot product),
21008while @kbd{V R : *} would produce a vector of the products of the columns.
21009
21010These three matrix reduction modes work with @kbd{V R} and @kbd{I V R},
21011but they are not currently supported with @kbd{V U} or @kbd{I V U}.
21012
21013@tindex reducec
21014@tindex rreducec
21015The obsolete reduce-by-columns function, @code{reducec}, is still
21016supported but there is no way to get it through the @kbd{V R} command.
21017
21018The commands @kbd{C-x * :} and @kbd{C-x * _} are equivalent to typing
21019@kbd{C-x * r} to grab a rectangle of data into Calc, and then typing
21020@kbd{V R : +} or @kbd{V R _ +}, respectively, to sum the columns or
21021rows of the matrix. @xref{Grabbing From Buffers}.
21022
21023@node Nesting and Fixed Points, Generalized Products, Reducing, Reducing and Mapping
21024@subsection Nesting and Fixed Points
21025
21026@noindent
21027@kindex H V R
21028@tindex nest
21029The @kbd{H V R} [@code{nest}] command applies a function to a given
21030argument repeatedly. It takes two values, @samp{a} and @samp{n}, from
21031the stack, where @samp{n} must be an integer. It then applies the
21032function nested @samp{n} times; if the function is @samp{f} and @samp{n}
21033is 3, the result is @samp{f(f(f(a)))}. The number @samp{n} may be
21034negative if Calc knows an inverse for the function @samp{f}; for
21035example, @samp{nest(sin, a, -2)} returns @samp{arcsin(arcsin(a))}.
21036
21037@kindex H V U
21038@tindex anest
21039The @kbd{H V U} [@code{anest}] command is an accumulating version of
21040@code{nest}: It returns a vector of @samp{n+1} values, e.g.,
21041@samp{[a, f(a), f(f(a)), f(f(f(a)))]}. If @samp{n} is negative and
21042@samp{F} is the inverse of @samp{f}, then the result is of the
21043form @samp{[a, F(a), F(F(a)), F(F(F(a)))]}.
21044
21045@kindex H I V R
21046@tindex fixp
21047@cindex Fixed points
21048The @kbd{H I V R} [@code{fixp}] command is like @kbd{H V R}, except
21049that it takes only an @samp{a} value from the stack; the function is
21050applied until it reaches a ``fixed point,'' i.e., until the result
21051no longer changes.
21052
21053@kindex H I V U
21054@tindex afixp
21055The @kbd{H I V U} [@code{afixp}] command is an accumulating @code{fixp}.
21056The first element of the return vector will be the initial value @samp{a};
21057the last element will be the final result that would have been returned
21058by @code{fixp}.
21059
21060For example, 0.739085 is a fixed point of the cosine function (in radians):
21061@samp{cos(0.739085) = 0.739085}. You can find this value by putting, say,
210621.0 on the stack and typing @kbd{H I V U C}. (We use the accumulating
21063version so we can see the intermediate results: @samp{[1, 0.540302, 0.857553,
210640.65329, ...]}. With a precision of six, this command will take 36 steps
21065to converge to 0.739085.)
21066
21067Newton's method for finding roots is a classic example of iteration
21068to a fixed point. To find the square root of five starting with an
21069initial guess, Newton's method would look for a fixed point of the
21070function @samp{(x + 5/x) / 2}. Putting a guess of 1 on the stack
21071and typing @kbd{H I V R ' ($ + 5/$)/2 @key{RET}} quickly yields the result
210722.23607. This is equivalent to using the @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root})
21073command to find a root of the equation @samp{x^2 = 5}.
21074
21075These examples used numbers for @samp{a} values. Calc keeps applying
21076the function until two successive results are equal to within the
21077current precision. For complex numbers, both the real parts and the
21078imaginary parts must be equal to within the current precision. If
21079@samp{a} is a formula (say, a variable name), then the function is
21080applied until two successive results are exactly the same formula.
21081It is up to you to ensure that the function will eventually converge;
21082if it doesn't, you may have to press @kbd{C-g} to stop the Calculator.
21083
21084The algebraic @code{fixp} function takes two optional arguments, @samp{n}
21085and @samp{tol}. The first is the maximum number of steps to be allowed,
21086and must be either an integer or the symbol @samp{inf} (infinity, the
21087default). The second is a convergence tolerance. If a tolerance is
21088specified, all results during the calculation must be numbers, not
21089formulas, and the iteration stops when the magnitude of the difference
21090between two successive results is less than or equal to the tolerance.
21091(This implies that a tolerance of zero iterates until the results are
21092exactly equal.)
21093
21094Putting it all together, @samp{fixp(<(# + A/#)/2>, B, 20, 1e-10)}
21095computes the square root of @samp{A} given the initial guess @samp{B},
21096stopping when the result is correct within the specified tolerance, or
21097when 20 steps have been taken, whichever is sooner.
21098
21099@node Generalized Products, , Nesting and Fixed Points, Reducing and Mapping
21100@subsection Generalized Products
21101
21102@kindex V O
21103@pindex calc-outer-product
21104@tindex outer
21105The @kbd{V O} (@code{calc-outer-product}) [@code{outer}] command applies
21106a given binary operator to all possible pairs of elements from two
21107vectors, to produce a matrix. For example, @kbd{V O *} with @samp{[a, b]}
21108and @samp{[x, y, z]} on the stack produces a multiplication table:
21109@samp{[[a x, a y, a z], [b x, b y, b z]]}. Element @var{r},@var{c} of
21110the result matrix is obtained by applying the operator to element @var{r}
21111of the lefthand vector and element @var{c} of the righthand vector.
21112
21113@kindex V I
21114@pindex calc-inner-product
21115@tindex inner
21116The @kbd{V I} (@code{calc-inner-product}) [@code{inner}] command computes
21117the generalized inner product of two vectors or matrices, given a
21118``multiplicative'' operator and an ``additive'' operator. These can each
21119actually be any binary operators; if they are @samp{*} and @samp{+},
21120respectively, the result is a standard matrix multiplication. Element
21121@var{r},@var{c} of the result matrix is obtained by mapping the
21122multiplicative operator across row @var{r} of the lefthand matrix and
21123column @var{c} of the righthand matrix, and then reducing with the additive
21124operator. Just as for the standard @kbd{*} command, this can also do a
21125vector-matrix or matrix-vector inner product, or a vector-vector
21126generalized dot product.
21127
21128Since @kbd{V I} requires two operators, it prompts twice. In each case,
21129you can use any of the usual methods for entering the operator. If you
21130use @kbd{$} twice to take both operator formulas from the stack, the
21131first (multiplicative) operator is taken from the top of the stack
21132and the second (additive) operator is taken from second-to-top.
21133
21134@node Vector and Matrix Formats, , Reducing and Mapping, Matrix Functions
21135@section Vector and Matrix Display Formats
21136
21137@noindent
21138Commands for controlling vector and matrix display use the @kbd{v} prefix
21139instead of the usual @kbd{d} prefix. But they are display modes; in
21140particular, they are influenced by the @kbd{I} and @kbd{H} prefix keys
21141in the same way (@pxref{Display Modes}). Matrix display is also
21142influenced by the @kbd{d O} (@code{calc-flat-language}) mode;
21143@pxref{Normal Language Modes}.
21144
21145@kindex V <
21146@pindex calc-matrix-left-justify
21147@kindex V =
21148@pindex calc-matrix-center-justify
21149@kindex V >
21150@pindex calc-matrix-right-justify
21151The commands @kbd{v <} (@code{calc-matrix-left-justify}), @kbd{v >}
21152(@code{calc-matrix-right-justify}), and @w{@kbd{v =}}
21153(@code{calc-matrix-center-justify}) control whether matrix elements
21154are justified to the left, right, or center of their columns.
21155
21156@kindex V [
21157@pindex calc-vector-brackets
21158@kindex V @{
21159@pindex calc-vector-braces
21160@kindex V (
21161@pindex calc-vector-parens
21162The @kbd{v [} (@code{calc-vector-brackets}) command turns the square
21163brackets that surround vectors and matrices displayed in the stack on
21164and off. The @kbd{v @{} (@code{calc-vector-braces}) and @kbd{v (}
21165(@code{calc-vector-parens}) commands use curly braces or parentheses,
21166respectively, instead of square brackets. For example, @kbd{v @{} might
21167be used in preparation for yanking a matrix into a buffer running
21168Mathematica. (In fact, the Mathematica language mode uses this mode;
21169@pxref{Mathematica Language Mode}.) Note that, regardless of the
21170display mode, either brackets or braces may be used to enter vectors,
21171and parentheses may never be used for this purpose.
21172
21173@kindex V ]
21174@pindex calc-matrix-brackets
21175The @kbd{v ]} (@code{calc-matrix-brackets}) command controls the
21176``big'' style display of matrices. It prompts for a string of code
21177letters; currently implemented letters are @code{R}, which enables
21178brackets on each row of the matrix; @code{O}, which enables outer
21179brackets in opposite corners of the matrix; and @code{C}, which
21180enables commas or semicolons at the ends of all rows but the last.
21181The default format is @samp{RO}. (Before Calc 2.00, the format
21182was fixed at @samp{ROC}.) Here are some example matrices:
21183
21184@example
21185@group
21186[ [ 123, 0, 0 ] [ [ 123, 0, 0 ],
21187 [ 0, 123, 0 ] [ 0, 123, 0 ],
21188 [ 0, 0, 123 ] ] [ 0, 0, 123 ] ]
21189
21190 RO ROC
21191
21192@end group
21193@end example
21194@noindent
21195@example
21196@group
21197 [ 123, 0, 0 [ 123, 0, 0 ;
21198 0, 123, 0 0, 123, 0 ;
21199 0, 0, 123 ] 0, 0, 123 ]
21200
21201 O OC
21202
21203@end group
21204@end example
21205@noindent
21206@example
21207@group
21208 [ 123, 0, 0 ] 123, 0, 0
21209 [ 0, 123, 0 ] 0, 123, 0
21210 [ 0, 0, 123 ] 0, 0, 123
21211
21212 R @r{blank}
21213@end group
21214@end example
21215
21216@noindent
21217Note that of the formats shown here, @samp{RO}, @samp{ROC}, and
21218@samp{OC} are all recognized as matrices during reading, while
21219the others are useful for display only.
21220
21221@kindex V ,
21222@pindex calc-vector-commas
21223The @kbd{v ,} (@code{calc-vector-commas}) command turns commas on and
21224off in vector and matrix display.
21225
21226In vectors of length one, and in all vectors when commas have been
21227turned off, Calc adds extra parentheses around formulas that might
21228otherwise be ambiguous. For example, @samp{[a b]} could be a vector
21229of the one formula @samp{a b}, or it could be a vector of two
21230variables with commas turned off. Calc will display the former
21231case as @samp{[(a b)]}. You can disable these extra parentheses
21232(to make the output less cluttered at the expense of allowing some
21233ambiguity) by adding the letter @code{P} to the control string you
21234give to @kbd{v ]} (as described above).
21235
21236@kindex V .
21237@pindex calc-full-vectors
21238The @kbd{v .} (@code{calc-full-vectors}) command turns abbreviated
21239display of long vectors on and off. In this mode, vectors of six
21240or more elements, or matrices of six or more rows or columns, will
21241be displayed in an abbreviated form that displays only the first
21242three elements and the last element: @samp{[a, b, c, ..., z]}.
21243When very large vectors are involved this will substantially
21244improve Calc's display speed.
21245
21246@kindex t .
21247@pindex calc-full-trail-vectors
21248The @kbd{t .} (@code{calc-full-trail-vectors}) command controls a
21249similar mode for recording vectors in the Trail. If you turn on
21250this mode, vectors of six or more elements and matrices of six or
21251more rows or columns will be abbreviated when they are put in the
21252Trail. The @kbd{t y} (@code{calc-trail-yank}) command will be
21253unable to recover those vectors. If you are working with very
21254large vectors, this mode will improve the speed of all operations
21255that involve the trail.
21256
21257@kindex V /
21258@pindex calc-break-vectors
21259The @kbd{v /} (@code{calc-break-vectors}) command turns multi-line
21260vector display on and off. Normally, matrices are displayed with one
21261row per line but all other types of vectors are displayed in a single
21262line. This mode causes all vectors, whether matrices or not, to be
21263displayed with a single element per line. Sub-vectors within the
21264vectors will still use the normal linear form.
21265
21266@node Algebra, Units, Matrix Functions, Top
21267@chapter Algebra
21268
21269@noindent
21270This section covers the Calc features that help you work with
21271algebraic formulas. First, the general sub-formula selection
21272mechanism is described; this works in conjunction with any Calc
21273commands. Then, commands for specific algebraic operations are
21274described. Finally, the flexible @dfn{rewrite rule} mechanism
21275is discussed.
21276
21277The algebraic commands use the @kbd{a} key prefix; selection
21278commands use the @kbd{j} (for ``just a letter that wasn't used
21279for anything else'') prefix.
21280
21281@xref{Editing Stack Entries}, to see how to manipulate formulas
21282using regular Emacs editing commands.
21283
21284When doing algebraic work, you may find several of the Calculator's
21285modes to be helpful, including Algebraic Simplification mode (@kbd{m A})
21286or No-Simplification mode (@kbd{m O}),
21287Algebraic entry mode (@kbd{m a}), Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}), and
21288Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}). @xref{Mode Settings}, for discussions
21289of these modes. You may also wish to select Big display mode (@kbd{d B}).
21290@xref{Normal Language Modes}.
21291
21292@menu
21293* Selecting Subformulas::
21294* Algebraic Manipulation::
21295* Simplifying Formulas::
21296* Polynomials::
21297* Calculus::
21298* Solving Equations::
21299* Numerical Solutions::
21300* Curve Fitting::
21301* Summations::
21302* Logical Operations::
21303* Rewrite Rules::
21304@end menu
21305
21306@node Selecting Subformulas, Algebraic Manipulation, Algebra, Algebra
21307@section Selecting Sub-Formulas
21308
21309@noindent
21310@cindex Selections
21311@cindex Sub-formulas
21312@cindex Parts of formulas
21313When working with an algebraic formula it is often necessary to
21314manipulate a portion of the formula rather than the formula as a
21315whole. Calc allows you to ``select'' a portion of any formula on
21316the stack. Commands which would normally operate on that stack
21317entry will now operate only on the sub-formula, leaving the
21318surrounding part of the stack entry alone.
21319
21320One common non-algebraic use for selection involves vectors. To work
21321on one element of a vector in-place, simply select that element as a
21322``sub-formula'' of the vector.
21323
21324@menu
21325* Making Selections::
21326* Changing Selections::
21327* Displaying Selections::
21328* Operating on Selections::
21329* Rearranging with Selections::
21330@end menu
21331
21332@node Making Selections, Changing Selections, Selecting Subformulas, Selecting Subformulas
21333@subsection Making Selections
21334
21335@noindent
21336@kindex j s
21337@pindex calc-select-here
21338To select a sub-formula, move the Emacs cursor to any character in that
21339sub-formula, and press @w{@kbd{j s}} (@code{calc-select-here}). Calc will
21340highlight the smallest portion of the formula that contains that
21341character. By default the sub-formula is highlighted by blanking out
21342all of the rest of the formula with dots. Selection works in any
21343display mode but is perhaps easiest in Big mode (@kbd{d B}).
21344Suppose you enter the following formula:
21345
21346@smallexample
21347@group
21348 3 ___
21349 (a + b) + V c
213501: ---------------
21351 2 x + 1
21352@end group
21353@end smallexample
21354
21355@noindent
21356(by typing @kbd{' ((a+b)^3 + sqrt(c)) / (2x+1)}). If you move the
21357cursor to the letter @samp{b} and press @w{@kbd{j s}}, the display changes
21358to
21359
21360@smallexample
21361@group
21362 . ...
21363 .. . b. . . .
213641* ...............
21365 . . . .
21366@end group
21367@end smallexample
21368
21369@noindent
21370Every character not part of the sub-formula @samp{b} has been changed
21371to a dot. The @samp{*} next to the line number is to remind you that
21372the formula has a portion of it selected. (In this case, it's very
21373obvious, but it might not always be. If Embedded mode is enabled,
21374the word @samp{Sel} also appears in the mode line because the stack
21375may not be visible. @pxref{Embedded Mode}.)
21376
21377If you had instead placed the cursor on the parenthesis immediately to
21378the right of the @samp{b}, the selection would have been:
21379
21380@smallexample
21381@group
21382 . ...
21383 (a + b) . . .
213841* ...............
21385 . . . .
21386@end group
21387@end smallexample
21388
21389@noindent
21390The portion selected is always large enough to be considered a complete
21391formula all by itself, so selecting the parenthesis selects the whole
21392formula that it encloses. Putting the cursor on the @samp{+} sign
21393would have had the same effect.
21394
21395(Strictly speaking, the Emacs cursor is really the manifestation of
21396the Emacs ``point,'' which is a position @emph{between} two characters
21397in the buffer. So purists would say that Calc selects the smallest
21398sub-formula which contains the character to the right of ``point.'')
21399
21400If you supply a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, the selection is
21401expanded to the @var{n}th enclosing sub-formula. Thus, positioning
21402the cursor on the @samp{b} and typing @kbd{C-u 1 j s} will select
21403@samp{a + b}; typing @kbd{C-u 2 j s} will select @samp{(a + b)^3},
21404and so on.
21405
21406If the cursor is not on any part of the formula, or if you give a
21407numeric prefix that is too large, the entire formula is selected.
21408
21409If the cursor is on the @samp{.} line that marks the top of the stack
21410(i.e., its normal ``rest position''), this command selects the entire
21411formula at stack level 1. Most selection commands similarly operate
21412on the formula at the top of the stack if you haven't positioned the
21413cursor on any stack entry.
21414
21415@kindex j a
21416@pindex calc-select-additional
21417The @kbd{j a} (@code{calc-select-additional}) command enlarges the
21418current selection to encompass the cursor. To select the smallest
21419sub-formula defined by two different points, move to the first and
21420press @kbd{j s}, then move to the other and press @kbd{j a}. This
21421is roughly analogous to using @kbd{C-@@} (@code{set-mark-command}) to
21422select the two ends of a region of text during normal Emacs editing.
21423
21424@kindex j o
21425@pindex calc-select-once
21426The @kbd{j o} (@code{calc-select-once}) command selects a formula in
21427exactly the same way as @kbd{j s}, except that the selection will
21428last only as long as the next command that uses it. For example,
21429@kbd{j o 1 +} is a handy way to add one to the sub-formula indicated
21430by the cursor.
21431
21432(A somewhat more precise definition: The @kbd{j o} command sets a flag
21433such that the next command involving selected stack entries will clear
21434the selections on those stack entries afterwards. All other selection
21435commands except @kbd{j a} and @kbd{j O} clear this flag.)
21436
21437@kindex j S
21438@kindex j O
21439@pindex calc-select-here-maybe
21440@pindex calc-select-once-maybe
21441The @kbd{j S} (@code{calc-select-here-maybe}) and @kbd{j O}
21442(@code{calc-select-once-maybe}) commands are equivalent to @kbd{j s}
21443and @kbd{j o}, respectively, except that if the formula already
21444has a selection they have no effect. This is analogous to the
21445behavior of some commands such as @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection};
21446@pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}) and is mainly intended to be
21447used in keyboard macros that implement your own selection-oriented
21448commands.
21449
21450Selection of sub-formulas normally treats associative terms like
21451@samp{a + b - c + d} and @samp{x * y * z} as single levels of the formula.
21452If you place the cursor anywhere inside @samp{a + b - c + d} except
21453on one of the variable names and use @kbd{j s}, you will select the
21454entire four-term sum.
21455
21456@kindex j b
21457@pindex calc-break-selections
21458The @kbd{j b} (@code{calc-break-selections}) command controls a mode
21459in which the ``deep structure'' of these associative formulas shows
45b778a6
JB
21460through. Calc actually stores the above formulas as
21461@samp{((a + b) - c) + d} and @samp{x * (y * z)}. (Note that for certain
21462obscure reasons, by default Calc treats multiplication as
21463right-associative.) Once you have enabled @kbd{j b} mode, selecting
21464with the cursor on the @samp{-} sign would only select the @samp{a + b -
21465c} portion, which makes sense when the deep structure of the sum is
21466considered. There is no way to select the @samp{b - c + d} portion;
21467although this might initially look like just as legitimate a sub-formula
21468as @samp{a + b - c}, the deep structure shows that it isn't. The @kbd{d
21469U} command can be used to view the deep structure of any formula
21470(@pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
4009494e
GM
21471
21472When @kbd{j b} mode has not been enabled, the deep structure is
21473generally hidden by the selection commands---what you see is what
21474you get.
21475
21476@kindex j u
21477@pindex calc-unselect
21478The @kbd{j u} (@code{calc-unselect}) command unselects the formula
21479that the cursor is on. If there was no selection in the formula,
21480this command has no effect. With a numeric prefix argument, it
21481unselects the @var{n}th stack element rather than using the cursor
21482position.
21483
21484@kindex j c
21485@pindex calc-clear-selections
21486The @kbd{j c} (@code{calc-clear-selections}) command unselects all
21487stack elements.
21488
21489@node Changing Selections, Displaying Selections, Making Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21490@subsection Changing Selections
21491
21492@noindent
21493@kindex j m
21494@pindex calc-select-more
21495Once you have selected a sub-formula, you can expand it using the
21496@w{@kbd{j m}} (@code{calc-select-more}) command. If @samp{a + b} is
21497selected, pressing @w{@kbd{j m}} repeatedly works as follows:
21498
21499@smallexample
21500@group
21501 3 ... 3 ___ 3 ___
21502 (a + b) . . . (a + b) + V c (a + b) + V c
215031* ............... 1* ............... 1* ---------------
21504 . . . . . . . . 2 x + 1
21505@end group
21506@end smallexample
21507
21508@noindent
21509In the last example, the entire formula is selected. This is roughly
21510the same as having no selection at all, but because there are subtle
21511differences the @samp{*} character is still there on the line number.
21512
21513With a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, @kbd{j m} expands @var{n}
21514times (or until the entire formula is selected). Note that @kbd{j s}
21515with argument @var{n} is equivalent to plain @kbd{j s} followed by
21516@kbd{j m} with argument @var{n}. If @w{@kbd{j m}} is used when there
21517is no current selection, it is equivalent to @w{@kbd{j s}}.
21518
21519Even though @kbd{j m} does not explicitly use the location of the
21520cursor within the formula, it nevertheless uses the cursor to determine
21521which stack element to operate on. As usual, @kbd{j m} when the cursor
21522is not on any stack element operates on the top stack element.
21523
21524@kindex j l
21525@pindex calc-select-less
21526The @kbd{j l} (@code{calc-select-less}) command reduces the current
21527selection around the cursor position. That is, it selects the
21528immediate sub-formula of the current selection which contains the
21529cursor, the opposite of @kbd{j m}. If the cursor is not inside the
21530current selection, the command de-selects the formula.
21531
21532@kindex j 1-9
21533@pindex calc-select-part
21534The @kbd{j 1} through @kbd{j 9} (@code{calc-select-part}) commands
21535select the @var{n}th sub-formula of the current selection. They are
21536like @kbd{j l} (@code{calc-select-less}) except they use counting
21537rather than the cursor position to decide which sub-formula to select.
21538For example, if the current selection is @kbd{a + b + c} or
21539@kbd{f(a, b, c)} or @kbd{[a, b, c]}, then @kbd{j 1} selects @samp{a},
21540@kbd{j 2} selects @samp{b}, and @kbd{j 3} selects @samp{c}; in each of
21541these cases, @kbd{j 4} through @kbd{j 9} would be errors.
21542
21543If there is no current selection, @kbd{j 1} through @kbd{j 9} select
21544the @var{n}th top-level sub-formula. (In other words, they act as if
21545the entire stack entry were selected first.) To select the @var{n}th
21546sub-formula where @var{n} is greater than nine, you must instead invoke
21547@w{@kbd{j 1}} with @var{n} as a numeric prefix argument.
21548
21549@kindex j n
21550@kindex j p
21551@pindex calc-select-next
21552@pindex calc-select-previous
21553The @kbd{j n} (@code{calc-select-next}) and @kbd{j p}
21554(@code{calc-select-previous}) commands change the current selection
21555to the next or previous sub-formula at the same level. For example,
21556if @samp{b} is selected in @w{@samp{2 + a*b*c + x}}, then @kbd{j n}
21557selects @samp{c}. Further @kbd{j n} commands would be in error because,
21558even though there is something to the right of @samp{c} (namely, @samp{x}),
21559it is not at the same level; in this case, it is not a term of the
21560same product as @samp{b} and @samp{c}. However, @kbd{j m} (to select
21561the whole product @samp{a*b*c} as a term of the sum) followed by
21562@w{@kbd{j n}} would successfully select the @samp{x}.
21563
21564Similarly, @kbd{j p} moves the selection from the @samp{b} in this
21565sample formula to the @samp{a}. Both commands accept numeric prefix
21566arguments to move several steps at a time.
21567
21568It is interesting to compare Calc's selection commands with the
21569Emacs Info system's commands for navigating through hierarchically
21570organized documentation. Calc's @kbd{j n} command is completely
21571analogous to Info's @kbd{n} command. Likewise, @kbd{j p} maps to
21572@kbd{p}, @kbd{j 2} maps to @kbd{2}, and Info's @kbd{u} is like @kbd{j m}.
21573(Note that @kbd{j u} stands for @code{calc-unselect}, not ``up''.)
21574The Info @kbd{m} command is somewhat similar to Calc's @kbd{j s} and
21575@kbd{j l}; in each case, you can jump directly to a sub-component
21576of the hierarchy simply by pointing to it with the cursor.
21577
21578@node Displaying Selections, Operating on Selections, Changing Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21579@subsection Displaying Selections
21580
21581@noindent
21582@kindex j d
21583@pindex calc-show-selections
21584The @kbd{j d} (@code{calc-show-selections}) command controls how
21585selected sub-formulas are displayed. One of the alternatives is
21586illustrated in the above examples; if we press @kbd{j d} we switch
21587to the other style in which the selected portion itself is obscured
21588by @samp{#} signs:
21589
21590@smallexample
21591@group
21592 3 ... # ___
21593 (a + b) . . . ## # ## + V c
215941* ............... 1* ---------------
21595 . . . . 2 x + 1
21596@end group
21597@end smallexample
21598
21599@node Operating on Selections, Rearranging with Selections, Displaying Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21600@subsection Operating on Selections
21601
21602@noindent
21603Once a selection is made, all Calc commands that manipulate items
21604on the stack will operate on the selected portions of the items
21605instead. (Note that several stack elements may have selections
21606at once, though there can be only one selection at a time in any
21607given stack element.)
21608
21609@kindex j e
21610@pindex calc-enable-selections
21611The @kbd{j e} (@code{calc-enable-selections}) command disables the
21612effect that selections have on Calc commands. The current selections
21613still exist, but Calc commands operate on whole stack elements anyway.
21614This mode can be identified by the fact that the @samp{*} markers on
21615the line numbers are gone, even though selections are visible. To
21616reactivate the selections, press @kbd{j e} again.
21617
21618To extract a sub-formula as a new formula, simply select the
21619sub-formula and press @key{RET}. This normally duplicates the top
21620stack element; here it duplicates only the selected portion of that
21621element.
21622
21623To replace a sub-formula with something different, you can enter the
21624new value onto the stack and press @key{TAB}. This normally exchanges
21625the top two stack elements; here it swaps the value you entered into
21626the selected portion of the formula, returning the old selected
21627portion to the top of the stack.
21628
21629@smallexample
21630@group
21631 3 ... ... ___
21632 (a + b) . . . 17 x y . . . 17 x y + V c
216332* ............... 2* ............. 2: -------------
21634 . . . . . . . . 2 x + 1
21635
21636 3 3
216371: 17 x y 1: (a + b) 1: (a + b)
21638@end group
21639@end smallexample
21640
21641In this example we select a sub-formula of our original example,
21642enter a new formula, @key{TAB} it into place, then deselect to see
21643the complete, edited formula.
21644
21645If you want to swap whole formulas around even though they contain
21646selections, just use @kbd{j e} before and after.
21647
21648@kindex j '
21649@pindex calc-enter-selection
21650The @kbd{j '} (@code{calc-enter-selection}) command is another way
21651to replace a selected sub-formula. This command does an algebraic
21652entry just like the regular @kbd{'} key. When you press @key{RET},
21653the formula you type replaces the original selection. You can use
21654the @samp{$} symbol in the formula to refer to the original
21655selection. If there is no selection in the formula under the cursor,
21656the cursor is used to make a temporary selection for the purposes of
21657the command. Thus, to change a term of a formula, all you have to
21658do is move the Emacs cursor to that term and press @kbd{j '}.
21659
21660@kindex j `
21661@pindex calc-edit-selection
21662The @kbd{j `} (@code{calc-edit-selection}) command is a similar
21663analogue of the @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}) command. It edits the
21664selected sub-formula in a separate buffer. If there is no
21665selection, it edits the sub-formula indicated by the cursor.
21666
21667To delete a sub-formula, press @key{DEL}. This generally replaces
21668the sub-formula with the constant zero, but in a few suitable contexts
21669it uses the constant one instead. The @key{DEL} key automatically
21670deselects and re-simplifies the entire formula afterwards. Thus:
21671
21672@smallexample
21673@group
21674 ###
21675 17 x y + # # 17 x y 17 # y 17 y
216761* ------------- 1: ------- 1* ------- 1: -------
21677 2 x + 1 2 x + 1 2 x + 1 2 x + 1
21678@end group
21679@end smallexample
21680
21681In this example, we first delete the @samp{sqrt(c)} term; Calc
21682accomplishes this by replacing @samp{sqrt(c)} with zero and
21683resimplifying. We then delete the @kbd{x} in the numerator;
21684since this is part of a product, Calc replaces it with @samp{1}
21685and resimplifies.
21686
21687If you select an element of a vector and press @key{DEL}, that
21688element is deleted from the vector. If you delete one side of
21689an equation or inequality, only the opposite side remains.
21690
21691@kindex j @key{DEL}
21692@pindex calc-del-selection
21693The @kbd{j @key{DEL}} (@code{calc-del-selection}) command is like
21694@key{DEL} but with the auto-selecting behavior of @kbd{j '} and
21695@kbd{j `}. It deletes the selected portion of the formula
21696indicated by the cursor, or, in the absence of a selection, it
21697deletes the sub-formula indicated by the cursor position.
21698
21699@kindex j @key{RET}
21700@pindex calc-grab-selection
21701(There is also an auto-selecting @kbd{j @key{RET}} (@code{calc-copy-selection})
21702command.)
21703
21704Normal arithmetic operations also apply to sub-formulas. Here we
21705select the denominator, press @kbd{5 -} to subtract five from the
21706denominator, press @kbd{n} to negate the denominator, then
21707press @kbd{Q} to take the square root.
21708
21709@smallexample
21710@group
21711 .. . .. . .. . .. .
217121* ....... 1* ....... 1* ....... 1* ..........
21713 2 x + 1 2 x - 4 4 - 2 x _________
21714 V 4 - 2 x
21715@end group
21716@end smallexample
21717
21718Certain types of operations on selections are not allowed. For
21719example, for an arithmetic function like @kbd{-} no more than one of
21720the arguments may be a selected sub-formula. (As the above example
21721shows, the result of the subtraction is spliced back into the argument
21722which had the selection; if there were more than one selection involved,
21723this would not be well-defined.) If you try to subtract two selections,
21724the command will abort with an error message.
21725
21726Operations on sub-formulas sometimes leave the formula as a whole
21727in an ``un-natural'' state. Consider negating the @samp{2 x} term
21728of our sample formula by selecting it and pressing @kbd{n}
21729(@code{calc-change-sign}).
21730
21731@smallexample
21732@group
21733 .. . .. .
217341* .......... 1* ...........
21735 ......... ..........
21736 . . . 2 x . . . -2 x
21737@end group
21738@end smallexample
21739
21740Unselecting the sub-formula reveals that the minus sign, which would
21741normally have cancelled out with the subtraction automatically, has
21742not been able to do so because the subtraction was not part of the
21743selected portion. Pressing @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}) or doing
21744any other mathematical operation on the whole formula will cause it
21745to be simplified.
21746
21747@smallexample
21748@group
21749 17 y 17 y
217501: ----------- 1: ----------
21751 __________ _________
21752 V 4 - -2 x V 4 + 2 x
21753@end group
21754@end smallexample
21755
21756@node Rearranging with Selections, , Operating on Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21757@subsection Rearranging Formulas using Selections
21758
21759@noindent
21760@kindex j R
21761@pindex calc-commute-right
21762The @kbd{j R} (@code{calc-commute-right}) command moves the selected
21763sub-formula to the right in its surrounding formula. Generally the
21764selection is one term of a sum or product; the sum or product is
21765rearranged according to the commutative laws of algebra.
21766
21767As with @kbd{j '} and @kbd{j @key{DEL}}, the term under the cursor is used
21768if there is no selection in the current formula. All commands described
21769in this section share this property. In this example, we place the
21770cursor on the @samp{a} and type @kbd{j R}, then repeat.
21771
21772@smallexample
217731: a + b - c 1: b + a - c 1: b - c + a
21774@end smallexample
21775
21776@noindent
21777Note that in the final step above, the @samp{a} is switched with
21778the @samp{c} but the signs are adjusted accordingly. When moving
21779terms of sums and products, @kbd{j R} will never change the
21780mathematical meaning of the formula.
21781
21782The selected term may also be an element of a vector or an argument
21783of a function. The term is exchanged with the one to its right.
21784In this case, the ``meaning'' of the vector or function may of
21785course be drastically changed.
21786
21787@smallexample
217881: [a, b, c] 1: [b, a, c] 1: [b, c, a]
21789
217901: f(a, b, c) 1: f(b, a, c) 1: f(b, c, a)
21791@end smallexample
21792
21793@kindex j L
21794@pindex calc-commute-left
21795The @kbd{j L} (@code{calc-commute-left}) command is like @kbd{j R}
21796except that it swaps the selected term with the one to its left.
21797
21798With numeric prefix arguments, these commands move the selected
21799term several steps at a time. It is an error to try to move a
21800term left or right past the end of its enclosing formula.
21801With numeric prefix arguments of zero, these commands move the
21802selected term as far as possible in the given direction.
21803
21804@kindex j D
21805@pindex calc-sel-distribute
21806The @kbd{j D} (@code{calc-sel-distribute}) command mixes the selected
21807sum or product into the surrounding formula using the distributive
21808law. For example, in @samp{a * (b - c)} with the @samp{b - c}
21809selected, the result is @samp{a b - a c}. This also distributes
21810products or quotients into surrounding powers, and can also do
21811transformations like @samp{exp(a + b)} to @samp{exp(a) exp(b)},
21812where @samp{a + b} is the selected term, and @samp{ln(a ^ b)}
21813to @samp{ln(a) b}, where @samp{a ^ b} is the selected term.
21814
21815For multiple-term sums or products, @kbd{j D} takes off one term
21816at a time: @samp{a * (b + c - d)} goes to @samp{a * (c - d) + a b}
21817with the @samp{c - d} selected so that you can type @kbd{j D}
21818repeatedly to expand completely. The @kbd{j D} command allows a
21819numeric prefix argument which specifies the maximum number of
21820times to expand at once; the default is one time only.
21821
21822@vindex DistribRules
21823The @kbd{j D} command is implemented using rewrite rules.
21824@xref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}. The rules are stored in
21825the Calc variable @code{DistribRules}. A convenient way to view
21826these rules is to use @kbd{s e} (@code{calc-edit-variable}) which
21827displays and edits the stored value of a variable. Press @kbd{C-c C-c}
21828to return from editing mode; be careful not to make any actual changes
21829or else you will affect the behavior of future @kbd{j D} commands!
21830
21831To extend @kbd{j D} to handle new cases, just edit @code{DistribRules}
21832as described above. You can then use the @kbd{s p} command to save
21833this variable's value permanently for future Calc sessions.
21834@xref{Operations on Variables}.
21835
21836@kindex j M
21837@pindex calc-sel-merge
21838@vindex MergeRules
21839The @kbd{j M} (@code{calc-sel-merge}) command is the complement
21840of @kbd{j D}; given @samp{a b - a c} with either @samp{a b} or
21841@samp{a c} selected, the result is @samp{a * (b - c)}. Once
21842again, @kbd{j M} can also merge calls to functions like @code{exp}
21843and @code{ln}; examine the variable @code{MergeRules} to see all
21844the relevant rules.
21845
21846@kindex j C
21847@pindex calc-sel-commute
21848@vindex CommuteRules
21849The @kbd{j C} (@code{calc-sel-commute}) command swaps the arguments
21850of the selected sum, product, or equation. It always behaves as
21851if @kbd{j b} mode were in effect, i.e., the sum @samp{a + b + c} is
21852treated as the nested sums @samp{(a + b) + c} by this command.
21853If you put the cursor on the first @samp{+}, the result is
21854@samp{(b + a) + c}; if you put the cursor on the second @samp{+}, the
21855result is @samp{c + (a + b)} (which the default simplifications
21856will rearrange to @samp{(c + a) + b}). The relevant rules are stored
21857in the variable @code{CommuteRules}.
21858
21859You may need to turn default simplifications off (with the @kbd{m O}
21860command) in order to get the full benefit of @kbd{j C}. For example,
21861commuting @samp{a - b} produces @samp{-b + a}, but the default
21862simplifications will ``simplify'' this right back to @samp{a - b} if
21863you don't turn them off. The same is true of some of the other
21864manipulations described in this section.
21865
21866@kindex j N
21867@pindex calc-sel-negate
21868@vindex NegateRules
21869The @kbd{j N} (@code{calc-sel-negate}) command replaces the selected
21870term with the negative of that term, then adjusts the surrounding
21871formula in order to preserve the meaning. For example, given
21872@samp{exp(a - b)} where @samp{a - b} is selected, the result is
21873@samp{1 / exp(b - a)}. By contrast, selecting a term and using the
21874regular @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}) command negates the
21875term without adjusting the surroundings, thus changing the meaning
21876of the formula as a whole. The rules variable is @code{NegateRules}.
21877
21878@kindex j &
21879@pindex calc-sel-invert
21880@vindex InvertRules
21881The @kbd{j &} (@code{calc-sel-invert}) command is similar to @kbd{j N}
21882except it takes the reciprocal of the selected term. For example,
21883given @samp{a - ln(b)} with @samp{b} selected, the result is
21884@samp{a + ln(1/b)}. The rules variable is @code{InvertRules}.
21885
21886@kindex j E
21887@pindex calc-sel-jump-equals
21888@vindex JumpRules
21889The @kbd{j E} (@code{calc-sel-jump-equals}) command moves the
21890selected term from one side of an equation to the other. Given
21891@samp{a + b = c + d} with @samp{c} selected, the result is
21892@samp{a + b - c = d}. This command also works if the selected
21893term is part of a @samp{*}, @samp{/}, or @samp{^} formula. The
21894relevant rules variable is @code{JumpRules}.
21895
21896@kindex j I
21897@kindex H j I
21898@pindex calc-sel-isolate
21899The @kbd{j I} (@code{calc-sel-isolate}) command isolates the
21900selected term on its side of an equation. It uses the @kbd{a S}
21901(@code{calc-solve-for}) command to solve the equation, and the
21902Hyperbolic flag affects it in the same way. @xref{Solving Equations}.
21903When it applies, @kbd{j I} is often easier to use than @kbd{j E}.
21904It understands more rules of algebra, and works for inequalities
21905as well as equations.
21906
21907@kindex j *
21908@kindex j /
21909@pindex calc-sel-mult-both-sides
21910@pindex calc-sel-div-both-sides
21911The @kbd{j *} (@code{calc-sel-mult-both-sides}) command prompts for a
21912formula using algebraic entry, then multiplies both sides of the
21913selected quotient or equation by that formula. It simplifies each
21914side with @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) before re-forming the
21915quotient or equation. You can suppress this simplification by
21916providing any numeric prefix argument. There is also a @kbd{j /}
21917(@code{calc-sel-div-both-sides}) which is similar to @kbd{j *} but
21918dividing instead of multiplying by the factor you enter.
21919
21920As a special feature, if the numerator of the quotient is 1, then
21921the denominator is expanded at the top level using the distributive
21922law (i.e., using the @kbd{C-u -1 a x} command). Suppose the
21923formula on the stack is @samp{1 / (sqrt(a) + 1)}, and you wish
21924to eliminate the square root in the denominator by multiplying both
21925sides by @samp{sqrt(a) - 1}. Calc's default simplifications would
21926change the result @samp{(sqrt(a) - 1) / (sqrt(a) - 1) (sqrt(a) + 1)}
21927right back to the original form by cancellation; Calc expands the
21928denominator to @samp{sqrt(a) (sqrt(a) - 1) + sqrt(a) - 1} to prevent
21929this. (You would now want to use an @kbd{a x} command to expand
21930the rest of the way, whereupon the denominator would cancel out to
21931the desired form, @samp{a - 1}.) When the numerator is not 1, this
21932initial expansion is not necessary because Calc's default
21933simplifications will not notice the potential cancellation.
21934
21935If the selection is an inequality, @kbd{j *} and @kbd{j /} will
21936accept any factor, but will warn unless they can prove the factor
21937is either positive or negative. (In the latter case the direction
21938of the inequality will be switched appropriately.) @xref{Declarations},
21939for ways to inform Calc that a given variable is positive or
21940negative. If Calc can't tell for sure what the sign of the factor
21941will be, it will assume it is positive and display a warning
21942message.
21943
21944For selections that are not quotients, equations, or inequalities,
21945these commands pull out a multiplicative factor: They divide (or
21946multiply) by the entered formula, simplify, then multiply (or divide)
21947back by the formula.
21948
21949@kindex j +
21950@kindex j -
21951@pindex calc-sel-add-both-sides
21952@pindex calc-sel-sub-both-sides
21953The @kbd{j +} (@code{calc-sel-add-both-sides}) and @kbd{j -}
21954(@code{calc-sel-sub-both-sides}) commands analogously add to or
21955subtract from both sides of an equation or inequality. For other
21956types of selections, they extract an additive factor. A numeric
21957prefix argument suppresses simplification of the intermediate
21958results.
21959
21960@kindex j U
21961@pindex calc-sel-unpack
21962The @kbd{j U} (@code{calc-sel-unpack}) command replaces the
21963selected function call with its argument. For example, given
21964@samp{a + sin(x^2)} with @samp{sin(x^2)} selected, the result
21965is @samp{a + x^2}. (The @samp{x^2} will remain selected; if you
21966wanted to change the @code{sin} to @code{cos}, just press @kbd{C}
21967now to take the cosine of the selected part.)
21968
21969@kindex j v
21970@pindex calc-sel-evaluate
21971The @kbd{j v} (@code{calc-sel-evaluate}) command performs the
21972normal default simplifications on the selected sub-formula.
21973These are the simplifications that are normally done automatically
21974on all results, but which may have been partially inhibited by
21975previous selection-related operations, or turned off altogether
21976by the @kbd{m O} command. This command is just an auto-selecting
21977version of the @w{@kbd{a v}} command (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}).
21978
21979With a numeric prefix argument of 2, @kbd{C-u 2 j v} applies
21980the @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) command to the selected
21981sub-formula. With a prefix argument of 3 or more, e.g., @kbd{C-u j v}
21982applies the @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended}) command.
21983@xref{Simplifying Formulas}. With a negative prefix argument
21984it simplifies at the top level only, just as with @kbd{a v}.
21985Here the ``top'' level refers to the top level of the selected
21986sub-formula.
21987
21988@kindex j "
21989@pindex calc-sel-expand-formula
21990The @kbd{j "} (@code{calc-sel-expand-formula}) command is to @kbd{a "}
21991(@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}) what @kbd{j v} is to @kbd{a v}.
21992
21993You can use the @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection}) command
21994to define other algebraic operations on sub-formulas. @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
21995
21996@node Algebraic Manipulation, Simplifying Formulas, Selecting Subformulas, Algebra
21997@section Algebraic Manipulation
21998
21999@noindent
22000The commands in this section perform general-purpose algebraic
22001manipulations. They work on the whole formula at the top of the
22002stack (unless, of course, you have made a selection in that
22003formula).
22004
22005Many algebra commands prompt for a variable name or formula. If you
22006answer the prompt with a blank line, the variable or formula is taken
22007from top-of-stack, and the normal argument for the command is taken
22008from the second-to-top stack level.
22009
22010@kindex a v
22011@pindex calc-alg-evaluate
22012The @kbd{a v} (@code{calc-alg-evaluate}) command performs the normal
22013default simplifications on a formula; for example, @samp{a - -b} is
22014changed to @samp{a + b}. These simplifications are normally done
22015automatically on all Calc results, so this command is useful only if
22016you have turned default simplifications off with an @kbd{m O}
22017command. @xref{Simplification Modes}.
22018
22019It is often more convenient to type @kbd{=}, which is like @kbd{a v}
22020but which also substitutes stored values for variables in the formula.
22021Use @kbd{a v} if you want the variables to ignore their stored values.
22022
22023If you give a numeric prefix argument of 2 to @kbd{a v}, it simplifies
22024as if in Algebraic Simplification mode. This is equivalent to typing
22025@kbd{a s}; @pxref{Simplifying Formulas}. If you give a numeric prefix
22026of 3 or more, it uses Extended Simplification mode (@kbd{a e}).
22027
22028If you give a negative prefix argument @mathit{-1}, @mathit{-2}, or @mathit{-3},
22029it simplifies in the corresponding mode but only works on the top-level
22030function call of the formula. For example, @samp{(2 + 3) * (2 + 3)} will
22031simplify to @samp{(2 + 3)^2}, without simplifying the sub-formulas
22032@samp{2 + 3}. As another example, typing @kbd{V R +} to sum the vector
22033@samp{[1, 2, 3, 4]} produces the formula @samp{reduce(add, [1, 2, 3, 4])}
22034in No-Simplify mode. Using @kbd{a v} will evaluate this all the way to
2203510; using @kbd{C-u - a v} will evaluate it only to @samp{1 + 2 + 3 + 4}.
22036(@xref{Reducing and Mapping}.)
22037
22038@tindex evalv
22039@tindex evalvn
22040The @kbd{=} command corresponds to the @code{evalv} function, and
22041the related @kbd{N} command, which is like @kbd{=} but temporarily
22042disables Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}) during the evaluation, corresponds
22043to the @code{evalvn} function. (These commands interpret their prefix
22044arguments differently than @kbd{a v}; @kbd{=} treats the prefix as
22045the number of stack elements to evaluate at once, and @kbd{N} treats
22046it as a temporary different working precision.)
22047
22048The @code{evalvn} function can take an alternate working precision
22049as an optional second argument. This argument can be either an
22050integer, to set the precision absolutely, or a vector containing
22051a single integer, to adjust the precision relative to the current
22052precision. Note that @code{evalvn} with a larger than current
22053precision will do the calculation at this higher precision, but the
22054result will as usual be rounded back down to the current precision
22055afterward. For example, @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415)} at a precision
22056of 12 will return @samp{9.265359e-5}; @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415, 30)}
22057will return @samp{9.26535897932e-5} (computing a 25-digit result which
22058is then rounded down to 12); and @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415, [-2])}
22059will return @samp{9.2654e-5}.
22060
22061@kindex a "
22062@pindex calc-expand-formula
22063The @kbd{a "} (@code{calc-expand-formula}) command expands functions
22064into their defining formulas wherever possible. For example,
22065@samp{deg(x^2)} is changed to @samp{180 x^2 / pi}. Most functions,
22066like @code{sin} and @code{gcd}, are not defined by simple formulas
22067and so are unaffected by this command. One important class of
22068functions which @emph{can} be expanded is the user-defined functions
22069created by the @kbd{Z F} command. @xref{Algebraic Definitions}.
22070Other functions which @kbd{a "} can expand include the probability
22071distribution functions, most of the financial functions, and the
22072hyperbolic and inverse hyperbolic functions. A numeric prefix argument
22073affects @kbd{a "} in the same way as it does @kbd{a v}: A positive
22074argument expands all functions in the formula and then simplifies in
22075various ways; a negative argument expands and simplifies only the
22076top-level function call.
22077
22078@kindex a M
22079@pindex calc-map-equation
22080@tindex mapeq
22081The @kbd{a M} (@code{calc-map-equation}) [@code{mapeq}] command applies
22082a given function or operator to one or more equations. It is analogous
22083to @kbd{V M}, which operates on vectors instead of equations.
22084@pxref{Reducing and Mapping}. For example, @kbd{a M S} changes
22085@samp{x = y+1} to @samp{sin(x) = sin(y+1)}, and @kbd{a M +} with
22086@samp{x = y+1} and @expr{6} on the stack produces @samp{x+6 = y+7}.
22087With two equations on the stack, @kbd{a M +} would add the lefthand
22088sides together and the righthand sides together to get the two
22089respective sides of a new equation.
22090
22091Mapping also works on inequalities. Mapping two similar inequalities
22092produces another inequality of the same type. Mapping an inequality
22093with an equation produces an inequality of the same type. Mapping a
22094@samp{<=} with a @samp{<} or @samp{!=} (not-equal) produces a @samp{<}.
22095If inequalities with opposite direction (e.g., @samp{<} and @samp{>})
22096are mapped, the direction of the second inequality is reversed to
22097match the first: Using @kbd{a M +} on @samp{a < b} and @samp{a > 2}
22098reverses the latter to get @samp{2 < a}, which then allows the
22099combination @samp{a + 2 < b + a}, which the @kbd{a s} command can
22100then simplify to get @samp{2 < b}.
22101
22102Using @kbd{a M *}, @kbd{a M /}, @kbd{a M n}, or @kbd{a M &} to negate
22103or invert an inequality will reverse the direction of the inequality.
22104Other adjustments to inequalities are @emph{not} done automatically;
22105@kbd{a M S} will change @w{@samp{x < y}} to @samp{sin(x) < sin(y)} even
22106though this is not true for all values of the variables.
22107
22108@kindex H a M
22109@tindex mapeqp
22110With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H a M} [@code{mapeqp}] does a plain
22111mapping operation without reversing the direction of any inequalities.
22112Thus, @kbd{H a M &} would change @kbd{x > 2} to @kbd{1/x > 0.5}.
22113(This change is mathematically incorrect, but perhaps you were
22114fixing an inequality which was already incorrect.)
22115
22116@kindex I a M
22117@tindex mapeqr
22118With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a M} [@code{mapeqr}] always reverses
22119the direction of the inequality. You might use @kbd{I a M C} to
22120change @samp{x < y} to @samp{cos(x) > cos(y)} if you know you are
22121working with small positive angles.
22122
22123@kindex a b
22124@pindex calc-substitute
22125@tindex subst
22126The @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute}) [@code{subst}] command substitutes
22127all occurrences
22128of some variable or sub-expression of an expression with a new
22129sub-expression. For example, substituting @samp{sin(x)} with @samp{cos(y)}
22130in @samp{2 sin(x)^2 + x sin(x) + sin(2 x)} produces
22131@samp{2 cos(y)^2 + x cos(y) + @w{sin(2 x)}}.
22132Note that this is a purely structural substitution; the lone @samp{x} and
22133the @samp{sin(2 x)} stayed the same because they did not look like
22134@samp{sin(x)}. @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a more general method for
22135doing substitutions.
22136
22137The @kbd{a b} command normally prompts for two formulas, the old
22138one and the new one. If you enter a blank line for the first
22139prompt, all three arguments are taken from the stack (new, then old,
22140then target expression). If you type an old formula but then enter a
22141blank line for the new one, the new formula is taken from top-of-stack
22142and the target from second-to-top. If you answer both prompts, the
22143target is taken from top-of-stack as usual.
22144
22145Note that @kbd{a b} has no understanding of commutativity or
22146associativity. The pattern @samp{x+y} will not match the formula
22147@samp{y+x}. Also, @samp{y+z} will not match inside the formula @samp{x+y+z}
22148because the @samp{+} operator is left-associative, so the ``deep
22149structure'' of that formula is @samp{(x+y) + z}. Use @kbd{d U}
22150(@code{calc-unformatted-language}) mode to see the true structure of
22151a formula. The rewrite rule mechanism, discussed later, does not have
22152these limitations.
22153
22154As an algebraic function, @code{subst} takes three arguments:
22155Target expression, old, new. Note that @code{subst} is always
22156evaluated immediately, even if its arguments are variables, so if
22157you wish to put a call to @code{subst} onto the stack you must
22158turn the default simplifications off first (with @kbd{m O}).
22159
22160@node Simplifying Formulas, Polynomials, Algebraic Manipulation, Algebra
22161@section Simplifying Formulas
22162
22163@noindent
22164@kindex a s
22165@pindex calc-simplify
22166@tindex simplify
22167The @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) [@code{simplify}] command applies
22168various algebraic rules to simplify a formula. This includes rules which
22169are not part of the default simplifications because they may be too slow
22170to apply all the time, or may not be desirable all of the time. For
22171example, non-adjacent terms of sums are combined, as in @samp{a + b + 2 a}
22172to @samp{b + 3 a}, and some formulas like @samp{sin(arcsin(x))} are
22173simplified to @samp{x}.
22174
22175The sections below describe all the various kinds of algebraic
22176simplifications Calc provides in full detail. None of Calc's
22177simplification commands are designed to pull rabbits out of hats;
22178they simply apply certain specific rules to put formulas into
22179less redundant or more pleasing forms. Serious algebra in Calc
22180must be done manually, usually with a combination of selections
22181and rewrite rules. @xref{Rearranging with Selections}.
22182@xref{Rewrite Rules}.
22183
22184@xref{Simplification Modes}, for commands to control what level of
22185simplification occurs automatically. Normally only the ``default
22186simplifications'' occur.
22187
22188@menu
22189* Default Simplifications::
22190* Algebraic Simplifications::
22191* Unsafe Simplifications::
22192* Simplification of Units::
22193@end menu
22194
22195@node Default Simplifications, Algebraic Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas, Simplifying Formulas
22196@subsection Default Simplifications
22197
22198@noindent
22199@cindex Default simplifications
22200This section describes the ``default simplifications,'' those which are
22201normally applied to all results. For example, if you enter the variable
22202@expr{x} on the stack twice and push @kbd{+}, Calc's default
22203simplifications automatically change @expr{x + x} to @expr{2 x}.
22204
22205The @kbd{m O} command turns off the default simplifications, so that
22206@expr{x + x} will remain in this form unless you give an explicit
22207``simplify'' command like @kbd{=} or @kbd{a v}. @xref{Algebraic
22208Manipulation}. The @kbd{m D} command turns the default simplifications
22209back on.
22210
22211The most basic default simplification is the evaluation of functions.
22212For example, @expr{2 + 3} is evaluated to @expr{5}, and @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(9)}
22213is evaluated to @expr{3}. Evaluation does not occur if the arguments
22214to a function are somehow of the wrong type @expr{@tfn{tan}([2,3,4])}),
22215range (@expr{@tfn{tan}(90)}), or number (@expr{@tfn{tan}(3,5)}),
22216or if the function name is not recognized (@expr{@tfn{f}(5)}), or if
22217Symbolic mode (@pxref{Symbolic Mode}) prevents evaluation
22218(@expr{@tfn{sqrt}(2)}).
22219
22220Calc simplifies (evaluates) the arguments to a function before it
22221simplifies the function itself. Thus @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(5+4)} is
22222simplified to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(9)} before the @code{sqrt} function
22223itself is applied. There are very few exceptions to this rule:
22224@code{quote}, @code{lambda}, and @code{condition} (the @code{::}
22225operator) do not evaluate their arguments, @code{if} (the @code{? :}
22226operator) does not evaluate all of its arguments, and @code{evalto}
22227does not evaluate its lefthand argument.
22228
22229Most commands apply the default simplifications to all arguments they
22230take from the stack, perform a particular operation, then simplify
22231the result before pushing it back on the stack. In the common special
22232case of regular arithmetic commands like @kbd{+} and @kbd{Q} [@code{sqrt}],
22233the arguments are simply popped from the stack and collected into a
22234suitable function call, which is then simplified (the arguments being
22235simplified first as part of the process, as described above).
22236
22237The default simplifications are too numerous to describe completely
22238here, but this section will describe the ones that apply to the
22239major arithmetic operators. This list will be rather technical in
22240nature, and will probably be interesting to you only if you are
22241a serious user of Calc's algebra facilities.
22242
22243@tex
22244\bigskip
22245@end tex
22246
22247As well as the simplifications described here, if you have stored
22248any rewrite rules in the variable @code{EvalRules} then these rules
22249will also be applied before any built-in default simplifications.
22250@xref{Automatic Rewrites}, for details.
22251
22252@tex
22253\bigskip
22254@end tex
22255
22256And now, on with the default simplifications:
22257
22258Arithmetic operators like @kbd{+} and @kbd{*} always take two
22259arguments in Calc's internal form. Sums and products of three or
22260more terms are arranged by the associative law of algebra into
22261a left-associative form for sums, @expr{((a + b) + c) + d}, and
45b778a6
JB
22262(by default) a right-associative form for products,
22263@expr{a * (b * (c * d))}. Formulas like @expr{(a + b) + (c + d)} are
22264rearranged to left-associative form, though this rarely matters since
22265Calc's algebra commands are designed to hide the inner structure of sums
22266and products as much as possible. Sums and products in their proper
22267associative form will be written without parentheses in the examples
22268below.
4009494e
GM
22269
22270Sums and products are @emph{not} rearranged according to the
22271commutative law (@expr{a + b} to @expr{b + a}) except in a few
22272special cases described below. Some algebra programs always
22273rearrange terms into a canonical order, which enables them to
22274see that @expr{a b + b a} can be simplified to @expr{2 a b}.
22275Calc assumes you have put the terms into the order you want
22276and generally leaves that order alone, with the consequence
22277that formulas like the above will only be simplified if you
22278explicitly give the @kbd{a s} command. @xref{Algebraic
22279Simplifications}.
22280
22281Differences @expr{a - b} are treated like sums @expr{a + (-b)}
22282for purposes of simplification; one of the default simplifications
22283is to rewrite @expr{a + (-b)} or @expr{(-b) + a}, where @expr{-b}
22284represents a ``negative-looking'' term, into @expr{a - b} form.
22285``Negative-looking'' means negative numbers, negated formulas like
22286@expr{-x}, and products or quotients in which either term is
22287negative-looking.
22288
22289Other simplifications involving negation are @expr{-(-x)} to @expr{x};
22290@expr{-(a b)} or @expr{-(a/b)} where either @expr{a} or @expr{b} is
22291negative-looking, simplified by negating that term, or else where
22292@expr{a} or @expr{b} is any number, by negating that number;
22293@expr{-(a + b)} to @expr{-a - b}, and @expr{-(b - a)} to @expr{a - b}.
22294(This, and rewriting @expr{(-b) + a} to @expr{a - b}, are the only
22295cases where the order of terms in a sum is changed by the default
22296simplifications.)
22297
22298The distributive law is used to simplify sums in some cases:
22299@expr{a x + b x} to @expr{(a + b) x}, where @expr{a} represents
22300a number or an implicit 1 or @mathit{-1} (as in @expr{x} or @expr{-x})
22301and similarly for @expr{b}. Use the @kbd{a c}, @w{@kbd{a f}}, or
22302@kbd{j M} commands to merge sums with non-numeric coefficients
22303using the distributive law.
22304
22305The distributive law is only used for sums of two terms, or
22306for adjacent terms in a larger sum. Thus @expr{a + b + b + c}
22307is simplified to @expr{a + 2 b + c}, but @expr{a + b + c + b}
22308is not simplified. The reason is that comparing all terms of a
22309sum with one another would require time proportional to the
22310square of the number of terms; Calc relegates potentially slow
22311operations like this to commands that have to be invoked
22312explicitly, like @kbd{a s}.
22313
22314Finally, @expr{a + 0} and @expr{0 + a} are simplified to @expr{a}.
22315A consequence of the above rules is that @expr{0 - a} is simplified
22316to @expr{-a}.
22317
22318@tex
22319\bigskip
22320@end tex
22321
22322The products @expr{1 a} and @expr{a 1} are simplified to @expr{a};
22323@expr{(-1) a} and @expr{a (-1)} are simplified to @expr{-a};
22324@expr{0 a} and @expr{a 0} are simplified to @expr{0}, except that
22325in Matrix mode where @expr{a} is not provably scalar the result
22326is the generic zero matrix @samp{idn(0)}, and that if @expr{a} is
22327infinite the result is @samp{nan}.
22328
22329Also, @expr{(-a) b} and @expr{a (-b)} are simplified to @expr{-(a b)},
22330where this occurs for negated formulas but not for regular negative
22331numbers.
22332
22333Products are commuted only to move numbers to the front:
22334@expr{a b 2} is commuted to @expr{2 a b}.
22335
22336The product @expr{a (b + c)} is distributed over the sum only if
22337@expr{a} and at least one of @expr{b} and @expr{c} are numbers:
22338@expr{2 (x + 3)} goes to @expr{2 x + 6}. The formula
22339@expr{(-a) (b - c)}, where @expr{-a} is a negative number, is
22340rewritten to @expr{a (c - b)}.
22341
22342The distributive law of products and powers is used for adjacent
22343terms of the product: @expr{x^a x^b} goes to
22344@texline @math{x^{a+b}}
22345@infoline @expr{x^(a+b)}
22346where @expr{a} is a number, or an implicit 1 (as in @expr{x}),
22347or the implicit one-half of @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)}, and similarly for
22348@expr{b}. The result is written using @samp{sqrt} or @samp{1/sqrt}
22349if the sum of the powers is @expr{1/2} or @expr{-1/2}, respectively.
22350If the sum of the powers is zero, the product is simplified to
22351@expr{1} or to @samp{idn(1)} if Matrix mode is enabled.
22352
22353The product of a negative power times anything but another negative
22354power is changed to use division:
22355@texline @math{x^{-2} y}
22356@infoline @expr{x^(-2) y}
22357goes to @expr{y / x^2} unless Matrix mode is
22358in effect and neither @expr{x} nor @expr{y} are scalar (in which
22359case it is considered unsafe to rearrange the order of the terms).
22360
22361Finally, @expr{a (b/c)} is rewritten to @expr{(a b)/c}, and also
22362@expr{(a/b) c} is changed to @expr{(a c)/b} unless in Matrix mode.
22363
22364@tex
22365\bigskip
22366@end tex
22367
22368Simplifications for quotients are analogous to those for products.
22369The quotient @expr{0 / x} is simplified to @expr{0}, with the same
22370exceptions that were noted for @expr{0 x}. Likewise, @expr{x / 1}
22371and @expr{x / (-1)} are simplified to @expr{x} and @expr{-x},
22372respectively.
22373
22374The quotient @expr{x / 0} is left unsimplified or changed to an
22375infinite quantity, as directed by the current infinite mode.
22376@xref{Infinite Mode}.
22377
22378The expression
22379@texline @math{a / b^{-c}}
22380@infoline @expr{a / b^(-c)}
22381is changed to @expr{a b^c}, where @expr{-c} is any negative-looking
22382power. Also, @expr{1 / b^c} is changed to
22383@texline @math{b^{-c}}
22384@infoline @expr{b^(-c)}
22385for any power @expr{c}.
22386
22387Also, @expr{(-a) / b} and @expr{a / (-b)} go to @expr{-(a/b)};
22388@expr{(a/b) / c} goes to @expr{a / (b c)}; and @expr{a / (b/c)}
22389goes to @expr{(a c) / b} unless Matrix mode prevents this
22390rearrangement. Similarly, @expr{a / (b:c)} is simplified to
22391@expr{(c:b) a} for any fraction @expr{b:c}.
22392
22393The distributive law is applied to @expr{(a + b) / c} only if
22394@expr{c} and at least one of @expr{a} and @expr{b} are numbers.
22395Quotients of powers and square roots are distributed just as
22396described for multiplication.
22397
22398Quotients of products cancel only in the leading terms of the
22399numerator and denominator. In other words, @expr{a x b / a y b}
22400is cancelled to @expr{x b / y b} but not to @expr{x / y}. Once
22401again this is because full cancellation can be slow; use @kbd{a s}
22402to cancel all terms of the quotient.
22403
22404Quotients of negative-looking values are simplified according
22405to @expr{(-a) / (-b)} to @expr{a / b}, @expr{(-a) / (b - c)}
22406to @expr{a / (c - b)}, and @expr{(a - b) / (-c)} to @expr{(b - a) / c}.
22407
22408@tex
22409\bigskip
22410@end tex
22411
22412The formula @expr{x^0} is simplified to @expr{1}, or to @samp{idn(1)}
22413in Matrix mode. The formula @expr{0^x} is simplified to @expr{0}
22414unless @expr{x} is a negative number, complex number or zero.
22415If @expr{x} is negative, complex or @expr{0.0}, @expr{0^x} is an
22416infinity or an unsimplified formula according to the current infinite
22417mode. The expression @expr{0^0} is simplified to @expr{1}.
22418
22419Powers of products or quotients @expr{(a b)^c}, @expr{(a/b)^c}
22420are distributed to @expr{a^c b^c}, @expr{a^c / b^c} only if @expr{c}
22421is an integer, or if either @expr{a} or @expr{b} are nonnegative
22422real numbers. Powers of powers @expr{(a^b)^c} are simplified to
22423@texline @math{a^{b c}}
22424@infoline @expr{a^(b c)}
22425only when @expr{c} is an integer and @expr{b c} also
22426evaluates to an integer. Without these restrictions these simplifications
22427would not be safe because of problems with principal values.
22428(In other words,
22429@texline @math{((-3)^{1/2})^2}
22430@infoline @expr{((-3)^1:2)^2}
22431is safe to simplify, but
22432@texline @math{((-3)^2)^{1/2}}
22433@infoline @expr{((-3)^2)^1:2}
22434is not.) @xref{Declarations}, for ways to inform Calc that your
22435variables satisfy these requirements.
22436
22437As a special case of this rule, @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)^n} is simplified to
22438@texline @math{x^{n/2}}
22439@infoline @expr{x^(n/2)}
22440only for even integers @expr{n}.
22441
22442If @expr{a} is known to be real, @expr{b} is an even integer, and
22443@expr{c} is a half- or quarter-integer, then @expr{(a^b)^c} is
22444simplified to @expr{@tfn{abs}(a^(b c))}.
22445
22446Also, @expr{(-a)^b} is simplified to @expr{a^b} if @expr{b} is an
22447even integer, or to @expr{-(a^b)} if @expr{b} is an odd integer,
22448for any negative-looking expression @expr{-a}.
22449
22450Square roots @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)} generally act like one-half powers
22451@texline @math{x^{1:2}}
22452@infoline @expr{x^1:2}
22453for the purposes of the above-listed simplifications.
22454
22455Also, note that
22456@texline @math{1 / x^{1:2}}
22457@infoline @expr{1 / x^1:2}
22458is changed to
22459@texline @math{x^{-1:2}},
22460@infoline @expr{x^(-1:2)},
22461but @expr{1 / @tfn{sqrt}(x)} is left alone.
22462
22463@tex
22464\bigskip
22465@end tex
22466
22467Generic identity matrices (@pxref{Matrix Mode}) are simplified by the
22468following rules: @expr{@tfn{idn}(a) + b} to @expr{a + b} if @expr{b}
22469is provably scalar, or expanded out if @expr{b} is a matrix;
22470@expr{@tfn{idn}(a) + @tfn{idn}(b)} to @expr{@tfn{idn}(a + b)};
22471@expr{-@tfn{idn}(a)} to @expr{@tfn{idn}(-a)}; @expr{a @tfn{idn}(b)} to
22472@expr{@tfn{idn}(a b)} if @expr{a} is provably scalar, or to @expr{a b}
22473if @expr{a} is provably non-scalar; @expr{@tfn{idn}(a) @tfn{idn}(b)} to
22474@expr{@tfn{idn}(a b)}; analogous simplifications for quotients involving
22475@code{idn}; and @expr{@tfn{idn}(a)^n} to @expr{@tfn{idn}(a^n)} where
22476@expr{n} is an integer.
22477
22478@tex
22479\bigskip
22480@end tex
22481
22482The @code{floor} function and other integer truncation functions
22483vanish if the argument is provably integer-valued, so that
22484@expr{@tfn{floor}(@tfn{round}(x))} simplifies to @expr{@tfn{round}(x)}.
22485Also, combinations of @code{float}, @code{floor} and its friends,
22486and @code{ffloor} and its friends, are simplified in appropriate
22487ways. @xref{Integer Truncation}.
22488
22489The expression @expr{@tfn{abs}(-x)} changes to @expr{@tfn{abs}(x)}.
22490The expression @expr{@tfn{abs}(@tfn{abs}(x))} changes to
22491@expr{@tfn{abs}(x)}; in fact, @expr{@tfn{abs}(x)} changes to @expr{x} or
22492@expr{-x} if @expr{x} is provably nonnegative or nonpositive
22493(@pxref{Declarations}).
22494
22495While most functions do not recognize the variable @code{i} as an
22496imaginary number, the @code{arg} function does handle the two cases
22497@expr{@tfn{arg}(@tfn{i})} and @expr{@tfn{arg}(-@tfn{i})} just for convenience.
22498
22499The expression @expr{@tfn{conj}(@tfn{conj}(x))} simplifies to @expr{x}.
22500Various other expressions involving @code{conj}, @code{re}, and
22501@code{im} are simplified, especially if some of the arguments are
22502provably real or involve the constant @code{i}. For example,
22503@expr{@tfn{conj}(a + b i)} is changed to
22504@expr{@tfn{conj}(a) - @tfn{conj}(b) i}, or to @expr{a - b i} if @expr{a}
22505and @expr{b} are known to be real.
22506
22507Functions like @code{sin} and @code{arctan} generally don't have
22508any default simplifications beyond simply evaluating the functions
22509for suitable numeric arguments and infinity. The @kbd{a s} command
22510described in the next section does provide some simplifications for
22511these functions, though.
22512
22513One important simplification that does occur is that
22514@expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{e})} is simplified to 1, and @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{e}^x)} is
22515simplified to @expr{x} for any @expr{x}. This occurs even if you have
22516stored a different value in the Calc variable @samp{e}; but this would
22517be a bad idea in any case if you were also using natural logarithms!
22518
22519Among the logical functions, @tfn{!(@var{a} <= @var{b})} changes to
22520@tfn{@var{a} > @var{b}} and so on. Equations and inequalities where both sides
22521are either negative-looking or zero are simplified by negating both sides
22522and reversing the inequality. While it might seem reasonable to simplify
22523@expr{!!x} to @expr{x}, this would not be valid in general because
22524@expr{!!2} is 1, not 2.
22525
22526Most other Calc functions have few if any default simplifications
22527defined, aside of course from evaluation when the arguments are
22528suitable numbers.
22529
22530@node Algebraic Simplifications, Unsafe Simplifications, Default Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22531@subsection Algebraic Simplifications
22532
22533@noindent
22534@cindex Algebraic simplifications
22535The @kbd{a s} command makes simplifications that may be too slow to
22536do all the time, or that may not be desirable all of the time.
22537If you find these simplifications are worthwhile, you can type
22538@kbd{m A} to have Calc apply them automatically.
22539
22540This section describes all simplifications that are performed by
22541the @kbd{a s} command. Note that these occur in addition to the
22542default simplifications; even if the default simplifications have
22543been turned off by an @kbd{m O} command, @kbd{a s} will turn them
22544back on temporarily while it simplifies the formula.
22545
22546There is a variable, @code{AlgSimpRules}, in which you can put rewrites
22547to be applied by @kbd{a s}. Its use is analogous to @code{EvalRules},
22548but without the special restrictions. Basically, the simplifier does
22549@samp{@w{a r} AlgSimpRules} with an infinite repeat count on the whole
22550expression being simplified, then it traverses the expression applying
22551the built-in rules described below. If the result is different from
22552the original expression, the process repeats with the default
22553simplifications (including @code{EvalRules}), then @code{AlgSimpRules},
22554then the built-in simplifications, and so on.
22555
22556@tex
22557\bigskip
22558@end tex
22559
22560Sums are simplified in two ways. Constant terms are commuted to the
22561end of the sum, so that @expr{a + 2 + b} changes to @expr{a + b + 2}.
22562The only exception is that a constant will not be commuted away
22563from the first position of a difference, i.e., @expr{2 - x} is not
22564commuted to @expr{-x + 2}.
22565
22566Also, terms of sums are combined by the distributive law, as in
22567@expr{x + y + 2 x} to @expr{y + 3 x}. This always occurs for
22568adjacent terms, but @kbd{a s} compares all pairs of terms including
22569non-adjacent ones.
22570
22571@tex
22572\bigskip
22573@end tex
22574
22575Products are sorted into a canonical order using the commutative
22576law. For example, @expr{b c a} is commuted to @expr{a b c}.
22577This allows easier comparison of products; for example, the default
22578simplifications will not change @expr{x y + y x} to @expr{2 x y},
22579but @kbd{a s} will; it first rewrites the sum to @expr{x y + x y},
22580and then the default simplifications are able to recognize a sum
22581of identical terms.
22582
22583The canonical ordering used to sort terms of products has the
22584property that real-valued numbers, interval forms and infinities
22585come first, and are sorted into increasing order. The @kbd{V S}
22586command uses the same ordering when sorting a vector.
22587
22588Sorting of terms of products is inhibited when Matrix mode is
22589turned on; in this case, Calc will never exchange the order of
22590two terms unless it knows at least one of the terms is a scalar.
22591
22592Products of powers are distributed by comparing all pairs of
22593terms, using the same method that the default simplifications
22594use for adjacent terms of products.
22595
22596Even though sums are not sorted, the commutative law is still
22597taken into account when terms of a product are being compared.
22598Thus @expr{(x + y) (y + x)} will be simplified to @expr{(x + y)^2}.
22599A subtle point is that @expr{(x - y) (y - x)} will @emph{not}
22600be simplified to @expr{-(x - y)^2}; Calc does not notice that
22601one term can be written as a constant times the other, even if
22602that constant is @mathit{-1}.
22603
22604A fraction times any expression, @expr{(a:b) x}, is changed to
22605a quotient involving integers: @expr{a x / b}. This is not
22606done for floating-point numbers like @expr{0.5}, however. This
22607is one reason why you may find it convenient to turn Fraction mode
22608on while doing algebra; @pxref{Fraction Mode}.
22609
22610@tex
22611\bigskip
22612@end tex
22613
22614Quotients are simplified by comparing all terms in the numerator
22615with all terms in the denominator for possible cancellation using
22616the distributive law. For example, @expr{a x^2 b / c x^3 d} will
22617cancel @expr{x^2} from the top and bottom to get @expr{a b / c x d}.
22618(The terms in the denominator will then be rearranged to @expr{c d x}
22619as described above.) If there is any common integer or fractional
22620factor in the numerator and denominator, it is cancelled out;
22621for example, @expr{(4 x + 6) / 8 x} simplifies to @expr{(2 x + 3) / 4 x}.
22622
22623Non-constant common factors are not found even by @kbd{a s}. To
22624cancel the factor @expr{a} in @expr{(a x + a) / a^2} you could first
22625use @kbd{j M} on the product @expr{a x} to Merge the numerator to
22626@expr{a (1+x)}, which can then be simplified successfully.
22627
22628@tex
22629\bigskip
22630@end tex
22631
22632Integer powers of the variable @code{i} are simplified according
22633to the identity @expr{i^2 = -1}. If you store a new value other
22634than the complex number @expr{(0,1)} in @code{i}, this simplification
22635will no longer occur. This is done by @kbd{a s} instead of by default
22636in case someone (unwisely) uses the name @code{i} for a variable
22637unrelated to complex numbers; it would be unfortunate if Calc
22638quietly and automatically changed this formula for reasons the
22639user might not have been thinking of.
22640
22641Square roots of integer or rational arguments are simplified in
22642several ways. (Note that these will be left unevaluated only in
22643Symbolic mode.) First, square integer or rational factors are
22644pulled out so that @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(8)} is rewritten as
22645@texline @math{2\,@tfn{sqrt}(2)}.
22646@infoline @expr{2 sqrt(2)}.
22647Conceptually speaking this implies factoring the argument into primes
22648and moving pairs of primes out of the square root, but for reasons of
22649efficiency Calc only looks for primes up to 29.
22650
22651Square roots in the denominator of a quotient are moved to the
22652numerator: @expr{1 / @tfn{sqrt}(3)} changes to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(3) / 3}.
22653The same effect occurs for the square root of a fraction:
22654@expr{@tfn{sqrt}(2:3)} changes to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(6) / 3}.
22655
22656@tex
22657\bigskip
22658@end tex
22659
22660The @code{%} (modulo) operator is simplified in several ways
22661when the modulus @expr{M} is a positive real number. First, if
22662the argument is of the form @expr{x + n} for some real number
22663@expr{n}, then @expr{n} is itself reduced modulo @expr{M}. For
22664example, @samp{(x - 23) % 10} is simplified to @samp{(x + 7) % 10}.
22665
22666If the argument is multiplied by a constant, and this constant
22667has a common integer divisor with the modulus, then this factor is
22668cancelled out. For example, @samp{12 x % 15} is changed to
22669@samp{3 (4 x % 5)} by factoring out 3. Also, @samp{(12 x + 1) % 15}
22670is changed to @samp{3 ((4 x + 1:3) % 5)}. While these forms may
22671not seem ``simpler,'' they allow Calc to discover useful information
22672about modulo forms in the presence of declarations.
22673
22674If the modulus is 1, then Calc can use @code{int} declarations to
22675evaluate the expression. For example, the idiom @samp{x % 2} is
22676often used to check whether a number is odd or even. As described
22677above, @w{@samp{2 n % 2}} and @samp{(2 n + 1) % 2} are simplified to
22678@samp{2 (n % 1)} and @samp{2 ((n + 1:2) % 1)}, respectively; Calc
22679can simplify these to 0 and 1 (respectively) if @code{n} has been
22680declared to be an integer.
22681
22682@tex
22683\bigskip
22684@end tex
22685
22686Trigonometric functions are simplified in several ways. Whenever a
22687products of two trigonometric functions can be replaced by a single
22688function, the replacement is made; for example,
22689@expr{@tfn{tan}(x) @tfn{cos}(x)} is simplified to @expr{@tfn{sin}(x)}.
22690Reciprocals of trigonometric functions are replaced by their reciprocal
22691function; for example, @expr{1/@tfn{sec}(x)} is simplified to
22692@expr{@tfn{cos}(x)}. The corresponding simplifications for the
22693hyperbolic functions are also handled.
22694
22695Trigonometric functions of their inverse functions are
22696simplified. The expression @expr{@tfn{sin}(@tfn{arcsin}(x))} is
22697simplified to @expr{x}, and similarly for @code{cos} and @code{tan}.
22698Trigonometric functions of inverses of different trigonometric
22699functions can also be simplified, as in @expr{@tfn{sin}(@tfn{arccos}(x))}
22700to @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(1 - x^2)}.
22701
22702If the argument to @code{sin} is negative-looking, it is simplified to
22703@expr{-@tfn{sin}(x)}, and similarly for @code{cos} and @code{tan}.
22704Finally, certain special values of the argument are recognized;
22705@pxref{Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions}.
22706
22707Hyperbolic functions of their inverses and of negative-looking
22708arguments are also handled, as are exponentials of inverse
22709hyperbolic functions.
22710
22711No simplifications for inverse trigonometric and hyperbolic
22712functions are known, except for negative arguments of @code{arcsin},
22713@code{arctan}, @code{arcsinh}, and @code{arctanh}. Note that
22714@expr{@tfn{arcsin}(@tfn{sin}(x))} can @emph{not} safely change to
22715@expr{x}, since this only correct within an integer multiple of
22716@texline @math{2 \pi}
22717@infoline @expr{2 pi}
22718radians or 360 degrees. However, @expr{@tfn{arcsinh}(@tfn{sinh}(x))} is
22719simplified to @expr{x} if @expr{x} is known to be real.
22720
22721Several simplifications that apply to logarithms and exponentials
22722are that @expr{@tfn{exp}(@tfn{ln}(x))},
22723@texline @tfn{e}@math{^{\ln(x)}},
22724@infoline @expr{e^@tfn{ln}(x)},
22725and
22726@texline @math{10^{{\rm log10}(x)}}
22727@infoline @expr{10^@tfn{log10}(x)}
22728all reduce to @expr{x}. Also, @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{exp}(x))}, etc., can
22729reduce to @expr{x} if @expr{x} is provably real. The form
22730@expr{@tfn{exp}(x)^y} is simplified to @expr{@tfn{exp}(x y)}. If @expr{x}
22731is a suitable multiple of
22732@texline @math{\pi i}
22733@infoline @expr{pi i}
22734(as described above for the trigonometric functions), then
22735@expr{@tfn{exp}(x)} or @expr{e^x} will be expanded. Finally,
22736@expr{@tfn{ln}(x)} is simplified to a form involving @code{pi} and
22737@code{i} where @expr{x} is provably negative, positive imaginary, or
22738negative imaginary.
22739
22740The error functions @code{erf} and @code{erfc} are simplified when
22741their arguments are negative-looking or are calls to the @code{conj}
22742function.
22743
22744@tex
22745\bigskip
22746@end tex
22747
22748Equations and inequalities are simplified by cancelling factors
22749of products, quotients, or sums on both sides. Inequalities
22750change sign if a negative multiplicative factor is cancelled.
22751Non-constant multiplicative factors as in @expr{a b = a c} are
22752cancelled from equations only if they are provably nonzero (generally
22753because they were declared so; @pxref{Declarations}). Factors
22754are cancelled from inequalities only if they are nonzero and their
22755sign is known.
22756
22757Simplification also replaces an equation or inequality with
227581 or 0 (``true'' or ``false'') if it can through the use of
22759declarations. If @expr{x} is declared to be an integer greater
22760than 5, then @expr{x < 3}, @expr{x = 3}, and @expr{x = 7.5} are
22761all simplified to 0, but @expr{x > 3} is simplified to 1.
22762By a similar analysis, @expr{abs(x) >= 0} is simplified to 1,
22763as is @expr{x^2 >= 0} if @expr{x} is known to be real.
22764
22765@node Unsafe Simplifications, Simplification of Units, Algebraic Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22766@subsection ``Unsafe'' Simplifications
22767
22768@noindent
22769@cindex Unsafe simplifications
22770@cindex Extended simplification
22771@kindex a e
22772@pindex calc-simplify-extended
22773@ignore
22774@mindex esimpl@idots
22775@end ignore
22776@tindex esimplify
22777The @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended}) [@code{esimplify}] command
22778is like @kbd{a s}
22779except that it applies some additional simplifications which are not
22780``safe'' in all cases. Use this only if you know the values in your
22781formula lie in the restricted ranges for which these simplifications
22782are valid. The symbolic integrator uses @kbd{a e};
22783one effect of this is that the integrator's results must be used with
22784caution. Where an integral table will often attach conditions like
22785``for positive @expr{a} only,'' Calc (like most other symbolic
22786integration programs) will simply produce an unqualified result.
22787
22788Because @kbd{a e}'s simplifications are unsafe, it is sometimes better
22789to type @kbd{C-u -3 a v}, which does extended simplification only
22790on the top level of the formula without affecting the sub-formulas.
22791In fact, @kbd{C-u -3 j v} allows you to target extended simplification
22792to any specific part of a formula.
22793
22794The variable @code{ExtSimpRules} contains rewrites to be applied by
22795the @kbd{a e} command. These are applied in addition to
22796@code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules}. (The @kbd{a r AlgSimpRules}
22797step described above is simply followed by an @kbd{a r ExtSimpRules} step.)
22798
22799Following is a complete list of ``unsafe'' simplifications performed
22800by @kbd{a e}.
22801
22802@tex
22803\bigskip
22804@end tex
22805
22806Inverse trigonometric or hyperbolic functions, called with their
22807corresponding non-inverse functions as arguments, are simplified
22808by @kbd{a e}. For example, @expr{@tfn{arcsin}(@tfn{sin}(x))} changes
22809to @expr{x}. Also, @expr{@tfn{arcsin}(@tfn{cos}(x))} and
22810@expr{@tfn{arccos}(@tfn{sin}(x))} both change to @expr{@tfn{pi}/2 - x}.
22811These simplifications are unsafe because they are valid only for
22812values of @expr{x} in a certain range; outside that range, values
22813are folded down to the 360-degree range that the inverse trigonometric
22814functions always produce.
22815
22816Powers of powers @expr{(x^a)^b} are simplified to
22817@texline @math{x^{a b}}
22818@infoline @expr{x^(a b)}
22819for all @expr{a} and @expr{b}. These results will be valid only
22820in a restricted range of @expr{x}; for example, in
22821@texline @math{(x^2)^{1:2}}
22822@infoline @expr{(x^2)^1:2}
22823the powers cancel to get @expr{x}, which is valid for positive values
22824of @expr{x} but not for negative or complex values.
22825
22826Similarly, @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x^a)} and @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(x)^a} are both
22827simplified (possibly unsafely) to
22828@texline @math{x^{a/2}}.
22829@infoline @expr{x^(a/2)}.
22830
22831Forms like @expr{@tfn{sqrt}(1 - sin(x)^2)} are simplified to, e.g.,
22832@expr{@tfn{cos}(x)}. Calc has identities of this sort for @code{sin},
22833@code{cos}, @code{tan}, @code{sinh}, and @code{cosh}.
22834
22835Arguments of square roots are partially factored to look for
22836squared terms that can be extracted. For example,
22837@expr{@tfn{sqrt}(a^2 b^3 + a^3 b^2)} simplifies to
22838@expr{a b @tfn{sqrt}(a+b)}.
22839
22840The simplifications of @expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{exp}(x))},
22841@expr{@tfn{ln}(@tfn{e}^x)}, and @expr{@tfn{log10}(10^x)} to @expr{x} are also
22842unsafe because of problems with principal values (although these
22843simplifications are safe if @expr{x} is known to be real).
22844
22845Common factors are cancelled from products on both sides of an
22846equation, even if those factors may be zero: @expr{a x / b x}
22847to @expr{a / b}. Such factors are never cancelled from
22848inequalities: Even @kbd{a e} is not bold enough to reduce
22849@expr{a x < b x} to @expr{a < b} (or @expr{a > b}, depending
22850on whether you believe @expr{x} is positive or negative).
22851The @kbd{a M /} command can be used to divide a factor out of
22852both sides of an inequality.
22853
22854@node Simplification of Units, , Unsafe Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22855@subsection Simplification of Units
22856
22857@noindent
22858The simplifications described in this section are applied by the
22859@kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) command. These are in addition
22860to the regular @kbd{a s} (but not @kbd{a e}) simplifications described
22861earlier. @xref{Basic Operations on Units}.
22862
22863The variable @code{UnitSimpRules} contains rewrites to be applied by
22864the @kbd{u s} command. These are applied in addition to @code{EvalRules}
22865and @code{AlgSimpRules}.
22866
22867Scalar mode is automatically put into effect when simplifying units.
22868@xref{Matrix Mode}.
22869
22870Sums @expr{a + b} involving units are simplified by extracting the
22871units of @expr{a} as if by the @kbd{u x} command (call the result
22872@expr{u_a}), then simplifying the expression @expr{b / u_a}
22873using @kbd{u b} and @kbd{u s}. If the result has units then the sum
22874is inconsistent and is left alone. Otherwise, it is rewritten
22875in terms of the units @expr{u_a}.
22876
22877If units auto-ranging mode is enabled, products or quotients in
22878which the first argument is a number which is out of range for the
22879leading unit are modified accordingly.
22880
22881When cancelling and combining units in products and quotients,
22882Calc accounts for unit names that differ only in the prefix letter.
22883For example, @samp{2 km m} is simplified to @samp{2000 m^2}.
22884However, compatible but different units like @code{ft} and @code{in}
22885are not combined in this way.
22886
22887Quotients @expr{a / b} are simplified in three additional ways. First,
22888if @expr{b} is a number or a product beginning with a number, Calc
22889computes the reciprocal of this number and moves it to the numerator.
22890
22891Second, for each pair of unit names from the numerator and denominator
22892of a quotient, if the units are compatible (e.g., they are both
22893units of area) then they are replaced by the ratio between those
22894units. For example, in @samp{3 s in N / kg cm} the units
22895@samp{in / cm} will be replaced by @expr{2.54}.
22896
22897Third, if the units in the quotient exactly cancel out, so that
22898a @kbd{u b} command on the quotient would produce a dimensionless
22899number for an answer, then the quotient simplifies to that number.
22900
22901For powers and square roots, the ``unsafe'' simplifications
22902@expr{(a b)^c} to @expr{a^c b^c}, @expr{(a/b)^c} to @expr{a^c / b^c},
22903and @expr{(a^b)^c} to
22904@texline @math{a^{b c}}
22905@infoline @expr{a^(b c)}
22906are done if the powers are real numbers. (These are safe in the context
22907of units because all numbers involved can reasonably be assumed to be
22908real.)
22909
22910Also, if a unit name is raised to a fractional power, and the
22911base units in that unit name all occur to powers which are a
22912multiple of the denominator of the power, then the unit name
22913is expanded out into its base units, which can then be simplified
22914according to the previous paragraph. For example, @samp{acre^1.5}
22915is simplified by noting that @expr{1.5 = 3:2}, that @samp{acre}
22916is defined in terms of @samp{m^2}, and that the 2 in the power of
22917@code{m} is a multiple of 2 in @expr{3:2}. Thus, @code{acre^1.5} is
22918replaced by approximately
22919@texline @math{(4046 m^2)^{1.5}}
22920@infoline @expr{(4046 m^2)^1.5},
22921which is then changed to
22922@texline @math{4046^{1.5} \, (m^2)^{1.5}},
22923@infoline @expr{4046^1.5 (m^2)^1.5},
22924then to @expr{257440 m^3}.
22925
22926The functions @code{float}, @code{frac}, @code{clean}, @code{abs},
22927as well as @code{floor} and the other integer truncation functions,
22928applied to unit names or products or quotients involving units, are
22929simplified. For example, @samp{round(1.6 in)} is changed to
22930@samp{round(1.6) round(in)}; the lefthand term evaluates to 2,
22931and the righthand term simplifies to @code{in}.
22932
22933The functions @code{sin}, @code{cos}, and @code{tan} with arguments
22934that have angular units like @code{rad} or @code{arcmin} are
22935simplified by converting to base units (radians), then evaluating
22936with the angular mode temporarily set to radians.
22937
22938@node Polynomials, Calculus, Simplifying Formulas, Algebra
22939@section Polynomials
22940
22941A @dfn{polynomial} is a sum of terms which are coefficients times
22942various powers of a ``base'' variable. For example, @expr{2 x^2 + 3 x - 4}
22943is a polynomial in @expr{x}. Some formulas can be considered
22944polynomials in several different variables: @expr{1 + 2 x + 3 y + 4 x y^2}
22945is a polynomial in both @expr{x} and @expr{y}. Polynomial coefficients
22946are often numbers, but they may in general be any formulas not
22947involving the base variable.
22948
22949@kindex a f
22950@pindex calc-factor
22951@tindex factor
22952The @kbd{a f} (@code{calc-factor}) [@code{factor}] command factors a
22953polynomial into a product of terms. For example, the polynomial
22954@expr{x^3 + 2 x^2 + x} is factored into @samp{x*(x+1)^2}. As another
22955example, @expr{a c + b d + b c + a d} is factored into the product
22956@expr{(a + b) (c + d)}.
22957
22958Calc currently has three algorithms for factoring. Formulas which are
22959linear in several variables, such as the second example above, are
22960merged according to the distributive law. Formulas which are
22961polynomials in a single variable, with constant integer or fractional
22962coefficients, are factored into irreducible linear and/or quadratic
22963terms. The first example above factors into three linear terms
22964(@expr{x}, @expr{x+1}, and @expr{x+1} again). Finally, formulas
22965which do not fit the above criteria are handled by the algebraic
22966rewrite mechanism.
22967
22968Calc's polynomial factorization algorithm works by using the general
22969root-finding command (@w{@kbd{a P}}) to solve for the roots of the
22970polynomial. It then looks for roots which are rational numbers
22971or complex-conjugate pairs, and converts these into linear and
22972quadratic terms, respectively. Because it uses floating-point
22973arithmetic, it may be unable to find terms that involve large
22974integers (whose number of digits approaches the current precision).
22975Also, irreducible factors of degree higher than quadratic are not
22976found, and polynomials in more than one variable are not treated.
22977(A more robust factorization algorithm may be included in a future
22978version of Calc.)
22979
22980@vindex FactorRules
22981@ignore
22982@starindex
22983@end ignore
22984@tindex thecoefs
22985@ignore
22986@starindex
22987@end ignore
22988@ignore
22989@mindex @idots
22990@end ignore
22991@tindex thefactors
22992The rewrite-based factorization method uses rules stored in the variable
22993@code{FactorRules}. @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a discussion of the
22994operation of rewrite rules. The default @code{FactorRules} are able
22995to factor quadratic forms symbolically into two linear terms,
22996@expr{(a x + b) (c x + d)}. You can edit these rules to include other
22997cases if you wish. To use the rules, Calc builds the formula
22998@samp{thecoefs(x, [a, b, c, ...])} where @code{x} is the polynomial
22999base variable and @code{a}, @code{b}, etc., are polynomial coefficients
23000(which may be numbers or formulas). The constant term is written first,
23001i.e., in the @code{a} position. When the rules complete, they should have
23002changed the formula into the form @samp{thefactors(x, [f1, f2, f3, ...])}
23003where each @code{fi} should be a factored term, e.g., @samp{x - ai}.
23004Calc then multiplies these terms together to get the complete
23005factored form of the polynomial. If the rules do not change the
23006@code{thecoefs} call to a @code{thefactors} call, @kbd{a f} leaves the
23007polynomial alone on the assumption that it is unfactorable. (Note that
23008the function names @code{thecoefs} and @code{thefactors} are used only
23009as placeholders; there are no actual Calc functions by those names.)
23010
23011@kindex H a f
23012@tindex factors
23013The @kbd{H a f} [@code{factors}] command also factors a polynomial,
23014but it returns a list of factors instead of an expression which is the
23015product of the factors. Each factor is represented by a sub-vector
23016of the factor, and the power with which it appears. For example,
23017@expr{x^5 + x^4 - 33 x^3 + 63 x^2} factors to @expr{(x + 7) x^2 (x - 3)^2}
23018in @kbd{a f}, or to @expr{[ [x, 2], [x+7, 1], [x-3, 2] ]} in @kbd{H a f}.
23019If there is an overall numeric factor, it always comes first in the list.
23020The functions @code{factor} and @code{factors} allow a second argument
23021when written in algebraic form; @samp{factor(x,v)} factors @expr{x} with
23022respect to the specific variable @expr{v}. The default is to factor with
23023respect to all the variables that appear in @expr{x}.
23024
23025@kindex a c
23026@pindex calc-collect
23027@tindex collect
23028The @kbd{a c} (@code{calc-collect}) [@code{collect}] command rearranges a
23029formula as a
23030polynomial in a given variable, ordered in decreasing powers of that
23031variable. For example, given @expr{1 + 2 x + 3 y + 4 x y^2} on
23032the stack, @kbd{a c x} would produce @expr{(2 + 4 y^2) x + (1 + 3 y)},
23033and @kbd{a c y} would produce @expr{(4 x) y^2 + 3 y + (1 + 2 x)}.
23034The polynomial will be expanded out using the distributive law as
23035necessary: Collecting @expr{x} in @expr{(x - 1)^3} produces
23036@expr{x^3 - 3 x^2 + 3 x - 1}. Terms not involving @expr{x} will
23037not be expanded.
23038
23039The ``variable'' you specify at the prompt can actually be any
23040expression: @kbd{a c ln(x+1)} will collect together all terms multiplied
23041by @samp{ln(x+1)} or integer powers thereof. If @samp{x} also appears
23042in the formula in a context other than @samp{ln(x+1)}, @kbd{a c} will
23043treat those occurrences as unrelated to @samp{ln(x+1)}, i.e., as constants.
23044
23045@kindex a x
23046@pindex calc-expand
23047@tindex expand
23048The @kbd{a x} (@code{calc-expand}) [@code{expand}] command expands an
23049expression by applying the distributive law everywhere. It applies to
23050products, quotients, and powers involving sums. By default, it fully
23051distributes all parts of the expression. With a numeric prefix argument,
23052the distributive law is applied only the specified number of times, then
23053the partially expanded expression is left on the stack.
23054
23055The @kbd{a x} and @kbd{j D} commands are somewhat redundant. Use
23056@kbd{a x} if you want to expand all products of sums in your formula.
23057Use @kbd{j D} if you want to expand a particular specified term of
23058the formula. There is an exactly analogous correspondence between
23059@kbd{a f} and @kbd{j M}. (The @kbd{j D} and @kbd{j M} commands
23060also know many other kinds of expansions, such as
23061@samp{exp(a + b) = exp(a) exp(b)}, which @kbd{a x} and @kbd{a f}
23062do not do.)
23063
23064Calc's automatic simplifications will sometimes reverse a partial
23065expansion. For example, the first step in expanding @expr{(x+1)^3} is
23066to write @expr{(x+1) (x+1)^2}. If @kbd{a x} stops there and tries
23067to put this formula onto the stack, though, Calc will automatically
23068simplify it back to @expr{(x+1)^3} form. The solution is to turn
23069simplification off first (@pxref{Simplification Modes}), or to run
23070@kbd{a x} without a numeric prefix argument so that it expands all
23071the way in one step.
23072
23073@kindex a a
23074@pindex calc-apart
23075@tindex apart
23076The @kbd{a a} (@code{calc-apart}) [@code{apart}] command expands a
23077rational function by partial fractions. A rational function is the
23078quotient of two polynomials; @code{apart} pulls this apart into a
23079sum of rational functions with simple denominators. In algebraic
23080notation, the @code{apart} function allows a second argument that
23081specifies which variable to use as the ``base''; by default, Calc
23082chooses the base variable automatically.
23083
23084@kindex a n
23085@pindex calc-normalize-rat
23086@tindex nrat
23087The @kbd{a n} (@code{calc-normalize-rat}) [@code{nrat}] command
23088attempts to arrange a formula into a quotient of two polynomials.
23089For example, given @expr{1 + (a + b/c) / d}, the result would be
23090@expr{(b + a c + c d) / c d}. The quotient is reduced, so that
23091@kbd{a n} will simplify @expr{(x^2 + 2x + 1) / (x^2 - 1)} by dividing
23092out the common factor @expr{x + 1}, yielding @expr{(x + 1) / (x - 1)}.
23093
23094@kindex a \
23095@pindex calc-poly-div
23096@tindex pdiv
23097The @kbd{a \} (@code{calc-poly-div}) [@code{pdiv}] command divides
23098two polynomials @expr{u} and @expr{v}, yielding a new polynomial
23099@expr{q}. If several variables occur in the inputs, the inputs are
23100considered multivariate polynomials. (Calc divides by the variable
23101with the largest power in @expr{u} first, or, in the case of equal
23102powers, chooses the variables in alphabetical order.) For example,
23103dividing @expr{x^2 + 3 x + 2} by @expr{x + 2} yields @expr{x + 1}.
23104The remainder from the division, if any, is reported at the bottom
23105of the screen and is also placed in the Trail along with the quotient.
23106
23107Using @code{pdiv} in algebraic notation, you can specify the particular
23108variable to be used as the base: @code{pdiv(@var{a},@var{b},@var{x})}.
23109If @code{pdiv} is given only two arguments (as is always the case with
23110the @kbd{a \} command), then it does a multivariate division as outlined
23111above.
23112
23113@kindex a %
23114@pindex calc-poly-rem
23115@tindex prem
23116The @kbd{a %} (@code{calc-poly-rem}) [@code{prem}] command divides
23117two polynomials and keeps the remainder @expr{r}. The quotient
23118@expr{q} is discarded. For any formulas @expr{a} and @expr{b}, the
23119results of @kbd{a \} and @kbd{a %} satisfy @expr{a = q b + r}.
23120(This is analogous to plain @kbd{\} and @kbd{%}, which compute the
23121integer quotient and remainder from dividing two numbers.)
23122
23123@kindex a /
23124@kindex H a /
23125@pindex calc-poly-div-rem
23126@tindex pdivrem
23127@tindex pdivide
23128The @kbd{a /} (@code{calc-poly-div-rem}) [@code{pdivrem}] command
23129divides two polynomials and reports both the quotient and the
23130remainder as a vector @expr{[q, r]}. The @kbd{H a /} [@code{pdivide}]
23131command divides two polynomials and constructs the formula
23132@expr{q + r/b} on the stack. (Naturally if the remainder is zero,
23133this will immediately simplify to @expr{q}.)
23134
23135@kindex a g
23136@pindex calc-poly-gcd
23137@tindex pgcd
23138The @kbd{a g} (@code{calc-poly-gcd}) [@code{pgcd}] command computes
23139the greatest common divisor of two polynomials. (The GCD actually
23140is unique only to within a constant multiplier; Calc attempts to
23141choose a GCD which will be unsurprising.) For example, the @kbd{a n}
23142command uses @kbd{a g} to take the GCD of the numerator and denominator
23143of a quotient, then divides each by the result using @kbd{a \}. (The
23144definition of GCD ensures that this division can take place without
23145leaving a remainder.)
23146
23147While the polynomials used in operations like @kbd{a /} and @kbd{a g}
23148often have integer coefficients, this is not required. Calc can also
23149deal with polynomials over the rationals or floating-point reals.
23150Polynomials with modulo-form coefficients are also useful in many
23151applications; if you enter @samp{(x^2 + 3 x - 1) mod 5}, Calc
23152automatically transforms this into a polynomial over the field of
23153integers mod 5: @samp{(1 mod 5) x^2 + (3 mod 5) x + (4 mod 5)}.
23154
23155Congratulations and thanks go to Ove Ewerlid
23156(@code{ewerlid@@mizar.DoCS.UU.SE}), who contributed many of the
23157polynomial routines used in the above commands.
23158
23159@xref{Decomposing Polynomials}, for several useful functions for
23160extracting the individual coefficients of a polynomial.
23161
23162@node Calculus, Solving Equations, Polynomials, Algebra
23163@section Calculus
23164
23165@noindent
23166The following calculus commands do not automatically simplify their
23167inputs or outputs using @code{calc-simplify}. You may find it helps
23168to do this by hand by typing @kbd{a s} or @kbd{a e}. It may also help
23169to use @kbd{a x} and/or @kbd{a c} to arrange a result in the most
23170readable way.
23171
23172@menu
23173* Differentiation::
23174* Integration::
23175* Customizing the Integrator::
23176* Numerical Integration::
23177* Taylor Series::
23178@end menu
23179
23180@node Differentiation, Integration, Calculus, Calculus
23181@subsection Differentiation
23182
23183@noindent
23184@kindex a d
23185@kindex H a d
23186@pindex calc-derivative
23187@tindex deriv
23188@tindex tderiv
23189The @kbd{a d} (@code{calc-derivative}) [@code{deriv}] command computes
23190the derivative of the expression on the top of the stack with respect to
23191some variable, which it will prompt you to enter. Normally, variables
23192in the formula other than the specified differentiation variable are
23193considered constant, i.e., @samp{deriv(y,x)} is reduced to zero. With
23194the Hyperbolic flag, the @code{tderiv} (total derivative) operation is used
23195instead, in which derivatives of variables are not reduced to zero
23196unless those variables are known to be ``constant,'' i.e., independent
23197of any other variables. (The built-in special variables like @code{pi}
23198are considered constant, as are variables that have been declared
23199@code{const}; @pxref{Declarations}.)
23200
23201With a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, this command computes the
23202@var{n}th derivative.
23203
23204When working with trigonometric functions, it is best to switch to
23205Radians mode first (with @w{@kbd{m r}}). The derivative of @samp{sin(x)}
23206in degrees is @samp{(pi/180) cos(x)}, probably not the expected
23207answer!
23208
23209If you use the @code{deriv} function directly in an algebraic formula,
23210you can write @samp{deriv(f,x,x0)} which represents the derivative
23211of @expr{f} with respect to @expr{x}, evaluated at the point
23212@texline @math{x=x_0}.
23213@infoline @expr{x=x0}.
23214
23215If the formula being differentiated contains functions which Calc does
23216not know, the derivatives of those functions are produced by adding
23217primes (apostrophe characters). For example, @samp{deriv(f(2x), x)}
23218produces @samp{2 f'(2 x)}, where the function @code{f'} represents the
23219derivative of @code{f}.
23220
23221For functions you have defined with the @kbd{Z F} command, Calc expands
23222the functions according to their defining formulas unless you have
23223also defined @code{f'} suitably. For example, suppose we define
23224@samp{sinc(x) = sin(x)/x} using @kbd{Z F}. If we then differentiate
23225the formula @samp{sinc(2 x)}, the formula will be expanded to
23226@samp{sin(2 x) / (2 x)} and differentiated. However, if we also
23227define @samp{sinc'(x) = dsinc(x)}, say, then Calc will write the
23228result as @samp{2 dsinc(2 x)}. @xref{Algebraic Definitions}.
23229
23230For multi-argument functions @samp{f(x,y,z)}, the derivative with respect
23231to the first argument is written @samp{f'(x,y,z)}; derivatives with
23232respect to the other arguments are @samp{f'2(x,y,z)} and @samp{f'3(x,y,z)}.
23233Various higher-order derivatives can be formed in the obvious way, e.g.,
23234@samp{f'@var{}'(x)} (the second derivative of @code{f}) or
23235@samp{f'@var{}'2'3(x,y,z)} (@code{f} differentiated with respect to each
23236argument once).
23237
23238@node Integration, Customizing the Integrator, Differentiation, Calculus
23239@subsection Integration
23240
23241@noindent
23242@kindex a i
23243@pindex calc-integral
23244@tindex integ
23245The @kbd{a i} (@code{calc-integral}) [@code{integ}] command computes the
23246indefinite integral of the expression on the top of the stack with
23247respect to a prompted-for variable. The integrator is not guaranteed to
23248work for all integrable functions, but it is able to integrate several
23249large classes of formulas. In particular, any polynomial or rational
23250function (a polynomial divided by a polynomial) is acceptable.
23251(Rational functions don't have to be in explicit quotient form, however;
23252@texline @math{x/(1+x^{-2})}
23253@infoline @expr{x/(1+x^-2)}
23254is not strictly a quotient of polynomials, but it is equivalent to
23255@expr{x^3/(x^2+1)}, which is.) Also, square roots of terms involving
23256@expr{x} and @expr{x^2} may appear in rational functions being
23257integrated. Finally, rational functions involving trigonometric or
23258hyperbolic functions can be integrated.
23259
23260With an argument (@kbd{C-u a i}), this command will compute the definite
23261integral of the expression on top of the stack. In this case, the
23262command will again prompt for an integration variable, then prompt for a
23263lower limit and an upper limit.
23264
23265@ifnottex
23266If you use the @code{integ} function directly in an algebraic formula,
23267you can also write @samp{integ(f,x,v)} which expresses the resulting
23268indefinite integral in terms of variable @code{v} instead of @code{x}.
23269With four arguments, @samp{integ(f(x),x,a,b)} represents a definite
23270integral from @code{a} to @code{b}.
23271@end ifnottex
23272@tex
23273If you use the @code{integ} function directly in an algebraic formula,
23274you can also write @samp{integ(f,x,v)} which expresses the resulting
23275indefinite integral in terms of variable @code{v} instead of @code{x}.
23276With four arguments, @samp{integ(f(x),x,a,b)} represents a definite
23277integral $\int_a^b f(x) \, dx$.
23278@end tex
23279
23280Please note that the current implementation of Calc's integrator sometimes
23281produces results that are significantly more complex than they need to
23282be. For example, the integral Calc finds for
23283@texline @math{1/(x+\sqrt{x^2+1})}
23284@infoline @expr{1/(x+sqrt(x^2+1))}
23285is several times more complicated than the answer Mathematica
23286returns for the same input, although the two forms are numerically
23287equivalent. Also, any indefinite integral should be considered to have
23288an arbitrary constant of integration added to it, although Calc does not
23289write an explicit constant of integration in its result. For example,
23290Calc's solution for
23291@texline @math{1/(1+\tan x)}
23292@infoline @expr{1/(1+tan(x))}
23293differs from the solution given in the @emph{CRC Math Tables} by a
23294constant factor of
23295@texline @math{\pi i / 2}
23296@infoline @expr{pi i / 2},
23297due to a different choice of constant of integration.
23298
23299The Calculator remembers all the integrals it has done. If conditions
23300change in a way that would invalidate the old integrals, say, a switch
23301from Degrees to Radians mode, then they will be thrown out. If you
23302suspect this is not happening when it should, use the
23303@code{calc-flush-caches} command; @pxref{Caches}.
23304
23305@vindex IntegLimit
23306Calc normally will pursue integration by substitution or integration by
23307parts up to 3 nested times before abandoning an approach as fruitless.
23308If the integrator is taking too long, you can lower this limit by storing
23309a number (like 2) in the variable @code{IntegLimit}. (The @kbd{s I}
23310command is a convenient way to edit @code{IntegLimit}.) If this variable
23311has no stored value or does not contain a nonnegative integer, a limit
23312of 3 is used. The lower this limit is, the greater the chance that Calc
23313will be unable to integrate a function it could otherwise handle. Raising
23314this limit allows the Calculator to solve more integrals, though the time
23315it takes may grow exponentially. You can monitor the integrator's actions
23316by creating an Emacs buffer called @code{*Trace*}. If such a buffer
23317exists, the @kbd{a i} command will write a log of its actions there.
23318
23319If you want to manipulate integrals in a purely symbolic way, you can
23320set the integration nesting limit to 0 to prevent all but fast
23321table-lookup solutions of integrals. You might then wish to define
23322rewrite rules for integration by parts, various kinds of substitutions,
23323and so on. @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
23324
23325@node Customizing the Integrator, Numerical Integration, Integration, Calculus
23326@subsection Customizing the Integrator
23327
23328@noindent
23329@vindex IntegRules
23330Calc has two built-in rewrite rules called @code{IntegRules} and
23331@code{IntegAfterRules} which you can edit to define new integration
23332methods. @xref{Rewrite Rules}. At each step of the integration process,
23333Calc wraps the current integrand in a call to the fictitious function
23334@samp{integtry(@var{expr},@var{var})}, where @var{expr} is the
23335integrand and @var{var} is the integration variable. If your rules
23336rewrite this to be a plain formula (not a call to @code{integtry}), then
23337Calc will use this formula as the integral of @var{expr}. For example,
23338the rule @samp{integtry(mysin(x),x) := -mycos(x)} would define a rule to
23339integrate a function @code{mysin} that acts like the sine function.
23340Then, putting @samp{4 mysin(2y+1)} on the stack and typing @kbd{a i y}
23341will produce the integral @samp{-2 mycos(2y+1)}. Note that Calc has
23342automatically made various transformations on the integral to allow it
23343to use your rule; integral tables generally give rules for
23344@samp{mysin(a x + b)}, but you don't need to use this much generality
23345in your @code{IntegRules}.
23346
23347@cindex Exponential integral Ei(x)
23348@ignore
23349@starindex
23350@end ignore
23351@tindex Ei
23352As a more serious example, the expression @samp{exp(x)/x} cannot be
23353integrated in terms of the standard functions, so the ``exponential
23354integral'' function
23355@texline @math{{\rm Ei}(x)}
23356@infoline @expr{Ei(x)}
23357was invented to describe it.
23358We can get Calc to do this integral in terms of a made-up @code{Ei}
23359function by adding the rule @samp{[integtry(exp(x)/x, x) := Ei(x)]}
23360to @code{IntegRules}. Now entering @samp{exp(2x)/x} on the stack
23361and typing @kbd{a i x} yields @samp{Ei(2 x)}. This new rule will
23362work with Calc's various built-in integration methods (such as
23363integration by substitution) to solve a variety of other problems
23364involving @code{Ei}: For example, now Calc will also be able to
23365integrate @samp{exp(exp(x))} and @samp{ln(ln(x))} (to get @samp{Ei(exp(x))}
23366and @samp{x ln(ln(x)) - Ei(ln(x))}, respectively).
23367
23368Your rule may do further integration by calling @code{integ}. For
23369example, @samp{integtry(twice(u),x) := twice(integ(u))} allows Calc
23370to integrate @samp{twice(sin(x))} to get @samp{twice(-cos(x))}.
23371Note that @code{integ} was called with only one argument. This notation
23372is allowed only within @code{IntegRules}; it means ``integrate this
23373with respect to the same integration variable.'' If Calc is unable
23374to integrate @code{u}, the integration that invoked @code{IntegRules}
23375also fails. Thus integrating @samp{twice(f(x))} fails, returning the
23376unevaluated integral @samp{integ(twice(f(x)), x)}. It is still valid
23377to call @code{integ} with two or more arguments, however; in this case,
23378if @code{u} is not integrable, @code{twice} itself will still be
23379integrated: If the above rule is changed to @samp{... := twice(integ(u,x))},
23380then integrating @samp{twice(f(x))} will yield @samp{twice(integ(f(x),x))}.
23381
23382If a rule instead produces the formula @samp{integsubst(@var{sexpr},
23383@var{svar})}, either replacing the top-level @code{integtry} call or
23384nested anywhere inside the expression, then Calc will apply the
23385substitution @samp{@var{u} = @var{sexpr}(@var{svar})} to try to
23386integrate the original @var{expr}. For example, the rule
23387@samp{sqrt(a) := integsubst(sqrt(x),x)} says that if Calc ever finds
23388a square root in the integrand, it should attempt the substitution
23389@samp{u = sqrt(x)}. (This particular rule is unnecessary because
23390Calc always tries ``obvious'' substitutions where @var{sexpr} actually
23391appears in the integrand.) The variable @var{svar} may be the same
23392as the @var{var} that appeared in the call to @code{integtry}, but
23393it need not be.
23394
23395When integrating according to an @code{integsubst}, Calc uses the
23396equation solver to find the inverse of @var{sexpr} (if the integrand
23397refers to @var{var} anywhere except in subexpressions that exactly
23398match @var{sexpr}). It uses the differentiator to find the derivative
23399of @var{sexpr} and/or its inverse (it has two methods that use one
23400derivative or the other). You can also specify these items by adding
23401extra arguments to the @code{integsubst} your rules construct; the
23402general form is @samp{integsubst(@var{sexpr}, @var{svar}, @var{sinv},
23403@var{sprime})}, where @var{sinv} is the inverse of @var{sexpr} (still
23404written as a function of @var{svar}), and @var{sprime} is the
23405derivative of @var{sexpr} with respect to @var{svar}. If you don't
23406specify these things, and Calc is not able to work them out on its
23407own with the information it knows, then your substitution rule will
23408work only in very specific, simple cases.
23409
23410Calc applies @code{IntegRules} as if by @kbd{C-u 1 a r IntegRules};
23411in other words, Calc stops rewriting as soon as any rule in your rule
23412set succeeds. (If it weren't for this, the @samp{integsubst(sqrt(x),x)}
23413example above would keep on adding layers of @code{integsubst} calls
23414forever!)
23415
23416@vindex IntegSimpRules
23417Another set of rules, stored in @code{IntegSimpRules}, are applied
23418every time the integrator uses @kbd{a s} to simplify an intermediate
23419result. For example, putting the rule @samp{twice(x) := 2 x} into
23420@code{IntegSimpRules} would tell Calc to convert the @code{twice}
23421function into a form it knows whenever integration is attempted.
23422
23423One more way to influence the integrator is to define a function with
23424the @kbd{Z F} command (@pxref{Algebraic Definitions}). Calc's
23425integrator automatically expands such functions according to their
23426defining formulas, even if you originally asked for the function to
23427be left unevaluated for symbolic arguments. (Certain other Calc
23428systems, such as the differentiator and the equation solver, also
23429do this.)
23430
23431@vindex IntegAfterRules
23432Sometimes Calc is able to find a solution to your integral, but it
23433expresses the result in a way that is unnecessarily complicated. If
23434this happens, you can either use @code{integsubst} as described
23435above to try to hint at a more direct path to the desired result, or
23436you can use @code{IntegAfterRules}. This is an extra rule set that
23437runs after the main integrator returns its result; basically, Calc does
23438an @kbd{a r IntegAfterRules} on the result before showing it to you.
23439(It also does an @kbd{a s}, without @code{IntegSimpRules}, after that
23440to further simplify the result.) For example, Calc's integrator
23441sometimes produces expressions of the form @samp{ln(1+x) - ln(1-x)};
23442the default @code{IntegAfterRules} rewrite this into the more readable
23443form @samp{2 arctanh(x)}. Note that, unlike @code{IntegRules},
23444@code{IntegSimpRules} and @code{IntegAfterRules} are applied any number
23445of times until no further changes are possible. Rewriting by
23446@code{IntegAfterRules} occurs only after the main integrator has
23447finished, not at every step as for @code{IntegRules} and
23448@code{IntegSimpRules}.
23449
23450@node Numerical Integration, Taylor Series, Customizing the Integrator, Calculus
23451@subsection Numerical Integration
23452
23453@noindent
23454@kindex a I
23455@pindex calc-num-integral
23456@tindex ninteg
23457If you want a purely numerical answer to an integration problem, you can
23458use the @kbd{a I} (@code{calc-num-integral}) [@code{ninteg}] command. This
23459command prompts for an integration variable, a lower limit, and an
23460upper limit. Except for the integration variable, all other variables
23461that appear in the integrand formula must have stored values. (A stored
23462value, if any, for the integration variable itself is ignored.)
23463
23464Numerical integration works by evaluating your formula at many points in
23465the specified interval. Calc uses an ``open Romberg'' method; this means
23466that it does not evaluate the formula actually at the endpoints (so that
23467it is safe to integrate @samp{sin(x)/x} from zero, for example). Also,
23468the Romberg method works especially well when the function being
23469integrated is fairly smooth. If the function is not smooth, Calc will
23470have to evaluate it at quite a few points before it can accurately
23471determine the value of the integral.
23472
23473Integration is much faster when the current precision is small. It is
23474best to set the precision to the smallest acceptable number of digits
23475before you use @kbd{a I}. If Calc appears to be taking too long, press
23476@kbd{C-g} to halt it and try a lower precision. If Calc still appears
23477to need hundreds of evaluations, check to make sure your function is
23478well-behaved in the specified interval.
23479
23480It is possible for the lower integration limit to be @samp{-inf} (minus
23481infinity). Likewise, the upper limit may be plus infinity. Calc
23482internally transforms the integral into an equivalent one with finite
23483limits. However, integration to or across singularities is not supported:
23484The integral of @samp{1/sqrt(x)} from 0 to 1 exists (it can be found
23485by Calc's symbolic integrator, for example), but @kbd{a I} will fail
23486because the integrand goes to infinity at one of the endpoints.
23487
23488@node Taylor Series, , Numerical Integration, Calculus
23489@subsection Taylor Series
23490
23491@noindent
23492@kindex a t
23493@pindex calc-taylor
23494@tindex taylor
23495The @kbd{a t} (@code{calc-taylor}) [@code{taylor}] command computes a
23496power series expansion or Taylor series of a function. You specify the
23497variable and the desired number of terms. You may give an expression of
23498the form @samp{@var{var} = @var{a}} or @samp{@var{var} - @var{a}} instead
23499of just a variable to produce a Taylor expansion about the point @var{a}.
23500You may specify the number of terms with a numeric prefix argument;
23501otherwise the command will prompt you for the number of terms. Note that
23502many series expansions have coefficients of zero for some terms, so you
23503may appear to get fewer terms than you asked for.
23504
23505If the @kbd{a i} command is unable to find a symbolic integral for a
23506function, you can get an approximation by integrating the function's
23507Taylor series.
23508
23509@node Solving Equations, Numerical Solutions, Calculus, Algebra
23510@section Solving Equations
23511
23512@noindent
23513@kindex a S
23514@pindex calc-solve-for
23515@tindex solve
23516@cindex Equations, solving
23517@cindex Solving equations
23518The @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) [@code{solve}] command rearranges
23519an equation to solve for a specific variable. An equation is an
23520expression of the form @expr{L = R}. For example, the command @kbd{a S x}
23521will rearrange @expr{y = 3x + 6} to the form, @expr{x = y/3 - 2}. If the
23522input is not an equation, it is treated like an equation of the
23523form @expr{X = 0}.
23524
23525This command also works for inequalities, as in @expr{y < 3x + 6}.
23526Some inequalities cannot be solved where the analogous equation could
23527be; for example, solving
23528@texline @math{a < b \, c}
23529@infoline @expr{a < b c}
23530for @expr{b} is impossible
23531without knowing the sign of @expr{c}. In this case, @kbd{a S} will
23532produce the result
23533@texline @math{b \mathbin{\hbox{\code{!=}}} a/c}
23534@infoline @expr{b != a/c}
23535(using the not-equal-to operator) to signify that the direction of the
23536inequality is now unknown. The inequality
23537@texline @math{a \le b \, c}
23538@infoline @expr{a <= b c}
23539is not even partially solved. @xref{Declarations}, for a way to tell
23540Calc that the signs of the variables in a formula are in fact known.
23541
23542Two useful commands for working with the result of @kbd{a S} are
23543@kbd{a .} (@pxref{Logical Operations}), which converts @expr{x = y/3 - 2}
23544to @expr{y/3 - 2}, and @kbd{s l} (@pxref{Let Command}) which evaluates
23545another formula with @expr{x} set equal to @expr{y/3 - 2}.
23546
23547@menu
23548* Multiple Solutions::
23549* Solving Systems of Equations::
23550* Decomposing Polynomials::
23551@end menu
23552
23553@node Multiple Solutions, Solving Systems of Equations, Solving Equations, Solving Equations
23554@subsection Multiple Solutions
23555
23556@noindent
23557@kindex H a S
23558@tindex fsolve
23559Some equations have more than one solution. The Hyperbolic flag
23560(@code{H a S}) [@code{fsolve}] tells the solver to report the fully
23561general family of solutions. It will invent variables @code{n1},
23562@code{n2}, @dots{}, which represent independent arbitrary integers, and
23563@code{s1}, @code{s2}, @dots{}, which represent independent arbitrary
23564signs (either @mathit{+1} or @mathit{-1}). If you don't use the Hyperbolic
23565flag, Calc will use zero in place of all arbitrary integers, and plus
23566one in place of all arbitrary signs. Note that variables like @code{n1}
23567and @code{s1} are not given any special interpretation in Calc except by
23568the equation solver itself. As usual, you can use the @w{@kbd{s l}}
23569(@code{calc-let}) command to obtain solutions for various actual values
23570of these variables.
23571
23572For example, @kbd{' x^2 = y @key{RET} H a S x @key{RET}} solves to
23573get @samp{x = s1 sqrt(y)}, indicating that the two solutions to the
23574equation are @samp{sqrt(y)} and @samp{-sqrt(y)}. Another way to
23575think about it is that the square-root operation is really a
23576two-valued function; since every Calc function must return a
23577single result, @code{sqrt} chooses to return the positive result.
23578Then @kbd{H a S} doctors this result using @code{s1} to indicate
23579the full set of possible values of the mathematical square-root.
23580
23581There is a similar phenomenon going the other direction: Suppose
23582we solve @samp{sqrt(y) = x} for @code{y}. Calc squares both sides
23583to get @samp{y = x^2}. This is correct, except that it introduces
23584some dubious solutions. Consider solving @samp{sqrt(y) = -3}:
23585Calc will report @expr{y = 9} as a valid solution, which is true
23586in the mathematical sense of square-root, but false (there is no
23587solution) for the actual Calc positive-valued @code{sqrt}. This
23588happens for both @kbd{a S} and @kbd{H a S}.
23589
23590@cindex @code{GenCount} variable
23591@vindex GenCount
23592@ignore
23593@starindex
23594@end ignore
23595@tindex an
23596@ignore
23597@starindex
23598@end ignore
23599@tindex as
23600If you store a positive integer in the Calc variable @code{GenCount},
23601then Calc will generate formulas of the form @samp{as(@var{n})} for
23602arbitrary signs, and @samp{an(@var{n})} for arbitrary integers,
23603where @var{n} represents successive values taken by incrementing
23604@code{GenCount} by one. While the normal arbitrary sign and
23605integer symbols start over at @code{s1} and @code{n1} with each
23606new Calc command, the @code{GenCount} approach will give each
23607arbitrary value a name that is unique throughout the entire Calc
23608session. Also, the arbitrary values are function calls instead
23609of variables, which is advantageous in some cases. For example,
23610you can make a rewrite rule that recognizes all arbitrary signs
23611using a pattern like @samp{as(n)}. The @kbd{s l} command only works
23612on variables, but you can use the @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute})
23613command to substitute actual values for function calls like @samp{as(3)}.
23614
23615The @kbd{s G} (@code{calc-edit-GenCount}) command is a convenient
23616way to create or edit this variable. Press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish.
23617
23618If you have not stored a value in @code{GenCount}, or if the value
23619in that variable is not a positive integer, the regular
23620@code{s1}/@code{n1} notation is used.
23621
23622@kindex I a S
23623@kindex H I a S
23624@tindex finv
23625@tindex ffinv
23626With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a S} [@code{finv}] treats the expression
23627on top of the stack as a function of the specified variable and solves
23628to find the inverse function, written in terms of the same variable.
23629For example, @kbd{I a S x} inverts @expr{2x + 6} to @expr{x/2 - 3}.
23630You can use both Inverse and Hyperbolic [@code{ffinv}] to obtain a
23631fully general inverse, as described above.
23632
23633@kindex a P
23634@pindex calc-poly-roots
23635@tindex roots
23636Some equations, specifically polynomials, have a known, finite number
23637of solutions. The @kbd{a P} (@code{calc-poly-roots}) [@code{roots}]
23638command uses @kbd{H a S} to solve an equation in general form, then, for
23639all arbitrary-sign variables like @code{s1}, and all arbitrary-integer
23640variables like @code{n1} for which @code{n1} only usefully varies over
23641a finite range, it expands these variables out to all their possible
23642values. The results are collected into a vector, which is returned.
23643For example, @samp{roots(x^4 = 1, x)} returns the four solutions
23644@samp{[1, -1, (0, 1), (0, -1)]}. Generally an @var{n}th degree
23645polynomial will always have @var{n} roots on the complex plane.
23646(If you have given a @code{real} declaration for the solution
23647variable, then only the real-valued solutions, if any, will be
23648reported; @pxref{Declarations}.)
23649
23650Note that because @kbd{a P} uses @kbd{H a S}, it is able to deliver
23651symbolic solutions if the polynomial has symbolic coefficients. Also
23652note that Calc's solver is not able to get exact symbolic solutions
23653to all polynomials. Polynomials containing powers up to @expr{x^4}
23654can always be solved exactly; polynomials of higher degree sometimes
23655can be: @expr{x^6 + x^3 + 1} is converted to @expr{(x^3)^2 + (x^3) + 1},
23656which can be solved for @expr{x^3} using the quadratic equation, and then
23657for @expr{x} by taking cube roots. But in many cases, like
23658@expr{x^6 + x + 1}, Calc does not know how to rewrite the polynomial
23659into a form it can solve. The @kbd{a P} command can still deliver a
23660list of numerical roots, however, provided that Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s})
23661is not turned on. (If you work with Symbolic mode on, recall that the
23662@kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) key is a handy way to reevaluate the
23663formula on the stack with Symbolic mode temporarily off.) Naturally,
23664@kbd{a P} can only provide numerical roots if the polynomial coefficients
23665are all numbers (real or complex).
23666
23667@node Solving Systems of Equations, Decomposing Polynomials, Multiple Solutions, Solving Equations
23668@subsection Solving Systems of Equations
23669
23670@noindent
23671@cindex Systems of equations, symbolic
23672You can also use the commands described above to solve systems of
23673simultaneous equations. Just create a vector of equations, then
23674specify a vector of variables for which to solve. (You can omit
23675the surrounding brackets when entering the vector of variables
23676at the prompt.)
23677
23678For example, putting @samp{[x + y = a, x - y = b]} on the stack
23679and typing @kbd{a S x,y @key{RET}} produces the vector of solutions
23680@samp{[x = a - (a-b)/2, y = (a-b)/2]}. The result vector will
23681have the same length as the variables vector, and the variables
23682will be listed in the same order there. Note that the solutions
23683are not always simplified as far as possible; the solution for
23684@expr{x} here could be improved by an application of the @kbd{a n}
23685command.
23686
23687Calc's algorithm works by trying to eliminate one variable at a
23688time by solving one of the equations for that variable and then
23689substituting into the other equations. Calc will try all the
23690possibilities, but you can speed things up by noting that Calc
23691first tries to eliminate the first variable with the first
23692equation, then the second variable with the second equation,
23693and so on. It also helps to put the simpler (e.g., more linear)
23694equations toward the front of the list. Calc's algorithm will
23695solve any system of linear equations, and also many kinds of
23696nonlinear systems.
23697
23698@ignore
23699@starindex
23700@end ignore
23701@tindex elim
23702Normally there will be as many variables as equations. If you
23703give fewer variables than equations (an ``over-determined'' system
23704of equations), Calc will find a partial solution. For example,
23705typing @kbd{a S y @key{RET}} with the above system of equations
23706would produce @samp{[y = a - x]}. There are now several ways to
23707express this solution in terms of the original variables; Calc uses
23708the first one that it finds. You can control the choice by adding
23709variable specifiers of the form @samp{elim(@var{v})} to the
23710variables list. This says that @var{v} should be eliminated from
23711the equations; the variable will not appear at all in the solution.
23712For example, typing @kbd{a S y,elim(x)} would yield
23713@samp{[y = a - (b+a)/2]}.
23714
23715If the variables list contains only @code{elim} specifiers,
23716Calc simply eliminates those variables from the equations
23717and then returns the resulting set of equations. For example,
23718@kbd{a S elim(x)} produces @samp{[a - 2 y = b]}. Every variable
23719eliminated will reduce the number of equations in the system
23720by one.
23721
23722Again, @kbd{a S} gives you one solution to the system of
23723equations. If there are several solutions, you can use @kbd{H a S}
23724to get a general family of solutions, or, if there is a finite
23725number of solutions, you can use @kbd{a P} to get a list. (In
23726the latter case, the result will take the form of a matrix where
23727the rows are different solutions and the columns correspond to the
23728variables you requested.)
23729
23730Another way to deal with certain kinds of overdetermined systems of
23731equations is the @kbd{a F} command, which does least-squares fitting
23732to satisfy the equations. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
23733
23734@node Decomposing Polynomials, , Solving Systems of Equations, Solving Equations
23735@subsection Decomposing Polynomials
23736
23737@noindent
23738@ignore
23739@starindex
23740@end ignore
23741@tindex poly
23742The @code{poly} function takes a polynomial and a variable as
23743arguments, and returns a vector of polynomial coefficients (constant
23744coefficient first). For example, @samp{poly(x^3 + 2 x, x)} returns
23745@expr{[0, 2, 0, 1]}. If the input is not a polynomial in @expr{x},
23746the call to @code{poly} is left in symbolic form. If the input does
23747not involve the variable @expr{x}, the input is returned in a list
23748of length one, representing a polynomial with only a constant
23749coefficient. The call @samp{poly(x, x)} returns the vector @expr{[0, 1]}.
23750The last element of the returned vector is guaranteed to be nonzero;
23751note that @samp{poly(0, x)} returns the empty vector @expr{[]}.
23752Note also that @expr{x} may actually be any formula; for example,
23753@samp{poly(sin(x)^2 - sin(x) + 3, sin(x))} returns @expr{[3, -1, 1]}.
23754
23755@cindex Coefficients of polynomial
23756@cindex Degree of polynomial
23757To get the @expr{x^k} coefficient of polynomial @expr{p}, use
23758@samp{poly(p, x)_(k+1)}. To get the degree of polynomial @expr{p},
23759use @samp{vlen(poly(p, x)) - 1}. For example, @samp{poly((x+1)^4, x)}
23760returns @samp{[1, 4, 6, 4, 1]}, so @samp{poly((x+1)^4, x)_(2+1)}
23761gives the @expr{x^2} coefficient of this polynomial, 6.
23762
23763@ignore
23764@starindex
23765@end ignore
23766@tindex gpoly
23767One important feature of the solver is its ability to recognize
23768formulas which are ``essentially'' polynomials. This ability is
23769made available to the user through the @code{gpoly} function, which
23770is used just like @code{poly}: @samp{gpoly(@var{expr}, @var{var})}.
23771If @var{expr} is a polynomial in some term which includes @var{var}, then
23772this function will return a vector @samp{[@var{x}, @var{c}, @var{a}]}
23773where @var{x} is the term that depends on @var{var}, @var{c} is a
23774vector of polynomial coefficients (like the one returned by @code{poly}),
23775and @var{a} is a multiplier which is usually 1. Basically,
23776@samp{@var{expr} = @var{a}*(@var{c}_1 + @var{c}_2 @var{x} +
23777@var{c}_3 @var{x}^2 + ...)}. The last element of @var{c} is
23778guaranteed to be non-zero, and @var{c} will not equal @samp{[1]}
23779(i.e., the trivial decomposition @var{expr} = @var{x} is not
23780considered a polynomial). One side effect is that @samp{gpoly(x, x)}
23781and @samp{gpoly(6, x)}, both of which might be expected to recognize
23782their arguments as polynomials, will not because the decomposition
23783is considered trivial.
23784
23785For example, @samp{gpoly((x-2)^2, x)} returns @samp{[x, [4, -4, 1], 1]},
23786since the expanded form of this polynomial is @expr{4 - 4 x + x^2}.
23787
23788The term @var{x} may itself be a polynomial in @var{var}. This is
23789done to reduce the size of the @var{c} vector. For example,
23790@samp{gpoly(x^4 + x^2 - 1, x)} returns @samp{[x^2, [-1, 1, 1], 1]},
23791since a quadratic polynomial in @expr{x^2} is easier to solve than
23792a quartic polynomial in @expr{x}.
23793
23794A few more examples of the kinds of polynomials @code{gpoly} can
23795discover:
23796
23797@smallexample
23798sin(x) - 1 [sin(x), [-1, 1], 1]
23799x + 1/x - 1 [x, [1, -1, 1], 1/x]
23800x + 1/x [x^2, [1, 1], 1/x]
23801x^3 + 2 x [x^2, [2, 1], x]
23802x + x^2:3 + sqrt(x) [x^1:6, [1, 1, 0, 1], x^1:2]
23803x^(2a) + 2 x^a + 5 [x^a, [5, 2, 1], 1]
23804(exp(-x) + exp(x)) / 2 [e^(2 x), [0.5, 0.5], e^-x]
23805@end smallexample
23806
23807The @code{poly} and @code{gpoly} functions accept a third integer argument
23808which specifies the largest degree of polynomial that is acceptable.
23809If this is @expr{n}, then only @var{c} vectors of length @expr{n+1}
23810or less will be returned. Otherwise, the @code{poly} or @code{gpoly}
23811call will remain in symbolic form. For example, the equation solver
23812can handle quartics and smaller polynomials, so it calls
23813@samp{gpoly(@var{expr}, @var{var}, 4)} to discover whether @var{expr}
23814can be treated by its linear, quadratic, cubic, or quartic formulas.
23815
23816@ignore
23817@starindex
23818@end ignore
23819@tindex pdeg
23820The @code{pdeg} function computes the degree of a polynomial;
23821@samp{pdeg(p,x)} is the highest power of @code{x} that appears in
23822@code{p}. This is the same as @samp{vlen(poly(p,x))-1}, but is
23823much more efficient. If @code{p} is constant with respect to @code{x},
23824then @samp{pdeg(p,x) = 0}. If @code{p} is not a polynomial in @code{x}
23825(e.g., @samp{pdeg(2 cos(x), x)}, the function remains unevaluated.
23826It is possible to omit the second argument @code{x}, in which case
23827@samp{pdeg(p)} returns the highest total degree of any term of the
23828polynomial, counting all variables that appear in @code{p}. Note
23829that @code{pdeg(c) = pdeg(c,x) = 0} for any nonzero constant @code{c};
23830the degree of the constant zero is considered to be @code{-inf}
23831(minus infinity).
23832
23833@ignore
23834@starindex
23835@end ignore
23836@tindex plead
23837The @code{plead} function finds the leading term of a polynomial.
23838Thus @samp{plead(p,x)} is equivalent to @samp{poly(p,x)_vlen(poly(p,x))},
23839though again more efficient. In particular, @samp{plead((2x+1)^10, x)}
23840returns 1024 without expanding out the list of coefficients. The
23841value of @code{plead(p,x)} will be zero only if @expr{p = 0}.
23842
23843@ignore
23844@starindex
23845@end ignore
23846@tindex pcont
23847The @code{pcont} function finds the @dfn{content} of a polynomial. This
23848is the greatest common divisor of all the coefficients of the polynomial.
23849With two arguments, @code{pcont(p,x)} effectively uses @samp{poly(p,x)}
23850to get a list of coefficients, then uses @code{pgcd} (the polynomial
23851GCD function) to combine these into an answer. For example,
23852@samp{pcont(4 x y^2 + 6 x^2 y, x)} is @samp{2 y}. The content is
23853basically the ``biggest'' polynomial that can be divided into @code{p}
23854exactly. The sign of the content is the same as the sign of the leading
23855coefficient.
23856
23857With only one argument, @samp{pcont(p)} computes the numerical
23858content of the polynomial, i.e., the @code{gcd} of the numerical
23859coefficients of all the terms in the formula. Note that @code{gcd}
23860is defined on rational numbers as well as integers; it computes
23861the @code{gcd} of the numerators and the @code{lcm} of the
23862denominators. Thus @samp{pcont(4:3 x y^2 + 6 x^2 y)} returns 2:3.
23863Dividing the polynomial by this number will clear all the
23864denominators, as well as dividing by any common content in the
23865numerators. The numerical content of a polynomial is negative only
23866if all the coefficients in the polynomial are negative.
23867
23868@ignore
23869@starindex
23870@end ignore
23871@tindex pprim
23872The @code{pprim} function finds the @dfn{primitive part} of a
23873polynomial, which is simply the polynomial divided (using @code{pdiv}
23874if necessary) by its content. If the input polynomial has rational
23875coefficients, the result will have integer coefficients in simplest
23876terms.
23877
23878@node Numerical Solutions, Curve Fitting, Solving Equations, Algebra
23879@section Numerical Solutions
23880
23881@noindent
23882Not all equations can be solved symbolically. The commands in this
23883section use numerical algorithms that can find a solution to a specific
23884instance of an equation to any desired accuracy. Note that the
23885numerical commands are slower than their algebraic cousins; it is a
23886good idea to try @kbd{a S} before resorting to these commands.
23887
23888(@xref{Curve Fitting}, for some other, more specialized, operations
23889on numerical data.)
23890
23891@menu
23892* Root Finding::
23893* Minimization::
23894* Numerical Systems of Equations::
23895@end menu
23896
23897@node Root Finding, Minimization, Numerical Solutions, Numerical Solutions
23898@subsection Root Finding
23899
23900@noindent
23901@kindex a R
23902@pindex calc-find-root
23903@tindex root
23904@cindex Newton's method
23905@cindex Roots of equations
23906@cindex Numerical root-finding
23907The @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root}) [@code{root}] command finds a
23908numerical solution (or @dfn{root}) of an equation. (This command treats
23909inequalities the same as equations. If the input is any other kind
23910of formula, it is interpreted as an equation of the form @expr{X = 0}.)
23911
23912The @kbd{a R} command requires an initial guess on the top of the
23913stack, and a formula in the second-to-top position. It prompts for a
23914solution variable, which must appear in the formula. All other variables
23915that appear in the formula must have assigned values, i.e., when
23916a value is assigned to the solution variable and the formula is
23917evaluated with @kbd{=}, it should evaluate to a number. Any assigned
23918value for the solution variable itself is ignored and unaffected by
23919this command.
23920
23921When the command completes, the initial guess is replaced on the stack
23922by a vector of two numbers: The value of the solution variable that
23923solves the equation, and the difference between the lefthand and
23924righthand sides of the equation at that value. Ordinarily, the second
23925number will be zero or very nearly zero. (Note that Calc uses a
23926slightly higher precision while finding the root, and thus the second
23927number may be slightly different from the value you would compute from
23928the equation yourself.)
23929
23930The @kbd{v h} (@code{calc-head}) command is a handy way to extract
23931the first element of the result vector, discarding the error term.
23932
23933The initial guess can be a real number, in which case Calc searches
23934for a real solution near that number, or a complex number, in which
23935case Calc searches the whole complex plane near that number for a
23936solution, or it can be an interval form which restricts the search
23937to real numbers inside that interval.
23938
23939Calc tries to use @kbd{a d} to take the derivative of the equation.
23940If this succeeds, it uses Newton's method. If the equation is not
23941differentiable Calc uses a bisection method. (If Newton's method
23942appears to be going astray, Calc switches over to bisection if it
23943can, or otherwise gives up. In this case it may help to try again
23944with a slightly different initial guess.) If the initial guess is a
23945complex number, the function must be differentiable.
23946
23947If the formula (or the difference between the sides of an equation)
23948is negative at one end of the interval you specify and positive at
23949the other end, the root finder is guaranteed to find a root.
23950Otherwise, Calc subdivides the interval into small parts looking for
23951positive and negative values to bracket the root. When your guess is
23952an interval, Calc will not look outside that interval for a root.
23953
23954@kindex H a R
23955@tindex wroot
23956The @kbd{H a R} [@code{wroot}] command is similar to @kbd{a R}, except
23957that if the initial guess is an interval for which the function has
23958the same sign at both ends, then rather than subdividing the interval
23959Calc attempts to widen it to enclose a root. Use this mode if
23960you are not sure if the function has a root in your interval.
23961
23962If the function is not differentiable, and you give a simple number
23963instead of an interval as your initial guess, Calc uses this widening
23964process even if you did not type the Hyperbolic flag. (If the function
23965@emph{is} differentiable, Calc uses Newton's method which does not
23966require a bounding interval in order to work.)
23967
23968If Calc leaves the @code{root} or @code{wroot} function in symbolic
23969form on the stack, it will normally display an explanation for why
23970no root was found. If you miss this explanation, press @kbd{w}
23971(@code{calc-why}) to get it back.
23972
23973@node Minimization, Numerical Systems of Equations, Root Finding, Numerical Solutions
23974@subsection Minimization
23975
23976@noindent
23977@kindex a N
23978@kindex H a N
23979@kindex a X
23980@kindex H a X
23981@pindex calc-find-minimum
23982@pindex calc-find-maximum
23983@tindex minimize
23984@tindex maximize
23985@cindex Minimization, numerical
23986The @kbd{a N} (@code{calc-find-minimum}) [@code{minimize}] command
23987finds a minimum value for a formula. It is very similar in operation
23988to @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root}): You give the formula and an initial
23989guess on the stack, and are prompted for the name of a variable. The guess
23990may be either a number near the desired minimum, or an interval enclosing
23991the desired minimum. The function returns a vector containing the
23992value of the variable which minimizes the formula's value, along
23993with the minimum value itself.
23994
23995Note that this command looks for a @emph{local} minimum. Many functions
23996have more than one minimum; some, like
23997@texline @math{x \sin x},
23998@infoline @expr{x sin(x)},
23999have infinitely many. In fact, there is no easy way to define the
24000``global'' minimum of
24001@texline @math{x \sin x}
24002@infoline @expr{x sin(x)}
24003but Calc can still locate any particular local minimum
24004for you. Calc basically goes downhill from the initial guess until it
24005finds a point at which the function's value is greater both to the left
24006and to the right. Calc does not use derivatives when minimizing a function.
24007
24008If your initial guess is an interval and it looks like the minimum
24009occurs at one or the other endpoint of the interval, Calc will return
24010that endpoint only if that endpoint is closed; thus, minimizing @expr{17 x}
24011over @expr{[2..3]} will return @expr{[2, 38]}, but minimizing over
24012@expr{(2..3]} would report no minimum found. In general, you should
24013use closed intervals to find literally the minimum value in that
24014range of @expr{x}, or open intervals to find the local minimum, if
24015any, that happens to lie in that range.
24016
24017Most functions are smooth and flat near their minimum values. Because
24018of this flatness, if the current precision is, say, 12 digits, the
24019variable can only be determined meaningfully to about six digits. Thus
24020you should set the precision to twice as many digits as you need in your
24021answer.
24022
24023@ignore
24024@mindex wmin@idots
24025@end ignore
24026@tindex wminimize
24027@ignore
24028@mindex wmax@idots
24029@end ignore
24030@tindex wmaximize
24031The @kbd{H a N} [@code{wminimize}] command, analogously to @kbd{H a R},
24032expands the guess interval to enclose a minimum rather than requiring
24033that the minimum lie inside the interval you supply.
24034
24035The @kbd{a X} (@code{calc-find-maximum}) [@code{maximize}] and
24036@kbd{H a X} [@code{wmaximize}] commands effectively minimize the
24037negative of the formula you supply.
24038
24039The formula must evaluate to a real number at all points inside the
24040interval (or near the initial guess if the guess is a number). If
24041the initial guess is a complex number the variable will be minimized
24042over the complex numbers; if it is real or an interval it will
24043be minimized over the reals.
24044
24045@node Numerical Systems of Equations, , Minimization, Numerical Solutions
24046@subsection Systems of Equations
24047
24048@noindent
24049@cindex Systems of equations, numerical
24050The @kbd{a R} command can also solve systems of equations. In this
24051case, the equation should instead be a vector of equations, the
24052guess should instead be a vector of numbers (intervals are not
24053supported), and the variable should be a vector of variables. You
24054can omit the brackets while entering the list of variables. Each
24055equation must be differentiable by each variable for this mode to
24056work. The result will be a vector of two vectors: The variable
24057values that solved the system of equations, and the differences
24058between the sides of the equations with those variable values.
24059There must be the same number of equations as variables. Since
24060only plain numbers are allowed as guesses, the Hyperbolic flag has
24061no effect when solving a system of equations.
24062
24063It is also possible to minimize over many variables with @kbd{a N}
24064(or maximize with @kbd{a X}). Once again the variable name should
24065be replaced by a vector of variables, and the initial guess should
24066be an equal-sized vector of initial guesses. But, unlike the case of
24067multidimensional @kbd{a R}, the formula being minimized should
24068still be a single formula, @emph{not} a vector. Beware that
24069multidimensional minimization is currently @emph{very} slow.
24070
24071@node Curve Fitting, Summations, Numerical Solutions, Algebra
24072@section Curve Fitting
24073
24074@noindent
24075The @kbd{a F} command fits a set of data to a @dfn{model formula},
24076such as @expr{y = m x + b} where @expr{m} and @expr{b} are parameters
24077to be determined. For a typical set of measured data there will be
24078no single @expr{m} and @expr{b} that exactly fit the data; in this
24079case, Calc chooses values of the parameters that provide the closest
24080possible fit. The model formula can be entered in various ways after
24081the key sequence @kbd{a F} is pressed.
24082
24083If the letter @kbd{P} is pressed after @kbd{a F} but before the model
24084description is entered, the data as well as the model formula will be
24085plotted after the formula is determined. This will be indicated by a
24086``P'' in the minibuffer after the help message.
24087
24088@menu
24089* Linear Fits::
24090* Polynomial and Multilinear Fits::
24091* Error Estimates for Fits::
24092* Standard Nonlinear Models::
24093* Curve Fitting Details::
24094* Interpolation::
24095@end menu
24096
24097@node Linear Fits, Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Curve Fitting, Curve Fitting
24098@subsection Linear Fits
24099
24100@noindent
24101@kindex a F
24102@pindex calc-curve-fit
24103@tindex fit
24104@cindex Linear regression
24105@cindex Least-squares fits
24106The @kbd{a F} (@code{calc-curve-fit}) [@code{fit}] command attempts
24107to fit a set of data (@expr{x} and @expr{y} vectors of numbers) to a
24108straight line, polynomial, or other function of @expr{x}. For the
24109moment we will consider only the case of fitting to a line, and we
24110will ignore the issue of whether or not the model was in fact a good
24111fit for the data.
24112
24113In a standard linear least-squares fit, we have a set of @expr{(x,y)}
24114data points that we wish to fit to the model @expr{y = m x + b}
24115by adjusting the parameters @expr{m} and @expr{b} to make the @expr{y}
24116values calculated from the formula be as close as possible to the actual
24117@expr{y} values in the data set. (In a polynomial fit, the model is
24118instead, say, @expr{y = a x^3 + b x^2 + c x + d}. In a multilinear fit,
24119we have data points of the form @expr{(x_1,x_2,x_3,y)} and our model is
24120@expr{y = a x_1 + b x_2 + c x_3 + d}. These will be discussed later.)
24121
24122In the model formula, variables like @expr{x} and @expr{x_2} are called
24123the @dfn{independent variables}, and @expr{y} is the @dfn{dependent
24124variable}. Variables like @expr{m}, @expr{a}, and @expr{b} are called
24125the @dfn{parameters} of the model.
24126
24127The @kbd{a F} command takes the data set to be fitted from the stack.
24128By default, it expects the data in the form of a matrix. For example,
24129for a linear or polynomial fit, this would be a
24130@texline @math{2\times N}
24131@infoline 2xN
24132matrix where the first row is a list of @expr{x} values and the second
24133row has the corresponding @expr{y} values. For the multilinear fit
24134shown above, the matrix would have four rows (@expr{x_1}, @expr{x_2},
24135@expr{x_3}, and @expr{y}, respectively).
24136
24137If you happen to have an
24138@texline @math{N\times2}
24139@infoline Nx2
24140matrix instead of a
24141@texline @math{2\times N}
24142@infoline 2xN
24143matrix, just press @kbd{v t} first to transpose the matrix.
24144
24145After you type @kbd{a F}, Calc prompts you to select a model. For a
24146linear fit, press the digit @kbd{1}.
24147
24148Calc then prompts for you to name the variables. By default it chooses
24149high letters like @expr{x} and @expr{y} for independent variables and
24150low letters like @expr{a} and @expr{b} for parameters. (The dependent
24151variable doesn't need a name.) The two kinds of variables are separated
24152by a semicolon. Since you generally care more about the names of the
24153independent variables than of the parameters, Calc also allows you to
24154name only those and let the parameters use default names.
24155
24156For example, suppose the data matrix
24157
24158@ifnottex
24159@example
24160@group
24161[ [ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ]
24162 [ 5, 7, 9, 11, 13 ] ]
24163@end group
24164@end example
24165@end ifnottex
24166@tex
24167\turnoffactive
24168\turnoffactive
24169\beforedisplay
24170$$ \pmatrix{ 1 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 \cr
24171 5 & 7 & 9 & 11 & 13 }
24172$$
24173\afterdisplay
24174@end tex
24175
24176@noindent
24177is on the stack and we wish to do a simple linear fit. Type
24178@kbd{a F}, then @kbd{1} for the model, then @key{RET} to use
24179the default names. The result will be the formula @expr{3. + 2. x}
24180on the stack. Calc has created the model expression @kbd{a + b x},
24181then found the optimal values of @expr{a} and @expr{b} to fit the
24182data. (In this case, it was able to find an exact fit.) Calc then
24183substituted those values for @expr{a} and @expr{b} in the model
24184formula.
24185
24186The @kbd{a F} command puts two entries in the trail. One is, as
24187always, a copy of the result that went to the stack; the other is
24188a vector of the actual parameter values, written as equations:
24189@expr{[a = 3, b = 2]}, in case you'd rather read them in a list
24190than pick them out of the formula. (You can type @kbd{t y}
24191to move this vector to the stack; see @ref{Trail Commands}.
24192
24193Specifying a different independent variable name will affect the
24194resulting formula: @kbd{a F 1 k @key{RET}} produces @kbd{3 + 2 k}.
24195Changing the parameter names (say, @kbd{a F 1 k;b,m @key{RET}}) will affect
24196the equations that go into the trail.
24197
24198@tex
24199\bigskip
24200@end tex
24201
24202To see what happens when the fit is not exact, we could change
24203the number 13 in the data matrix to 14 and try the fit again.
24204The result is:
24205
24206@example
242072.6 + 2.2 x
24208@end example
24209
24210Evaluating this formula, say with @kbd{v x 5 @key{RET} @key{TAB} V M $ @key{RET}}, shows
24211a reasonably close match to the y-values in the data.
24212
24213@example
24214[4.8, 7., 9.2, 11.4, 13.6]
24215@end example
24216
24217Since there is no line which passes through all the @var{n} data points,
24218Calc has chosen a line that best approximates the data points using
24219the method of least squares. The idea is to define the @dfn{chi-square}
24220error measure
24221
24222@ifnottex
24223@example
24224chi^2 = sum((y_i - (a + b x_i))^2, i, 1, N)
24225@end example
24226@end ifnottex
24227@tex
24228\turnoffactive
24229\beforedisplay
24230$$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N (y_i - (a + b x_i))^2 $$
24231\afterdisplay
24232@end tex
24233
24234@noindent
24235which is clearly zero if @expr{a + b x} exactly fits all data points,
24236and increases as various @expr{a + b x_i} values fail to match the
24237corresponding @expr{y_i} values. There are several reasons why the
24238summand is squared, one of them being to ensure that
24239@texline @math{\chi^2 \ge 0}.
24240@infoline @expr{chi^2 >= 0}.
24241Least-squares fitting simply chooses the values of @expr{a} and @expr{b}
24242for which the error
24243@texline @math{\chi^2}
24244@infoline @expr{chi^2}
24245is as small as possible.
24246
24247Other kinds of models do the same thing but with a different model
24248formula in place of @expr{a + b x_i}.
24249
24250@tex
24251\bigskip
24252@end tex
24253
24254A numeric prefix argument causes the @kbd{a F} command to take the
24255data in some other form than one big matrix. A positive argument @var{n}
24256will take @var{N} items from the stack, corresponding to the @var{n} rows
24257of a data matrix. In the linear case, @var{n} must be 2 since there
24258is always one independent variable and one dependent variable.
24259
24260A prefix of zero or plain @kbd{C-u} is a compromise; Calc takes two
24261items from the stack, an @var{n}-row matrix of @expr{x} values, and a
24262vector of @expr{y} values. If there is only one independent variable,
24263the @expr{x} values can be either a one-row matrix or a plain vector,
24264in which case the @kbd{C-u} prefix is the same as a @w{@kbd{C-u 2}} prefix.
24265
24266@node Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Error Estimates for Fits, Linear Fits, Curve Fitting
24267@subsection Polynomial and Multilinear Fits
24268
24269@noindent
24270To fit the data to higher-order polynomials, just type one of the
24271digits @kbd{2} through @kbd{9} when prompted for a model. For example,
24272we could fit the original data matrix from the previous section
24273(with 13, not 14) to a parabola instead of a line by typing
24274@kbd{a F 2 @key{RET}}.
24275
24276@example
242772.00000000001 x - 1.5e-12 x^2 + 2.99999999999
24278@end example
24279
24280Note that since the constant and linear terms are enough to fit the
24281data exactly, it's no surprise that Calc chose a tiny contribution
24282for @expr{x^2}. (The fact that it's not exactly zero is due only
24283to roundoff error. Since our data are exact integers, we could get
24284an exact answer by typing @kbd{m f} first to get Fraction mode.
24285Then the @expr{x^2} term would vanish altogether. Usually, though,
24286the data being fitted will be approximate floats so Fraction mode
24287won't help.)
24288
24289Doing the @kbd{a F 2} fit on the data set with 14 instead of 13
24290gives a much larger @expr{x^2} contribution, as Calc bends the
24291line slightly to improve the fit.
24292
24293@example
242940.142857142855 x^2 + 1.34285714287 x + 3.59999999998
24295@end example
24296
24297An important result from the theory of polynomial fitting is that it
24298is always possible to fit @var{n} data points exactly using a polynomial
24299of degree @mathit{@var{n}-1}, sometimes called an @dfn{interpolating polynomial}.
24300Using the modified (14) data matrix, a model number of 4 gives
24301a polynomial that exactly matches all five data points:
24302
24303@example
243040.04167 x^4 - 0.4167 x^3 + 1.458 x^2 - 0.08333 x + 4.
24305@end example
24306
24307The actual coefficients we get with a precision of 12, like
24308@expr{0.0416666663588}, clearly suffer from loss of precision.
24309It is a good idea to increase the working precision to several
24310digits beyond what you need when you do a fitting operation.
24311Or, if your data are exact, use Fraction mode to get exact
24312results.
24313
24314You can type @kbd{i} instead of a digit at the model prompt to fit
24315the data exactly to a polynomial. This just counts the number of
24316columns of the data matrix to choose the degree of the polynomial
24317automatically.
24318
24319Fitting data ``exactly'' to high-degree polynomials is not always
24320a good idea, though. High-degree polynomials have a tendency to
24321wiggle uncontrollably in between the fitting data points. Also,
24322if the exact-fit polynomial is going to be used to interpolate or
24323extrapolate the data, it is numerically better to use the @kbd{a p}
24324command described below. @xref{Interpolation}.
24325
24326@tex
24327\bigskip
24328@end tex
24329
24330Another generalization of the linear model is to assume the
24331@expr{y} values are a sum of linear contributions from several
24332@expr{x} values. This is a @dfn{multilinear} fit, and it is also
24333selected by the @kbd{1} digit key. (Calc decides whether the fit
24334is linear or multilinear by counting the rows in the data matrix.)
24335
24336Given the data matrix,
24337
24338@example
24339@group
24340[ [ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ]
24341 [ 7, 2, 3, 5, 2 ]
24342 [ 14.5, 15, 18.5, 22.5, 24 ] ]
24343@end group
24344@end example
24345
24346@noindent
24347the command @kbd{a F 1 @key{RET}} will call the first row @expr{x} and the
24348second row @expr{y}, and will fit the values in the third row to the
24349model @expr{a + b x + c y}.
24350
24351@example
243528. + 3. x + 0.5 y
24353@end example
24354
24355Calc can do multilinear fits with any number of independent variables
24356(i.e., with any number of data rows).
24357
24358@tex
24359\bigskip
24360@end tex
24361
24362Yet another variation is @dfn{homogeneous} linear models, in which
24363the constant term is known to be zero. In the linear case, this
24364means the model formula is simply @expr{a x}; in the multilinear
24365case, the model might be @expr{a x + b y + c z}; and in the polynomial
24366case, the model could be @expr{a x + b x^2 + c x^3}. You can get
24367a homogeneous linear or multilinear model by pressing the letter
24368@kbd{h} followed by a regular model key, like @kbd{1} or @kbd{2}.
24369This will be indicated by an ``h'' in the minibuffer after the help
24370message.
24371
24372It is certainly possible to have other constrained linear models,
24373like @expr{2.3 + a x} or @expr{a - 4 x}. While there is no single
24374key to select models like these, a later section shows how to enter
24375any desired model by hand. In the first case, for example, you
24376would enter @kbd{a F ' 2.3 + a x}.
24377
24378Another class of models that will work but must be entered by hand
24379are multinomial fits, e.g., @expr{a + b x + c y + d x^2 + e y^2 + f x y}.
24380
24381@node Error Estimates for Fits, Standard Nonlinear Models, Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Curve Fitting
24382@subsection Error Estimates for Fits
24383
24384@noindent
24385@kindex H a F
24386@tindex efit
24387With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H a F} [@code{efit}] performs the same
24388fitting operation as @kbd{a F}, but reports the coefficients as error
24389forms instead of plain numbers. Fitting our two data matrices (first
24390with 13, then with 14) to a line with @kbd{H a F} gives the results,
24391
24392@example
243933. + 2. x
243942.6 +/- 0.382970843103 + 2.2 +/- 0.115470053838 x
24395@end example
24396
24397In the first case the estimated errors are zero because the linear
24398fit is perfect. In the second case, the errors are nonzero but
24399moderately small, because the data are still very close to linear.
24400
24401It is also possible for the @emph{input} to a fitting operation to
24402contain error forms. The data values must either all include errors
24403or all be plain numbers. Error forms can go anywhere but generally
24404go on the numbers in the last row of the data matrix. If the last
24405row contains error forms
24406@texline `@var{y_i}@w{ @tfn{+/-} }@math{\sigma_i}',
24407@infoline `@var{y_i}@w{ @tfn{+/-} }@var{sigma_i}',
24408then the
24409@texline @math{\chi^2}
24410@infoline @expr{chi^2}
24411statistic is now,
24412
24413@ifnottex
24414@example
24415chi^2 = sum(((y_i - (a + b x_i)) / sigma_i)^2, i, 1, N)
24416@end example
24417@end ifnottex
24418@tex
24419\turnoffactive
24420\beforedisplay
24421$$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N \left(y_i - (a + b x_i) \over \sigma_i\right)^2 $$
24422\afterdisplay
24423@end tex
24424
24425@noindent
24426so that data points with larger error estimates contribute less to
24427the fitting operation.
24428
24429If there are error forms on other rows of the data matrix, all the
24430errors for a given data point are combined; the square root of the
24431sum of the squares of the errors forms the
24432@texline @math{\sigma_i}
24433@infoline @expr{sigma_i}
24434used for the data point.
24435
24436Both @kbd{a F} and @kbd{H a F} can accept error forms in the input
24437matrix, although if you are concerned about error analysis you will
24438probably use @kbd{H a F} so that the output also contains error
24439estimates.
24440
24441If the input contains error forms but all the
24442@texline @math{\sigma_i}
24443@infoline @expr{sigma_i}
24444values are the same, it is easy to see that the resulting fitted model
24445will be the same as if the input did not have error forms at all
24446@texline (@math{\chi^2}
24447@infoline (@expr{chi^2}
24448is simply scaled uniformly by
24449@texline @math{1 / \sigma^2},
24450@infoline @expr{1 / sigma^2},
24451which doesn't affect where it has a minimum). But there @emph{will} be
24452a difference in the estimated errors of the coefficients reported by
24453@kbd{H a F}.
24454
24455Consult any text on statistical modeling of data for a discussion
24456of where these error estimates come from and how they should be
24457interpreted.
24458
24459@tex
24460\bigskip
24461@end tex
24462
24463@kindex I a F
24464@tindex xfit
24465With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a F} [@code{xfit}] produces even more
24466information. The result is a vector of six items:
24467
24468@enumerate
24469@item
24470The model formula with error forms for its coefficients or
24471parameters. This is the result that @kbd{H a F} would have
24472produced.
24473
24474@item
24475A vector of ``raw'' parameter values for the model. These are the
24476polynomial coefficients or other parameters as plain numbers, in the
24477same order as the parameters appeared in the final prompt of the
24478@kbd{I a F} command. For polynomials of degree @expr{d}, this vector
24479will have length @expr{M = d+1} with the constant term first.
24480
24481@item
24482The covariance matrix @expr{C} computed from the fit. This is
24483an @var{m}x@var{m} symmetric matrix; the diagonal elements
24484@texline @math{C_{jj}}
24485@infoline @expr{C_j_j}
24486are the variances
24487@texline @math{\sigma_j^2}
24488@infoline @expr{sigma_j^2}
24489of the parameters. The other elements are covariances
24490@texline @math{\sigma_{ij}^2}
24491@infoline @expr{sigma_i_j^2}
24492that describe the correlation between pairs of parameters. (A related
24493set of numbers, the @dfn{linear correlation coefficients}
24494@texline @math{r_{ij}},
24495@infoline @expr{r_i_j},
24496are defined as
24497@texline @math{\sigma_{ij}^2 / \sigma_i \, \sigma_j}.)
24498@infoline @expr{sigma_i_j^2 / sigma_i sigma_j}.)
24499
24500@item
24501A vector of @expr{M} ``parameter filter'' functions whose
24502meanings are described below. If no filters are necessary this
24503will instead be an empty vector; this is always the case for the
24504polynomial and multilinear fits described so far.
24505
24506@item
24507The value of
24508@texline @math{\chi^2}
24509@infoline @expr{chi^2}
24510for the fit, calculated by the formulas shown above. This gives a
24511measure of the quality of the fit; statisticians consider
24512@texline @math{\chi^2 \approx N - M}
24513@infoline @expr{chi^2 = N - M}
24514to indicate a moderately good fit (where again @expr{N} is the number of
24515data points and @expr{M} is the number of parameters).
24516
24517@item
24518A measure of goodness of fit expressed as a probability @expr{Q}.
24519This is computed from the @code{utpc} probability distribution
24520function using
24521@texline @math{\chi^2}
24522@infoline @expr{chi^2}
24523with @expr{N - M} degrees of freedom. A
24524value of 0.5 implies a good fit; some texts recommend that often
24525@expr{Q = 0.1} or even 0.001 can signify an acceptable fit. In
24526particular,
24527@texline @math{\chi^2}
24528@infoline @expr{chi^2}
24529statistics assume the errors in your inputs
24530follow a normal (Gaussian) distribution; if they don't, you may
24531have to accept smaller values of @expr{Q}.
24532
24533The @expr{Q} value is computed only if the input included error
24534estimates. Otherwise, Calc will report the symbol @code{nan}
24535for @expr{Q}. The reason is that in this case the
24536@texline @math{\chi^2}
24537@infoline @expr{chi^2}
24538value has effectively been used to estimate the original errors
24539in the input, and thus there is no redundant information left
24540over to use for a confidence test.
24541@end enumerate
24542
24543@node Standard Nonlinear Models, Curve Fitting Details, Error Estimates for Fits, Curve Fitting
24544@subsection Standard Nonlinear Models
24545
24546@noindent
24547The @kbd{a F} command also accepts other kinds of models besides
24548lines and polynomials. Some common models have quick single-key
24549abbreviations; others must be entered by hand as algebraic formulas.
24550
24551Here is a complete list of the standard models recognized by @kbd{a F}:
24552
24553@table @kbd
24554@item 1
24555Linear or multilinear. @mathit{a + b x + c y + d z}.
24556@item 2-9
24557Polynomials. @mathit{a + b x + c x^2 + d x^3}.
24558@item e
24559Exponential. @mathit{a} @tfn{exp}@mathit{(b x)} @tfn{exp}@mathit{(c y)}.
24560@item E
24561Base-10 exponential. @mathit{a} @tfn{10^}@mathit{(b x)} @tfn{10^}@mathit{(c y)}.
24562@item x
24563Exponential (alternate notation). @tfn{exp}@mathit{(a + b x + c y)}.
24564@item X
24565Base-10 exponential (alternate). @tfn{10^}@mathit{(a + b x + c y)}.
24566@item l
24567Logarithmic. @mathit{a + b} @tfn{ln}@mathit{(x) + c} @tfn{ln}@mathit{(y)}.
24568@item L
24569Base-10 logarithmic. @mathit{a + b} @tfn{log10}@mathit{(x) + c} @tfn{log10}@mathit{(y)}.
24570@item ^
24571General exponential. @mathit{a b^x c^y}.
24572@item p
24573Power law. @mathit{a x^b y^c}.
24574@item q
24575Quadratic. @mathit{a + b (x-c)^2 + d (x-e)^2}.
24576@item g
24577Gaussian.
24578@texline @math{{a \over b \sqrt{2 \pi}} \exp\left( -{1 \over 2} \left( x - c \over b \right)^2 \right)}.
24579@infoline @mathit{(a / b sqrt(2 pi)) exp(-0.5*((x-c)/b)^2)}.
24580@item s
24581Logistic @emph{s} curve.
24582@texline @math{a/(1+e^{b(x-c)})}.
24583@infoline @mathit{a/(1 + exp(b (x - c)))}.
24584@item b
24585Logistic bell curve.
24586@texline @math{ae^{b(x-c)}/(1+e^{b(x-c)})^2}.
24587@infoline @mathit{a exp(b (x - c))/(1 + exp(b (x - c)))^2}.
24588@item o
24589Hubbert linearization.
24590@texline @math{{y \over x} = a(1-x/b)}.
24591@infoline @mathit{(y/x) = a (1 - x/b)}.
24592@end table
24593
24594All of these models are used in the usual way; just press the appropriate
24595letter at the model prompt, and choose variable names if you wish. The
24596result will be a formula as shown in the above table, with the best-fit
24597values of the parameters substituted. (You may find it easier to read
24598the parameter values from the vector that is placed in the trail.)
24599
24600All models except Gaussian, logistics, Hubbert and polynomials can
24601generalize as shown to any number of independent variables. Also, all
24602the built-in models except for the logistic and Hubbert curves have an
24603additive or multiplicative parameter shown as @expr{a} in the above table
24604which can be replaced by zero or one, as appropriate, by typing @kbd{h}
24605before the model key.
24606
24607Note that many of these models are essentially equivalent, but express
24608the parameters slightly differently. For example, @expr{a b^x} and
24609the other two exponential models are all algebraic rearrangements of
24610each other. Also, the ``quadratic'' model is just a degree-2 polynomial
24611with the parameters expressed differently. Use whichever form best
24612matches the problem.
24613
24614The HP-28/48 calculators support four different models for curve
24615fitting, called @code{LIN}, @code{LOG}, @code{EXP}, and @code{PWR}.
24616These correspond to Calc models @samp{a + b x}, @samp{a + b ln(x)},
24617@samp{a exp(b x)}, and @samp{a x^b}, respectively. In each case,
24618@expr{a} is what the HP-48 identifies as the ``intercept,'' and
24619@expr{b} is what it calls the ``slope.''
24620
24621@tex
24622\bigskip
24623@end tex
24624
24625If the model you want doesn't appear on this list, press @kbd{'}
24626(the apostrophe key) at the model prompt to enter any algebraic
24627formula, such as @kbd{m x - b}, as the model. (Not all models
24628will work, though---see the next section for details.)
24629
24630The model can also be an equation like @expr{y = m x + b}.
24631In this case, Calc thinks of all the rows of the data matrix on
24632equal terms; this model effectively has two parameters
24633(@expr{m} and @expr{b}) and two independent variables (@expr{x}
24634and @expr{y}), with no ``dependent'' variables. Model equations
24635do not need to take this @expr{y =} form. For example, the
24636implicit line equation @expr{a x + b y = 1} works fine as a
24637model.
24638
24639When you enter a model, Calc makes an alphabetical list of all
24640the variables that appear in the model. These are used for the
24641default parameters, independent variables, and dependent variable
24642(in that order). If you enter a plain formula (not an equation),
24643Calc assumes the dependent variable does not appear in the formula
24644and thus does not need a name.
24645
24646For example, if the model formula has the variables @expr{a,mu,sigma,t,x},
24647and the data matrix has three rows (meaning two independent variables),
24648Calc will use @expr{a,mu,sigma} as the default parameters, and the
24649data rows will be named @expr{t} and @expr{x}, respectively. If you
24650enter an equation instead of a plain formula, Calc will use @expr{a,mu}
24651as the parameters, and @expr{sigma,t,x} as the three independent
24652variables.
24653
24654You can, of course, override these choices by entering something
24655different at the prompt. If you leave some variables out of the list,
24656those variables must have stored values and those stored values will
24657be used as constants in the model. (Stored values for the parameters
24658and independent variables are ignored by the @kbd{a F} command.)
24659If you list only independent variables, all the remaining variables
24660in the model formula will become parameters.
24661
24662If there are @kbd{$} signs in the model you type, they will stand
24663for parameters and all other variables (in alphabetical order)
24664will be independent. Use @kbd{$} for one parameter, @kbd{$$} for
24665another, and so on. Thus @kbd{$ x + $$} is another way to describe
24666a linear model.
24667
24668If you type a @kbd{$} instead of @kbd{'} at the model prompt itself,
24669Calc will take the model formula from the stack. (The data must then
24670appear at the second stack level.) The same conventions are used to
24671choose which variables in the formula are independent by default and
24672which are parameters.
24673
24674Models taken from the stack can also be expressed as vectors of
24675two or three elements, @expr{[@var{model}, @var{vars}]} or
24676@expr{[@var{model}, @var{vars}, @var{params}]}. Each of @var{vars}
24677and @var{params} may be either a variable or a vector of variables.
24678(If @var{params} is omitted, all variables in @var{model} except
24679those listed as @var{vars} are parameters.)
24680
24681When you enter a model manually with @kbd{'}, Calc puts a 3-vector
24682describing the model in the trail so you can get it back if you wish.
24683
24684@tex
24685\bigskip
24686@end tex
24687
24688@vindex Model1
24689@vindex Model2
24690Finally, you can store a model in one of the Calc variables
24691@code{Model1} or @code{Model2}, then use this model by typing
24692@kbd{a F u} or @kbd{a F U} (respectively). The value stored in
24693the variable can be any of the formats that @kbd{a F $} would
24694accept for a model on the stack.
24695
24696@tex
24697\bigskip
24698@end tex
24699
24700Calc uses the principal values of inverse functions like @code{ln}
24701and @code{arcsin} when doing fits. For example, when you enter
24702the model @samp{y = sin(a t + b)} Calc actually uses the easier
24703form @samp{arcsin(y) = a t + b}. The @code{arcsin} function always
24704returns results in the range from @mathit{-90} to 90 degrees (or the
24705equivalent range in radians). Suppose you had data that you
24706believed to represent roughly three oscillations of a sine wave,
24707so that the argument of the sine might go from zero to
24708@texline @math{3\times360}
24709@infoline @mathit{3*360}
24710degrees.
24711The above model would appear to be a good way to determine the
24712true frequency and phase of the sine wave, but in practice it
24713would fail utterly. The righthand side of the actual model
24714@samp{arcsin(y) = a t + b} will grow smoothly with @expr{t}, but
24715the lefthand side will bounce back and forth between @mathit{-90} and 90.
24716No values of @expr{a} and @expr{b} can make the two sides match,
24717even approximately.
24718
24719There is no good solution to this problem at present. You could
24720restrict your data to small enough ranges so that the above problem
24721doesn't occur (i.e., not straddling any peaks in the sine wave).
24722Or, in this case, you could use a totally different method such as
24723Fourier analysis, which is beyond the scope of the @kbd{a F} command.
24724(Unfortunately, Calc does not currently have any facilities for
24725taking Fourier and related transforms.)
24726
24727@node Curve Fitting Details, Interpolation, Standard Nonlinear Models, Curve Fitting
24728@subsection Curve Fitting Details
24729
24730@noindent
24731Calc's internal least-squares fitter can only handle multilinear
24732models. More precisely, it can handle any model of the form
24733@expr{a f(x,y,z) + b g(x,y,z) + c h(x,y,z)}, where @expr{a,b,c}
24734are the parameters and @expr{x,y,z} are the independent variables
24735(of course there can be any number of each, not just three).
24736
24737In a simple multilinear or polynomial fit, it is easy to see how
24738to convert the model into this form. For example, if the model
24739is @expr{a + b x + c x^2}, then @expr{f(x) = 1}, @expr{g(x) = x},
24740and @expr{h(x) = x^2} are suitable functions.
24741
24742For most other models, Calc uses a variety of algebraic manipulations
24743to try to put the problem into the form
24744
24745@smallexample
24746Y(x,y,z) = A(a,b,c) F(x,y,z) + B(a,b,c) G(x,y,z) + C(a,b,c) H(x,y,z)
24747@end smallexample
24748
24749@noindent
24750where @expr{Y,A,B,C,F,G,H} are arbitrary functions. It computes
24751@expr{Y}, @expr{F}, @expr{G}, and @expr{H} for all the data points,
24752does a standard linear fit to find the values of @expr{A}, @expr{B},
24753and @expr{C}, then uses the equation solver to solve for @expr{a,b,c}
24754in terms of @expr{A,B,C}.
24755
24756A remarkable number of models can be cast into this general form.
24757We'll look at two examples here to see how it works. The power-law
24758model @expr{y = a x^b} with two independent variables and two parameters
24759can be rewritten as follows:
24760
24761@example
24762y = a x^b
24763y = a exp(b ln(x))
24764y = exp(ln(a) + b ln(x))
24765ln(y) = ln(a) + b ln(x)
24766@end example
24767
24768@noindent
24769which matches the desired form with
24770@texline @math{Y = \ln(y)},
24771@infoline @expr{Y = ln(y)},
24772@texline @math{A = \ln(a)},
24773@infoline @expr{A = ln(a)},
24774@expr{F = 1}, @expr{B = b}, and
24775@texline @math{G = \ln(x)}.
24776@infoline @expr{G = ln(x)}.
24777Calc thus computes the logarithms of your @expr{y} and @expr{x} values,
24778does a linear fit for @expr{A} and @expr{B}, then solves to get
24779@texline @math{a = \exp(A)}
24780@infoline @expr{a = exp(A)}
24781and @expr{b = B}.
24782
24783Another interesting example is the ``quadratic'' model, which can
24784be handled by expanding according to the distributive law.
24785
24786@example
24787y = a + b*(x - c)^2
24788y = a + b c^2 - 2 b c x + b x^2
24789@end example
24790
24791@noindent
24792which matches with @expr{Y = y}, @expr{A = a + b c^2}, @expr{F = 1},
24793@expr{B = -2 b c}, @expr{G = x} (the @mathit{-2} factor could just as easily
24794have been put into @expr{G} instead of @expr{B}), @expr{C = b}, and
24795@expr{H = x^2}.
24796
24797The Gaussian model looks quite complicated, but a closer examination
24798shows that it's actually similar to the quadratic model but with an
24799exponential that can be brought to the top and moved into @expr{Y}.
24800
24801The logistic models cannot be put into general linear form. For these
24802models, and the Hubbert linearization, Calc computes a rough
24803approximation for the parameters, then uses the Levenberg-Marquardt
24804iterative method to refine the approximations.
24805
24806Another model that cannot be put into general linear
24807form is a Gaussian with a constant background added on, i.e.,
24808@expr{d} + the regular Gaussian formula. If you have a model like
24809this, your best bet is to replace enough of your parameters with
24810constants to make the model linearizable, then adjust the constants
24811manually by doing a series of fits. You can compare the fits by
24812graphing them, by examining the goodness-of-fit measures returned by
24813@kbd{I a F}, or by some other method suitable to your application.
24814Note that some models can be linearized in several ways. The
24815Gaussian-plus-@var{d} model can be linearized by setting @expr{d}
24816(the background) to a constant, or by setting @expr{b} (the standard
24817deviation) and @expr{c} (the mean) to constants.
24818
24819To fit a model with constants substituted for some parameters, just
24820store suitable values in those parameter variables, then omit them
24821from the list of parameters when you answer the variables prompt.
24822
24823@tex
24824\bigskip
24825@end tex
24826
24827A last desperate step would be to use the general-purpose
24828@code{minimize} function rather than @code{fit}. After all, both
24829functions solve the problem of minimizing an expression (the
24830@texline @math{\chi^2}
24831@infoline @expr{chi^2}
24832sum) by adjusting certain parameters in the expression. The @kbd{a F}
24833command is able to use a vastly more efficient algorithm due to its
24834special knowledge about linear chi-square sums, but the @kbd{a N}
24835command can do the same thing by brute force.
24836
24837A compromise would be to pick out a few parameters without which the
24838fit is linearizable, and use @code{minimize} on a call to @code{fit}
24839which efficiently takes care of the rest of the parameters. The thing
24840to be minimized would be the value of
24841@texline @math{\chi^2}
24842@infoline @expr{chi^2}
24843returned as the fifth result of the @code{xfit} function:
24844
24845@smallexample
24846minimize(xfit(gaus(a,b,c,d,x), x, [a,b,c], data)_5, d, guess)
24847@end smallexample
24848
24849@noindent
24850where @code{gaus} represents the Gaussian model with background,
24851@code{data} represents the data matrix, and @code{guess} represents
24852the initial guess for @expr{d} that @code{minimize} requires.
24853This operation will only be, shall we say, extraordinarily slow
24854rather than astronomically slow (as would be the case if @code{minimize}
24855were used by itself to solve the problem).
24856
24857@tex
24858\bigskip
24859@end tex
24860
24861The @kbd{I a F} [@code{xfit}] command is somewhat trickier when
24862nonlinear models are used. The second item in the result is the
24863vector of ``raw'' parameters @expr{A}, @expr{B}, @expr{C}. The
24864covariance matrix is written in terms of those raw parameters.
24865The fifth item is a vector of @dfn{filter} expressions. This
24866is the empty vector @samp{[]} if the raw parameters were the same
24867as the requested parameters, i.e., if @expr{A = a}, @expr{B = b},
24868and so on (which is always true if the model is already linear
24869in the parameters as written, e.g., for polynomial fits). If the
24870parameters had to be rearranged, the fifth item is instead a vector
24871of one formula per parameter in the original model. The raw
24872parameters are expressed in these ``filter'' formulas as
24873@samp{fitdummy(1)} for @expr{A}, @samp{fitdummy(2)} for @expr{B},
24874and so on.
24875
24876When Calc needs to modify the model to return the result, it replaces
24877@samp{fitdummy(1)} in all the filters with the first item in the raw
24878parameters list, and so on for the other raw parameters, then
24879evaluates the resulting filter formulas to get the actual parameter
24880values to be substituted into the original model. In the case of
24881@kbd{H a F} and @kbd{I a F} where the parameters must be error forms,
24882Calc uses the square roots of the diagonal entries of the covariance
24883matrix as error values for the raw parameters, then lets Calc's
24884standard error-form arithmetic take it from there.
24885
24886If you use @kbd{I a F} with a nonlinear model, be sure to remember
24887that the covariance matrix is in terms of the raw parameters,
24888@emph{not} the actual requested parameters. It's up to you to
24889figure out how to interpret the covariances in the presence of
24890nontrivial filter functions.
24891
24892Things are also complicated when the input contains error forms.
24893Suppose there are three independent and dependent variables, @expr{x},
24894@expr{y}, and @expr{z}, one or more of which are error forms in the
24895data. Calc combines all the error values by taking the square root
24896of the sum of the squares of the errors. It then changes @expr{x}
24897and @expr{y} to be plain numbers, and makes @expr{z} into an error
24898form with this combined error. The @expr{Y(x,y,z)} part of the
24899linearized model is evaluated, and the result should be an error
24900form. The error part of that result is used for
24901@texline @math{\sigma_i}
24902@infoline @expr{sigma_i}
24903for the data point. If for some reason @expr{Y(x,y,z)} does not return
24904an error form, the combined error from @expr{z} is used directly for
24905@texline @math{\sigma_i}.
24906@infoline @expr{sigma_i}.
24907Finally, @expr{z} is also stripped of its error
24908for use in computing @expr{F(x,y,z)}, @expr{G(x,y,z)} and so on;
24909the righthand side of the linearized model is computed in regular
24910arithmetic with no error forms.
24911
24912(While these rules may seem complicated, they are designed to do
24913the most reasonable thing in the typical case that @expr{Y(x,y,z)}
24914depends only on the dependent variable @expr{z}, and in fact is
24915often simply equal to @expr{z}. For common cases like polynomials
24916and multilinear models, the combined error is simply used as the
24917@texline @math{\sigma}
24918@infoline @expr{sigma}
24919for the data point with no further ado.)
24920
24921@tex
24922\bigskip
24923@end tex
24924
24925@vindex FitRules
24926It may be the case that the model you wish to use is linearizable,
24927but Calc's built-in rules are unable to figure it out. Calc uses
24928its algebraic rewrite mechanism to linearize a model. The rewrite
24929rules are kept in the variable @code{FitRules}. You can edit this
24930variable using the @kbd{s e FitRules} command; in fact, there is
24931a special @kbd{s F} command just for editing @code{FitRules}.
24932@xref{Operations on Variables}.
24933
24934@xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a discussion of rewrite rules.
24935
24936@ignore
24937@starindex
24938@end ignore
24939@tindex fitvar
24940@ignore
24941@starindex
24942@end ignore
24943@ignore
24944@mindex @idots
24945@end ignore
24946@tindex fitparam
24947@ignore
24948@starindex
24949@end ignore
24950@ignore
24951@mindex @null
24952@end ignore
24953@tindex fitmodel
24954@ignore
24955@starindex
24956@end ignore
24957@ignore
24958@mindex @null
24959@end ignore
24960@tindex fitsystem
24961@ignore
24962@starindex
24963@end ignore
24964@ignore
24965@mindex @null
24966@end ignore
24967@tindex fitdummy
24968Calc uses @code{FitRules} as follows. First, it converts the model
24969to an equation if necessary and encloses the model equation in a
24970call to the function @code{fitmodel} (which is not actually a defined
24971function in Calc; it is only used as a placeholder by the rewrite rules).
24972Parameter variables are renamed to function calls @samp{fitparam(1)},
24973@samp{fitparam(2)}, and so on, and independent variables are renamed
24974to @samp{fitvar(1)}, @samp{fitvar(2)}, etc. The dependent variable
24975is the highest-numbered @code{fitvar}. For example, the power law
24976model @expr{a x^b} is converted to @expr{y = a x^b}, then to
24977
24978@smallexample
24979@group
24980fitmodel(fitvar(2) = fitparam(1) fitvar(1)^fitparam(2))
24981@end group
24982@end smallexample
24983
24984Calc then applies the rewrites as if by @samp{C-u 0 a r FitRules}.
24985(The zero prefix means that rewriting should continue until no further
24986changes are possible.)
24987
24988When rewriting is complete, the @code{fitmodel} call should have
24989been replaced by a @code{fitsystem} call that looks like this:
24990
24991@example
24992fitsystem(@var{Y}, @var{FGH}, @var{abc})
24993@end example
24994
24995@noindent
24996where @var{Y} is a formula that describes the function @expr{Y(x,y,z)},
24997@var{FGH} is the vector of formulas @expr{[F(x,y,z), G(x,y,z), H(x,y,z)]},
24998and @var{abc} is the vector of parameter filters which refer to the
24999raw parameters as @samp{fitdummy(1)} for @expr{A}, @samp{fitdummy(2)}
25000for @expr{B}, etc. While the number of raw parameters (the length of
25001the @var{FGH} vector) is usually the same as the number of original
25002parameters (the length of the @var{abc} vector), this is not required.
25003
25004The power law model eventually boils down to
25005
25006@smallexample
25007@group
25008fitsystem(ln(fitvar(2)),
25009 [1, ln(fitvar(1))],
25010 [exp(fitdummy(1)), fitdummy(2)])
25011@end group
25012@end smallexample
25013
25014The actual implementation of @code{FitRules} is complicated; it
25015proceeds in four phases. First, common rearrangements are done
25016to try to bring linear terms together and to isolate functions like
25017@code{exp} and @code{ln} either all the way ``out'' (so that they
25018can be put into @var{Y}) or all the way ``in'' (so that they can
25019be put into @var{abc} or @var{FGH}). In particular, all
25020non-constant powers are converted to logs-and-exponentials form,
25021and the distributive law is used to expand products of sums.
25022Quotients are rewritten to use the @samp{fitinv} function, where
25023@samp{fitinv(x)} represents @expr{1/x} while the @code{FitRules}
25024are operating. (The use of @code{fitinv} makes recognition of
25025linear-looking forms easier.) If you modify @code{FitRules}, you
25026will probably only need to modify the rules for this phase.
25027
25028Phase two, whose rules can actually also apply during phases one
25029and three, first rewrites @code{fitmodel} to a two-argument
25030form @samp{fitmodel(@var{Y}, @var{model})}, where @var{Y} is
25031initially zero and @var{model} has been changed from @expr{a=b}
25032to @expr{a-b} form. It then tries to peel off invertible functions
25033from the outside of @var{model} and put them into @var{Y} instead,
25034calling the equation solver to invert the functions. Finally, when
25035this is no longer possible, the @code{fitmodel} is changed to a
25036four-argument @code{fitsystem}, where the fourth argument is
25037@var{model} and the @var{FGH} and @var{abc} vectors are initially
25038empty. (The last vector is really @var{ABC}, corresponding to
25039raw parameters, for now.)
25040
25041Phase three converts a sum of items in the @var{model} to a sum
25042of @samp{fitpart(@var{a}, @var{b}, @var{c})} terms which represent
25043terms @samp{@var{a}*@var{b}*@var{c}} of the sum, where @var{a}
25044is all factors that do not involve any variables, @var{b} is all
25045factors that involve only parameters, and @var{c} is the factors
25046that involve only independent variables. (If this decomposition
25047is not possible, the rule set will not complete and Calc will
25048complain that the model is too complex.) Then @code{fitpart}s
25049with equal @var{b} or @var{c} components are merged back together
25050using the distributive law in order to minimize the number of
25051raw parameters needed.
25052
25053Phase four moves the @code{fitpart} terms into the @var{FGH} and
25054@var{ABC} vectors. Also, some of the algebraic expansions that
25055were done in phase 1 are undone now to make the formulas more
25056computationally efficient. Finally, it calls the solver one more
25057time to convert the @var{ABC} vector to an @var{abc} vector, and
25058removes the fourth @var{model} argument (which by now will be zero)
25059to obtain the three-argument @code{fitsystem} that the linear
25060least-squares solver wants to see.
25061
25062@ignore
25063@starindex
25064@end ignore
25065@ignore
25066@mindex hasfit@idots
25067@end ignore
25068@tindex hasfitparams
25069@ignore
25070@starindex
25071@end ignore
25072@ignore
25073@mindex @null
25074@end ignore
25075@tindex hasfitvars
25076Two functions which are useful in connection with @code{FitRules}
25077are @samp{hasfitparams(x)} and @samp{hasfitvars(x)}, which check
25078whether @expr{x} refers to any parameters or independent variables,
25079respectively. Specifically, these functions return ``true'' if the
25080argument contains any @code{fitparam} (or @code{fitvar}) function
25081calls, and ``false'' otherwise. (Recall that ``true'' means a
25082nonzero number, and ``false'' means zero. The actual nonzero number
25083returned is the largest @var{n} from all the @samp{fitparam(@var{n})}s
25084or @samp{fitvar(@var{n})}s, respectively, that appear in the formula.)
25085
25086@tex
25087\bigskip
25088@end tex
25089
25090The @code{fit} function in algebraic notation normally takes four
25091arguments, @samp{fit(@var{model}, @var{vars}, @var{params}, @var{data})},
25092where @var{model} is the model formula as it would be typed after
25093@kbd{a F '}, @var{vars} is the independent variable or a vector of
25094independent variables, @var{params} likewise gives the parameter(s),
25095and @var{data} is the data matrix. Note that the length of @var{vars}
25096must be equal to the number of rows in @var{data} if @var{model} is
25097an equation, or one less than the number of rows if @var{model} is
25098a plain formula. (Actually, a name for the dependent variable is
25099allowed but will be ignored in the plain-formula case.)
25100
25101If @var{params} is omitted, the parameters are all variables in
25102@var{model} except those that appear in @var{vars}. If @var{vars}
25103is also omitted, Calc sorts all the variables that appear in
25104@var{model} alphabetically and uses the higher ones for @var{vars}
25105and the lower ones for @var{params}.
25106
25107Alternatively, @samp{fit(@var{modelvec}, @var{data})} is allowed
25108where @var{modelvec} is a 2- or 3-vector describing the model
25109and variables, as discussed previously.
25110
25111If Calc is unable to do the fit, the @code{fit} function is left
25112in symbolic form, ordinarily with an explanatory message. The
25113message will be ``Model expression is too complex'' if the
25114linearizer was unable to put the model into the required form.
25115
25116The @code{efit} (corresponding to @kbd{H a F}) and @code{xfit}
25117(for @kbd{I a F}) functions are completely analogous.
25118
25119@node Interpolation, , Curve Fitting Details, Curve Fitting
25120@subsection Polynomial Interpolation
25121
25122@kindex a p
25123@pindex calc-poly-interp
25124@tindex polint
25125The @kbd{a p} (@code{calc-poly-interp}) [@code{polint}] command does
25126a polynomial interpolation at a particular @expr{x} value. It takes
25127two arguments from the stack: A data matrix of the sort used by
25128@kbd{a F}, and a single number which represents the desired @expr{x}
25129value. Calc effectively does an exact polynomial fit as if by @kbd{a F i},
25130then substitutes the @expr{x} value into the result in order to get an
25131approximate @expr{y} value based on the fit. (Calc does not actually
25132use @kbd{a F i}, however; it uses a direct method which is both more
25133efficient and more numerically stable.)
25134
25135The result of @kbd{a p} is actually a vector of two values: The @expr{y}
25136value approximation, and an error measure @expr{dy} that reflects Calc's
25137estimation of the probable error of the approximation at that value of
25138@expr{x}. If the input @expr{x} is equal to any of the @expr{x} values
25139in the data matrix, the output @expr{y} will be the corresponding @expr{y}
25140value from the matrix, and the output @expr{dy} will be exactly zero.
25141
25142A prefix argument of 2 causes @kbd{a p} to take separate x- and
25143y-vectors from the stack instead of one data matrix.
25144
25145If @expr{x} is a vector of numbers, @kbd{a p} will return a matrix of
25146interpolated results for each of those @expr{x} values. (The matrix will
25147have two columns, the @expr{y} values and the @expr{dy} values.)
25148If @expr{x} is a formula instead of a number, the @code{polint} function
25149remains in symbolic form; use the @kbd{a "} command to expand it out to
25150a formula that describes the fit in symbolic terms.
25151
25152In all cases, the @kbd{a p} command leaves the data vectors or matrix
25153on the stack. Only the @expr{x} value is replaced by the result.
25154
25155@kindex H a p
25156@tindex ratint
25157The @kbd{H a p} [@code{ratint}] command does a rational function
25158interpolation. It is used exactly like @kbd{a p}, except that it
25159uses as its model the quotient of two polynomials. If there are
25160@expr{N} data points, the numerator and denominator polynomials will
25161each have degree @expr{N/2} (if @expr{N} is odd, the denominator will
25162have degree one higher than the numerator).
25163
25164Rational approximations have the advantage that they can accurately
25165describe functions that have poles (points at which the function's value
25166goes to infinity, so that the denominator polynomial of the approximation
25167goes to zero). If @expr{x} corresponds to a pole of the fitted rational
25168function, then the result will be a division by zero. If Infinite mode
25169is enabled, the result will be @samp{[uinf, uinf]}.
25170
25171There is no way to get the actual coefficients of the rational function
25172used by @kbd{H a p}. (The algorithm never generates these coefficients
25173explicitly, and quotients of polynomials are beyond @w{@kbd{a F}}'s
25174capabilities to fit.)
25175
25176@node Summations, Logical Operations, Curve Fitting, Algebra
25177@section Summations
25178
25179@noindent
25180@cindex Summation of a series
25181@kindex a +
25182@pindex calc-summation
25183@tindex sum
25184The @kbd{a +} (@code{calc-summation}) [@code{sum}] command computes
25185the sum of a formula over a certain range of index values. The formula
25186is taken from the top of the stack; the command prompts for the
25187name of the summation index variable, the lower limit of the
25188sum (any formula), and the upper limit of the sum. If you
25189enter a blank line at any of these prompts, that prompt and
25190any later ones are answered by reading additional elements from
25191the stack. Thus, @kbd{' k^2 @key{RET} ' k @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 5 @key{RET} a + @key{RET}}
25192produces the result 55.
25193@tex
25194\turnoffactive
25195$$ \sum_{k=1}^5 k^2 = 55 $$
25196@end tex
25197
25198The choice of index variable is arbitrary, but it's best not to
25199use a variable with a stored value. In particular, while
25200@code{i} is often a favorite index variable, it should be avoided
25201in Calc because @code{i} has the imaginary constant @expr{(0, 1)}
25202as a value. If you pressed @kbd{=} on a sum over @code{i}, it would
25203be changed to a nonsensical sum over the ``variable'' @expr{(0, 1)}!
25204If you really want to use @code{i} as an index variable, use
25205@w{@kbd{s u i @key{RET}}} first to ``unstore'' this variable.
25206(@xref{Storing Variables}.)
25207
25208A numeric prefix argument steps the index by that amount rather
25209than by one. Thus @kbd{' a_k @key{RET} C-u -2 a + k @key{RET} 10 @key{RET} 0 @key{RET}}
25210yields @samp{a_10 + a_8 + a_6 + a_4 + a_2 + a_0}. A prefix
25211argument of plain @kbd{C-u} causes @kbd{a +} to prompt for the
25212step value, in which case you can enter any formula or enter
25213a blank line to take the step value from the stack. With the
25214@kbd{C-u} prefix, @kbd{a +} can take up to five arguments from
25215the stack: The formula, the variable, the lower limit, the
25216upper limit, and (at the top of the stack), the step value.
25217
25218Calc knows how to do certain sums in closed form. For example,
25219@samp{sum(6 k^2, k, 1, n) = @w{2 n^3} + 3 n^2 + n}. In particular,
25220this is possible if the formula being summed is polynomial or
25221exponential in the index variable. Sums of logarithms are
25222transformed into logarithms of products. Sums of trigonometric
25223and hyperbolic functions are transformed to sums of exponentials
25224and then done in closed form. Also, of course, sums in which the
25225lower and upper limits are both numbers can always be evaluated
25226just by grinding them out, although Calc will use closed forms
25227whenever it can for the sake of efficiency.
25228
25229The notation for sums in algebraic formulas is
25230@samp{sum(@var{expr}, @var{var}, @var{low}, @var{high}, @var{step})}.
25231If @var{step} is omitted, it defaults to one. If @var{high} is
25232omitted, @var{low} is actually the upper limit and the lower limit
25233is one. If @var{low} is also omitted, the limits are @samp{-inf}
25234and @samp{inf}, respectively.
25235
25236Infinite sums can sometimes be evaluated: @samp{sum(.5^k, k, 1, inf)}
25237returns @expr{1}. This is done by evaluating the sum in closed
25238form (to @samp{1. - 0.5^n} in this case), then evaluating this
25239formula with @code{n} set to @code{inf}. Calc's usual rules
25240for ``infinite'' arithmetic can find the answer from there. If
25241infinite arithmetic yields a @samp{nan}, or if the sum cannot be
25242solved in closed form, Calc leaves the @code{sum} function in
25243symbolic form. @xref{Infinities}.
25244
25245As a special feature, if the limits are infinite (or omitted, as
25246described above) but the formula includes vectors subscripted by
25247expressions that involve the iteration variable, Calc narrows
25248the limits to include only the range of integers which result in
25249valid subscripts for the vector. For example, the sum
25250@samp{sum(k [a,b,c,d,e,f,g]_(2k),k)} evaluates to @samp{b + 2 d + 3 f}.
25251
25252The limits of a sum do not need to be integers. For example,
25253@samp{sum(a_k, k, 0, 2 n, n)} produces @samp{a_0 + a_n + a_(2 n)}.
25254Calc computes the number of iterations using the formula
25255@samp{1 + (@var{high} - @var{low}) / @var{step}}, which must,
25256after simplification as if by @kbd{a s}, evaluate to an integer.
25257
25258If the number of iterations according to the above formula does
25259not come out to an integer, the sum is invalid and will be left
25260in symbolic form. However, closed forms are still supplied, and
25261you are on your honor not to misuse the resulting formulas by
25262substituting mismatched bounds into them. For example,
25263@samp{sum(k, k, 1, 10, 2)} is invalid, but Calc will go ahead and
25264evaluate the closed form solution for the limits 1 and 10 to get
25265the rather dubious answer, 29.25.
25266
25267If the lower limit is greater than the upper limit (assuming a
25268positive step size), the result is generally zero. However,
25269Calc only guarantees a zero result when the upper limit is
25270exactly one step less than the lower limit, i.e., if the number
25271of iterations is @mathit{-1}. Thus @samp{sum(f(k), k, n, n-1)} is zero
25272but the sum from @samp{n} to @samp{n-2} may report a nonzero value
25273if Calc used a closed form solution.
25274
25275Calc's logical predicates like @expr{a < b} return 1 for ``true''
25276and 0 for ``false.'' @xref{Logical Operations}. This can be
25277used to advantage for building conditional sums. For example,
25278@samp{sum(prime(k)*k^2, k, 1, 20)} is the sum of the squares of all
25279prime numbers from 1 to 20; the @code{prime} predicate returns 1 if
25280its argument is prime and 0 otherwise. You can read this expression
25281as ``the sum of @expr{k^2}, where @expr{k} is prime.'' Indeed,
25282@samp{sum(prime(k)*k^2, k)} would represent the sum of @emph{all} primes
25283squared, since the limits default to plus and minus infinity, but
25284there are no such sums that Calc's built-in rules can do in
25285closed form.
25286
25287As another example, @samp{sum((k != k_0) * f(k), k, 1, n)} is the
25288sum of @expr{f(k)} for all @expr{k} from 1 to @expr{n}, excluding
25289one value @expr{k_0}. Slightly more tricky is the summand
25290@samp{(k != k_0) / (k - k_0)}, which is an attempt to describe
25291the sum of all @expr{1/(k-k_0)} except at @expr{k = k_0}, where
25292this would be a division by zero. But at @expr{k = k_0}, this
25293formula works out to the indeterminate form @expr{0 / 0}, which
25294Calc will not assume is zero. Better would be to use
25295@samp{(k != k_0) ? 1/(k-k_0) : 0}; the @samp{? :} operator does
25296an ``if-then-else'' test: This expression says, ``if
25297@texline @math{k \ne k_0},
25298@infoline @expr{k != k_0},
25299then @expr{1/(k-k_0)}, else zero.'' Now the formula @expr{1/(k-k_0)}
25300will not even be evaluated by Calc when @expr{k = k_0}.
25301
25302@cindex Alternating sums
25303@kindex a -
25304@pindex calc-alt-summation
25305@tindex asum
25306The @kbd{a -} (@code{calc-alt-summation}) [@code{asum}] command
25307computes an alternating sum. Successive terms of the sequence
25308are given alternating signs, with the first term (corresponding
25309to the lower index value) being positive. Alternating sums
25310are converted to normal sums with an extra term of the form
25311@samp{(-1)^(k-@var{low})}. This formula is adjusted appropriately
25312if the step value is other than one. For example, the Taylor
25313series for the sine function is @samp{asum(x^k / k!, k, 1, inf, 2)}.
25314(Calc cannot evaluate this infinite series, but it can approximate
25315it if you replace @code{inf} with any particular odd number.)
25316Calc converts this series to a regular sum with a step of one,
25317namely @samp{sum((-1)^k x^(2k+1) / (2k+1)!, k, 0, inf)}.
25318
25319@cindex Product of a sequence
25320@kindex a *
25321@pindex calc-product
25322@tindex prod
25323The @kbd{a *} (@code{calc-product}) [@code{prod}] command is
25324the analogous way to take a product of many terms. Calc also knows
25325some closed forms for products, such as @samp{prod(k, k, 1, n) = n!}.
25326Conditional products can be written @samp{prod(k^prime(k), k, 1, n)}
25327or @samp{prod(prime(k) ? k : 1, k, 1, n)}.
25328
25329@kindex a T
25330@pindex calc-tabulate
25331@tindex table
25332The @kbd{a T} (@code{calc-tabulate}) [@code{table}] command
25333evaluates a formula at a series of iterated index values, just
25334like @code{sum} and @code{prod}, but its result is simply a
25335vector of the results. For example, @samp{table(a_i, i, 1, 7, 2)}
25336produces @samp{[a_1, a_3, a_5, a_7]}.
25337
25338@node Logical Operations, Rewrite Rules, Summations, Algebra
25339@section Logical Operations
25340
25341@noindent
25342The following commands and algebraic functions return true/false values,
25343where 1 represents ``true'' and 0 represents ``false.'' In cases where
25344a truth value is required (such as for the condition part of a rewrite
25345rule, or as the condition for a @w{@kbd{Z [ Z ]}} control structure), any
25346nonzero value is accepted to mean ``true.'' (Specifically, anything
25347for which @code{dnonzero} returns 1 is ``true,'' and anything for
25348which @code{dnonzero} returns 0 or cannot decide is assumed ``false.''
25349Note that this means that @w{@kbd{Z [ Z ]}} will execute the ``then''
25350portion if its condition is provably true, but it will execute the
25351``else'' portion for any condition like @expr{a = b} that is not
25352provably true, even if it might be true. Algebraic functions that
25353have conditions as arguments, like @code{? :} and @code{&&}, remain
25354unevaluated if the condition is neither provably true nor provably
25355false. @xref{Declarations}.)
25356
25357@kindex a =
25358@pindex calc-equal-to
25359@tindex eq
25360@tindex =
25361@tindex ==
25362The @kbd{a =} (@code{calc-equal-to}) command, or @samp{eq(a,b)} function
25363(which can also be written @samp{a = b} or @samp{a == b} in an algebraic
25364formula) is true if @expr{a} and @expr{b} are equal, either because they
25365are identical expressions, or because they are numbers which are
25366numerically equal. (Thus the integer 1 is considered equal to the float
253671.0.) If the equality of @expr{a} and @expr{b} cannot be determined,
25368the comparison is left in symbolic form. Note that as a command, this
25369operation pops two values from the stack and pushes back either a 1 or
25370a 0, or a formula @samp{a = b} if the values' equality cannot be determined.
25371
25372Many Calc commands use @samp{=} formulas to represent @dfn{equations}.
25373For example, the @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) command rearranges
25374an equation to solve for a given variable. The @kbd{a M}
25375(@code{calc-map-equation}) command can be used to apply any
25376function to both sides of an equation; for example, @kbd{2 a M *}
25377multiplies both sides of the equation by two. Note that just
25378@kbd{2 *} would not do the same thing; it would produce the formula
25379@samp{2 (a = b)} which represents 2 if the equality is true or
25380zero if not.
25381
25382The @code{eq} function with more than two arguments (e.g., @kbd{C-u 3 a =}
25383or @samp{a = b = c}) tests if all of its arguments are equal. In
25384algebraic notation, the @samp{=} operator is unusual in that it is
25385neither left- nor right-associative: @samp{a = b = c} is not the
25386same as @samp{(a = b) = c} or @samp{a = (b = c)} (which each compare
25387one variable with the 1 or 0 that results from comparing two other
25388variables).
25389
25390@kindex a #
25391@pindex calc-not-equal-to
25392@tindex neq
25393@tindex !=
25394The @kbd{a #} (@code{calc-not-equal-to}) command, or @samp{neq(a,b)} or
25395@samp{a != b} function, is true if @expr{a} and @expr{b} are not equal.
25396This also works with more than two arguments; @samp{a != b != c != d}
25397tests that all four of @expr{a}, @expr{b}, @expr{c}, and @expr{d} are
25398distinct numbers.
25399
25400@kindex a <
25401@tindex lt
25402@ignore
25403@mindex @idots
25404@end ignore
25405@kindex a >
25406@ignore
25407@mindex @null
25408@end ignore
25409@kindex a [
25410@ignore
25411@mindex @null
25412@end ignore
25413@kindex a ]
25414@pindex calc-less-than
25415@pindex calc-greater-than
25416@pindex calc-less-equal
25417@pindex calc-greater-equal
25418@ignore
25419@mindex @null
25420@end ignore
25421@tindex gt
25422@ignore
25423@mindex @null
25424@end ignore
25425@tindex leq
25426@ignore
25427@mindex @null
25428@end ignore
25429@tindex geq
25430@ignore
25431@mindex @null
25432@end ignore
25433@tindex <
25434@ignore
25435@mindex @null
25436@end ignore
25437@tindex >
25438@ignore
25439@mindex @null
25440@end ignore
25441@tindex <=
25442@ignore
25443@mindex @null
25444@end ignore
25445@tindex >=
25446The @kbd{a <} (@code{calc-less-than}) [@samp{lt(a,b)} or @samp{a < b}]
25447operation is true if @expr{a} is less than @expr{b}. Similar functions
25448are @kbd{a >} (@code{calc-greater-than}) [@samp{gt(a,b)} or @samp{a > b}],
25449@kbd{a [} (@code{calc-less-equal}) [@samp{leq(a,b)} or @samp{a <= b}], and
25450@kbd{a ]} (@code{calc-greater-equal}) [@samp{geq(a,b)} or @samp{a >= b}].
25451
25452While the inequality functions like @code{lt} do not accept more
25453than two arguments, the syntax @w{@samp{a <= b < c}} is translated to an
25454equivalent expression involving intervals: @samp{b in [a .. c)}.
25455(See the description of @code{in} below.) All four combinations
25456of @samp{<} and @samp{<=} are allowed, or any of the four combinations
25457of @samp{>} and @samp{>=}. Four-argument constructions like
25458@samp{a < b < c < d}, and mixtures like @w{@samp{a < b = c}} that
25459involve both equalities and inequalities, are not allowed.
25460
25461@kindex a .
25462@pindex calc-remove-equal
25463@tindex rmeq
25464The @kbd{a .} (@code{calc-remove-equal}) [@code{rmeq}] command extracts
25465the righthand side of the equation or inequality on the top of the
25466stack. It also works elementwise on vectors. For example, if
25467@samp{[x = 2.34, y = z / 2]} is on the stack, then @kbd{a .} produces
25468@samp{[2.34, z / 2]}. As a special case, if the righthand side is a
25469variable and the lefthand side is a number (as in @samp{2.34 = x}), then
25470Calc keeps the lefthand side instead. Finally, this command works with
25471assignments @samp{x := 2.34} as well as equations, always taking the
25472righthand side, and for @samp{=>} (evaluates-to) operators, always
25473taking the lefthand side.
25474
25475@kindex a &
25476@pindex calc-logical-and
25477@tindex land
25478@tindex &&
25479The @kbd{a &} (@code{calc-logical-and}) [@samp{land(a,b)} or @samp{a && b}]
25480function is true if both of its arguments are true, i.e., are
25481non-zero numbers. In this case, the result will be either @expr{a} or
25482@expr{b}, chosen arbitrarily. If either argument is zero, the result is
25483zero. Otherwise, the formula is left in symbolic form.
25484
25485@kindex a |
25486@pindex calc-logical-or
25487@tindex lor
25488@tindex ||
25489The @kbd{a |} (@code{calc-logical-or}) [@samp{lor(a,b)} or @samp{a || b}]
25490function is true if either or both of its arguments are true (nonzero).
25491The result is whichever argument was nonzero, choosing arbitrarily if both
25492are nonzero. If both @expr{a} and @expr{b} are zero, the result is
25493zero.
25494
25495@kindex a !
25496@pindex calc-logical-not
25497@tindex lnot
25498@tindex !
25499The @kbd{a !} (@code{calc-logical-not}) [@samp{lnot(a)} or @samp{!@: a}]
25500function is true if @expr{a} is false (zero), or false if @expr{a} is
25501true (nonzero). It is left in symbolic form if @expr{a} is not a
25502number.
25503
25504@kindex a :
25505@pindex calc-logical-if
25506@tindex if
25507@ignore
25508@mindex ? :
25509@end ignore
25510@tindex ?
25511@ignore
25512@mindex @null
25513@end ignore
25514@tindex :
25515@cindex Arguments, not evaluated
25516The @kbd{a :} (@code{calc-logical-if}) [@samp{if(a,b,c)} or @samp{a ? b :@: c}]
25517function is equal to either @expr{b} or @expr{c} if @expr{a} is a nonzero
25518number or zero, respectively. If @expr{a} is not a number, the test is
25519left in symbolic form and neither @expr{b} nor @expr{c} is evaluated in
25520any way. In algebraic formulas, this is one of the few Calc functions
25521whose arguments are not automatically evaluated when the function itself
25522is evaluated. The others are @code{lambda}, @code{quote}, and
25523@code{condition}.
25524
25525One minor surprise to watch out for is that the formula @samp{a?3:4}
25526will not work because the @samp{3:4} is parsed as a fraction instead of
25527as three separate symbols. Type something like @samp{a ? 3 : 4} or
25528@samp{a?(3):4} instead.
25529
25530As a special case, if @expr{a} evaluates to a vector, then both @expr{b}
25531and @expr{c} are evaluated; the result is a vector of the same length
25532as @expr{a} whose elements are chosen from corresponding elements of
25533@expr{b} and @expr{c} according to whether each element of @expr{a}
25534is zero or nonzero. Each of @expr{b} and @expr{c} must be either a
25535vector of the same length as @expr{a}, or a non-vector which is matched
25536with all elements of @expr{a}.
25537
25538@kindex a @{
25539@pindex calc-in-set
25540@tindex in
25541The @kbd{a @{} (@code{calc-in-set}) [@samp{in(a,b)}] function is true if
25542the number @expr{a} is in the set of numbers represented by @expr{b}.
25543If @expr{b} is an interval form, @expr{a} must be one of the values
25544encompassed by the interval. If @expr{b} is a vector, @expr{a} must be
25545equal to one of the elements of the vector. (If any vector elements are
25546intervals, @expr{a} must be in any of the intervals.) If @expr{b} is a
25547plain number, @expr{a} must be numerically equal to @expr{b}.
25548@xref{Set Operations}, for a group of commands that manipulate sets
25549of this sort.
25550
25551@ignore
25552@starindex
25553@end ignore
25554@tindex typeof
25555The @samp{typeof(a)} function produces an integer or variable which
25556characterizes @expr{a}. If @expr{a} is a number, vector, or variable,
25557the result will be one of the following numbers:
25558
25559@example
25560 1 Integer
25561 2 Fraction
25562 3 Floating-point number
25563 4 HMS form
25564 5 Rectangular complex number
25565 6 Polar complex number
25566 7 Error form
25567 8 Interval form
25568 9 Modulo form
2556910 Date-only form
2557011 Date/time form
2557112 Infinity (inf, uinf, or nan)
25572100 Variable
25573101 Vector (but not a matrix)
25574102 Matrix
25575@end example
25576
25577Otherwise, @expr{a} is a formula, and the result is a variable which
25578represents the name of the top-level function call.
25579
25580@ignore
25581@starindex
25582@end ignore
25583@tindex integer
25584@ignore
25585@starindex
25586@end ignore
25587@tindex real
25588@ignore
25589@starindex
25590@end ignore
25591@tindex constant
25592The @samp{integer(a)} function returns true if @expr{a} is an integer.
25593The @samp{real(a)} function
25594is true if @expr{a} is a real number, either integer, fraction, or
25595float. The @samp{constant(a)} function returns true if @expr{a} is
25596any of the objects for which @code{typeof} would produce an integer
25597code result except for variables, and provided that the components of
25598an object like a vector or error form are themselves constant.
25599Note that infinities do not satisfy any of these tests, nor do
25600special constants like @code{pi} and @code{e}.
25601
25602@xref{Declarations}, for a set of similar functions that recognize
25603formulas as well as actual numbers. For example, @samp{dint(floor(x))}
25604is true because @samp{floor(x)} is provably integer-valued, but
25605@samp{integer(floor(x))} does not because @samp{floor(x)} is not
25606literally an integer constant.
25607
25608@ignore
25609@starindex
25610@end ignore
25611@tindex refers
25612The @samp{refers(a,b)} function is true if the variable (or sub-expression)
25613@expr{b} appears in @expr{a}, or false otherwise. Unlike the other
25614tests described here, this function returns a definite ``no'' answer
25615even if its arguments are still in symbolic form. The only case where
25616@code{refers} will be left unevaluated is if @expr{a} is a plain
25617variable (different from @expr{b}).
25618
25619@ignore
25620@starindex
25621@end ignore
25622@tindex negative
25623The @samp{negative(a)} function returns true if @expr{a} ``looks'' negative,
25624because it is a negative number, because it is of the form @expr{-x},
25625or because it is a product or quotient with a term that looks negative.
25626This is most useful in rewrite rules. Beware that @samp{negative(a)}
25627evaluates to 1 or 0 for @emph{any} argument @expr{a}, so it can only
25628be stored in a formula if the default simplifications are turned off
25629first with @kbd{m O} (or if it appears in an unevaluated context such
25630as a rewrite rule condition).
25631
25632@ignore
25633@starindex
25634@end ignore
25635@tindex variable
25636The @samp{variable(a)} function is true if @expr{a} is a variable,
25637or false if not. If @expr{a} is a function call, this test is left
25638in symbolic form. Built-in variables like @code{pi} and @code{inf}
25639are considered variables like any others by this test.
25640
25641@ignore
25642@starindex
25643@end ignore
25644@tindex nonvar
25645The @samp{nonvar(a)} function is true if @expr{a} is a non-variable.
25646If its argument is a variable it is left unsimplified; it never
25647actually returns zero. However, since Calc's condition-testing
25648commands consider ``false'' anything not provably true, this is
25649often good enough.
25650
25651@ignore
25652@starindex
25653@end ignore
25654@tindex lin
25655@ignore
25656@starindex
25657@end ignore
25658@tindex linnt
25659@ignore
25660@starindex
25661@end ignore
25662@tindex islin
25663@ignore
25664@starindex
25665@end ignore
25666@tindex islinnt
25667@cindex Linearity testing
25668The functions @code{lin}, @code{linnt}, @code{islin}, and @code{islinnt}
25669check if an expression is ``linear,'' i.e., can be written in the form
25670@expr{a + b x} for some constants @expr{a} and @expr{b}, and some
25671variable or subformula @expr{x}. The function @samp{islin(f,x)} checks
25672if formula @expr{f} is linear in @expr{x}, returning 1 if so. For
25673example, @samp{islin(x,x)}, @samp{islin(-x,x)}, @samp{islin(3,x)}, and
25674@samp{islin(x y / 3 - 2, x)} all return 1. The @samp{lin(f,x)} function
25675is similar, except that instead of returning 1 it returns the vector
25676@expr{[a, b, x]}. For the above examples, this vector would be
25677@expr{[0, 1, x]}, @expr{[0, -1, x]}, @expr{[3, 0, x]}, and
25678@expr{[-2, y/3, x]}, respectively. Both @code{lin} and @code{islin}
25679generally remain unevaluated for expressions which are not linear,
25680e.g., @samp{lin(2 x^2, x)} and @samp{lin(sin(x), x)}. The second
25681argument can also be a formula; @samp{islin(2 + 3 sin(x), sin(x))}
25682returns true.
25683
25684The @code{linnt} and @code{islinnt} functions perform a similar check,
25685but require a ``non-trivial'' linear form, which means that the
25686@expr{b} coefficient must be non-zero. For example, @samp{lin(2,x)}
25687returns @expr{[2, 0, x]} and @samp{lin(y,x)} returns @expr{[y, 0, x]},
25688but @samp{linnt(2,x)} and @samp{linnt(y,x)} are left unevaluated
25689(in other words, these formulas are considered to be only ``trivially''
25690linear in @expr{x}).
25691
25692All four linearity-testing functions allow you to omit the second
25693argument, in which case the input may be linear in any non-constant
25694formula. Here, the @expr{a=0}, @expr{b=1} case is also considered
25695trivial, and only constant values for @expr{a} and @expr{b} are
25696recognized. Thus, @samp{lin(2 x y)} returns @expr{[0, 2, x y]},
25697@samp{lin(2 - x y)} returns @expr{[2, -1, x y]}, and @samp{lin(x y)}
25698returns @expr{[0, 1, x y]}. The @code{linnt} function would allow the
25699first two cases but not the third. Also, neither @code{lin} nor
25700@code{linnt} accept plain constants as linear in the one-argument
25701case: @samp{islin(2,x)} is true, but @samp{islin(2)} is false.
25702
25703@ignore
25704@starindex
25705@end ignore
25706@tindex istrue
25707The @samp{istrue(a)} function returns 1 if @expr{a} is a nonzero
25708number or provably nonzero formula, or 0 if @expr{a} is anything else.
25709Calls to @code{istrue} can only be manipulated if @kbd{m O} mode is
25710used to make sure they are not evaluated prematurely. (Note that
25711declarations are used when deciding whether a formula is true;
25712@code{istrue} returns 1 when @code{dnonzero} would return 1, and
25713it returns 0 when @code{dnonzero} would return 0 or leave itself
25714in symbolic form.)
25715
25716@node Rewrite Rules, , Logical Operations, Algebra
25717@section Rewrite Rules
25718
25719@noindent
25720@cindex Rewrite rules
25721@cindex Transformations
25722@cindex Pattern matching
25723@kindex a r
25724@pindex calc-rewrite
25725@tindex rewrite
25726The @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite}) [@code{rewrite}] command makes
25727substitutions in a formula according to a specified pattern or patterns
25728known as @dfn{rewrite rules}. Whereas @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute})
25729matches literally, so that substituting @samp{sin(x)} with @samp{cos(x)}
25730matches only the @code{sin} function applied to the variable @code{x},
25731rewrite rules match general kinds of formulas; rewriting using the rule
25732@samp{sin(x) := cos(x)} matches @code{sin} of any argument and replaces
25733it with @code{cos} of that same argument. The only significance of the
25734name @code{x} is that the same name is used on both sides of the rule.
25735
25736Rewrite rules rearrange formulas already in Calc's memory.
25737@xref{Syntax Tables}, to read about @dfn{syntax rules}, which are
25738similar to algebraic rewrite rules but operate when new algebraic
25739entries are being parsed, converting strings of characters into
25740Calc formulas.
25741
25742@menu
25743* Entering Rewrite Rules::
25744* Basic Rewrite Rules::
25745* Conditional Rewrite Rules::
25746* Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules::
25747* Other Features of Rewrite Rules::
25748* Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules::
25749* Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules::
25750* Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules::
25751* Selections with Rewrite Rules::
25752* Matching Commands::
25753* Automatic Rewrites::
25754* Debugging Rewrites::
25755* Examples of Rewrite Rules::
25756@end menu
25757
25758@node Entering Rewrite Rules, Basic Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25759@subsection Entering Rewrite Rules
25760
25761@noindent
25762Rewrite rules normally use the ``assignment'' operator
25763@samp{@var{old} := @var{new}}.
25764This operator is equivalent to the function call @samp{assign(old, new)}.
25765The @code{assign} function is undefined by itself in Calc, so an
25766assignment formula such as a rewrite rule will be left alone by ordinary
25767Calc commands. But certain commands, like the rewrite system, interpret
25768assignments in special ways.
25769
25770For example, the rule @samp{sin(x)^2 := 1-cos(x)^2} says to replace
25771every occurrence of the sine of something, squared, with one minus the
25772square of the cosine of that same thing. All by itself as a formula
25773on the stack it does nothing, but when given to the @kbd{a r} command
25774it turns that command into a sine-squared-to-cosine-squared converter.
25775
25776To specify a set of rules to be applied all at once, make a vector of
25777rules.
25778
25779When @kbd{a r} prompts you to enter the rewrite rules, you can answer
25780in several ways:
25781
25782@enumerate
25783@item
25784With a rule: @kbd{f(x) := g(x) @key{RET}}.
25785@item
25786With a vector of rules: @kbd{[f1(x) := g1(x), f2(x) := g2(x)] @key{RET}}.
25787(You can omit the enclosing square brackets if you wish.)
25788@item
25789With the name of a variable that contains the rule or rules vector:
25790@kbd{myrules @key{RET}}.
25791@item
25792With any formula except a rule, a vector, or a variable name; this
25793will be interpreted as the @var{old} half of a rewrite rule,
25794and you will be prompted a second time for the @var{new} half:
25795@kbd{f(x) @key{RET} g(x) @key{RET}}.
25796@item
25797With a blank line, in which case the rule, rules vector, or variable
25798will be taken from the top of the stack (and the formula to be
25799rewritten will come from the second-to-top position).
25800@end enumerate
25801
25802If you enter the rules directly (as opposed to using rules stored
25803in a variable), those rules will be put into the Trail so that you
25804can retrieve them later. @xref{Trail Commands}.
25805
25806It is most convenient to store rules you use often in a variable and
25807invoke them by giving the variable name. The @kbd{s e}
25808(@code{calc-edit-variable}) command is an easy way to create or edit a
25809rule set stored in a variable. You may also wish to use @kbd{s p}
25810(@code{calc-permanent-variable}) to save your rules permanently;
25811@pxref{Operations on Variables}.
25812
25813Rewrite rules are compiled into a special internal form for faster
25814matching. If you enter a rule set directly it must be recompiled
25815every time. If you store the rules in a variable and refer to them
25816through that variable, they will be compiled once and saved away
25817along with the variable for later reference. This is another good
25818reason to store your rules in a variable.
25819
25820Calc also accepts an obsolete notation for rules, as vectors
25821@samp{[@var{old}, @var{new}]}. But because it is easily confused with a
25822vector of two rules, the use of this notation is no longer recommended.
25823
25824@node Basic Rewrite Rules, Conditional Rewrite Rules, Entering Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25825@subsection Basic Rewrite Rules
25826
25827@noindent
25828To match a particular formula @expr{x} with a particular rewrite rule
25829@samp{@var{old} := @var{new}}, Calc compares the structure of @expr{x} with
25830the structure of @var{old}. Variables that appear in @var{old} are
25831treated as @dfn{meta-variables}; the corresponding positions in @expr{x}
25832may contain any sub-formulas. For example, the pattern @samp{f(x,y)}
25833would match the expression @samp{f(12, a+1)} with the meta-variable
25834@samp{x} corresponding to 12 and with @samp{y} corresponding to
25835@samp{a+1}. However, this pattern would not match @samp{f(12)} or
25836@samp{g(12, a+1)}, since there is no assignment of the meta-variables
25837that will make the pattern match these expressions. Notice that if
25838the pattern is a single meta-variable, it will match any expression.
25839
25840If a given meta-variable appears more than once in @var{old}, the
25841corresponding sub-formulas of @expr{x} must be identical. Thus
25842the pattern @samp{f(x,x)} would match @samp{f(12, 12)} and
25843@samp{f(a+1, a+1)} but not @samp{f(12, a+1)} or @samp{f(a+b, b+a)}.
25844(@xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}, for a way to match the latter.)
25845
25846Things other than variables must match exactly between the pattern
25847and the target formula. To match a particular variable exactly, use
25848the pseudo-function @samp{quote(v)} in the pattern. For example, the
25849pattern @samp{x+quote(y)} matches @samp{x+y}, @samp{2+y}, or
25850@samp{sin(a)+y}.
25851
25852The special variable names @samp{e}, @samp{pi}, @samp{i}, @samp{phi},
25853@samp{gamma}, @samp{inf}, @samp{uinf}, and @samp{nan} always match
25854literally. Thus the pattern @samp{sin(d + e + f)} acts exactly like
25855@samp{sin(d + quote(e) + f)}.
25856
25857If the @var{old} pattern is found to match a given formula, that
25858formula is replaced by @var{new}, where any occurrences in @var{new}
25859of meta-variables from the pattern are replaced with the sub-formulas
25860that they matched. Thus, applying the rule @samp{f(x,y) := g(y+x,x)}
25861to @samp{f(12, a+1)} would produce @samp{g(a+13, 12)}.
25862
25863The normal @kbd{a r} command applies rewrite rules over and over
25864throughout the target formula until no further changes are possible
25865(up to a limit of 100 times). Use @kbd{C-u 1 a r} to make only one
25866change at a time.
25867
25868@node Conditional Rewrite Rules, Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Basic Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25869@subsection Conditional Rewrite Rules
25870
25871@noindent
25872A rewrite rule can also be @dfn{conditional}, written in the form
25873@samp{@var{old} := @var{new} :: @var{cond}}. (There is also the obsolete
25874form @samp{[@var{old}, @var{new}, @var{cond}]}.) If a @var{cond} part
25875is present in the
25876rule, this is an additional condition that must be satisfied before
25877the rule is accepted. Once @var{old} has been successfully matched
25878to the target expression, @var{cond} is evaluated (with all the
25879meta-variables substituted for the values they matched) and simplified
25880with @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}). If the result is a nonzero
25881number or any other object known to be nonzero (@pxref{Declarations}),
25882the rule is accepted. If the result is zero or if it is a symbolic
25883formula that is not known to be nonzero, the rule is rejected.
25884@xref{Logical Operations}, for a number of functions that return
258851 or 0 according to the results of various tests.
25886
25887For example, the formula @samp{n > 0} simplifies to 1 or 0 if @expr{n}
25888is replaced by a positive or nonpositive number, respectively (or if
25889@expr{n} has been declared to be positive or nonpositive). Thus,
25890the rule @samp{f(x,y) := g(y+x,x) :: x+y > 0} would apply to
25891@samp{f(0, 4)} but not to @samp{f(-3, 2)} or @samp{f(12, a+1)}
25892(assuming no outstanding declarations for @expr{a}). In the case of
25893@samp{f(-3, 2)}, the condition can be shown not to be satisfied; in
25894the case of @samp{f(12, a+1)}, the condition merely cannot be shown
25895to be satisfied, but that is enough to reject the rule.
25896
25897While Calc will use declarations to reason about variables in the
25898formula being rewritten, declarations do not apply to meta-variables.
25899For example, the rule @samp{f(a) := g(a+1)} will match for any values
25900of @samp{a}, such as complex numbers, vectors, or formulas, even if
25901@samp{a} has been declared to be real or scalar. If you want the
25902meta-variable @samp{a} to match only literal real numbers, use
25903@samp{f(a) := g(a+1) :: real(a)}. If you want @samp{a} to match only
25904reals and formulas which are provably real, use @samp{dreal(a)} as
25905the condition.
25906
25907The @samp{::} operator is a shorthand for the @code{condition}
25908function; @samp{@var{old} := @var{new} :: @var{cond}} is equivalent to
25909the formula @samp{condition(assign(@var{old}, @var{new}), @var{cond})}.
25910
25911If you have several conditions, you can use @samp{... :: c1 :: c2 :: c3}
25912or @samp{... :: c1 && c2 && c3}. The two are entirely equivalent.
25913
25914It is also possible to embed conditions inside the pattern:
25915@samp{f(x :: x>0, y) := g(y+x, x)}. This is purely a notational
25916convenience, though; where a condition appears in a rule has no
25917effect on when it is tested. The rewrite-rule compiler automatically
25918decides when it is best to test each condition while a rule is being
25919matched.
25920
25921Certain conditions are handled as special cases by the rewrite rule
25922system and are tested very efficiently: Where @expr{x} is any
25923meta-variable, these conditions are @samp{integer(x)}, @samp{real(x)},
25924@samp{constant(x)}, @samp{negative(x)}, @samp{x >= y} where @expr{y}
25925is either a constant or another meta-variable and @samp{>=} may be
25926replaced by any of the six relational operators, and @samp{x % a = b}
25927where @expr{a} and @expr{b} are constants. Other conditions, like
25928@samp{x >= y+1} or @samp{dreal(x)}, will be less efficient to check
25929since Calc must bring the whole evaluator and simplifier into play.
25930
25931An interesting property of @samp{::} is that neither of its arguments
25932will be touched by Calc's default simplifications. This is important
25933because conditions often are expressions that cannot safely be
25934evaluated early. For example, the @code{typeof} function never
25935remains in symbolic form; entering @samp{typeof(a)} will put the
25936number 100 (the type code for variables like @samp{a}) on the stack.
25937But putting the condition @samp{... :: typeof(a) = 6} on the stack
25938is safe since @samp{::} prevents the @code{typeof} from being
25939evaluated until the condition is actually used by the rewrite system.
25940
25941Since @samp{::} protects its lefthand side, too, you can use a dummy
25942condition to protect a rule that must itself not evaluate early.
25943For example, it's not safe to put @samp{a(f,x) := apply(f, [x])} on
25944the stack because it will immediately evaluate to @samp{a(f,x) := f(x)},
25945where the meta-variable-ness of @code{f} on the righthand side has been
25946lost. But @samp{a(f,x) := apply(f, [x]) :: 1} is safe, and of course
25947the condition @samp{1} is always true (nonzero) so it has no effect on
25948the functioning of the rule. (The rewrite compiler will ensure that
25949it doesn't even impact the speed of matching the rule.)
25950
25951@node Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Conditional Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25952@subsection Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules
25953
25954@noindent
25955The rewrite mechanism understands the algebraic properties of functions
25956like @samp{+} and @samp{*}. In particular, pattern matching takes
25957the associativity and commutativity of the following functions into
25958account:
25959
25960@smallexample
25961+ - * = != && || and or xor vint vunion vxor gcd lcm max min beta
25962@end smallexample
25963
25964For example, the rewrite rule:
25965
25966@example
25967a x + b x := (a + b) x
25968@end example
25969
25970@noindent
25971will match formulas of the form,
25972
25973@example
25974a x + b x, x a + x b, a x + x b, x a + b x
25975@end example
25976
25977Rewrites also understand the relationship between the @samp{+} and @samp{-}
25978operators. The above rewrite rule will also match the formulas,
25979
25980@example
25981a x - b x, x a - x b, a x - x b, x a - b x
25982@end example
25983
25984@noindent
25985by matching @samp{b} in the pattern to @samp{-b} from the formula.
25986
25987Applied to a sum of many terms like @samp{r + a x + s + b x + t}, this
25988pattern will check all pairs of terms for possible matches. The rewrite
25989will take whichever suitable pair it discovers first.
25990
25991In general, a pattern using an associative operator like @samp{a + b}
25992will try @var{2 n} different ways to match a sum of @var{n} terms
25993like @samp{x + y + z - w}. First, @samp{a} is matched against each
25994of @samp{x}, @samp{y}, @samp{z}, and @samp{-w} in turn, with @samp{b}
25995being matched to the remainders @samp{y + z - w}, @samp{x + z - w}, etc.
25996If none of these succeed, then @samp{b} is matched against each of the
25997four terms with @samp{a} matching the remainder. Half-and-half matches,
25998like @samp{(x + y) + (z - w)}, are not tried.
25999
26000Note that @samp{*} is not commutative when applied to matrices, but
26001rewrite rules pretend that it is. If you type @kbd{m v} to enable
26002Matrix mode (@pxref{Matrix Mode}), rewrite rules will match @samp{*}
26003literally, ignoring its usual commutativity property. (In the
26004current implementation, the associativity also vanishes---it is as
26005if the pattern had been enclosed in a @code{plain} marker; see below.)
26006If you are applying rewrites to formulas with matrices, it's best to
26007enable Matrix mode first to prevent algebraically incorrect rewrites
26008from occurring.
26009
26010The pattern @samp{-x} will actually match any expression. For example,
26011the rule
26012
26013@example
26014f(-x) := -f(x)
26015@end example
26016
26017@noindent
26018will rewrite @samp{f(a)} to @samp{-f(-a)}. To avoid this, either use
26019a @code{plain} marker as described below, or add a @samp{negative(x)}
26020condition. The @code{negative} function is true if its argument
26021``looks'' negative, for example, because it is a negative number or
26022because it is a formula like @samp{-x}. The new rule using this
26023condition is:
26024
26025@example
26026f(x) := -f(-x) :: negative(x) @r{or, equivalently,}
26027f(-x) := -f(x) :: negative(-x)
26028@end example
26029
26030In the same way, the pattern @samp{x - y} will match the sum @samp{a + b}
26031by matching @samp{y} to @samp{-b}.
26032
26033The pattern @samp{a b} will also match the formula @samp{x/y} if
26034@samp{y} is a number. Thus the rule @samp{a x + @w{b x} := (a+b) x}
26035will also convert @samp{a x + x / 2} to @samp{(a + 0.5) x} (or
26036@samp{(a + 1:2) x}, depending on the current fraction mode).
26037
26038Calc will @emph{not} take other liberties with @samp{*}, @samp{/}, and
26039@samp{^}. For example, the pattern @samp{f(a b)} will not match
26040@samp{f(x^2)}, and @samp{f(a + b)} will not match @samp{f(2 x)}, even
26041though conceivably these patterns could match with @samp{a = b = x}.
26042Nor will @samp{f(a b)} match @samp{f(x / y)} if @samp{y} is not a
26043constant, even though it could be considered to match with @samp{a = x}
26044and @samp{b = 1/y}. The reasons are partly for efficiency, and partly
26045because while few mathematical operations are substantively different
26046for addition and subtraction, often it is preferable to treat the cases
26047of multiplication, division, and integer powers separately.
26048
26049Even more subtle is the rule set
26050
26051@example
26052[ f(a) + f(b) := f(a + b), -f(a) := f(-a) ]
26053@end example
26054
26055@noindent
26056attempting to match @samp{f(x) - f(y)}. You might think that Calc
26057will view this subtraction as @samp{f(x) + (-f(y))} and then apply
26058the above two rules in turn, but actually this will not work because
26059Calc only does this when considering rules for @samp{+} (like the
26060first rule in this set). So it will see first that @samp{f(x) + (-f(y))}
26061does not match @samp{f(a) + f(b)} for any assignments of the
26062meta-variables, and then it will see that @samp{f(x) - f(y)} does
26063not match @samp{-f(a)} for any assignment of @samp{a}. Because Calc
26064tries only one rule at a time, it will not be able to rewrite
26065@samp{f(x) - f(y)} with this rule set. An explicit @samp{f(a) - f(b)}
26066rule will have to be added.
26067
26068Another thing patterns will @emph{not} do is break up complex numbers.
26069The pattern @samp{myconj(a + @w{b i)} := a - b i} will work for formulas
26070involving the special constant @samp{i} (such as @samp{3 - 4 i}), but
26071it will not match actual complex numbers like @samp{(3, -4)}. A version
26072of the above rule for complex numbers would be
26073
26074@example
26075myconj(a) := re(a) - im(a) (0,1) :: im(a) != 0
26076@end example
26077
26078@noindent
26079(Because the @code{re} and @code{im} functions understand the properties
26080of the special constant @samp{i}, this rule will also work for
26081@samp{3 - 4 i}. In fact, this particular rule would probably be better
26082without the @samp{im(a) != 0} condition, since if @samp{im(a) = 0} the
26083righthand side of the rule will still give the correct answer for the
26084conjugate of a real number.)
26085
26086It is also possible to specify optional arguments in patterns. The rule
26087
26088@example
26089opt(a) x + opt(b) (x^opt(c) + opt(d)) := f(a, b, c, d)
26090@end example
26091
26092@noindent
26093will match the formula
26094
26095@example
260965 (x^2 - 4) + 3 x
26097@end example
26098
26099@noindent
26100in a fairly straightforward manner, but it will also match reduced
26101formulas like
26102
26103@example
26104x + x^2, 2(x + 1) - x, x + x
26105@end example
26106
26107@noindent
26108producing, respectively,
26109
26110@example
26111f(1, 1, 2, 0), f(-1, 2, 1, 1), f(1, 1, 1, 0)
26112@end example
26113
26114(The latter two formulas can be entered only if default simplifications
26115have been turned off with @kbd{m O}.)
26116
26117The default value for a term of a sum is zero. The default value
26118for a part of a product, for a power, or for the denominator of a
26119quotient, is one. Also, @samp{-x} matches the pattern @samp{opt(a) b}
26120with @samp{a = -1}.
26121
26122In particular, the distributive-law rule can be refined to
26123
26124@example
26125opt(a) x + opt(b) x := (a + b) x
26126@end example
26127
26128@noindent
26129so that it will convert, e.g., @samp{a x - x}, to @samp{(a - 1) x}.
26130
26131The pattern @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x} matches almost any formulas which
26132are linear in @samp{x}. You can also use the @code{lin} and @code{islin}
26133functions with rewrite conditions to test for this; @pxref{Logical
26134Operations}. These functions are not as convenient to use in rewrite
26135rules, but they recognize more kinds of formulas as linear:
26136@samp{x/z} is considered linear with @expr{b = 1/z} by @code{lin},
26137but it will not match the above pattern because that pattern calls
26138for a multiplication, not a division.
26139
26140As another example, the obvious rule to replace @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2}
26141by 1,
26142
26143@example
26144sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 := 1
26145@end example
26146
26147@noindent
26148misses many cases because the sine and cosine may both be multiplied by
26149an equal factor. Here's a more successful rule:
26150
26151@example
26152opt(a) sin(x)^2 + opt(a) cos(x)^2 := a
26153@end example
26154
26155Note that this rule will @emph{not} match @samp{sin(x)^2 + 6 cos(x)^2}
26156because one @expr{a} would have ``matched'' 1 while the other matched 6.
26157
26158Calc automatically converts a rule like
26159
26160@example
26161f(x-1, x) := g(x)
26162@end example
26163
26164@noindent
26165into the form
26166
26167@example
26168f(temp, x) := g(x) :: temp = x-1
26169@end example
26170
26171@noindent
26172(where @code{temp} stands for a new, invented meta-variable that
26173doesn't actually have a name). This modified rule will successfully
26174match @samp{f(6, 7)}, binding @samp{temp} and @samp{x} to 6 and 7,
26175respectively, then verifying that they differ by one even though
26176@samp{6} does not superficially look like @samp{x-1}.
26177
26178However, Calc does not solve equations to interpret a rule. The
26179following rule,
26180
26181@example
26182f(x-1, x+1) := g(x)
26183@end example
26184
26185@noindent
26186will not work. That is, it will match @samp{f(a - 1 + b, a + 1 + b)}
26187but not @samp{f(6, 8)}. Calc always interprets at least one occurrence
26188of a variable by literal matching. If the variable appears ``isolated''
26189then Calc is smart enough to use it for literal matching. But in this
26190last example, Calc is forced to rewrite the rule to @samp{f(x-1, temp)
26191:= g(x) :: temp = x+1} where the @samp{x-1} term must correspond to an
26192actual ``something-minus-one'' in the target formula.
26193
26194A successful way to write this would be @samp{f(x, x+2) := g(x+1)}.
26195You could make this resemble the original form more closely by using
26196@code{let} notation, which is described in the next section:
26197
26198@example
26199f(xm1, x+1) := g(x) :: let(x := xm1+1)
26200@end example
26201
26202Calc does this rewriting or ``conditionalizing'' for any sub-pattern
26203which involves only the functions in the following list, operating
26204only on constants and meta-variables which have already been matched
26205elsewhere in the pattern. When matching a function call, Calc is
26206careful to match arguments which are plain variables before arguments
26207which are calls to any of the functions below, so that a pattern like
26208@samp{f(x-1, x)} can be conditionalized even though the isolated
26209@samp{x} comes after the @samp{x-1}.
26210
26211@smallexample
26212+ - * / \ % ^ abs sign round rounde roundu trunc floor ceil
26213max min re im conj arg
26214@end smallexample
26215
26216You can suppress all of the special treatments described in this
26217section by surrounding a function call with a @code{plain} marker.
26218This marker causes the function call which is its argument to be
26219matched literally, without regard to commutativity, associativity,
26220negation, or conditionalization. When you use @code{plain}, the
26221``deep structure'' of the formula being matched can show through.
26222For example,
26223
26224@example
26225plain(a - a b) := f(a, b)
26226@end example
26227
26228@noindent
26229will match only literal subtractions. However, the @code{plain}
26230marker does not affect its arguments' arguments. In this case,
26231commutativity and associativity is still considered while matching
26232the @w{@samp{a b}} sub-pattern, so the whole pattern will match
26233@samp{x - y x} as well as @samp{x - x y}. We could go still
26234further and use
26235
26236@example
26237plain(a - plain(a b)) := f(a, b)
26238@end example
26239
26240@noindent
26241which would do a completely strict match for the pattern.
26242
26243By contrast, the @code{quote} marker means that not only the
26244function name but also the arguments must be literally the same.
26245The above pattern will match @samp{x - x y} but
26246
26247@example
26248quote(a - a b) := f(a, b)
26249@end example
26250
26251@noindent
26252will match only the single formula @samp{a - a b}. Also,
26253
26254@example
26255quote(a - quote(a b)) := f(a, b)
26256@end example
26257
26258@noindent
26259will match only @samp{a - quote(a b)}---probably not the desired
26260effect!
26261
26262A certain amount of algebra is also done when substituting the
26263meta-variables on the righthand side of a rule. For example,
26264in the rule
26265
26266@example
26267a + f(b) := f(a + b)
26268@end example
26269
26270@noindent
26271matching @samp{f(x) - y} would produce @samp{f((-y) + x)} if
26272taken literally, but the rewrite mechanism will simplify the
26273righthand side to @samp{f(x - y)} automatically. (Of course,
26274the default simplifications would do this anyway, so this
26275special simplification is only noticeable if you have turned the
26276default simplifications off.) This rewriting is done only when
26277a meta-variable expands to a ``negative-looking'' expression.
26278If this simplification is not desirable, you can use a @code{plain}
26279marker on the righthand side:
26280
26281@example
26282a + f(b) := f(plain(a + b))
26283@end example
26284
26285@noindent
26286In this example, we are still allowing the pattern-matcher to
26287use all the algebra it can muster, but the righthand side will
26288always simplify to a literal addition like @samp{f((-y) + x)}.
26289
26290@node Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26291@subsection Other Features of Rewrite Rules
26292
26293@noindent
26294Certain ``function names'' serve as markers in rewrite rules.
26295Here is a complete list of these markers. First are listed the
26296markers that work inside a pattern; then come the markers that
26297work in the righthand side of a rule.
26298
26299@ignore
26300@starindex
26301@end ignore
26302@tindex import
26303One kind of marker, @samp{import(x)}, takes the place of a whole
26304rule. Here @expr{x} is the name of a variable containing another
26305rule set; those rules are ``spliced into'' the rule set that
26306imports them. For example, if @samp{[f(a+b) := f(a) + f(b),
26307f(a b) := a f(b) :: real(a)]} is stored in variable @samp{linearF},
26308then the rule set @samp{[f(0) := 0, import(linearF)]} will apply
26309all three rules. It is possible to modify the imported rules
26310slightly: @samp{import(x, v1, x1, v2, x2, @dots{})} imports
26311the rule set @expr{x} with all occurrences of
26312@texline @math{v_1},
26313@infoline @expr{v1},
26314as either a variable name or a function name, replaced with
26315@texline @math{x_1}
26316@infoline @expr{x1}
26317and so on. (If
26318@texline @math{v_1}
26319@infoline @expr{v1}
26320is used as a function name, then
26321@texline @math{x_1}
26322@infoline @expr{x1}
26323must be either a function name itself or a @w{@samp{< >}} nameless
26324function; @pxref{Specifying Operators}.) For example, @samp{[g(0) := 0,
26325import(linearF, f, g)]} applies the linearity rules to the function
26326@samp{g} instead of @samp{f}. Imports can be nested, but the
26327import-with-renaming feature may fail to rename sub-imports properly.
26328
26329The special functions allowed in patterns are:
26330
26331@table @samp
26332@item quote(x)
26333@ignore
26334@starindex
26335@end ignore
26336@tindex quote
26337This pattern matches exactly @expr{x}; variable names in @expr{x} are
26338not interpreted as meta-variables. The only flexibility is that
26339numbers are compared for numeric equality, so that the pattern
26340@samp{f(quote(12))} will match both @samp{f(12)} and @samp{f(12.0)}.
26341(Numbers are always treated this way by the rewrite mechanism:
26342The rule @samp{f(x,x) := g(x)} will match @samp{f(12, 12.0)}.
26343The rewrite may produce either @samp{g(12)} or @samp{g(12.0)}
26344as a result in this case.)
26345
26346@item plain(x)
26347@ignore
26348@starindex
26349@end ignore
26350@tindex plain
26351Here @expr{x} must be a function call @samp{f(x1,x2,@dots{})}. This
26352pattern matches a call to function @expr{f} with the specified
26353argument patterns. No special knowledge of the properties of the
26354function @expr{f} is used in this case; @samp{+} is not commutative or
26355associative. Unlike @code{quote}, the arguments @samp{x1,x2,@dots{}}
26356are treated as patterns. If you wish them to be treated ``plainly''
26357as well, you must enclose them with more @code{plain} markers:
26358@samp{plain(plain(@w{-a}) + plain(b c))}.
26359
26360@item opt(x,def)
26361@ignore
26362@starindex
26363@end ignore
26364@tindex opt
26365Here @expr{x} must be a variable name. This must appear as an
26366argument to a function or an element of a vector; it specifies that
26367the argument or element is optional.
26368As an argument to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{&&}, or @samp{||},
26369or as the second argument to @samp{/} or @samp{^}, the value @var{def}
26370may be omitted. The pattern @samp{x + opt(y)} matches a sum by
26371binding one summand to @expr{x} and the other to @expr{y}, and it
26372matches anything else by binding the whole expression to @expr{x} and
26373zero to @expr{y}. The other operators above work similarly.
26374
26375For general miscellaneous functions, the default value @code{def}
26376must be specified. Optional arguments are dropped starting with
26377the rightmost one during matching. For example, the pattern
26378@samp{f(opt(a,0), b, opt(c,b))} will match @samp{f(b)}, @samp{f(a,b)},
26379or @samp{f(a,b,c)}. Default values of zero and @expr{b} are
26380supplied in this example for the omitted arguments. Note that
26381the literal variable @expr{b} will be the default in the latter
26382case, @emph{not} the value that matched the meta-variable @expr{b}.
26383In other words, the default @var{def} is effectively quoted.
26384
26385@item condition(x,c)
26386@ignore
26387@starindex
26388@end ignore
26389@tindex condition
26390@tindex ::
26391This matches the pattern @expr{x}, with the attached condition
26392@expr{c}. It is the same as @samp{x :: c}.
26393
26394@item pand(x,y)
26395@ignore
26396@starindex
26397@end ignore
26398@tindex pand
26399@tindex &&&
26400This matches anything that matches both pattern @expr{x} and
26401pattern @expr{y}. It is the same as @samp{x &&& y}.
26402@pxref{Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules}.
26403
26404@item por(x,y)
26405@ignore
26406@starindex
26407@end ignore
26408@tindex por
26409@tindex |||
26410This matches anything that matches either pattern @expr{x} or
26411pattern @expr{y}. It is the same as @w{@samp{x ||| y}}.
26412
26413@item pnot(x)
26414@ignore
26415@starindex
26416@end ignore
26417@tindex pnot
26418@tindex !!!
26419This matches anything that does not match pattern @expr{x}.
26420It is the same as @samp{!!! x}.
26421
26422@item cons(h,t)
26423@ignore
26424@mindex cons
26425@end ignore
26426@tindex cons (rewrites)
26427This matches any vector of one or more elements. The first
26428element is matched to @expr{h}; a vector of the remaining
26429elements is matched to @expr{t}. Note that vectors of fixed
26430length can also be matched as actual vectors: The rule
26431@samp{cons(a,cons(b,[])) := cons(a+b,[])} is equivalent
26432to the rule @samp{[a,b] := [a+b]}.
26433
26434@item rcons(t,h)
26435@ignore
26436@mindex rcons
26437@end ignore
26438@tindex rcons (rewrites)
26439This is like @code{cons}, except that the @emph{last} element
26440is matched to @expr{h}, with the remaining elements matched
26441to @expr{t}.
26442
26443@item apply(f,args)
26444@ignore
26445@mindex apply
26446@end ignore
26447@tindex apply (rewrites)
26448This matches any function call. The name of the function, in
26449the form of a variable, is matched to @expr{f}. The arguments
26450of the function, as a vector of zero or more objects, are
26451matched to @samp{args}. Constants, variables, and vectors
26452do @emph{not} match an @code{apply} pattern. For example,
26453@samp{apply(f,x)} matches any function call, @samp{apply(quote(f),x)}
26454matches any call to the function @samp{f}, @samp{apply(f,[a,b])}
26455matches any function call with exactly two arguments, and
26456@samp{apply(quote(f), cons(a,cons(b,x)))} matches any call
26457to the function @samp{f} with two or more arguments. Another
26458way to implement the latter, if the rest of the rule does not
26459need to refer to the first two arguments of @samp{f} by name,
26460would be @samp{apply(quote(f), x :: vlen(x) >= 2)}.
26461Here's a more interesting sample use of @code{apply}:
26462
26463@example
26464apply(f,[x+n]) := n + apply(f,[x])
26465 :: in(f, [floor,ceil,round,trunc]) :: integer(n)
26466@end example
26467
26468Note, however, that this will be slower to match than a rule
26469set with four separate rules. The reason is that Calc sorts
26470the rules of a rule set according to top-level function name;
26471if the top-level function is @code{apply}, Calc must try the
26472rule for every single formula and sub-formula. If the top-level
26473function in the pattern is, say, @code{floor}, then Calc invokes
26474the rule only for sub-formulas which are calls to @code{floor}.
26475
26476Formulas normally written with operators like @code{+} are still
26477considered function calls: @code{apply(f,x)} matches @samp{a+b}
26478with @samp{f = add}, @samp{x = [a,b]}.
26479
26480You must use @code{apply} for meta-variables with function names
26481on both sides of a rewrite rule: @samp{apply(f, [x]) := f(x+1)}
26482is @emph{not} correct, because it rewrites @samp{spam(6)} into
26483@samp{f(7)}. The righthand side should be @samp{apply(f, [x+1])}.
26484Also note that you will have to use No-Simplify mode (@kbd{m O})
26485when entering this rule so that the @code{apply} isn't
26486evaluated immediately to get the new rule @samp{f(x) := f(x+1)}.
26487Or, use @kbd{s e} to enter the rule without going through the stack,
26488or enter the rule as @samp{apply(f, [x]) := apply(f, [x+1]) @w{:: 1}}.
26489@xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}.
26490
26491@item select(x)
26492@ignore
26493@starindex
26494@end ignore
26495@tindex select
26496This is used for applying rules to formulas with selections;
26497@pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}.
26498@end table
26499
26500Special functions for the righthand sides of rules are:
26501
26502@table @samp
26503@item quote(x)
26504The notation @samp{quote(x)} is changed to @samp{x} when the
26505righthand side is used. As far as the rewrite rule is concerned,
26506@code{quote} is invisible. However, @code{quote} has the special
26507property in Calc that its argument is not evaluated. Thus,
26508while it will not work to put the rule @samp{t(a) := typeof(a)}
26509on the stack because @samp{typeof(a)} is evaluated immediately
26510to produce @samp{t(a) := 100}, you can use @code{quote} to
26511protect the righthand side: @samp{t(a) := quote(typeof(a))}.
26512(@xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}, for another trick for
26513protecting rules from evaluation.)
26514
26515@item plain(x)
26516Special properties of and simplifications for the function call
26517@expr{x} are not used. One interesting case where @code{plain}
26518is useful is the rule, @samp{q(x) := quote(x)}, trying to expand a
26519shorthand notation for the @code{quote} function. This rule will
26520not work as shown; instead of replacing @samp{q(foo)} with
26521@samp{quote(foo)}, it will replace it with @samp{foo}! The correct
26522rule would be @samp{q(x) := plain(quote(x))}.
26523
26524@item cons(h,t)
26525Where @expr{t} is a vector, this is converted into an expanded
26526vector during rewrite processing. Note that @code{cons} is a regular
26527Calc function which normally does this anyway; the only way @code{cons}
26528is treated specially by rewrites is that @code{cons} on the righthand
26529side of a rule will be evaluated even if default simplifications
26530have been turned off.
26531
26532@item rcons(t,h)
26533Analogous to @code{cons} except putting @expr{h} at the @emph{end} of
26534the vector @expr{t}.
26535
26536@item apply(f,args)
26537Where @expr{f} is a variable and @var{args} is a vector, this
26538is converted to a function call. Once again, note that @code{apply}
26539is also a regular Calc function.
26540
26541@item eval(x)
26542@ignore
26543@starindex
26544@end ignore
26545@tindex eval
26546The formula @expr{x} is handled in the usual way, then the
26547default simplifications are applied to it even if they have
26548been turned off normally. This allows you to treat any function
26549similarly to the way @code{cons} and @code{apply} are always
26550treated. However, there is a slight difference: @samp{cons(2+3, [])}
26551with default simplifications off will be converted to @samp{[2+3]},
26552whereas @samp{eval(cons(2+3, []))} will be converted to @samp{[5]}.
26553
26554@item evalsimp(x)
26555@ignore
26556@starindex
26557@end ignore
26558@tindex evalsimp
26559The formula @expr{x} has meta-variables substituted in the usual
26560way, then algebraically simplified as if by the @kbd{a s} command.
26561
26562@item evalextsimp(x)
26563@ignore
26564@starindex
26565@end ignore
26566@tindex evalextsimp
26567The formula @expr{x} has meta-variables substituted in the normal
26568way, then ``extendedly'' simplified as if by the @kbd{a e} command.
26569
26570@item select(x)
26571@xref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}.
26572@end table
26573
26574There are also some special functions you can use in conditions.
26575
26576@table @samp
26577@item let(v := x)
26578@ignore
26579@starindex
26580@end ignore
26581@tindex let
26582The expression @expr{x} is evaluated with meta-variables substituted.
26583The @kbd{a s} command's simplifications are @emph{not} applied by
26584default, but @expr{x} can include calls to @code{evalsimp} or
26585@code{evalextsimp} as described above to invoke higher levels
26586of simplification. The
26587result of @expr{x} is then bound to the meta-variable @expr{v}. As
26588usual, if this meta-variable has already been matched to something
26589else the two values must be equal; if the meta-variable is new then
26590it is bound to the result of the expression. This variable can then
26591appear in later conditions, and on the righthand side of the rule.
26592In fact, @expr{v} may be any pattern in which case the result of
26593evaluating @expr{x} is matched to that pattern, binding any
26594meta-variables that appear in that pattern. Note that @code{let}
26595can only appear by itself as a condition, or as one term of an
26596@samp{&&} which is a whole condition: It cannot be inside
26597an @samp{||} term or otherwise buried.
26598
26599The alternate, equivalent form @samp{let(v, x)} is also recognized.
26600Note that the use of @samp{:=} by @code{let}, while still being
26601assignment-like in character, is unrelated to the use of @samp{:=}
26602in the main part of a rewrite rule.
26603
26604As an example, @samp{f(a) := g(ia) :: let(ia := 1/a) :: constant(ia)}
26605replaces @samp{f(a)} with @samp{g} of the inverse of @samp{a}, if
26606that inverse exists and is constant. For example, if @samp{a} is a
26607singular matrix the operation @samp{1/a} is left unsimplified and
26608@samp{constant(ia)} fails, but if @samp{a} is an invertible matrix
26609then the rule succeeds. Without @code{let} there would be no way
26610to express this rule that didn't have to invert the matrix twice.
26611Note that, because the meta-variable @samp{ia} is otherwise unbound
26612in this rule, the @code{let} condition itself always ``succeeds''
26613because no matter what @samp{1/a} evaluates to, it can successfully
26614be bound to @code{ia}.
26615
26616Here's another example, for integrating cosines of linear
26617terms: @samp{myint(cos(y),x) := sin(y)/b :: let([a,b,x] := lin(y,x))}.
26618The @code{lin} function returns a 3-vector if its argument is linear,
26619or leaves itself unevaluated if not. But an unevaluated @code{lin}
26620call will not match the 3-vector on the lefthand side of the @code{let},
26621so this @code{let} both verifies that @code{y} is linear, and binds
26622the coefficients @code{a} and @code{b} for use elsewhere in the rule.
26623(It would have been possible to use @samp{sin(a x + b)/b} for the
26624righthand side instead, but using @samp{sin(y)/b} avoids gratuitous
26625rearrangement of the argument of the sine.)
26626
26627@ignore
26628@starindex
26629@end ignore
26630@tindex ierf
26631Similarly, here is a rule that implements an inverse-@code{erf}
26632function. It uses @code{root} to search for a solution. If
26633@code{root} succeeds, it will return a vector of two numbers
26634where the first number is the desired solution. If no solution
26635is found, @code{root} remains in symbolic form. So we use
26636@code{let} to check that the result was indeed a vector.
26637
26638@example
26639ierf(x) := y :: let([y,z] := root(erf(a) = x, a, .5))
26640@end example
26641
26642@item matches(v,p)
26643The meta-variable @var{v}, which must already have been matched
26644to something elsewhere in the rule, is compared against pattern
26645@var{p}. Since @code{matches} is a standard Calc function, it
26646can appear anywhere in a condition. But if it appears alone or
26647as a term of a top-level @samp{&&}, then you get the special
26648extra feature that meta-variables which are bound to things
26649inside @var{p} can be used elsewhere in the surrounding rewrite
26650rule.
26651
26652The only real difference between @samp{let(p := v)} and
26653@samp{matches(v, p)} is that the former evaluates @samp{v} using
26654the default simplifications, while the latter does not.
26655
26656@item remember
26657@vindex remember
26658This is actually a variable, not a function. If @code{remember}
26659appears as a condition in a rule, then when that rule succeeds
26660the original expression and rewritten expression are added to the
26661front of the rule set that contained the rule. If the rule set
26662was not stored in a variable, @code{remember} is ignored. The
26663lefthand side is enclosed in @code{quote} in the added rule if it
26664contains any variables.
26665
26666For example, the rule @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: remember} applied
26667to @samp{f(7)} will add the rule @samp{f(7) := 7 f(6)} to the front
26668of the rule set. The rule set @code{EvalRules} works slightly
26669differently: There, the evaluation of @samp{f(6)} will complete before
26670the result is added to the rule set, in this case as @samp{f(7) := 5040}.
26671Thus @code{remember} is most useful inside @code{EvalRules}.
26672
26673It is up to you to ensure that the optimization performed by
26674@code{remember} is safe. For example, the rule @samp{foo(n) := n
26675:: evalv(eatfoo) > 0 :: remember} is a bad idea (@code{evalv} is
26676the function equivalent of the @kbd{=} command); if the variable
26677@code{eatfoo} ever contains 1, rules like @samp{foo(7) := 7} will
26678be added to the rule set and will continue to operate even if
26679@code{eatfoo} is later changed to 0.
26680
26681@item remember(c)
26682@ignore
26683@starindex
26684@end ignore
26685@tindex remember
26686Remember the match as described above, but only if condition @expr{c}
26687is true. For example, @samp{remember(n % 4 = 0)} in the above factorial
26688rule remembers only every fourth result. Note that @samp{remember(1)}
26689is equivalent to @samp{remember}, and @samp{remember(0)} has no effect.
26690@end table
26691
26692@node Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26693@subsection Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules
26694
26695@noindent
26696There are three operators, @samp{&&&}, @samp{|||}, and @samp{!!!},
26697that combine rewrite patterns to make larger patterns. The
26698combinations are ``and,'' ``or,'' and ``not,'' respectively, and
26699these operators are the pattern equivalents of @samp{&&}, @samp{||}
26700and @samp{!} (which operate on zero-or-nonzero logical values).
26701
26702Note that @samp{&&&}, @samp{|||}, and @samp{!!!} are left in symbolic
26703form by all regular Calc features; they have special meaning only in
26704the context of rewrite rule patterns.
26705
26706The pattern @samp{@var{p1} &&& @var{p2}} matches anything that
26707matches both @var{p1} and @var{p2}. One especially useful case is
26708when one of @var{p1} or @var{p2} is a meta-variable. For example,
26709here is a rule that operates on error forms:
26710
26711@example
26712f(x &&& a +/- b, x) := g(x)
26713@end example
26714
26715This does the same thing, but is arguably simpler than, the rule
26716
26717@example
26718f(a +/- b, a +/- b) := g(a +/- b)
26719@end example
26720
26721@ignore
26722@starindex
26723@end ignore
26724@tindex ends
26725Here's another interesting example:
26726
26727@example
26728ends(cons(a, x) &&& rcons(y, b)) := [a, b]
26729@end example
26730
26731@noindent
26732which effectively clips out the middle of a vector leaving just
26733the first and last elements. This rule will change a one-element
26734vector @samp{[a]} to @samp{[a, a]}. The similar rule
26735
26736@example
26737ends(cons(a, rcons(y, b))) := [a, b]
26738@end example
26739
26740@noindent
26741would do the same thing except that it would fail to match a
26742one-element vector.
26743
26744@tex
26745\bigskip
26746@end tex
26747
26748The pattern @samp{@var{p1} ||| @var{p2}} matches anything that
26749matches either @var{p1} or @var{p2}. Calc first tries matching
26750against @var{p1}; if that fails, it goes on to try @var{p2}.
26751
26752@ignore
26753@starindex
26754@end ignore
26755@tindex curve
26756A simple example of @samp{|||} is
26757
26758@example
26759curve(inf ||| -inf) := 0
26760@end example
26761
26762@noindent
26763which converts both @samp{curve(inf)} and @samp{curve(-inf)} to zero.
26764
26765Here is a larger example:
26766
26767@example
26768log(a, b) ||| (ln(a) :: let(b := e)) := mylog(a, b)
26769@end example
26770
26771This matches both generalized and natural logarithms in a single rule.
26772Note that the @samp{::} term must be enclosed in parentheses because
26773that operator has lower precedence than @samp{|||} or @samp{:=}.
26774
26775(In practice this rule would probably include a third alternative,
26776omitted here for brevity, to take care of @code{log10}.)
26777
26778While Calc generally treats interior conditions exactly the same as
26779conditions on the outside of a rule, it does guarantee that if all the
26780variables in the condition are special names like @code{e}, or already
26781bound in the pattern to which the condition is attached (say, if
26782@samp{a} had appeared in this condition), then Calc will process this
26783condition right after matching the pattern to the left of the @samp{::}.
26784Thus, we know that @samp{b} will be bound to @samp{e} only if the
26785@code{ln} branch of the @samp{|||} was taken.
26786
26787Note that this rule was careful to bind the same set of meta-variables
26788on both sides of the @samp{|||}. Calc does not check this, but if
26789you bind a certain meta-variable only in one branch and then use that
26790meta-variable elsewhere in the rule, results are unpredictable:
26791
26792@example
26793f(a,b) ||| g(b) := h(a,b)
26794@end example
26795
26796Here if the pattern matches @samp{g(17)}, Calc makes no promises about
26797the value that will be substituted for @samp{a} on the righthand side.
26798
26799@tex
26800\bigskip
26801@end tex
26802
26803The pattern @samp{!!! @var{pat}} matches anything that does not
26804match @var{pat}. Any meta-variables that are bound while matching
26805@var{pat} remain unbound outside of @var{pat}.
26806
26807For example,
26808
26809@example
26810f(x &&& !!! a +/- b, !!![]) := g(x)
26811@end example
26812
26813@noindent
26814converts @code{f} whose first argument is anything @emph{except} an
26815error form, and whose second argument is not the empty vector, into
26816a similar call to @code{g} (but without the second argument).
26817
26818If we know that the second argument will be a vector (empty or not),
26819then an equivalent rule would be:
26820
26821@example
26822f(x, y) := g(x) :: typeof(x) != 7 :: vlen(y) > 0
26823@end example
26824
26825@noindent
26826where of course 7 is the @code{typeof} code for error forms.
26827Another final condition, that works for any kind of @samp{y},
26828would be @samp{!istrue(y == [])}. (The @code{istrue} function
26829returns an explicit 0 if its argument was left in symbolic form;
26830plain @samp{!(y == [])} or @samp{y != []} would not work to replace
26831@samp{!!![]} since these would be left unsimplified, and thus cause
26832the rule to fail, if @samp{y} was something like a variable name.)
26833
26834It is possible for a @samp{!!!} to refer to meta-variables bound
26835elsewhere in the pattern. For example,
26836
26837@example
26838f(a, !!!a) := g(a)
26839@end example
26840
26841@noindent
26842matches any call to @code{f} with different arguments, changing
26843this to @code{g} with only the first argument.
26844
26845If a function call is to be matched and one of the argument patterns
26846contains a @samp{!!!} somewhere inside it, that argument will be
26847matched last. Thus
26848
26849@example
26850f(!!!a, a) := g(a)
26851@end example
26852
26853@noindent
26854will be careful to bind @samp{a} to the second argument of @code{f}
26855before testing the first argument. If Calc had tried to match the
26856first argument of @code{f} first, the results would have been
26857disastrous: since @code{a} was unbound so far, the pattern @samp{a}
26858would have matched anything at all, and the pattern @samp{!!!a}
26859therefore would @emph{not} have matched anything at all!
26860
26861@node Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26862@subsection Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules
26863
26864@noindent
26865When @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite}) is used, it takes an expression from
26866the top of the stack and attempts to match any of the specified rules
26867to any part of the expression, starting with the whole expression
26868and then, if that fails, trying deeper and deeper sub-expressions.
26869For each part of the expression, the rules are tried in the order
26870they appear in the rules vector. The first rule to match the first
26871sub-expression wins; it replaces the matched sub-expression according
26872to the @var{new} part of the rule.
26873
26874Often, the rule set will match and change the formula several times.
26875The top-level formula is first matched and substituted repeatedly until
26876it no longer matches the pattern; then, sub-formulas are tried, and
26877so on. Once every part of the formula has gotten its chance, the
26878rewrite mechanism starts over again with the top-level formula
26879(in case a substitution of one of its arguments has caused it again
26880to match). This continues until no further matches can be made
26881anywhere in the formula.
26882
26883It is possible for a rule set to get into an infinite loop. The
26884most obvious case, replacing a formula with itself, is not a problem
26885because a rule is not considered to ``succeed'' unless the righthand
26886side actually comes out to something different than the original
26887formula or sub-formula that was matched. But if you accidentally
26888had both @samp{ln(a b) := ln(a) + ln(b)} and the reverse
26889@samp{ln(a) + ln(b) := ln(a b)} in your rule set, Calc would
26890run forever switching a formula back and forth between the two
26891forms.
26892
26893To avoid disaster, Calc normally stops after 100 changes have been
26894made to the formula. This will be enough for most multiple rewrites,
26895but it will keep an endless loop of rewrites from locking up the
26896computer forever. (On most systems, you can also type @kbd{C-g} to
26897halt any Emacs command prematurely.)
26898
26899To change this limit, give a positive numeric prefix argument.
26900In particular, @kbd{M-1 a r} applies only one rewrite at a time,
26901useful when you are first testing your rule (or just if repeated
26902rewriting is not what is called for by your application).
26903
26904@ignore
26905@starindex
26906@end ignore
26907@ignore
26908@mindex iter@idots
26909@end ignore
26910@tindex iterations
26911You can also put a ``function call'' @samp{iterations(@var{n})}
26912in place of a rule anywhere in your rules vector (but usually at
26913the top). Then, @var{n} will be used instead of 100 as the default
26914number of iterations for this rule set. You can use
26915@samp{iterations(inf)} if you want no iteration limit by default.
26916A prefix argument will override the @code{iterations} limit in the
26917rule set.
26918
26919@example
26920[ iterations(1),
26921 f(x) := f(x+1) ]
26922@end example
26923
26924More precisely, the limit controls the number of ``iterations,''
26925where each iteration is a successful matching of a rule pattern whose
26926righthand side, after substituting meta-variables and applying the
26927default simplifications, is different from the original sub-formula
26928that was matched.
26929
26930A prefix argument of zero sets the limit to infinity. Use with caution!
26931
26932Given a negative numeric prefix argument, @kbd{a r} will match and
26933substitute the top-level expression up to that many times, but
26934will not attempt to match the rules to any sub-expressions.
26935
26936In a formula, @code{rewrite(@var{expr}, @var{rules}, @var{n})}
26937does a rewriting operation. Here @var{expr} is the expression
26938being rewritten, @var{rules} is the rule, vector of rules, or
26939variable containing the rules, and @var{n} is the optional
26940iteration limit, which may be a positive integer, a negative
26941integer, or @samp{inf} or @samp{-inf}. If @var{n} is omitted
26942the @code{iterations} value from the rule set is used; if both
26943are omitted, 100 is used.
26944
26945@node Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Selections with Rewrite Rules, Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26946@subsection Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules
26947
26948@noindent
26949It is possible to separate a rewrite rule set into several @dfn{phases}.
26950During each phase, certain rules will be enabled while certain others
26951will be disabled. A @dfn{phase schedule} controls the order in which
26952phases occur during the rewriting process.
26953
26954@ignore
26955@starindex
26956@end ignore
26957@tindex phase
26958@vindex all
26959If a call to the marker function @code{phase} appears in the rules
26960vector in place of a rule, all rules following that point will be
26961members of the phase(s) identified in the arguments to @code{phase}.
26962Phases are given integer numbers. The markers @samp{phase()} and
26963@samp{phase(all)} both mean the following rules belong to all phases;
26964this is the default at the start of the rule set.
26965
26966If you do not explicitly schedule the phases, Calc sorts all phase
26967numbers that appear in the rule set and executes the phases in
26968ascending order. For example, the rule set
26969
26970@example
26971@group
26972[ f0(x) := g0(x),
26973 phase(1),
26974 f1(x) := g1(x),
26975 phase(2),
26976 f2(x) := g2(x),
26977 phase(3),
26978 f3(x) := g3(x),
26979 phase(1,2),
26980 f4(x) := g4(x) ]
26981@end group
26982@end example
26983
26984@noindent
26985has three phases, 1 through 3. Phase 1 consists of the @code{f0},
26986@code{f1}, and @code{f4} rules (in that order). Phase 2 consists of
26987@code{f0}, @code{f2}, and @code{f4}. Phase 3 consists of @code{f0}
26988and @code{f3}.
26989
26990When Calc rewrites a formula using this rule set, it first rewrites
26991the formula using only the phase 1 rules until no further changes are
26992possible. Then it switches to the phase 2 rule set and continues
26993until no further changes occur, then finally rewrites with phase 3.
26994When no more phase 3 rules apply, rewriting finishes. (This is
26995assuming @kbd{a r} with a large enough prefix argument to allow the
26996rewriting to run to completion; the sequence just described stops
26997early if the number of iterations specified in the prefix argument,
26998100 by default, is reached.)
26999
27000During each phase, Calc descends through the nested levels of the
27001formula as described previously. (@xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite
27002Rules}.) Rewriting starts at the top of the formula, then works its
27003way down to the parts, then goes back to the top and works down again.
27004The phase 2 rules do not begin until no phase 1 rules apply anywhere
27005in the formula.
27006
27007@ignore
27008@starindex
27009@end ignore
27010@tindex schedule
27011A @code{schedule} marker appearing in the rule set (anywhere, but
27012conventionally at the top) changes the default schedule of phases.
27013In the simplest case, @code{schedule} has a sequence of phase numbers
27014for arguments; each phase number is invoked in turn until the
27015arguments to @code{schedule} are exhausted. Thus adding
27016@samp{schedule(3,2,1)} at the top of the above rule set would
27017reverse the order of the phases; @samp{schedule(1,2,3)} would have
27018no effect since this is the default schedule; and @samp{schedule(1,2,1,3)}
27019would give phase 1 a second chance after phase 2 has completed, before
27020moving on to phase 3.
27021
27022Any argument to @code{schedule} can instead be a vector of phase
27023numbers (or even of sub-vectors). Then the sub-sequence of phases
27024described by the vector are tried repeatedly until no change occurs
27025in any phase in the sequence. For example, @samp{schedule([1, 2], 3)}
27026tries phase 1, then phase 2, then, if either phase made any changes
27027to the formula, repeats these two phases until they can make no
27028further progress. Finally, it goes on to phase 3 for finishing
27029touches.
27030
27031Also, items in @code{schedule} can be variable names as well as
27032numbers. A variable name is interpreted as the name of a function
27033to call on the whole formula. For example, @samp{schedule(1, simplify)}
27034says to apply the phase-1 rules (presumably, all of them), then to
27035call @code{simplify} which is the function name equivalent of @kbd{a s}.
27036Likewise, @samp{schedule([1, simplify])} says to alternate between
27037phase 1 and @kbd{a s} until no further changes occur.
27038
27039Phases can be used purely to improve efficiency; if it is known that
27040a certain group of rules will apply only at the beginning of rewriting,
27041and a certain other group will apply only at the end, then rewriting
27042will be faster if these groups are identified as separate phases.
27043Once the phase 1 rules are done, Calc can put them aside and no longer
27044spend any time on them while it works on phase 2.
27045
27046There are also some problems that can only be solved with several
27047rewrite phases. For a real-world example of a multi-phase rule set,
27048examine the set @code{FitRules}, which is used by the curve-fitting
27049command to convert a model expression to linear form.
27050@xref{Curve Fitting Details}. This set is divided into four phases.
27051The first phase rewrites certain kinds of expressions to be more
27052easily linearizable, but less computationally efficient. After the
27053linear components have been picked out, the final phase includes the
27054opposite rewrites to put each component back into an efficient form.
27055If both sets of rules were included in one big phase, Calc could get
27056into an infinite loop going back and forth between the two forms.
27057
27058Elsewhere in @code{FitRules}, the components are first isolated,
27059then recombined where possible to reduce the complexity of the linear
27060fit, then finally packaged one component at a time into vectors.
27061If the packaging rules were allowed to begin before the recombining
27062rules were finished, some components might be put away into vectors
27063before they had a chance to recombine. By putting these rules in
27064two separate phases, this problem is neatly avoided.
27065
27066@node Selections with Rewrite Rules, Matching Commands, Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
27067@subsection Selections with Rewrite Rules
27068
27069@noindent
27070If a sub-formula of the current formula is selected (as by @kbd{j s};
27071@pxref{Selecting Subformulas}), the @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite})
27072command applies only to that sub-formula. Together with a negative
27073prefix argument, you can use this fact to apply a rewrite to one
27074specific part of a formula without affecting any other parts.
27075
27076@kindex j r
27077@pindex calc-rewrite-selection
27078The @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection}) command allows more
27079sophisticated operations on selections. This command prompts for
27080the rules in the same way as @kbd{a r}, but it then applies those
27081rules to the whole formula in question even though a sub-formula
27082of it has been selected. However, the selected sub-formula will
27083first have been surrounded by a @samp{select( )} function call.
27084(Calc's evaluator does not understand the function name @code{select};
27085this is only a tag used by the @kbd{j r} command.)
27086
27087For example, suppose the formula on the stack is @samp{2 (a + b)^2}
27088and the sub-formula @samp{a + b} is selected. This formula will
27089be rewritten to @samp{2 select(a + b)^2} and then the rewrite
27090rules will be applied in the usual way. The rewrite rules can
27091include references to @code{select} to tell where in the pattern
27092the selected sub-formula should appear.
27093
27094If there is still exactly one @samp{select( )} function call in
27095the formula after rewriting is done, it indicates which part of
27096the formula should be selected afterwards. Otherwise, the
27097formula will be unselected.
27098
27099You can make @kbd{j r} act much like @kbd{a r} by enclosing both parts
27100of the rewrite rule with @samp{select()}. However, @kbd{j r}
27101allows you to use the current selection in more flexible ways.
27102Suppose you wished to make a rule which removed the exponent from
27103the selected term; the rule @samp{select(a)^x := select(a)} would
27104work. In the above example, it would rewrite @samp{2 select(a + b)^2}
27105to @samp{2 select(a + b)}. This would then be returned to the
27106stack as @samp{2 (a + b)} with the @samp{a + b} selected.
27107
27108The @kbd{j r} command uses one iteration by default, unlike
27109@kbd{a r} which defaults to 100 iterations. A numeric prefix
27110argument affects @kbd{j r} in the same way as @kbd{a r}.
27111@xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules}.
27112
27113As with other selection commands, @kbd{j r} operates on the stack
27114entry that contains the cursor. (If the cursor is on the top-of-stack
27115@samp{.} marker, it works as if the cursor were on the formula
27116at stack level 1.)
27117
27118If you don't specify a set of rules, the rules are taken from the
27119top of the stack, just as with @kbd{a r}. In this case, the
27120cursor must indicate stack entry 2 or above as the formula to be
27121rewritten (otherwise the same formula would be used as both the
27122target and the rewrite rules).
27123
27124If the indicated formula has no selection, the cursor position within
27125the formula temporarily selects a sub-formula for the purposes of this
27126command. If the cursor is not on any sub-formula (e.g., it is in
27127the line-number area to the left of the formula), the @samp{select( )}
27128markers are ignored by the rewrite mechanism and the rules are allowed
27129to apply anywhere in the formula.
27130
27131As a special feature, the normal @kbd{a r} command also ignores
27132@samp{select( )} calls in rewrite rules. For example, if you used the
27133above rule @samp{select(a)^x := select(a)} with @kbd{a r}, it would apply
27134the rule as if it were @samp{a^x := a}. Thus, you can write general
27135purpose rules with @samp{select( )} hints inside them so that they
27136will ``do the right thing'' in both @kbd{a r} and @kbd{j r},
27137both with and without selections.
27138
27139@node Matching Commands, Automatic Rewrites, Selections with Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
27140@subsection Matching Commands
27141
27142@noindent
27143@kindex a m
27144@pindex calc-match
27145@tindex match
27146The @kbd{a m} (@code{calc-match}) [@code{match}] function takes a
27147vector of formulas and a rewrite-rule-style pattern, and produces
27148a vector of all formulas which match the pattern. The command
27149prompts you to enter the pattern; as for @kbd{a r}, you can enter
27150a single pattern (i.e., a formula with meta-variables), or a
27151vector of patterns, or a variable which contains patterns, or
27152you can give a blank response in which case the patterns are taken
27153from the top of the stack. The pattern set will be compiled once
27154and saved if it is stored in a variable. If there are several
27155patterns in the set, vector elements are kept if they match any
27156of the patterns.
27157
27158For example, @samp{match(a+b, [x, x+y, x-y, 7, x+y+z])}
27159will return @samp{[x+y, x-y, x+y+z]}.
27160
27161The @code{import} mechanism is not available for pattern sets.
27162
27163The @kbd{a m} command can also be used to extract all vector elements
27164which satisfy any condition: The pattern @samp{x :: x>0} will select
27165all the positive vector elements.
27166
27167@kindex I a m
27168@tindex matchnot
27169With the Inverse flag [@code{matchnot}], this command extracts all
27170vector elements which do @emph{not} match the given pattern.
27171
27172@ignore
27173@starindex
27174@end ignore
27175@tindex matches
27176There is also a function @samp{matches(@var{x}, @var{p})} which
27177evaluates to 1 if expression @var{x} matches pattern @var{p}, or
27178to 0 otherwise. This is sometimes useful for including into the
27179conditional clauses of other rewrite rules.
27180
27181@ignore
27182@starindex
27183@end ignore
27184@tindex vmatches
27185The function @code{vmatches} is just like @code{matches}, except
27186that if the match succeeds it returns a vector of assignments to
27187the meta-variables instead of the number 1. For example,
27188@samp{vmatches(f(1,2), f(a,b))} returns @samp{[a := 1, b := 2]}.
27189If the match fails, the function returns the number 0.
27190
27191@node Automatic Rewrites, Debugging Rewrites, Matching Commands, Rewrite Rules
27192@subsection Automatic Rewrites
27193
27194@noindent
27195@cindex @code{EvalRules} variable
27196@vindex EvalRules
27197It is possible to get Calc to apply a set of rewrite rules on all
27198results, effectively adding to the built-in set of default
27199simplifications. To do this, simply store your rule set in the
27200variable @code{EvalRules}. There is a convenient @kbd{s E} command
27201for editing @code{EvalRules}; @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
27202
27203For example, suppose you want @samp{sin(a + b)} to be expanded out
27204to @samp{sin(b) cos(a) + cos(b) sin(a)} wherever it appears, and
27205similarly for @samp{cos(a + b)}. The corresponding rewrite rule
27206set would be,
27207
27208@smallexample
27209@group
27210[ sin(a + b) := cos(a) sin(b) + sin(a) cos(b),
27211 cos(a + b) := cos(a) cos(b) - sin(a) sin(b) ]
27212@end group
27213@end smallexample
27214
27215To apply these manually, you could put them in a variable called
27216@code{trigexp} and then use @kbd{a r trigexp} every time you wanted
27217to expand trig functions. But if instead you store them in the
27218variable @code{EvalRules}, they will automatically be applied to all
27219sines and cosines of sums. Then, with @samp{2 x} and @samp{45} on
27220the stack, typing @kbd{+ S} will (assuming Degrees mode) result in
27221@samp{0.7071 sin(2 x) + 0.7071 cos(2 x)} automatically.
27222
27223As each level of a formula is evaluated, the rules from
27224@code{EvalRules} are applied before the default simplifications.
27225Rewriting continues until no further @code{EvalRules} apply.
27226Note that this is different from the usual order of application of
27227rewrite rules: @code{EvalRules} works from the bottom up, simplifying
27228the arguments to a function before the function itself, while @kbd{a r}
27229applies rules from the top down.
27230
27231Because the @code{EvalRules} are tried first, you can use them to
27232override the normal behavior of any built-in Calc function.
27233
27234It is important not to write a rule that will get into an infinite
27235loop. For example, the rule set @samp{[f(0) := 1, f(n) := n f(n-1)]}
27236appears to be a good definition of a factorial function, but it is
27237unsafe. Imagine what happens if @samp{f(2.5)} is simplified. Calc
27238will continue to subtract 1 from this argument forever without reaching
27239zero. A safer second rule would be @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: n>0}.
27240Another dangerous rule is @samp{g(x, y) := g(y, x)}. Rewriting
27241@samp{g(2, 4)}, this would bounce back and forth between that and
27242@samp{g(4, 2)} forever. If an infinite loop in @code{EvalRules}
27243occurs, Emacs will eventually stop with a ``Computation got stuck
27244or ran too long'' message.
27245
27246Another subtle difference between @code{EvalRules} and regular rewrites
27247concerns rules that rewrite a formula into an identical formula. For
27248example, @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n))} ``fails to match'' when @expr{n} is
27249already an integer. But in @code{EvalRules} this case is detected only
27250if the righthand side literally becomes the original formula before any
27251further simplification. This means that @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n))} will
27252get into an infinite loop if it occurs in @code{EvalRules}. Calc will
27253replace @samp{f(6)} with @samp{f(floor(6))}, which is different from
27254@samp{f(6)}, so it will consider the rule to have matched and will
27255continue simplifying that formula; first the argument is simplified
27256to get @samp{f(6)}, then the rule matches again to get @samp{f(floor(6))}
27257again, ad infinitum. A much safer rule would check its argument first,
27258say, with @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n)) :: !dint(n)}.
27259
27260(What really happens is that the rewrite mechanism substitutes the
27261meta-variables in the righthand side of a rule, compares to see if the
27262result is the same as the original formula and fails if so, then uses
27263the default simplifications to simplify the result and compares again
27264(and again fails if the formula has simplified back to its original
27265form). The only special wrinkle for the @code{EvalRules} is that the
27266same rules will come back into play when the default simplifications
27267are used. What Calc wants to do is build @samp{f(floor(6))}, see that
27268this is different from the original formula, simplify to @samp{f(6)},
27269see that this is the same as the original formula, and thus halt the
27270rewriting. But while simplifying, @samp{f(6)} will again trigger
27271the same @code{EvalRules} rule and Calc will get into a loop inside
27272the rewrite mechanism itself.)
27273
27274The @code{phase}, @code{schedule}, and @code{iterations} markers do
27275not work in @code{EvalRules}. If the rule set is divided into phases,
27276only the phase 1 rules are applied, and the schedule is ignored.
27277The rules are always repeated as many times as possible.
27278
27279The @code{EvalRules} are applied to all function calls in a formula,
27280but not to numbers (and other number-like objects like error forms),
27281nor to vectors or individual variable names. (Though they will apply
27282to @emph{components} of vectors and error forms when appropriate.) You
27283might try to make a variable @code{phihat} which automatically expands
27284to its definition without the need to press @kbd{=} by writing the
27285rule @samp{quote(phihat) := (1-sqrt(5))/2}, but unfortunately this rule
27286will not work as part of @code{EvalRules}.
27287
27288Finally, another limitation is that Calc sometimes calls its built-in
27289functions directly rather than going through the default simplifications.
27290When it does this, @code{EvalRules} will not be able to override those
27291functions. For example, when you take the absolute value of the complex
27292number @expr{(2, 3)}, Calc computes @samp{sqrt(2*2 + 3*3)} by calling
27293the multiplication, addition, and square root functions directly rather
27294than applying the default simplifications to this formula. So an
27295@code{EvalRules} rule that (perversely) rewrites @samp{sqrt(13) := 6}
27296would not apply. (However, if you put Calc into Symbolic mode so that
27297@samp{sqrt(13)} will be left in symbolic form by the built-in square
27298root function, your rule will be able to apply. But if the complex
27299number were @expr{(3,4)}, so that @samp{sqrt(25)} must be calculated,
27300then Symbolic mode will not help because @samp{sqrt(25)} can be
27301evaluated exactly to 5.)
27302
27303One subtle restriction that normally only manifests itself with
27304@code{EvalRules} is that while a given rewrite rule is in the process
27305of being checked, that same rule cannot be recursively applied. Calc
27306effectively removes the rule from its rule set while checking the rule,
27307then puts it back once the match succeeds or fails. (The technical
27308reason for this is that compiled pattern programs are not reentrant.)
27309For example, consider the rule @samp{foo(x) := x :: foo(x/2) > 0}
27310attempting to match @samp{foo(8)}. This rule will be inactive while
27311the condition @samp{foo(4) > 0} is checked, even though it might be
27312an integral part of evaluating that condition. Note that this is not
27313a problem for the more usual recursive type of rule, such as
27314@samp{foo(x) := foo(x/2)}, because there the rule has succeeded and
27315been reactivated by the time the righthand side is evaluated.
27316
27317If @code{EvalRules} has no stored value (its default state), or if
27318anything but a vector is stored in it, then it is ignored.
27319
27320Even though Calc's rewrite mechanism is designed to compare rewrite
27321rules to formulas as quickly as possible, storing rules in
27322@code{EvalRules} may make Calc run substantially slower. This is
27323particularly true of rules where the top-level call is a commonly used
27324function, or is not fixed. The rule @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: n>0} will
27325only activate the rewrite mechanism for calls to the function @code{f},
27326but @samp{lg(n) + lg(m) := lg(n m)} will check every @samp{+} operator.
27327
27328@smallexample
27329apply(f, [a*b]) := apply(f, [a]) + apply(f, [b]) :: in(f, [ln, log10])
27330@end smallexample
27331
27332@noindent
27333may seem more ``efficient'' than two separate rules for @code{ln} and
27334@code{log10}, but actually it is vastly less efficient because rules
27335with @code{apply} as the top-level pattern must be tested against
27336@emph{every} function call that is simplified.
27337
27338@cindex @code{AlgSimpRules} variable
27339@vindex AlgSimpRules
27340Suppose you want @samp{sin(a + b)} to be expanded out not all the time,
27341but only when @kbd{a s} is used to simplify the formula. The variable
27342@code{AlgSimpRules} holds rules for this purpose. The @kbd{a s} command
27343will apply @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules} to the formula, as
27344well as all of its built-in simplifications.
27345
27346Most of the special limitations for @code{EvalRules} don't apply to
27347@code{AlgSimpRules}. Calc simply does an @kbd{a r AlgSimpRules}
27348command with an infinite repeat count as the first step of @kbd{a s}.
27349It then applies its own built-in simplifications throughout the
27350formula, and then repeats these two steps (along with applying the
27351default simplifications) until no further changes are possible.
27352
27353@cindex @code{ExtSimpRules} variable
27354@cindex @code{UnitSimpRules} variable
27355@vindex ExtSimpRules
27356@vindex UnitSimpRules
27357There are also @code{ExtSimpRules} and @code{UnitSimpRules} variables
27358that are used by @kbd{a e} and @kbd{u s}, respectively; these commands
27359also apply @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules}. The variable
27360@code{IntegSimpRules} contains simplification rules that are used
27361only during integration by @kbd{a i}.
27362
27363@node Debugging Rewrites, Examples of Rewrite Rules, Automatic Rewrites, Rewrite Rules
27364@subsection Debugging Rewrites
27365
27366@noindent
27367If a buffer named @samp{*Trace*} exists, the rewrite mechanism will
27368record some useful information there as it operates. The original
27369formula is written there, as is the result of each successful rewrite,
27370and the final result of the rewriting. All phase changes are also
27371noted.
27372
27373Calc always appends to @samp{*Trace*}. You must empty this buffer
27374yourself periodically if it is in danger of growing unwieldy.
27375
27376Note that the rewriting mechanism is substantially slower when the
27377@samp{*Trace*} buffer exists, even if the buffer is not visible on
27378the screen. Once you are done, you will probably want to kill this
27379buffer (with @kbd{C-x k *Trace* @key{RET}}). If you leave it in
27380existence and forget about it, all your future rewrite commands will
27381be needlessly slow.
27382
27383@node Examples of Rewrite Rules, , Debugging Rewrites, Rewrite Rules
27384@subsection Examples of Rewrite Rules
27385
27386@noindent
27387Returning to the example of substituting the pattern
27388@samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2} with 1, we saw that the rule
27389@samp{opt(a) sin(x)^2 + opt(a) cos(x)^2 := a} does a good job of
27390finding suitable cases. Another solution would be to use the rule
27391@samp{cos(x)^2 := 1 - sin(x)^2}, followed by algebraic simplification
27392if necessary. This rule will be the most effective way to do the job,
27393but at the expense of making some changes that you might not desire.
27394
27395Another algebraic rewrite rule is @samp{exp(x+y) := exp(x) exp(y)}.
27396To make this work with the @w{@kbd{j r}} command so that it can be
27397easily targeted to a particular exponential in a large formula,
27398you might wish to write the rule as @samp{select(exp(x+y)) :=
27399select(exp(x) exp(y))}. The @samp{select} markers will be
27400ignored by the regular @kbd{a r} command
27401(@pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}).
27402
27403A surprisingly useful rewrite rule is @samp{a/(b-c) := a*(b+c)/(b^2-c^2)}.
27404This will simplify the formula whenever @expr{b} and/or @expr{c} can
27405be made simpler by squaring. For example, applying this rule to
27406@samp{2 / (sqrt(2) + 3)} yields @samp{6:7 - 2:7 sqrt(2)} (assuming
27407Symbolic mode has been enabled to keep the square root from being
27408evaluated to a floating-point approximation). This rule is also
27409useful when working with symbolic complex numbers, e.g.,
27410@samp{(a + b i) / (c + d i)}.
27411
27412As another example, we could define our own ``triangular numbers'' function
27413with the rules @samp{[tri(0) := 0, tri(n) := n + tri(n-1) :: n>0]}. Enter
27414this vector and store it in a variable: @kbd{@w{s t} trirules}. Now, given
27415a suitable formula like @samp{tri(5)} on the stack, type @samp{a r trirules}
27416to apply these rules repeatedly. After six applications, @kbd{a r} will
27417stop with 15 on the stack. Once these rules are debugged, it would probably
27418be most useful to add them to @code{EvalRules} so that Calc will evaluate
27419the new @code{tri} function automatically. We could then use @kbd{Z K} on
27420the keyboard macro @kbd{' tri($) @key{RET}} to make a command that applies
27421@code{tri} to the value on the top of the stack. @xref{Programming}.
27422
27423@cindex Quaternions
27424The following rule set, contributed by
27425@texline Fran\c cois
27426@infoline Francois
27427Pinard, implements @dfn{quaternions}, a generalization of the concept of
27428complex numbers. Quaternions have four components, and are here
27429represented by function calls @samp{quat(@var{w}, [@var{x}, @var{y},
27430@var{z}])} with ``real part'' @var{w} and the three ``imaginary'' parts
27431collected into a vector. Various arithmetical operations on quaternions
27432are supported. To use these rules, either add them to @code{EvalRules},
27433or create a command based on @kbd{a r} for simplifying quaternion
27434formulas. A convenient way to enter quaternions would be a command
27435defined by a keyboard macro containing: @kbd{' quat($$$$, [$$$, $$, $])
27436@key{RET}}.
27437
27438@smallexample
27439[ quat(w, x, y, z) := quat(w, [x, y, z]),
27440 quat(w, [0, 0, 0]) := w,
27441 abs(quat(w, v)) := hypot(w, v),
27442 -quat(w, v) := quat(-w, -v),
27443 r + quat(w, v) := quat(r + w, v) :: real(r),
27444 r - quat(w, v) := quat(r - w, -v) :: real(r),
27445 quat(w1, v1) + quat(w2, v2) := quat(w1 + w2, v1 + v2),
27446 r * quat(w, v) := quat(r * w, r * v) :: real(r),
27447 plain(quat(w1, v1) * quat(w2, v2))
27448 := quat(w1 * w2 - v1 * v2, w1 * v2 + w2 * v1 + cross(v1, v2)),
27449 quat(w1, v1) / r := quat(w1 / r, v1 / r) :: real(r),
27450 z / quat(w, v) := z * quatinv(quat(w, v)),
27451 quatinv(quat(w, v)) := quat(w, -v) / (w^2 + v^2),
27452 quatsqr(quat(w, v)) := quat(w^2 - v^2, 2 * w * v),
27453 quat(w, v)^k := quatsqr(quat(w, v)^(k / 2))
27454 :: integer(k) :: k > 0 :: k % 2 = 0,
27455 quat(w, v)^k := quatsqr(quat(w, v)^((k - 1) / 2)) * quat(w, v)
27456 :: integer(k) :: k > 2,
27457 quat(w, v)^-k := quatinv(quat(w, v)^k) :: integer(k) :: k > 0 ]
27458@end smallexample
27459
27460Quaternions, like matrices, have non-commutative multiplication.
27461In other words, @expr{q1 * q2 = q2 * q1} is not necessarily true if
27462@expr{q1} and @expr{q2} are @code{quat} forms. The @samp{quat*quat}
27463rule above uses @code{plain} to prevent Calc from rearranging the
27464product. It may also be wise to add the line @samp{[quat(), matrix]}
27465to the @code{Decls} matrix, to ensure that Calc's other algebraic
27466operations will not rearrange a quaternion product. @xref{Declarations}.
27467
27468These rules also accept a four-argument @code{quat} form, converting
27469it to the preferred form in the first rule. If you would rather see
27470results in the four-argument form, just append the two items
27471@samp{phase(2), quat(w, [x, y, z]) := quat(w, x, y, z)} to the end
27472of the rule set. (But remember that multi-phase rule sets don't work
27473in @code{EvalRules}.)
27474
27475@node Units, Store and Recall, Algebra, Top
27476@chapter Operating on Units
27477
27478@noindent
27479One special interpretation of algebraic formulas is as numbers with units.
27480For example, the formula @samp{5 m / s^2} can be read ``five meters
27481per second squared.'' The commands in this chapter help you
27482manipulate units expressions in this form. Units-related commands
27483begin with the @kbd{u} prefix key.
27484
27485@menu
27486* Basic Operations on Units::
27487* The Units Table::
27488* Predefined Units::
27489* User-Defined Units::
27490@end menu
27491
27492@node Basic Operations on Units, The Units Table, Units, Units
27493@section Basic Operations on Units
27494
27495@noindent
27496A @dfn{units expression} is a formula which is basically a number
27497multiplied and/or divided by one or more @dfn{unit names}, which may
27498optionally be raised to integer powers. Actually, the value part need not
27499be a number; any product or quotient involving unit names is a units
27500expression. Many of the units commands will also accept any formula,
27501where the command applies to all units expressions which appear in the
27502formula.
27503
27504A unit name is a variable whose name appears in the @dfn{unit table},
27505or a variable whose name is a prefix character like @samp{k} (for ``kilo'')
27506or @samp{u} (for ``micro'') followed by a name in the unit table.
27507A substantial table of built-in units is provided with Calc;
27508@pxref{Predefined Units}. You can also define your own unit names;
27509@pxref{User-Defined Units}.
27510
27511Note that if the value part of a units expression is exactly @samp{1},
27512it will be removed by the Calculator's automatic algebra routines: The
27513formula @samp{1 mm} is ``simplified'' to @samp{mm}. This is only a
27514display anomaly, however; @samp{mm} will work just fine as a
27515representation of one millimeter.
27516
27517You may find that Algebraic mode (@pxref{Algebraic Entry}) makes working
27518with units expressions easier. Otherwise, you will have to remember
27519to hit the apostrophe key every time you wish to enter units.
27520
27521@kindex u s
27522@pindex calc-simplify-units
27523@ignore
27524@mindex usimpl@idots
27525@end ignore
27526@tindex usimplify
27527The @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) [@code{usimplify}] command
27528simplifies a units
27529expression. It uses @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) to simplify the
27530expression first as a regular algebraic formula; it then looks for
27531features that can be further simplified by converting one object's units
27532to be compatible with another's. For example, @samp{5 m + 23 mm} will
27533simplify to @samp{5.023 m}. When different but compatible units are
27534added, the righthand term's units are converted to match those of the
27535lefthand term. @xref{Simplification Modes}, for a way to have this done
27536automatically at all times.
27537
27538Units simplification also handles quotients of two units with the same
27539dimensionality, as in @w{@samp{2 in s/L cm}} to @samp{5.08 s/L}; fractional
27540powers of unit expressions, as in @samp{sqrt(9 mm^2)} to @samp{3 mm} and
27541@samp{sqrt(9 acre)} to a quantity in meters; and @code{floor},
27542@code{ceil}, @code{round}, @code{rounde}, @code{roundu}, @code{trunc},
27543@code{float}, @code{frac}, @code{abs}, and @code{clean}
27544applied to units expressions, in which case
27545the operation in question is applied only to the numeric part of the
27546expression. Finally, trigonometric functions of quantities with units
27547of angle are evaluated, regardless of the current angular mode.
27548
27549@kindex u c
27550@pindex calc-convert-units
27551The @kbd{u c} (@code{calc-convert-units}) command converts a units
27552expression to new, compatible units. For example, given the units
27553expression @samp{55 mph}, typing @kbd{u c m/s @key{RET}} produces
27554@samp{24.5872 m/s}. If you have previously converted a units expression
27555with the same type of units (in this case, distance over time), you will
27556be offered the previous choice of new units as a default. Continuing
27557the above example, entering the units expression @samp{100 km/hr} and
27558typing @kbd{u c @key{RET}} (without specifying new units) produces
27559@samp{27.7777777778 m/s}.
27560
27561While many of Calc's conversion factors are exact, some are necessarily
27562approximate. If Calc is in fraction mode (@pxref{Fraction Mode}), then
27563unit conversions will try to give exact, rational conversions, but it
27564isn't always possible. Given @samp{55 mph} in fraction mode, typing
27565@kbd{u c m/s @key{RET}} produces @samp{15367:625 m/s}, for example,
27566while typing @kbd{u c au/yr @key{RET}} produces
27567@samp{5.18665819999e-3 au/yr}.
27568
27569If the units you request are inconsistent with the original units, the
27570number will be converted into your units times whatever ``remainder''
27571units are left over. For example, converting @samp{55 mph} into acres
27572produces @samp{6.08e-3 acre / m s}. (Recall that multiplication binds
27573more strongly than division in Calc formulas, so the units here are
27574acres per meter-second.) Remainder units are expressed in terms of
27575``fundamental'' units like @samp{m} and @samp{s}, regardless of the
27576input units.
27577
27578One special exception is that if you specify a single unit name, and
27579a compatible unit appears somewhere in the units expression, then
27580that compatible unit will be converted to the new unit and the
27581remaining units in the expression will be left alone. For example,
27582given the input @samp{980 cm/s^2}, the command @kbd{u c ms} will
27583change the @samp{s} to @samp{ms} to get @samp{9.8e-4 cm/ms^2}.
27584The ``remainder unit'' @samp{cm} is left alone rather than being
27585changed to the base unit @samp{m}.
27586
27587You can use explicit unit conversion instead of the @kbd{u s} command
27588to gain more control over the units of the result of an expression.
27589For example, given @samp{5 m + 23 mm}, you can type @kbd{u c m} or
27590@kbd{u c mm} to express the result in either meters or millimeters.
27591(For that matter, you could type @kbd{u c fath} to express the result
27592in fathoms, if you preferred!)
27593
27594In place of a specific set of units, you can also enter one of the
27595units system names @code{si}, @code{mks} (equivalent), or @code{cgs}.
27596For example, @kbd{u c si @key{RET}} converts the expression into
27597International System of Units (SI) base units. Also, @kbd{u c base}
27598converts to Calc's base units, which are the same as @code{si} units
27599except that @code{base} uses @samp{g} as the fundamental unit of mass
27600whereas @code{si} uses @samp{kg}.
27601
27602@cindex Composite units
27603The @kbd{u c} command also accepts @dfn{composite units}, which
27604are expressed as the sum of several compatible unit names. For
27605example, converting @samp{30.5 in} to units @samp{mi+ft+in} (miles,
27606feet, and inches) produces @samp{2 ft + 6.5 in}. Calc first
27607sorts the unit names into order of decreasing relative size.
27608It then accounts for as much of the input quantity as it can
27609using an integer number times the largest unit, then moves on
27610to the next smaller unit, and so on. Only the smallest unit
27611may have a non-integer amount attached in the result. A few
27612standard unit names exist for common combinations, such as
27613@code{mfi} for @samp{mi+ft+in}, and @code{tpo} for @samp{ton+lb+oz}.
27614Composite units are expanded as if by @kbd{a x}, so that
27615@samp{(ft+in)/hr} is first converted to @samp{ft/hr+in/hr}.
27616
27617If the value on the stack does not contain any units, @kbd{u c} will
27618prompt first for the old units which this value should be considered
27619to have, then for the new units. Assuming the old and new units you
27620give are consistent with each other, the result also will not contain
285f0d3a
JB
27621any units. For example, @kbd{@w{u c} cm @key{RET} in @key{RET}}
27622converts the number 2 on the stack to 5.08.
4009494e
GM
27623
27624@kindex u b
27625@pindex calc-base-units
27626The @kbd{u b} (@code{calc-base-units}) command is shorthand for
27627@kbd{u c base}; it converts the units expression on the top of the
27628stack into @code{base} units. If @kbd{u s} does not simplify a
27629units expression as far as you would like, try @kbd{u b}.
27630
27631The @kbd{u c} and @kbd{u b} commands treat temperature units (like
27632@samp{degC} and @samp{K}) as relative temperatures. For example,
27633@kbd{u c} converts @samp{10 degC} to @samp{18 degF}: A change of 10
27634degrees Celsius corresponds to a change of 18 degrees Fahrenheit.
27635
27636@kindex u t
27637@pindex calc-convert-temperature
27638@cindex Temperature conversion
27639The @kbd{u t} (@code{calc-convert-temperature}) command converts
27640absolute temperatures. The value on the stack must be a simple units
27641expression with units of temperature only. This command would convert
27642@samp{10 degC} to @samp{50 degF}, the equivalent temperature on the
27643Fahrenheit scale.
27644
27645@kindex u r
27646@pindex calc-remove-units
27647@kindex u x
27648@pindex calc-extract-units
27649The @kbd{u r} (@code{calc-remove-units}) command removes units from the
27650formula at the top of the stack. The @kbd{u x}
27651(@code{calc-extract-units}) command extracts only the units portion of a
27652formula. These commands essentially replace every term of the formula
27653that does or doesn't (respectively) look like a unit name by the
27654constant 1, then resimplify the formula.
27655
27656@kindex u a
27657@pindex calc-autorange-units
27658The @kbd{u a} (@code{calc-autorange-units}) command turns on and off a
27659mode in which unit prefixes like @code{k} (``kilo'') are automatically
27660applied to keep the numeric part of a units expression in a reasonable
27661range. This mode affects @kbd{u s} and all units conversion commands
27662except @kbd{u b}. For example, with autoranging on, @samp{12345 Hz}
27663will be simplified to @samp{12.345 kHz}. Autoranging is useful for
27664some kinds of units (like @code{Hz} and @code{m}), but is probably
27665undesirable for non-metric units like @code{ft} and @code{tbsp}.
27666(Composite units are more appropriate for those; see above.)
27667
27668Autoranging always applies the prefix to the leftmost unit name.
27669Calc chooses the largest prefix that causes the number to be greater
27670than or equal to 1.0. Thus an increasing sequence of adjusted times
27671would be @samp{1 ms, 10 ms, 100 ms, 1 s, 10 s, 100 s, 1 ks}.
27672Generally the rule of thumb is that the number will be adjusted
27673to be in the interval @samp{[1 .. 1000)}, although there are several
27674exceptions to this rule. First, if the unit has a power then this
27675is not possible; @samp{0.1 s^2} simplifies to @samp{100000 ms^2}.
27676Second, the ``centi-'' prefix is allowed to form @code{cm} (centimeters),
27677but will not apply to other units. The ``deci-,'' ``deka-,'' and
27678``hecto-'' prefixes are never used. Thus the allowable interval is
27679@samp{[1 .. 10)} for millimeters and @samp{[1 .. 100)} for centimeters.
27680Finally, a prefix will not be added to a unit if the resulting name
27681is also the actual name of another unit; @samp{1e-15 t} would normally
27682be considered a ``femto-ton,'' but it is written as @samp{1000 at}
27683(1000 atto-tons) instead because @code{ft} would be confused with feet.
27684
27685@node The Units Table, Predefined Units, Basic Operations on Units, Units
27686@section The Units Table
27687
27688@noindent
27689@kindex u v
27690@pindex calc-enter-units-table
27691The @kbd{u v} (@code{calc-enter-units-table}) command displays the units table
27692in another buffer called @code{*Units Table*}. Each entry in this table
27693gives the unit name as it would appear in an expression, the definition
27694of the unit in terms of simpler units, and a full name or description of
27695the unit. Fundamental units are defined as themselves; these are the
27696units produced by the @kbd{u b} command. The fundamental units are
27697meters, seconds, grams, kelvins, amperes, candelas, moles, radians,
27698and steradians.
27699
27700The Units Table buffer also displays the Unit Prefix Table. Note that
27701two prefixes, ``kilo'' and ``hecto,'' accept either upper- or lower-case
27702prefix letters. @samp{Meg} is also accepted as a synonym for the @samp{M}
27703prefix. Whenever a unit name can be interpreted as either a built-in name
27704or a prefix followed by another built-in name, the former interpretation
27705wins. For example, @samp{2 pt} means two pints, not two pico-tons.
27706
27707The Units Table buffer, once created, is not rebuilt unless you define
27708new units. To force the buffer to be rebuilt, give any numeric prefix
27709argument to @kbd{u v}.
27710
27711@kindex u V
27712@pindex calc-view-units-table
27713The @kbd{u V} (@code{calc-view-units-table}) command is like @kbd{u v} except
27714that the cursor is not moved into the Units Table buffer. You can
27715type @kbd{u V} again to remove the Units Table from the display. To
27716return from the Units Table buffer after a @kbd{u v}, type @kbd{C-x * c}
27717again or use the regular Emacs @w{@kbd{C-x o}} (@code{other-window})
27718command. You can also kill the buffer with @kbd{C-x k} if you wish;
27719the actual units table is safely stored inside the Calculator.
27720
27721@kindex u g
27722@pindex calc-get-unit-definition
27723The @kbd{u g} (@code{calc-get-unit-definition}) command retrieves a unit's
27724defining expression and pushes it onto the Calculator stack. For example,
27725@kbd{u g in} will produce the expression @samp{2.54 cm}. This is the
27726same definition for the unit that would appear in the Units Table buffer.
27727Note that this command works only for actual unit names; @kbd{u g km}
27728will report that no such unit exists, for example, because @code{km} is
27729really the unit @code{m} with a @code{k} (``kilo'') prefix. To see a
27730definition of a unit in terms of base units, it is easier to push the
27731unit name on the stack and then reduce it to base units with @kbd{u b}.
27732
27733@kindex u e
27734@pindex calc-explain-units
27735The @kbd{u e} (@code{calc-explain-units}) command displays an English
27736description of the units of the expression on the stack. For example,
27737for the expression @samp{62 km^2 g / s^2 mol K}, the description is
27738``Square-Kilometer Gram per (Second-squared Mole Degree-Kelvin).'' This
27739command uses the English descriptions that appear in the righthand
27740column of the Units Table.
27741
27742@node Predefined Units, User-Defined Units, The Units Table, Units
27743@section Predefined Units
27744
27745@noindent
285f0d3a
JB
27746The definitions of many units have changed over the years. For example,
27747the meter was originally defined in 1791 as one ten-millionth of the
27748distance from the equator to the north pole. In order to be more
27749precise, the definition was adjusted several times, and now a meter is
27750defined as the distance that light will travel in a vacuum in
277511/299792458 of a second; consequently, the speed of light in a
27752vacuum is exactly 299792458 m/s. Many other units have been
27753redefined in terms of fundamental physical processes; a second, for
27754example, is currently defined as 9192631770 periods of a certain
27755radiation related to the cesium-133 atom. The only SI unit that is not
27756based on a fundamental physical process (although there are efforts to
27757change this) is the kilogram, which was originally defined as the mass
27758of one liter of water, but is now defined as the mass of the
27759International Prototype Kilogram (IPK), a cylinder of platinum-iridium
27760kept at the Bureau International des Poids et Mesures in S@`evres,
27761France. (There are several copies of the IPK throughout the world.)
27762The British imperial units, once defined in terms of physical objects,
27763were redefined in 1963 in terms of SI units. The US customary units,
27764which were the same as British units until the British imperial system
27765was created in 1824, were also defined in terms of the SI units in 1893.
27766Because of these redefinitions, conversions between metric, British
27767Imperial, and US customary units can often be done precisely.
27768
4009494e
GM
27769Since the exact definitions of many kinds of units have evolved over the
27770years, and since certain countries sometimes have local differences in
27771their definitions, it is a good idea to examine Calc's definition of a
27772unit before depending on its exact value. For example, there are three
27773different units for gallons, corresponding to the US (@code{gal}),
27774Canadian (@code{galC}), and British (@code{galUK}) definitions. Also,
27775note that @code{oz} is a standard ounce of mass, @code{ozt} is a Troy
27776ounce, and @code{ozfl} is a fluid ounce.
27777
27778The temperature units corresponding to degrees Kelvin and Centigrade
27779(Celsius) are the same in this table, since most units commands treat
27780temperatures as being relative. The @code{calc-convert-temperature}
27781command has special rules for handling the different absolute magnitudes
27782of the various temperature scales.
27783
27784The unit of volume ``liters'' can be referred to by either the lower-case
27785@code{l} or the upper-case @code{L}.
27786
27787The unit @code{A} stands for Amperes; the name @code{Ang} is used
27788@tex
27789for \AA ngstroms.
27790@end tex
27791@ifnottex
27792for Angstroms.
27793@end ifnottex
27794
27795The unit @code{pt} stands for pints; the name @code{point} stands for
27796a typographical point, defined by @samp{72 point = 1 in}. This is
27797slightly different than the point defined by the American Typefounder's
27798Association in 1886, but the point used by Calc has become standard
27799largely due to its use by the PostScript page description language.
27800There is also @code{texpt}, which stands for a printer's point as
27801defined by the @TeX{} typesetting system: @samp{72.27 texpt = 1 in}.
27802Other units used by @TeX{} are available; they are @code{texpc} (a pica),
27803@code{texbp} (a ``big point'', equal to a standard point which is larger
27804than the point used by @TeX{}), @code{texdd} (a Didot point),
27805@code{texcc} (a Cicero) and @code{texsp} (a scaled @TeX{} point,
27806all dimensions representable in @TeX{} are multiples of this value).
27807
27808The unit @code{e} stands for the elementary (electron) unit of charge;
27809because algebra command could mistake this for the special constant
27810@expr{e}, Calc provides the alternate unit name @code{ech} which is
27811preferable to @code{e}.
27812
27813The name @code{g} stands for one gram of mass; there is also @code{gf},
27814one gram of force. (Likewise for @kbd{lb}, pounds, and @kbd{lbf}.)
27815Meanwhile, one ``@expr{g}'' of acceleration is denoted @code{ga}.
27816
27817The unit @code{ton} is a U.S. ton of @samp{2000 lb}, and @code{t} is
27818a metric ton of @samp{1000 kg}.
27819
27820The names @code{s} (or @code{sec}) and @code{min} refer to units of
27821time; @code{arcsec} and @code{arcmin} are units of angle.
27822
27823Some ``units'' are really physical constants; for example, @code{c}
27824represents the speed of light, and @code{h} represents Planck's
27825constant. You can use these just like other units: converting
27826@samp{.5 c} to @samp{m/s} expresses one-half the speed of light in
27827meters per second. You can also use this merely as a handy reference;
27828the @kbd{u g} command gets the definition of one of these constants
27829in its normal terms, and @kbd{u b} expresses the definition in base
27830units.
27831
27832Two units, @code{pi} and @code{alpha} (the fine structure constant,
27833approximately @mathit{1/137}) are dimensionless. The units simplification
27834commands simply treat these names as equivalent to their corresponding
27835values. However you can, for example, use @kbd{u c} to convert a pure
27836number into multiples of the fine structure constant, or @kbd{u b} to
27837convert this back into a pure number. (When @kbd{u c} prompts for the
27838``old units,'' just enter a blank line to signify that the value
27839really is unitless.)
27840
27841@c Describe angular units, luminosity vs. steradians problem.
27842
27843@node User-Defined Units, , Predefined Units, Units
27844@section User-Defined Units
27845
27846@noindent
27847Calc provides ways to get quick access to your selected ``favorite''
27848units, as well as ways to define your own new units.
27849
27850@kindex u 0-9
27851@pindex calc-quick-units
27852@vindex Units
27853@cindex @code{Units} variable
27854@cindex Quick units
27855To select your favorite units, store a vector of unit names or
27856expressions in the Calc variable @code{Units}. The @kbd{u 1}
27857through @kbd{u 9} commands (@code{calc-quick-units}) provide access
27858to these units. If the value on the top of the stack is a plain
27859number (with no units attached), then @kbd{u 1} gives it the
27860specified units. (Basically, it multiplies the number by the
27861first item in the @code{Units} vector.) If the number on the
27862stack @emph{does} have units, then @kbd{u 1} converts that number
27863to the new units. For example, suppose the vector @samp{[in, ft]}
27864is stored in @code{Units}. Then @kbd{30 u 1} will create the
27865expression @samp{30 in}, and @kbd{u 2} will convert that expression
27866to @samp{2.5 ft}.
27867
27868The @kbd{u 0} command accesses the tenth element of @code{Units}.
27869Only ten quick units may be defined at a time. If the @code{Units}
27870variable has no stored value (the default), or if its value is not
27871a vector, then the quick-units commands will not function. The
27872@kbd{s U} command is a convenient way to edit the @code{Units}
27873variable; @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
27874
27875@kindex u d
27876@pindex calc-define-unit
27877@cindex User-defined units
27878The @kbd{u d} (@code{calc-define-unit}) command records the units
27879expression on the top of the stack as the definition for a new,
27880user-defined unit. For example, putting @samp{16.5 ft} on the stack and
27881typing @kbd{u d rod} defines the new unit @samp{rod} to be equivalent to
2788216.5 feet. The unit conversion and simplification commands will now
27883treat @code{rod} just like any other unit of length. You will also be
27884prompted for an optional English description of the unit, which will
4043c194
JB
27885appear in the Units Table. If you wish the definition of this unit to
27886be displayed in a special way in the Units Table buffer (such as with an
27887asterisk to indicate an approximate value), then you can call this
27888command with an argument, @kbd{C-u u d}; you will then also be prompted
27889for a string that will be used to display the definition.
4009494e
GM
27890
27891@kindex u u
27892@pindex calc-undefine-unit
27893The @kbd{u u} (@code{calc-undefine-unit}) command removes a user-defined
27894unit. It is not possible to remove one of the predefined units,
27895however.
27896
27897If you define a unit with an existing unit name, your new definition
27898will replace the original definition of that unit. If the unit was a
27899predefined unit, the old definition will not be replaced, only
27900``shadowed.'' The built-in definition will reappear if you later use
27901@kbd{u u} to remove the shadowing definition.
27902
27903To create a new fundamental unit, use either 1 or the unit name itself
27904as the defining expression. Otherwise the expression can involve any
27905other units that you like (except for composite units like @samp{mfi}).
27906You can create a new composite unit with a sum of other units as the
27907defining expression. The next unit operation like @kbd{u c} or @kbd{u v}
27908will rebuild the internal unit table incorporating your modifications.
27909Note that erroneous definitions (such as two units defined in terms of
27910each other) will not be detected until the unit table is next rebuilt;
27911@kbd{u v} is a convenient way to force this to happen.
27912
27913Temperature units are treated specially inside the Calculator; it is not
27914possible to create user-defined temperature units.
27915
27916@kindex u p
27917@pindex calc-permanent-units
27918@cindex Calc init file, user-defined units
27919The @kbd{u p} (@code{calc-permanent-units}) command stores the user-defined
27920units in your Calc init file (the file given by the variable
27921@code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.calc.el}), so that the
27922units will still be available in subsequent Emacs sessions. If there
27923was already a set of user-defined units in your Calc init file, it
27924is replaced by the new set. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to
27925tell Calc to use a different file for the Calc init file.)
27926
27927@node Store and Recall, Graphics, Units, Top
27928@chapter Storing and Recalling
27929
27930@noindent
27931Calculator variables are really just Lisp variables that contain numbers
27932or formulas in a form that Calc can understand. The commands in this
27933section allow you to manipulate variables conveniently. Commands related
27934to variables use the @kbd{s} prefix key.
27935
27936@menu
27937* Storing Variables::
27938* Recalling Variables::
27939* Operations on Variables::
27940* Let Command::
27941* Evaluates-To Operator::
27942@end menu
27943
27944@node Storing Variables, Recalling Variables, Store and Recall, Store and Recall
27945@section Storing Variables
27946
27947@noindent
27948@kindex s s
27949@pindex calc-store
27950@cindex Storing variables
27951@cindex Quick variables
27952@vindex q0
27953@vindex q9
27954The @kbd{s s} (@code{calc-store}) command stores the value at the top of
27955the stack into a specified variable. It prompts you to enter the
27956name of the variable. If you press a single digit, the value is stored
27957immediately in one of the ``quick'' variables @code{q0} through
27958@code{q9}. Or you can enter any variable name.
27959
27960@kindex s t
27961@pindex calc-store-into
27962The @kbd{s s} command leaves the stored value on the stack. There is
27963also an @kbd{s t} (@code{calc-store-into}) command, which removes a
27964value from the stack and stores it in a variable.
27965
27966If the top of stack value is an equation @samp{a = 7} or assignment
27967@samp{a := 7} with a variable on the lefthand side, then Calc will
27968assign that variable with that value by default, i.e., if you type
27969@kbd{s s @key{RET}} or @kbd{s t @key{RET}}. In this example, the
27970value 7 would be stored in the variable @samp{a}. (If you do type
27971a variable name at the prompt, the top-of-stack value is stored in
27972its entirety, even if it is an equation: @samp{s s b @key{RET}}
27973with @samp{a := 7} on the stack stores @samp{a := 7} in @code{b}.)
27974
27975In fact, the top of stack value can be a vector of equations or
27976assignments with different variables on their lefthand sides; the
27977default will be to store all the variables with their corresponding
27978righthand sides simultaneously.
27979
27980It is also possible to type an equation or assignment directly at
27981the prompt for the @kbd{s s} or @kbd{s t} command: @kbd{s s foo = 7}.
27982In this case the expression to the right of the @kbd{=} or @kbd{:=}
27983symbol is evaluated as if by the @kbd{=} command, and that value is
27984stored in the variable. No value is taken from the stack; @kbd{s s}
27985and @kbd{s t} are equivalent when used in this way.
27986
27987@kindex s 0-9
27988@kindex t 0-9
27989The prefix keys @kbd{s} and @kbd{t} may be followed immediately by a
27990digit; @kbd{s 9} is equivalent to @kbd{s s 9}, and @kbd{t 9} is
27991equivalent to @kbd{s t 9}. (The @kbd{t} prefix is otherwise used
27992for trail and time/date commands.)
27993
27994@kindex s +
27995@kindex s -
27996@ignore
27997@mindex @idots
27998@end ignore
27999@kindex s *
28000@ignore
28001@mindex @null
28002@end ignore
28003@kindex s /
28004@ignore
28005@mindex @null
28006@end ignore
28007@kindex s ^
28008@ignore
28009@mindex @null
28010@end ignore
28011@kindex s |
28012@ignore
28013@mindex @null
28014@end ignore
28015@kindex s n
28016@ignore
28017@mindex @null
28018@end ignore
28019@kindex s &
28020@ignore
28021@mindex @null
28022@end ignore
28023@kindex s [
28024@ignore
28025@mindex @null
28026@end ignore
28027@kindex s ]
28028@pindex calc-store-plus
28029@pindex calc-store-minus
28030@pindex calc-store-times
28031@pindex calc-store-div
28032@pindex calc-store-power
28033@pindex calc-store-concat
28034@pindex calc-store-neg
28035@pindex calc-store-inv
28036@pindex calc-store-decr
28037@pindex calc-store-incr
28038There are also several ``arithmetic store'' commands. For example,
28039@kbd{s +} removes a value from the stack and adds it to the specified
28040variable. The other arithmetic stores are @kbd{s -}, @kbd{s *}, @kbd{s /},
28041@kbd{s ^}, and @w{@kbd{s |}} (vector concatenation), plus @kbd{s n} and
28042@kbd{s &} which negate or invert the value in a variable, and @w{@kbd{s [}}
28043and @kbd{s ]} which decrease or increase a variable by one.
28044
28045All the arithmetic stores accept the Inverse prefix to reverse the
28046order of the operands. If @expr{v} represents the contents of the
28047variable, and @expr{a} is the value drawn from the stack, then regular
28048@w{@kbd{s -}} assigns
28049@texline @math{v \coloneq v - a},
28050@infoline @expr{v := v - a},
28051but @kbd{I s -} assigns
28052@texline @math{v \coloneq a - v}.
28053@infoline @expr{v := a - v}.
28054While @kbd{I s *} might seem pointless, it is
28055useful if matrix multiplication is involved. Actually, all the
28056arithmetic stores use formulas designed to behave usefully both
28057forwards and backwards:
28058
28059@example
28060@group
28061s + v := v + a v := a + v
28062s - v := v - a v := a - v
28063s * v := v * a v := a * v
28064s / v := v / a v := a / v
28065s ^ v := v ^ a v := a ^ v
28066s | v := v | a v := a | v
28067s n v := v / (-1) v := (-1) / v
28068s & v := v ^ (-1) v := (-1) ^ v
28069s [ v := v - 1 v := 1 - v
28070s ] v := v - (-1) v := (-1) - v
28071@end group
28072@end example
28073
28074In the last four cases, a numeric prefix argument will be used in
28075place of the number one. (For example, @kbd{M-2 s ]} increases
28076a variable by 2, and @kbd{M-2 I s ]} replaces a variable by
28077minus-two minus the variable.
28078
28079The first six arithmetic stores can also be typed @kbd{s t +}, @kbd{s t -},
28080etc. The commands @kbd{s s +}, @kbd{s s -}, and so on are analogous
28081arithmetic stores that don't remove the value @expr{a} from the stack.
28082
28083All arithmetic stores report the new value of the variable in the
28084Trail for your information. They signal an error if the variable
28085previously had no stored value. If default simplifications have been
28086turned off, the arithmetic stores temporarily turn them on for numeric
28087arguments only (i.e., they temporarily do an @kbd{m N} command).
28088@xref{Simplification Modes}. Large vectors put in the trail by
28089these commands always use abbreviated (@kbd{t .}) mode.
28090
28091@kindex s m
28092@pindex calc-store-map
28093The @kbd{s m} command is a general way to adjust a variable's value
28094using any Calc function. It is a ``mapping'' command analogous to
28095@kbd{V M}, @kbd{V R}, etc. @xref{Reducing and Mapping}, to see
28096how to specify a function for a mapping command. Basically,
28097all you do is type the Calc command key that would invoke that
28098function normally. For example, @kbd{s m n} applies the @kbd{n}
28099key to negate the contents of the variable, so @kbd{s m n} is
28100equivalent to @kbd{s n}. Also, @kbd{s m Q} takes the square root
28101of the value stored in a variable, @kbd{s m v v} uses @kbd{v v} to
28102reverse the vector stored in the variable, and @kbd{s m H I S}
28103takes the hyperbolic arcsine of the variable contents.
28104
28105If the mapping function takes two or more arguments, the additional
28106arguments are taken from the stack; the old value of the variable
28107is provided as the first argument. Thus @kbd{s m -} with @expr{a}
28108on the stack computes @expr{v - a}, just like @kbd{s -}. With the
28109Inverse prefix, the variable's original value becomes the @emph{last}
28110argument instead of the first. Thus @kbd{I s m -} is also
28111equivalent to @kbd{I s -}.
28112
28113@kindex s x
28114@pindex calc-store-exchange
28115The @kbd{s x} (@code{calc-store-exchange}) command exchanges the value
28116of a variable with the value on the top of the stack. Naturally, the
28117variable must already have a stored value for this to work.
28118
28119You can type an equation or assignment at the @kbd{s x} prompt. The
28120command @kbd{s x a=6} takes no values from the stack; instead, it
28121pushes the old value of @samp{a} on the stack and stores @samp{a = 6}.
28122
28123@kindex s u
28124@pindex calc-unstore
28125@cindex Void variables
28126@cindex Un-storing variables
28127Until you store something in them, most variables are ``void,'' that is,
28128they contain no value at all. If they appear in an algebraic formula
28129they will be left alone even if you press @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}).
28130The @kbd{s u} (@code{calc-unstore}) command returns a variable to the
28131void state.
28132
28133@kindex s c
28134@pindex calc-copy-variable
28135The @kbd{s c} (@code{calc-copy-variable}) command copies the stored
28136value of one variable to another. One way it differs from a simple
28137@kbd{s r} followed by an @kbd{s t} (aside from saving keystrokes) is
28138that the value never goes on the stack and thus is never rounded,
28139evaluated, or simplified in any way; it is not even rounded down to the
28140current precision.
28141
28142The only variables with predefined values are the ``special constants''
28143@code{pi}, @code{e}, @code{i}, @code{phi}, and @code{gamma}. You are free
28144to unstore these variables or to store new values into them if you like,
28145although some of the algebraic-manipulation functions may assume these
28146variables represent their standard values. Calc displays a warning if
28147you change the value of one of these variables, or of one of the other
28148special variables @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan} (which are
28149normally void).
28150
28151Note that @code{pi} doesn't actually have 3.14159265359 stored in it,
28152but rather a special magic value that evaluates to @cpi{} at the current
28153precision. Likewise @code{e}, @code{i}, and @code{phi} evaluate
28154according to the current precision or polar mode. If you recall a value
28155from @code{pi} and store it back, this magic property will be lost. The
28156magic property is preserved, however, when a variable is copied with
28157@kbd{s c}.
28158
28159@kindex s k
28160@pindex calc-copy-special-constant
28161If one of the ``special constants'' is redefined (or undefined) so that
28162it no longer has its magic property, the property can be restored with
28163@kbd{s k} (@code{calc-copy-special-constant}). This command will prompt
28164for a special constant and a variable to store it in, and so a special
28165constant can be stored in any variable. Here, the special constant that
28166you enter doesn't depend on the value of the corresponding variable;
28167@code{pi} will represent 3.14159@dots{} regardless of what is currently
28168stored in the Calc variable @code{pi}. If one of the other special
28169variables, @code{inf}, @code{uinf} or @code{nan}, is given a value, its
28170original behavior can be restored by voiding it with @kbd{s u}.
28171
28172@node Recalling Variables, Operations on Variables, Storing Variables, Store and Recall
28173@section Recalling Variables
28174
28175@noindent
28176@kindex s r
28177@pindex calc-recall
28178@cindex Recalling variables
28179The most straightforward way to extract the stored value from a variable
28180is to use the @kbd{s r} (@code{calc-recall}) command. This command prompts
28181for a variable name (similarly to @code{calc-store}), looks up the value
28182of the specified variable, and pushes that value onto the stack. It is
28183an error to try to recall a void variable.
28184
28185It is also possible to recall the value from a variable by evaluating a
28186formula containing that variable. For example, @kbd{' a @key{RET} =} is
28187the same as @kbd{s r a @key{RET}} except that if the variable is void, the
28188former will simply leave the formula @samp{a} on the stack whereas the
28189latter will produce an error message.
28190
28191@kindex r 0-9
28192The @kbd{r} prefix may be followed by a digit, so that @kbd{r 9} is
538c2573 28193equivalent to @kbd{s r 9}.
4009494e
GM
28194
28195@node Operations on Variables, Let Command, Recalling Variables, Store and Recall
28196@section Other Operations on Variables
28197
28198@noindent
28199@kindex s e
28200@pindex calc-edit-variable
28201The @kbd{s e} (@code{calc-edit-variable}) command edits the stored
28202value of a variable without ever putting that value on the stack
28203or simplifying or evaluating the value. It prompts for the name of
28204the variable to edit. If the variable has no stored value, the
28205editing buffer will start out empty. If the editing buffer is
28206empty when you press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish, the variable will
28207be made void. @xref{Editing Stack Entries}, for a general
28208description of editing.
28209
28210The @kbd{s e} command is especially useful for creating and editing
28211rewrite rules which are stored in variables. Sometimes these rules
28212contain formulas which must not be evaluated until the rules are
28213actually used. (For example, they may refer to @samp{deriv(x,y)},
28214where @code{x} will someday become some expression involving @code{y};
28215if you let Calc evaluate the rule while you are defining it, Calc will
28216replace @samp{deriv(x,y)} with 0 because the formula @code{x} does
28217not itself refer to @code{y}.) By contrast, recalling the variable,
28218editing with @kbd{`}, and storing will evaluate the variable's value
28219as a side effect of putting the value on the stack.
28220
28221@kindex s A
28222@kindex s D
28223@ignore
28224@mindex @idots
28225@end ignore
28226@kindex s E
28227@ignore
28228@mindex @null
28229@end ignore
28230@kindex s F
28231@ignore
28232@mindex @null
28233@end ignore
28234@kindex s G
28235@ignore
28236@mindex @null
28237@end ignore
28238@kindex s H
28239@ignore
28240@mindex @null
28241@end ignore
28242@kindex s I
28243@ignore
28244@mindex @null
28245@end ignore
28246@kindex s L
28247@ignore
28248@mindex @null
28249@end ignore
28250@kindex s P
28251@ignore
28252@mindex @null
28253@end ignore
28254@kindex s R
28255@ignore
28256@mindex @null
28257@end ignore
28258@kindex s T
28259@ignore
28260@mindex @null
28261@end ignore
28262@kindex s U
28263@ignore
28264@mindex @null
28265@end ignore
28266@kindex s X
28267@pindex calc-store-AlgSimpRules
28268@pindex calc-store-Decls
28269@pindex calc-store-EvalRules
28270@pindex calc-store-FitRules
28271@pindex calc-store-GenCount
28272@pindex calc-store-Holidays
28273@pindex calc-store-IntegLimit
28274@pindex calc-store-LineStyles
28275@pindex calc-store-PointStyles
28276@pindex calc-store-PlotRejects
28277@pindex calc-store-TimeZone
28278@pindex calc-store-Units
28279@pindex calc-store-ExtSimpRules
28280There are several special-purpose variable-editing commands that
28281use the @kbd{s} prefix followed by a shifted letter:
28282
28283@table @kbd
28284@item s A
28285Edit @code{AlgSimpRules}. @xref{Algebraic Simplifications}.
28286@item s D
28287Edit @code{Decls}. @xref{Declarations}.
28288@item s E
28289Edit @code{EvalRules}. @xref{Default Simplifications}.
28290@item s F
28291Edit @code{FitRules}. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
28292@item s G
28293Edit @code{GenCount}. @xref{Solving Equations}.
28294@item s H
28295Edit @code{Holidays}. @xref{Business Days}.
28296@item s I
28297Edit @code{IntegLimit}. @xref{Calculus}.
28298@item s L
28299Edit @code{LineStyles}. @xref{Graphics}.
28300@item s P
28301Edit @code{PointStyles}. @xref{Graphics}.
28302@item s R
28303Edit @code{PlotRejects}. @xref{Graphics}.
28304@item s T
28305Edit @code{TimeZone}. @xref{Time Zones}.
28306@item s U
28307Edit @code{Units}. @xref{User-Defined Units}.
28308@item s X
28309Edit @code{ExtSimpRules}. @xref{Unsafe Simplifications}.
28310@end table
28311
28312These commands are just versions of @kbd{s e} that use fixed variable
28313names rather than prompting for the variable name.
28314
28315@kindex s p
28316@pindex calc-permanent-variable
28317@cindex Storing variables
28318@cindex Permanent variables
28319@cindex Calc init file, variables
28320The @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command saves a
28321variable's value permanently in your Calc init file (the file given by
28322the variable @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.calc.el}), so
28323that its value will still be available in future Emacs sessions. You
28324can re-execute @w{@kbd{s p}} later on to update the saved value, but the
28325only way to remove a saved variable is to edit your calc init file
28326by hand. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to tell Calc to
28327use a different file for the Calc init file.)
28328
28329If you do not specify the name of a variable to save (i.e.,
28330@kbd{s p @key{RET}}), all Calc variables with defined values
28331are saved except for the special constants @code{pi}, @code{e},
28332@code{i}, @code{phi}, and @code{gamma}; the variables @code{TimeZone}
28333and @code{PlotRejects};
28334@code{FitRules}, @code{DistribRules}, and other built-in rewrite
28335rules; and @code{PlotData@var{n}} variables generated
28336by the graphics commands. (You can still save these variables by
28337explicitly naming them in an @kbd{s p} command.)
28338
28339@kindex s i
28340@pindex calc-insert-variables
28341The @kbd{s i} (@code{calc-insert-variables}) command writes
28342the values of all Calc variables into a specified buffer.
28343The variables are written with the prefix @code{var-} in the form of
28344Lisp @code{setq} commands
28345which store the values in string form. You can place these commands
28346in your Calc init file (or @file{.emacs}) if you wish, though in this case it
28347would be easier to use @kbd{s p @key{RET}}. (Note that @kbd{s i}
28348omits the same set of variables as @w{@kbd{s p @key{RET}}}; the difference
28349is that @kbd{s i} will store the variables in any buffer, and it also
28350stores in a more human-readable format.)
28351
28352@node Let Command, Evaluates-To Operator, Operations on Variables, Store and Recall
28353@section The Let Command
28354
28355@noindent
28356@kindex s l
28357@pindex calc-let
28358@cindex Variables, temporary assignment
28359@cindex Temporary assignment to variables
28360If you have an expression like @samp{a+b^2} on the stack and you wish to
28361compute its value where @expr{b=3}, you can simply store 3 in @expr{b} and
28362then press @kbd{=} to reevaluate the formula. This has the side-effect
28363of leaving the stored value of 3 in @expr{b} for future operations.
28364
28365The @kbd{s l} (@code{calc-let}) command evaluates a formula under a
28366@emph{temporary} assignment of a variable. It stores the value on the
28367top of the stack into the specified variable, then evaluates the
28368second-to-top stack entry, then restores the original value (or lack of one)
28369in the variable. Thus after @kbd{'@w{ }a+b^2 @key{RET} 3 s l b @key{RET}},
28370the stack will contain the formula @samp{a + 9}. The subsequent command
28371@kbd{@w{5 s l a} @key{RET}} will replace this formula with the number 14.
28372The variables @samp{a} and @samp{b} are not permanently affected in any way
28373by these commands.
28374
28375The value on the top of the stack may be an equation or assignment, or
28376a vector of equations or assignments, in which case the default will be
28377analogous to the case of @kbd{s t @key{RET}}. @xref{Storing Variables}.
28378
28379Also, you can answer the variable-name prompt with an equation or
28380assignment: @kbd{s l b=3 @key{RET}} is the same as storing 3 on the stack
28381and typing @kbd{s l b @key{RET}}.
28382
28383The @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute}) command is another way to substitute
28384a variable with a value in a formula. It does an actual substitution
28385rather than temporarily assigning the variable and evaluating. For
28386example, letting @expr{n=2} in @samp{f(n pi)} with @kbd{a b} will
28387produce @samp{f(2 pi)}, whereas @kbd{s l} would give @samp{f(6.28)}
28388since the evaluation step will also evaluate @code{pi}.
28389
28390@node Evaluates-To Operator, , Let Command, Store and Recall
28391@section The Evaluates-To Operator
28392
28393@noindent
28394@tindex evalto
28395@tindex =>
28396@cindex Evaluates-to operator
28397@cindex @samp{=>} operator
28398The special algebraic symbol @samp{=>} is known as the @dfn{evaluates-to
28399operator}. (It will show up as an @code{evalto} function call in
28400other language modes like Pascal and La@TeX{}.) This is a binary
28401operator, that is, it has a lefthand and a righthand argument,
28402although it can be entered with the righthand argument omitted.
28403
28404A formula like @samp{@var{a} => @var{b}} is evaluated by Calc as
28405follows: First, @var{a} is not simplified or modified in any
28406way. The previous value of argument @var{b} is thrown away; the
28407formula @var{a} is then copied and evaluated as if by the @kbd{=}
28408command according to all current modes and stored variable values,
28409and the result is installed as the new value of @var{b}.
28410
28411For example, suppose you enter the algebraic formula @samp{2 + 3 => 17}.
28412The number 17 is ignored, and the lefthand argument is left in its
28413unevaluated form; the result is the formula @samp{2 + 3 => 5}.
28414
28415@kindex s =
28416@pindex calc-evalto
28417You can enter an @samp{=>} formula either directly using algebraic
28418entry (in which case the righthand side may be omitted since it is
28419going to be replaced right away anyhow), or by using the @kbd{s =}
28420(@code{calc-evalto}) command, which takes @var{a} from the stack
28421and replaces it with @samp{@var{a} => @var{b}}.
28422
28423Calc keeps track of all @samp{=>} operators on the stack, and
28424recomputes them whenever anything changes that might affect their
28425values, i.e., a mode setting or variable value. This occurs only
28426if the @samp{=>} operator is at the top level of the formula, or
28427if it is part of a top-level vector. In other words, pushing
28428@samp{2 + (a => 17)} will change the 17 to the actual value of
28429@samp{a} when you enter the formula, but the result will not be
28430dynamically updated when @samp{a} is changed later because the
28431@samp{=>} operator is buried inside a sum. However, a vector
28432of @samp{=>} operators will be recomputed, since it is convenient
28433to push a vector like @samp{[a =>, b =>, c =>]} on the stack to
28434make a concise display of all the variables in your problem.
28435(Another way to do this would be to use @samp{[a, b, c] =>},
28436which provides a slightly different format of display. You
28437can use whichever you find easiest to read.)
28438
28439@kindex m C
28440@pindex calc-auto-recompute
28441The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command allows you to
28442turn this automatic recomputation on or off. If you turn
28443recomputation off, you must explicitly recompute an @samp{=>}
28444operator on the stack in one of the usual ways, such as by
28445pressing @kbd{=}. Turning recomputation off temporarily can save
28446a lot of time if you will be changing several modes or variables
28447before you look at the @samp{=>} entries again.
28448
28449Most commands are not especially useful with @samp{=>} operators
28450as arguments. For example, given @samp{x + 2 => 17}, it won't
28451work to type @kbd{1 +} to get @samp{x + 3 => 18}. If you want
28452to operate on the lefthand side of the @samp{=>} operator on
28453the top of the stack, type @kbd{j 1} (that's the digit ``one'')
28454to select the lefthand side, execute your commands, then type
28455@kbd{j u} to unselect.
28456
28457All current modes apply when an @samp{=>} operator is computed,
28458including the current simplification mode. Recall that the
28459formula @samp{x + y + x} is not handled by Calc's default
28460simplifications, but the @kbd{a s} command will reduce it to
28461the simpler form @samp{y + 2 x}. You can also type @kbd{m A}
28462to enable an Algebraic Simplification mode in which the
28463equivalent of @kbd{a s} is used on all of Calc's results.
28464If you enter @samp{x + y + x =>} normally, the result will
28465be @samp{x + y + x => x + y + x}. If you change to
28466Algebraic Simplification mode, the result will be
28467@samp{x + y + x => y + 2 x}. However, just pressing @kbd{a s}
28468once will have no effect on @samp{x + y + x => x + y + x},
28469because the righthand side depends only on the lefthand side
28470and the current mode settings, and the lefthand side is not
28471affected by commands like @kbd{a s}.
28472
28473The ``let'' command (@kbd{s l}) has an interesting interaction
28474with the @samp{=>} operator. The @kbd{s l} command evaluates the
28475second-to-top stack entry with the top stack entry supplying
28476a temporary value for a given variable. As you might expect,
28477if that stack entry is an @samp{=>} operator its righthand
28478side will temporarily show this value for the variable. In
28479fact, all @samp{=>}s on the stack will be updated if they refer
28480to that variable. But this change is temporary in the sense
28481that the next command that causes Calc to look at those stack
28482entries will make them revert to the old variable value.
28483
28484@smallexample
28485@group
284862: a => a 2: a => 17 2: a => a
284871: a + 1 => a + 1 1: a + 1 => 18 1: a + 1 => a + 1
28488 . . .
28489
28490 17 s l a @key{RET} p 8 @key{RET}
28491@end group
28492@end smallexample
28493
28494Here the @kbd{p 8} command changes the current precision,
28495thus causing the @samp{=>} forms to be recomputed after the
28496influence of the ``let'' is gone. The @kbd{d @key{SPC}} command
28497(@code{calc-refresh}) is a handy way to force the @samp{=>}
28498operators on the stack to be recomputed without any other
28499side effects.
28500
28501@kindex s :
28502@pindex calc-assign
28503@tindex assign
28504@tindex :=
28505Embedded mode also uses @samp{=>} operators. In Embedded mode,
28506the lefthand side of an @samp{=>} operator can refer to variables
28507assigned elsewhere in the file by @samp{:=} operators. The
28508assignment operator @samp{a := 17} does not actually do anything
28509by itself. But Embedded mode recognizes it and marks it as a sort
28510of file-local definition of the variable. You can enter @samp{:=}
28511operators in Algebraic mode, or by using the @kbd{s :}
28512(@code{calc-assign}) [@code{assign}] command which takes a variable
28513and value from the stack and replaces them with an assignment.
28514
28515@xref{TeX and LaTeX Language Modes}, for the way @samp{=>} appears in
28516@TeX{} language output. The @dfn{eqn} mode gives similar
28517treatment to @samp{=>}.
28518
28519@node Graphics, Kill and Yank, Store and Recall, Top
28520@chapter Graphics
28521
28522@noindent
28523The commands for graphing data begin with the @kbd{g} prefix key. Calc
28524uses GNUPLOT 2.0 or later to do graphics. These commands will only work
28525if GNUPLOT is available on your system. (While GNUPLOT sounds like
28526a relative of GNU Emacs, it is actually completely unrelated.
28527However, it is free software. It can be obtained from
28528@samp{http://www.gnuplot.info}.)
28529
28530@vindex calc-gnuplot-name
28531If you have GNUPLOT installed on your system but Calc is unable to
28532find it, you may need to set the @code{calc-gnuplot-name} variable
28533in your Calc init file or @file{.emacs}. You may also need to set some Lisp
28534variables to show Calc how to run GNUPLOT on your system; these
28535are described under @kbd{g D} and @kbd{g O} below. If you are
28536using the X window system, Calc will configure GNUPLOT for you
28537automatically. If you have GNUPLOT 3.0 or later and you are not using X,
28538Calc will configure GNUPLOT to display graphs using simple character
28539graphics that will work on any terminal.
28540
28541@menu
28542* Basic Graphics::
28543* Three Dimensional Graphics::
28544* Managing Curves::
28545* Graphics Options::
28546* Devices::
28547@end menu
28548
28549@node Basic Graphics, Three Dimensional Graphics, Graphics, Graphics
28550@section Basic Graphics
28551
28552@noindent
28553@kindex g f
28554@pindex calc-graph-fast
28555The easiest graphics command is @kbd{g f} (@code{calc-graph-fast}).
28556This command takes two vectors of equal length from the stack.
28557The vector at the top of the stack represents the ``y'' values of
28558the various data points. The vector in the second-to-top position
28559represents the corresponding ``x'' values. This command runs
28560GNUPLOT (if it has not already been started by previous graphing
28561commands) and displays the set of data points. The points will
28562be connected by lines, and there will also be some kind of symbol
28563to indicate the points themselves.
28564
28565The ``x'' entry may instead be an interval form, in which case suitable
28566``x'' values are interpolated between the minimum and maximum values of
28567the interval (whether the interval is open or closed is ignored).
28568
28569The ``x'' entry may also be a number, in which case Calc uses the
28570sequence of ``x'' values @expr{x}, @expr{x+1}, @expr{x+2}, etc.
28571(Generally the number 0 or 1 would be used for @expr{x} in this case.)
28572
28573The ``y'' entry may be any formula instead of a vector. Calc effectively
28574uses @kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) to evaluate variables in the formula;
28575the result of this must be a formula in a single (unassigned) variable.
28576The formula is plotted with this variable taking on the various ``x''
28577values. Graphs of formulas by default use lines without symbols at the
28578computed data points. Note that if neither ``x'' nor ``y'' is a vector,
28579Calc guesses at a reasonable number of data points to use. See the
28580@kbd{g N} command below. (The ``x'' values must be either a vector
28581or an interval if ``y'' is a formula.)
28582
28583@ignore
28584@starindex
28585@end ignore
28586@tindex xy
28587If ``y'' is (or evaluates to) a formula of the form
28588@samp{xy(@var{x}, @var{y})} then the result is a
28589parametric plot. The two arguments of the fictitious @code{xy} function
28590are used as the ``x'' and ``y'' coordinates of the curve, respectively.
28591In this case the ``x'' vector or interval you specified is not directly
28592visible in the graph. For example, if ``x'' is the interval @samp{[0..360]}
28593and ``y'' is the formula @samp{xy(sin(t), cos(t))}, the resulting graph
28594will be a circle.
28595
28596Also, ``x'' and ``y'' may each be variable names, in which case Calc
28597looks for suitable vectors, intervals, or formulas stored in those
28598variables.
28599
28600The ``x'' and ``y'' values for the data points (as pulled from the vectors,
28601calculated from the formulas, or interpolated from the intervals) should
28602be real numbers (integers, fractions, or floats). One exception to this
28603is that the ``y'' entry can consist of a vector of numbers combined with
28604error forms, in which case the points will be plotted with the
28605appropriate error bars. Other than this, if either the ``x''
28606value or the ``y'' value of a given data point is not a real number, that
28607data point will be omitted from the graph. The points on either side
28608of the invalid point will @emph{not} be connected by a line.
28609
28610See the documentation for @kbd{g a} below for a description of the way
28611numeric prefix arguments affect @kbd{g f}.
28612
28613@cindex @code{PlotRejects} variable
28614@vindex PlotRejects
28615If you store an empty vector in the variable @code{PlotRejects}
28616(i.e., @kbd{[ ] s t PlotRejects}), Calc will append information to
28617this vector for every data point which was rejected because its
28618``x'' or ``y'' values were not real numbers. The result will be
28619a matrix where each row holds the curve number, data point number,
28620``x'' value, and ``y'' value for a rejected data point.
28621@xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a handy way to keep tabs on the
28622current value of @code{PlotRejects}. @xref{Operations on Variables},
28623for the @kbd{s R} command which is another easy way to examine
28624@code{PlotRejects}.
28625
28626@kindex g c
28627@pindex calc-graph-clear
28628To clear the graphics display, type @kbd{g c} (@code{calc-graph-clear}).
28629If the GNUPLOT output device is an X window, the window will go away.
28630Effects on other kinds of output devices will vary. You don't need
28631to use @kbd{g c} if you don't want to---if you give another @kbd{g f}
28632or @kbd{g p} command later on, it will reuse the existing graphics
28633window if there is one.
28634
28635@node Three Dimensional Graphics, Managing Curves, Basic Graphics, Graphics
28636@section Three-Dimensional Graphics
28637
28638@kindex g F
28639@pindex calc-graph-fast-3d
28640The @kbd{g F} (@code{calc-graph-fast-3d}) command makes a three-dimensional
28641graph. It works only if you have GNUPLOT 3.0 or later; with GNUPLOT 2.0,
28642you will see a GNUPLOT error message if you try this command.
28643
28644The @kbd{g F} command takes three values from the stack, called ``x'',
28645``y'', and ``z'', respectively. As was the case for 2D graphs, there
28646are several options for these values.
28647
28648In the first case, ``x'' and ``y'' are each vectors (not necessarily of
28649the same length); either or both may instead be interval forms. The
28650``z'' value must be a matrix with the same number of rows as elements
28651in ``x'', and the same number of columns as elements in ``y''. The
28652result is a surface plot where
28653@texline @math{z_{ij}}
28654@infoline @expr{z_ij}
28655is the height of the point
28656at coordinate @expr{(x_i, y_j)} on the surface. The 3D graph will
28657be displayed from a certain default viewpoint; you can change this
28658viewpoint by adding a @samp{set view} to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}
28659buffer as described later. See the GNUPLOT documentation for a
28660description of the @samp{set view} command.
28661
28662Each point in the matrix will be displayed as a dot in the graph,
28663and these points will be connected by a grid of lines (@dfn{isolines}).
28664
28665In the second case, ``x'', ``y'', and ``z'' are all vectors of equal
28666length. The resulting graph displays a 3D line instead of a surface,
28667where the coordinates of points along the line are successive triplets
28668of values from the input vectors.
28669
28670In the third case, ``x'' and ``y'' are vectors or interval forms, and
28671``z'' is any formula involving two variables (not counting variables
28672with assigned values). These variables are sorted into alphabetical
28673order; the first takes on values from ``x'' and the second takes on
28674values from ``y'' to form a matrix of results that are graphed as a
286753D surface.
28676
28677@ignore
28678@starindex
28679@end ignore
28680@tindex xyz
28681If the ``z'' formula evaluates to a call to the fictitious function
28682@samp{xyz(@var{x}, @var{y}, @var{z})}, then the result is a
28683``parametric surface.'' In this case, the axes of the graph are
28684taken from the @var{x} and @var{y} values in these calls, and the
28685``x'' and ``y'' values from the input vectors or intervals are used only
28686to specify the range of inputs to the formula. For example, plotting
28687@samp{[0..360], [0..180], xyz(sin(x)*sin(y), cos(x)*sin(y), cos(y))}
28688will draw a sphere. (Since the default resolution for 3D plots is
286895 steps in each of ``x'' and ``y'', this will draw a very crude
28690sphere. You could use the @kbd{g N} command, described below, to
28691increase this resolution, or specify the ``x'' and ``y'' values as
28692vectors with more than 5 elements.
28693
28694It is also possible to have a function in a regular @kbd{g f} plot
28695evaluate to an @code{xyz} call. Since @kbd{g f} plots a line, not
28696a surface, the result will be a 3D parametric line. For example,
28697@samp{[[0..720], xyz(sin(x), cos(x), x)]} will plot two turns of a
28698helix (a three-dimensional spiral).
28699
28700As for @kbd{g f}, each of ``x'', ``y'', and ``z'' may instead be
28701variables containing the relevant data.
28702
28703@node Managing Curves, Graphics Options, Three Dimensional Graphics, Graphics
28704@section Managing Curves
28705
28706@noindent
28707The @kbd{g f} command is really shorthand for the following commands:
28708@kbd{C-u g d g a g p}. Likewise, @w{@kbd{g F}} is shorthand for
28709@kbd{C-u g d g A g p}. You can gain more control over your graph
28710by using these commands directly.
28711
28712@kindex g a
28713@pindex calc-graph-add
28714The @kbd{g a} (@code{calc-graph-add}) command adds the ``curve''
28715represented by the two values on the top of the stack to the current
28716graph. You can have any number of curves in the same graph. When
28717you give the @kbd{g p} command, all the curves will be drawn superimposed
28718on the same axes.
28719
28720The @kbd{g a} command (and many others that affect the current graph)
28721will cause a special buffer, @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}, to be displayed
28722in another window. This buffer is a template of the commands that will
28723be sent to GNUPLOT when it is time to draw the graph. The first
28724@kbd{g a} command adds a @code{plot} command to this buffer. Succeeding
28725@kbd{g a} commands add extra curves onto that @code{plot} command.
28726Other graph-related commands put other GNUPLOT commands into this
28727buffer. In normal usage you never need to work with this buffer
28728directly, but you can if you wish. The only constraint is that there
28729must be only one @code{plot} command, and it must be the last command
28730in the buffer. If you want to save and later restore a complete graph
28731configuration, you can use regular Emacs commands to save and restore
28732the contents of the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
28733
28734@vindex PlotData1
28735@vindex PlotData2
28736If the values on the stack are not variable names, @kbd{g a} will invent
28737variable names for them (of the form @samp{PlotData@var{n}}) and store
28738the values in those variables. The ``x'' and ``y'' variables are what
28739go into the @code{plot} command in the template. If you add a curve
28740that uses a certain variable and then later change that variable, you
28741can replot the graph without having to delete and re-add the curve.
28742That's because the variable name, not the vector, interval or formula
28743itself, is what was added by @kbd{g a}.
28744
28745A numeric prefix argument on @kbd{g a} or @kbd{g f} changes the way
28746stack entries are interpreted as curves. With a positive prefix
28747argument @expr{n}, the top @expr{n} stack entries are ``y'' values
28748for @expr{n} different curves which share a common ``x'' value in
28749the @expr{n+1}st stack entry. (Thus @kbd{g a} with no prefix
28750argument is equivalent to @kbd{C-u 1 g a}.)
28751
28752A prefix of zero or plain @kbd{C-u} means to take two stack entries,
28753``x'' and ``y'' as usual, but to interpret ``y'' as a vector of
28754``y'' values for several curves that share a common ``x''.
28755
28756A negative prefix argument tells Calc to read @expr{n} vectors from
28757the stack; each vector @expr{[x, y]} describes an independent curve.
28758This is the only form of @kbd{g a} that creates several curves at once
28759that don't have common ``x'' values. (Of course, the range of ``x''
28760values covered by all the curves ought to be roughly the same if
28761they are to look nice on the same graph.)
28762
28763For example, to plot
28764@texline @math{\sin n x}
28765@infoline @expr{sin(n x)}
28766for integers @expr{n}
28767from 1 to 5, you could use @kbd{v x} to create a vector of integers
28768(@expr{n}), then @kbd{V M '} or @kbd{V M $} to map @samp{sin(n x)}
28769across this vector. The resulting vector of formulas is suitable
28770for use as the ``y'' argument to a @kbd{C-u g a} or @kbd{C-u g f}
28771command.
28772
28773@kindex g A
28774@pindex calc-graph-add-3d
28775The @kbd{g A} (@code{calc-graph-add-3d}) command adds a 3D curve
28776to the graph. It is not valid to intermix 2D and 3D curves in a
28777single graph. This command takes three arguments, ``x'', ``y'',
28778and ``z'', from the stack. With a positive prefix @expr{n}, it
28779takes @expr{n+2} arguments (common ``x'' and ``y'', plus @expr{n}
28780separate ``z''s). With a zero prefix, it takes three stack entries
28781but the ``z'' entry is a vector of curve values. With a negative
28782prefix @expr{-n}, it takes @expr{n} vectors of the form @expr{[x, y, z]}.
28783The @kbd{g A} command works by adding a @code{splot} (surface-plot)
28784command to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
28785
28786(Although @kbd{g a} adds a 2D @code{plot} command to the
28787@samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer, Calc changes this to @code{splot}
28788before sending it to GNUPLOT if it notices that the data points are
28789evaluating to @code{xyz} calls. It will not work to mix 2D and 3D
28790@kbd{g a} curves in a single graph, although Calc does not currently
28791check for this.)
28792
28793@kindex g d
28794@pindex calc-graph-delete
28795The @kbd{g d} (@code{calc-graph-delete}) command deletes the most
28796recently added curve from the graph. It has no effect if there are
28797no curves in the graph. With a numeric prefix argument of any kind,
28798it deletes all of the curves from the graph.
28799
28800@kindex g H
28801@pindex calc-graph-hide
28802The @kbd{g H} (@code{calc-graph-hide}) command ``hides'' or ``unhides''
28803the most recently added curve. A hidden curve will not appear in
28804the actual plot, but information about it such as its name and line and
28805point styles will be retained.
28806
28807@kindex g j
28808@pindex calc-graph-juggle
28809The @kbd{g j} (@code{calc-graph-juggle}) command moves the curve
28810at the end of the list (the ``most recently added curve'') to the
28811front of the list. The next-most-recent curve is thus exposed for
28812@w{@kbd{g d}} or similar commands to use. With @kbd{g j} you can work
28813with any curve in the graph even though curve-related commands only
28814affect the last curve in the list.
28815
28816@kindex g p
28817@pindex calc-graph-plot
28818The @kbd{g p} (@code{calc-graph-plot}) command uses GNUPLOT to draw
28819the graph described in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. Any
28820GNUPLOT parameters which are not defined by commands in this buffer
28821are reset to their default values. The variables named in the @code{plot}
28822command are written to a temporary data file and the variable names
28823are then replaced by the file name in the template. The resulting
28824plotting commands are fed to the GNUPLOT program. See the documentation
28825for the GNUPLOT program for more specific information. All temporary
28826files are removed when Emacs or GNUPLOT exits.
28827
28828If you give a formula for ``y'', Calc will remember all the values that
28829it calculates for the formula so that later plots can reuse these values.
28830Calc throws out these saved values when you change any circumstances
28831that may affect the data, such as switching from Degrees to Radians
28832mode, or changing the value of a parameter in the formula. You can
28833force Calc to recompute the data from scratch by giving a negative
28834numeric prefix argument to @kbd{g p}.
28835
28836Calc uses a fairly rough step size when graphing formulas over intervals.
28837This is to ensure quick response. You can ``refine'' a plot by giving
28838a positive numeric prefix argument to @kbd{g p}. Calc goes through
28839the data points it has computed and saved from previous plots of the
28840function, and computes and inserts a new data point midway between
28841each of the existing points. You can refine a plot any number of times,
28842but beware that the amount of calculation involved doubles each time.
28843
28844Calc does not remember computed values for 3D graphs. This means the
28845numerix prefix argument, if any, to @kbd{g p} is effectively ignored if
28846the current graph is three-dimensional.
28847
28848@kindex g P
28849@pindex calc-graph-print
28850The @kbd{g P} (@code{calc-graph-print}) command is like @kbd{g p},
28851except that it sends the output to a printer instead of to the
28852screen. More precisely, @kbd{g p} looks for @samp{set terminal}
28853or @samp{set output} commands in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer;
28854lacking these it uses the default settings. However, @kbd{g P}
28855ignores @samp{set terminal} and @samp{set output} commands and
28856uses a different set of default values. All of these values are
28857controlled by the @kbd{g D} and @kbd{g O} commands discussed below.
28858Provided everything is set up properly, @kbd{g p} will plot to
28859the screen unless you have specified otherwise and @kbd{g P} will
28860always plot to the printer.
28861
28862@node Graphics Options, Devices, Managing Curves, Graphics
28863@section Graphics Options
28864
28865@noindent
28866@kindex g g
28867@pindex calc-graph-grid
28868The @kbd{g g} (@code{calc-graph-grid}) command turns the ``grid''
28869on and off. It is off by default; tick marks appear only at the
28870edges of the graph. With the grid turned on, dotted lines appear
28871across the graph at each tick mark. Note that this command only
28872changes the setting in @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}; to see the effects
28873of the change you must give another @kbd{g p} command.
28874
28875@kindex g b
28876@pindex calc-graph-border
28877The @kbd{g b} (@code{calc-graph-border}) command turns the border
28878(the box that surrounds the graph) on and off. It is on by default.
28879This command will only work with GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions.
28880
28881@kindex g k
28882@pindex calc-graph-key
28883The @kbd{g k} (@code{calc-graph-key}) command turns the ``key''
28884on and off. The key is a chart in the corner of the graph that
28885shows the correspondence between curves and line styles. It is
28886off by default, and is only really useful if you have several
28887curves on the same graph.
28888
28889@kindex g N
28890@pindex calc-graph-num-points
28891The @kbd{g N} (@code{calc-graph-num-points}) command allows you
28892to select the number of data points in the graph. This only affects
28893curves where neither ``x'' nor ``y'' is specified as a vector.
28894Enter a blank line to revert to the default value (initially 15).
28895With no prefix argument, this command affects only the current graph.
28896With a positive prefix argument this command changes or, if you enter
28897a blank line, displays the default number of points used for all
28898graphs created by @kbd{g a} that don't specify the resolution explicitly.
28899With a negative prefix argument, this command changes or displays
28900the default value (initially 5) used for 3D graphs created by @kbd{g A}.
28901Note that a 3D setting of 5 means that a total of @expr{5^2 = 25} points
28902will be computed for the surface.
28903
28904Data values in the graph of a function are normally computed to a
28905precision of five digits, regardless of the current precision at the
28906time. This is usually more than adequate, but there are cases where
28907it will not be. For example, plotting @expr{1 + x} with @expr{x} in the
28908interval @samp{[0 ..@: 1e-6]} will round all the data points down
28909to 1.0! Putting the command @samp{set precision @var{n}} in the
28910@samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer will cause the data to be computed
28911at precision @var{n} instead of 5. Since this is such a rare case,
28912there is no keystroke-based command to set the precision.
28913
28914@kindex g h
28915@pindex calc-graph-header
28916The @kbd{g h} (@code{calc-graph-header}) command sets the title
28917for the graph. This will show up centered above the graph.
28918The default title is blank (no title).
28919
28920@kindex g n
28921@pindex calc-graph-name
28922The @kbd{g n} (@code{calc-graph-name}) command sets the title of an
28923individual curve. Like the other curve-manipulating commands, it
28924affects the most recently added curve, i.e., the last curve on the
28925list in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. To set the title of
28926the other curves you must first juggle them to the end of the list
28927with @kbd{g j}, or edit the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer by hand.
28928Curve titles appear in the key; if the key is turned off they are
28929not used.
28930
28931@kindex g t
28932@kindex g T
28933@pindex calc-graph-title-x
28934@pindex calc-graph-title-y
28935The @kbd{g t} (@code{calc-graph-title-x}) and @kbd{g T}
28936(@code{calc-graph-title-y}) commands set the titles on the ``x''
28937and ``y'' axes, respectively. These titles appear next to the
28938tick marks on the left and bottom edges of the graph, respectively.
28939Calc does not have commands to control the tick marks themselves,
28940but you can edit them into the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer if
28941you wish. See the GNUPLOT documentation for details.
28942
28943@kindex g r
28944@kindex g R
28945@pindex calc-graph-range-x
28946@pindex calc-graph-range-y
28947The @kbd{g r} (@code{calc-graph-range-x}) and @kbd{g R}
28948(@code{calc-graph-range-y}) commands set the range of values on the
28949``x'' and ``y'' axes, respectively. You are prompted to enter a
28950suitable range. This should be either a pair of numbers of the
28951form, @samp{@var{min}:@var{max}}, or a blank line to revert to the
28952default behavior of setting the range based on the range of values
28953in the data, or @samp{$} to take the range from the top of the stack.
28954Ranges on the stack can be represented as either interval forms or
28955vectors: @samp{[@var{min} ..@: @var{max}]} or @samp{[@var{min}, @var{max}]}.
28956
28957@kindex g l
28958@kindex g L
28959@pindex calc-graph-log-x
28960@pindex calc-graph-log-y
28961The @kbd{g l} (@code{calc-graph-log-x}) and @kbd{g L} (@code{calc-graph-log-y})
28962commands allow you to set either or both of the axes of the graph to
28963be logarithmic instead of linear.
28964
28965@kindex g C-l
28966@kindex g C-r
28967@kindex g C-t
28968@pindex calc-graph-log-z
28969@pindex calc-graph-range-z
28970@pindex calc-graph-title-z
28971For 3D plots, @kbd{g C-t}, @kbd{g C-r}, and @kbd{g C-l} (those are
28972letters with the Control key held down) are the corresponding commands
28973for the ``z'' axis.
28974
28975@kindex g z
28976@kindex g Z
28977@pindex calc-graph-zero-x
28978@pindex calc-graph-zero-y
28979The @kbd{g z} (@code{calc-graph-zero-x}) and @kbd{g Z}
28980(@code{calc-graph-zero-y}) commands control whether a dotted line is
28981drawn to indicate the ``x'' and/or ``y'' zero axes. (These are the same
28982dotted lines that would be drawn there anyway if you used @kbd{g g} to
28983turn the ``grid'' feature on.) Zero-axis lines are on by default, and
28984may be turned off only in GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions. They are
28985not available for 3D plots.
28986
28987@kindex g s
28988@pindex calc-graph-line-style
28989The @kbd{g s} (@code{calc-graph-line-style}) command turns the connecting
28990lines on or off for the most recently added curve, and optionally selects
28991the style of lines to be used for that curve. Plain @kbd{g s} simply
28992toggles the lines on and off. With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g s}
28993turns lines on and sets a particular line style. Line style numbers
28994start at one and their meanings vary depending on the output device.
28995GNUPLOT guarantees that there will be at least six different line styles
28996available for any device.
28997
28998@kindex g S
28999@pindex calc-graph-point-style
29000The @kbd{g S} (@code{calc-graph-point-style}) command similarly turns
29001the symbols at the data points on or off, or sets the point style.
29002If you turn both lines and points off, the data points will show as
29003tiny dots. If the ``y'' values being plotted contain error forms and
29004the connecting lines are turned off, then this command will also turn
29005the error bars on or off.
29006
29007@cindex @code{LineStyles} variable
29008@cindex @code{PointStyles} variable
29009@vindex LineStyles
29010@vindex PointStyles
29011Another way to specify curve styles is with the @code{LineStyles} and
29012@code{PointStyles} variables. These variables initially have no stored
29013values, but if you store a vector of integers in one of these variables,
29014the @kbd{g a} and @kbd{g f} commands will use those style numbers
29015instead of the defaults for new curves that are added to the graph.
29016An entry should be a positive integer for a specific style, or 0 to let
29017the style be chosen automatically, or @mathit{-1} to turn off lines or points
29018altogether. If there are more curves than elements in the vector, the
29019last few curves will continue to have the default styles. Of course,
29020you can later use @kbd{g s} and @kbd{g S} to change any of these styles.
29021
29022For example, @kbd{'[2 -1 3] @key{RET} s t LineStyles} causes the first curve
29023to have lines in style number 2, the second curve to have no connecting
29024lines, and the third curve to have lines in style 3. Point styles will
29025still be assigned automatically, but you could store another vector in
29026@code{PointStyles} to define them, too.
29027
29028@node Devices, , Graphics Options, Graphics
29029@section Graphical Devices
29030
29031@noindent
29032@kindex g D
29033@pindex calc-graph-device
29034The @kbd{g D} (@code{calc-graph-device}) command sets the device name
29035(or ``terminal name'' in GNUPLOT lingo) to be used by @kbd{g p} commands
29036on this graph. It does not affect the permanent default device name.
29037If you enter a blank name, the device name reverts to the default.
29038Enter @samp{?} to see a list of supported devices.
29039
29040With a positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g D} instead sets
29041the default device name, used by all plots in the future which do
29042not override it with a plain @kbd{g D} command. If you enter a
29043blank line this command shows you the current default. The special
29044name @code{default} signifies that Calc should choose @code{x11} if
29045the X window system is in use (as indicated by the presence of a
29046@code{DISPLAY} environment variable), or otherwise @code{dumb} under
29047GNUPLOT 3.0 and later, or @code{postscript} under GNUPLOT 2.0.
29048This is the initial default value.
29049
29050The @code{dumb} device is an interface to ``dumb terminals,'' i.e.,
29051terminals with no special graphics facilities. It writes a crude
29052picture of the graph composed of characters like @code{-} and @code{|}
29053to a buffer called @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*}, which Calc then displays.
29054The graph is made the same size as the Emacs screen, which on most
29055dumb terminals will be
29056@texline @math{80\times24}
29057@infoline 80x24
29058characters. The graph is displayed in
29059an Emacs ``recursive edit''; type @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-c C-c} to exit
29060the recursive edit and return to Calc. Note that the @code{dumb}
29061device is present only in GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions.
29062
29063The word @code{dumb} may be followed by two numbers separated by
29064spaces. These are the desired width and height of the graph in
29065characters. Also, the device name @code{big} is like @code{dumb}
29066but creates a graph four times the width and height of the Emacs
29067screen. You will then have to scroll around to view the entire
29068graph. In the @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer, @key{SPC}, @key{DEL},
29069@kbd{<}, and @kbd{>} are defined to scroll by one screenful in each
29070of the four directions.
29071
29072With a negative numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g D} sets or displays
29073the device name used by @kbd{g P} (@code{calc-graph-print}). This
29074is initially @code{postscript}. If you don't have a PostScript
29075printer, you may decide once again to use @code{dumb} to create a
29076plot on any text-only printer.
29077
29078@kindex g O
29079@pindex calc-graph-output
29080The @kbd{g O} (@code{calc-graph-output}) command sets the name of
29081the output file used by GNUPLOT. For some devices, notably @code{x11},
29082there is no output file and this information is not used. Many other
29083``devices'' are really file formats like @code{postscript}; in these
29084cases the output in the desired format goes into the file you name
29085with @kbd{g O}. Type @kbd{g O stdout @key{RET}} to set GNUPLOT to write
29086to its standard output stream, i.e., to @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*}.
29087This is the default setting.
29088
29089Another special output name is @code{tty}, which means that GNUPLOT
29090is going to write graphics commands directly to its standard output,
29091which you wish Emacs to pass through to your terminal. Tektronix
29092graphics terminals, among other devices, operate this way. Calc does
29093this by telling GNUPLOT to write to a temporary file, then running a
29094sub-shell executing the command @samp{cat tempfile >/dev/tty}. On
29095typical Unix systems, this will copy the temporary file directly to
29096the terminal, bypassing Emacs entirely. You will have to type @kbd{C-l}
29097to Emacs afterwards to refresh the screen.
29098
29099Once again, @kbd{g O} with a positive or negative prefix argument
29100sets the default or printer output file names, respectively. In each
29101case you can specify @code{auto}, which causes Calc to invent a temporary
29102file name for each @kbd{g p} (or @kbd{g P}) command. This temporary file
29103will be deleted once it has been displayed or printed. If the output file
29104name is not @code{auto}, the file is not automatically deleted.
29105
29106The default and printer devices and output files can be saved
29107permanently by the @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}) command. The
29108default number of data points (see @kbd{g N}) and the X geometry
29109(see @kbd{g X}) are also saved. Other graph information is @emph{not}
29110saved; you can save a graph's configuration simply by saving the contents
29111of the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
29112
29113@vindex calc-gnuplot-plot-command
29114@vindex calc-gnuplot-default-device
29115@vindex calc-gnuplot-default-output
29116@vindex calc-gnuplot-print-command
29117@vindex calc-gnuplot-print-device
29118@vindex calc-gnuplot-print-output
29119You may wish to configure the default and
29120printer devices and output files for the whole system. The relevant
29121Lisp variables are @code{calc-gnuplot-default-device} and @code{-output},
29122and @code{calc-gnuplot-print-device} and @code{-output}. The output
29123file names must be either strings as described above, or Lisp
29124expressions which are evaluated on the fly to get the output file names.
29125
29126Other important Lisp variables are @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} and
29127@code{calc-gnuplot-print-command}, which give the system commands to
29128display or print the output of GNUPLOT, respectively. These may be
29129@code{nil} if no command is necessary, or strings which can include
29130@samp{%s} to signify the name of the file to be displayed or printed.
29131Or, these variables may contain Lisp expressions which are evaluated
29132to display or print the output. These variables are customizable
29133(@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
29134
29135@kindex g x
29136@pindex calc-graph-display
29137The @kbd{g x} (@code{calc-graph-display}) command lets you specify
29138on which X window system display your graphs should be drawn. Enter
29139a blank line to see the current display name. This command has no
29140effect unless the current device is @code{x11}.
29141
29142@kindex g X
29143@pindex calc-graph-geometry
29144The @kbd{g X} (@code{calc-graph-geometry}) command is a similar
29145command for specifying the position and size of the X window.
29146The normal value is @code{default}, which generally means your
29147window manager will let you place the window interactively.
29148Entering @samp{800x500+0+0} would create an 800-by-500 pixel
29149window in the upper-left corner of the screen.
29150
29151The buffer called @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} holds a transcript of the
29152session with GNUPLOT. This shows the commands Calc has ``typed'' to
29153GNUPLOT and the responses it has received. Calc tries to notice when an
29154error message has appeared here and display the buffer for you when
29155this happens. You can check this buffer yourself if you suspect
29156something has gone wrong.
29157
29158@kindex g C
29159@pindex calc-graph-command
29160The @kbd{g C} (@code{calc-graph-command}) command prompts you to
29161enter any line of text, then simply sends that line to the current
29162GNUPLOT process. The @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer looks deceptively
29163like a Shell buffer but you can't type commands in it yourself.
29164Instead, you must use @kbd{g C} for this purpose.
29165
29166@kindex g v
29167@kindex g V
29168@pindex calc-graph-view-commands
29169@pindex calc-graph-view-trail
29170The @kbd{g v} (@code{calc-graph-view-commands}) and @kbd{g V}
29171(@code{calc-graph-view-trail}) commands display the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}
29172and @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffers, respectively, in another window.
29173This happens automatically when Calc thinks there is something you
29174will want to see in either of these buffers. If you type @kbd{g v}
29175or @kbd{g V} when the relevant buffer is already displayed, the
29176buffer is hidden again.
29177
29178One reason to use @kbd{g v} is to add your own commands to the
29179@samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. Press @kbd{g v}, then use
29180@kbd{C-x o} to switch into that window. For example, GNUPLOT has
29181@samp{set label} and @samp{set arrow} commands that allow you to
29182annotate your plots. Since Calc doesn't understand these commands,
29183you have to add them to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer
29184yourself, then use @w{@kbd{g p}} to replot using these new commands. Note
29185that your commands must appear @emph{before} the @code{plot} command.
29186To get help on any GNUPLOT feature, type, e.g., @kbd{g C help set label}.
29187You may have to type @kbd{g C @key{RET}} a few times to clear the
29188``press return for more'' or ``subtopic of @dots{}'' requests.
29189Note that Calc always sends commands (like @samp{set nolabel}) to
29190reset all plotting parameters to the defaults before each plot, so
29191to delete a label all you need to do is delete the @samp{set label}
29192line you added (or comment it out with @samp{#}) and then replot
29193with @kbd{g p}.
29194
29195@kindex g q
29196@pindex calc-graph-quit
29197You can use @kbd{g q} (@code{calc-graph-quit}) to kill the GNUPLOT
29198process that is running. The next graphing command you give will
29199start a fresh GNUPLOT process. The word @samp{Graph} appears in
29200the Calc window's mode line whenever a GNUPLOT process is currently
29201running. The GNUPLOT process is automatically killed when you
29202exit Emacs if you haven't killed it manually by then.
29203
29204@kindex g K
29205@pindex calc-graph-kill
29206The @kbd{g K} (@code{calc-graph-kill}) command is like @kbd{g q}
29207except that it also views the @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer so that
29208you can see the process being killed. This is better if you are
29209killing GNUPLOT because you think it has gotten stuck.
29210
29211@node Kill and Yank, Keypad Mode, Graphics, Top
29212@chapter Kill and Yank Functions
29213
29214@noindent
29215The commands in this chapter move information between the Calculator and
29216other Emacs editing buffers.
29217
29218In many cases Embedded mode is an easier and more natural way to
29219work with Calc from a regular editing buffer. @xref{Embedded Mode}.
29220
29221@menu
29222* Killing From Stack::
29223* Yanking Into Stack::
538c2573
JB
29224* Saving Into Registers::
29225* Inserting From Registers::
4009494e
GM
29226* Grabbing From Buffers::
29227* Yanking Into Buffers::
29228* X Cut and Paste::
29229@end menu
29230
29231@node Killing From Stack, Yanking Into Stack, Kill and Yank, Kill and Yank
29232@section Killing from the Stack
29233
29234@noindent
29235@kindex C-k
29236@pindex calc-kill
29237@kindex M-k
29238@pindex calc-copy-as-kill
29239@kindex C-w
29240@pindex calc-kill-region
29241@kindex M-w
29242@pindex calc-copy-region-as-kill
aee08080 29243@kindex M-C-w
4009494e 29244@cindex Kill ring
aee08080
JB
29245@dfn{Kill} commands are Emacs commands that insert text into the ``kill
29246ring,'' from which it can later be ``yanked'' by a @kbd{C-y} command.
29247Three common kill commands in normal Emacs are @kbd{C-k}, which kills
29248one line, @kbd{C-w}, which kills the region between mark and point, and
29249@kbd{M-w}, which puts the region into the kill ring without actually
29250deleting it. All of these commands work in the Calculator, too,
29251although in the Calculator they operate on whole stack entries, so they
29252``round up'' the specified region to encompass full lines. (To copy
29253only parts of lines, the @kbd{M-C-w} command in the Calculator will copy
29254the region to the kill ring without any ``rounding up'', just like the
29255@kbd{M-w} command in normal Emacs.) Also, @kbd{M-k} has been provided
29256to complete the set; it puts the current line into the kill ring without
29257deleting anything.
4009494e
GM
29258
29259The kill commands are unusual in that they pay attention to the location
aee08080
JB
29260of the cursor in the Calculator buffer. If the cursor is on or below
29261the bottom line, the kill commands operate on the top of the stack.
29262Otherwise, they operate on whatever stack element the cursor is on. The
29263text is copied into the kill ring exactly as it appears on the screen,
29264including line numbers if they are enabled.
4009494e
GM
29265
29266A numeric prefix argument to @kbd{C-k} or @kbd{M-k} affects the number
29267of lines killed. A positive argument kills the current line and @expr{n-1}
29268lines below it. A negative argument kills the @expr{-n} lines above the
29269current line. Again this mirrors the behavior of the standard Emacs
29270@kbd{C-k} command. Although a whole line is always deleted, @kbd{C-k}
29271with no argument copies only the number itself into the kill ring, whereas
29272@kbd{C-k} with a prefix argument of 1 copies the number with its trailing
29273newline.
29274
538c2573 29275@node Yanking Into Stack, Saving Into Registers, Killing From Stack, Kill and Yank
4009494e
GM
29276@section Yanking into the Stack
29277
29278@noindent
29279@kindex C-y
29280@pindex calc-yank
29281The @kbd{C-y} command yanks the most recently killed text back into the
29282Calculator. It pushes this value onto the top of the stack regardless of
29283the cursor position. In general it re-parses the killed text as a number
29284or formula (or a list of these separated by commas or newlines). However if
29285the thing being yanked is something that was just killed from the Calculator
29286itself, its full internal structure is yanked. For example, if you have
29287set the floating-point display mode to show only four significant digits,
29288then killing and re-yanking 3.14159 (which displays as 3.142) will yank the
29289full 3.14159, even though yanking it into any other buffer would yank the
29290number in its displayed form, 3.142. (Since the default display modes
29291show all objects to their full precision, this feature normally makes no
29292difference.)
29293
538c2573
JB
29294@node Saving Into Registers, Inserting From Registers, Yanking Into Stack, Kill and Yank
29295@section Saving into Registers
29296
29297@noindent
29298@kindex r s
29299@pindex calc-copy-to-register
29300@pindex calc-prepend-to-register
29301@pindex calc-append-to-register
29302@cindex Registers
29303An alternative to killing and yanking stack entries is using
29304registers in Calc. Saving stack entries in registers is like
29305saving text in normal Emacs registers; although, like Calc's kill
29306commands, register commands always operate on whole stack
29307entries.
29308
29309Registers in Calc are places to store stack entries for later use;
29310each register is indexed by a single character. To store the current
29311region (rounded up, of course, to include full stack entries) into a
29312register, use the command @kbd{r s} (@code{calc-copy-to-register}).
29313You will then be prompted for a register to use, the next character
29314you type will be the index for the register. To store the region in
29315register @var{r}, the full command will be @kbd{r s @var{r}}. With an
29316argument, @kbd{C-u r s @var{r}}, the region being copied to the
29317register will be deleted from the Calc buffer.
29318
29319It is possible to add additional stack entries to a register. The
29320command @kbd{M-x calc-append-to-register} will prompt for a register,
29321then add the stack entries in the region to the end of the register
29322contents. The command @kbd{M-x calc-prepend-to-register} will
29323similarly prompt for a register and add the stack entries in the
29324region to the beginning of the register contents. Both commands take
29325@kbd{C-u} arguments, which will cause the region to be deleted after being
29326added to the register.
29327
29328@node Inserting From Registers, Grabbing From Buffers, Saving Into Registers, Kill and Yank
29329@section Inserting from Registers
29330@noindent
29331@kindex r i
29332@pindex calc-insert-register
29333The command @kbd{r i} (@code{calc-insert-register}) will prompt for a
29334register, then insert the contents of that register into the
29335Calculator. If the contents of the register were placed there from
29336within Calc, then the full internal structure of the contents will be
29337inserted into the Calculator, otherwise whatever text is in the
29338register is reparsed and then inserted into the Calculator.
29339
29340@node Grabbing From Buffers, Yanking Into Buffers, Inserting From Registers, Kill and Yank
4009494e
GM
29341@section Grabbing from Other Buffers
29342
29343@noindent
29344@kindex C-x * g
29345@pindex calc-grab-region
29346The @kbd{C-x * g} (@code{calc-grab-region}) command takes the text between
29347point and mark in the current buffer and attempts to parse it as a
29348vector of values. Basically, it wraps the text in vector brackets
29349@samp{[ ]} unless the text already is enclosed in vector brackets,
29350then reads the text as if it were an algebraic entry. The contents
29351of the vector may be numbers, formulas, or any other Calc objects.
29352If the @kbd{C-x * g} command works successfully, it does an automatic
29353@kbd{C-x * c} to enter the Calculator buffer.
29354
29355A numeric prefix argument grabs the specified number of lines around
29356point, ignoring the mark. A positive prefix grabs from point to the
29357@expr{n}th following newline (so that @kbd{M-1 C-x * g} grabs from point
29358to the end of the current line); a negative prefix grabs from point
29359back to the @expr{n+1}st preceding newline. In these cases the text
29360that is grabbed is exactly the same as the text that @kbd{C-k} would
29361delete given that prefix argument.
29362
29363A prefix of zero grabs the current line; point may be anywhere on the
29364line.
29365
29366A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix interprets the region between point and mark
29367as a single number or formula rather than a vector. For example,
29368@kbd{C-x * g} on the text @samp{2 a b} produces the vector of three
29369values @samp{[2, a, b]}, but @kbd{C-u C-x * g} on the same region
29370reads a formula which is a product of three things: @samp{2 a b}.
29371(The text @samp{a + b}, on the other hand, will be grabbed as a
29372vector of one element by plain @kbd{C-x * g} because the interpretation
29373@samp{[a, +, b]} would be a syntax error.)
29374
29375If a different language has been specified (@pxref{Language Modes}),
29376the grabbed text will be interpreted according to that language.
29377
29378@kindex C-x * r
29379@pindex calc-grab-rectangle
29380The @kbd{C-x * r} (@code{calc-grab-rectangle}) command takes the text between
29381point and mark and attempts to parse it as a matrix. If point and mark
29382are both in the leftmost column, the lines in between are parsed in their
29383entirety. Otherwise, point and mark define the corners of a rectangle
29384whose contents are parsed.
29385
29386Each line of the grabbed area becomes a row of the matrix. The result
29387will actually be a vector of vectors, which Calc will treat as a matrix
29388only if every row contains the same number of values.
29389
29390If a line contains a portion surrounded by square brackets (or curly
29391braces), that portion is interpreted as a vector which becomes a row
29392of the matrix. Any text surrounding the bracketed portion on the line
29393is ignored.
29394
29395Otherwise, the entire line is interpreted as a row vector as if it
29396were surrounded by square brackets. Leading line numbers (in the
29397format used in the Calc stack buffer) are ignored. If you wish to
29398force this interpretation (even if the line contains bracketed
29399portions), give a negative numeric prefix argument to the
29400@kbd{C-x * r} command.
29401
29402If you give a numeric prefix argument of zero or plain @kbd{C-u}, each
29403line is instead interpreted as a single formula which is converted into
29404a one-element vector. Thus the result of @kbd{C-u C-x * r} will be a
29405one-column matrix. For example, suppose one line of the data is the
29406expression @samp{2 a}. A plain @w{@kbd{C-x * r}} will interpret this as
29407@samp{[2 a]}, which in turn is read as a two-element vector that forms
29408one row of the matrix. But a @kbd{C-u C-x * r} will interpret this row
29409as @samp{[2*a]}.
29410
29411If you give a positive numeric prefix argument @var{n}, then each line
29412will be split up into columns of width @var{n}; each column is parsed
29413separately as a matrix element. If a line contained
29414@w{@samp{2 +/- 3 4 +/- 5}}, then grabbing with a prefix argument of 8
29415would correctly split the line into two error forms.
29416
29417@xref{Matrix Functions}, to see how to pull the matrix apart into its
29418constituent rows and columns. (If it is a
29419@texline @math{1\times1}
29420@infoline 1x1
29421matrix, just hit @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) twice.)
29422
29423@kindex C-x * :
29424@kindex C-x * _
29425@pindex calc-grab-sum-across
29426@pindex calc-grab-sum-down
29427@cindex Summing rows and columns of data
29428The @kbd{C-x * :} (@code{calc-grab-sum-down}) command is a handy way to
29429grab a rectangle of data and sum its columns. It is equivalent to
29430typing @kbd{C-x * r}, followed by @kbd{V R : +} (the vector reduction
29431command that sums the columns of a matrix; @pxref{Reducing}). The
29432result of the command will be a vector of numbers, one for each column
29433in the input data. The @kbd{C-x * _} (@code{calc-grab-sum-across}) command
29434similarly grabs a rectangle and sums its rows by executing @w{@kbd{V R _ +}}.
29435
29436As well as being more convenient, @kbd{C-x * :} and @kbd{C-x * _} are also
29437much faster because they don't actually place the grabbed vector on
29438the stack. In a @kbd{C-x * r V R : +} sequence, formatting the vector
29439for display on the stack takes a large fraction of the total time
29440(unless you have planned ahead and used @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} modes).
29441
29442For example, suppose we have a column of numbers in a file which we
29443wish to sum. Go to one corner of the column and press @kbd{C-@@} to
29444set the mark; go to the other corner and type @kbd{C-x * :}. Since there
29445is only one column, the result will be a vector of one number, the sum.
29446(You can type @kbd{v u} to unpack this vector into a plain number if
29447you want to do further arithmetic with it.)
29448
29449To compute the product of the column of numbers, we would have to do
29450it ``by hand'' since there's no special grab-and-multiply command.
29451Use @kbd{C-x * r} to grab the column of numbers into the calculator in
29452the form of a column matrix. The statistics command @kbd{u *} is a
29453handy way to find the product of a vector or matrix of numbers.
29454@xref{Statistical Operations}. Another approach would be to use
29455an explicit column reduction command, @kbd{V R : *}.
29456
29457@node Yanking Into Buffers, X Cut and Paste, Grabbing From Buffers, Kill and Yank
29458@section Yanking into Other Buffers
29459
29460@noindent
29461@kindex y
29462@pindex calc-copy-to-buffer
29463The plain @kbd{y} (@code{calc-copy-to-buffer}) command inserts the number
29464at the top of the stack into the most recently used normal editing buffer.
29465(More specifically, this is the most recently used buffer which is displayed
29466in a window and whose name does not begin with @samp{*}. If there is no
29467such buffer, this is the most recently used buffer except for Calculator
29468and Calc Trail buffers.) The number is inserted exactly as it appears and
29469without a newline. (If line-numbering is enabled, the line number is
29470normally not included.) The number is @emph{not} removed from the stack.
29471
29472With a prefix argument, @kbd{y} inserts several numbers, one per line.
29473A positive argument inserts the specified number of values from the top
29474of the stack. A negative argument inserts the @expr{n}th value from the
29475top of the stack. An argument of zero inserts the entire stack. Note
29476that @kbd{y} with an argument of 1 is slightly different from @kbd{y}
29477with no argument; the former always copies full lines, whereas the
29478latter strips off the trailing newline.
29479
29480With a lone @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument, @kbd{y} @emph{replaces} the
29481region in the other buffer with the yanked text, then quits the
29482Calculator, leaving you in that buffer. A typical use would be to use
29483@kbd{C-x * g} to read a region of data into the Calculator, operate on the
29484data to produce a new matrix, then type @kbd{C-u y} to replace the
29485original data with the new data. One might wish to alter the matrix
29486display style (@pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}) or change the current
29487display language (@pxref{Language Modes}) before doing this. Also, note
29488that this command replaces a linear region of text (as grabbed by
29489@kbd{C-x * g}), not a rectangle (as grabbed by @kbd{C-x * r}).
29490
29491If the editing buffer is in overwrite (as opposed to insert) mode,
29492and the @kbd{C-u} prefix was not used, then the yanked number will
29493overwrite the characters following point rather than being inserted
29494before those characters. The usual conventions of overwrite mode
29495are observed; for example, characters will be inserted at the end of
29496a line rather than overflowing onto the next line. Yanking a multi-line
29497object such as a matrix in overwrite mode overwrites the next @var{n}
29498lines in the buffer, lengthening or shortening each line as necessary.
29499Finally, if the thing being yanked is a simple integer or floating-point
29500number (like @samp{-1.2345e-3}) and the characters following point also
29501make up such a number, then Calc will replace that number with the new
29502number, lengthening or shortening as necessary. The concept of
29503``overwrite mode'' has thus been generalized from overwriting characters
29504to overwriting one complete number with another.
29505
29506@kindex C-x * y
29507The @kbd{C-x * y} key sequence is equivalent to @kbd{y} except that
29508it can be typed anywhere, not just in Calc. This provides an easy
29509way to guarantee that Calc knows which editing buffer you want to use!
29510
29511@node X Cut and Paste, , Yanking Into Buffers, Kill and Yank
29512@section X Cut and Paste
29513
29514@noindent
29515If you are using Emacs with the X window system, there is an easier
29516way to move small amounts of data into and out of the calculator:
29517Use the mouse-oriented cut and paste facilities of X.
29518
29519The default bindings for a three-button mouse cause the left button
29520to move the Emacs cursor to the given place, the right button to
29521select the text between the cursor and the clicked location, and
29522the middle button to yank the selection into the buffer at the
29523clicked location. So, if you have a Calc window and an editing
29524window on your Emacs screen, you can use left-click/right-click
29525to select a number, vector, or formula from one window, then
29526middle-click to paste that value into the other window. When you
29527paste text into the Calc window, Calc interprets it as an algebraic
29528entry. It doesn't matter where you click in the Calc window; the
29529new value is always pushed onto the top of the stack.
29530
29531The @code{xterm} program that is typically used for general-purpose
29532shell windows in X interprets the mouse buttons in the same way.
29533So you can use the mouse to move data between Calc and any other
29534Unix program. One nice feature of @code{xterm} is that a double
29535left-click selects one word, and a triple left-click selects a
29536whole line. So you can usually transfer a single number into Calc
29537just by double-clicking on it in the shell, then middle-clicking
29538in the Calc window.
29539
29540@node Keypad Mode, Embedded Mode, Kill and Yank, Top
29541@chapter Keypad Mode
29542
29543@noindent
29544@kindex C-x * k
29545@pindex calc-keypad
29546The @kbd{C-x * k} (@code{calc-keypad}) command starts the Calculator
29547and displays a picture of a calculator-style keypad. If you are using
29548the X window system, you can click on any of the ``keys'' in the
29549keypad using the left mouse button to operate the calculator.
29550The original window remains the selected window; in Keypad mode
29551you can type in your file while simultaneously performing
29552calculations with the mouse.
29553
29554@pindex full-calc-keypad
29555If you have used @kbd{C-x * b} first, @kbd{C-x * k} instead invokes
29556the @code{full-calc-keypad} command, which takes over the whole
29557Emacs screen and displays the keypad, the Calc stack, and the Calc
29558trail all at once. This mode would normally be used when running
29559Calc standalone (@pxref{Standalone Operation}).
29560
29561If you aren't using the X window system, you must switch into
29562the @samp{*Calc Keypad*} window, place the cursor on the desired
29563``key,'' and type @key{SPC} or @key{RET}. If you think this
29564is easier than using Calc normally, go right ahead.
29565
29566Calc commands are more or less the same in Keypad mode. Certain
29567keypad keys differ slightly from the corresponding normal Calc
29568keystrokes; all such deviations are described below.
29569
29570Keypad mode includes many more commands than will fit on the keypad
29571at once. Click the right mouse button [@code{calc-keypad-menu}]
29572to switch to the next menu. The bottom five rows of the keypad
29573stay the same; the top three rows change to a new set of commands.
29574To return to earlier menus, click the middle mouse button
29575[@code{calc-keypad-menu-back}] or simply advance through the menus
29576until you wrap around. Typing @key{TAB} inside the keypad window
29577is equivalent to clicking the right mouse button there.
29578
29579You can always click the @key{EXEC} button and type any normal
29580Calc key sequence. This is equivalent to switching into the
29581Calc buffer, typing the keys, then switching back to your
29582original buffer.
29583
29584@menu
29585* Keypad Main Menu::
29586* Keypad Functions Menu::
29587* Keypad Binary Menu::
29588* Keypad Vectors Menu::
29589* Keypad Modes Menu::
29590@end menu
29591
29592@node Keypad Main Menu, Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Mode, Keypad Mode
29593@section Main Menu
29594
29595@smallexample
29596@group
5a83c46e 29597|----+----+--Calc---+----+----1
4009494e
GM
29598|FLR |CEIL|RND |TRNC|CLN2|FLT |
29599|----+----+----+----+----+----|
29600| LN |EXP | |ABS |IDIV|MOD |
29601|----+----+----+----+----+----|
29602|SIN |COS |TAN |SQRT|y^x |1/x |
29603|----+----+----+----+----+----|
29604| ENTER |+/- |EEX |UNDO| <- |
29605|-----+---+-+--+--+-+---++----|
29606| INV | 7 | 8 | 9 | / |
29607|-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
29608| HYP | 4 | 5 | 6 | * |
29609|-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
29610|EXEC | 1 | 2 | 3 | - |
29611|-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
29612| OFF | 0 | . | PI | + |
29613|-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
29614@end group
29615@end smallexample
29616
29617@noindent
29618This is the menu that appears the first time you start Keypad mode.
29619It will show up in a vertical window on the right side of your screen.
29620Above this menu is the traditional Calc stack display. On a 24-line
29621screen you will be able to see the top three stack entries.
29622
29623The ten digit keys, decimal point, and @key{EEX} key are used for
29624entering numbers in the obvious way. @key{EEX} begins entry of an
29625exponent in scientific notation. Just as with regular Calc, the
29626number is pushed onto the stack as soon as you press @key{ENTER}
29627or any other function key.
29628
29629The @key{+/-} key corresponds to normal Calc's @kbd{n} key. During
29630numeric entry it changes the sign of the number or of the exponent.
29631At other times it changes the sign of the number on the top of the
29632stack.
29633
29634The @key{INV} and @key{HYP} keys modify other keys. As well as
29635having the effects described elsewhere in this manual, Keypad mode
29636defines several other ``inverse'' operations. These are described
29637below and in the following sections.
29638
29639The @key{ENTER} key finishes the current numeric entry, or otherwise
29640duplicates the top entry on the stack.
29641
29642The @key{UNDO} key undoes the most recent Calc operation.
29643@kbd{INV UNDO} is the ``redo'' command, and @kbd{HYP UNDO} is
29644``last arguments'' (@kbd{M-@key{RET}}).
29645
29646The @key{<-} key acts as a ``backspace'' during numeric entry.
29647At other times it removes the top stack entry. @kbd{INV <-}
29648clears the entire stack. @kbd{HYP <-} takes an integer from
29649the stack, then removes that many additional stack elements.
29650
29651The @key{EXEC} key prompts you to enter any keystroke sequence
29652that would normally work in Calc mode. This can include a
29653numeric prefix if you wish. It is also possible simply to
29654switch into the Calc window and type commands in it; there is
29655nothing ``magic'' about this window when Keypad mode is active.
29656
29657The other keys in this display perform their obvious calculator
29658functions. @key{CLN2} rounds the top-of-stack by temporarily
29659reducing the precision by 2 digits. @key{FLT} converts an
29660integer or fraction on the top of the stack to floating-point.
29661
29662The @key{INV} and @key{HYP} keys combined with several of these keys
29663give you access to some common functions even if the appropriate menu
29664is not displayed. Obviously you don't need to learn these keys
29665unless you find yourself wasting time switching among the menus.
29666
29667@table @kbd
29668@item INV +/-
29669is the same as @key{1/x}.
29670@item INV +
29671is the same as @key{SQRT}.
29672@item INV -
29673is the same as @key{CONJ}.
29674@item INV *
29675is the same as @key{y^x}.
29676@item INV /
29677is the same as @key{INV y^x} (the @expr{x}th root of @expr{y}).
29678@item HYP/INV 1
29679are the same as @key{SIN} / @kbd{INV SIN}.
29680@item HYP/INV 2
29681are the same as @key{COS} / @kbd{INV COS}.
29682@item HYP/INV 3
29683are the same as @key{TAN} / @kbd{INV TAN}.
29684@item INV/HYP 4
29685are the same as @key{LN} / @kbd{HYP LN}.
29686@item INV/HYP 5
29687are the same as @key{EXP} / @kbd{HYP EXP}.
29688@item INV 6
29689is the same as @key{ABS}.
29690@item INV 7
29691is the same as @key{RND} (@code{calc-round}).
29692@item INV 8
29693is the same as @key{CLN2}.
29694@item INV 9
29695is the same as @key{FLT} (@code{calc-float}).
29696@item INV 0
29697is the same as @key{IMAG}.
29698@item INV .
29699is the same as @key{PREC}.
29700@item INV ENTER
29701is the same as @key{SWAP}.
29702@item HYP ENTER
29703is the same as @key{RLL3}.
29704@item INV HYP ENTER
29705is the same as @key{OVER}.
29706@item HYP +/-
29707packs the top two stack entries as an error form.
29708@item HYP EEX
29709packs the top two stack entries as a modulo form.
29710@item INV EEX
29711creates an interval form; this removes an integer which is one
29712of 0 @samp{[]}, 1 @samp{[)}, 2 @samp{(]} or 3 @samp{()}, followed
29713by the two limits of the interval.
29714@end table
29715
29716The @kbd{OFF} key turns Calc off; typing @kbd{C-x * k} or @kbd{C-x * *}
29717again has the same effect. This is analogous to typing @kbd{q} or
29718hitting @kbd{C-x * c} again in the normal calculator. If Calc is
29719running standalone (the @code{full-calc-keypad} command appeared in the
29720command line that started Emacs), then @kbd{OFF} is replaced with
29721@kbd{EXIT}; clicking on this actually exits Emacs itself.
29722
29723@node Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Main Menu, Keypad Mode
29724@section Functions Menu
29725
29726@smallexample
29727@group
29728|----+----+----+----+----+----2
29729|IGAM|BETA|IBET|ERF |BESJ|BESY|
29730|----+----+----+----+----+----|
29731|IMAG|CONJ| RE |ATN2|RAND|RAGN|
29732|----+----+----+----+----+----|
29733|GCD |FACT|DFCT|BNOM|PERM|NXTP|
29734|----+----+----+----+----+----|
29735@end group
29736@end smallexample
29737
29738@noindent
29739This menu provides various operations from the @kbd{f} and @kbd{k}
29740prefix keys.
29741
29742@key{IMAG} multiplies the number on the stack by the imaginary
29743number @expr{i = (0, 1)}.
29744
29745@key{RE} extracts the real part a complex number. @kbd{INV RE}
29746extracts the imaginary part.
29747
29748@key{RAND} takes a number from the top of the stack and computes
29749a random number greater than or equal to zero but less than that
29750number. (@xref{Random Numbers}.) @key{RAGN} is the ``random
29751again'' command; it computes another random number using the
29752same limit as last time.
29753
29754@key{INV GCD} computes the LCM (least common multiple) function.
29755
29756@key{INV FACT} is the gamma function.
29757@texline @math{\Gamma(x) = (x-1)!}.
29758@infoline @expr{gamma(x) = (x-1)!}.
29759
29760@key{PERM} is the number-of-permutations function, which is on the
29761@kbd{H k c} key in normal Calc.
29762
29763@key{NXTP} finds the next prime after a number. @kbd{INV NXTP}
29764finds the previous prime.
29765
29766@node Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Mode
29767@section Binary Menu
29768
29769@smallexample
29770@group
29771|----+----+----+----+----+----3
29772|AND | OR |XOR |NOT |LSH |RSH |
29773|----+----+----+----+----+----|
29774|DEC |HEX |OCT |BIN |WSIZ|ARSH|
29775|----+----+----+----+----+----|
29776| A | B | C | D | E | F |
29777|----+----+----+----+----+----|
29778@end group
29779@end smallexample
29780
29781@noindent
29782The keys in this menu perform operations on binary integers.
29783Note that both logical and arithmetic right-shifts are provided.
29784@key{INV LSH} rotates one bit to the left.
29785
29786The ``difference'' function (normally on @kbd{b d}) is on @key{INV AND}.
29787The ``clip'' function (normally on @w{@kbd{b c}}) is on @key{INV NOT}.
29788
29789The @key{DEC}, @key{HEX}, @key{OCT}, and @key{BIN} keys select the
29790current radix for display and entry of numbers: Decimal, hexadecimal,
29791octal, or binary. The six letter keys @key{A} through @key{F} are used
29792for entering hexadecimal numbers.
29793
29794The @key{WSIZ} key displays the current word size for binary operations
29795and allows you to enter a new word size. You can respond to the prompt
29796using either the keyboard or the digits and @key{ENTER} from the keypad.
29797The initial word size is 32 bits.
29798
29799@node Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Modes Menu, Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Mode
29800@section Vectors Menu
29801
29802@smallexample
29803@group
29804|----+----+----+----+----+----4
29805|SUM |PROD|MAX |MAP*|MAP^|MAP$|
29806|----+----+----+----+----+----|
29807|MINV|MDET|MTRN|IDNT|CRSS|"x" |
29808|----+----+----+----+----+----|
29809|PACK|UNPK|INDX|BLD |LEN |... |
29810|----+----+----+----+----+----|
29811@end group
29812@end smallexample
29813
29814@noindent
29815The keys in this menu operate on vectors and matrices.
29816
29817@key{PACK} removes an integer @var{n} from the top of the stack;
29818the next @var{n} stack elements are removed and packed into a vector,
29819which is replaced onto the stack. Thus the sequence
29820@kbd{1 ENTER 3 ENTER 5 ENTER 3 PACK} enters the vector
29821@samp{[1, 3, 5]} onto the stack. To enter a matrix, build each row
29822on the stack as a vector, then use a final @key{PACK} to collect the
29823rows into a matrix.
29824
29825@key{UNPK} unpacks the vector on the stack, pushing each of its
29826components separately.
29827
29828@key{INDX} removes an integer @var{n}, then builds a vector of
29829integers from 1 to @var{n}. @kbd{INV INDX} takes three numbers
29830from the stack: The vector size @var{n}, the starting number,
29831and the increment. @kbd{BLD} takes an integer @var{n} and any
29832value @var{x} and builds a vector of @var{n} copies of @var{x}.
29833
29834@key{IDNT} removes an integer @var{n}, then builds an @var{n}-by-@var{n}
29835identity matrix.
29836
29837@key{LEN} replaces a vector by its length, an integer.
29838
29839@key{...} turns on or off ``abbreviated'' display mode for large vectors.
29840
29841@key{MINV}, @key{MDET}, @key{MTRN}, and @key{CROSS} are the matrix
29842inverse, determinant, and transpose, and vector cross product.
29843
29844@key{SUM} replaces a vector by the sum of its elements. It is
29845equivalent to @kbd{u +} in normal Calc (@pxref{Statistical Operations}).
29846@key{PROD} computes the product of the elements of a vector, and
29847@key{MAX} computes the maximum of all the elements of a vector.
29848
29849@key{INV SUM} computes the alternating sum of the first element
29850minus the second, plus the third, minus the fourth, and so on.
29851@key{INV MAX} computes the minimum of the vector elements.
29852
29853@key{HYP SUM} computes the mean of the vector elements.
29854@key{HYP PROD} computes the sample standard deviation.
29855@key{HYP MAX} computes the median.
29856
29857@key{MAP*} multiplies two vectors elementwise. It is equivalent
29858to the @kbd{V M *} command. @key{MAP^} computes powers elementwise.
29859The arguments must be vectors of equal length, or one must be a vector
29860and the other must be a plain number. For example, @kbd{2 MAP^} squares
29861all the elements of a vector.
29862
29863@key{MAP$} maps the formula on the top of the stack across the
29864vector in the second-to-top position. If the formula contains
29865several variables, Calc takes that many vectors starting at the
29866second-to-top position and matches them to the variables in
29867alphabetical order. The result is a vector of the same size as
29868the input vectors, whose elements are the formula evaluated with
29869the variables set to the various sets of numbers in those vectors.
29870For example, you could simulate @key{MAP^} using @key{MAP$} with
29871the formula @samp{x^y}.
29872
29873The @kbd{"x"} key pushes the variable name @expr{x} onto the
29874stack. To build the formula @expr{x^2 + 6}, you would use the
29875key sequence @kbd{"x" 2 y^x 6 +}. This formula would then be
29876suitable for use with the @key{MAP$} key described above.
29877With @key{INV}, @key{HYP}, or @key{INV} and @key{HYP}, the
29878@kbd{"x"} key pushes the variable names @expr{y}, @expr{z}, and
29879@expr{t}, respectively.
29880
29881@node Keypad Modes Menu, , Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Mode
29882@section Modes Menu
29883
29884@smallexample
29885@group
29886|----+----+----+----+----+----5
29887|FLT |FIX |SCI |ENG |GRP | |
29888|----+----+----+----+----+----|
29889|RAD |DEG |FRAC|POLR|SYMB|PREC|
29890|----+----+----+----+----+----|
29891|SWAP|RLL3|RLL4|OVER|STO |RCL |
29892|----+----+----+----+----+----|
29893@end group
29894@end smallexample
29895
29896@noindent
29897The keys in this menu manipulate modes, variables, and the stack.
29898
29899The @key{FLT}, @key{FIX}, @key{SCI}, and @key{ENG} keys select
29900floating-point, fixed-point, scientific, or engineering notation.
29901@key{FIX} displays two digits after the decimal by default; the
29902others display full precision. With the @key{INV} prefix, these
29903keys pop a number-of-digits argument from the stack.
29904
29905The @key{GRP} key turns grouping of digits with commas on or off.
29906@kbd{INV GRP} enables grouping to the right of the decimal point as
29907well as to the left.
29908
29909The @key{RAD} and @key{DEG} keys switch between radians and degrees
29910for trigonometric functions.
29911
29912The @key{FRAC} key turns Fraction mode on or off. This affects
29913whether commands like @kbd{/} with integer arguments produce
29914fractional or floating-point results.
29915
29916The @key{POLR} key turns Polar mode on or off, determining whether
29917polar or rectangular complex numbers are used by default.
29918
29919The @key{SYMB} key turns Symbolic mode on or off, in which
29920operations that would produce inexact floating-point results
29921are left unevaluated as algebraic formulas.
29922
29923The @key{PREC} key selects the current precision. Answer with
29924the keyboard or with the keypad digit and @key{ENTER} keys.
29925
29926The @key{SWAP} key exchanges the top two stack elements.
29927The @key{RLL3} key rotates the top three stack elements upwards.
29928The @key{RLL4} key rotates the top four stack elements upwards.
29929The @key{OVER} key duplicates the second-to-top stack element.
29930
29931The @key{STO} and @key{RCL} keys are analogous to @kbd{s t} and
29932@kbd{s r} in regular Calc. @xref{Store and Recall}. Click the
29933@key{STO} or @key{RCL} key, then one of the ten digits. (Named
29934variables are not available in Keypad mode.) You can also use,
29935for example, @kbd{STO + 3} to add to register 3.
29936
29937@node Embedded Mode, Programming, Keypad Mode, Top
29938@chapter Embedded Mode
29939
29940@noindent
29941Embedded mode in Calc provides an alternative to copying numbers
29942and formulas back and forth between editing buffers and the Calc
29943stack. In Embedded mode, your editing buffer becomes temporarily
29944linked to the stack and this copying is taken care of automatically.
29945
29946@menu
29947* Basic Embedded Mode::
29948* More About Embedded Mode::
29949* Assignments in Embedded Mode::
29950* Mode Settings in Embedded Mode::
29951* Customizing Embedded Mode::
29952@end menu
29953
29954@node Basic Embedded Mode, More About Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
29955@section Basic Embedded Mode
29956
29957@noindent
29958@kindex C-x * e
29959@pindex calc-embedded
29960To enter Embedded mode, position the Emacs point (cursor) on a
29961formula in any buffer and press @kbd{C-x * e} (@code{calc-embedded}).
29962Note that @kbd{C-x * e} is not to be used in the Calc stack buffer
29963like most Calc commands, but rather in regular editing buffers that
29964are visiting your own files.
29965
29966Calc will try to guess an appropriate language based on the major mode
29967of the editing buffer. (@xref{Language Modes}.) If the current buffer is
29968in @code{latex-mode}, for example, Calc will set its language to La@TeX{}.
29969Similarly, Calc will use @TeX{} language for @code{tex-mode},
29970@code{plain-tex-mode} and @code{context-mode}, C language for
29971@code{c-mode} and @code{c++-mode}, FORTRAN language for
29972@code{fortran-mode} and @code{f90-mode}, Pascal for @code{pascal-mode},
29973and eqn for @code{nroff-mode} (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
29974These can be overridden with Calc's mode
29975changing commands (@pxref{Mode Settings in Embedded Mode}). If no
29976suitable language is available, Calc will continue with its current language.
29977
29978Calc normally scans backward and forward in the buffer for the
29979nearest opening and closing @dfn{formula delimiters}. The simplest
29980delimiters are blank lines. Other delimiters that Embedded mode
29981understands are:
29982
29983@enumerate
29984@item
29985The @TeX{} and La@TeX{} math delimiters @samp{$ $}, @samp{$$ $$},
29986@samp{\[ \]}, and @samp{\( \)};
29987@item
29988Lines beginning with @samp{\begin} and @samp{\end} (except matrix delimiters);
29989@item
29990Lines beginning with @samp{@@} (Texinfo delimiters).
29991@item
29992Lines beginning with @samp{.EQ} and @samp{.EN} (@dfn{eqn} delimiters);
29993@item
29994Lines containing a single @samp{%} or @samp{.\"} symbol and nothing else.
29995@end enumerate
29996
29997@xref{Customizing Embedded Mode}, to see how to make Calc recognize
29998your own favorite delimiters. Delimiters like @samp{$ $} can appear
29999on their own separate lines or in-line with the formula.
30000
30001If you give a positive or negative numeric prefix argument, Calc
30002instead uses the current point as one end of the formula, and includes
30003that many lines forward or backward (respectively, including the current
30004line). Explicit delimiters are not necessary in this case.
30005
30006With a prefix argument of zero, Calc uses the current region (delimited
30007by point and mark) instead of formula delimiters. With a prefix
30008argument of @kbd{C-u} only, Calc uses the current line as the formula.
30009
30010@kindex C-x * w
30011@pindex calc-embedded-word
30012The @kbd{C-x * w} (@code{calc-embedded-word}) command will start Embedded
30013mode on the current ``word''; in this case Calc will scan for the first
30014non-numeric character (i.e., the first character that is not a digit,
30015sign, decimal point, or upper- or lower-case @samp{e}) forward and
30016backward to delimit the formula.
30017
30018When you enable Embedded mode for a formula, Calc reads the text
30019between the delimiters and tries to interpret it as a Calc formula.
30020Calc can generally identify @TeX{} formulas and
30021Big-style formulas even if the language mode is wrong. If Calc
30022can't make sense of the formula, it beeps and refuses to enter
30023Embedded mode. But if the current language is wrong, Calc can
30024sometimes parse the formula successfully (but incorrectly);
30025for example, the C expression @samp{atan(a[1])} can be parsed
30026in Normal language mode, but the @code{atan} won't correspond to
30027the built-in @code{arctan} function, and the @samp{a[1]} will be
30028interpreted as @samp{a} times the vector @samp{[1]}!
30029
30030If you press @kbd{C-x * e} or @kbd{C-x * w} to activate an embedded
30031formula which is blank, say with the cursor on the space between
30032the two delimiters @samp{$ $}, Calc will immediately prompt for
30033an algebraic entry.
30034
30035Only one formula in one buffer can be enabled at a time. If you
30036move to another area of the current buffer and give Calc commands,
30037Calc turns Embedded mode off for the old formula and then tries
30038to restart Embedded mode at the new position. Other buffers are
30039not affected by Embedded mode.
30040
30041When Embedded mode begins, Calc pushes the current formula onto
30042the stack. No Calc stack window is created; however, Calc copies
30043the top-of-stack position into the original buffer at all times.
30044You can create a Calc window by hand with @kbd{C-x * o} if you
30045find you need to see the entire stack.
30046
30047For example, typing @kbd{C-x * e} while somewhere in the formula
30048@samp{n>2} in the following line enables Embedded mode on that
30049inequality:
30050
30051@example
30052We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $n>2$.
30053@end example
30054
30055@noindent
30056The formula @expr{n>2} will be pushed onto the Calc stack, and
30057the top of stack will be copied back into the editing buffer.
30058This means that spaces will appear around the @samp{>} symbol
30059to match Calc's usual display style:
30060
30061@example
30062We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $n > 2$.
30063@end example
30064
30065@noindent
30066No spaces have appeared around the @samp{+} sign because it's
30067in a different formula, one which we have not yet touched with
30068Embedded mode.
30069
30070Now that Embedded mode is enabled, keys you type in this buffer
30071are interpreted as Calc commands. At this point we might use
30072the ``commute'' command @kbd{j C} to reverse the inequality.
30073This is a selection-based command for which we first need to
30074move the cursor onto the operator (@samp{>} in this case) that
30075needs to be commuted.
30076
30077@example
30078We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $2 < n$.
30079@end example
30080
30081The @kbd{C-x * o} command is a useful way to open a Calc window
30082without actually selecting that window. Giving this command
30083verifies that @samp{2 < n} is also on the Calc stack. Typing
30084@kbd{17 @key{RET}} would produce:
30085
30086@example
30087We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $17$.
30088@end example
30089
30090@noindent
30091with @samp{2 < n} and @samp{17} on the stack; typing @key{TAB}
30092at this point will exchange the two stack values and restore
30093@samp{2 < n} to the embedded formula. Even though you can't
30094normally see the stack in Embedded mode, it is still there and
30095it still operates in the same way. But, as with old-fashioned
30096RPN calculators, you can only see the value at the top of the
30097stack at any given time (unless you use @kbd{C-x * o}).
30098
30099Typing @kbd{C-x * e} again turns Embedded mode off. The Calc
30100window reveals that the formula @w{@samp{2 < n}} is automatically
30101removed from the stack, but the @samp{17} is not. Entering
30102Embedded mode always pushes one thing onto the stack, and
30103leaving Embedded mode always removes one thing. Anything else
30104that happens on the stack is entirely your business as far as
30105Embedded mode is concerned.
30106
30107If you press @kbd{C-x * e} in the wrong place by accident, it is
30108possible that Calc will be able to parse the nearby text as a
30109formula and will mangle that text in an attempt to redisplay it
30110``properly'' in the current language mode. If this happens,
30111press @kbd{C-x * e} again to exit Embedded mode, then give the
30112regular Emacs ``undo'' command (@kbd{C-_} or @kbd{C-x u}) to put
30113the text back the way it was before Calc edited it. Note that Calc's
30114own Undo command (typed before you turn Embedded mode back off)
30115will not do you any good, because as far as Calc is concerned
30116you haven't done anything with this formula yet.
30117
30118@node More About Embedded Mode, Assignments in Embedded Mode, Basic Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30119@section More About Embedded Mode
30120
30121@noindent
30122When Embedded mode ``activates'' a formula, i.e., when it examines
30123the formula for the first time since the buffer was created or
30124loaded, Calc tries to sense the language in which the formula was
30125written. If the formula contains any La@TeX{}-like @samp{\} sequences,
30126it is parsed (i.e., read) in La@TeX{} mode. If the formula appears to
30127be written in multi-line Big mode, it is parsed in Big mode. Otherwise,
30128it is parsed according to the current language mode.
30129
30130Note that Calc does not change the current language mode according
30131the formula it reads in. Even though it can read a La@TeX{} formula when
30132not in La@TeX{} mode, it will immediately rewrite this formula using
30133whatever language mode is in effect.
30134
30135@tex
30136\bigskip
30137@end tex
30138
30139@kindex d p
30140@pindex calc-show-plain
30141Calc's parser is unable to read certain kinds of formulas. For
30142example, with @kbd{v ]} (@code{calc-matrix-brackets}) you can
30143specify matrix display styles which the parser is unable to
30144recognize as matrices. The @kbd{d p} (@code{calc-show-plain})
30145command turns on a mode in which a ``plain'' version of a
30146formula is placed in front of the fully-formatted version.
30147When Calc reads a formula that has such a plain version in
30148front, it reads the plain version and ignores the formatted
30149version.
30150
30151Plain formulas are preceded and followed by @samp{%%%} signs
30152by default. This notation has the advantage that the @samp{%}
30153character begins a comment in @TeX{} and La@TeX{}, so if your formula is
30154embedded in a @TeX{} or La@TeX{} document its plain version will be
30155invisible in the final printed copy. Certain major modes have different
30156delimiters to ensure that the ``plain'' version will be
30157in a comment for those modes, also.
30158See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode} to see how to change the ``plain''
30159formula delimiters.
30160
30161There are several notations which Calc's parser for ``big''
30162formatted formulas can't yet recognize. In particular, it can't
30163read the large symbols for @code{sum}, @code{prod}, and @code{integ},
30164and it can't handle @samp{=>} with the righthand argument omitted.
30165Also, Calc won't recognize special formats you have defined with
30166the @kbd{Z C} command (@pxref{User-Defined Compositions}). In
30167these cases it is important to use ``plain'' mode to make sure
30168Calc will be able to read your formula later.
30169
30170Another example where ``plain'' mode is important is if you have
30171specified a float mode with few digits of precision. Normally
30172any digits that are computed but not displayed will simply be
30173lost when you save and re-load your embedded buffer, but ``plain''
30174mode allows you to make sure that the complete number is present
30175in the file as well as the rounded-down number.
30176
30177@tex
30178\bigskip
30179@end tex
30180
30181Embedded buffers remember active formulas for as long as they
30182exist in Emacs memory. Suppose you have an embedded formula
30183which is @cpi{} to the normal 12 decimal places, and then
30184type @w{@kbd{C-u 5 d n}} to display only five decimal places.
30185If you then type @kbd{d n}, all 12 places reappear because the
30186full number is still there on the Calc stack. More surprisingly,
30187even if you exit Embedded mode and later re-enter it for that
30188formula, typing @kbd{d n} will restore all 12 places because
30189each buffer remembers all its active formulas. However, if you
30190save the buffer in a file and reload it in a new Emacs session,
30191all non-displayed digits will have been lost unless you used
30192``plain'' mode.
30193
30194@tex
30195\bigskip
30196@end tex
30197
30198In some applications of Embedded mode, you will want to have a
30199sequence of copies of a formula that show its evolution as you
30200work on it. For example, you might want to have a sequence
30201like this in your file (elaborating here on the example from
30202the ``Getting Started'' chapter):
30203
30204@smallexample
30205The derivative of
30206
30207 ln(ln(x))
30208
30209is
30210
30211 @r{(the derivative of }ln(ln(x))@r{)}
30212
30213whose value at x = 2 is
30214
30215 @r{(the value)}
30216
30217and at x = 3 is
30218
30219 @r{(the value)}
30220@end smallexample
30221
30222@kindex C-x * d
30223@pindex calc-embedded-duplicate
30224The @kbd{C-x * d} (@code{calc-embedded-duplicate}) command is a
30225handy way to make sequences like this. If you type @kbd{C-x * d},
30226the formula under the cursor (which may or may not have Embedded
30227mode enabled for it at the time) is copied immediately below and
30228Embedded mode is then enabled for that copy.
30229
30230For this example, you would start with just
30231
30232@smallexample
30233The derivative of
30234
30235 ln(ln(x))
30236@end smallexample
30237
30238@noindent
30239and press @kbd{C-x * d} with the cursor on this formula. The result
30240is
30241
30242@smallexample
30243The derivative of
30244
30245 ln(ln(x))
30246
30247
30248 ln(ln(x))
30249@end smallexample
30250
30251@noindent
30252with the second copy of the formula enabled in Embedded mode.
30253You can now press @kbd{a d x @key{RET}} to take the derivative, and
30254@kbd{C-x * d C-x * d} to make two more copies of the derivative.
30255To complete the computations, type @kbd{3 s l x @key{RET}} to evaluate
30256the last formula, then move up to the second-to-last formula
30257and type @kbd{2 s l x @key{RET}}.
30258
30259Finally, you would want to press @kbd{C-x * e} to exit Embedded
30260mode, then go up and insert the necessary text in between the
30261various formulas and numbers.
30262
30263@tex
30264\bigskip
30265@end tex
30266
30267@kindex C-x * f
30268@kindex C-x * '
30269@pindex calc-embedded-new-formula
30270The @kbd{C-x * f} (@code{calc-embedded-new-formula}) command
30271creates a new embedded formula at the current point. It inserts
30272some default delimiters, which are usually just blank lines,
30273and then does an algebraic entry to get the formula (which is
30274then enabled for Embedded mode). This is just shorthand for
30275typing the delimiters yourself, positioning the cursor between
30276the new delimiters, and pressing @kbd{C-x * e}. The key sequence
30277@kbd{C-x * '} is equivalent to @kbd{C-x * f}.
30278
30279@kindex C-x * n
30280@kindex C-x * p
30281@pindex calc-embedded-next
30282@pindex calc-embedded-previous
30283The @kbd{C-x * n} (@code{calc-embedded-next}) and @kbd{C-x * p}
30284(@code{calc-embedded-previous}) commands move the cursor to the
30285next or previous active embedded formula in the buffer. They
30286can take positive or negative prefix arguments to move by several
30287formulas. Note that these commands do not actually examine the
30288text of the buffer looking for formulas; they only see formulas
30289which have previously been activated in Embedded mode. In fact,
30290@kbd{C-x * n} and @kbd{C-x * p} are a useful way to tell which
30291embedded formulas are currently active. Also, note that these
30292commands do not enable Embedded mode on the next or previous
30293formula, they just move the cursor.
30294
30295@kindex C-x * `
30296@pindex calc-embedded-edit
30297The @kbd{C-x * `} (@code{calc-embedded-edit}) command edits the
30298embedded formula at the current point as if by @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}).
30299Embedded mode does not have to be enabled for this to work. Press
30300@kbd{C-c C-c} to finish the edit, or @kbd{C-x k} to cancel.
30301
30302@node Assignments in Embedded Mode, Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, More About Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30303@section Assignments in Embedded Mode
30304
30305@noindent
30306The @samp{:=} (assignment) and @samp{=>} (``evaluates-to'') operators
30307are especially useful in Embedded mode. They allow you to make
30308a definition in one formula, then refer to that definition in
30309other formulas embedded in the same buffer.
30310
30311An embedded formula which is an assignment to a variable, as in
30312
30313@example
30314foo := 5
30315@end example
30316
30317@noindent
30318records @expr{5} as the stored value of @code{foo} for the
30319purposes of Embedded mode operations in the current buffer. It
30320does @emph{not} actually store @expr{5} as the ``global'' value
30321of @code{foo}, however. Regular Calc operations, and Embedded
30322formulas in other buffers, will not see this assignment.
30323
30324One way to use this assigned value is simply to create an
30325Embedded formula elsewhere that refers to @code{foo}, and to press
30326@kbd{=} in that formula. However, this permanently replaces the
30327@code{foo} in the formula with its current value. More interesting
30328is to use @samp{=>} elsewhere:
30329
30330@example
30331foo + 7 => 12
30332@end example
30333
30334@xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a general discussion of @samp{=>}.
30335
30336If you move back and change the assignment to @code{foo}, any
30337@samp{=>} formulas which refer to it are automatically updated.
30338
30339@example
30340foo := 17
30341
30342foo + 7 => 24
30343@end example
30344
30345The obvious question then is, @emph{how} can one easily change the
30346assignment to @code{foo}? If you simply select the formula in
30347Embedded mode and type 17, the assignment itself will be replaced
30348by the 17. The effect on the other formula will be that the
30349variable @code{foo} becomes unassigned:
30350
30351@example
3035217
30353
30354foo + 7 => foo + 7
30355@end example
30356
30357The right thing to do is first to use a selection command (@kbd{j 2}
30358will do the trick) to select the righthand side of the assignment.
30359Then, @kbd{17 @key{TAB} @key{DEL}} will swap the 17 into place (@pxref{Selecting
30360Subformulas}, to see how this works).
30361
30362@kindex C-x * j
30363@pindex calc-embedded-select
30364The @kbd{C-x * j} (@code{calc-embedded-select}) command provides an
30365easy way to operate on assignments. It is just like @kbd{C-x * e},
30366except that if the enabled formula is an assignment, it uses
30367@kbd{j 2} to select the righthand side. If the enabled formula
30368is an evaluates-to, it uses @kbd{j 1} to select the lefthand side.
30369A formula can also be a combination of both:
30370
30371@example
30372bar := foo + 3 => 20
30373@end example
30374
30375@noindent
30376in which case @kbd{C-x * j} will select the middle part (@samp{foo + 3}).
30377
30378The formula is automatically deselected when you leave Embedded
30379mode.
30380
30381@kindex C-x * u
30382@pindex calc-embedded-update-formula
30383Another way to change the assignment to @code{foo} would simply be
30384to edit the number using regular Emacs editing rather than Embedded
30385mode. Then, we have to find a way to get Embedded mode to notice
30386the change. The @kbd{C-x * u} (@code{calc-embedded-update-formula})
30387command is a convenient way to do this.
30388
30389@example
30390foo := 6
30391
30392foo + 7 => 13
30393@end example
30394
30395Pressing @kbd{C-x * u} is much like pressing @kbd{C-x * e = C-x * e}, that
30396is, temporarily enabling Embedded mode for the formula under the
30397cursor and then evaluating it with @kbd{=}. But @kbd{C-x * u} does
30398not actually use @kbd{C-x * e}, and in fact another formula somewhere
30399else can be enabled in Embedded mode while you use @kbd{C-x * u} and
30400that formula will not be disturbed.
30401
30402With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * u} updates all active
30403@samp{=>} formulas in the buffer. Formulas which have not yet
30404been activated in Embedded mode, and formulas which do not have
30405@samp{=>} as their top-level operator, are not affected by this.
30406(This is useful only if you have used @kbd{m C}; see below.)
30407
30408With a plain @kbd{C-u} prefix, @kbd{C-u C-x * u} updates only in the
30409region between mark and point rather than in the whole buffer.
30410
30411@kbd{C-x * u} is also a handy way to activate a formula, such as an
30412@samp{=>} formula that has freshly been typed in or loaded from a
30413file.
30414
30415@kindex C-x * a
30416@pindex calc-embedded-activate
30417The @kbd{C-x * a} (@code{calc-embedded-activate}) command scans
30418through the current buffer and activates all embedded formulas
30419that contain @samp{:=} or @samp{=>} symbols. This does not mean
30420that Embedded mode is actually turned on, but only that the
30421formulas' positions are registered with Embedded mode so that
30422the @samp{=>} values can be properly updated as assignments are
30423changed.
30424
30425It is a good idea to type @kbd{C-x * a} right after loading a file
30426that uses embedded @samp{=>} operators. Emacs includes a nifty
30427``buffer-local variables'' feature that you can use to do this
30428automatically. The idea is to place near the end of your file
30429a few lines that look like this:
30430
30431@example
30432--- Local Variables: ---
30433--- eval:(calc-embedded-activate) ---
30434--- End: ---
30435@end example
30436
30437@noindent
30438where the leading and trailing @samp{---} can be replaced by
30439any suitable strings (which must be the same on all three lines)
30440or omitted altogether; in a @TeX{} or La@TeX{} file, @samp{%} would be a good
30441leading string and no trailing string would be necessary. In a
30442C program, @samp{/*} and @samp{*/} would be good leading and
30443trailing strings.
30444
30445When Emacs loads a file into memory, it checks for a Local Variables
30446section like this one at the end of the file. If it finds this
30447section, it does the specified things (in this case, running
30448@kbd{C-x * a} automatically) before editing of the file begins.
30449The Local Variables section must be within 3000 characters of the
30450end of the file for Emacs to find it, and it must be in the last
30451page of the file if the file has any page separators.
30452@xref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, the
30453Emacs manual}.
30454
30455Note that @kbd{C-x * a} does not update the formulas it finds.
30456To do this, type, say, @kbd{M-1 C-x * u} after @w{@kbd{C-x * a}}.
30457Generally this should not be a problem, though, because the
30458formulas will have been up-to-date already when the file was
30459saved.
30460
30461Normally, @kbd{C-x * a} activates all the formulas it finds, but
30462any previous active formulas remain active as well. With a
30463positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{C-x * a} first deactivates
30464all current active formulas, then actives the ones it finds in
30465its scan of the buffer. With a negative prefix argument,
30466@kbd{C-x * a} simply deactivates all formulas.
30467
30468Embedded mode has two symbols, @samp{Active} and @samp{~Active},
30469which it puts next to the major mode name in a buffer's mode line.
30470It puts @samp{Active} if it has reason to believe that all
30471formulas in the buffer are active, because you have typed @kbd{C-x * a}
30472and Calc has not since had to deactivate any formulas (which can
30473happen if Calc goes to update an @samp{=>} formula somewhere because
30474a variable changed, and finds that the formula is no longer there
30475due to some kind of editing outside of Embedded mode). Calc puts
30476@samp{~Active} in the mode line if some, but probably not all,
30477formulas in the buffer are active. This happens if you activate
30478a few formulas one at a time but never use @kbd{C-x * a}, or if you
30479used @kbd{C-x * a} but then Calc had to deactivate a formula
30480because it lost track of it. If neither of these symbols appears
30481in the mode line, no embedded formulas are active in the buffer
30482(e.g., before Embedded mode has been used, or after a @kbd{M-- C-x * a}).
30483
30484Embedded formulas can refer to assignments both before and after them
30485in the buffer. If there are several assignments to a variable, the
30486nearest preceding assignment is used if there is one, otherwise the
30487following assignment is used.
30488
30489@example
30490x => 1
30491
30492x := 1
30493
30494x => 1
30495
30496x := 2
30497
30498x => 2
30499@end example
30500
30501As well as simple variables, you can also assign to subscript
30502expressions of the form @samp{@var{var}_@var{number}} (as in
30503@code{x_0}), or @samp{@var{var}_@var{var}} (as in @code{x_max}).
30504Assignments to other kinds of objects can be represented by Calc,
30505but the automatic linkage between assignments and references works
30506only for plain variables and these two kinds of subscript expressions.
30507
30508If there are no assignments to a given variable, the global
30509stored value for the variable is used (@pxref{Storing Variables}),
30510or, if no value is stored, the variable is left in symbolic form.
30511Note that global stored values will be lost when the file is saved
30512and loaded in a later Emacs session, unless you have used the
30513@kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command to save them;
30514@pxref{Operations on Variables}.
30515
30516The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command turns automatic
30517recomputation of @samp{=>} forms on and off. If you turn automatic
30518recomputation off, you will have to use @kbd{C-x * u} to update these
30519formulas manually after an assignment has been changed. If you
30520plan to change several assignments at once, it may be more efficient
30521to type @kbd{m C}, change all the assignments, then use @kbd{M-1 C-x * u}
30522to update the entire buffer afterwards. The @kbd{m C} command also
30523controls @samp{=>} formulas on the stack; @pxref{Evaluates-To
30524Operator}. When you turn automatic recomputation back on, the
30525stack will be updated but the Embedded buffer will not; you must
30526use @kbd{C-x * u} to update the buffer by hand.
30527
30528@node Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, Customizing Embedded Mode, Assignments in Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30529@section Mode Settings in Embedded Mode
30530
30531@kindex m e
30532@pindex calc-embedded-preserve-modes
30533@noindent
30534The mode settings can be changed while Calc is in embedded mode, but
30535by default they will revert to their original values when embedded mode
30536is ended. However, the modes saved when the mode-recording mode is
30537@code{Save} (see below) and the modes in effect when the @kbd{m e}
30538(@code{calc-embedded-preserve-modes}) command is given
30539will be preserved when embedded mode is ended.
30540
30541Embedded mode has a rather complicated mechanism for handling mode
30542settings in Embedded formulas. It is possible to put annotations
30543in the file that specify mode settings either global to the entire
30544file or local to a particular formula or formulas. In the latter
30545case, different modes can be specified for use when a formula
30546is the enabled Embedded mode formula.
30547
30548When you give any mode-setting command, like @kbd{m f} (for Fraction
30549mode) or @kbd{d s} (for scientific notation), Embedded mode adds
30550a line like the following one to the file just before the opening
30551delimiter of the formula.
30552
30553@example
30554% [calc-mode: fractions: t]
30555% [calc-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
30556@end example
30557
30558When Calc interprets an embedded formula, it scans the text before
30559the formula for mode-setting annotations like these and sets the
30560Calc buffer to match these modes. Modes not explicitly described
30561in the file are not changed. Calc scans all the way to the top of
30562the file, or up to a line of the form
30563
30564@example
30565% [calc-defaults]
30566@end example
30567
30568@noindent
30569which you can insert at strategic places in the file if this backward
30570scan is getting too slow, or just to provide a barrier between one
30571``zone'' of mode settings and another.
30572
30573If the file contains several annotations for the same mode, the
30574closest one before the formula is used. Annotations after the
30575formula are never used (except for global annotations, described
30576below).
30577
30578The scan does not look for the leading @samp{% }, only for the
30579square brackets and the text they enclose. In fact, the leading
30580characters are different for different major modes. You can edit the
30581mode annotations to a style that works better in context if you wish.
30582@xref{Customizing Embedded Mode}, to see how to change the style
30583that Calc uses when it generates the annotations. You can write
30584mode annotations into the file yourself if you know the syntax;
30585the easiest way to find the syntax for a given mode is to let
30586Calc write the annotation for it once and see what it does.
30587
30588If you give a mode-changing command for a mode that already has
30589a suitable annotation just above the current formula, Calc will
30590modify that annotation rather than generating a new, conflicting
30591one.
30592
30593Mode annotations have three parts, separated by colons. (Spaces
30594after the colons are optional.) The first identifies the kind
30595of mode setting, the second is a name for the mode itself, and
30596the third is the value in the form of a Lisp symbol, number,
30597or list. Annotations with unrecognizable text in the first or
30598second parts are ignored. The third part is not checked to make
30599sure the value is of a valid type or range; if you write an
30600annotation by hand, be sure to give a proper value or results
30601will be unpredictable. Mode-setting annotations are case-sensitive.
30602
30603While Embedded mode is enabled, the word @code{Local} appears in
30604the mode line. This is to show that mode setting commands generate
30605annotations that are ``local'' to the current formula or set of
30606formulas. The @kbd{m R} (@code{calc-mode-record-mode}) command
30607causes Calc to generate different kinds of annotations. Pressing
30608@kbd{m R} repeatedly cycles through the possible modes.
30609
30610@code{LocEdit} and @code{LocPerm} modes generate annotations
30611that look like this, respectively:
30612
30613@example
30614% [calc-edit-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
30615% [calc-perm-mode: float-format: (sci 5)]
30616@end example
30617
30618The first kind of annotation will be used only while a formula
30619is enabled in Embedded mode. The second kind will be used only
30620when the formula is @emph{not} enabled. (Whether the formula
30621is ``active'' or not, i.e., whether Calc has seen this formula
30622yet, is not relevant here.)
30623
30624@code{Global} mode generates an annotation like this at the end
30625of the file:
30626
30627@example
30628% [calc-global-mode: fractions t]
30629@end example
30630
30631Global mode annotations affect all formulas throughout the file,
30632and may appear anywhere in the file. This allows you to tuck your
30633mode annotations somewhere out of the way, say, on a new page of
30634the file, as long as those mode settings are suitable for all
30635formulas in the file.
30636
30637Enabling a formula with @kbd{C-x * e} causes a fresh scan for local
30638mode annotations; you will have to use this after adding annotations
30639above a formula by hand to get the formula to notice them. Updating
30640a formula with @kbd{C-x * u} will also re-scan the local modes, but
30641global modes are only re-scanned by @kbd{C-x * a}.
30642
30643Another way that modes can get out of date is if you add a local
30644mode annotation to a formula that has another formula after it.
30645In this example, we have used the @kbd{d s} command while the
30646first of the two embedded formulas is active. But the second
30647formula has not changed its style to match, even though by the
30648rules of reading annotations the @samp{(sci 0)} applies to it, too.
30649
30650@example
30651% [calc-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
306521.23e2
30653
30654456.
30655@end example
30656
30657We would have to go down to the other formula and press @kbd{C-x * u}
30658on it in order to get it to notice the new annotation.
30659
30660Two more mode-recording modes selectable by @kbd{m R} are available
30661which are also available outside of Embedded mode.
30662(@pxref{General Mode Commands}.) They are @code{Save}, in which mode
30663settings are recorded permanently in your Calc init file (the file given
30664by the variable @code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.calc.el})
30665rather than by annotating the current document, and no-recording
30666mode (where there is no symbol like @code{Save} or @code{Local} in
30667the mode line), in which mode-changing commands do not leave any
30668annotations at all.
30669
30670When Embedded mode is not enabled, mode-recording modes except
30671for @code{Save} have no effect.
30672
30673@node Customizing Embedded Mode, , Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
30674@section Customizing Embedded Mode
30675
30676@noindent
30677You can modify Embedded mode's behavior by setting various Lisp
30678variables described here. These variables are customizable
30679(@pxref{Customizing Calc}), or you can use @kbd{M-x set-variable}
30680or @kbd{M-x edit-options} to adjust a variable on the fly.
30681(Another possibility would be to use a file-local variable annotation at
30682the end of the file;
30683@pxref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, the Emacs manual}.)
30684Many of the variables given mentioned here can be set to depend on the
30685major mode of the editing buffer (@pxref{Customizing Calc}).
30686
30687@vindex calc-embedded-open-formula
30688The @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} variable holds a regular
30689expression for the opening delimiter of a formula. @xref{Regexp Search,
30690, Regular Expression Search, emacs, the Emacs manual}, to see
30691how regular expressions work. Basically, a regular expression is a
30692pattern that Calc can search for. A regular expression that considers
30693blank lines, @samp{$}, and @samp{$$} to be opening delimiters is
30694@code{"\\`\\|^\n\\|\\$\\$?"}. Just in case the meaning of this
30695regular expression is not completely plain, let's go through it
30696in detail.
30697
30698The surrounding @samp{" "} marks quote the text between them as a
30699Lisp string. If you left them off, @code{set-variable} or
30700@code{edit-options} would try to read the regular expression as a
30701Lisp program.
30702
30703The most obvious property of this regular expression is that it
30704contains indecently many backslashes. There are actually two levels
30705of backslash usage going on here. First, when Lisp reads a quoted
30706string, all pairs of characters beginning with a backslash are
30707interpreted as special characters. Here, @code{\n} changes to a
30708new-line character, and @code{\\} changes to a single backslash.
30709So the actual regular expression seen by Calc is
30710@samp{\`\|^ @r{(newline)} \|\$\$?}.
30711
30712Regular expressions also consider pairs beginning with backslash
30713to have special meanings. Sometimes the backslash is used to quote
30714a character that otherwise would have a special meaning in a regular
30715expression, like @samp{$}, which normally means ``end-of-line,''
30716or @samp{?}, which means that the preceding item is optional. So
30717@samp{\$\$?} matches either one or two dollar signs.
30718
30719The other codes in this regular expression are @samp{^}, which matches
30720``beginning-of-line,'' @samp{\|}, which means ``or,'' and @samp{\`},
30721which matches ``beginning-of-buffer.'' So the whole pattern means
30722that a formula begins at the beginning of the buffer, or on a newline
30723that occurs at the beginning of a line (i.e., a blank line), or at
30724one or two dollar signs.
30725
30726The default value of @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} looks just
30727like this example, with several more alternatives added on to
30728recognize various other common kinds of delimiters.
30729
30730By the way, the reason to use @samp{^\n} rather than @samp{^$}
30731or @samp{\n\n}, which also would appear to match blank lines,
30732is that the former expression actually ``consumes'' only one
30733newline character as @emph{part of} the delimiter, whereas the
30734latter expressions consume zero or two newlines, respectively.
30735The former choice gives the most natural behavior when Calc
30736must operate on a whole formula including its delimiters.
30737
30738See the Emacs manual for complete details on regular expressions.
30739But just for your convenience, here is a list of all characters
30740which must be quoted with backslash (like @samp{\$}) to avoid
30741some special interpretation: @samp{. * + ? [ ] ^ $ \}. (Note
30742the backslash in this list; for example, to match @samp{\[} you
30743must use @code{"\\\\\\["}. An exercise for the reader is to
30744account for each of these six backslashes!)
30745
30746@vindex calc-embedded-close-formula
30747The @code{calc-embedded-close-formula} variable holds a regular
30748expression for the closing delimiter of a formula. A closing
30749regular expression to match the above example would be
30750@code{"\\'\\|\n$\\|\\$\\$?"}. This is almost the same as the
30751other one, except it now uses @samp{\'} (``end-of-buffer'') and
30752@samp{\n$} (newline occurring at end of line, yet another way
30753of describing a blank line that is more appropriate for this
30754case).
30755
4a65fb7a
JB
30756@vindex calc-embedded-word-regexp
30757The @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp} variable holds a regular expression
30758used to define an expression to look for (a ``word'') when you type
30759@kbd{C-x * w} to enable Embedded mode.
4009494e
GM
30760
30761@vindex calc-embedded-open-plain
30762The @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} variable is a string which
30763begins a ``plain'' formula written in front of the formatted
30764formula when @kbd{d p} mode is turned on. Note that this is an
30765actual string, not a regular expression, because Calc must be able
30766to write this string into a buffer as well as to recognize it.
30767The default string is @code{"%%% "} (note the trailing space), but may
30768be different for certain major modes.
30769
30770@vindex calc-embedded-close-plain
30771The @code{calc-embedded-close-plain} variable is a string which
30772ends a ``plain'' formula. The default is @code{" %%%\n"}, but may be
30773different for different major modes. Without
30774the trailing newline here, the first line of a Big mode formula
30775that followed might be shifted over with respect to the other lines.
30776
30777@vindex calc-embedded-open-new-formula
30778The @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} variable is a string
30779which is inserted at the front of a new formula when you type
30780@kbd{C-x * f}. Its default value is @code{"\n\n"}. If this
30781string begins with a newline character and the @kbd{C-x * f} is
30782typed at the beginning of a line, @kbd{C-x * f} will skip this
30783first newline to avoid introducing unnecessary blank lines in
30784the file.
30785
30786@vindex calc-embedded-close-new-formula
30787The @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} variable is the corresponding
30788string which is inserted at the end of a new formula. Its default
30789value is also @code{"\n\n"}. The final newline is omitted by
30790@w{@kbd{C-x * f}} if typed at the end of a line. (It follows that if
30791@kbd{C-x * f} is typed on a blank line, both a leading opening
30792newline and a trailing closing newline are omitted.)
30793
30794@vindex calc-embedded-announce-formula
30795The @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula} variable is a regular
30796expression which is sure to be followed by an embedded formula.
30797The @kbd{C-x * a} command searches for this pattern as well as for
30798@samp{=>} and @samp{:=} operators. Note that @kbd{C-x * a} will
30799not activate just anything surrounded by formula delimiters; after
30800all, blank lines are considered formula delimiters by default!
30801But if your language includes a delimiter which can only occur
30802actually in front of a formula, you can take advantage of it here.
30803The default pattern is @code{"%Embed\n\\(% .*\n\\)*"}, but may be
30804different for different major modes.
30805This pattern will check for @samp{%Embed} followed by any number of
30806lines beginning with @samp{%} and a space. This last is important to
30807make Calc consider mode annotations part of the pattern, so that the
30808formula's opening delimiter really is sure to follow the pattern.
30809
30810@vindex calc-embedded-open-mode
30811The @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} variable is a string (not a
30812regular expression) which should precede a mode annotation.
30813Calc never scans for this string; Calc always looks for the
30814annotation itself. But this is the string that is inserted before
30815the opening bracket when Calc adds an annotation on its own.
30816The default is @code{"% "}, but may be different for different major
30817modes.
30818
30819@vindex calc-embedded-close-mode
30820The @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} variable is a string which
30821follows a mode annotation written by Calc. Its default value
30822is simply a newline, @code{"\n"}, but may be different for different
30823major modes. If you change this, it is a good idea still to end with a
30824newline so that mode annotations will appear on lines by themselves.
30825
30826@node Programming, Copying, Embedded Mode, Top
30827@chapter Programming
30828
30829@noindent
30830There are several ways to ``program'' the Emacs Calculator, depending
30831on the nature of the problem you need to solve.
30832
30833@enumerate
30834@item
30835@dfn{Keyboard macros} allow you to record a sequence of keystrokes
30836and play them back at a later time. This is just the standard Emacs
30837keyboard macro mechanism, dressed up with a few more features such
30838as loops and conditionals.
30839
30840@item
30841@dfn{Algebraic definitions} allow you to use any formula to define a
30842new function. This function can then be used in algebraic formulas or
30843as an interactive command.
30844
30845@item
30846@dfn{Rewrite rules} are discussed in the section on algebra commands.
30847@xref{Rewrite Rules}. If you put your rewrite rules in the variable
30848@code{EvalRules}, they will be applied automatically to all Calc
30849results in just the same way as an internal ``rule'' is applied to
30850evaluate @samp{sqrt(9)} to 3 and so on. @xref{Automatic Rewrites}.
30851
30852@item
30853@dfn{Lisp} is the programming language that Calc (and most of Emacs)
30854is written in. If the above techniques aren't powerful enough, you
30855can write Lisp functions to do anything that built-in Calc commands
30856can do. Lisp code is also somewhat faster than keyboard macros or
30857rewrite rules.
30858@end enumerate
30859
30860@kindex z
30861Programming features are available through the @kbd{z} and @kbd{Z}
30862prefix keys. New commands that you define are two-key sequences
30863beginning with @kbd{z}. Commands for managing these definitions
30864use the shift-@kbd{Z} prefix. (The @kbd{Z T} (@code{calc-timing})
30865command is described elsewhere; @pxref{Troubleshooting Commands}.
30866The @kbd{Z C} (@code{calc-user-define-composition}) command is also
30867described elsewhere; @pxref{User-Defined Compositions}.)
30868
30869@menu
30870* Creating User Keys::
30871* Keyboard Macros::
30872* Invocation Macros::
30873* Algebraic Definitions::
30874* Lisp Definitions::
30875@end menu
30876
30877@node Creating User Keys, Keyboard Macros, Programming, Programming
30878@section Creating User Keys
30879
30880@noindent
30881@kindex Z D
30882@pindex calc-user-define
30883Any Calculator command may be bound to a key using the @kbd{Z D}
30884(@code{calc-user-define}) command. Actually, it is bound to a two-key
30885sequence beginning with the lower-case @kbd{z} prefix.
30886
30887The @kbd{Z D} command first prompts for the key to define. For example,
30888press @kbd{Z D a} to define the new key sequence @kbd{z a}. You are then
30889prompted for the name of the Calculator command that this key should
30890run. For example, the @code{calc-sincos} command is not normally
30891available on a key. Typing @kbd{Z D s sincos @key{RET}} programs the
30892@kbd{z s} key sequence to run @code{calc-sincos}. This definition will remain
30893in effect for the rest of this Emacs session, or until you redefine
30894@kbd{z s} to be something else.
30895
30896You can actually bind any Emacs command to a @kbd{z} key sequence by
30897backspacing over the @samp{calc-} when you are prompted for the command name.
30898
30899As with any other prefix key, you can type @kbd{z ?} to see a list of
30900all the two-key sequences you have defined that start with @kbd{z}.
30901Initially, no @kbd{z} sequences (except @kbd{z ?} itself) are defined.
30902
30903User keys are typically letters, but may in fact be any key.
30904(@key{META}-keys are not permitted, nor are a terminal's special
30905function keys which generate multi-character sequences when pressed.)
30906You can define different commands on the shifted and unshifted versions
30907of a letter if you wish.
30908
30909@kindex Z U
30910@pindex calc-user-undefine
30911The @kbd{Z U} (@code{calc-user-undefine}) command unbinds a user key.
30912For example, the key sequence @kbd{Z U s} will undefine the @code{sincos}
30913key we defined above.
30914
30915@kindex Z P
30916@pindex calc-user-define-permanent
30917@cindex Storing user definitions
30918@cindex Permanent user definitions
30919@cindex Calc init file, user-defined commands
30920The @kbd{Z P} (@code{calc-user-define-permanent}) command makes a key
30921binding permanent so that it will remain in effect even in future Emacs
30922sessions. (It does this by adding a suitable bit of Lisp code into
30923your Calc init file; that is, the file given by the variable
30924@code{calc-settings-file}, typically @file{~/.calc.el}.) For example,
30925@kbd{Z P s} would register our @code{sincos} command permanently. If
30926you later wish to unregister this command you must edit your Calc init
30927file by hand. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to tell Calc to
30928use a different file for the Calc init file.)
30929
30930The @kbd{Z P} command also saves the user definition, if any, for the
30931command bound to the key. After @kbd{Z F} and @kbd{Z C}, a given user
30932key could invoke a command, which in turn calls an algebraic function,
30933which might have one or more special display formats. A single @kbd{Z P}
30934command will save all of these definitions.
30935To save an algebraic function, type @kbd{'} (the apostrophe)
30936when prompted for a key, and type the function name. To save a command
30937without its key binding, type @kbd{M-x} and enter a function name. (The
30938@samp{calc-} prefix will automatically be inserted for you.)
30939(If the command you give implies a function, the function will be saved,
30940and if the function has any display formats, those will be saved, but
30941not the other way around: Saving a function will not save any commands
30942or key bindings associated with the function.)
30943
30944@kindex Z E
30945@pindex calc-user-define-edit
30946@cindex Editing user definitions
30947The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command edits the definition
30948of a user key. This works for keys that have been defined by either
30949keyboard macros or formulas; further details are contained in the relevant
30950following sections.
30951
30952@node Keyboard Macros, Invocation Macros, Creating User Keys, Programming
30953@section Programming with Keyboard Macros
30954
30955@noindent
30956@kindex X
30957@cindex Programming with keyboard macros
30958@cindex Keyboard macros
30959The easiest way to ``program'' the Emacs Calculator is to use standard
30960keyboard macros. Press @w{@kbd{C-x (}} to begin recording a macro. From
30961this point on, keystrokes you type will be saved away as well as
30962performing their usual functions. Press @kbd{C-x )} to end recording.
30963Press shift-@kbd{X} (or the standard Emacs key sequence @kbd{C-x e}) to
30964execute your keyboard macro by replaying the recorded keystrokes.
30965@xref{Keyboard Macros, , , emacs, the Emacs Manual}, for further
30966information.
30967
30968When you use @kbd{X} to invoke a keyboard macro, the entire macro is
30969treated as a single command by the undo and trail features. The stack
30970display buffer is not updated during macro execution, but is instead
30971fixed up once the macro completes. Thus, commands defined with keyboard
30972macros are convenient and efficient. The @kbd{C-x e} command, on the
30973other hand, invokes the keyboard macro with no special treatment: Each
30974command in the macro will record its own undo information and trail entry,
30975and update the stack buffer accordingly. If your macro uses features
30976outside of Calc's control to operate on the contents of the Calc stack
30977buffer, or if it includes Undo, Redo, or last-arguments commands, you
30978must use @kbd{C-x e} to make sure the buffer and undo list are up-to-date
30979at all times. You could also consider using @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args})
30980instead of @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{calc-last-args}).
30981
30982Calc extends the standard Emacs keyboard macros in several ways.
30983Keyboard macros can be used to create user-defined commands. Keyboard
30984macros can include conditional and iteration structures, somewhat
30985analogous to those provided by a traditional programmable calculator.
30986
30987@menu
30988* Naming Keyboard Macros::
30989* Conditionals in Macros::
30990* Loops in Macros::
30991* Local Values in Macros::
30992* Queries in Macros::
30993@end menu
30994
30995@node Naming Keyboard Macros, Conditionals in Macros, Keyboard Macros, Keyboard Macros
30996@subsection Naming Keyboard Macros
30997
30998@noindent
30999@kindex Z K
31000@pindex calc-user-define-kbd-macro
31001Once you have defined a keyboard macro, you can bind it to a @kbd{z}
31002key sequence with the @kbd{Z K} (@code{calc-user-define-kbd-macro}) command.
31003This command prompts first for a key, then for a command name. For
31004example, if you type @kbd{C-x ( n @key{TAB} n @key{TAB} C-x )} you will
31005define a keyboard macro which negates the top two numbers on the stack
31006(@key{TAB} swaps the top two stack elements). Now you can type
31007@kbd{Z K n @key{RET}} to define this keyboard macro onto the @kbd{z n} key
31008sequence. The default command name (if you answer the second prompt with
31009just the @key{RET} key as in this example) will be something like
31010@samp{calc-User-n}. The keyboard macro will now be available as both
31011@kbd{z n} and @kbd{M-x calc-User-n}. You can backspace and enter a more
31012descriptive command name if you wish.
31013
31014Macros defined by @kbd{Z K} act like single commands; they are executed
31015in the same way as by the @kbd{X} key. If you wish to define the macro
31016as a standard no-frills Emacs macro (to be executed as if by @kbd{C-x e}),
31017give a negative prefix argument to @kbd{Z K}.
31018
31019Once you have bound your keyboard macro to a key, you can use
31020@kbd{Z P} to register it permanently with Emacs. @xref{Creating User Keys}.
31021
31022@cindex Keyboard macros, editing
31023The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command on a key that has
31024been defined by a keyboard macro tries to use the @code{edmacro} package
31025edit the macro. Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing and update
31026the definition stored on the key, or, to cancel the edit, kill the
31027buffer with @kbd{C-x k}.
31028The special characters @code{RET}, @code{LFD}, @code{TAB}, @code{SPC},
31029@code{DEL}, and @code{NUL} must be entered as these three character
31030sequences, written in all uppercase, as must the prefixes @code{C-} and
31031@code{M-}. Spaces and line breaks are ignored. Other characters are
31032copied verbatim into the keyboard macro. Basically, the notation is the
31033same as is used in all of this manual's examples, except that the manual
31034takes some liberties with spaces: When we say @kbd{' [1 2 3] @key{RET}},
31035we take it for granted that it is clear we really mean
31036@kbd{' [1 @key{SPC} 2 @key{SPC} 3] @key{RET}}.
31037
31038@kindex C-x * m
31039@pindex read-kbd-macro
31040The @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) command reads an Emacs ``region''
31041of spelled-out keystrokes and defines it as the current keyboard macro.
31042It is a convenient way to define a keyboard macro that has been stored
31043in a file, or to define a macro without executing it at the same time.
31044
31045@node Conditionals in Macros, Loops in Macros, Naming Keyboard Macros, Keyboard Macros
31046@subsection Conditionals in Keyboard Macros
31047
31048@noindent
31049@kindex Z [
31050@kindex Z ]
31051@pindex calc-kbd-if
31052@pindex calc-kbd-else
31053@pindex calc-kbd-else-if
31054@pindex calc-kbd-end-if
31055@cindex Conditional structures
31056The @kbd{Z [} (@code{calc-kbd-if}) and @kbd{Z ]} (@code{calc-kbd-end-if})
31057commands allow you to put simple tests in a keyboard macro. When Calc
31058sees the @kbd{Z [}, it pops an object from the stack and, if the object is
31059a non-zero value, continues executing keystrokes. But if the object is
31060zero, or if it is not provably nonzero, Calc skips ahead to the matching
31061@kbd{Z ]} keystroke. @xref{Logical Operations}, for a set of commands for
31062performing tests which conveniently produce 1 for true and 0 for false.
31063
31064For example, @kbd{@key{RET} 0 a < Z [ n Z ]} implements an absolute-value
31065function in the form of a keyboard macro. This macro duplicates the
31066number on the top of the stack, pushes zero and compares using @kbd{a <}
31067(@code{calc-less-than}), then, if the number was less than zero,
31068executes @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}). Otherwise, the change-sign
31069command is skipped.
31070
31071To program this macro, type @kbd{C-x (}, type the above sequence of
31072keystrokes, then type @kbd{C-x )}. Note that the keystrokes will be
31073executed while you are making the definition as well as when you later
31074re-execute the macro by typing @kbd{X}. Thus you should make sure a
31075suitable number is on the stack before defining the macro so that you
31076don't get a stack-underflow error during the definition process.
31077
31078Conditionals can be nested arbitrarily. However, there should be exactly
31079one @kbd{Z ]} for each @kbd{Z [} in a keyboard macro.
31080
31081@kindex Z :
31082The @kbd{Z :} (@code{calc-kbd-else}) command allows you to choose between
31083two keystroke sequences. The general format is @kbd{@var{cond} Z [
31084@var{then-part} Z : @var{else-part} Z ]}. If @var{cond} is true
31085(i.e., if the top of stack contains a non-zero number after @var{cond}
31086has been executed), the @var{then-part} will be executed and the
31087@var{else-part} will be skipped. Otherwise, the @var{then-part} will
31088be skipped and the @var{else-part} will be executed.
31089
31090@kindex Z |
31091The @kbd{Z |} (@code{calc-kbd-else-if}) command allows you to choose
31092between any number of alternatives. For example,
31093@kbd{@var{cond1} Z [ @var{part1} Z : @var{cond2} Z | @var{part2} Z :
31094@var{part3} Z ]} will execute @var{part1} if @var{cond1} is true,
31095otherwise it will execute @var{part2} if @var{cond2} is true, otherwise
31096it will execute @var{part3}.
31097
31098More precisely, @kbd{Z [} pops a number and conditionally skips to the
31099next matching @kbd{Z :} or @kbd{Z ]} key. @w{@kbd{Z ]}} has no effect when
31100actually executed. @kbd{Z :} skips to the next matching @kbd{Z ]}.
31101@kbd{Z |} pops a number and conditionally skips to the next matching
31102@kbd{Z :} or @kbd{Z ]}; thus, @kbd{Z [} and @kbd{Z |} are functionally
31103equivalent except that @kbd{Z [} participates in nesting but @kbd{Z |}
31104does not.
31105
31106Calc's conditional and looping constructs work by scanning the
31107keyboard macro for occurrences of character sequences like @samp{Z:}
31108and @samp{Z]}. One side-effect of this is that if you use these
31109constructs you must be careful that these character pairs do not
31110occur by accident in other parts of the macros. Since Calc rarely
31111uses shift-@kbd{Z} for any purpose except as a prefix character, this
31112is not likely to be a problem. Another side-effect is that it will
31113not work to define your own custom key bindings for these commands.
31114Only the standard shift-@kbd{Z} bindings will work correctly.
31115
31116@kindex Z C-g
31117If Calc gets stuck while skipping characters during the definition of a
31118macro, type @kbd{Z C-g} to cancel the definition. (Typing plain @kbd{C-g}
31119actually adds a @kbd{C-g} keystroke to the macro.)
31120
31121@node Loops in Macros, Local Values in Macros, Conditionals in Macros, Keyboard Macros
31122@subsection Loops in Keyboard Macros
31123
31124@noindent
31125@kindex Z <
31126@kindex Z >
31127@pindex calc-kbd-repeat
31128@pindex calc-kbd-end-repeat
31129@cindex Looping structures
31130@cindex Iterative structures
31131The @kbd{Z <} (@code{calc-kbd-repeat}) and @kbd{Z >}
31132(@code{calc-kbd-end-repeat}) commands pop a number from the stack,
31133which must be an integer, then repeat the keystrokes between the brackets
31134the specified number of times. If the integer is zero or negative, the
31135body is skipped altogether. For example, @kbd{1 @key{TAB} Z < 2 * Z >}
31136computes two to a nonnegative integer power. First, we push 1 on the
31137stack and then swap the integer argument back to the top. The @kbd{Z <}
31138pops that argument leaving the 1 back on top of the stack. Then, we
31139repeat a multiply-by-two step however many times.
31140
31141Once again, the keyboard macro is executed as it is being entered.
31142In this case it is especially important to set up reasonable initial
31143conditions before making the definition: Suppose the integer 1000 just
31144happened to be sitting on the stack before we typed the above definition!
31145Another approach is to enter a harmless dummy definition for the macro,
31146then go back and edit in the real one with a @kbd{Z E} command. Yet
31147another approach is to type the macro as written-out keystroke names
31148in a buffer, then use @kbd{C-x * m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) to read the
31149macro.
31150
31151@kindex Z /
31152@pindex calc-break
31153The @kbd{Z /} (@code{calc-kbd-break}) command allows you to break out
31154of a keyboard macro loop prematurely. It pops an object from the stack;
31155if that object is true (a non-zero number), control jumps out of the
31156innermost enclosing @kbd{Z <} @dots{} @kbd{Z >} loop and continues
31157after the @kbd{Z >}. If the object is false, the @kbd{Z /} has no
31158effect. Thus @kbd{@var{cond} Z /} is similar to @samp{if (@var{cond}) break;}
31159in the C language.
31160
31161@kindex Z (
31162@kindex Z )
31163@pindex calc-kbd-for
31164@pindex calc-kbd-end-for
31165The @kbd{Z (} (@code{calc-kbd-for}) and @kbd{Z )} (@code{calc-kbd-end-for})
31166commands are similar to @kbd{Z <} and @kbd{Z >}, except that they make the
31167value of the counter available inside the loop. The general layout is
31168@kbd{@var{init} @var{final} Z ( @var{body} @var{step} Z )}. The @kbd{Z (}
31169command pops initial and final values from the stack. It then creates
31170a temporary internal counter and initializes it with the value @var{init}.
31171The @kbd{Z (} command then repeatedly pushes the counter value onto the
31172stack and executes @var{body} and @var{step}, adding @var{step} to the
31173counter each time until the loop finishes.
31174
31175@cindex Summations (by keyboard macros)
31176By default, the loop finishes when the counter becomes greater than (or
31177less than) @var{final}, assuming @var{initial} is less than (greater
31178than) @var{final}. If @var{initial} is equal to @var{final}, the body
31179executes exactly once. The body of the loop always executes at least
31180once. For example, @kbd{0 1 10 Z ( 2 ^ + 1 Z )} computes the sum of the
31181squares of the integers from 1 to 10, in steps of 1.
31182
31183If you give a numeric prefix argument of 1 to @kbd{Z (}, the loop is
31184forced to use upward-counting conventions. In this case, if @var{initial}
31185is greater than @var{final} the body will not be executed at all.
31186Note that @var{step} may still be negative in this loop; the prefix
31187argument merely constrains the loop-finished test. Likewise, a prefix
31188argument of @mathit{-1} forces downward-counting conventions.
31189
31190@kindex Z @{
31191@kindex Z @}
31192@pindex calc-kbd-loop
31193@pindex calc-kbd-end-loop
31194The @kbd{Z @{} (@code{calc-kbd-loop}) and @kbd{Z @}}
31195(@code{calc-kbd-end-loop}) commands are similar to @kbd{Z <} and
31196@kbd{Z >}, except that they do not pop a count from the stack---they
31197effectively create an infinite loop. Every @kbd{Z @{} @dots{} @kbd{Z @}}
31198loop ought to include at least one @kbd{Z /} to make sure the loop
31199doesn't run forever. (If any error message occurs which causes Emacs
31200to beep, the keyboard macro will also be halted; this is a standard
31201feature of Emacs. You can also generally press @kbd{C-g} to halt a
31202running keyboard macro, although not all versions of Unix support
31203this feature.)
31204
31205The conditional and looping constructs are not actually tied to
31206keyboard macros, but they are most often used in that context.
31207For example, the keystrokes @kbd{10 Z < 23 @key{RET} Z >} push
31208ten copies of 23 onto the stack. This can be typed ``live'' just
31209as easily as in a macro definition.
31210
31211@xref{Conditionals in Macros}, for some additional notes about
31212conditional and looping commands.
31213
31214@node Local Values in Macros, Queries in Macros, Loops in Macros, Keyboard Macros
31215@subsection Local Values in Macros
31216
31217@noindent
31218@cindex Local variables
31219@cindex Restoring saved modes
31220Keyboard macros sometimes want to operate under known conditions
31221without affecting surrounding conditions. For example, a keyboard
31222macro may wish to turn on Fraction mode, or set a particular
31223precision, independent of the user's normal setting for those
31224modes.
31225
31226@kindex Z `
31227@kindex Z '
31228@pindex calc-kbd-push
31229@pindex calc-kbd-pop
31230Macros also sometimes need to use local variables. Assignments to
31231local variables inside the macro should not affect any variables
31232outside the macro. The @kbd{Z `} (@code{calc-kbd-push}) and @kbd{Z '}
31233(@code{calc-kbd-pop}) commands give you both of these capabilities.
31234
31235When you type @kbd{Z `} (with a backquote or accent grave character),
31236the values of various mode settings are saved away. The ten ``quick''
31237variables @code{q0} through @code{q9} are also saved. When
31238you type @w{@kbd{Z '}} (with an apostrophe), these values are restored.
31239Pairs of @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} commands may be nested.
31240
31241If a keyboard macro halts due to an error in between a @kbd{Z `} and
31242a @kbd{Z '}, the saved values will be restored correctly even though
31243the macro never reaches the @kbd{Z '} command. Thus you can use
31244@kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} without having to worry about what happens
31245in exceptional conditions.
31246
31247If you type @kbd{Z `} ``live'' (not in a keyboard macro), Calc puts
31248you into a ``recursive edit.'' You can tell you are in a recursive
31249edit because there will be extra square brackets in the mode line,
31250as in @samp{[(Calculator)]}. These brackets will go away when you
31251type the matching @kbd{Z '} command. The modes and quick variables
31252will be saved and restored in just the same way as if actual keyboard
31253macros were involved.
31254
31255The modes saved by @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} are the current precision
31256and binary word size, the angular mode (Deg, Rad, or HMS), the
31257simplification mode, Algebraic mode, Symbolic mode, Infinite mode,
31258Matrix or Scalar mode, Fraction mode, and the current complex mode
31259(Polar or Rectangular). The ten ``quick'' variables' values (or lack
31260thereof) are also saved.
31261
31262Most mode-setting commands act as toggles, but with a numeric prefix
31263they force the mode either on (positive prefix) or off (negative
31264or zero prefix). Since you don't know what the environment might
31265be when you invoke your macro, it's best to use prefix arguments
31266for all mode-setting commands inside the macro.
31267
31268In fact, @kbd{C-u Z `} is like @kbd{Z `} except that it sets the modes
31269listed above to their default values. As usual, the matching @kbd{Z '}
31270will restore the modes to their settings from before the @kbd{C-u Z `}.
31271Also, @w{@kbd{Z `}} with a negative prefix argument resets the algebraic mode
31272to its default (off) but leaves the other modes the same as they were
31273outside the construct.
31274
31275The contents of the stack and trail, values of non-quick variables, and
31276other settings such as the language mode and the various display modes,
31277are @emph{not} affected by @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '}.
31278
31279@node Queries in Macros, , Local Values in Macros, Keyboard Macros
31280@subsection Queries in Keyboard Macros
31281
31282@c @noindent
31283@c @kindex Z =
31284@c @pindex calc-kbd-report
31285@c The @kbd{Z =} (@code{calc-kbd-report}) command displays an informative
31286@c message including the value on the top of the stack. You are prompted
31287@c to enter a string. That string, along with the top-of-stack value,
31288@c is displayed unless @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) has been used
31289@c to turn such messages off.
31290
31291@noindent
31292@kindex Z #
31293@pindex calc-kbd-query
31294The @kbd{Z #} (@code{calc-kbd-query}) command prompts for an algebraic
31295entry which takes its input from the keyboard, even during macro
31296execution. All the normal conventions of algebraic input, including the
31297use of @kbd{$} characters, are supported. The prompt message itself is
31298taken from the top of the stack, and so must be entered (as a string)
31299before the @kbd{Z #} command. (Recall, as a string it can be entered by
31300pressing the @kbd{"} key and will appear as a vector when it is put on
31301the stack. The prompt message is only put on the stack to provide a
31302prompt for the @kbd{Z #} command; it will not play any role in any
31303subsequent calculations.) This command allows your keyboard macros to
31304accept numbers or formulas as interactive input.
31305
31306As an example,
31307@kbd{2 @key{RET} "Power: " @key{RET} Z # 3 @key{RET} ^} will prompt for
31308input with ``Power: '' in the minibuffer, then return 2 to the provided
31309power. (The response to the prompt that's given, 3 in this example,
31310will not be part of the macro.)
31311
31312@xref{Keyboard Macro Query, , , emacs, the Emacs Manual}, for a description of
31313@kbd{C-x q} (@code{kbd-macro-query}), the standard Emacs way to accept
31314keyboard input during a keyboard macro. In particular, you can use
31315@kbd{C-x q} to enter a recursive edit, which allows the user to perform
31316any Calculator operations interactively before pressing @kbd{C-M-c} to
31317return control to the keyboard macro.
31318
31319@node Invocation Macros, Algebraic Definitions, Keyboard Macros, Programming
31320@section Invocation Macros
31321
31322@kindex C-x * z
31323@kindex Z I
31324@pindex calc-user-invocation
31325@pindex calc-user-define-invocation
31326Calc provides one special keyboard macro, called up by @kbd{C-x * z}
31327(@code{calc-user-invocation}), that is intended to allow you to define
31328your own special way of starting Calc. To define this ``invocation
31329macro,'' create the macro in the usual way with @kbd{C-x (} and
31330@kbd{C-x )}, then type @kbd{Z I} (@code{calc-user-define-invocation}).
31331There is only one invocation macro, so you don't need to type any
31332additional letters after @kbd{Z I}. From now on, you can type
31333@kbd{C-x * z} at any time to execute your invocation macro.
31334
31335For example, suppose you find yourself often grabbing rectangles of
31336numbers into Calc and multiplying their columns. You can do this
31337by typing @kbd{C-x * r} to grab, and @kbd{V R : *} to multiply columns.
31338To make this into an invocation macro, just type @kbd{C-x ( C-x * r
31339V R : * C-x )}, then @kbd{Z I}. Then, to multiply a rectangle of data,
31340just mark the data in its buffer in the usual way and type @kbd{C-x * z}.
31341
31342Invocation macros are treated like regular Emacs keyboard macros;
31343all the special features described above for @kbd{Z K}-style macros
31344do not apply. @kbd{C-x * z} is just like @kbd{C-x e}, except that it
31345uses the macro that was last stored by @kbd{Z I}. (In fact, the
31346macro does not even have to have anything to do with Calc!)
31347
31348The @kbd{m m} command saves the last invocation macro defined by
31349@kbd{Z I} along with all the other Calc mode settings.
31350@xref{General Mode Commands}.
31351
31352@node Algebraic Definitions, Lisp Definitions, Invocation Macros, Programming
31353@section Programming with Formulas
31354
31355@noindent
31356@kindex Z F
31357@pindex calc-user-define-formula
31358@cindex Programming with algebraic formulas
31359Another way to create a new Calculator command uses algebraic formulas.
31360The @kbd{Z F} (@code{calc-user-define-formula}) command stores the
31361formula at the top of the stack as the definition for a key. This
31362command prompts for five things: The key, the command name, the function
31363name, the argument list, and the behavior of the command when given
31364non-numeric arguments.
31365
31366For example, suppose we type @kbd{' a+2b @key{RET}} to push the formula
31367@samp{a + 2*b} onto the stack. We now type @kbd{Z F m} to define this
31368formula on the @kbd{z m} key sequence. The next prompt is for a command
31369name, beginning with @samp{calc-}, which should be the long (@kbd{M-x}) form
31370for the new command. If you simply press @key{RET}, a default name like
31371@code{calc-User-m} will be constructed. In our example, suppose we enter
31372@kbd{spam @key{RET}} to define the new command as @code{calc-spam}.
31373
31374If you want to give the formula a long-style name only, you can press
31375@key{SPC} or @key{RET} when asked which single key to use. For example
31376@kbd{Z F @key{RET} spam @key{RET}} defines the new command as
31377@kbd{M-x calc-spam}, with no keyboard equivalent.
31378
31379The third prompt is for an algebraic function name. The default is to
31380use the same name as the command name but without the @samp{calc-}
31381prefix. (If this is of the form @samp{User-m}, the hyphen is removed so
31382it won't be taken for a minus sign in algebraic formulas.)
31383This is the name you will use if you want to enter your
31384new function in an algebraic formula. Suppose we enter @kbd{yow @key{RET}}.
31385Then the new function can be invoked by pushing two numbers on the
31386stack and typing @kbd{z m} or @kbd{x spam}, or by entering the algebraic
31387formula @samp{yow(x,y)}.
31388
31389The fourth prompt is for the function's argument list. This is used to
31390associate values on the stack with the variables that appear in the formula.
31391The default is a list of all variables which appear in the formula, sorted
31392into alphabetical order. In our case, the default would be @samp{(a b)}.
31393This means that, when the user types @kbd{z m}, the Calculator will remove
31394two numbers from the stack, substitute these numbers for @samp{a} and
31395@samp{b} (respectively) in the formula, then simplify the formula and
31396push the result on the stack. In other words, @kbd{10 @key{RET} 100 z m}
31397would replace the 10 and 100 on the stack with the number 210, which is
31398@expr{a + 2 b} with @expr{a=10} and @expr{b=100}. Likewise, the formula
31399@samp{yow(10, 100)} will be evaluated by substituting @expr{a=10} and
31400@expr{b=100} in the definition.
31401
31402You can rearrange the order of the names before pressing @key{RET} to
31403control which stack positions go to which variables in the formula. If
31404you remove a variable from the argument list, that variable will be left
31405in symbolic form by the command. Thus using an argument list of @samp{(b)}
31406for our function would cause @kbd{10 z m} to replace the 10 on the stack
31407with the formula @samp{a + 20}. If we had used an argument list of
31408@samp{(b a)}, the result with inputs 10 and 100 would have been 120.
31409
31410You can also put a nameless function on the stack instead of just a
31411formula, as in @samp{<a, b : a + 2 b>}. @xref{Specifying Operators}.
31412In this example, the command will be defined by the formula @samp{a + 2 b}
31413using the argument list @samp{(a b)}.
31414
31415The final prompt is a y-or-n question concerning what to do if symbolic
31416arguments are given to your function. If you answer @kbd{y}, then
31417executing @kbd{z m} (using the original argument list @samp{(a b)}) with
31418arguments @expr{10} and @expr{x} will leave the function in symbolic
31419form, i.e., @samp{yow(10,x)}. On the other hand, if you answer @kbd{n},
31420then the formula will always be expanded, even for non-constant
31421arguments: @samp{10 + 2 x}. If you never plan to feed algebraic
31422formulas to your new function, it doesn't matter how you answer this
31423question.
31424
31425If you answered @kbd{y} to this question you can still cause a function
31426call to be expanded by typing @kbd{a "} (@code{calc-expand-formula}).
31427Also, Calc will expand the function if necessary when you take a
31428derivative or integral or solve an equation involving the function.
31429
31430@kindex Z G
31431@pindex calc-get-user-defn
31432Once you have defined a formula on a key, you can retrieve this formula
31433with the @kbd{Z G} (@code{calc-user-define-get-defn}) command. Press a
31434key, and this command pushes the formula that was used to define that
31435key onto the stack. Actually, it pushes a nameless function that
31436specifies both the argument list and the defining formula. You will get
31437an error message if the key is undefined, or if the key was not defined
31438by a @kbd{Z F} command.
31439
31440The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command on a key that has
31441been defined by a formula uses a variant of the @code{calc-edit} command
31442to edit the defining formula. Press @kbd{C-c C-c} to finish editing and
31443store the new formula back in the definition, or kill the buffer with
31444@kbd{C-x k} to
31445cancel the edit. (The argument list and other properties of the
31446definition are unchanged; to adjust the argument list, you can use
31447@kbd{Z G} to grab the function onto the stack, edit with @kbd{`}, and
31448then re-execute the @kbd{Z F} command.)
31449
31450As usual, the @kbd{Z P} command records your definition permanently.
31451In this case it will permanently record all three of the relevant
31452definitions: the key, the command, and the function.
31453
31454You may find it useful to turn off the default simplifications with
31455@kbd{m O} (@code{calc-no-simplify-mode}) when entering a formula to be
31456used as a function definition. For example, the formula @samp{deriv(a^2,v)}
31457which might be used to define a new function @samp{dsqr(a,v)} will be
31458``simplified'' to 0 immediately upon entry since @code{deriv} considers
31459@expr{a} to be constant with respect to @expr{v}. Turning off
31460default simplifications cures this problem: The definition will be stored
31461in symbolic form without ever activating the @code{deriv} function. Press
31462@kbd{m D} to turn the default simplifications back on afterwards.
31463
31464@node Lisp Definitions, , Algebraic Definitions, Programming
31465@section Programming with Lisp
31466
31467@noindent
31468The Calculator can be programmed quite extensively in Lisp. All you
31469do is write a normal Lisp function definition, but with @code{defmath}
31470in place of @code{defun}. This has the same form as @code{defun}, but it
31471automagically replaces calls to standard Lisp functions like @code{+} and
31472@code{zerop} with calls to the corresponding functions in Calc's own library.
31473Thus you can write natural-looking Lisp code which operates on all of the
31474standard Calculator data types. You can then use @kbd{Z D} if you wish to
31475bind your new command to a @kbd{z}-prefix key sequence. The @kbd{Z E} command
31476will not edit a Lisp-based definition.
31477
31478Emacs Lisp is described in the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual. This section
31479assumes a familiarity with Lisp programming concepts; if you do not know
31480Lisp, you may find keyboard macros or rewrite rules to be an easier way
31481to program the Calculator.
31482
31483This section first discusses ways to write commands, functions, or
31484small programs to be executed inside of Calc. Then it discusses how
31485your own separate programs are able to call Calc from the outside.
31486Finally, there is a list of internal Calc functions and data structures
31487for the true Lisp enthusiast.
31488
31489@menu
31490* Defining Functions::
31491* Defining Simple Commands::
31492* Defining Stack Commands::
31493* Argument Qualifiers::
31494* Example Definitions::
31495
31496* Calling Calc from Your Programs::
31497* Internals::
31498@end menu
31499
31500@node Defining Functions, Defining Simple Commands, Lisp Definitions, Lisp Definitions
31501@subsection Defining New Functions
31502
31503@noindent
31504@findex defmath
31505The @code{defmath} function (actually a Lisp macro) is like @code{defun}
31506except that code in the body of the definition can make use of the full
31507range of Calculator data types. The prefix @samp{calcFunc-} is added
31508to the specified name to get the actual Lisp function name. As a simple
31509example,
31510
31511@example
31512(defmath myfact (n)
31513 (if (> n 0)
31514 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
31515 1))
31516@end example
31517
31518@noindent
31519This actually expands to the code,
31520
31521@example
31522(defun calcFunc-myfact (n)
31523 (if (math-posp n)
31524 (math-mul n (calcFunc-myfact (math-add n -1)))
31525 1))
31526@end example
31527
31528@noindent
31529This function can be used in algebraic expressions, e.g., @samp{myfact(5)}.
31530
31531The @samp{myfact} function as it is defined above has the bug that an
31532expression @samp{myfact(a+b)} will be simplified to 1 because the
31533formula @samp{a+b} is not considered to be @code{posp}. A robust
31534factorial function would be written along the following lines:
31535
31536@smallexample
31537(defmath myfact (n)
31538 (if (> n 0)
31539 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
31540 (if (= n 0)
31541 1
31542 nil))) ; this could be simplified as: (and (= n 0) 1)
31543@end smallexample
31544
31545If a function returns @code{nil}, it is left unsimplified by the Calculator
31546(except that its arguments will be simplified). Thus, @samp{myfact(a+1+2)}
31547will be simplified to @samp{myfact(a+3)} but no further. Beware that every
31548time the Calculator reexamines this formula it will attempt to resimplify
31549it, so your function ought to detect the returning-@code{nil} case as
31550efficiently as possible.
31551
31552The following standard Lisp functions are treated by @code{defmath}:
31553@code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, @code{^} or
31554@code{expt}, @code{=}, @code{<}, @code{>}, @code{<=}, @code{>=},
31555@code{/=}, @code{1+}, @code{1-}, @code{logand}, @code{logior}, @code{logxor},
31556@code{logandc2}, @code{lognot}. Also, @code{~=} is an abbreviation for
31557@code{math-nearly-equal}, which is useful in implementing Taylor series.
31558
31559For other functions @var{func}, if a function by the name
31560@samp{calcFunc-@var{func}} exists it is used, otherwise if a function by the
31561name @samp{math-@var{func}} exists it is used, otherwise if @var{func} itself
31562is defined as a function it is used, otherwise @samp{calcFunc-@var{func}} is
31563used on the assumption that this is a to-be-defined math function. Also, if
31564the function name is quoted as in @samp{('integerp a)} the function name is
31565always used exactly as written (but not quoted).
31566
31567Variable names have @samp{var-} prepended to them unless they appear in
31568the function's argument list or in an enclosing @code{let}, @code{let*},
31569@code{for}, or @code{foreach} form,
31570or their names already contain a @samp{-} character. Thus a reference to
31571@samp{foo} is the same as a reference to @samp{var-foo}.
31572
31573A few other Lisp extensions are available in @code{defmath} definitions:
31574
31575@itemize @bullet
31576@item
31577The @code{elt} function accepts any number of index variables.
31578Note that Calc vectors are stored as Lisp lists whose first
31579element is the symbol @code{vec}; thus, @samp{(elt v 2)} yields
31580the second element of vector @code{v}, and @samp{(elt m i j)}
31581yields one element of a Calc matrix.
31582
31583@item
31584The @code{setq} function has been extended to act like the Common
31585Lisp @code{setf} function. (The name @code{setf} is recognized as
31586a synonym of @code{setq}.) Specifically, the first argument of
31587@code{setq} can be an @code{nth}, @code{elt}, @code{car}, or @code{cdr} form,
31588in which case the effect is to store into the specified
31589element of a list. Thus, @samp{(setq (elt m i j) x)} stores @expr{x}
31590into one element of a matrix.
31591
31592@item
31593A @code{for} looping construct is available. For example,
31594@samp{(for ((i 0 10)) body)} executes @code{body} once for each
31595binding of @expr{i} from zero to 10. This is like a @code{let}
31596form in that @expr{i} is temporarily bound to the loop count
31597without disturbing its value outside the @code{for} construct.
31598Nested loops, as in @samp{(for ((i 0 10) (j 0 (1- i) 2)) body)},
31599are also available. For each value of @expr{i} from zero to 10,
31600@expr{j} counts from 0 to @expr{i-1} in steps of two. Note that
31601@code{for} has the same general outline as @code{let*}, except
31602that each element of the header is a list of three or four
31603things, not just two.
31604
31605@item
31606The @code{foreach} construct loops over elements of a list.
31607For example, @samp{(foreach ((x (cdr v))) body)} executes
31608@code{body} with @expr{x} bound to each element of Calc vector
31609@expr{v} in turn. The purpose of @code{cdr} here is to skip over
31610the initial @code{vec} symbol in the vector.
31611
31612@item
31613The @code{break} function breaks out of the innermost enclosing
31614@code{while}, @code{for}, or @code{foreach} loop. If given a
31615value, as in @samp{(break x)}, this value is returned by the
31616loop. (Lisp loops otherwise always return @code{nil}.)
31617
31618@item
31619The @code{return} function prematurely returns from the enclosing
31620function. For example, @samp{(return (+ x y))} returns @expr{x+y}
31621as the value of a function. You can use @code{return} anywhere
31622inside the body of the function.
31623@end itemize
31624
31625Non-integer numbers (and extremely large integers) cannot be included
31626directly into a @code{defmath} definition. This is because the Lisp
31627reader will fail to parse them long before @code{defmath} ever gets control.
31628Instead, use the notation, @samp{:"3.1415"}. In fact, any algebraic
31629formula can go between the quotes. For example,
31630
31631@smallexample
31632(defmath sqexp (x) ; sqexp(x) == sqrt(exp(x)) == exp(x*0.5)
31633 (and (numberp x)
31634 (exp :"x * 0.5")))
31635@end smallexample
31636
31637expands to
31638
31639@smallexample
31640(defun calcFunc-sqexp (x)
31641 (and (math-numberp x)
31642 (calcFunc-exp (math-mul x '(float 5 -1)))))
31643@end smallexample
31644
31645Note the use of @code{numberp} as a guard to ensure that the argument is
31646a number first, returning @code{nil} if not. The exponential function
31647could itself have been included in the expression, if we had preferred:
31648@samp{:"exp(x * 0.5)"}. As another example, the multiplication-and-recursion
31649step of @code{myfact} could have been written
31650
31651@example
31652:"n * myfact(n-1)"
31653@end example
31654
31655A good place to put your @code{defmath} commands is your Calc init file
31656(the file given by @code{calc-settings-file}, typically
31657@file{~/.calc.el}), which will not be loaded until Calc starts.
31658If a file named @file{.emacs} exists in your home directory, Emacs reads
31659and executes the Lisp forms in this file as it starts up. While it may
31660seem reasonable to put your favorite @code{defmath} commands there,
31661this has the unfortunate side-effect that parts of the Calculator must be
31662loaded in to process the @code{defmath} commands whether or not you will
31663actually use the Calculator! If you want to put the @code{defmath}
31664commands there (for example, if you redefine @code{calc-settings-file}
31665to be @file{.emacs}), a better effect can be had by writing
31666
31667@example
31668(put 'calc-define 'thing '(progn
31669 (defmath ... )
31670 (defmath ... )
31671))
31672@end example
31673
31674@noindent
31675@vindex calc-define
31676The @code{put} function adds a @dfn{property} to a symbol. Each Lisp
31677symbol has a list of properties associated with it. Here we add a
31678property with a name of @code{thing} and a @samp{(progn ...)} form as
31679its value. When Calc starts up, and at the start of every Calc command,
31680the property list for the symbol @code{calc-define} is checked and the
31681values of any properties found are evaluated as Lisp forms. The
31682properties are removed as they are evaluated. The property names
31683(like @code{thing}) are not used; you should choose something like the
31684name of your project so as not to conflict with other properties.
31685
31686The net effect is that you can put the above code in your @file{.emacs}
31687file and it will not be executed until Calc is loaded. Or, you can put
31688that same code in another file which you load by hand either before or
31689after Calc itself is loaded.
31690
31691The properties of @code{calc-define} are evaluated in the same order
31692that they were added. They can assume that the Calc modules @file{calc.el},
31693@file{calc-ext.el}, and @file{calc-macs.el} have been fully loaded, and
31694that the @samp{*Calculator*} buffer will be the current buffer.
31695
31696If your @code{calc-define} property only defines algebraic functions,
31697you can be sure that it will have been evaluated before Calc tries to
31698call your function, even if the file defining the property is loaded
31699after Calc is loaded. But if the property defines commands or key
31700sequences, it may not be evaluated soon enough. (Suppose it defines the
31701new command @code{tweak-calc}; the user can load your file, then type
31702@kbd{M-x tweak-calc} before Calc has had chance to do anything.) To
31703protect against this situation, you can put
31704
31705@example
31706(run-hooks 'calc-check-defines)
31707@end example
31708
31709@findex calc-check-defines
31710@noindent
31711at the end of your file. The @code{calc-check-defines} function is what
31712looks for and evaluates properties on @code{calc-define}; @code{run-hooks}
31713has the advantage that it is quietly ignored if @code{calc-check-defines}
31714is not yet defined because Calc has not yet been loaded.
31715
31716Examples of things that ought to be enclosed in a @code{calc-define}
31717property are @code{defmath} calls, @code{define-key} calls that modify
31718the Calc key map, and any calls that redefine things defined inside Calc.
31719Ordinary @code{defun}s need not be enclosed with @code{calc-define}.
31720
31721@node Defining Simple Commands, Defining Stack Commands, Defining Functions, Lisp Definitions
31722@subsection Defining New Simple Commands
31723
31724@noindent
31725@findex interactive
31726If a @code{defmath} form contains an @code{interactive} clause, it defines
31727a Calculator command. Actually such a @code{defmath} results in @emph{two}
31728function definitions: One, a @samp{calcFunc-} function as was just described,
31729with the @code{interactive} clause removed. Two, a @samp{calc-} function
31730with a suitable @code{interactive} clause and some sort of wrapper to make
31731the command work in the Calc environment.
31732
31733In the simple case, the @code{interactive} clause has the same form as
31734for normal Emacs Lisp commands:
31735
31736@smallexample
31737(defmath increase-precision (delta)
31738 "Increase precision by DELTA." ; This is the "documentation string"
31739 (interactive "p") ; Register this as a M-x-able command
31740 (setq calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec delta)))
31741@end smallexample
31742
31743This expands to the pair of definitions,
31744
31745@smallexample
31746(defun calc-increase-precision (delta)
31747 "Increase precision by DELTA."
31748 (interactive "p")
31749 (calc-wrapper
31750 (setq calc-internal-prec (math-add calc-internal-prec delta))))
31751
31752(defun calcFunc-increase-precision (delta)
31753 "Increase precision by DELTA."
31754 (setq calc-internal-prec (math-add calc-internal-prec delta)))
31755@end smallexample
31756
31757@noindent
31758where in this case the latter function would never really be used! Note
31759that since the Calculator stores small integers as plain Lisp integers,
31760the @code{math-add} function will work just as well as the native
31761@code{+} even when the intent is to operate on native Lisp integers.
31762
31763@findex calc-wrapper
31764The @samp{calc-wrapper} call invokes a macro which surrounds the body of
31765the function with code that looks roughly like this:
31766
31767@smallexample
31768(let ((calc-command-flags nil))
31769 (unwind-protect
31770 (save-excursion
31771 (calc-select-buffer)
31772 @emph{body of function}
31773 @emph{renumber stack}
31774 @emph{clear} Working @emph{message})
31775 @emph{realign cursor and window}
31776 @emph{clear Inverse, Hyperbolic, and Keep Args flags}
31777 @emph{update Emacs mode line}))
31778@end smallexample
31779
31780@findex calc-select-buffer
31781The @code{calc-select-buffer} function selects the @samp{*Calculator*}
31782buffer if necessary, say, because the command was invoked from inside
31783the @samp{*Calc Trail*} window.
31784
31785@findex calc-set-command-flag
31786You can call, for example, @code{(calc-set-command-flag 'no-align)} to
31787set the above-mentioned command flags. Calc routines recognize the
31788following command flags:
31789
31790@table @code
31791@item renum-stack
31792Stack line numbers @samp{1:}, @samp{2:}, and so on must be renumbered
31793after this command completes. This is set by routines like
31794@code{calc-push}.
31795
31796@item clear-message
31797Calc should call @samp{(message "")} if this command completes normally
31798(to clear a ``Working@dots{}'' message out of the echo area).
31799
31800@item no-align
31801Do not move the cursor back to the @samp{.} top-of-stack marker.
31802
31803@item position-point
31804Use the variables @code{calc-position-point-line} and
31805@code{calc-position-point-column} to position the cursor after
31806this command finishes.
31807
31808@item keep-flags
31809Do not clear @code{calc-inverse-flag}, @code{calc-hyperbolic-flag},
31810and @code{calc-keep-args-flag} at the end of this command.
31811
31812@item do-edit
31813Switch to buffer @samp{*Calc Edit*} after this command.
31814
31815@item hold-trail
31816Do not move trail pointer to end of trail when something is recorded
31817there.
31818@end table
31819
31820@kindex Y
31821@kindex Y ?
31822@vindex calc-Y-help-msgs
31823Calc reserves a special prefix key, shift-@kbd{Y}, for user-written
31824extensions to Calc. There are no built-in commands that work with
31825this prefix key; you must call @code{define-key} from Lisp (probably
31826from inside a @code{calc-define} property) to add to it. Initially only
31827@kbd{Y ?} is defined; it takes help messages from a list of strings
31828(initially @code{nil}) in the variable @code{calc-Y-help-msgs}. All
31829other undefined keys except for @kbd{Y} are reserved for use by
31830future versions of Calc.
31831
31832If you are writing a Calc enhancement which you expect to give to
31833others, it is best to minimize the number of @kbd{Y}-key sequences
31834you use. In fact, if you have more than one key sequence you should
31835consider defining three-key sequences with a @kbd{Y}, then a key that
31836stands for your package, then a third key for the particular command
31837within your package.
31838
31839Users may wish to install several Calc enhancements, and it is possible
31840that several enhancements will choose to use the same key. In the
31841example below, a variable @code{inc-prec-base-key} has been defined
31842to contain the key that identifies the @code{inc-prec} package. Its
31843value is initially @code{"P"}, but a user can change this variable
31844if necessary without having to modify the file.
31845
31846Here is a complete file, @file{inc-prec.el}, which makes a @kbd{Y P I}
31847command that increases the precision, and a @kbd{Y P D} command that
31848decreases the precision.
31849
31850@smallexample
31851;;; Increase and decrease Calc precision. Dave Gillespie, 5/31/91.
31852;; (Include copyright or copyleft stuff here.)
31853
31854(defvar inc-prec-base-key "P"
31855 "Base key for inc-prec.el commands.")
31856
31857(put 'calc-define 'inc-prec '(progn
31858
31859(define-key calc-mode-map (format "Y%sI" inc-prec-base-key)
31860 'increase-precision)
31861(define-key calc-mode-map (format "Y%sD" inc-prec-base-key)
31862 'decrease-precision)
31863
31864(setq calc-Y-help-msgs
31865 (cons (format "%s + Inc-prec, Dec-prec" inc-prec-base-key)
31866 calc-Y-help-msgs))
31867
31868(defmath increase-precision (delta)
31869 "Increase precision by DELTA."
31870 (interactive "p")
31871 (setq calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec delta)))
31872
31873(defmath decrease-precision (delta)
31874 "Decrease precision by DELTA."
31875 (interactive "p")
31876 (setq calc-internal-prec (- calc-internal-prec delta)))
31877
31878)) ; end of calc-define property
31879
31880(run-hooks 'calc-check-defines)
31881@end smallexample
31882
31883@node Defining Stack Commands, Argument Qualifiers, Defining Simple Commands, Lisp Definitions
31884@subsection Defining New Stack-Based Commands
31885
31886@noindent
31887To define a new computational command which takes and/or leaves arguments
31888on the stack, a special form of @code{interactive} clause is used.
31889
31890@example
31891(interactive @var{num} @var{tag})
31892@end example
31893
31894@noindent
31895where @var{num} is an integer, and @var{tag} is a string. The effect is
31896to pop @var{num} values off the stack, resimplify them by calling
31897@code{calc-normalize}, and hand them to your function according to the
31898function's argument list. Your function may include @code{&optional} and
31899@code{&rest} parameters, so long as calling the function with @var{num}
31900parameters is valid.
31901
31902Your function must return either a number or a formula in a form
31903acceptable to Calc, or a list of such numbers or formulas. These value(s)
31904are pushed onto the stack when the function completes. They are also
31905recorded in the Calc Trail buffer on a line beginning with @var{tag},
31906a string of (normally) four characters or less. If you omit @var{tag}
31907or use @code{nil} as a tag, the result is not recorded in the trail.
31908
31909As an example, the definition
31910
31911@smallexample
31912(defmath myfact (n)
31913 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
31914 (interactive 1 "fact")
31915 (if (> n 0)
31916 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
31917 (and (= n 0) 1)))
31918@end smallexample
31919
31920@noindent
31921is a version of the factorial function shown previously which can be used
31922as a command as well as an algebraic function. It expands to
31923
31924@smallexample
31925(defun calc-myfact ()
31926 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
31927 (interactive)
31928 (calc-slow-wrapper
31929 (calc-enter-result 1 "fact"
31930 (cons 'calcFunc-myfact (calc-top-list-n 1)))))
31931
31932(defun calcFunc-myfact (n)
31933 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
31934 (if (math-posp n)
31935 (math-mul n (calcFunc-myfact (math-add n -1)))
31936 (and (math-zerop n) 1)))
31937@end smallexample
31938
31939@findex calc-slow-wrapper
31940The @code{calc-slow-wrapper} function is a version of @code{calc-wrapper}
31941that automatically puts up a @samp{Working...} message before the
31942computation begins. (This message can be turned off by the user
31943with an @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) command.)
31944
31945@findex calc-top-list-n
31946The @code{calc-top-list-n} function returns a list of the specified number
31947of values from the top of the stack. It resimplifies each value by
31948calling @code{calc-normalize}. If its argument is zero it returns an
31949empty list. It does not actually remove these values from the stack.
31950
31951@findex calc-enter-result
31952The @code{calc-enter-result} function takes an integer @var{num} and string
31953@var{tag} as described above, plus a third argument which is either a
31954Calculator data object or a list of such objects. These objects are
31955resimplified and pushed onto the stack after popping the specified number
31956of values from the stack. If @var{tag} is non-@code{nil}, the values
31957being pushed are also recorded in the trail.
31958
31959Note that if @code{calcFunc-myfact} returns @code{nil} this represents
31960``leave the function in symbolic form.'' To return an actual empty list,
31961in the sense that @code{calc-enter-result} will push zero elements back
31962onto the stack, you should return the special value @samp{'(nil)}, a list
31963containing the single symbol @code{nil}.
31964
31965The @code{interactive} declaration can actually contain a limited
31966Emacs-style code string as well which comes just before @var{num} and
31967@var{tag}. Currently the only Emacs code supported is @samp{"p"}, as in
31968
31969@example
31970(defmath foo (a b &optional c)
31971 (interactive "p" 2 "foo")
31972 @var{body})
31973@end example
31974
31975In this example, the command @code{calc-foo} will evaluate the expression
31976@samp{foo(a,b)} if executed with no argument, or @samp{foo(a,b,n)} if
31977executed with a numeric prefix argument of @expr{n}.
31978
31979The other code string allowed is @samp{"m"} (unrelated to the usual @samp{"m"}
31980code as used with @code{defun}). It uses the numeric prefix argument as the
31981number of objects to remove from the stack and pass to the function.
31982In this case, the integer @var{num} serves as a default number of
31983arguments to be used when no prefix is supplied.
31984
31985@node Argument Qualifiers, Example Definitions, Defining Stack Commands, Lisp Definitions
31986@subsection Argument Qualifiers
31987
31988@noindent
31989Anywhere a parameter name can appear in the parameter list you can also use
31990an @dfn{argument qualifier}. Thus the general form of a definition is:
31991
31992@example
31993(defmath @var{name} (@var{param} @var{param...}
31994 &optional @var{param} @var{param...}
31995 &rest @var{param})
31996 @var{body})
31997@end example
31998
31999@noindent
32000where each @var{param} is either a symbol or a list of the form
32001
32002@example
32003(@var{qual} @var{param})
32004@end example
32005
32006The following qualifiers are recognized:
32007
32008@table @samp
32009@item complete
32010@findex complete
32011The argument must not be an incomplete vector, interval, or complex number.
32012(This is rarely needed since the Calculator itself will never call your
32013function with an incomplete argument. But there is nothing stopping your
32014own Lisp code from calling your function with an incomplete argument.)
32015
32016@item integer
32017@findex integer
32018The argument must be an integer. If it is an integer-valued float
32019it will be accepted but converted to integer form. Non-integers and
32020formulas are rejected.
32021
32022@item natnum
32023@findex natnum
32024Like @samp{integer}, but the argument must be non-negative.
32025
32026@item fixnum
32027@findex fixnum
32028Like @samp{integer}, but the argument must fit into a native Lisp integer,
32029which on most systems means less than 2^23 in absolute value. The
32030argument is converted into Lisp-integer form if necessary.
32031
32032@item float
32033@findex float
32034The argument is converted to floating-point format if it is a number or
32035vector. If it is a formula it is left alone. (The argument is never
32036actually rejected by this qualifier.)
32037
32038@item @var{pred}
32039The argument must satisfy predicate @var{pred}, which is one of the
32040standard Calculator predicates. @xref{Predicates}.
32041
32042@item not-@var{pred}
32043The argument must @emph{not} satisfy predicate @var{pred}.
32044@end table
32045
32046For example,
32047
32048@example
32049(defmath foo (a (constp (not-matrixp b)) &optional (float c)
32050 &rest (integer d))
32051 @var{body})
32052@end example
32053
32054@noindent
32055expands to
32056
32057@example
32058(defun calcFunc-foo (a b &optional c &rest d)
32059 (and (math-matrixp b)
32060 (math-reject-arg b 'not-matrixp))
32061 (or (math-constp b)
32062 (math-reject-arg b 'constp))
32063 (and c (setq c (math-check-float c)))
32064 (setq d (mapcar 'math-check-integer d))
32065 @var{body})
32066@end example
32067
32068@noindent
32069which performs the necessary checks and conversions before executing the
32070body of the function.
32071
32072@node Example Definitions, Calling Calc from Your Programs, Argument Qualifiers, Lisp Definitions
32073@subsection Example Definitions
32074
32075@noindent
32076This section includes some Lisp programming examples on a larger scale.
32077These programs make use of some of the Calculator's internal functions;
32078@pxref{Internals}.
32079
32080@menu
32081* Bit Counting Example::
32082* Sine Example::
32083@end menu
32084
32085@node Bit Counting Example, Sine Example, Example Definitions, Example Definitions
32086@subsubsection Bit-Counting
32087
32088@noindent
32089@ignore
32090@starindex
32091@end ignore
32092@tindex bcount
32093Calc does not include a built-in function for counting the number of
32094``one'' bits in a binary integer. It's easy to invent one using @kbd{b u}
32095to convert the integer to a set, and @kbd{V #} to count the elements of
32096that set; let's write a function that counts the bits without having to
32097create an intermediate set.
32098
32099@smallexample
32100(defmath bcount ((natnum n))
32101 (interactive 1 "bcnt")
32102 (let ((count 0))
32103 (while (> n 0)
32104 (if (oddp n)
32105 (setq count (1+ count)))
32106 (setq n (lsh n -1)))
32107 count))
32108@end smallexample
32109
32110@noindent
32111When this is expanded by @code{defmath}, it will become the following
32112Emacs Lisp function:
32113
32114@smallexample
32115(defun calcFunc-bcount (n)
32116 (setq n (math-check-natnum n))
32117 (let ((count 0))
32118 (while (math-posp n)
32119 (if (math-oddp n)
32120 (setq count (math-add count 1)))
32121 (setq n (calcFunc-lsh n -1)))
32122 count))
32123@end smallexample
32124
32125If the input numbers are large, this function involves a fair amount
32126of arithmetic. A binary right shift is essentially a division by two;
32127recall that Calc stores integers in decimal form so bit shifts must
32128involve actual division.
32129
32130To gain a bit more efficiency, we could divide the integer into
32131@var{n}-bit chunks, each of which can be handled quickly because
32132they fit into Lisp integers. It turns out that Calc's arithmetic
32133routines are especially fast when dividing by an integer less than
321341000, so we can set @var{n = 9} bits and use repeated division by 512:
32135
32136@smallexample
32137(defmath bcount ((natnum n))
32138 (interactive 1 "bcnt")
32139 (let ((count 0))
32140 (while (not (fixnump n))
32141 (let ((qr (idivmod n 512)))
32142 (setq count (+ count (bcount-fixnum (cdr qr)))
32143 n (car qr))))
32144 (+ count (bcount-fixnum n))))
32145
32146(defun bcount-fixnum (n)
32147 (let ((count 0))
32148 (while (> n 0)
32149 (setq count (+ count (logand n 1))
32150 n (lsh n -1)))
32151 count))
32152@end smallexample
32153
32154@noindent
32155Note that the second function uses @code{defun}, not @code{defmath}.
32156Because this function deals only with native Lisp integers (``fixnums''),
32157it can use the actual Emacs @code{+} and related functions rather
32158than the slower but more general Calc equivalents which @code{defmath}
32159uses.
32160
32161The @code{idivmod} function does an integer division, returning both
32162the quotient and the remainder at once. Again, note that while it
32163might seem that @samp{(logand n 511)} and @samp{(lsh n -9)} are
32164more efficient ways to split off the bottom nine bits of @code{n},
32165actually they are less efficient because each operation is really
32166a division by 512 in disguise; @code{idivmod} allows us to do the
32167same thing with a single division by 512.
32168
32169@node Sine Example, , Bit Counting Example, Example Definitions
32170@subsubsection The Sine Function
32171
32172@noindent
32173@ignore
32174@starindex
32175@end ignore
32176@tindex mysin
32177A somewhat limited sine function could be defined as follows, using the
32178well-known Taylor series expansion for
32179@texline @math{\sin x}:
32180@infoline @samp{sin(x)}:
32181
32182@smallexample
32183(defmath mysin ((float (anglep x)))
32184 (interactive 1 "mysn")
32185 (setq x (to-radians x)) ; Convert from current angular mode.
32186 (let ((sum x) ; Initial term of Taylor expansion of sin.
32187 newsum
32188 (nfact 1) ; "nfact" equals "n" factorial at all times.
32189 (xnegsqr :"-(x^2)")) ; "xnegsqr" equals -x^2.
32190 (for ((n 3 100 2)) ; Upper limit of 100 is a good precaution.
32191 (working "mysin" sum) ; Display "Working" message, if enabled.
32192 (setq nfact (* nfact (1- n) n)
32193 x (* x xnegsqr)
32194 newsum (+ sum (/ x nfact)))
32195 (if (~= newsum sum) ; If newsum is "nearly equal to" sum,
32196 (break)) ; then we are done.
32197 (setq sum newsum))
32198 sum))
32199@end smallexample
32200
32201The actual @code{sin} function in Calc works by first reducing the problem
32202to a sine or cosine of a nonnegative number less than @cpiover{4}. This
32203ensures that the Taylor series will converge quickly. Also, the calculation
32204is carried out with two extra digits of precision to guard against cumulative
32205round-off in @samp{sum}. Finally, complex arguments are allowed and handled
32206by a separate algorithm.
32207
32208@smallexample
32209(defmath mysin ((float (scalarp x)))
32210 (interactive 1 "mysn")
32211 (setq x (to-radians x)) ; Convert from current angular mode.
32212 (with-extra-prec 2 ; Evaluate with extra precision.
32213 (cond ((complexp x)
32214 (mysin-complex x))
32215 ((< x 0)
32216 (- (mysin-raw (- x))) ; Always call mysin-raw with x >= 0.
32217 (t (mysin-raw x))))))
32218
32219(defmath mysin-raw (x)
32220 (cond ((>= x 7)
32221 (mysin-raw (% x (two-pi)))) ; Now x < 7.
32222 ((> x (pi-over-2))
32223 (- (mysin-raw (- x (pi))))) ; Now -pi/2 <= x <= pi/2.
32224 ((> x (pi-over-4))
32225 (mycos-raw (- x (pi-over-2)))) ; Now -pi/2 <= x <= pi/4.
32226 ((< x (- (pi-over-4)))
32227 (- (mycos-raw (+ x (pi-over-2))))) ; Now -pi/4 <= x <= pi/4,
32228 (t (mysin-series x)))) ; so the series will be efficient.
32229@end smallexample
32230
32231@noindent
32232where @code{mysin-complex} is an appropriate function to handle complex
32233numbers, @code{mysin-series} is the routine to compute the sine Taylor
32234series as before, and @code{mycos-raw} is a function analogous to
32235@code{mysin-raw} for cosines.
32236
32237The strategy is to ensure that @expr{x} is nonnegative before calling
32238@code{mysin-raw}. This function then recursively reduces its argument
32239to a suitable range, namely, plus-or-minus @cpiover{4}. Note that each
32240test, and particularly the first comparison against 7, is designed so
32241that small roundoff errors cannot produce an infinite loop. (Suppose
32242we compared with @samp{(two-pi)} instead; if due to roundoff problems
32243the modulo operator ever returned @samp{(two-pi)} exactly, an infinite
32244recursion could result!) We use modulo only for arguments that will
32245clearly get reduced, knowing that the next rule will catch any reductions
32246that this rule misses.
32247
32248If a program is being written for general use, it is important to code
32249it carefully as shown in this second example. For quick-and-dirty programs,
32250when you know that your own use of the sine function will never encounter
32251a large argument, a simpler program like the first one shown is fine.
32252
32253@node Calling Calc from Your Programs, Internals, Example Definitions, Lisp Definitions
32254@subsection Calling Calc from Your Lisp Programs
32255
32256@noindent
32257A later section (@pxref{Internals}) gives a full description of
32258Calc's internal Lisp functions. It's not hard to call Calc from
32259inside your programs, but the number of these functions can be daunting.
32260So Calc provides one special ``programmer-friendly'' function called
32261@code{calc-eval} that can be made to do just about everything you
32262need. It's not as fast as the low-level Calc functions, but it's
32263much simpler to use!
32264
32265It may seem that @code{calc-eval} itself has a daunting number of
32266options, but they all stem from one simple operation.
32267
32268In its simplest manifestation, @samp{(calc-eval "1+2")} parses the
32269string @code{"1+2"} as if it were a Calc algebraic entry and returns
32270the result formatted as a string: @code{"3"}.
32271
32272Since @code{calc-eval} is on the list of recommended @code{autoload}
32273functions, you don't need to make any special preparations to load
32274Calc before calling @code{calc-eval} the first time. Calc will be
32275loaded and initialized for you.
32276
32277All the Calc modes that are currently in effect will be used when
32278evaluating the expression and formatting the result.
32279
32280@ifinfo
32281@example
32282
32283@end example
32284@end ifinfo
32285@subsubsection Additional Arguments to @code{calc-eval}
32286
32287@noindent
32288If the input string parses to a list of expressions, Calc returns
32289the results separated by @code{", "}. You can specify a different
32290separator by giving a second string argument to @code{calc-eval}:
32291@samp{(calc-eval "1+2,3+4" ";")} returns @code{"3;7"}.
32292
32293The ``separator'' can also be any of several Lisp symbols which
32294request other behaviors from @code{calc-eval}. These are discussed
32295one by one below.
32296
32297You can give additional arguments to be substituted for
32298@samp{$}, @samp{$$}, and so on in the main expression. For
32299example, @samp{(calc-eval "$/$$" nil "7" "1+1")} evaluates the
32300expression @code{"7/(1+1)"} to yield the result @code{"3.5"}
32301(assuming Fraction mode is not in effect). Note the @code{nil}
32302used as a placeholder for the item-separator argument.
32303
32304@ifinfo
32305@example
32306
32307@end example
32308@end ifinfo
32309@subsubsection Error Handling
32310
32311@noindent
32312If @code{calc-eval} encounters an error, it returns a list containing
32313the character position of the error, plus a suitable message as a
32314string. Note that @samp{1 / 0} is @emph{not} an error by Calc's
32315standards; it simply returns the string @code{"1 / 0"} which is the
32316division left in symbolic form. But @samp{(calc-eval "1/")} will
32317return the list @samp{(2 "Expected a number")}.
32318
32319If you bind the variable @code{calc-eval-error} to @code{t}
32320using a @code{let} form surrounding the call to @code{calc-eval},
32321errors instead call the Emacs @code{error} function which aborts
32322to the Emacs command loop with a beep and an error message.
32323
32324If you bind this variable to the symbol @code{string}, error messages
32325are returned as strings instead of lists. The character position is
32326ignored.
32327
32328As a courtesy to other Lisp code which may be using Calc, be sure
32329to bind @code{calc-eval-error} using @code{let} rather than changing
32330it permanently with @code{setq}.
32331
32332@ifinfo
32333@example
32334
32335@end example
32336@end ifinfo
32337@subsubsection Numbers Only
32338
32339@noindent
32340Sometimes it is preferable to treat @samp{1 / 0} as an error
32341rather than returning a symbolic result. If you pass the symbol
32342@code{num} as the second argument to @code{calc-eval}, results
32343that are not constants are treated as errors. The error message
32344reported is the first @code{calc-why} message if there is one,
32345or otherwise ``Number expected.''
32346
32347A result is ``constant'' if it is a number, vector, or other
32348object that does not include variables or function calls. If it
32349is a vector, the components must themselves be constants.
32350
32351@ifinfo
32352@example
32353
32354@end example
32355@end ifinfo
32356@subsubsection Default Modes
32357
32358@noindent
32359If the first argument to @code{calc-eval} is a list whose first
32360element is a formula string, then @code{calc-eval} sets all the
32361various Calc modes to their default values while the formula is
32362evaluated and formatted. For example, the precision is set to 12
32363digits, digit grouping is turned off, and the Normal language
32364mode is used.
32365
32366This same principle applies to the other options discussed below.
32367If the first argument would normally be @var{x}, then it can also
32368be the list @samp{(@var{x})} to use the default mode settings.
32369
32370If there are other elements in the list, they are taken as
32371variable-name/value pairs which override the default mode
32372settings. Look at the documentation at the front of the
32373@file{calc.el} file to find the names of the Lisp variables for
32374the various modes. The mode settings are restored to their
32375original values when @code{calc-eval} is done.
32376
32377For example, @samp{(calc-eval '("$+$$" calc-internal-prec 8) 'num a b)}
32378computes the sum of two numbers, requiring a numeric result, and
32379using default mode settings except that the precision is 8 instead
32380of the default of 12.
32381
32382It's usually best to use this form of @code{calc-eval} unless your
32383program actually considers the interaction with Calc's mode settings
32384to be a feature. This will avoid all sorts of potential ``gotchas'';
32385consider what happens with @samp{(calc-eval "sqrt(2)" 'num)}
32386when the user has left Calc in Symbolic mode or No-Simplify mode.
32387
32388As another example, @samp{(equal (calc-eval '("$<$$") nil a b) "1")}
32389checks if the number in string @expr{a} is less than the one in
32390string @expr{b}. Without using a list, the integer 1 might
32391come out in a variety of formats which would be hard to test for
32392conveniently: @code{"1"}, @code{"8#1"}, @code{"00001"}. (But
32393see ``Predicates'' mode, below.)
32394
32395@ifinfo
32396@example
32397
32398@end example
32399@end ifinfo
32400@subsubsection Raw Numbers
32401
32402@noindent
32403Normally all input and output for @code{calc-eval} is done with strings.
32404You can do arithmetic with, say, @samp{(calc-eval "$+$$" nil a b)}
32405in place of @samp{(+ a b)}, but this is very inefficient since the
32406numbers must be converted to and from string format as they are passed
32407from one @code{calc-eval} to the next.
32408
32409If the separator is the symbol @code{raw}, the result will be returned
32410as a raw Calc data structure rather than a string. You can read about
32411how these objects look in the following sections, but usually you can
32412treat them as ``black box'' objects with no important internal
32413structure.
32414
32415There is also a @code{rawnum} symbol, which is a combination of
32416@code{raw} (returning a raw Calc object) and @code{num} (signaling
32417an error if that object is not a constant).
32418
32419You can pass a raw Calc object to @code{calc-eval} in place of a
32420string, either as the formula itself or as one of the @samp{$}
32421arguments. Thus @samp{(calc-eval "$+$$" 'raw a b)} is an
32422addition function that operates on raw Calc objects. Of course
32423in this case it would be easier to call the low-level @code{math-add}
32424function in Calc, if you can remember its name.
32425
32426In particular, note that a plain Lisp integer is acceptable to Calc
32427as a raw object. (All Lisp integers are accepted on input, but
32428integers of more than six decimal digits are converted to ``big-integer''
32429form for output. @xref{Data Type Formats}.)
32430
32431When it comes time to display the object, just use @samp{(calc-eval a)}
32432to format it as a string.
32433
32434It is an error if the input expression evaluates to a list of
32435values. The separator symbol @code{list} is like @code{raw}
32436except that it returns a list of one or more raw Calc objects.
32437
32438Note that a Lisp string is not a valid Calc object, nor is a list
32439containing a string. Thus you can still safely distinguish all the
32440various kinds of error returns discussed above.
32441
32442@ifinfo
32443@example
32444
32445@end example
32446@end ifinfo
32447@subsubsection Predicates
32448
32449@noindent
32450If the separator symbol is @code{pred}, the result of the formula is
32451treated as a true/false value; @code{calc-eval} returns @code{t} or
32452@code{nil}, respectively. A value is considered ``true'' if it is a
32453non-zero number, or false if it is zero or if it is not a number.
32454
32455For example, @samp{(calc-eval "$<$$" 'pred a b)} tests whether
32456one value is less than another.
32457
32458As usual, it is also possible for @code{calc-eval} to return one of
32459the error indicators described above. Lisp will interpret such an
32460indicator as ``true'' if you don't check for it explicitly. If you
32461wish to have an error register as ``false'', use something like
32462@samp{(eq (calc-eval ...) t)}.
32463
32464@ifinfo
32465@example
32466
32467@end example
32468@end ifinfo
32469@subsubsection Variable Values
32470
32471@noindent
32472Variables in the formula passed to @code{calc-eval} are not normally
32473replaced by their values. If you wish this, you can use the
32474@code{evalv} function (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}). For example,
32475if 4 is stored in Calc variable @code{a} (i.e., in Lisp variable
32476@code{var-a}), then @samp{(calc-eval "a+pi")} will return the
32477formula @code{"a + pi"}, but @samp{(calc-eval "evalv(a+pi)")}
32478will return @code{"7.14159265359"}.
32479
32480To store in a Calc variable, just use @code{setq} to store in the
32481corresponding Lisp variable. (This is obtained by prepending
32482@samp{var-} to the Calc variable name.) Calc routines will
32483understand either string or raw form values stored in variables,
32484although raw data objects are much more efficient. For example,
32485to increment the Calc variable @code{a}:
32486
32487@example
32488(setq var-a (calc-eval "evalv(a+1)" 'raw))
32489@end example
32490
32491@ifinfo
32492@example
32493
32494@end example
32495@end ifinfo
32496@subsubsection Stack Access
32497
32498@noindent
32499If the separator symbol is @code{push}, the formula argument is
32500evaluated (with possible @samp{$} expansions, as usual). The
32501result is pushed onto the Calc stack. The return value is @code{nil}
32502(unless there is an error from evaluating the formula, in which
32503case the return value depends on @code{calc-eval-error} in the
32504usual way).
32505
32506If the separator symbol is @code{pop}, the first argument to
32507@code{calc-eval} must be an integer instead of a string. That
32508many values are popped from the stack and thrown away. A negative
32509argument deletes the entry at that stack level. The return value
32510is the number of elements remaining in the stack after popping;
32511@samp{(calc-eval 0 'pop)} is a good way to measure the size of
32512the stack.
32513
32514If the separator symbol is @code{top}, the first argument to
32515@code{calc-eval} must again be an integer. The value at that
32516stack level is formatted as a string and returned. Thus
32517@samp{(calc-eval 1 'top)} returns the top-of-stack value. If the
32518integer is out of range, @code{nil} is returned.
32519
32520The separator symbol @code{rawtop} is just like @code{top} except
32521that the stack entry is returned as a raw Calc object instead of
32522as a string.
32523
32524In all of these cases the first argument can be made a list in
32525order to force the default mode settings, as described above.
32526Thus @samp{(calc-eval '(2 calc-number-radix 16) 'top)} returns the
32527second-to-top stack entry, formatted as a string using the default
32528instead of current display modes, except that the radix is
32529hexadecimal instead of decimal.
32530
32531It is, of course, polite to put the Calc stack back the way you
32532found it when you are done, unless the user of your program is
32533actually expecting it to affect the stack.
32534
32535Note that you do not actually have to switch into the @samp{*Calculator*}
32536buffer in order to use @code{calc-eval}; it temporarily switches into
32537the stack buffer if necessary.
32538
32539@ifinfo
32540@example
32541
32542@end example
32543@end ifinfo
32544@subsubsection Keyboard Macros
32545
32546@noindent
32547If the separator symbol is @code{macro}, the first argument must be a
32548string of characters which Calc can execute as a sequence of keystrokes.
32549This switches into the Calc buffer for the duration of the macro.
32550For example, @samp{(calc-eval "vx5\rVR+" 'macro)} pushes the
32551vector @samp{[1,2,3,4,5]} on the stack and then replaces it
32552with the sum of those numbers. Note that @samp{\r} is the Lisp
32553notation for the carriage-return, @key{RET}, character.
32554
32555If your keyboard macro wishes to pop the stack, @samp{\C-d} is
32556safer than @samp{\177} (the @key{DEL} character) because some
32557installations may have switched the meanings of @key{DEL} and
32558@kbd{C-h}. Calc always interprets @kbd{C-d} as a synonym for
32559``pop-stack'' regardless of key mapping.
32560
32561If you provide a third argument to @code{calc-eval}, evaluation
32562of the keyboard macro will leave a record in the Trail using
32563that argument as a tag string. Normally the Trail is unaffected.
32564
32565The return value in this case is always @code{nil}.
32566
32567@ifinfo
32568@example
32569
32570@end example
32571@end ifinfo
32572@subsubsection Lisp Evaluation
32573
32574@noindent
32575Finally, if the separator symbol is @code{eval}, then the Lisp
32576@code{eval} function is called on the first argument, which must
32577be a Lisp expression rather than a Calc formula. Remember to
32578quote the expression so that it is not evaluated until inside
32579@code{calc-eval}.
32580
32581The difference from plain @code{eval} is that @code{calc-eval}
32582switches to the Calc buffer before evaluating the expression.
32583For example, @samp{(calc-eval '(setq calc-internal-prec 17) 'eval)}
32584will correctly affect the buffer-local Calc precision variable.
32585
32586An alternative would be @samp{(calc-eval '(calc-precision 17) 'eval)}.
32587This is evaluating a call to the function that is normally invoked
32588by the @kbd{p} key, giving it 17 as its ``numeric prefix argument.''
32589Note that this function will leave a message in the echo area as
32590a side effect. Also, all Calc functions switch to the Calc buffer
32591automatically if not invoked from there, so the above call is
32592also equivalent to @samp{(calc-precision 17)} by itself.
32593In all cases, Calc uses @code{save-excursion} to switch back to
32594your original buffer when it is done.
32595
32596As usual the first argument can be a list that begins with a Lisp
32597expression to use default instead of current mode settings.
32598
32599The result of @code{calc-eval} in this usage is just the result
32600returned by the evaluated Lisp expression.
32601
32602@ifinfo
32603@example
32604
32605@end example
32606@end ifinfo
32607@subsubsection Example
32608
32609@noindent
32610@findex convert-temp
32611Here is a sample Emacs command that uses @code{calc-eval}. Suppose
32612you have a document with lots of references to temperatures on the
32613Fahrenheit scale, say ``98.6 F'', and you wish to convert these
32614references to Centigrade. The following command does this conversion.
32615Place the Emacs cursor right after the letter ``F'' and invoke the
32616command to change ``98.6 F'' to ``37 C''. Or, if the temperature is
32617already in Centigrade form, the command changes it back to Fahrenheit.
32618
32619@example
32620(defun convert-temp ()
32621 (interactive)
32622 (save-excursion
32623 (re-search-backward "[^-.0-9]\\([-.0-9]+\\) *\\([FC]\\)")
32624 (let* ((top1 (match-beginning 1))
32625 (bot1 (match-end 1))
32626 (number (buffer-substring top1 bot1))
32627 (top2 (match-beginning 2))
32628 (bot2 (match-end 2))
32629 (type (buffer-substring top2 bot2)))
32630 (if (equal type "F")
32631 (setq type "C"
32632 number (calc-eval "($ - 32)*5/9" nil number))
32633 (setq type "F"
32634 number (calc-eval "$*9/5 + 32" nil number)))
32635 (goto-char top2)
32636 (delete-region top2 bot2)
32637 (insert-before-markers type)
32638 (goto-char top1)
32639 (delete-region top1 bot1)
32640 (if (string-match "\\.$" number) ; change "37." to "37"
32641 (setq number (substring number 0 -1)))
32642 (insert number))))
32643@end example
32644
32645Note the use of @code{insert-before-markers} when changing between
32646``F'' and ``C'', so that the character winds up before the cursor
32647instead of after it.
32648
32649@node Internals, , Calling Calc from Your Programs, Lisp Definitions
32650@subsection Calculator Internals
32651
32652@noindent
32653This section describes the Lisp functions defined by the Calculator that
32654may be of use to user-written Calculator programs (as described in the
32655rest of this chapter). These functions are shown by their names as they
32656conventionally appear in @code{defmath}. Their full Lisp names are
32657generally gotten by prepending @samp{calcFunc-} or @samp{math-} to their
32658apparent names. (Names that begin with @samp{calc-} are already in
32659their full Lisp form.) You can use the actual full names instead if you
32660prefer them, or if you are calling these functions from regular Lisp.
32661
32662The functions described here are scattered throughout the various
32663Calc component files. Note that @file{calc.el} includes @code{autoload}s
32664for only a few component files; when Calc wants to call an advanced
32665function it calls @samp{(calc-extensions)} first; this function
32666autoloads @file{calc-ext.el}, which in turn autoloads all the functions
32667in the remaining component files.
32668
32669Because @code{defmath} itself uses the extensions, user-written code
32670generally always executes with the extensions already loaded, so
32671normally you can use any Calc function and be confident that it will
32672be autoloaded for you when necessary. If you are doing something
32673special, check carefully to make sure each function you are using is
32674from @file{calc.el} or its components, and call @samp{(calc-extensions)}
32675before using any function based in @file{calc-ext.el} if you can't
32676prove this file will already be loaded.
32677
32678@menu
32679* Data Type Formats::
32680* Interactive Lisp Functions::
32681* Stack Lisp Functions::
32682* Predicates::
32683* Computational Lisp Functions::
32684* Vector Lisp Functions::
32685* Symbolic Lisp Functions::
32686* Formatting Lisp Functions::
32687* Hooks::
32688@end menu
32689
32690@node Data Type Formats, Interactive Lisp Functions, Internals, Internals
32691@subsubsection Data Type Formats
32692
32693@noindent
32694Integers are stored in either of two ways, depending on their magnitude.
32695Integers less than one million in absolute value are stored as standard
32696Lisp integers. This is the only storage format for Calc data objects
32697which is not a Lisp list.
32698
32699Large integers are stored as lists of the form @samp{(bigpos @var{d0}
32700@var{d1} @var{d2} @dots{})} for positive integers 1000000 or more, or
32701@samp{(bigneg @var{d0} @var{d1} @var{d2} @dots{})} for negative integers
32702@mathit{-1000000} or less. Each @var{d} is a base-1000 ``digit,'' a Lisp integer
32703from 0 to 999. The least significant digit is @var{d0}; the last digit,
32704@var{dn}, which is always nonzero, is the most significant digit. For
32705example, the integer @mathit{-12345678} is stored as @samp{(bigneg 678 345 12)}.
32706
32707The distinction between small and large integers is entirely hidden from
32708the user. In @code{defmath} definitions, the Lisp predicate @code{integerp}
32709returns true for either kind of integer, and in general both big and small
32710integers are accepted anywhere the word ``integer'' is used in this manual.
32711If the distinction must be made, native Lisp integers are called @dfn{fixnums}
32712and large integers are called @dfn{bignums}.
32713
32714Fractions are stored as a list of the form, @samp{(frac @var{n} @var{d})}
32715where @var{n} is an integer (big or small) numerator, @var{d} is an
32716integer denominator greater than one, and @var{n} and @var{d} are relatively
32717prime. Note that fractions where @var{d} is one are automatically converted
32718to plain integers by all math routines; fractions where @var{d} is negative
32719are normalized by negating the numerator and denominator.
32720
32721Floating-point numbers are stored in the form, @samp{(float @var{mant}
32722@var{exp})}, where @var{mant} (the ``mantissa'') is an integer less than
32723@samp{10^@var{p}} in absolute value (@var{p} represents the current
32724precision), and @var{exp} (the ``exponent'') is a fixnum. The value of
32725the float is @samp{@var{mant} * 10^@var{exp}}. For example, the number
32726@mathit{-3.14} is stored as @samp{(float -314 -2) = -314*10^-2}. Other constraints
32727are that the number 0.0 is always stored as @samp{(float 0 0)}, and,
32728except for the 0.0 case, the rightmost base-10 digit of @var{mant} is
32729always nonzero. (If the rightmost digit is zero, the number is
32730rearranged by dividing @var{mant} by ten and incrementing @var{exp}.)
32731
32732Rectangular complex numbers are stored in the form @samp{(cplx @var{re}
32733@var{im})}, where @var{re} and @var{im} are each real numbers, either
32734integers, fractions, or floats. The value is @samp{@var{re} + @var{im}i}.
32735The @var{im} part is nonzero; complex numbers with zero imaginary
32736components are converted to real numbers automatically.
32737
32738Polar complex numbers are stored in the form @samp{(polar @var{r}
32739@var{theta})}, where @var{r} is a positive real value and @var{theta}
32740is a real value or HMS form representing an angle. This angle is
32741usually normalized to lie in the interval @samp{(-180 ..@: 180)} degrees,
32742or @samp{(-pi ..@: pi)} radians, according to the current angular mode.
32743If the angle is 0 the value is converted to a real number automatically.
32744(If the angle is 180 degrees, the value is usually also converted to a
32745negative real number.)
32746
32747Hours-minutes-seconds forms are stored as @samp{(hms @var{h} @var{m}
32748@var{s})}, where @var{h} is an integer or an integer-valued float (i.e.,
32749a float with @samp{@var{exp} >= 0}), @var{m} is an integer or integer-valued
32750float in the range @w{@samp{[0 ..@: 60)}}, and @var{s} is any real number
32751in the range @samp{[0 ..@: 60)}.
32752
32753Date forms are stored as @samp{(date @var{n})}, where @var{n} is
32754a real number that counts days since midnight on the morning of
32755January 1, 1 AD. If @var{n} is an integer, this is a pure date
32756form. If @var{n} is a fraction or float, this is a date/time form.
32757
32758Modulo forms are stored as @samp{(mod @var{n} @var{m})}, where @var{m} is a
32759positive real number or HMS form, and @var{n} is a real number or HMS
32760form in the range @samp{[0 ..@: @var{m})}.
32761
32762Error forms are stored as @samp{(sdev @var{x} @var{sigma})}, where @var{x}
32763is the mean value and @var{sigma} is the standard deviation. Each
32764component is either a number, an HMS form, or a symbolic object
32765(a variable or function call). If @var{sigma} is zero, the value is
32766converted to a plain real number. If @var{sigma} is negative or
32767complex, it is automatically normalized to be a positive real.
32768
32769Interval forms are stored as @samp{(intv @var{mask} @var{lo} @var{hi})},
32770where @var{mask} is one of the integers 0, 1, 2, or 3, and @var{lo} and
32771@var{hi} are real numbers, HMS forms, or symbolic objects. The @var{mask}
32772is a binary integer where 1 represents the fact that the interval is
32773closed on the high end, and 2 represents the fact that it is closed on
32774the low end. (Thus 3 represents a fully closed interval.) The interval
32775@w{@samp{(intv 3 @var{x} @var{x})}} is converted to the plain number @var{x};
32776intervals @samp{(intv @var{mask} @var{x} @var{x})} for any other @var{mask}
32777represent empty intervals. If @var{hi} is less than @var{lo}, the interval
32778is converted to a standard empty interval by replacing @var{hi} with @var{lo}.
32779
32780Vectors are stored as @samp{(vec @var{v1} @var{v2} @dots{})}, where @var{v1}
32781is the first element of the vector, @var{v2} is the second, and so on.
32782An empty vector is stored as @samp{(vec)}. A matrix is simply a vector
32783where all @var{v}'s are themselves vectors of equal lengths. Note that
32784Calc vectors are unrelated to the Emacs Lisp ``vector'' type, which is
32785generally unused by Calc data structures.
32786
32787Variables are stored as @samp{(var @var{name} @var{sym})}, where
32788@var{name} is a Lisp symbol whose print name is used as the visible name
32789of the variable, and @var{sym} is a Lisp symbol in which the variable's
32790value is actually stored. Thus, @samp{(var pi var-pi)} represents the
32791special constant @samp{pi}. Almost always, the form is @samp{(var
32792@var{v} var-@var{v})}. If the variable name was entered with @code{#}
32793signs (which are converted to hyphens internally), the form is
32794@samp{(var @var{u} @var{v})}, where @var{u} is a symbol whose name
32795contains @code{#} characters, and @var{v} is a symbol that contains
32796@code{-} characters instead. The value of a variable is the Calc
32797object stored in its @var{sym} symbol's value cell. If the symbol's
32798value cell is void or if it contains @code{nil}, the variable has no
32799value. Special constants have the form @samp{(special-const
32800@var{value})} stored in their value cell, where @var{value} is a formula
32801which is evaluated when the constant's value is requested. Variables
32802which represent units are not stored in any special way; they are units
32803only because their names appear in the units table. If the value
32804cell contains a string, it is parsed to get the variable's value when
32805the variable is used.
32806
32807A Lisp list with any other symbol as the first element is a function call.
32808The symbols @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, @code{^},
32809and @code{|} represent special binary operators; these lists are always
32810of the form @samp{(@var{op} @var{lhs} @var{rhs})} where @var{lhs} is the
32811sub-formula on the lefthand side and @var{rhs} is the sub-formula on the
32812right. The symbol @code{neg} represents unary negation; this list is always
32813of the form @samp{(neg @var{arg})}. Any other symbol @var{func} represents a
32814function that would be displayed in function-call notation; the symbol
32815@var{func} is in general always of the form @samp{calcFunc-@var{name}}.
32816The function cell of the symbol @var{func} should contain a Lisp function
32817for evaluating a call to @var{func}. This function is passed the remaining
32818elements of the list (themselves already evaluated) as arguments; such
32819functions should return @code{nil} or call @code{reject-arg} to signify
32820that they should be left in symbolic form, or they should return a Calc
32821object which represents their value, or a list of such objects if they
32822wish to return multiple values. (The latter case is allowed only for
32823functions which are the outer-level call in an expression whose value is
32824about to be pushed on the stack; this feature is considered obsolete
32825and is not used by any built-in Calc functions.)
32826
32827@node Interactive Lisp Functions, Stack Lisp Functions, Data Type Formats, Internals
32828@subsubsection Interactive Functions
32829
32830@noindent
32831The functions described here are used in implementing interactive Calc
32832commands. Note that this list is not exhaustive! If there is an
32833existing command that behaves similarly to the one you want to define,
32834you may find helpful tricks by checking the source code for that command.
32835
32836@defun calc-set-command-flag flag
32837Set the command flag @var{flag}. This is generally a Lisp symbol, but
32838may in fact be anything. The effect is to add @var{flag} to the list
32839stored in the variable @code{calc-command-flags}, unless it is already
32840there. @xref{Defining Simple Commands}.
32841@end defun
32842
32843@defun calc-clear-command-flag flag
32844If @var{flag} appears among the list of currently-set command flags,
32845remove it from that list.
32846@end defun
32847
32848@defun calc-record-undo rec
32849Add the ``undo record'' @var{rec} to the list of steps to take if the
32850current operation should need to be undone. Stack push and pop functions
32851automatically call @code{calc-record-undo}, so the kinds of undo records
32852you might need to create take the form @samp{(set @var{sym} @var{value})},
32853which says that the Lisp variable @var{sym} was changed and had previously
32854contained @var{value}; @samp{(store @var{var} @var{value})} which says that
32855the Calc variable @var{var} (a string which is the name of the symbol that
32856contains the variable's value) was stored and its previous value was
32857@var{value} (either a Calc data object, or @code{nil} if the variable was
32858previously void); or @samp{(eval @var{undo} @var{redo} @var{args} @dots{})},
32859which means that to undo requires calling the function @samp{(@var{undo}
32860@var{args} @dots{})} and, if the undo is later redone, calling
32861@samp{(@var{redo} @var{args} @dots{})}.
32862@end defun
32863
32864@defun calc-record-why msg args
32865Record the error or warning message @var{msg}, which is normally a string.
32866This message will be replayed if the user types @kbd{w} (@code{calc-why});
32867if the message string begins with a @samp{*}, it is considered important
32868enough to display even if the user doesn't type @kbd{w}. If one or more
32869@var{args} are present, the displayed message will be of the form,
32870@samp{@var{msg}: @var{arg1}, @var{arg2}, @dots{}}, where the arguments are
32871formatted on the assumption that they are either strings or Calc objects of
32872some sort. If @var{msg} is a symbol, it is the name of a Calc predicate
32873(such as @code{integerp} or @code{numvecp}) which the arguments did not
32874satisfy; it is expanded to a suitable string such as ``Expected an
32875integer.'' The @code{reject-arg} function calls @code{calc-record-why}
32876automatically; @pxref{Predicates}.
32877@end defun
32878
32879@defun calc-is-inverse
32880This predicate returns true if the current command is inverse,
32881i.e., if the Inverse (@kbd{I} key) flag was set.
32882@end defun
32883
32884@defun calc-is-hyperbolic
32885This predicate is the analogous function for the @kbd{H} key.
32886@end defun
32887
32888@node Stack Lisp Functions, Predicates, Interactive Lisp Functions, Internals
32889@subsubsection Stack-Oriented Functions
32890
32891@noindent
32892The functions described here perform various operations on the Calc
32893stack and trail. They are to be used in interactive Calc commands.
32894
32895@defun calc-push-list vals n
32896Push the Calc objects in list @var{vals} onto the stack at stack level
32897@var{n}. If @var{n} is omitted it defaults to 1, so that the elements
32898are pushed at the top of the stack. If @var{n} is greater than 1, the
32899elements will be inserted into the stack so that the last element will
32900end up at level @var{n}, the next-to-last at level @var{n}+1, etc.
32901The elements of @var{vals} are assumed to be valid Calc objects, and
32902are not evaluated, rounded, or renormalized in any way. If @var{vals}
32903is an empty list, nothing happens.
32904
32905The stack elements are pushed without any sub-formula selections.
32906You can give an optional third argument to this function, which must
32907be a list the same size as @var{vals} of selections. Each selection
32908must be @code{eq} to some sub-formula of the corresponding formula
32909in @var{vals}, or @code{nil} if that formula should have no selection.
32910@end defun
32911
32912@defun calc-top-list n m
32913Return a list of the @var{n} objects starting at level @var{m} of the
32914stack. If @var{m} is omitted it defaults to 1, so that the elements are
32915taken from the top of the stack. If @var{n} is omitted, it also
32916defaults to 1, so that the top stack element (in the form of a
32917one-element list) is returned. If @var{m} is greater than 1, the
32918@var{m}th stack element will be at the end of the list, the @var{m}+1st
32919element will be next-to-last, etc. If @var{n} or @var{m} are out of
32920range, the command is aborted with a suitable error message. If @var{n}
32921is zero, the function returns an empty list. The stack elements are not
32922evaluated, rounded, or renormalized.
32923
32924If any stack elements contain selections, and selections have not
32925been disabled by the @kbd{j e} (@code{calc-enable-selections}) command,
32926this function returns the selected portions rather than the entire
32927stack elements. It can be given a third ``selection-mode'' argument
32928which selects other behaviors. If it is the symbol @code{t}, then
32929a selection in any of the requested stack elements produces an
32930``invalid operation on selections'' error. If it is the symbol @code{full},
32931the whole stack entry is always returned regardless of selections.
32932If it is the symbol @code{sel}, the selected portion is always returned,
32933or @code{nil} if there is no selection. (This mode ignores the @kbd{j e}
32934command.) If the symbol is @code{entry}, the complete stack entry in
32935list form is returned; the first element of this list will be the whole
32936formula, and the third element will be the selection (or @code{nil}).
32937@end defun
32938
32939@defun calc-pop-stack n m
32940Remove the specified elements from the stack. The parameters @var{n}
32941and @var{m} are defined the same as for @code{calc-top-list}. The return
32942value of @code{calc-pop-stack} is uninteresting.
32943
32944If there are any selected sub-formulas among the popped elements, and
32945@kbd{j e} has not been used to disable selections, this produces an
32946error without changing the stack. If you supply an optional third
32947argument of @code{t}, the stack elements are popped even if they
32948contain selections.
32949@end defun
32950
32951@defun calc-record-list vals tag
32952This function records one or more results in the trail. The @var{vals}
32953are a list of strings or Calc objects. The @var{tag} is the four-character
32954tag string to identify the values. If @var{tag} is omitted, a blank tag
32955will be used.
32956@end defun
32957
32958@defun calc-normalize n
32959This function takes a Calc object and ``normalizes'' it. At the very
32960least this involves re-rounding floating-point values according to the
32961current precision and other similar jobs. Also, unless the user has
32962selected No-Simplify mode (@pxref{Simplification Modes}), this involves
32963actually evaluating a formula object by executing the function calls
32964it contains, and possibly also doing algebraic simplification, etc.
32965@end defun
32966
32967@defun calc-top-list-n n m
32968This function is identical to @code{calc-top-list}, except that it calls
32969@code{calc-normalize} on the values that it takes from the stack. They
32970are also passed through @code{check-complete}, so that incomplete
32971objects will be rejected with an error message. All computational
32972commands should use this in preference to @code{calc-top-list}; the only
32973standard Calc commands that operate on the stack without normalizing
32974are stack management commands like @code{calc-enter} and @code{calc-roll-up}.
32975This function accepts the same optional selection-mode argument as
32976@code{calc-top-list}.
32977@end defun
32978
32979@defun calc-top-n m
32980This function is a convenient form of @code{calc-top-list-n} in which only
32981a single element of the stack is taken and returned, rather than a list
32982of elements. This also accepts an optional selection-mode argument.
32983@end defun
32984
32985@defun calc-enter-result n tag vals
32986This function is a convenient interface to most of the above functions.
32987The @var{vals} argument should be either a single Calc object, or a list
32988of Calc objects; the object or objects are normalized, and the top @var{n}
32989stack entries are replaced by the normalized objects. If @var{tag} is
32990non-@code{nil}, the normalized objects are also recorded in the trail.
32991A typical stack-based computational command would take the form,
32992
32993@smallexample
32994(calc-enter-result @var{n} @var{tag} (cons 'calcFunc-@var{func}
32995 (calc-top-list-n @var{n})))
32996@end smallexample
32997
32998If any of the @var{n} stack elements replaced contain sub-formula
32999selections, and selections have not been disabled by @kbd{j e},
33000this function takes one of two courses of action. If @var{n} is
33001equal to the number of elements in @var{vals}, then each element of
33002@var{vals} is spliced into the corresponding selection; this is what
33003happens when you use the @key{TAB} key, or when you use a unary
33004arithmetic operation like @code{sqrt}. If @var{vals} has only one
33005element but @var{n} is greater than one, there must be only one
33006selection among the top @var{n} stack elements; the element from
33007@var{vals} is spliced into that selection. This is what happens when
33008you use a binary arithmetic operation like @kbd{+}. Any other
33009combination of @var{n} and @var{vals} is an error when selections
33010are present.
33011@end defun
33012
33013@defun calc-unary-op tag func arg
33014This function implements a unary operator that allows a numeric prefix
33015argument to apply the operator over many stack entries. If the prefix
33016argument @var{arg} is @code{nil}, this uses @code{calc-enter-result}
33017as outlined above. Otherwise, it maps the function over several stack
33018elements; @pxref{Prefix Arguments}. For example,
33019
33020@smallexample
33021(defun calc-zeta (arg)
33022 (interactive "P")
33023 (calc-unary-op "zeta" 'calcFunc-zeta arg))
33024@end smallexample
33025@end defun
33026
33027@defun calc-binary-op tag func arg ident unary
33028This function implements a binary operator, analogously to
33029@code{calc-unary-op}. The optional @var{ident} and @var{unary}
33030arguments specify the behavior when the prefix argument is zero or
33031one, respectively. If the prefix is zero, the value @var{ident}
33032is pushed onto the stack, if specified, otherwise an error message
33033is displayed. If the prefix is one, the unary function @var{unary}
33034is applied to the top stack element, or, if @var{unary} is not
33035specified, nothing happens. When the argument is two or more,
33036the binary function @var{func} is reduced across the top @var{arg}
33037stack elements; when the argument is negative, the function is
33038mapped between the next-to-top @mathit{-@var{arg}} stack elements and the
33039top element.
33040@end defun
33041
33042@defun calc-stack-size
33043Return the number of elements on the stack as an integer. This count
33044does not include elements that have been temporarily hidden by stack
33045truncation; @pxref{Truncating the Stack}.
33046@end defun
33047
33048@defun calc-cursor-stack-index n
33049Move the point to the @var{n}th stack entry. If @var{n} is zero, this
33050will be the @samp{.} line. If @var{n} is from 1 to the current stack size,
33051this will be the beginning of the first line of that stack entry's display.
33052If line numbers are enabled, this will move to the first character of the
33053line number, not the stack entry itself.
33054@end defun
33055
33056@defun calc-substack-height n
33057Return the number of lines between the beginning of the @var{n}th stack
33058entry and the bottom of the buffer. If @var{n} is zero, this
33059will be one (assuming no stack truncation). If all stack entries are
33060one line long (i.e., no matrices are displayed), the return value will
33061be equal @var{n}+1 as long as @var{n} is in range. (Note that in Big
33062mode, the return value includes the blank lines that separate stack
33063entries.)
33064@end defun
33065
33066@defun calc-refresh
33067Erase the @code{*Calculator*} buffer and reformat its contents from memory.
33068This must be called after changing any parameter, such as the current
33069display radix, which might change the appearance of existing stack
33070entries. (During a keyboard macro invoked by the @kbd{X} key, refreshing
33071is suppressed, but a flag is set so that the entire stack will be refreshed
33072rather than just the top few elements when the macro finishes.)
33073@end defun
33074
33075@node Predicates, Computational Lisp Functions, Stack Lisp Functions, Internals
33076@subsubsection Predicates
33077
33078@noindent
33079The functions described here are predicates, that is, they return a
33080true/false value where @code{nil} means false and anything else means
33081true. These predicates are expanded by @code{defmath}, for example,
33082from @code{zerop} to @code{math-zerop}. In many cases they correspond
33083to native Lisp functions by the same name, but are extended to cover
33084the full range of Calc data types.
33085
33086@defun zerop x
33087Returns true if @var{x} is numerically zero, in any of the Calc data
33088types. (Note that for some types, such as error forms and intervals,
33089it never makes sense to return true.) In @code{defmath}, the expression
33090@samp{(= x 0)} will automatically be converted to @samp{(math-zerop x)},
33091and @samp{(/= x 0)} will be converted to @samp{(not (math-zerop x))}.
33092@end defun
33093
33094@defun negp x
33095Returns true if @var{x} is negative. This accepts negative real numbers
33096of various types, negative HMS and date forms, and intervals in which
33097all included values are negative. In @code{defmath}, the expression
33098@samp{(< x 0)} will automatically be converted to @samp{(math-negp x)},
33099and @samp{(>= x 0)} will be converted to @samp{(not (math-negp x))}.
33100@end defun
33101
33102@defun posp x
33103Returns true if @var{x} is positive (and non-zero). For complex
33104numbers, none of these three predicates will return true.
33105@end defun
33106
33107@defun looks-negp x
33108Returns true if @var{x} is ``negative-looking.'' This returns true if
33109@var{x} is a negative number, or a formula with a leading minus sign
33110such as @samp{-a/b}. In other words, this is an object which can be
33111made simpler by calling @code{(- @var{x})}.
33112@end defun
33113
33114@defun integerp x
33115Returns true if @var{x} is an integer of any size.
33116@end defun
33117
33118@defun fixnump x
33119Returns true if @var{x} is a native Lisp integer.
33120@end defun
33121
33122@defun natnump x
33123Returns true if @var{x} is a nonnegative integer of any size.
33124@end defun
33125
33126@defun fixnatnump x
33127Returns true if @var{x} is a nonnegative Lisp integer.
33128@end defun
33129
33130@defun num-integerp x
33131Returns true if @var{x} is numerically an integer, i.e., either a
33132true integer or a float with no significant digits to the right of
33133the decimal point.
33134@end defun
33135
33136@defun messy-integerp x
33137Returns true if @var{x} is numerically, but not literally, an integer.
33138A value is @code{num-integerp} if it is @code{integerp} or
33139@code{messy-integerp} (but it is never both at once).
33140@end defun
33141
33142@defun num-natnump x
33143Returns true if @var{x} is numerically a nonnegative integer.
33144@end defun
33145
33146@defun evenp x
33147Returns true if @var{x} is an even integer.
33148@end defun
33149
33150@defun looks-evenp x
33151Returns true if @var{x} is an even integer, or a formula with a leading
33152multiplicative coefficient which is an even integer.
33153@end defun
33154
33155@defun oddp x
33156Returns true if @var{x} is an odd integer.
33157@end defun
33158
33159@defun ratp x
33160Returns true if @var{x} is a rational number, i.e., an integer or a
33161fraction.
33162@end defun
33163
33164@defun realp x
33165Returns true if @var{x} is a real number, i.e., an integer, fraction,
33166or floating-point number.
33167@end defun
33168
33169@defun anglep x
33170Returns true if @var{x} is a real number or HMS form.
33171@end defun
33172
33173@defun floatp x
33174Returns true if @var{x} is a float, or a complex number, error form,
33175interval, date form, or modulo form in which at least one component
33176is a float.
33177@end defun
33178
33179@defun complexp x
33180Returns true if @var{x} is a rectangular or polar complex number
33181(but not a real number).
33182@end defun
33183
33184@defun rect-complexp x
33185Returns true if @var{x} is a rectangular complex number.
33186@end defun
33187
33188@defun polar-complexp x
33189Returns true if @var{x} is a polar complex number.
33190@end defun
33191
33192@defun numberp x
33193Returns true if @var{x} is a real number or a complex number.
33194@end defun
33195
33196@defun scalarp x
33197Returns true if @var{x} is a real or complex number or an HMS form.
33198@end defun
33199
33200@defun vectorp x
33201Returns true if @var{x} is a vector (this simply checks if its argument
33202is a list whose first element is the symbol @code{vec}).
33203@end defun
33204
33205@defun numvecp x
33206Returns true if @var{x} is a number or vector.
33207@end defun
33208
33209@defun matrixp x
33210Returns true if @var{x} is a matrix, i.e., a vector of one or more vectors,
33211all of the same size.
33212@end defun
33213
33214@defun square-matrixp x
33215Returns true if @var{x} is a square matrix.
33216@end defun
33217
33218@defun objectp x
33219Returns true if @var{x} is any numeric Calc object, including real and
33220complex numbers, HMS forms, date forms, error forms, intervals, and
33221modulo forms. (Note that error forms and intervals may include formulas
33222as their components; see @code{constp} below.)
33223@end defun
33224
33225@defun objvecp x
33226Returns true if @var{x} is an object or a vector. This also accepts
33227incomplete objects, but it rejects variables and formulas (except as
33228mentioned above for @code{objectp}).
33229@end defun
33230
33231@defun primp x
33232Returns true if @var{x} is a ``primitive'' or ``atomic'' Calc object,
33233i.e., one whose components cannot be regarded as sub-formulas. This
33234includes variables, and all @code{objectp} types except error forms
33235and intervals.
33236@end defun
33237
33238@defun constp x
33239Returns true if @var{x} is constant, i.e., a real or complex number,
33240HMS form, date form, or error form, interval, or vector all of whose
33241components are @code{constp}.
33242@end defun
33243
33244@defun lessp x y
33245Returns true if @var{x} is numerically less than @var{y}. Returns false
33246if @var{x} is greater than or equal to @var{y}, or if the order is
33247undefined or cannot be determined. Generally speaking, this works
33248by checking whether @samp{@var{x} - @var{y}} is @code{negp}. In
33249@code{defmath}, the expression @samp{(< x y)} will automatically be
33250converted to @samp{(lessp x y)}; expressions involving @code{>}, @code{<=},
33251and @code{>=} are similarly converted in terms of @code{lessp}.
33252@end defun
33253
33254@defun beforep x y
33255Returns true if @var{x} comes before @var{y} in a canonical ordering
33256of Calc objects. If @var{x} and @var{y} are both real numbers, this
33257will be the same as @code{lessp}. But whereas @code{lessp} considers
33258other types of objects to be unordered, @code{beforep} puts any two
33259objects into a definite, consistent order. The @code{beforep}
33260function is used by the @kbd{V S} vector-sorting command, and also
33261by @kbd{a s} to put the terms of a product into canonical order:
33262This allows @samp{x y + y x} to be simplified easily to @samp{2 x y}.
33263@end defun
33264
33265@defun equal x y
33266This is the standard Lisp @code{equal} predicate; it returns true if
33267@var{x} and @var{y} are structurally identical. This is the usual way
33268to compare numbers for equality, but note that @code{equal} will treat
332690 and 0.0 as different.
33270@end defun
33271
33272@defun math-equal x y
33273Returns true if @var{x} and @var{y} are numerically equal, either because
33274they are @code{equal}, or because their difference is @code{zerop}. In
33275@code{defmath}, the expression @samp{(= x y)} will automatically be
33276converted to @samp{(math-equal x y)}.
33277@end defun
33278
33279@defun equal-int x n
33280Returns true if @var{x} and @var{n} are numerically equal, where @var{n}
33281is a fixnum which is not a multiple of 10. This will automatically be
33282used by @code{defmath} in place of the more general @code{math-equal}
33283whenever possible.
33284@end defun
33285
33286@defun nearly-equal x y
33287Returns true if @var{x} and @var{y}, as floating-point numbers, are
33288equal except possibly in the last decimal place. For example,
33289314.159 and 314.166 are considered nearly equal if the current
33290precision is 6 (since they differ by 7 units), but not if the current
33291precision is 7 (since they differ by 70 units). Most functions which
33292use series expansions use @code{with-extra-prec} to evaluate the
33293series with 2 extra digits of precision, then use @code{nearly-equal}
33294to decide when the series has converged; this guards against cumulative
33295error in the series evaluation without doing extra work which would be
33296lost when the result is rounded back down to the current precision.
33297In @code{defmath}, this can be written @samp{(~= @var{x} @var{y})}.
33298The @var{x} and @var{y} can be numbers of any kind, including complex.
33299@end defun
33300
33301@defun nearly-zerop x y
33302Returns true if @var{x} is nearly zero, compared to @var{y}. This
33303checks whether @var{x} plus @var{y} would by be @code{nearly-equal}
33304to @var{y} itself, to within the current precision, in other words,
33305if adding @var{x} to @var{y} would have a negligible effect on @var{y}
33306due to roundoff error. @var{X} may be a real or complex number, but
33307@var{y} must be real.
33308@end defun
33309
33310@defun is-true x
33311Return true if the formula @var{x} represents a true value in
33312Calc, not Lisp, terms. It tests if @var{x} is a non-zero number
33313or a provably non-zero formula.
33314@end defun
33315
33316@defun reject-arg val pred
33317Abort the current function evaluation due to unacceptable argument values.
33318This calls @samp{(calc-record-why @var{pred} @var{val})}, then signals a
33319Lisp error which @code{normalize} will trap. The net effect is that the
33320function call which led here will be left in symbolic form.
33321@end defun
33322
33323@defun inexact-value
33324If Symbolic mode is enabled, this will signal an error that causes
33325@code{normalize} to leave the formula in symbolic form, with the message
33326``Inexact result.'' (This function has no effect when not in Symbolic mode.)
33327Note that if your function calls @samp{(sin 5)} in Symbolic mode, the
33328@code{sin} function will call @code{inexact-value}, which will cause your
33329function to be left unsimplified. You may instead wish to call
33330@samp{(normalize (list 'calcFunc-sin 5))}, which in Symbolic mode will
33331return the formula @samp{sin(5)} to your function.
33332@end defun
33333
33334@defun overflow
33335This signals an error that will be reported as a floating-point overflow.
33336@end defun
33337
33338@defun underflow
33339This signals a floating-point underflow.
33340@end defun
33341
33342@node Computational Lisp Functions, Vector Lisp Functions, Predicates, Internals
33343@subsubsection Computational Functions
33344
33345@noindent
33346The functions described here do the actual computational work of the
33347Calculator. In addition to these, note that any function described in
33348the main body of this manual may be called from Lisp; for example, if
33349the documentation refers to the @code{calc-sqrt} [@code{sqrt}] command,
33350this means @code{calc-sqrt} is an interactive stack-based square-root
33351command and @code{sqrt} (which @code{defmath} expands to @code{calcFunc-sqrt})
33352is the actual Lisp function for taking square roots.
33353
33354The functions @code{math-add}, @code{math-sub}, @code{math-mul},
33355@code{math-div}, @code{math-mod}, and @code{math-neg} are not included
33356in this list, since @code{defmath} allows you to write native Lisp
33357@code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, and unary @code{-},
33358respectively, instead.
33359
33360@defun normalize val
33361(Full form: @code{math-normalize}.)
33362Reduce the value @var{val} to standard form. For example, if @var{val}
33363is a fixnum, it will be converted to a bignum if it is too large, and
33364if @var{val} is a bignum it will be normalized by clipping off trailing
33365(i.e., most-significant) zero digits and converting to a fixnum if it is
33366small. All the various data types are similarly converted to their standard
33367forms. Variables are left alone, but function calls are actually evaluated
33368in formulas. For example, normalizing @samp{(+ 2 (calcFunc-abs -4))} will
33369return 6.
33370
33371If a function call fails, because the function is void or has the wrong
33372number of parameters, or because it returns @code{nil} or calls
33373@code{reject-arg} or @code{inexact-result}, @code{normalize} returns
33374the formula still in symbolic form.
33375
33376If the current simplification mode is ``none'' or ``numeric arguments
33377only,'' @code{normalize} will act appropriately. However, the more
33378powerful simplification modes (like Algebraic Simplification) are
33379not handled by @code{normalize}. They are handled by @code{calc-normalize},
33380which calls @code{normalize} and possibly some other routines, such
33381as @code{simplify} or @code{simplify-units}. Programs generally will
33382never call @code{calc-normalize} except when popping or pushing values
33383on the stack.
33384@end defun
33385
33386@defun evaluate-expr expr
33387Replace all variables in @var{expr} that have values with their values,
33388then use @code{normalize} to simplify the result. This is what happens
33389when you press the @kbd{=} key interactively.
33390@end defun
33391
33392@defmac with-extra-prec n body
33393Evaluate the Lisp forms in @var{body} with precision increased by @var{n}
33394digits. This is a macro which expands to
33395
33396@smallexample
33397(math-normalize
33398 (let ((calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec @var{n})))
33399 @var{body}))
33400@end smallexample
33401
33402The surrounding call to @code{math-normalize} causes a floating-point
33403result to be rounded down to the original precision afterwards. This
33404is important because some arithmetic operations assume a number's
33405mantissa contains no more digits than the current precision allows.
33406@end defmac
33407
33408@defun make-frac n d
33409Build a fraction @samp{@var{n}:@var{d}}. This is equivalent to calling
33410@samp{(normalize (list 'frac @var{n} @var{d}))}, but more efficient.
33411@end defun
33412
33413@defun make-float mant exp
33414Build a floating-point value out of @var{mant} and @var{exp}, both
33415of which are arbitrary integers. This function will return a
33416properly normalized float value, or signal an overflow or underflow
33417if @var{exp} is out of range.
33418@end defun
33419
33420@defun make-sdev x sigma
33421Build an error form out of @var{x} and the absolute value of @var{sigma}.
33422If @var{sigma} is zero, the result is the number @var{x} directly.
33423If @var{sigma} is negative or complex, its absolute value is used.
33424If @var{x} or @var{sigma} is not a valid type of object for use in
33425error forms, this calls @code{reject-arg}.
33426@end defun
33427
33428@defun make-intv mask lo hi
33429Build an interval form out of @var{mask} (which is assumed to be an
33430integer from 0 to 3), and the limits @var{lo} and @var{hi}. If
33431@var{lo} is greater than @var{hi}, an empty interval form is returned.
33432This calls @code{reject-arg} if @var{lo} or @var{hi} is unsuitable.
33433@end defun
33434
33435@defun sort-intv mask lo hi
33436Build an interval form, similar to @code{make-intv}, except that if
33437@var{lo} is less than @var{hi} they are simply exchanged, and the
33438bits of @var{mask} are swapped accordingly.
33439@end defun
33440
33441@defun make-mod n m
33442Build a modulo form out of @var{n} and the modulus @var{m}. Since modulo
33443forms do not allow formulas as their components, if @var{n} or @var{m}
33444is not a real number or HMS form the result will be a formula which
33445is a call to @code{makemod}, the algebraic version of this function.
33446@end defun
33447
33448@defun float x
33449Convert @var{x} to floating-point form. Integers and fractions are
33450converted to numerically equivalent floats; components of complex
33451numbers, vectors, HMS forms, date forms, error forms, intervals, and
33452modulo forms are recursively floated. If the argument is a variable
33453or formula, this calls @code{reject-arg}.
33454@end defun
33455
33456@defun compare x y
33457Compare the numbers @var{x} and @var{y}, and return @mathit{-1} if
33458@samp{(lessp @var{x} @var{y})}, 1 if @samp{(lessp @var{y} @var{x})},
334590 if @samp{(math-equal @var{x} @var{y})}, or 2 if the order is
33460undefined or cannot be determined.
33461@end defun
33462
33463@defun numdigs n
33464Return the number of digits of integer @var{n}, effectively
33465@samp{ceil(log10(@var{n}))}, but much more efficient. Zero is
33466considered to have zero digits.
33467@end defun
33468
33469@defun scale-int x n
33470Shift integer @var{x} left @var{n} decimal digits, or right @mathit{-@var{n}}
33471digits with truncation toward zero.
33472@end defun
33473
33474@defun scale-rounding x n
33475Like @code{scale-int}, except that a right shift rounds to the nearest
33476integer rather than truncating.
33477@end defun
33478
33479@defun fixnum n
33480Return the integer @var{n} as a fixnum, i.e., a native Lisp integer.
33481If @var{n} is outside the permissible range for Lisp integers (usually
3348224 binary bits) the result is undefined.
33483@end defun
33484
33485@defun sqr x
33486Compute the square of @var{x}; short for @samp{(* @var{x} @var{x})}.
33487@end defun
33488
33489@defun quotient x y
33490Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return an integer quotient
33491and discard the remainder. If @var{x} or @var{y} is negative, the
33492direction of rounding is undefined.
33493@end defun
33494
33495@defun idiv x y
33496Perform an integer division; if @var{x} and @var{y} are both nonnegative
33497integers, this uses the @code{quotient} function, otherwise it computes
33498@samp{floor(@var{x}/@var{y})}. Thus the result is well-defined but
33499slower than for @code{quotient}.
33500@end defun
33501
33502@defun imod x y
33503Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return the integer remainder
33504and discard the quotient. Like @code{quotient}, this works only for
33505integer arguments and is not well-defined for negative arguments.
33506For a more well-defined result, use @samp{(% @var{x} @var{y})}.
33507@end defun
33508
33509@defun idivmod x y
33510Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return a cons cell whose
33511@code{car} is @samp{(quotient @var{x} @var{y})} and whose @code{cdr}
33512is @samp{(imod @var{x} @var{y})}.
33513@end defun
33514
33515@defun pow x y
33516Compute @var{x} to the power @var{y}. In @code{defmath} code, this can
33517also be written @samp{(^ @var{x} @var{y})} or
33518@w{@samp{(expt @var{x} @var{y})}}.
33519@end defun
33520
33521@defun abs-approx x
33522Compute a fast approximation to the absolute value of @var{x}. For
33523example, for a rectangular complex number the result is the sum of
33524the absolute values of the components.
33525@end defun
33526
33527@findex e
33528@findex gamma-const
33529@findex ln-2
33530@findex ln-10
33531@findex phi
33532@findex pi-over-2
33533@findex pi-over-4
33534@findex pi-over-180
33535@findex sqrt-two-pi
33536@findex sqrt-e
33537@findex two-pi
33538@defun pi
33539The function @samp{(pi)} computes @samp{pi} to the current precision.
33540Other related constant-generating functions are @code{two-pi},
33541@code{pi-over-2}, @code{pi-over-4}, @code{pi-over-180}, @code{sqrt-two-pi},
33542@code{e}, @code{sqrt-e}, @code{ln-2}, @code{ln-10}, @code{phi} and
33543@code{gamma-const}. Each function returns a floating-point value in the
33544current precision, and each uses caching so that all calls after the
33545first are essentially free.
33546@end defun
33547
33548@defmac math-defcache @var{func} @var{initial} @var{form}
33549This macro, usually used as a top-level call like @code{defun} or
33550@code{defvar}, defines a new cached constant analogous to @code{pi}, etc.
33551It defines a function @code{func} which returns the requested value;
33552if @var{initial} is non-@code{nil} it must be a @samp{(float @dots{})}
33553form which serves as an initial value for the cache. If @var{func}
33554is called when the cache is empty or does not have enough digits to
33555satisfy the current precision, the Lisp expression @var{form} is evaluated
33556with the current precision increased by four, and the result minus its
33557two least significant digits is stored in the cache. For example,
33558calling @samp{(pi)} with a precision of 30 computes @samp{pi} to 34
33559digits, rounds it down to 32 digits for future use, then rounds it
33560again to 30 digits for use in the present request.
33561@end defmac
33562
33563@findex half-circle
33564@findex quarter-circle
33565@defun full-circle symb
33566If the current angular mode is Degrees or HMS, this function returns the
33567integer 360. In Radians mode, this function returns either the
33568corresponding value in radians to the current precision, or the formula
33569@samp{2*pi}, depending on the Symbolic mode. There are also similar
33570function @code{half-circle} and @code{quarter-circle}.
33571@end defun
33572
33573@defun power-of-2 n
33574Compute two to the integer power @var{n}, as a (potentially very large)
33575integer. Powers of two are cached, so only the first call for a
33576particular @var{n} is expensive.
33577@end defun
33578
33579@defun integer-log2 n
33580Compute the base-2 logarithm of @var{n}, which must be an integer which
33581is a power of two. If @var{n} is not a power of two, this function will
33582return @code{nil}.
33583@end defun
33584
33585@defun div-mod a b m
33586Divide @var{a} by @var{b}, modulo @var{m}. This returns @code{nil} if
33587there is no solution, or if any of the arguments are not integers.
33588@end defun
33589
33590@defun pow-mod a b m
33591Compute @var{a} to the power @var{b}, modulo @var{m}. If @var{a},
33592@var{b}, and @var{m} are integers, this uses an especially efficient
33593algorithm. Otherwise, it simply computes @samp{(% (^ a b) m)}.
33594@end defun
33595
33596@defun isqrt n
33597Compute the integer square root of @var{n}. This is the square root
33598of @var{n} rounded down toward zero, i.e., @samp{floor(sqrt(@var{n}))}.
33599If @var{n} is itself an integer, the computation is especially efficient.
33600@end defun
33601
33602@defun to-hms a ang
33603Convert the argument @var{a} into an HMS form. If @var{ang} is specified,
33604it is the angular mode in which to interpret @var{a}, either @code{deg}
33605or @code{rad}. Otherwise, the current angular mode is used. If @var{a}
33606is already an HMS form it is returned as-is.
33607@end defun
33608
33609@defun from-hms a ang
33610Convert the HMS form @var{a} into a real number. If @var{ang} is specified,
33611it is the angular mode in which to express the result, otherwise the
33612current angular mode is used. If @var{a} is already a real number, it
33613is returned as-is.
33614@end defun
33615
33616@defun to-radians a
33617Convert the number or HMS form @var{a} to radians from the current
33618angular mode.
33619@end defun
33620
33621@defun from-radians a
33622Convert the number @var{a} from radians to the current angular mode.
33623If @var{a} is a formula, this returns the formula @samp{deg(@var{a})}.
33624@end defun
33625
33626@defun to-radians-2 a
33627Like @code{to-radians}, except that in Symbolic mode a degrees to
33628radians conversion yields a formula like @samp{@var{a}*pi/180}.
33629@end defun
33630
33631@defun from-radians-2 a
33632Like @code{from-radians}, except that in Symbolic mode a radians to
33633degrees conversion yields a formula like @samp{@var{a}*180/pi}.
33634@end defun
33635
33636@defun random-digit
33637Produce a random base-1000 digit in the range 0 to 999.
33638@end defun
33639
33640@defun random-digits n
33641Produce a random @var{n}-digit integer; this will be an integer
33642in the interval @samp{[0, 10^@var{n})}.
33643@end defun
33644
33645@defun random-float
33646Produce a random float in the interval @samp{[0, 1)}.
33647@end defun
33648
33649@defun prime-test n iters
33650Determine whether the integer @var{n} is prime. Return a list which has
33651one of these forms: @samp{(nil @var{f})} means the number is non-prime
33652because it was found to be divisible by @var{f}; @samp{(nil)} means it
33653was found to be non-prime by table look-up (so no factors are known);
33654@samp{(nil unknown)} means it is definitely non-prime but no factors
33655are known because @var{n} was large enough that Fermat's probabilistic
33656test had to be used; @samp{(t)} means the number is definitely prime;
33657and @samp{(maybe @var{i} @var{p})} means that Fermat's test, after @var{i}
33658iterations, is @var{p} percent sure that the number is prime. The
33659@var{iters} parameter is the number of Fermat iterations to use, in the
33660case that this is necessary. If @code{prime-test} returns ``maybe,''
33661you can call it again with the same @var{n} to get a greater certainty;
33662@code{prime-test} remembers where it left off.
33663@end defun
33664
33665@defun to-simple-fraction f
33666If @var{f} is a floating-point number which can be represented exactly
33667as a small rational number. return that number, else return @var{f}.
33668For example, 0.75 would be converted to 3:4. This function is very
33669fast.
33670@end defun
33671
33672@defun to-fraction f tol
33673Find a rational approximation to floating-point number @var{f} to within
33674a specified tolerance @var{tol}; this corresponds to the algebraic
33675function @code{frac}, and can be rather slow.
33676@end defun
33677
33678@defun quarter-integer n
33679If @var{n} is an integer or integer-valued float, this function
33680returns zero. If @var{n} is a half-integer (i.e., an integer plus
33681@mathit{1:2} or 0.5), it returns 2. If @var{n} is a quarter-integer,
33682it returns 1 or 3. If @var{n} is anything else, this function
33683returns @code{nil}.
33684@end defun
33685
33686@node Vector Lisp Functions, Symbolic Lisp Functions, Computational Lisp Functions, Internals
33687@subsubsection Vector Functions
33688
33689@noindent
33690The functions described here perform various operations on vectors and
33691matrices.
33692
33693@defun math-concat x y
33694Do a vector concatenation; this operation is written @samp{@var{x} | @var{y}}
33695in a symbolic formula. @xref{Building Vectors}.
33696@end defun
33697
33698@defun vec-length v
33699Return the length of vector @var{v}. If @var{v} is not a vector, the
33700result is zero. If @var{v} is a matrix, this returns the number of
33701rows in the matrix.
33702@end defun
33703
33704@defun mat-dimens m
33705Determine the dimensions of vector or matrix @var{m}. If @var{m} is not
33706a vector, the result is an empty list. If @var{m} is a plain vector
33707but not a matrix, the result is a one-element list containing the length
33708of the vector. If @var{m} is a matrix with @var{r} rows and @var{c} columns,
33709the result is the list @samp{(@var{r} @var{c})}. Higher-order tensors
33710produce lists of more than two dimensions. Note that the object
33711@samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5]]} is a vector of vectors not all the same size,
33712and is treated by this and other Calc routines as a plain vector of two
33713elements.
33714@end defun
33715
33716@defun dimension-error
33717Abort the current function with a message of ``Dimension error.''
33718The Calculator will leave the function being evaluated in symbolic
33719form; this is really just a special case of @code{reject-arg}.
33720@end defun
33721
33722@defun build-vector args
33723Return a Calc vector with @var{args} as elements.
33724For example, @samp{(build-vector 1 2 3)} returns the Calc vector
33725@samp{[1, 2, 3]}, stored internally as the list @samp{(vec 1 2 3)}.
33726@end defun
33727
33728@defun make-vec obj dims
33729Return a Calc vector or matrix all of whose elements are equal to
33730@var{obj}. For example, @samp{(make-vec 27 3 4)} returns a 3x4 matrix
33731filled with 27's.
33732@end defun
33733
33734@defun row-matrix v
33735If @var{v} is a plain vector, convert it into a row matrix, i.e.,
33736a matrix whose single row is @var{v}. If @var{v} is already a matrix,
33737leave it alone.
33738@end defun
33739
33740@defun col-matrix v
33741If @var{v} is a plain vector, convert it into a column matrix, i.e., a
33742matrix with each element of @var{v} as a separate row. If @var{v} is
33743already a matrix, leave it alone.
33744@end defun
33745
33746@defun map-vec f v
33747Map the Lisp function @var{f} over the Calc vector @var{v}. For example,
33748@samp{(map-vec 'math-floor v)} returns a vector of the floored components
33749of vector @var{v}.
33750@end defun
33751
33752@defun map-vec-2 f a b
33753Map the Lisp function @var{f} over the two vectors @var{a} and @var{b}.
33754If @var{a} and @var{b} are vectors of equal length, the result is a
33755vector of the results of calling @samp{(@var{f} @var{ai} @var{bi})}
33756for each pair of elements @var{ai} and @var{bi}. If either @var{a} or
33757@var{b} is a scalar, it is matched with each value of the other vector.
33758For example, @samp{(map-vec-2 'math-add v 1)} returns the vector @var{v}
33759with each element increased by one. Note that using @samp{'+} would not
33760work here, since @code{defmath} does not expand function names everywhere,
33761just where they are in the function position of a Lisp expression.
33762@end defun
33763
33764@defun reduce-vec f v
33765Reduce the function @var{f} over the vector @var{v}. For example, if
33766@var{v} is @samp{[10, 20, 30, 40]}, this calls @samp{(f (f (f 10 20) 30) 40)}.
33767If @var{v} is a matrix, this reduces over the rows of @var{v}.
33768@end defun
33769
33770@defun reduce-cols f m
33771Reduce the function @var{f} over the columns of matrix @var{m}. For
33772example, if @var{m} is @samp{[[1, 2], [3, 4], [5, 6]]}, the result
33773is a vector of the two elements @samp{(f (f 1 3) 5)} and @samp{(f (f 2 4) 6)}.
33774@end defun
33775
33776@defun mat-row m n
33777Return the @var{n}th row of matrix @var{m}. This is equivalent to
33778@samp{(elt m n)}. For a slower but safer version, use @code{mrow}.
33779(@xref{Extracting Elements}.)
33780@end defun
33781
33782@defun mat-col m n
33783Return the @var{n}th column of matrix @var{m}, in the form of a vector.
33784The arguments are not checked for correctness.
33785@end defun
33786
33787@defun mat-less-row m n
33788Return a copy of matrix @var{m} with its @var{n}th row deleted. The
33789number @var{n} must be in range from 1 to the number of rows in @var{m}.
33790@end defun
33791
33792@defun mat-less-col m n
33793Return a copy of matrix @var{m} with its @var{n}th column deleted.
33794@end defun
33795
33796@defun transpose m
33797Return the transpose of matrix @var{m}.
33798@end defun
33799
33800@defun flatten-vector v
33801Flatten nested vector @var{v} into a vector of scalars. For example,
33802if @var{v} is @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5]]} the result is @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]}.
33803@end defun
33804
33805@defun copy-matrix m
33806If @var{m} is a matrix, return a copy of @var{m}. This maps
33807@code{copy-sequence} over the rows of @var{m}; in Lisp terms, each
33808element of the result matrix will be @code{eq} to the corresponding
33809element of @var{m}, but none of the @code{cons} cells that make up
33810the structure of the matrix will be @code{eq}. If @var{m} is a plain
33811vector, this is the same as @code{copy-sequence}.
33812@end defun
33813
33814@defun swap-rows m r1 r2
33815Exchange rows @var{r1} and @var{r2} of matrix @var{m} in-place. In
33816other words, unlike most of the other functions described here, this
33817function changes @var{m} itself rather than building up a new result
33818matrix. The return value is @var{m}, i.e., @samp{(eq (swap-rows m 1 2) m)}
33819is true, with the side effect of exchanging the first two rows of
33820@var{m}.
33821@end defun
33822
33823@node Symbolic Lisp Functions, Formatting Lisp Functions, Vector Lisp Functions, Internals
33824@subsubsection Symbolic Functions
33825
33826@noindent
33827The functions described here operate on symbolic formulas in the
33828Calculator.
33829
33830@defun calc-prepare-selection num
33831Prepare a stack entry for selection operations. If @var{num} is
33832omitted, the stack entry containing the cursor is used; otherwise,
33833it is the number of the stack entry to use. This function stores
33834useful information about the current stack entry into a set of
33835variables. @code{calc-selection-cache-num} contains the number of
33836the stack entry involved (equal to @var{num} if you specified it);
33837@code{calc-selection-cache-entry} contains the stack entry as a
33838list (such as @code{calc-top-list} would return with @code{entry}
33839as the selection mode); and @code{calc-selection-cache-comp} contains
33840a special ``tagged'' composition (@pxref{Formatting Lisp Functions})
33841which allows Calc to relate cursor positions in the buffer with
33842their corresponding sub-formulas.
33843
33844A slight complication arises in the selection mechanism because
33845formulas may contain small integers. For example, in the vector
33846@samp{[1, 2, 1]} the first and last elements are @code{eq} to each
33847other; selections are recorded as the actual Lisp object that
33848appears somewhere in the tree of the whole formula, but storing
33849@code{1} would falsely select both @code{1}'s in the vector. So
33850@code{calc-prepare-selection} also checks the stack entry and
33851replaces any plain integers with ``complex number'' lists of the form
33852@samp{(cplx @var{n} 0)}. This list will be displayed the same as a
33853plain @var{n} and the change will be completely invisible to the
33854user, but it will guarantee that no two sub-formulas of the stack
33855entry will be @code{eq} to each other. Next time the stack entry
33856is involved in a computation, @code{calc-normalize} will replace
33857these lists with plain numbers again, again invisibly to the user.
33858@end defun
33859
33860@defun calc-encase-atoms x
33861This modifies the formula @var{x} to ensure that each part of the
33862formula is a unique atom, using the @samp{(cplx @var{n} 0)} trick
33863described above. This function may use @code{setcar} to modify
33864the formula in-place.
33865@end defun
33866
33867@defun calc-find-selected-part
33868Find the smallest sub-formula of the current formula that contains
33869the cursor. This assumes @code{calc-prepare-selection} has been
33870called already. If the cursor is not actually on any part of the
33871formula, this returns @code{nil}.
33872@end defun
33873
33874@defun calc-change-current-selection selection
33875Change the currently prepared stack element's selection to
33876@var{selection}, which should be @code{eq} to some sub-formula
33877of the stack element, or @code{nil} to unselect the formula.
33878The stack element's appearance in the Calc buffer is adjusted
33879to reflect the new selection.
33880@end defun
33881
33882@defun calc-find-nth-part expr n
33883Return the @var{n}th sub-formula of @var{expr}. This function is used
33884by the selection commands, and (unless @kbd{j b} has been used) treats
33885sums and products as flat many-element formulas. Thus if @var{expr}
33886is @samp{((a + b) - c) + d}, calling @code{calc-find-nth-part} with
33887@var{n} equal to four will return @samp{d}.
33888@end defun
33889
33890@defun calc-find-parent-formula expr part
33891Return the sub-formula of @var{expr} which immediately contains
33892@var{part}. If @var{expr} is @samp{a*b + (c+1)*d} and @var{part}
33893is @code{eq} to the @samp{c+1} term of @var{expr}, then this function
33894will return @samp{(c+1)*d}. If @var{part} turns out not to be a
33895sub-formula of @var{expr}, the function returns @code{nil}. If
33896@var{part} is @code{eq} to @var{expr}, the function returns @code{t}.
33897This function does not take associativity into account.
33898@end defun
33899
33900@defun calc-find-assoc-parent-formula expr part
33901This is the same as @code{calc-find-parent-formula}, except that
33902(unless @kbd{j b} has been used) it continues widening the selection
33903to contain a complete level of the formula. Given @samp{a} from
33904@samp{((a + b) - c) + d}, @code{calc-find-parent-formula} will
33905return @samp{a + b} but @code{calc-find-assoc-parent-formula} will
33906return the whole expression.
33907@end defun
33908
33909@defun calc-grow-assoc-formula expr part
33910This expands sub-formula @var{part} of @var{expr} to encompass a
33911complete level of the formula. If @var{part} and its immediate
33912parent are not compatible associative operators, or if @kbd{j b}
33913has been used, this simply returns @var{part}.
33914@end defun
33915
33916@defun calc-find-sub-formula expr part
33917This finds the immediate sub-formula of @var{expr} which contains
33918@var{part}. It returns an index @var{n} such that
33919@samp{(calc-find-nth-part @var{expr} @var{n})} would return @var{part}.
33920If @var{part} is not a sub-formula of @var{expr}, it returns @code{nil}.
33921If @var{part} is @code{eq} to @var{expr}, it returns @code{t}. This
33922function does not take associativity into account.
33923@end defun
33924
33925@defun calc-replace-sub-formula expr old new
33926This function returns a copy of formula @var{expr}, with the
33927sub-formula that is @code{eq} to @var{old} replaced by @var{new}.
33928@end defun
33929
33930@defun simplify expr
33931Simplify the expression @var{expr} by applying various algebraic rules.
33932This is what the @w{@kbd{a s}} (@code{calc-simplify}) command uses. This
33933always returns a copy of the expression; the structure @var{expr} points
33934to remains unchanged in memory.
33935
33936More precisely, here is what @code{simplify} does: The expression is
33937first normalized and evaluated by calling @code{normalize}. If any
33938@code{AlgSimpRules} have been defined, they are then applied. Then
33939the expression is traversed in a depth-first, bottom-up fashion; at
33940each level, any simplifications that can be made are made until no
33941further changes are possible. Once the entire formula has been
33942traversed in this way, it is compared with the original formula (from
33943before the call to @code{normalize}) and, if it has changed,
33944the entire procedure is repeated (starting with @code{normalize})
33945until no further changes occur. Usually only two iterations are
33946needed:@: one to simplify the formula, and another to verify that no
33947further simplifications were possible.
33948@end defun
33949
33950@defun simplify-extended expr
33951Simplify the expression @var{expr}, with additional rules enabled that
33952help do a more thorough job, while not being entirely ``safe'' in all
33953circumstances. (For example, this mode will simplify @samp{sqrt(x^2)}
33954to @samp{x}, which is only valid when @var{x} is positive.) This is
33955implemented by temporarily binding the variable @code{math-living-dangerously}
33956to @code{t} (using a @code{let} form) and calling @code{simplify}.
33957Dangerous simplification rules are written to check this variable
33958before taking any action.
33959@end defun
33960
33961@defun simplify-units expr
33962Simplify the expression @var{expr}, treating variable names as units
33963whenever possible. This works by binding the variable
33964@code{math-simplifying-units} to @code{t} while calling @code{simplify}.
33965@end defun
33966
33967@defmac math-defsimplify funcs body
33968Register a new simplification rule; this is normally called as a top-level
33969form, like @code{defun} or @code{defmath}. If @var{funcs} is a symbol
33970(like @code{+} or @code{calcFunc-sqrt}), this simplification rule is
33971applied to the formulas which are calls to the specified function. Or,
33972@var{funcs} can be a list of such symbols; the rule applies to all
33973functions on the list. The @var{body} is written like the body of a
33974function with a single argument called @code{expr}. The body will be
33975executed with @code{expr} bound to a formula which is a call to one of
33976the functions @var{funcs}. If the function body returns @code{nil}, or
33977if it returns a result @code{equal} to the original @code{expr}, it is
33978ignored and Calc goes on to try the next simplification rule that applies.
33979If the function body returns something different, that new formula is
33980substituted for @var{expr} in the original formula.
33981
33982At each point in the formula, rules are tried in the order of the
33983original calls to @code{math-defsimplify}; the search stops after the
33984first rule that makes a change. Thus later rules for that same
33985function will not have a chance to trigger until the next iteration
33986of the main @code{simplify} loop.
33987
33988Note that, since @code{defmath} is not being used here, @var{body} must
33989be written in true Lisp code without the conveniences that @code{defmath}
33990provides. If you prefer, you can have @var{body} simply call another
33991function (defined with @code{defmath}) which does the real work.
33992
33993The arguments of a function call will already have been simplified
33994before any rules for the call itself are invoked. Since a new argument
33995list is consed up when this happens, this means that the rule's body is
33996allowed to rearrange the function's arguments destructively if that is
33997convenient. Here is a typical example of a simplification rule:
33998
33999@smallexample
34000(math-defsimplify calcFunc-arcsinh
34001 (or (and (math-looks-negp (nth 1 expr))
34002 (math-neg (list 'calcFunc-arcsinh
34003 (math-neg (nth 1 expr)))))
34004 (and (eq (car-safe (nth 1 expr)) 'calcFunc-sinh)
34005 (or math-living-dangerously
34006 (math-known-realp (nth 1 (nth 1 expr))))
34007 (nth 1 (nth 1 expr)))))
34008@end smallexample
34009
34010This is really a pair of rules written with one @code{math-defsimplify}
34011for convenience; the first replaces @samp{arcsinh(-x)} with
34012@samp{-arcsinh(x)}, and the second, which is safe only for real @samp{x},
34013replaces @samp{arcsinh(sinh(x))} with @samp{x}.
34014@end defmac
34015
34016@defun common-constant-factor expr
34017Check @var{expr} to see if it is a sum of terms all multiplied by the
34018same rational value. If so, return this value. If not, return @code{nil}.
34019For example, if called on @samp{6x + 9y + 12z}, it would return 3, since
340203 is a common factor of all the terms.
34021@end defun
34022
34023@defun cancel-common-factor expr factor
34024Assuming @var{expr} is a sum with @var{factor} as a common factor,
34025divide each term of the sum by @var{factor}. This is done by
34026destructively modifying parts of @var{expr}, on the assumption that
34027it is being used by a simplification rule (where such things are
34028allowed; see above). For example, consider this built-in rule for
34029square roots:
34030
34031@smallexample
34032(math-defsimplify calcFunc-sqrt
34033 (let ((fac (math-common-constant-factor (nth 1 expr))))
34034 (and fac (not (eq fac 1))
34035 (math-mul (math-normalize (list 'calcFunc-sqrt fac))
34036 (math-normalize
34037 (list 'calcFunc-sqrt
34038 (math-cancel-common-factor
34039 (nth 1 expr) fac)))))))
34040@end smallexample
34041@end defun
34042
34043@defun frac-gcd a b
34044Compute a ``rational GCD'' of @var{a} and @var{b}, which must both be
34045rational numbers. This is the fraction composed of the GCD of the
34046numerators of @var{a} and @var{b}, over the GCD of the denominators.
34047It is used by @code{common-constant-factor}. Note that the standard
34048@code{gcd} function uses the LCM to combine the denominators.
34049@end defun
34050
34051@defun map-tree func expr many
34052Try applying Lisp function @var{func} to various sub-expressions of
34053@var{expr}. Initially, call @var{func} with @var{expr} itself as an
34054argument. If this returns an expression which is not @code{equal} to
34055@var{expr}, apply @var{func} again until eventually it does return
34056@var{expr} with no changes. Then, if @var{expr} is a function call,
34057recursively apply @var{func} to each of the arguments. This keeps going
34058until no changes occur anywhere in the expression; this final expression
34059is returned by @code{map-tree}. Note that, unlike simplification rules,
34060@var{func} functions may @emph{not} make destructive changes to
34061@var{expr}. If a third argument @var{many} is provided, it is an
34062integer which says how many times @var{func} may be applied; the
34063default, as described above, is infinitely many times.
34064@end defun
34065
34066@defun compile-rewrites rules
34067Compile the rewrite rule set specified by @var{rules}, which should
34068be a formula that is either a vector or a variable name. If the latter,
34069the compiled rules are saved so that later @code{compile-rules} calls
34070for that same variable can return immediately. If there are problems
34071with the rules, this function calls @code{error} with a suitable
34072message.
34073@end defun
34074
34075@defun apply-rewrites expr crules heads
34076Apply the compiled rewrite rule set @var{crules} to the expression
34077@var{expr}. This will make only one rewrite and only checks at the
34078top level of the expression. The result @code{nil} if no rules
34079matched, or if the only rules that matched did not actually change
34080the expression. The @var{heads} argument is optional; if is given,
34081it should be a list of all function names that (may) appear in
34082@var{expr}. The rewrite compiler tags each rule with the
34083rarest-looking function name in the rule; if you specify @var{heads},
34084@code{apply-rewrites} can use this information to narrow its search
34085down to just a few rules in the rule set.
34086@end defun
34087
34088@defun rewrite-heads expr
34089Compute a @var{heads} list for @var{expr} suitable for use with
34090@code{apply-rewrites}, as discussed above.
34091@end defun
34092
34093@defun rewrite expr rules many
34094This is an all-in-one rewrite function. It compiles the rule set
34095specified by @var{rules}, then uses @code{map-tree} to apply the
34096rules throughout @var{expr} up to @var{many} (default infinity)
34097times.
34098@end defun
34099
34100@defun match-patterns pat vec not-flag
34101Given a Calc vector @var{vec} and an uncompiled pattern set or
34102pattern set variable @var{pat}, this function returns a new vector
34103of all elements of @var{vec} which do (or don't, if @var{not-flag} is
34104non-@code{nil}) match any of the patterns in @var{pat}.
34105@end defun
34106
34107@defun deriv expr var value symb
34108Compute the derivative of @var{expr} with respect to variable @var{var}
34109(which may actually be any sub-expression). If @var{value} is specified,
34110the derivative is evaluated at the value of @var{var}; otherwise, the
34111derivative is left in terms of @var{var}. If the expression contains
34112functions for which no derivative formula is known, new derivative
34113functions are invented by adding primes to the names; @pxref{Calculus}.
34114However, if @var{symb} is non-@code{nil}, the presence of undifferentiable
34115functions in @var{expr} instead cancels the whole differentiation, and
34116@code{deriv} returns @code{nil} instead.
34117
34118Derivatives of an @var{n}-argument function can be defined by
34119adding a @code{math-derivative-@var{n}} property to the property list
34120of the symbol for the function's derivative, which will be the
34121function name followed by an apostrophe. The value of the property
34122should be a Lisp function; it is called with the same arguments as the
34123original function call that is being differentiated. It should return
34124a formula for the derivative. For example, the derivative of @code{ln}
34125is defined by
34126
34127@smallexample
34128(put 'calcFunc-ln\' 'math-derivative-1
34129 (function (lambda (u) (math-div 1 u))))
34130@end smallexample
34131
34132The two-argument @code{log} function has two derivatives,
34133@smallexample
34134(put 'calcFunc-log\' 'math-derivative-2 ; d(log(x,b)) / dx
34135 (function (lambda (x b) ... )))
34136(put 'calcFunc-log\'2 'math-derivative-2 ; d(log(x,b)) / db
34137 (function (lambda (x b) ... )))
34138@end smallexample
34139@end defun
34140
34141@defun tderiv expr var value symb
34142Compute the total derivative of @var{expr}. This is the same as
34143@code{deriv}, except that variables other than @var{var} are not
34144assumed to be constant with respect to @var{var}.
34145@end defun
34146
34147@defun integ expr var low high
34148Compute the integral of @var{expr} with respect to @var{var}.
34149@xref{Calculus}, for further details.
34150@end defun
34151
34152@defmac math-defintegral funcs body
34153Define a rule for integrating a function or functions of one argument;
34154this macro is very similar in format to @code{math-defsimplify}.
34155The main difference is that here @var{body} is the body of a function
34156with a single argument @code{u} which is bound to the argument to the
34157function being integrated, not the function call itself. Also, the
34158variable of integration is available as @code{math-integ-var}. If
34159evaluation of the integral requires doing further integrals, the body
34160should call @samp{(math-integral @var{x})} to find the integral of
34161@var{x} with respect to @code{math-integ-var}; this function returns
34162@code{nil} if the integral could not be done. Some examples:
34163
34164@smallexample
34165(math-defintegral calcFunc-conj
34166 (let ((int (math-integral u)))
34167 (and int
34168 (list 'calcFunc-conj int))))
34169
34170(math-defintegral calcFunc-cos
34171 (and (equal u math-integ-var)
34172 (math-from-radians-2 (list 'calcFunc-sin u))))
34173@end smallexample
34174
34175In the @code{cos} example, we define only the integral of @samp{cos(x) dx},
34176relying on the general integration-by-substitution facility to handle
34177cosines of more complicated arguments. An integration rule should return
34178@code{nil} if it can't do the integral; if several rules are defined for
34179the same function, they are tried in order until one returns a non-@code{nil}
34180result.
34181@end defmac
34182
34183@defmac math-defintegral-2 funcs body
34184Define a rule for integrating a function or functions of two arguments.
34185This is exactly analogous to @code{math-defintegral}, except that @var{body}
34186is written as the body of a function with two arguments, @var{u} and
34187@var{v}.
34188@end defmac
34189
34190@defun solve-for lhs rhs var full
34191Attempt to solve the equation @samp{@var{lhs} = @var{rhs}} by isolating
34192the variable @var{var} on the lefthand side; return the resulting righthand
34193side, or @code{nil} if the equation cannot be solved. The variable
34194@var{var} must appear at least once in @var{lhs} or @var{rhs}. Note that
34195the return value is a formula which does not contain @var{var}; this is
34196different from the user-level @code{solve} and @code{finv} functions,
34197which return a rearranged equation or a functional inverse, respectively.
34198If @var{full} is non-@code{nil}, a full solution including dummy signs
34199and dummy integers will be produced. User-defined inverses are provided
34200as properties in a manner similar to derivatives:
34201
34202@smallexample
34203(put 'calcFunc-ln 'math-inverse
34204 (function (lambda (x) (list 'calcFunc-exp x))))
34205@end smallexample
34206
34207This function can call @samp{(math-solve-get-sign @var{x})} to create
34208a new arbitrary sign variable, returning @var{x} times that sign, and
34209@samp{(math-solve-get-int @var{x})} to create a new arbitrary integer
34210variable multiplied by @var{x}. These functions simply return @var{x}
34211if the caller requested a non-``full'' solution.
34212@end defun
34213
34214@defun solve-eqn expr var full
34215This version of @code{solve-for} takes an expression which will
34216typically be an equation or inequality. (If it is not, it will be
34217interpreted as the equation @samp{@var{expr} = 0}.) It returns an
34218equation or inequality, or @code{nil} if no solution could be found.
34219@end defun
34220
34221@defun solve-system exprs vars full
34222This function solves a system of equations. Generally, @var{exprs}
34223and @var{vars} will be vectors of equal length.
34224@xref{Solving Systems of Equations}, for other options.
34225@end defun
34226
34227@defun expr-contains expr var
34228Returns a non-@code{nil} value if @var{var} occurs as a subexpression
34229of @var{expr}.
34230
34231This function might seem at first to be identical to
34232@code{calc-find-sub-formula}. The key difference is that
34233@code{expr-contains} uses @code{equal} to test for matches, whereas
34234@code{calc-find-sub-formula} uses @code{eq}. In the formula
34235@samp{f(a, a)}, the two @samp{a}s will be @code{equal} but not
34236@code{eq} to each other.
34237@end defun
34238
34239@defun expr-contains-count expr var
34240Returns the number of occurrences of @var{var} as a subexpression
34241of @var{expr}, or @code{nil} if there are no occurrences.
34242@end defun
34243
34244@defun expr-depends expr var
34245Returns true if @var{expr} refers to any variable the occurs in @var{var}.
34246In other words, it checks if @var{expr} and @var{var} have any variables
34247in common.
34248@end defun
34249
34250@defun expr-contains-vars expr
34251Return true if @var{expr} contains any variables, or @code{nil} if @var{expr}
34252contains only constants and functions with constant arguments.
34253@end defun
34254
34255@defun expr-subst expr old new
34256Returns a copy of @var{expr}, with all occurrences of @var{old} replaced
34257by @var{new}. This treats @code{lambda} forms specially with respect
34258to the dummy argument variables, so that the effect is always to return
34259@var{expr} evaluated at @var{old} = @var{new}.
34260@end defun
34261
34262@defun multi-subst expr old new
34263This is like @code{expr-subst}, except that @var{old} and @var{new}
34264are lists of expressions to be substituted simultaneously. If one
34265list is shorter than the other, trailing elements of the longer list
34266are ignored.
34267@end defun
34268
34269@defun expr-weight expr
34270Returns the ``weight'' of @var{expr}, basically a count of the total
34271number of objects and function calls that appear in @var{expr}. For
34272``primitive'' objects, this will be one.
34273@end defun
34274
34275@defun expr-height expr
34276Returns the ``height'' of @var{expr}, which is the deepest level to
34277which function calls are nested. (Note that @samp{@var{a} + @var{b}}
34278counts as a function call.) For primitive objects, this returns zero.
34279@end defun
34280
34281@defun polynomial-p expr var
34282Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in variable (or sub-expression)
34283@var{var}. If so, return the degree of the polynomial, that is, the
34284highest power of @var{var} that appears in @var{expr}. For example,
34285for @samp{(x^2 + 3)^3 + 4} this would return 6. This function returns
34286@code{nil} unless @var{expr}, when expanded out by @kbd{a x}
34287(@code{calc-expand}), would consist of a sum of terms in which @var{var}
34288appears only raised to nonnegative integer powers. Note that if
34289@var{var} does not occur in @var{expr}, then @var{expr} is considered
34290a polynomial of degree 0.
34291@end defun
34292
34293@defun is-polynomial expr var degree loose
34294Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in variable or sub-expression
34295@var{var}, and, if so, return a list representation of the polynomial
34296where the elements of the list are coefficients of successive powers of
34297@var{var}: @samp{@var{a} + @var{b} x + @var{c} x^3} would produce the
34298list @samp{(@var{a} @var{b} 0 @var{c})}, and @samp{(x + 1)^2} would
34299produce the list @samp{(1 2 1)}. The highest element of the list will
34300be non-zero, with the special exception that if @var{expr} is the
34301constant zero, the returned value will be @samp{(0)}. Return @code{nil}
34302if @var{expr} is not a polynomial in @var{var}. If @var{degree} is
34303specified, this will not consider polynomials of degree higher than that
34304value. This is a good precaution because otherwise an input of
34305@samp{(x+1)^1000} will cause a huge coefficient list to be built. If
34306@var{loose} is non-@code{nil}, then a looser definition of a polynomial
34307is used in which coefficients are no longer required not to depend on
34308@var{var}, but are only required not to take the form of polynomials
34309themselves. For example, @samp{sin(x) x^2 + cos(x)} is a loose
34310polynomial with coefficients @samp{((calcFunc-cos x) 0 (calcFunc-sin
34311x))}. The result will never be @code{nil} in loose mode, since any
34312expression can be interpreted as a ``constant'' loose polynomial.
34313@end defun
34314
34315@defun polynomial-base expr pred
34316Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in any variable that occurs in it;
34317if so, return that variable. (If @var{expr} is a multivariate polynomial,
34318this chooses one variable arbitrarily.) If @var{pred} is specified, it should
34319be a Lisp function which is called as @samp{(@var{pred} @var{subexpr})},
34320and which should return true if @code{mpb-top-expr} (a global name for
34321the original @var{expr}) is a suitable polynomial in @var{subexpr}.
34322The default predicate uses @samp{(polynomial-p mpb-top-expr @var{subexpr})};
34323you can use @var{pred} to specify additional conditions. Or, you could
34324have @var{pred} build up a list of every suitable @var{subexpr} that
34325is found.
34326@end defun
34327
34328@defun poly-simplify poly
34329Simplify polynomial coefficient list @var{poly} by (destructively)
34330clipping off trailing zeros.
34331@end defun
34332
34333@defun poly-mix a ac b bc
34334Mix two polynomial lists @var{a} and @var{b} (in the form returned by
34335@code{is-polynomial}) in a linear combination with coefficient expressions
34336@var{ac} and @var{bc}. The result is a (not necessarily simplified)
34337polynomial list representing @samp{@var{ac} @var{a} + @var{bc} @var{b}}.
34338@end defun
34339
34340@defun poly-mul a b
34341Multiply two polynomial coefficient lists @var{a} and @var{b}. The
34342result will be in simplified form if the inputs were simplified.
34343@end defun
34344
34345@defun build-polynomial-expr poly var
34346Construct a Calc formula which represents the polynomial coefficient
34347list @var{poly} applied to variable @var{var}. The @kbd{a c}
34348(@code{calc-collect}) command uses @code{is-polynomial} to turn an
34349expression into a coefficient list, then @code{build-polynomial-expr}
34350to turn the list back into an expression in regular form.
34351@end defun
34352
34353@defun check-unit-name var
34354Check if @var{var} is a variable which can be interpreted as a unit
34355name. If so, return the units table entry for that unit. This
34356will be a list whose first element is the unit name (not counting
34357prefix characters) as a symbol and whose second element is the
34358Calc expression which defines the unit. (Refer to the Calc sources
34359for details on the remaining elements of this list.) If @var{var}
34360is not a variable or is not a unit name, return @code{nil}.
34361@end defun
34362
34363@defun units-in-expr-p expr sub-exprs
34364Return true if @var{expr} contains any variables which can be
34365interpreted as units. If @var{sub-exprs} is @code{t}, the entire
34366expression is searched. If @var{sub-exprs} is @code{nil}, this
34367checks whether @var{expr} is directly a units expression.
34368@end defun
34369
34370@defun single-units-in-expr-p expr
34371Check whether @var{expr} contains exactly one units variable. If so,
34372return the units table entry for the variable. If @var{expr} does
34373not contain any units, return @code{nil}. If @var{expr} contains
34374two or more units, return the symbol @code{wrong}.
34375@end defun
34376
34377@defun to-standard-units expr which
34378Convert units expression @var{expr} to base units. If @var{which}
34379is @code{nil}, use Calc's native base units. Otherwise, @var{which}
34380can specify a units system, which is a list of two-element lists,
34381where the first element is a Calc base symbol name and the second
34382is an expression to substitute for it.
34383@end defun
34384
34385@defun remove-units expr
34386Return a copy of @var{expr} with all units variables replaced by ones.
34387This expression is generally normalized before use.
34388@end defun
34389
34390@defun extract-units expr
34391Return a copy of @var{expr} with everything but units variables replaced
34392by ones.
34393@end defun
34394
34395@node Formatting Lisp Functions, Hooks, Symbolic Lisp Functions, Internals
34396@subsubsection I/O and Formatting Functions
34397
34398@noindent
34399The functions described here are responsible for parsing and formatting
34400Calc numbers and formulas.
34401
34402@defun calc-eval str sep arg1 arg2 @dots{}
34403This is the simplest interface to the Calculator from another Lisp program.
34404@xref{Calling Calc from Your Programs}.
34405@end defun
34406
34407@defun read-number str
34408If string @var{str} contains a valid Calc number, either integer,
34409fraction, float, or HMS form, this function parses and returns that
34410number. Otherwise, it returns @code{nil}.
34411@end defun
34412
34413@defun read-expr str
34414Read an algebraic expression from string @var{str}. If @var{str} does
34415not have the form of a valid expression, return a list of the form
34416@samp{(error @var{pos} @var{msg})} where @var{pos} is an integer index
34417into @var{str} of the general location of the error, and @var{msg} is
34418a string describing the problem.
34419@end defun
34420
34421@defun read-exprs str
34422Read a list of expressions separated by commas, and return it as a
34423Lisp list. If an error occurs in any expressions, an error list as
34424shown above is returned instead.
34425@end defun
34426
34427@defun calc-do-alg-entry initial prompt no-norm
34428Read an algebraic formula or formulas using the minibuffer. All
34429conventions of regular algebraic entry are observed. The return value
34430is a list of Calc formulas; there will be more than one if the user
34431entered a list of values separated by commas. The result is @code{nil}
34432if the user presses Return with a blank line. If @var{initial} is
34433given, it is a string which the minibuffer will initially contain.
34434If @var{prompt} is given, it is the prompt string to use; the default
34435is ``Algebraic:''. If @var{no-norm} is @code{t}, the formulas will
34436be returned exactly as parsed; otherwise, they will be passed through
34437@code{calc-normalize} first.
34438
34439To support the use of @kbd{$} characters in the algebraic entry, use
34440@code{let} to bind @code{calc-dollar-values} to a list of the values
34441to be substituted for @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, and so on, and bind
34442@code{calc-dollar-used} to 0. Upon return, @code{calc-dollar-used}
34443will have been changed to the highest number of consecutive @kbd{$}s
34444that actually appeared in the input.
34445@end defun
34446
34447@defun format-number a
34448Convert the real or complex number or HMS form @var{a} to string form.
34449@end defun
34450
34451@defun format-flat-expr a prec
34452Convert the arbitrary Calc number or formula @var{a} to string form,
34453in the style used by the trail buffer and the @code{calc-edit} command.
34454This is a simple format designed
34455mostly to guarantee the string is of a form that can be re-parsed by
34456@code{read-expr}. Most formatting modes, such as digit grouping,
34457complex number format, and point character, are ignored to ensure the
34458result will be re-readable. The @var{prec} parameter is normally 0; if
34459you pass a large integer like 1000 instead, the expression will be
34460surrounded by parentheses unless it is a plain number or variable name.
34461@end defun
34462
34463@defun format-nice-expr a width
34464This is like @code{format-flat-expr} (with @var{prec} equal to 0),
34465except that newlines will be inserted to keep lines down to the
34466specified @var{width}, and vectors that look like matrices or rewrite
34467rules are written in a pseudo-matrix format. The @code{calc-edit}
34468command uses this when only one stack entry is being edited.
34469@end defun
34470
34471@defun format-value a width
34472Convert the Calc number or formula @var{a} to string form, using the
34473format seen in the stack buffer. Beware the string returned may
34474not be re-readable by @code{read-expr}, for example, because of digit
34475grouping. Multi-line objects like matrices produce strings that
34476contain newline characters to separate the lines. The @var{w}
34477parameter, if given, is the target window size for which to format
34478the expressions. If @var{w} is omitted, the width of the Calculator
34479window is used.
34480@end defun
34481
34482@defun compose-expr a prec
34483Format the Calc number or formula @var{a} according to the current
34484language mode, returning a ``composition.'' To learn about the
34485structure of compositions, see the comments in the Calc source code.
34486You can specify the format of a given type of function call by putting
34487a @code{math-compose-@var{lang}} property on the function's symbol,
34488whose value is a Lisp function that takes @var{a} and @var{prec} as
34489arguments and returns a composition. Here @var{lang} is a language
34490mode name, one of @code{normal}, @code{big}, @code{c}, @code{pascal},
34491@code{fortran}, @code{tex}, @code{eqn}, @code{math}, or @code{maple}.
34492In Big mode, Calc actually tries @code{math-compose-big} first, then
34493tries @code{math-compose-normal}. If this property does not exist,
34494or if the function returns @code{nil}, the function is written in the
34495normal function-call notation for that language.
34496@end defun
34497
34498@defun composition-to-string c w
34499Convert a composition structure returned by @code{compose-expr} into
34500a string. Multi-line compositions convert to strings containing
34501newline characters. The target window size is given by @var{w}.
34502The @code{format-value} function basically calls @code{compose-expr}
34503followed by @code{composition-to-string}.
34504@end defun
34505
34506@defun comp-width c
34507Compute the width in characters of composition @var{c}.
34508@end defun
34509
34510@defun comp-height c
34511Compute the height in lines of composition @var{c}.
34512@end defun
34513
34514@defun comp-ascent c
34515Compute the portion of the height of composition @var{c} which is on or
34516above the baseline. For a one-line composition, this will be one.
34517@end defun
34518
34519@defun comp-descent c
34520Compute the portion of the height of composition @var{c} which is below
34521the baseline. For a one-line composition, this will be zero.
34522@end defun
34523
34524@defun comp-first-char c
34525If composition @var{c} is a ``flat'' composition, return the first
34526(leftmost) character of the composition as an integer. Otherwise,
34527return @code{nil}.
34528@end defun
34529
34530@defun comp-last-char c
34531If composition @var{c} is a ``flat'' composition, return the last
34532(rightmost) character, otherwise return @code{nil}.
34533@end defun
34534
34535@comment @node Lisp Variables, Hooks, Formatting Lisp Functions, Internals
34536@comment @subsubsection Lisp Variables
34537@comment
34538@comment @noindent
34539@comment (This section is currently unfinished.)
34540
34541@node Hooks, , Formatting Lisp Functions, Internals
34542@subsubsection Hooks
34543
34544@noindent
34545Hooks are variables which contain Lisp functions (or lists of functions)
34546which are called at various times. Calc defines a number of hooks
34547that help you to customize it in various ways. Calc uses the Lisp
34548function @code{run-hooks} to invoke the hooks shown below. Several
34549other customization-related variables are also described here.
34550
34551@defvar calc-load-hook
34552This hook is called at the end of @file{calc.el}, after the file has
34553been loaded, before any functions in it have been called, but after
34554@code{calc-mode-map} and similar variables have been set up.
34555@end defvar
34556
34557@defvar calc-ext-load-hook
34558This hook is called at the end of @file{calc-ext.el}.
34559@end defvar
34560
34561@defvar calc-start-hook
34562This hook is called as the last step in a @kbd{M-x calc} command.
34563At this point, the Calc buffer has been created and initialized if
34564necessary, the Calc window and trail window have been created,
34565and the ``Welcome to Calc'' message has been displayed.
34566@end defvar
34567
34568@defvar calc-mode-hook
34569This hook is called when the Calc buffer is being created. Usually
34570this will only happen once per Emacs session. The hook is called
34571after Emacs has switched to the new buffer, the mode-settings file
34572has been read if necessary, and all other buffer-local variables
34573have been set up. After this hook returns, Calc will perform a
34574@code{calc-refresh} operation, set up the mode line display, then
34575evaluate any deferred @code{calc-define} properties that have not
34576been evaluated yet.
34577@end defvar
34578
34579@defvar calc-trail-mode-hook
34580This hook is called when the Calc Trail buffer is being created.
34581It is called as the very last step of setting up the Trail buffer.
34582Like @code{calc-mode-hook}, this will normally happen only once
34583per Emacs session.
34584@end defvar
34585
34586@defvar calc-end-hook
34587This hook is called by @code{calc-quit}, generally because the user
34588presses @kbd{q} or @kbd{C-x * c} while in Calc. The Calc buffer will
34589be the current buffer. The hook is called as the very first
34590step, before the Calc window is destroyed.
34591@end defvar
34592
34593@defvar calc-window-hook
34594If this hook is non-@code{nil}, it is called to create the Calc window.
34595Upon return, this new Calc window should be the current window.
34596(The Calc buffer will already be the current buffer when the
34597hook is called.) If the hook is not defined, Calc will
34598generally use @code{split-window}, @code{set-window-buffer},
34599and @code{select-window} to create the Calc window.
34600@end defvar
34601
34602@defvar calc-trail-window-hook
34603If this hook is non-@code{nil}, it is called to create the Calc Trail
34604window. The variable @code{calc-trail-buffer} will contain the buffer
34605which the window should use. Unlike @code{calc-window-hook}, this hook
34606must @emph{not} switch into the new window.
34607@end defvar
34608
34609@defvar calc-embedded-mode-hook
34610This hook is called the first time that Embedded mode is entered.
34611@end defvar
34612
34613@defvar calc-embedded-new-buffer-hook
34614This hook is called each time that Embedded mode is entered in a
34615new buffer.
34616@end defvar
34617
34618@defvar calc-embedded-new-formula-hook
34619This hook is called each time that Embedded mode is enabled for a
34620new formula.
34621@end defvar
34622
34623@defvar calc-edit-mode-hook
34624This hook is called by @code{calc-edit} (and the other ``edit''
34625commands) when the temporary editing buffer is being created.
34626The buffer will have been selected and set up to be in
34627@code{calc-edit-mode}, but will not yet have been filled with
34628text. (In fact it may still have leftover text from a previous
34629@code{calc-edit} command.)
34630@end defvar
34631
34632@defvar calc-mode-save-hook
34633This hook is called by the @code{calc-save-modes} command,
34634after Calc's own mode features have been inserted into the
34635Calc init file and just before the ``End of mode settings''
34636message is inserted.
34637@end defvar
34638
34639@defvar calc-reset-hook
34640This hook is called after @kbd{C-x * 0} (@code{calc-reset}) has
34641reset all modes. The Calc buffer will be the current buffer.
34642@end defvar
34643
34644@defvar calc-other-modes
34645This variable contains a list of strings. The strings are
34646concatenated at the end of the modes portion of the Calc
34647mode line (after standard modes such as ``Deg'', ``Inv'' and
34648``Hyp''). Each string should be a short, single word followed
34649by a space. The variable is @code{nil} by default.
34650@end defvar
34651
34652@defvar calc-mode-map
34653This is the keymap that is used by Calc mode. The best time
34654to adjust it is probably in a @code{calc-mode-hook}. If the
34655Calc extensions package (@file{calc-ext.el}) has not yet been
34656loaded, many of these keys will be bound to @code{calc-missing-key},
34657which is a command that loads the extensions package and
34658``retypes'' the key. If your @code{calc-mode-hook} rebinds
34659one of these keys, it will probably be overridden when the
34660extensions are loaded.
34661@end defvar
34662
34663@defvar calc-digit-map
34664This is the keymap that is used during numeric entry. Numeric
34665entry uses the minibuffer, but this map binds every non-numeric
34666key to @code{calcDigit-nondigit} which generally calls
34667@code{exit-minibuffer} and ``retypes'' the key.
34668@end defvar
34669
34670@defvar calc-alg-ent-map
34671This is the keymap that is used during algebraic entry. This is
34672mostly a copy of @code{minibuffer-local-map}.
34673@end defvar
34674
34675@defvar calc-store-var-map
34676This is the keymap that is used during entry of variable names for
34677commands like @code{calc-store} and @code{calc-recall}. This is
34678mostly a copy of @code{minibuffer-local-completion-map}.
34679@end defvar
34680
34681@defvar calc-edit-mode-map
34682This is the (sparse) keymap used by @code{calc-edit} and other
34683temporary editing commands. It binds @key{RET}, @key{LFD},
34684and @kbd{C-c C-c} to @code{calc-edit-finish}.
34685@end defvar
34686
34687@defvar calc-mode-var-list
34688This is a list of variables which are saved by @code{calc-save-modes}.
34689Each entry is a list of two items, the variable (as a Lisp symbol)
34690and its default value. When modes are being saved, each variable
34691is compared with its default value (using @code{equal}) and any
34692non-default variables are written out.
34693@end defvar
34694
34695@defvar calc-local-var-list
34696This is a list of variables which should be buffer-local to the
34697Calc buffer. Each entry is a variable name (as a Lisp symbol).
34698These variables also have their default values manipulated by
34699the @code{calc} and @code{calc-quit} commands; @pxref{Multiple Calculators}.
34700Since @code{calc-mode-hook} is called after this list has been
34701used the first time, your hook should add a variable to the
34702list and also call @code{make-local-variable} itself.
34703@end defvar
34704
34705@node Copying, GNU Free Documentation License, Programming, Top
34706@appendix GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
34707@include gpl.texi
34708
34709@node GNU Free Documentation License, Customizing Calc, Copying, Top
34710@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
34711@include doclicense.texi
34712
34713@node Customizing Calc, Reporting Bugs, GNU Free Documentation License, Top
34714@appendix Customizing Calc
34715
34716The usual prefix for Calc is the key sequence @kbd{C-x *}. If you wish
34717to use a different prefix, you can put
34718
34719@example
34720(global-set-key "NEWPREFIX" 'calc-dispatch)
34721@end example
34722
34723@noindent
34724in your .emacs file.
34725(@xref{Key Bindings,,Customizing Key Bindings,emacs,
34726The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more information on binding keys.)
34727A convenient way to start Calc is with @kbd{C-x * *}; to make it equally
34728convenient for users who use a different prefix, the prefix can be
34729followed by @kbd{=}, @kbd{&}, @kbd{#}, @kbd{\}, @kbd{/}, @kbd{+} or
34730@kbd{-} as well as @kbd{*} to start Calc, and so in many cases the last
34731character of the prefix can simply be typed twice.
34732
34733Calc is controlled by many variables, most of which can be reset
34734from within Calc. Some variables are less involved with actual
34735calculation, and can be set outside of Calc using Emacs's
34736customization facilities. These variables are listed below.
34737Typing @kbd{M-x customize-variable RET @var{variable-name} RET}
34738will bring up a buffer in which the variable's value can be redefined.
34739Typing @kbd{M-x customize-group RET calc RET} will bring up a buffer which
34740contains all of Calc's customizable variables. (These variables can
34741also be reset by putting the appropriate lines in your .emacs file;
34742@xref{Init File, ,Init File, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.)
34743
34744Some of the customizable variables are regular expressions. A regular
34745expression is basically a pattern that Calc can search for.
34746See @ref{Regexp Search,, Regular Expression Search, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}
34747to see how regular expressions work.
34748
34749@defvar calc-settings-file
34750The variable @code{calc-settings-file} holds the file name in
34751which commands like @kbd{m m} and @kbd{Z P} store ``permanent''
34752definitions.
34753If @code{calc-settings-file} is not your user init file (typically
34754@file{~/.emacs}) and if the variable @code{calc-loaded-settings-file} is
34755@code{nil}, then Calc will automatically load your settings file (if it
34756exists) the first time Calc is invoked.
34757
34758The default value for this variable is @code{"~/.calc.el"}.
34759@end defvar
34760
34761@defvar calc-gnuplot-name
34762See @ref{Graphics}.@*
34763The variable @code{calc-gnuplot-name} should be the name of the
34764GNUPLOT program (a string). If you have GNUPLOT installed on your
34765system but Calc is unable to find it, you may need to set this
34766variable. You may also need to set some Lisp variables to show Calc how
34767to run GNUPLOT on your system, see @ref{Devices, ,Graphical Devices} .
34768The default value of @code{calc-gnuplot-name} is @code{"gnuplot"}.
34769@end defvar
34770
34771@defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command
34772@defvarx calc-gnuplot-print-command
34773See @ref{Devices, ,Graphical Devices}.@*
34774The variables @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} and
34775@code{calc-gnuplot-print-command} represent system commands to
34776display and print the output of GNUPLOT, respectively. These may be
34777@code{nil} if no command is necessary, or strings which can include
34778@samp{%s} to signify the name of the file to be displayed or printed.
34779Or, these variables may contain Lisp expressions which are evaluated
34780to display or print the output.
34781
34782The default value of @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} is @code{nil},
34783and the default value of @code{calc-gnuplot-print-command} is
34784@code{"lp %s"}.
34785@end defvar
34786
34787@defvar calc-language-alist
34788See @ref{Basic Embedded Mode}.@*
34789The variable @code{calc-language-alist} controls the languages that
34790Calc will associate with major modes. When Calc embedded mode is
34791enabled, it will try to use the current major mode to
34792determine what language should be used. (This can be overridden using
34793Calc's mode changing commands, @xref{Mode Settings in Embedded Mode}.)
34794The variable @code{calc-language-alist} consists of a list of pairs of
34795the form @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} . @var{LANGUAGE})}; for example,
34796@code{(latex-mode . latex)} is one such pair. If Calc embedded is
34797activated in a buffer whose major mode is @var{MAJOR-MODE}, it will set itself
34798to use the language @var{LANGUAGE}.
34799
34800The default value of @code{calc-language-alist} is
34801@example
34802 ((latex-mode . latex)
34803 (tex-mode . tex)
34804 (plain-tex-mode . tex)
34805 (context-mode . tex)
34806 (nroff-mode . eqn)
34807 (pascal-mode . pascal)
34808 (c-mode . c)
34809 (c++-mode . c)
34810 (fortran-mode . fortran)
34811 (f90-mode . fortran))
34812@end example
34813@end defvar
34814
34815@defvar calc-embedded-announce-formula
34816@defvarx calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist
34817See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
34818The variable @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula} helps determine
34819what formulas @kbd{C-x * a} will activate in a buffer. It is a
34820regular expression, and when activating embedded formulas with
34821@kbd{C-x * a}, it will tell Calc that what follows is a formula to be
34822activated. (Calc also uses other patterns to find formulas, such as
34823@samp{=>} and @samp{:=}.)
34824
34825The default pattern is @code{"%Embed\n\\(% .*\n\\)*"}, which checks
34826for @samp{%Embed} followed by any number of lines beginning with
34827@samp{%} and a space.
34828
34829The variable @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist} is used to
34830set @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula} to different regular
34831expressions depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
34832It consists of a list of pairs of the form @code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} .
34833@var{REGEXP})}, and its default value is
34834@example
34835 ((c++-mode . "//Embed\n\\(// .*\n\\)*")
34836 (c-mode . "/\\*Embed\\*/\n\\(/\\* .*\\*/\n\\)*")
34837 (f90-mode . "!Embed\n\\(! .*\n\\)*")
34838 (fortran-mode . "C Embed\n\\(C .*\n\\)*")
34839 (html-helper-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
34840 (html-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
34841 (nroff-mode . "\\\\\"Embed\n\\(\\\\\" .*\n\\)*")
34842 (pascal-mode . "@{Embed@}\n\\(@{.*@}\n\\)*")
34843 (sgml-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
34844 (xml-mode . "<!-- Embed -->\n\\(<!-- .* -->\n\\)*")
34845 (texinfo-mode . "@@c Embed\n\\(@@c .*\n\\)*"))
34846@end example
34847Any major modes added to @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist}
34848should also be added to @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist}
34849and @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist}.
34850@end defvar
34851
34852@defvar calc-embedded-open-formula
34853@defvarx calc-embedded-close-formula
34854@defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-formula-alist
34855See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
34856The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} and
8dc6104d 34857@code{calc-embedded-close-formula} control the region that Calc will
4009494e
GM
34858activate as a formula when Embedded mode is entered with @kbd{C-x * e}.
34859They are regular expressions;
34860Calc normally scans backward and forward in the buffer for the
34861nearest text matching these regular expressions to be the ``formula
34862delimiters''.
34863
34864The simplest delimiters are blank lines. Other delimiters that
34865Embedded mode understands by default are:
34866@enumerate
34867@item
34868The @TeX{} and La@TeX{} math delimiters @samp{$ $}, @samp{$$ $$},
34869@samp{\[ \]}, and @samp{\( \)};
34870@item
34871Lines beginning with @samp{\begin} and @samp{\end} (except matrix delimiters);
34872@item
34873Lines beginning with @samp{@@} (Texinfo delimiters).
34874@item
34875Lines beginning with @samp{.EQ} and @samp{.EN} (@dfn{eqn} delimiters);
34876@item
34877Lines containing a single @samp{%} or @samp{.\"} symbol and nothing else.
34878@end enumerate
34879
34880The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-formula-alist} is used to
34881set @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} and
34882@code{calc-embedded-close-formula} to different regular
34883expressions depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
34884It consists of a list of lists of the form
34885@code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-FORMULA-REGEXP}
34886@var{CLOSE-FORMULA-REGEXP})}, and its default value is
34887@code{nil}.
34888@end defvar
34889
4a65fb7a
JB
34890@defvar calc-embedded-word-regexp
34891@defvarx calc-embedded-word-regexp-alist
4009494e 34892See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
4a65fb7a
JB
34893The variable @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp} determines the expression
34894that Calc will activate when Embedded mode is entered with @kbd{C-x *
34895w}. It is a regular expressions.
34896
34897The default value of @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp} is
34898@code{"[-+]?[0-9]+\\(\\.[0-9]+\\)?\\([eE][-+]?[0-9]+\\)?"}.
34899
34900The variable @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp-alist} is used to
34901set @code{calc-embedded-word-regexp} to a different regular
34902expression depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
4009494e 34903It consists of a list of lists of the form
4a65fb7a 34904@code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{WORD-REGEXP})}, and its default value is
4009494e
GM
34905@code{nil}.
34906@end defvar
34907
34908@defvar calc-embedded-open-plain
34909@defvarx calc-embedded-close-plain
34910@defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist
34911See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
34912The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} and
34913@code{calc-embedded-open-plain} are used to delimit ``plain''
34914formulas. Note that these are actual strings, not regular
34915expressions, because Calc must be able to write these string into a
34916buffer as well as to recognize them.
34917
34918The default string for @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} is
34919@code{"%%% "}, note the trailing space. The default string for
34920@code{calc-embedded-close-plain} is @code{" %%%\n"}, without
34921the trailing newline here, the first line of a Big mode formula
34922that followed might be shifted over with respect to the other lines.
34923
34924The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist} is used to
34925set @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} and
34926@code{calc-embedded-close-plain} to different strings
34927depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
34928It consists of a list of lists of the form
34929@code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-PLAIN-STRING}
34930@var{CLOSE-PLAIN-STRING})}, and its default value is
34931@example
34932 ((c++-mode "// %% " " %%\n")
34933 (c-mode "/* %% " " %% */\n")
34934 (f90-mode "! %% " " %%\n")
34935 (fortran-mode "C %% " " %%\n")
34936 (html-helper-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
34937 (html-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
34938 (nroff-mode "\\\" %% " " %%\n")
34939 (pascal-mode "@{%% " " %%@}\n")
34940 (sgml-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
34941 (xml-mode "<!-- %% " " %% -->\n")
34942 (texinfo-mode "@@c %% " " %%\n"))
34943@end example
34944Any major modes added to @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist}
34945should also be added to @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist}
34946and @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist}.
34947@end defvar
34948
34949@defvar calc-embedded-open-new-formula
34950@defvarx calc-embedded-close-new-formula
34951@defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-new-formula-alist
34952See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
34953The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} and
34954@code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} are strings which are
34955inserted before and after a new formula when you type @kbd{C-x * f}.
34956
34957The default value of @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} is
34958@code{"\n\n"}. If this string begins with a newline character and the
34959@kbd{C-x * f} is typed at the beginning of a line, @kbd{C-x * f} will skip
34960this first newline to avoid introducing unnecessary blank lines in the
34961file. The default value of @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} is
34962also @code{"\n\n"}. The final newline is omitted by @w{@kbd{C-x * f}}
34963if typed at the end of a line. (It follows that if @kbd{C-x * f} is
34964typed on a blank line, both a leading opening newline and a trailing
34965closing newline are omitted.)
34966
34967The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-new-formula-alist} is used to
34968set @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} and
34969@code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} to different strings
34970depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
34971It consists of a list of lists of the form
34972@code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-NEW-FORMULA-STRING}
34973@var{CLOSE-NEW-FORMULA-STRING})}, and its default value is
34974@code{nil}.
34975@end defvar
34976
34977@defvar calc-embedded-open-mode
34978@defvarx calc-embedded-close-mode
34979@defvarx calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist
34980See @ref{Customizing Embedded Mode}.@*
34981The variables @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} and
34982@code{calc-embedded-close-mode} are strings which Calc will place before
34983and after any mode annotations that it inserts. Calc never scans for
34984these strings; Calc always looks for the annotation itself, so it is not
34985necessary to add them to user-written annotations.
34986
34987The default value of @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} is @code{"% "}
34988and the default value of @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} is
34989@code{"\n"}.
34990If you change the value of @code{calc-embedded-close-mode}, it is a good
34991idea still to end with a newline so that mode annotations will appear on
34992lines by themselves.
34993
34994The variable @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist} is used to
34995set @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} and
34996@code{calc-embedded-close-mode} to different strings
34997expressions depending on the major mode of the editing buffer.
34998It consists of a list of lists of the form
34999@code{(@var{MAJOR-MODE} @var{OPEN-MODE-STRING}
35000@var{CLOSE-MODE-STRING})}, and its default value is
35001@example
35002 ((c++-mode "// " "\n")
35003 (c-mode "/* " " */\n")
35004 (f90-mode "! " "\n")
35005 (fortran-mode "C " "\n")
35006 (html-helper-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
35007 (html-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
35008 (nroff-mode "\\\" " "\n")
35009 (pascal-mode "@{ " " @}\n")
35010 (sgml-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
35011 (xml-mode "<!-- " " -->\n")
35012 (texinfo-mode "@@c " "\n"))
35013@end example
35014Any major modes added to @code{calc-embedded-open-close-mode-alist}
35015should also be added to @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula-alist}
35016and @code{calc-embedded-open-close-plain-alist}.
35017@end defvar
35018
35019@defvar calc-multiplication-has-precedence
35020The variable @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} determines
45b778a6
JB
35021whether multiplication has precedence over division in algebraic
35022formulas in normal language modes. If
35023@code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} is non-@code{nil}, then
35024multiplication has precedence (and, for certain obscure reasons, is
35025right associative), and so for example @samp{a/b*c} will be interpreted
35026as @samp{a/(b*c)}. If @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} is
35027@code{nil}, then multiplication has the same precedence as division
35028(and, like division, is left associative), and so for example
4009494e
GM
35029@samp{a/b*c} will be interpreted as @samp{(a/b)*c}. The default value
35030of @code{calc-multiplication-has-precedence} is @code{t}.
35031@end defvar
35032
35033@node Reporting Bugs, Summary, Customizing Calc, Top
35034@appendix Reporting Bugs
35035
35036@noindent
35037If you find a bug in Calc, send e-mail to Jay Belanger,
35038
35039@example
35040jay.p.belanger@@gmail.com
35041@end example
35042
35043@noindent
35044There is an automatic command @kbd{M-x report-calc-bug} which helps
35045you to report bugs. This command prompts you for a brief subject
35046line, then leaves you in a mail editing buffer. Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to
35047send your mail. Make sure your subject line indicates that you are
35048reporting a Calc bug; this command sends mail to the maintainer's
35049regular mailbox.
35050
35051If you have suggestions for additional features for Calc, please send
35052them. Some have dared to suggest that Calc is already top-heavy with
35053features; this obviously cannot be the case, so if you have ideas, send
35054them right in.
35055
35056At the front of the source file, @file{calc.el}, is a list of ideas for
35057future work. If any enthusiastic souls wish to take it upon themselves
35058to work on these, please send a message (using @kbd{M-x report-calc-bug})
35059so any efforts can be coordinated.
35060
35061The latest version of Calc is available from Savannah, in the Emacs
35062CVS tree. See @uref{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/emacs}.
35063
35064@c [summary]
35065@node Summary, Key Index, Reporting Bugs, Top
35066@appendix Calc Summary
35067
35068@noindent
5a83c46e 35069This section includes a complete list of Calc keystroke commands.
4009494e
GM
35070Each line lists the stack entries used by the command (top-of-stack
35071last), the keystrokes themselves, the prompts asked by the command,
35072and the result of the command (also with top-of-stack last).
35073The result is expressed using the equivalent algebraic function.
35074Commands which put no results on the stack show the full @kbd{M-x}
35075command name in that position. Numbers preceding the result or
35076command name refer to notes at the end.
35077
35078Algebraic functions and @kbd{M-x} commands that don't have corresponding
35079keystrokes are not listed in this summary.
35080@xref{Command Index}. @xref{Function Index}.
35081
35082@iftex
35083@begingroup
35084@tex
35085\vskip-2\baselineskip \null
35086\gdef\sumrow#1{\sumrowx#1\relax}%
35087\gdef\sumrowx#1\:#2\:#3\:#4\:#5\:#6\relax{%
35088\leavevmode%
35089{\smallfonts
35090\hbox to5em{\sl\hss#1}%
35091\hbox to5em{\tt#2\hss}%
35092\hbox to4em{\sl#3\hss}%
35093\hbox to5em{\rm\hss#4}%
35094\thinspace%
35095{\tt#5}%
35096{\sl#6}%
35097}}%
35098\gdef\sumlpar{{\rm(}}%
35099\gdef\sumrpar{{\rm)}}%
35100\gdef\sumcomma{{\rm,\thinspace}}%
35101\gdef\sumexcl{{\rm!}}%
35102\gdef\sumbreak{\vskip-2.5\baselineskip\goodbreak}%
35103\gdef\minus#1{{\tt-}}%
35104@end tex
35105@let@:=@sumsep
35106@let@r=@sumrow
35107@catcode`@(=@active @let(=@sumlpar
35108@catcode`@)=@active @let)=@sumrpar
35109@catcode`@,=@active @let,=@sumcomma
35110@catcode`@!=@active @let!=@sumexcl
35111@end iftex
35112@format
35113@iftex
35114@advance@baselineskip-2.5pt
35115@let@c@sumbreak
35116@end iftex
35117@r{ @: C-x * a @: @: 33 @:calc-embedded-activate@:}
35118@r{ @: C-x * b @: @: @:calc-big-or-small@:}
35119@r{ @: C-x * c @: @: @:calc@:}
35120@r{ @: C-x * d @: @: @:calc-embedded-duplicate@:}
35121@r{ @: C-x * e @: @: 34 @:calc-embedded@:}
35122@r{ @: C-x * f @:formula @: @:calc-embedded-new-formula@:}
35123@r{ @: C-x * g @: @: 35 @:calc-grab-region@:}
35124@r{ @: C-x * i @: @: @:calc-info@:}
35125@r{ @: C-x * j @: @: @:calc-embedded-select@:}
35126@r{ @: C-x * k @: @: @:calc-keypad@:}
35127@r{ @: C-x * l @: @: @:calc-load-everything@:}
35128@r{ @: C-x * m @: @: @:read-kbd-macro@:}
35129@r{ @: C-x * n @: @: 4 @:calc-embedded-next@:}
35130@r{ @: C-x * o @: @: @:calc-other-window@:}
35131@r{ @: C-x * p @: @: 4 @:calc-embedded-previous@:}
35132@r{ @: C-x * q @:formula @: @:quick-calc@:}
35133@r{ @: C-x * r @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-rectangle@:}
35134@r{ @: C-x * s @: @: @:calc-info-summary@:}
35135@r{ @: C-x * t @: @: @:calc-tutorial@:}
35136@r{ @: C-x * u @: @: @:calc-embedded-update-formula@:}
35137@r{ @: C-x * w @: @: @:calc-embedded-word@:}
35138@r{ @: C-x * x @: @: @:calc-quit@:}
35139@r{ @: C-x * y @: @:1,28,49 @:calc-copy-to-buffer@:}
35140@r{ @: C-x * z @: @: @:calc-user-invocation@:}
35141@r{ @: C-x * : @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-sum-down@:}
35142@r{ @: C-x * _ @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-sum-across@:}
35143@r{ @: C-x * ` @:editing @: 30 @:calc-embedded-edit@:}
35144@r{ @: C-x * 0 @:(zero) @: @:calc-reset@:}
35145
35146@c
35147@r{ @: 0-9 @:number @: @:@:number}
35148@r{ @: . @:number @: @:@:0.number}
35149@r{ @: _ @:number @: @:-@:number}
35150@r{ @: e @:number @: @:@:1e number}
35151@r{ @: # @:number @: @:@:current-radix@tfn{#}number}
35152@r{ @: P @:(in number) @: @:+/-@:}
35153@r{ @: M @:(in number) @: @:mod@:}
35154@r{ @: @@ ' " @: (in number)@: @:@:HMS form}
35155@r{ @: h m s @: (in number)@: @:@:HMS form}
35156
35157@c
35158@r{ @: ' @:formula @: 37,46 @:@:formula}
35159@r{ @: $ @:formula @: 37,46 @:$@:formula}
35160@r{ @: " @:string @: 37,46 @:@:string}
35161
35162@c
35163@r{ a b@: + @: @: 2 @:add@:(a,b) a+b}
35164@r{ a b@: - @: @: 2 @:sub@:(a,b) a@minus{}b}
35165@r{ a b@: * @: @: 2 @:mul@:(a,b) a b, a*b}
35166@r{ a b@: / @: @: 2 @:div@:(a,b) a/b}
35167@r{ a b@: ^ @: @: 2 @:pow@:(a,b) a^b}
35168@r{ a b@: I ^ @: @: 2 @:nroot@:(a,b) a^(1/b)}
35169@r{ a b@: % @: @: 2 @:mod@:(a,b) a%b}
35170@r{ a b@: \ @: @: 2 @:idiv@:(a,b) a\b}
35171@r{ a b@: : @: @: 2 @:fdiv@:(a,b)}
35172@r{ a b@: | @: @: 2 @:vconcat@:(a,b) a|b}
35173@r{ a b@: I | @: @: @:vconcat@:(b,a) b|a}
35174@r{ a b@: H | @: @: 2 @:append@:(a,b)}
35175@r{ a b@: I H | @: @: @:append@:(b,a)}
35176@r{ a@: & @: @: 1 @:inv@:(a) 1/a}
35177@r{ a@: ! @: @: 1 @:fact@:(a) a!}
35178@r{ a@: = @: @: 1 @:evalv@:(a)}
35179@r{ a@: M-% @: @: @:percent@:(a) a%}
35180
35181@c
8dc6104d
JB
35182@r{ ... a@: @summarykey{RET} @: @: 1 @:@:... a a}
35183@r{ ... a@: @summarykey{SPC} @: @: 1 @:@:... a a}
35184@r{... a b@: @summarykey{TAB} @: @: 3 @:@:... b a}
35185@r{. a b c@: M-@summarykey{TAB} @: @: 3 @:@:... b c a}
35186@r{... a b@: @summarykey{LFD} @: @: 1 @:@:... a b a}
35187@r{ ... a@: @summarykey{DEL} @: @: 1 @:@:...}
35188@r{... a b@: M-@summarykey{DEL} @: @: 1 @:@:... b}
35189@r{ @: M-@summarykey{RET} @: @: 4 @:calc-last-args@:}
4009494e
GM
35190@r{ a@: ` @:editing @: 1,30 @:calc-edit@:}
35191
35192@c
35193@r{ ... a@: C-d @: @: 1 @:@:...}
35194@r{ @: C-k @: @: 27 @:calc-kill@:}
35195@r{ @: C-w @: @: 27 @:calc-kill-region@:}
35196@r{ @: C-y @: @: @:calc-yank@:}
35197@r{ @: C-_ @: @: 4 @:calc-undo@:}
35198@r{ @: M-k @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-as-kill@:}
35199@r{ @: M-w @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-region-as-kill@:}
35200
35201@c
35202@r{ @: [ @: @: @:@:[...}
35203@r{[.. a b@: ] @: @: @:@:[a,b]}
35204@r{ @: ( @: @: @:@:(...}
35205@r{(.. a b@: ) @: @: @:@:(a,b)}
35206@r{ @: , @: @: @:@:vector or rect complex}
35207@r{ @: ; @: @: @:@:matrix or polar complex}
35208@r{ @: .. @: @: @:@:interval}
35209
35210@c
35211@r{ @: ~ @: @: @:calc-num-prefix@:}
35212@r{ @: < @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-left@:}
35213@r{ @: > @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-right@:}
35214@r{ @: @{ @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-down@:}
35215@r{ @: @} @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-up@:}
35216@r{ @: ? @: @: @:calc-help@:}
35217
35218@c
35219@r{ a@: n @: @: 1 @:neg@:(a) @minus{}a}
35220@r{ @: o @: @: 4 @:calc-realign@:}
35221@r{ @: p @:precision @: 31 @:calc-precision@:}
35222@r{ @: q @: @: @:calc-quit@:}
35223@r{ @: w @: @: @:calc-why@:}
35224@r{ @: x @:command @: @:M-x calc-@:command}
35225@r{ a@: y @: @:1,28,49 @:calc-copy-to-buffer@:}
35226
35227@c
35228@r{ a@: A @: @: 1 @:abs@:(a)}
35229@r{ a b@: B @: @: 2 @:log@:(a,b)}
35230@r{ a b@: I B @: @: 2 @:alog@:(a,b) b^a}
35231@r{ a@: C @: @: 1 @:cos@:(a)}
35232@r{ a@: I C @: @: 1 @:arccos@:(a)}
35233@r{ a@: H C @: @: 1 @:cosh@:(a)}
35234@r{ a@: I H C @: @: 1 @:arccosh@:(a)}
35235@r{ @: D @: @: 4 @:calc-redo@:}
35236@r{ a@: E @: @: 1 @:exp@:(a)}
35237@r{ a@: H E @: @: 1 @:exp10@:(a) 10.^a}
35238@r{ a@: F @: @: 1,11 @:floor@:(a,d)}
35239@r{ a@: I F @: @: 1,11 @:ceil@:(a,d)}
35240@r{ a@: H F @: @: 1,11 @:ffloor@:(a,d)}
35241@r{ a@: I H F @: @: 1,11 @:fceil@:(a,d)}
35242@r{ a@: G @: @: 1 @:arg@:(a)}
35243@r{ @: H @:command @: 32 @:@:Hyperbolic}
35244@r{ @: I @:command @: 32 @:@:Inverse}
35245@r{ a@: J @: @: 1 @:conj@:(a)}
35246@r{ @: K @:command @: 32 @:@:Keep-args}
35247@r{ a@: L @: @: 1 @:ln@:(a)}
35248@r{ a@: H L @: @: 1 @:log10@:(a)}
35249@r{ @: M @: @: @:calc-more-recursion-depth@:}
35250@r{ @: I M @: @: @:calc-less-recursion-depth@:}
35251@r{ a@: N @: @: 5 @:evalvn@:(a)}
35252@r{ @: P @: @: @:@:pi}
35253@r{ @: I P @: @: @:@:gamma}
35254@r{ @: H P @: @: @:@:e}
35255@r{ @: I H P @: @: @:@:phi}
35256@r{ a@: Q @: @: 1 @:sqrt@:(a)}
35257@r{ a@: I Q @: @: 1 @:sqr@:(a) a^2}
35258@r{ a@: R @: @: 1,11 @:round@:(a,d)}
35259@r{ a@: I R @: @: 1,11 @:trunc@:(a,d)}
35260@r{ a@: H R @: @: 1,11 @:fround@:(a,d)}
35261@r{ a@: I H R @: @: 1,11 @:ftrunc@:(a,d)}
35262@r{ a@: S @: @: 1 @:sin@:(a)}
35263@r{ a@: I S @: @: 1 @:arcsin@:(a)}
35264@r{ a@: H S @: @: 1 @:sinh@:(a)}
35265@r{ a@: I H S @: @: 1 @:arcsinh@:(a)}
35266@r{ a@: T @: @: 1 @:tan@:(a)}
35267@r{ a@: I T @: @: 1 @:arctan@:(a)}
35268@r{ a@: H T @: @: 1 @:tanh@:(a)}
35269@r{ a@: I H T @: @: 1 @:arctanh@:(a)}
35270@r{ @: U @: @: 4 @:calc-undo@:}
35271@r{ @: X @: @: 4 @:calc-call-last-kbd-macro@:}
35272
35273@c
35274@r{ a b@: a = @: @: 2 @:eq@:(a,b) a=b}
35275@r{ a b@: a # @: @: 2 @:neq@:(a,b) a!=b}
35276@r{ a b@: a < @: @: 2 @:lt@:(a,b) a<b}
35277@r{ a b@: a > @: @: 2 @:gt@:(a,b) a>b}
35278@r{ a b@: a [ @: @: 2 @:leq@:(a,b) a<=b}
35279@r{ a b@: a ] @: @: 2 @:geq@:(a,b) a>=b}
35280@r{ a b@: a @{ @: @: 2 @:in@:(a,b)}
35281@r{ a b@: a & @: @: 2,45 @:land@:(a,b) a&&b}
35282@r{ a b@: a | @: @: 2,45 @:lor@:(a,b) a||b}
35283@r{ a@: a ! @: @: 1,45 @:lnot@:(a) !a}
35284@r{ a b c@: a : @: @: 45 @:if@:(a,b,c) a?b:c}
35285@r{ a@: a . @: @: 1 @:rmeq@:(a)}
35286@r{ a@: a " @: @: 7,8 @:calc-expand-formula@:}
35287
35288@c
35289@r{ a@: a + @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:sum@:(a,i,l,h)}
35290@r{ a@: a - @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:asum@:(a,i,l,h)}
35291@r{ a@: a * @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:prod@:(a,i,l,h)}
35292@r{ a b@: a _ @: @: 2 @:subscr@:(a,b) a_b}
35293
35294@c
35295@r{ a b@: a \ @: @: 2 @:pdiv@:(a,b)}
35296@r{ a b@: a % @: @: 2 @:prem@:(a,b)}
35297@r{ a b@: a / @: @: 2 @:pdivrem@:(a,b) [q,r]}
35298@r{ a b@: H a / @: @: 2 @:pdivide@:(a,b) q+r/b}
35299
35300@c
35301@r{ a@: a a @: @: 1 @:apart@:(a)}
35302@r{ a@: a b @:old, new @: 38 @:subst@:(a,old,new)}
35303@r{ a@: a c @:v @: 38 @:collect@:(a,v)}
35304@r{ a@: a d @:v @: 4,38 @:deriv@:(a,v)}
35305@r{ a@: H a d @:v @: 4,38 @:tderiv@:(a,v)}
35306@r{ a@: a e @: @: @:esimplify@:(a)}
35307@r{ a@: a f @: @: 1 @:factor@:(a)}
35308@r{ a@: H a f @: @: 1 @:factors@:(a)}
35309@r{ a b@: a g @: @: 2 @:pgcd@:(a,b)}
35310@r{ a@: a i @:v @: 38 @:integ@:(a,v)}
35311@r{ a@: a m @:pats @: 38 @:match@:(a,pats)}
35312@r{ a@: I a m @:pats @: 38 @:matchnot@:(a,pats)}
35313@r{ data x@: a p @: @: 28 @:polint@:(data,x)}
35314@r{ data x@: H a p @: @: 28 @:ratint@:(data,x)}
35315@r{ a@: a n @: @: 1 @:nrat@:(a)}
35316@r{ a@: a r @:rules @:4,8,38 @:rewrite@:(a,rules,n)}
35317@r{ a@: a s @: @: @:simplify@:(a)}
35318@r{ a@: a t @:v, n @: 31,39 @:taylor@:(a,v,n)}
35319@r{ a@: a v @: @: 7,8 @:calc-alg-evaluate@:}
35320@r{ a@: a x @: @: 4,8 @:expand@:(a)}
35321
35322@c
35323@r{ data@: a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:fit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
35324@r{ data@: I a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:xfit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
35325@r{ data@: H a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:efit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
35326@r{ a@: a I @:v, l, h @: 38 @:ninteg@:(a,v,l,h)}
35327@r{ a b@: a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeq@:(op,a,b)}
35328@r{ a b@: I a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeqr@:(op,a,b)}
35329@r{ a b@: H a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeqp@:(op,a,b)}
35330@r{ a g@: a N @:v @: 38 @:minimize@:(a,v,g)}
35331@r{ a g@: H a N @:v @: 38 @:wminimize@:(a,v,g)}
35332@r{ a@: a P @:v @: 38 @:roots@:(a,v)}
35333@r{ a g@: a R @:v @: 38 @:root@:(a,v,g)}
35334@r{ a g@: H a R @:v @: 38 @:wroot@:(a,v,g)}
35335@r{ a@: a S @:v @: 38 @:solve@:(a,v)}
35336@r{ a@: I a S @:v @: 38 @:finv@:(a,v)}
35337@r{ a@: H a S @:v @: 38 @:fsolve@:(a,v)}
35338@r{ a@: I H a S @:v @: 38 @:ffinv@:(a,v)}
35339@r{ a@: a T @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:table@:(a,i,l,h)}
35340@r{ a g@: a X @:v @: 38 @:maximize@:(a,v,g)}
35341@r{ a g@: H a X @:v @: 38 @:wmaximize@:(a,v,g)}
35342
35343@c
35344@r{ a b@: b a @: @: 9 @:and@:(a,b,w)}
35345@r{ a@: b c @: @: 9 @:clip@:(a,w)}
35346@r{ a b@: b d @: @: 9 @:diff@:(a,b,w)}
35347@r{ a@: b l @: @: 10 @:lsh@:(a,n,w)}
35348@r{ a n@: H b l @: @: 9 @:lsh@:(a,n,w)}
35349@r{ a@: b n @: @: 9 @:not@:(a,w)}
35350@r{ a b@: b o @: @: 9 @:or@:(a,b,w)}
35351@r{ v@: b p @: @: 1 @:vpack@:(v)}
35352@r{ a@: b r @: @: 10 @:rsh@:(a,n,w)}
35353@r{ a n@: H b r @: @: 9 @:rsh@:(a,n,w)}
35354@r{ a@: b t @: @: 10 @:rot@:(a,n,w)}
35355@r{ a n@: H b t @: @: 9 @:rot@:(a,n,w)}
35356@r{ a@: b u @: @: 1 @:vunpack@:(a)}
35357@r{ @: b w @:w @: 9,50 @:calc-word-size@:}
35358@r{ a b@: b x @: @: 9 @:xor@:(a,b,w)}
35359
35360@c
35361@r{c s l p@: b D @: @: @:ddb@:(c,s,l,p)}
35362@r{ r n p@: b F @: @: @:fv@:(r,n,p)}
35363@r{ r n p@: I b F @: @: @:fvb@:(r,n,p)}
35364@r{ r n p@: H b F @: @: @:fvl@:(r,n,p)}
35365@r{ v@: b I @: @: 19 @:irr@:(v)}
35366@r{ v@: I b I @: @: 19 @:irrb@:(v)}
35367@r{ a@: b L @: @: 10 @:ash@:(a,n,w)}
35368@r{ a n@: H b L @: @: 9 @:ash@:(a,n,w)}
35369@r{ r n a@: b M @: @: @:pmt@:(r,n,a)}
35370@r{ r n a@: I b M @: @: @:pmtb@:(r,n,a)}
35371@r{ r n a@: H b M @: @: @:pmtl@:(r,n,a)}
35372@r{ r v@: b N @: @: 19 @:npv@:(r,v)}
35373@r{ r v@: I b N @: @: 19 @:npvb@:(r,v)}
35374@r{ r n p@: b P @: @: @:pv@:(r,n,p)}
35375@r{ r n p@: I b P @: @: @:pvb@:(r,n,p)}
35376@r{ r n p@: H b P @: @: @:pvl@:(r,n,p)}
35377@r{ a@: b R @: @: 10 @:rash@:(a,n,w)}
35378@r{ a n@: H b R @: @: 9 @:rash@:(a,n,w)}
35379@r{ c s l@: b S @: @: @:sln@:(c,s,l)}
35380@r{ n p a@: b T @: @: @:rate@:(n,p,a)}
35381@r{ n p a@: I b T @: @: @:rateb@:(n,p,a)}
35382@r{ n p a@: H b T @: @: @:ratel@:(n,p,a)}
35383@r{c s l p@: b Y @: @: @:syd@:(c,s,l,p)}
35384
35385@r{ r p a@: b # @: @: @:nper@:(r,p,a)}
35386@r{ r p a@: I b # @: @: @:nperb@:(r,p,a)}
35387@r{ r p a@: H b # @: @: @:nperl@:(r,p,a)}
35388@r{ a b@: b % @: @: @:relch@:(a,b)}
35389
35390@c
35391@r{ a@: c c @: @: 5 @:pclean@:(a,p)}
35392@r{ a@: c 0-9 @: @: @:pclean@:(a,p)}
35393@r{ a@: H c c @: @: 5 @:clean@:(a,p)}
35394@r{ a@: H c 0-9 @: @: @:clean@:(a,p)}
35395@r{ a@: c d @: @: 1 @:deg@:(a)}
35396@r{ a@: c f @: @: 1 @:pfloat@:(a)}
35397@r{ a@: H c f @: @: 1 @:float@:(a)}
35398@r{ a@: c h @: @: 1 @:hms@:(a)}
35399@r{ a@: c p @: @: @:polar@:(a)}
35400@r{ a@: I c p @: @: @:rect@:(a)}
35401@r{ a@: c r @: @: 1 @:rad@:(a)}
35402
35403@c
35404@r{ a@: c F @: @: 5 @:pfrac@:(a,p)}
35405@r{ a@: H c F @: @: 5 @:frac@:(a,p)}
35406
35407@c
35408@r{ a@: c % @: @: @:percent@:(a*100)}
35409
35410@c
35411@r{ @: d . @:char @: 50 @:calc-point-char@:}
35412@r{ @: d , @:char @: 50 @:calc-group-char@:}
35413@r{ @: d < @: @: 13,50 @:calc-left-justify@:}
35414@r{ @: d = @: @: 13,50 @:calc-center-justify@:}
35415@r{ @: d > @: @: 13,50 @:calc-right-justify@:}
35416@r{ @: d @{ @:label @: 50 @:calc-left-label@:}
35417@r{ @: d @} @:label @: 50 @:calc-right-label@:}
35418@r{ @: d [ @: @: 4 @:calc-truncate-up@:}
35419@r{ @: d ] @: @: 4 @:calc-truncate-down@:}
35420@r{ @: d " @: @: 12,50 @:calc-display-strings@:}
8dc6104d
JB
35421@r{ @: d @summarykey{SPC} @: @: @:calc-refresh@:}
35422@r{ @: d @summarykey{RET} @: @: 1 @:calc-refresh-top@:}
4009494e
GM
35423
35424@c
35425@r{ @: d 0 @: @: 50 @:calc-decimal-radix@:}
35426@r{ @: d 2 @: @: 50 @:calc-binary-radix@:}
35427@r{ @: d 6 @: @: 50 @:calc-hex-radix@:}
35428@r{ @: d 8 @: @: 50 @:calc-octal-radix@:}
35429
35430@c
35431@r{ @: d b @: @:12,13,50 @:calc-line-breaking@:}
35432@r{ @: d c @: @: 50 @:calc-complex-notation@:}
35433@r{ @: d d @:format @: 50 @:calc-date-notation@:}
35434@r{ @: d e @: @: 5,50 @:calc-eng-notation@:}
35435@r{ @: d f @:num @: 31,50 @:calc-fix-notation@:}
35436@r{ @: d g @: @:12,13,50 @:calc-group-digits@:}
35437@r{ @: d h @:format @: 50 @:calc-hms-notation@:}
35438@r{ @: d i @: @: 50 @:calc-i-notation@:}
35439@r{ @: d j @: @: 50 @:calc-j-notation@:}
35440@r{ @: d l @: @: 12,50 @:calc-line-numbering@:}
35441@r{ @: d n @: @: 5,50 @:calc-normal-notation@:}
35442@r{ @: d o @:format @: 50 @:calc-over-notation@:}
35443@r{ @: d p @: @: 12,50 @:calc-show-plain@:}
35444@r{ @: d r @:radix @: 31,50 @:calc-radix@:}
35445@r{ @: d s @: @: 5,50 @:calc-sci-notation@:}
35446@r{ @: d t @: @: 27 @:calc-truncate-stack@:}
35447@r{ @: d w @: @: 12,13 @:calc-auto-why@:}
35448@r{ @: d z @: @: 12,50 @:calc-leading-zeros@:}
35449
35450@c
35451@r{ @: d B @: @: 50 @:calc-big-language@:}
35452@r{ @: d C @: @: 50 @:calc-c-language@:}
35453@r{ @: d E @: @: 50 @:calc-eqn-language@:}
35454@r{ @: d F @: @: 50 @:calc-fortran-language@:}
35455@r{ @: d M @: @: 50 @:calc-mathematica-language@:}
35456@r{ @: d N @: @: 50 @:calc-normal-language@:}
35457@r{ @: d O @: @: 50 @:calc-flat-language@:}
35458@r{ @: d P @: @: 50 @:calc-pascal-language@:}
35459@r{ @: d T @: @: 50 @:calc-tex-language@:}
35460@r{ @: d L @: @: 50 @:calc-latex-language@:}
35461@r{ @: d U @: @: 50 @:calc-unformatted-language@:}
35462@r{ @: d W @: @: 50 @:calc-maple-language@:}
35463
35464@c
35465@r{ a@: f [ @: @: 4 @:decr@:(a,n)}
35466@r{ a@: f ] @: @: 4 @:incr@:(a,n)}
35467
35468@c
35469@r{ a b@: f b @: @: 2 @:beta@:(a,b)}
35470@r{ a@: f e @: @: 1 @:erf@:(a)}
35471@r{ a@: I f e @: @: 1 @:erfc@:(a)}
35472@r{ a@: f g @: @: 1 @:gamma@:(a)}
35473@r{ a b@: f h @: @: 2 @:hypot@:(a,b)}
35474@r{ a@: f i @: @: 1 @:im@:(a)}
35475@r{ n a@: f j @: @: 2 @:besJ@:(n,a)}
35476@r{ a b@: f n @: @: 2 @:min@:(a,b)}
35477@r{ a@: f r @: @: 1 @:re@:(a)}
35478@r{ a@: f s @: @: 1 @:sign@:(a)}
35479@r{ a b@: f x @: @: 2 @:max@:(a,b)}
35480@r{ n a@: f y @: @: 2 @:besY@:(n,a)}
35481
35482@c
35483@r{ a@: f A @: @: 1 @:abssqr@:(a)}
35484@r{ x a b@: f B @: @: @:betaI@:(x,a,b)}
35485@r{ x a b@: H f B @: @: @:betaB@:(x,a,b)}
35486@r{ a@: f E @: @: 1 @:expm1@:(a)}
35487@r{ a x@: f G @: @: 2 @:gammaP@:(a,x)}
35488@r{ a x@: I f G @: @: 2 @:gammaQ@:(a,x)}
35489@r{ a x@: H f G @: @: 2 @:gammag@:(a,x)}
35490@r{ a x@: I H f G @: @: 2 @:gammaG@:(a,x)}
35491@r{ a b@: f I @: @: 2 @:ilog@:(a,b)}
35492@r{ a b@: I f I @: @: 2 @:alog@:(a,b) b^a}
35493@r{ a@: f L @: @: 1 @:lnp1@:(a)}
35494@r{ a@: f M @: @: 1 @:mant@:(a)}
35495@r{ a@: f Q @: @: 1 @:isqrt@:(a)}
35496@r{ a@: I f Q @: @: 1 @:sqr@:(a) a^2}
35497@r{ a n@: f S @: @: 2 @:scf@:(a,n)}
35498@r{ y x@: f T @: @: @:arctan2@:(y,x)}
35499@r{ a@: f X @: @: 1 @:xpon@:(a)}
35500
35501@c
35502@r{ x y@: g a @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-add@:}
35503@r{ @: g b @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-border@:}
35504@r{ @: g c @: @: @:calc-graph-clear@:}
35505@r{ @: g d @: @: 41 @:calc-graph-delete@:}
35506@r{ x y@: g f @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-fast@:}
35507@r{ @: g g @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-grid@:}
35508@r{ @: g h @:title @: @:calc-graph-header@:}
35509@r{ @: g j @: @: 4 @:calc-graph-juggle@:}
35510@r{ @: g k @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-key@:}
35511@r{ @: g l @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-x@:}
35512@r{ @: g n @:name @: @:calc-graph-name@:}
35513@r{ @: g p @: @: 42 @:calc-graph-plot@:}
35514@r{ @: g q @: @: @:calc-graph-quit@:}
35515@r{ @: g r @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-x@:}
35516@r{ @: g s @: @: 12,13 @:calc-graph-line-style@:}
35517@r{ @: g t @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-x@:}
35518@r{ @: g v @: @: @:calc-graph-view-commands@:}
35519@r{ @: g x @:display @: @:calc-graph-display@:}
35520@r{ @: g z @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-zero-x@:}
35521
35522@c
35523@r{ x y z@: g A @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-add-3d@:}
35524@r{ @: g C @:command @: @:calc-graph-command@:}
35525@r{ @: g D @:device @: 43,44 @:calc-graph-device@:}
35526@r{ x y z@: g F @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-fast-3d@:}
35527@r{ @: g H @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-hide@:}
35528@r{ @: g K @: @: @:calc-graph-kill@:}
35529@r{ @: g L @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-y@:}
35530@r{ @: g N @:number @: 43,51 @:calc-graph-num-points@:}
35531@r{ @: g O @:filename @: 43,44 @:calc-graph-output@:}
35532@r{ @: g P @: @: 42 @:calc-graph-print@:}
35533@r{ @: g R @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-y@:}
35534@r{ @: g S @: @: 12,13 @:calc-graph-point-style@:}
35535@r{ @: g T @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-y@:}
35536@r{ @: g V @: @: @:calc-graph-view-trail@:}
35537@r{ @: g X @:format @: @:calc-graph-geometry@:}
35538@r{ @: g Z @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-zero-y@:}
35539
35540@c
35541@r{ @: g C-l @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-z@:}
35542@r{ @: g C-r @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-z@:}
35543@r{ @: g C-t @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-z@:}
35544
35545@c
35546@r{ @: h b @: @: @:calc-describe-bindings@:}
35547@r{ @: h c @:key @: @:calc-describe-key-briefly@:}
35548@r{ @: h f @:function @: @:calc-describe-function@:}
35549@r{ @: h h @: @: @:calc-full-help@:}
35550@r{ @: h i @: @: @:calc-info@:}
35551@r{ @: h k @:key @: @:calc-describe-key@:}
35552@r{ @: h n @: @: @:calc-view-news@:}
35553@r{ @: h s @: @: @:calc-info-summary@:}
35554@r{ @: h t @: @: @:calc-tutorial@:}
35555@r{ @: h v @:var @: @:calc-describe-variable@:}
35556
35557@c
35558@r{ @: j 1-9 @: @: @:calc-select-part@:}
8dc6104d
JB
35559@r{ @: j @summarykey{RET} @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-selection@:}
35560@r{ @: j @summarykey{DEL} @: @: 27 @:calc-del-selection@:}
4009494e
GM
35561@r{ @: j ' @:formula @: 27 @:calc-enter-selection@:}
35562@r{ @: j ` @:editing @: 27,30 @:calc-edit-selection@:}
35563@r{ @: j " @: @: 7,27 @:calc-sel-expand-formula@:}
35564
35565@c
35566@r{ @: j + @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-add-both-sides@:}
35567@r{ @: j - @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-sub-both-sides@:}
35568@r{ @: j * @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-mul-both-sides@:}
35569@r{ @: j / @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-div-both-sides@:}
35570@r{ @: j & @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-invert@:}
35571
35572@c
35573@r{ @: j a @: @: 27 @:calc-select-additional@:}
35574@r{ @: j b @: @: 12 @:calc-break-selections@:}
35575@r{ @: j c @: @: @:calc-clear-selections@:}
35576@r{ @: j d @: @: 12,50 @:calc-show-selections@:}
35577@r{ @: j e @: @: 12 @:calc-enable-selections@:}
35578@r{ @: j l @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-less@:}
35579@r{ @: j m @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-more@:}
35580@r{ @: j n @: @: 4 @:calc-select-next@:}
35581@r{ @: j o @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-once@:}
35582@r{ @: j p @: @: 4 @:calc-select-previous@:}
35583@r{ @: j r @:rules @:4,8,27 @:calc-rewrite-selection@:}
35584@r{ @: j s @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-here@:}
35585@r{ @: j u @: @: 27 @:calc-unselect@:}
35586@r{ @: j v @: @: 7,27 @:calc-sel-evaluate@:}
35587
35588@c
35589@r{ @: j C @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-commute@:}
35590@r{ @: j D @: @: 4,27 @:calc-sel-distribute@:}
35591@r{ @: j E @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-jump-equals@:}
35592@r{ @: j I @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-isolate@:}
35593@r{ @: H j I @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-isolate@: (full)}
35594@r{ @: j L @: @: 4,27 @:calc-commute-left@:}
35595@r{ @: j M @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-merge@:}
35596@r{ @: j N @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-negate@:}
35597@r{ @: j O @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-once-maybe@:}
35598@r{ @: j R @: @: 4,27 @:calc-commute-right@:}
35599@r{ @: j S @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-here-maybe@:}
35600@r{ @: j U @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-unpack@:}
35601
35602@c
35603@r{ @: k a @: @: @:calc-random-again@:}
35604@r{ n@: k b @: @: 1 @:bern@:(n)}
35605@r{ n x@: H k b @: @: 2 @:bern@:(n,x)}
35606@r{ n m@: k c @: @: 2 @:choose@:(n,m)}
35607@r{ n m@: H k c @: @: 2 @:perm@:(n,m)}
35608@r{ n@: k d @: @: 1 @:dfact@:(n) n!!}
35609@r{ n@: k e @: @: 1 @:euler@:(n)}
35610@r{ n x@: H k e @: @: 2 @:euler@:(n,x)}
35611@r{ n@: k f @: @: 4 @:prfac@:(n)}
35612@r{ n m@: k g @: @: 2 @:gcd@:(n,m)}
35613@r{ m n@: k h @: @: 14 @:shuffle@:(n,m)}
35614@r{ n m@: k l @: @: 2 @:lcm@:(n,m)}
35615@r{ n@: k m @: @: 1 @:moebius@:(n)}
35616@r{ n@: k n @: @: 4 @:nextprime@:(n)}
35617@r{ n@: I k n @: @: 4 @:prevprime@:(n)}
35618@r{ n@: k p @: @: 4,28 @:calc-prime-test@:}
35619@r{ m@: k r @: @: 14 @:random@:(m)}
35620@r{ n m@: k s @: @: 2 @:stir1@:(n,m)}
35621@r{ n m@: H k s @: @: 2 @:stir2@:(n,m)}
35622@r{ n@: k t @: @: 1 @:totient@:(n)}
35623
35624@c
35625@r{ n p x@: k B @: @: @:utpb@:(x,n,p)}
35626@r{ n p x@: I k B @: @: @:ltpb@:(x,n,p)}
35627@r{ v x@: k C @: @: @:utpc@:(x,v)}
35628@r{ v x@: I k C @: @: @:ltpc@:(x,v)}
35629@r{ n m@: k E @: @: @:egcd@:(n,m)}
35630@r{v1 v2 x@: k F @: @: @:utpf@:(x,v1,v2)}
35631@r{v1 v2 x@: I k F @: @: @:ltpf@:(x,v1,v2)}
35632@r{ m s x@: k N @: @: @:utpn@:(x,m,s)}
35633@r{ m s x@: I k N @: @: @:ltpn@:(x,m,s)}
35634@r{ m x@: k P @: @: @:utpp@:(x,m)}
35635@r{ m x@: I k P @: @: @:ltpp@:(x,m)}
35636@r{ v x@: k T @: @: @:utpt@:(x,v)}
35637@r{ v x@: I k T @: @: @:ltpt@:(x,v)}
35638
35639@c
35640@r{ @: m a @: @: 12,13 @:calc-algebraic-mode@:}
35641@r{ @: m d @: @: @:calc-degrees-mode@:}
35642@r{ @: m e @: @: @:calc-embedded-preserve-modes@:}
35643@r{ @: m f @: @: 12 @:calc-frac-mode@:}
35644@r{ @: m g @: @: 52 @:calc-get-modes@:}
35645@r{ @: m h @: @: @:calc-hms-mode@:}
35646@r{ @: m i @: @: 12,13 @:calc-infinite-mode@:}
35647@r{ @: m m @: @: @:calc-save-modes@:}
35648@r{ @: m p @: @: 12 @:calc-polar-mode@:}
35649@r{ @: m r @: @: @:calc-radians-mode@:}
35650@r{ @: m s @: @: 12 @:calc-symbolic-mode@:}
35651@r{ @: m t @: @: 12 @:calc-total-algebraic-mode@:}
35652@r{ @: m v @: @: 12,13 @:calc-matrix-mode@:}
35653@r{ @: m w @: @: 13 @:calc-working@:}
35654@r{ @: m x @: @: @:calc-always-load-extensions@:}
35655
35656@c
35657@r{ @: m A @: @: 12 @:calc-alg-simplify-mode@:}
35658@r{ @: m B @: @: 12 @:calc-bin-simplify-mode@:}
35659@r{ @: m C @: @: 12 @:calc-auto-recompute@:}
35660@r{ @: m D @: @: @:calc-default-simplify-mode@:}
35661@r{ @: m E @: @: 12 @:calc-ext-simplify-mode@:}
35662@r{ @: m F @:filename @: 13 @:calc-settings-file-name@:}
35663@r{ @: m N @: @: 12 @:calc-num-simplify-mode@:}
35664@r{ @: m O @: @: 12 @:calc-no-simplify-mode@:}
35665@r{ @: m R @: @: 12,13 @:calc-mode-record-mode@:}
35666@r{ @: m S @: @: 12 @:calc-shift-prefix@:}
35667@r{ @: m U @: @: 12 @:calc-units-simplify-mode@:}
35668
538c2573
JB
35669@c
35670@r{ @: r s @:register @: 27 @:calc-copy-to-register@:}
35671@r{ @: r i @:register @: @:calc-insert-register@:}
35672
4009494e
GM
35673@c
35674@r{ @: s c @:var1, var2 @: 29 @:calc-copy-variable@:}
35675@r{ @: s d @:var, decl @: @:calc-declare-variable@:}
35676@r{ @: s e @:var, editing @: 29,30 @:calc-edit-variable@:}
35677@r{ @: s i @:buffer @: @:calc-insert-variables@:}
35678@r{ @: s k @:const, var @: 29 @:calc-copy-special-constant@:}
35679@r{ a b@: s l @:var @: 29 @:@:a (letting var=b)}
35680@r{ a ...@: s m @:op, var @: 22,29 @:calc-store-map@:}
35681@r{ @: s n @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-neg@: (v/-1)}
35682@r{ @: s p @:var @: 29 @:calc-permanent-variable@:}
35683@r{ @: s r @:var @: 29 @:@:v (recalled value)}
35684@r{ @: r 0-9 @: @: @:calc-recall-quick@:}
35685@r{ a@: s s @:var @: 28,29 @:calc-store@:}
35686@r{ a@: s 0-9 @: @: @:calc-store-quick@:}
35687@r{ a@: s t @:var @: 29 @:calc-store-into@:}
35688@r{ a@: t 0-9 @: @: @:calc-store-into-quick@:}
35689@r{ @: s u @:var @: 29 @:calc-unstore@:}
35690@r{ a@: s x @:var @: 29 @:calc-store-exchange@:}
35691
35692@c
35693@r{ @: s A @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-AlgSimpRules@:}
35694@r{ @: s D @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Decls@:}
35695@r{ @: s E @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-EvalRules@:}
35696@r{ @: s F @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-FitRules@:}
35697@r{ @: s G @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-GenCount@:}
35698@r{ @: s H @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Holidays@:}
35699@r{ @: s I @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-IntegLimit@:}
35700@r{ @: s L @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-LineStyles@:}
35701@r{ @: s P @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-PointStyles@:}
35702@r{ @: s R @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-PlotRejects@:}
35703@r{ @: s T @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-TimeZone@:}
35704@r{ @: s U @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Units@:}
35705@r{ @: s X @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-ExtSimpRules@:}
35706
35707@c
35708@r{ a@: s + @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-plus@: (v+a)}
35709@r{ a@: s - @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-minus@: (v-a)}
35710@r{ a@: s * @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-times@: (v*a)}
35711@r{ a@: s / @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-div@: (v/a)}
35712@r{ a@: s ^ @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-power@: (v^a)}
35713@r{ a@: s | @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-concat@: (v|a)}
35714@r{ @: s & @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-inv@: (v^-1)}
35715@r{ @: s [ @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-decr@: (v-1)}
35716@r{ @: s ] @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-incr@: (v-(-1))}
35717@r{ a b@: s : @: @: 2 @:assign@:(a,b) a @tfn{:=} b}
35718@r{ a@: s = @: @: 1 @:evalto@:(a,b) a @tfn{=>}}
35719
35720@c
35721@r{ @: t [ @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-first@:}
35722@r{ @: t ] @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-last@:}
35723@r{ @: t < @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-scroll-left@:}
35724@r{ @: t > @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-scroll-right@:}
35725@r{ @: t . @: @: 12 @:calc-full-trail-vectors@:}
35726
35727@c
35728@r{ @: t b @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-backward@:}
35729@r{ @: t d @: @: 12,50 @:calc-trail-display@:}
35730@r{ @: t f @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-forward@:}
35731@r{ @: t h @: @: @:calc-trail-here@:}
35732@r{ @: t i @: @: @:calc-trail-in@:}
35733@r{ @: t k @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-kill@:}
35734@r{ @: t m @:string @: @:calc-trail-marker@:}
35735@r{ @: t n @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-next@:}
35736@r{ @: t o @: @: @:calc-trail-out@:}
35737@r{ @: t p @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-previous@:}
35738@r{ @: t r @:string @: @:calc-trail-isearch-backward@:}
35739@r{ @: t s @:string @: @:calc-trail-isearch-forward@:}
35740@r{ @: t y @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-yank@:}
35741
35742@c
35743@r{ d@: t C @:oz, nz @: @:tzconv@:(d,oz,nz)}
35744@r{d oz nz@: t C @:$ @: @:tzconv@:(d,oz,nz)}
35745@r{ d@: t D @: @: 15 @:date@:(d)}
35746@r{ d@: t I @: @: 4 @:incmonth@:(d,n)}
35747@r{ d@: t J @: @: 16 @:julian@:(d,z)}
35748@r{ d@: t M @: @: 17 @:newmonth@:(d,n)}
35749@r{ @: t N @: @: 16 @:now@:(z)}
35750@r{ d@: t P @:1 @: 31 @:year@:(d)}
35751@r{ d@: t P @:2 @: 31 @:month@:(d)}
35752@r{ d@: t P @:3 @: 31 @:day@:(d)}
35753@r{ d@: t P @:4 @: 31 @:hour@:(d)}
35754@r{ d@: t P @:5 @: 31 @:minute@:(d)}
35755@r{ d@: t P @:6 @: 31 @:second@:(d)}
35756@r{ d@: t P @:7 @: 31 @:weekday@:(d)}
35757@r{ d@: t P @:8 @: 31 @:yearday@:(d)}
35758@r{ d@: t P @:9 @: 31 @:time@:(d)}
35759@r{ d@: t U @: @: 16 @:unixtime@:(d,z)}
35760@r{ d@: t W @: @: 17 @:newweek@:(d,w)}
35761@r{ d@: t Y @: @: 17 @:newyear@:(d,n)}
35762
35763@c
35764@r{ a b@: t + @: @: 2 @:badd@:(a,b)}
35765@r{ a b@: t - @: @: 2 @:bsub@:(a,b)}
35766
35767@c
35768@r{ @: u a @: @: 12 @:calc-autorange-units@:}
35769@r{ a@: u b @: @: @:calc-base-units@:}
35770@r{ a@: u c @:units @: 18 @:calc-convert-units@:}
35771@r{ defn@: u d @:unit, descr @: @:calc-define-unit@:}
35772@r{ @: u e @: @: @:calc-explain-units@:}
35773@r{ @: u g @:unit @: @:calc-get-unit-definition@:}
35774@r{ @: u p @: @: @:calc-permanent-units@:}
35775@r{ a@: u r @: @: @:calc-remove-units@:}
35776@r{ a@: u s @: @: @:usimplify@:(a)}
35777@r{ a@: u t @:units @: 18 @:calc-convert-temperature@:}
35778@r{ @: u u @:unit @: @:calc-undefine-unit@:}
35779@r{ @: u v @: @: @:calc-enter-units-table@:}
35780@r{ a@: u x @: @: @:calc-extract-units@:}
35781@r{ a@: u 0-9 @: @: @:calc-quick-units@:}
35782
35783@c
35784@r{ v1 v2@: u C @: @: 20 @:vcov@:(v1,v2)}
35785@r{ v1 v2@: I u C @: @: 20 @:vpcov@:(v1,v2)}
35786@r{ v1 v2@: H u C @: @: 20 @:vcorr@:(v1,v2)}
35787@r{ v@: u G @: @: 19 @:vgmean@:(v)}
35788@r{ a b@: H u G @: @: 2 @:agmean@:(a,b)}
35789@r{ v@: u M @: @: 19 @:vmean@:(v)}
35790@r{ v@: I u M @: @: 19 @:vmeane@:(v)}
35791@r{ v@: H u M @: @: 19 @:vmedian@:(v)}
35792@r{ v@: I H u M @: @: 19 @:vhmean@:(v)}
35793@r{ v@: u N @: @: 19 @:vmin@:(v)}
35794@r{ v@: u S @: @: 19 @:vsdev@:(v)}
35795@r{ v@: I u S @: @: 19 @:vpsdev@:(v)}
35796@r{ v@: H u S @: @: 19 @:vvar@:(v)}
35797@r{ v@: I H u S @: @: 19 @:vpvar@:(v)}
35798@r{ @: u V @: @: @:calc-view-units-table@:}
35799@r{ v@: u X @: @: 19 @:vmax@:(v)}
35800
35801@c
35802@r{ v@: u + @: @: 19 @:vsum@:(v)}
35803@r{ v@: u * @: @: 19 @:vprod@:(v)}
35804@r{ v@: u # @: @: 19 @:vcount@:(v)}
35805
35806@c
35807@r{ @: V ( @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-parens@:}
35808@r{ @: V @{ @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-braces@:}
35809@r{ @: V [ @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-brackets@:}
35810@r{ @: V ] @:ROCP @: 50 @:calc-matrix-brackets@:}
35811@r{ @: V , @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-commas@:}
35812@r{ @: V < @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-left-justify@:}
35813@r{ @: V = @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-center-justify@:}
35814@r{ @: V > @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-right-justify@:}
35815@r{ @: V / @: @: 12,50 @:calc-break-vectors@:}
35816@r{ @: V . @: @: 12,50 @:calc-full-vectors@:}
35817
35818@c
35819@r{ s t@: V ^ @: @: 2 @:vint@:(s,t)}
35820@r{ s t@: V - @: @: 2 @:vdiff@:(s,t)}
35821@r{ s@: V ~ @: @: 1 @:vcompl@:(s)}
35822@r{ s@: V # @: @: 1 @:vcard@:(s)}
35823@r{ s@: V : @: @: 1 @:vspan@:(s)}
35824@r{ s@: V + @: @: 1 @:rdup@:(s)}
35825
35826@c
35827@r{ m@: V & @: @: 1 @:inv@:(m) 1/m}
35828
35829@c
35830@r{ v@: v a @:n @: @:arrange@:(v,n)}
35831@r{ a@: v b @:n @: @:cvec@:(a,n)}
35832@r{ v@: v c @:n >0 @: 21,31 @:mcol@:(v,n)}
35833@r{ v@: v c @:n <0 @: 31 @:mrcol@:(v,-n)}
35834@r{ m@: v c @:0 @: 31 @:getdiag@:(m)}
35835@r{ v@: v d @: @: 25 @:diag@:(v,n)}
35836@r{ v m@: v e @: @: 2 @:vexp@:(v,m)}
35837@r{ v m f@: H v e @: @: 2 @:vexp@:(v,m,f)}
35838@r{ v a@: v f @: @: 26 @:find@:(v,a,n)}
35839@r{ v@: v h @: @: 1 @:head@:(v)}
35840@r{ v@: I v h @: @: 1 @:tail@:(v)}
35841@r{ v@: H v h @: @: 1 @:rhead@:(v)}
35842@r{ v@: I H v h @: @: 1 @:rtail@:(v)}
35843@r{ @: v i @:n @: 31 @:idn@:(1,n)}
35844@r{ @: v i @:0 @: 31 @:idn@:(1)}
35845@r{ h t@: v k @: @: 2 @:cons@:(h,t)}
35846@r{ h t@: H v k @: @: 2 @:rcons@:(h,t)}
35847@r{ v@: v l @: @: 1 @:vlen@:(v)}
35848@r{ v@: H v l @: @: 1 @:mdims@:(v)}
35849@r{ v m@: v m @: @: 2 @:vmask@:(v,m)}
35850@r{ v@: v n @: @: 1 @:rnorm@:(v)}
35851@r{ a b c@: v p @: @: 24 @:calc-pack@:}
35852@r{ v@: v r @:n >0 @: 21,31 @:mrow@:(v,n)}
35853@r{ v@: v r @:n <0 @: 31 @:mrrow@:(v,-n)}
35854@r{ m@: v r @:0 @: 31 @:getdiag@:(m)}
35855@r{ v i j@: v s @: @: @:subvec@:(v,i,j)}
35856@r{ v i j@: I v s @: @: @:rsubvec@:(v,i,j)}
35857@r{ m@: v t @: @: 1 @:trn@:(m)}
35858@r{ v@: v u @: @: 24 @:calc-unpack@:}
35859@r{ v@: v v @: @: 1 @:rev@:(v)}
35860@r{ @: v x @:n @: 31 @:index@:(n)}
35861@r{ n s i@: C-u v x @: @: @:index@:(n,s,i)}
35862
35863@c
35864@r{ v@: V A @:op @: 22 @:apply@:(op,v)}
35865@r{ v1 v2@: V C @: @: 2 @:cross@:(v1,v2)}
35866@r{ m@: V D @: @: 1 @:det@:(m)}
35867@r{ s@: V E @: @: 1 @:venum@:(s)}
35868@r{ s@: V F @: @: 1 @:vfloor@:(s)}
35869@r{ v@: V G @: @: @:grade@:(v)}
35870@r{ v@: I V G @: @: @:rgrade@:(v)}
35871@r{ v@: V H @:n @: 31 @:histogram@:(v,n)}
35872@r{ v w@: H V H @:n @: 31 @:histogram@:(v,w,n)}
35873@r{ v1 v2@: V I @:mop aop @: 22 @:inner@:(mop,aop,v1,v2)}
35874@r{ m@: V J @: @: 1 @:ctrn@:(m)}
5a83c46e 35875@r{ m1 m2@: V K @: @: @:kron@:(m1,m2)}
4009494e
GM
35876@r{ m@: V L @: @: 1 @:lud@:(m)}
35877@r{ v@: V M @:op @: 22,23 @:map@:(op,v)}
35878@r{ v@: V N @: @: 1 @:cnorm@:(v)}
35879@r{ v1 v2@: V O @:op @: 22 @:outer@:(op,v1,v2)}
35880@r{ v@: V R @:op @: 22,23 @:reduce@:(op,v)}
35881@r{ v@: I V R @:op @: 22,23 @:rreduce@:(op,v)}
35882@r{ a n@: H V R @:op @: 22 @:nest@:(op,a,n)}
35883@r{ a@: I H V R @:op @: 22 @:fixp@:(op,a)}
35884@r{ v@: V S @: @: @:sort@:(v)}
35885@r{ v@: I V S @: @: @:rsort@:(v)}
35886@r{ m@: V T @: @: 1 @:tr@:(m)}
35887@r{ v@: V U @:op @: 22 @:accum@:(op,v)}
35888@r{ v@: I V U @:op @: 22 @:raccum@:(op,v)}
35889@r{ a n@: H V U @:op @: 22 @:anest@:(op,a,n)}
35890@r{ a@: I H V U @:op @: 22 @:afixp@:(op,a)}
35891@r{ s t@: V V @: @: 2 @:vunion@:(s,t)}
35892@r{ s t@: V X @: @: 2 @:vxor@:(s,t)}
35893
35894@c
35895@r{ @: Y @: @: @:@:user commands}
35896
35897@c
35898@r{ @: z @: @: @:@:user commands}
35899
35900@c
35901@r{ c@: Z [ @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-if@:}
35902@r{ c@: Z | @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-else-if@:}
35903@r{ @: Z : @: @: @:calc-kbd-else@:}
35904@r{ @: Z ] @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-if@:}
35905
35906@c
35907@r{ @: Z @{ @: @: 4 @:calc-kbd-loop@:}
35908@r{ c@: Z / @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-break@:}
35909@r{ @: Z @} @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-loop@:}
35910@r{ n@: Z < @: @: @:calc-kbd-repeat@:}
35911@r{ @: Z > @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-repeat@:}
35912@r{ n m@: Z ( @: @: @:calc-kbd-for@:}
35913@r{ s@: Z ) @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-for@:}
35914
35915@c
35916@r{ @: Z C-g @: @: @:@:cancel if/loop command}
35917
35918@c
35919@r{ @: Z ` @: @: @:calc-kbd-push@:}
35920@r{ @: Z ' @: @: @:calc-kbd-pop@:}
35921@r{ @: Z # @: @: @:calc-kbd-query@:}
35922
35923@c
35924@r{ comp@: Z C @:func, args @: 50 @:calc-user-define-composition@:}
35925@r{ @: Z D @:key, command @: @:calc-user-define@:}
35926@r{ @: Z E @:key, editing @: 30 @:calc-user-define-edit@:}
35927@r{ defn@: Z F @:k, c, f, a, n@: 28 @:calc-user-define-formula@:}
35928@r{ @: Z G @:key @: @:calc-get-user-defn@:}
35929@r{ @: Z I @: @: @:calc-user-define-invocation@:}
35930@r{ @: Z K @:key, command @: @:calc-user-define-kbd-macro@:}
35931@r{ @: Z P @:key @: @:calc-user-define-permanent@:}
35932@r{ @: Z S @: @: 30 @:calc-edit-user-syntax@:}
35933@r{ @: Z T @: @: 12 @:calc-timing@:}
35934@r{ @: Z U @:key @: @:calc-user-undefine@:}
35935
35936@end format
35937
35938@noindent
35939NOTES
35940
35941@enumerate
35942@c 1
35943@item
35944Positive prefix arguments apply to @expr{n} stack entries.
35945Negative prefix arguments apply to the @expr{-n}th stack entry.
35946A prefix of zero applies to the entire stack. (For @key{LFD} and
35947@kbd{M-@key{DEL}}, the meaning of the sign is reversed.)
35948
35949@c 2
35950@item
35951Positive prefix arguments apply to @expr{n} stack entries.
35952Negative prefix arguments apply to the top stack entry
35953and the next @expr{-n} stack entries.
35954
35955@c 3
35956@item
35957Positive prefix arguments rotate top @expr{n} stack entries by one.
35958Negative prefix arguments rotate the entire stack by @expr{-n}.
35959A prefix of zero reverses the entire stack.
35960
35961@c 4
35962@item
35963Prefix argument specifies a repeat count or distance.
35964
35965@c 5
35966@item
35967Positive prefix arguments specify a precision @expr{p}.
35968Negative prefix arguments reduce the current precision by @expr{-p}.
35969
35970@c 6
35971@item
35972A prefix argument is interpreted as an additional step-size parameter.
35973A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix means to prompt for the step size.
35974
35975@c 7
35976@item
35977A prefix argument specifies simplification level and depth.
359781=Default, 2=like @kbd{a s}, 3=like @kbd{a e}.
35979
35980@c 8
35981@item
35982A negative prefix operates only on the top level of the input formula.
35983
35984@c 9
35985@item
35986Positive prefix arguments specify a word size of @expr{w} bits, unsigned.
35987Negative prefix arguments specify a word size of @expr{w} bits, signed.
35988
35989@c 10
35990@item
35991Prefix arguments specify the shift amount @expr{n}. The @expr{w} argument
35992cannot be specified in the keyboard version of this command.
35993
35994@c 11
35995@item
35996From the keyboard, @expr{d} is omitted and defaults to zero.
35997
35998@c 12
35999@item
36000Mode is toggled; a positive prefix always sets the mode, and a negative
36001prefix always clears the mode.
36002
36003@c 13
36004@item
36005Some prefix argument values provide special variations of the mode.
36006
36007@c 14
36008@item
36009A prefix argument, if any, is used for @expr{m} instead of taking
36010@expr{m} from the stack. @expr{M} may take any of these values:
36011@iftex
36012{@advance@tableindent10pt
36013@end iftex
36014@table @asis
36015@item Integer
36016Random integer in the interval @expr{[0 .. m)}.
36017@item Float
36018Random floating-point number in the interval @expr{[0 .. m)}.
36019@item 0.0
36020Gaussian with mean 1 and standard deviation 0.
36021@item Error form
36022Gaussian with specified mean and standard deviation.
36023@item Interval
36024Random integer or floating-point number in that interval.
36025@item Vector
36026Random element from the vector.
36027@end table
36028@iftex
36029}
36030@end iftex
36031
36032@c 15
36033@item
36034A prefix argument from 1 to 6 specifies number of date components
36035to remove from the stack. @xref{Date Conversions}.
36036
36037@c 16
36038@item
36039A prefix argument specifies a time zone; @kbd{C-u} says to take the
36040time zone number or name from the top of the stack. @xref{Time Zones}.
36041
36042@c 17
36043@item
36044A prefix argument specifies a day number (0-6, 0-31, or 0-366).
36045
36046@c 18
36047@item
36048If the input has no units, you will be prompted for both the old and
36049the new units.
36050
36051@c 19
36052@item
36053With a prefix argument, collect that many stack entries to form the
36054input data set. Each entry may be a single value or a vector of values.
36055
36056@c 20
36057@item
36058With a prefix argument of 1, take a single
36059@texline @var{n}@math{\times2}
36060@infoline @mathit{@var{N}x2}
36061matrix from the stack instead of two separate data vectors.
36062
36063@c 21
36064@item
36065The row or column number @expr{n} may be given as a numeric prefix
36066argument instead. A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix says to take @expr{n}
36067from the top of the stack. If @expr{n} is a vector or interval,
36068a subvector/submatrix of the input is created.
36069
36070@c 22
36071@item
36072The @expr{op} prompt can be answered with the key sequence for the
36073desired function, or with @kbd{x} or @kbd{z} followed by a function name,
36074or with @kbd{$} to take a formula from the top of the stack, or with
36075@kbd{'} and a typed formula. In the last two cases, the formula may
36076be a nameless function like @samp{<#1+#2>} or @samp{<x, y : x+y>}, or it
36077may include @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, etc. (where @kbd{$} will correspond to the
36078last argument of the created function), or otherwise you will be
36079prompted for an argument list. The number of vectors popped from the
36080stack by @kbd{V M} depends on the number of arguments of the function.
36081
36082@c 23
36083@item
36084One of the mapping direction keys @kbd{_} (horizontal, i.e., map
36085by rows or reduce across), @kbd{:} (vertical, i.e., map by columns or
36086reduce down), or @kbd{=} (map or reduce by rows) may be used before
36087entering @expr{op}; these modify the function name by adding the letter
36088@code{r} for ``rows,'' @code{c} for ``columns,'' @code{a} for ``across,''
36089or @code{d} for ``down.''
36090
36091@c 24
36092@item
36093The prefix argument specifies a packing mode. A nonnegative mode
36094is the number of items (for @kbd{v p}) or the number of levels
36095(for @kbd{v u}). A negative mode is as described below. With no
36096prefix argument, the mode is taken from the top of the stack and
36097may be an integer or a vector of integers.
36098@iftex
36099{@advance@tableindent-20pt
36100@end iftex
36101@table @cite
36102@item -1
36103(@var{2}) Rectangular complex number.
36104@item -2
36105(@var{2}) Polar complex number.
36106@item -3
36107(@var{3}) HMS form.
36108@item -4
36109(@var{2}) Error form.
36110@item -5
36111(@var{2}) Modulo form.
36112@item -6
36113(@var{2}) Closed interval.
36114@item -7
36115(@var{2}) Closed .. open interval.
36116@item -8
36117(@var{2}) Open .. closed interval.
36118@item -9
36119(@var{2}) Open interval.
36120@item -10
36121(@var{2}) Fraction.
36122@item -11
36123(@var{2}) Float with integer mantissa.
36124@item -12
36125(@var{2}) Float with mantissa in @expr{[1 .. 10)}.
36126@item -13
36127(@var{1}) Date form (using date numbers).
36128@item -14
36129(@var{3}) Date form (using year, month, day).
36130@item -15
36131(@var{6}) Date form (using year, month, day, hour, minute, second).
36132@end table
36133@iftex
36134}
36135@end iftex
36136
36137@c 25
36138@item
36139A prefix argument specifies the size @expr{n} of the matrix. With no
36140prefix argument, @expr{n} is omitted and the size is inferred from
36141the input vector.
36142
36143@c 26
36144@item
36145The prefix argument specifies the starting position @expr{n} (default 1).
36146
36147@c 27
36148@item
36149Cursor position within stack buffer affects this command.
36150
36151@c 28
36152@item
36153Arguments are not actually removed from the stack by this command.
36154
36155@c 29
36156@item
36157Variable name may be a single digit or a full name.
36158
36159@c 30
36160@item
36161Editing occurs in a separate buffer. Press @kbd{C-c C-c} (or
36162@key{LFD}, or in some cases @key{RET}) to finish the edit, or kill the
36163buffer with @kbd{C-x k} to cancel the edit. The @key{LFD} key prevents evaluation
36164of the result of the edit.
36165
36166@c 31
36167@item
36168The number prompted for can also be provided as a prefix argument.
36169
36170@c 32
36171@item
36172Press this key a second time to cancel the prefix.
36173
36174@c 33
36175@item
36176With a negative prefix, deactivate all formulas. With a positive
36177prefix, deactivate and then reactivate from scratch.
36178
36179@c 34
36180@item
36181Default is to scan for nearest formula delimiter symbols. With a
36182prefix of zero, formula is delimited by mark and point. With a
36183non-zero prefix, formula is delimited by scanning forward or
36184backward by that many lines.
36185
36186@c 35
36187@item
36188Parse the region between point and mark as a vector. A nonzero prefix
36189parses @var{n} lines before or after point as a vector. A zero prefix
36190parses the current line as a vector. A @kbd{C-u} prefix parses the
36191region between point and mark as a single formula.
36192
36193@c 36
36194@item
36195Parse the rectangle defined by point and mark as a matrix. A positive
36196prefix @var{n} divides the rectangle into columns of width @var{n}.
36197A zero or @kbd{C-u} prefix parses each line as one formula. A negative
36198prefix suppresses special treatment of bracketed portions of a line.
36199
36200@c 37
36201@item
36202A numeric prefix causes the current language mode to be ignored.
36203
36204@c 38
36205@item
36206Responding to a prompt with a blank line answers that and all
36207later prompts by popping additional stack entries.
36208
36209@c 39
36210@item
36211Answer for @expr{v} may also be of the form @expr{v = v_0} or
36212@expr{v - v_0}.
36213
36214@c 40
36215@item
36216With a positive prefix argument, stack contains many @expr{y}'s and one
36217common @expr{x}. With a zero prefix, stack contains a vector of
36218@expr{y}s and a common @expr{x}. With a negative prefix, stack
36219contains many @expr{[x,y]} vectors. (For 3D plots, substitute
36220@expr{z} for @expr{y} and @expr{x,y} for @expr{x}.)
36221
36222@c 41
36223@item
36224With any prefix argument, all curves in the graph are deleted.
36225
36226@c 42
36227@item
36228With a positive prefix, refines an existing plot with more data points.
36229With a negative prefix, forces recomputation of the plot data.
36230
36231@c 43
36232@item
36233With any prefix argument, set the default value instead of the
36234value for this graph.
36235
36236@c 44
36237@item
36238With a negative prefix argument, set the value for the printer.
36239
36240@c 45
36241@item
36242Condition is considered ``true'' if it is a nonzero real or complex
36243number, or a formula whose value is known to be nonzero; it is ``false''
36244otherwise.
36245
36246@c 46
36247@item
36248Several formulas separated by commas are pushed as multiple stack
36249entries. Trailing @kbd{)}, @kbd{]}, @kbd{@}}, @kbd{>}, and @kbd{"}
36250delimiters may be omitted. The notation @kbd{$$$} refers to the value
36251in stack level three, and causes the formula to replace the top three
36252stack levels. The notation @kbd{$3} refers to stack level three without
36253causing that value to be removed from the stack. Use @key{LFD} in place
36254of @key{RET} to prevent evaluation; use @kbd{M-=} in place of @key{RET}
36255to evaluate variables.
36256
36257@c 47
36258@item
36259The variable is replaced by the formula shown on the right. The
36260Inverse flag reverses the order of the operands, e.g., @kbd{I s - x}
36261assigns
36262@texline @math{x \coloneq a-x}.
36263@infoline @expr{x := a-x}.
36264
36265@c 48
36266@item
36267Press @kbd{?} repeatedly to see how to choose a model. Answer the
36268variables prompt with @expr{iv} or @expr{iv;pv} to specify
36269independent and parameter variables. A positive prefix argument
36270takes @mathit{@var{n}+1} vectors from the stack; a zero prefix takes a matrix
36271and a vector from the stack.
36272
36273@c 49
36274@item
36275With a plain @kbd{C-u} prefix, replace the current region of the
36276destination buffer with the yanked text instead of inserting.
36277
36278@c 50
36279@item
36280All stack entries are reformatted; the @kbd{H} prefix inhibits this.
36281The @kbd{I} prefix sets the mode temporarily, redraws the top stack
36282entry, then restores the original setting of the mode.
36283
36284@c 51
36285@item
36286A negative prefix sets the default 3D resolution instead of the
36287default 2D resolution.
36288
36289@c 52
36290@item
36291This grabs a vector of the form [@var{prec}, @var{wsize}, @var{ssize},
36292@var{radix}, @var{flfmt}, @var{ang}, @var{frac}, @var{symb}, @var{polar},
36293@var{matrix}, @var{simp}, @var{inf}]. A prefix argument from 1 to 12
36294grabs the @var{n}th mode value only.
36295@end enumerate
36296
36297@iftex
36298(Space is provided below for you to keep your own written notes.)
36299@page
36300@endgroup
36301@end iftex
36302
36303
36304@c [end-summary]
36305
36306@node Key Index, Command Index, Summary, Top
36307@unnumbered Index of Key Sequences
36308
36309@printindex ky
36310
36311@node Command Index, Function Index, Key Index, Top
36312@unnumbered Index of Calculator Commands
36313
36314Since all Calculator commands begin with the prefix @samp{calc-}, the
36315@kbd{x} key has been provided as a variant of @kbd{M-x} which automatically
36316types @samp{calc-} for you. Thus, @kbd{x last-args} is short for
36317@kbd{M-x calc-last-args}.
36318
36319@printindex pg
36320
36321@node Function Index, Concept Index, Command Index, Top
36322@unnumbered Index of Algebraic Functions
36323
36324This is a list of built-in functions and operators usable in algebraic
36325expressions. Their full Lisp names are derived by adding the prefix
36326@samp{calcFunc-}, as in @code{calcFunc-sqrt}.
36327@iftex
36328All functions except those noted with ``*'' have corresponding
36329Calc keystrokes and can also be found in the Calc Summary.
36330@end iftex
36331
36332@printindex tp
36333
36334@node Concept Index, Variable Index, Function Index, Top
36335@unnumbered Concept Index
36336
36337@printindex cp
36338
36339@node Variable Index, Lisp Function Index, Concept Index, Top
36340@unnumbered Index of Variables
36341
36342The variables in this list that do not contain dashes are accessible
36343as Calc variables. Add a @samp{var-} prefix to get the name of the
36344corresponding Lisp variable.
36345
36346The remaining variables are Lisp variables suitable for @code{setq}ing
36347in your Calc init file or @file{.emacs} file.
36348
36349@printindex vr
36350
36351@node Lisp Function Index, , Variable Index, Top
36352@unnumbered Index of Lisp Math Functions
36353
36354The following functions are meant to be used with @code{defmath}, not
36355@code{defun} definitions. For names that do not start with @samp{calc-},
36356the corresponding full Lisp name is derived by adding a prefix of
36357@samp{math-}.
36358
36359@printindex fn
36360
36361@bye
36362
36363
36364@ignore
36365 arch-tag: 77a71809-fa4d-40be-b2cc-da3e8fb137c0
36366@end ignore